diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..e3019e51f3678902a522b3c85bd6d306321f3d19 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal.c @@ -0,0 +1,546 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief HAL module driver. + * This is the common part of the HAL initialization + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The common HAL driver contains a set of generic and common APIs that can be + used by the PPP peripheral drivers and the user to start using the HAL. + [..] + The HAL contains two APIs' categories: + (+) Common HAL APIs + (+) Services HAL APIs + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup HAL HAL + * @brief HAL module driver. + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup HAL_Private_Constants HAL Private Constants + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief STM32F1xx HAL Driver version number V1.1.1 + */ +#define __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN (0x01U) /*!< [31:24] main version */ +#define __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 (0x01U) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */ +#define __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 (0x01U) /*!< [15:8] sub2 version */ +#define __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_RC (0x00U) /*!< [7:0] release candidate */ +#define __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION ((__STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN << 24)\ + |(__STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 << 16)\ + |(__STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 << 8 )\ + |(__STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION_RC)) + +#define IDCODE_DEVID_MASK 0x00000FFFU + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup HAL_Private_Variables HAL Private Variables + * @{ + */ +__IO uint32_t uwTick; +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions HAL Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization Functions + * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initializes the Flash interface, the NVIC allocation and initial clock + configuration. It initializes the source of time base also when timeout + is needed and the backup domain when enabled. + (+) de-Initializes common part of the HAL. + (+) Configure The time base source to have 1ms time base with a dedicated + Tick interrupt priority. + (++) Systick timer is used by default as source of time base, but user + can eventually implement his proper time base source (a general purpose + timer for example or other time source), keeping in mind that Time base + duration should be kept 1ms since PPP_TIMEOUT_VALUEs are defined and + handled in milliseconds basis. + (++) Time base configuration function (HAL_InitTick ()) is called automatically + at the beginning of the program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time + when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(). + (++) Source of time base is configured to generate interrupts at regular + time intervals. Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a + peripheral ISR process, the Tick interrupt line must have higher priority + (numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller + ISR process will be blocked. + (++) functions affecting time base configurations are declared as __weak + to make override possible in case of other implementations in user file. +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief This function is used to initialize the HAL Library; it must be the first + * instruction to be executed in the main program (before to call any other + * HAL function), it performs the following: + * Configure the Flash prefetch. + * Configures the SysTick to generate an interrupt each 1 millisecond, + * which is clocked by the HSI (at this stage, the clock is not yet + * configured and thus the system is running from the internal HSI at 16 MHz). + * Set NVIC Group Priority to 4. + * Calls the HAL_MspInit() callback function defined in user file + * "stm32f1xx_hal_msp.c" to do the global low level hardware initialization + * + * @note SysTick is used as time base for the HAL_Delay() function, the application + * need to ensure that the SysTick time base is always set to 1 millisecond + * to have correct HAL operation. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init(void) +{ + /* Configure Flash prefetch */ +#if (PREFETCH_ENABLE != 0) +#if defined(STM32F101x6) || defined(STM32F101xB) || defined(STM32F101xE) || defined(STM32F101xG) || \ + defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || \ + defined(STM32F103x6) || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || \ + defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) + + /* Prefetch buffer is not available on value line devices */ + __HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE(); +#endif +#endif /* PREFETCH_ENABLE */ + + /* Set Interrupt Group Priority */ + HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4); + + /* Use systick as time base source and configure 1ms tick (default clock after Reset is MSI) */ + HAL_InitTick(TICK_INT_PRIORITY); + + /* Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_MspInit(); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function de-Initializes common part of the HAL and stops the source + * of time base. + * @note This function is optional. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Reset of all peripherals */ + __HAL_RCC_APB1_FORCE_RESET(); + __HAL_RCC_APB1_RELEASE_RESET(); + + __HAL_RCC_APB2_FORCE_RESET(); + __HAL_RCC_APB2_RELEASE_RESET(); + +#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) + __HAL_RCC_AHB_FORCE_RESET(); + __HAL_RCC_AHB_RELEASE_RESET(); +#endif + + /* De-Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_MspDeInit(); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the MSP. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_MspInit(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the MSP. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_MspDeInit(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief This function configures the source of the time base. + * The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated + * Tick interrupt priority. + * @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after + * reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is reconfigured by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(). + * @note In the default implementation, SysTick timer is the source of time base. + * It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. + * Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process, + * The the SysTick interrupt must have higher priority (numerically lower) + * than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked. + * The function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementation in user file. + * @param TickPriority: Tick interrupt priority. + * @retval HAL status + */ +__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority) +{ + /*Configure the SysTick to have interrupt in 1ms time basis*/ + HAL_SYSTICK_Config(SystemCoreClock/1000U); + + /*Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */ + HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn, TickPriority ,0U); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group2 HAL Control functions + * @brief HAL Control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### HAL Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Provide a tick value in millisecond + (+) Provide a blocking delay in millisecond + (+) Suspend the time base source interrupt + (+) Resume the time base source interrupt + (+) Get the HAL API driver version + (+) Get the device identifier + (+) Get the device revision identifier + (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during SLEEP mode + (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STOP mode + (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STANDBY mode + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief This function is called to increment a global variable "uwTick" + * used as application time base. + * @note In the default implementation, this variable is incremented each 1ms + * in Systick ISR. + * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementations in user file. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_IncTick(void) +{ + uwTick++; +} + +/** + * @brief Provides a tick value in millisecond. + * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementations in user file. + * @retval tick value + */ +__weak uint32_t HAL_GetTick(void) +{ + return uwTick; +} + +/** + * @brief This function provides minimum delay (in milliseconds) based + * on variable incremented. + * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. + * It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals where uwTick + * is incremented. + * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementations in user file. + * @param Delay: specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_Delay(__IO uint32_t Delay) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + uint32_t wait = Delay; + + /* Add a period to guarantee minimum wait */ + if (wait < HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + wait++; + } + + while((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) < wait) + { + } +} + +/** + * @brief Suspend Tick increment. + * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is + * used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_SuspendTick() + * is called, the SysTick interrupt will be disabled and so Tick increment + * is suspended. + * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementations in user file. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SuspendTick(void) +{ + /* Disable SysTick Interrupt */ + CLEAR_BIT(SysTick->CTRL,SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk); +} + +/** + * @brief Resume Tick increment. + * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is + * used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_ResumeTick() + * is called, the SysTick interrupt will be enabled and so Tick increment + * is resumed. + * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementations in user file. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ResumeTick(void) +{ + /* Enable SysTick Interrupt */ + SET_BIT(SysTick->CTRL,SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the HAL revision + * @retval version : 0xXYZR (8bits for each decimal, R for RC) + */ +uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion(void) +{ + return __STM32F1xx_HAL_VERSION; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the device revision identifier. + * Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB, + * STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E, + * STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G + * STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6 + * Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in + * debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode). + * Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details. + * @retval Device revision identifier + */ +uint32_t HAL_GetREVID(void) +{ + return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) >> DBGMCU_IDCODE_REV_ID_Pos); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the device identifier. + * Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB, + * STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E, + * STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G + * STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6 + * Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in + * debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode). + * Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details. + * @retval Device identifier + */ +uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID(void) +{ + return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) & IDCODE_DEVID_MASK); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode(void) +{ + SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode + * Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB, + * STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E, + * STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G + * STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6 + * Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in + * debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode). + * Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the Debug Module during STOP mode + * Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB, + * STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E, + * STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G + * STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6 + * Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in + * debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode). + * Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details. + * Note: On all STM32F1 devices: + * If the system tick timer interrupt is enabled during the Stop mode + * debug (DBG_STOP bit set in the DBGMCU_CR register ), it will wakeup + * the system from Stop mode. + * Workaround: To debug the Stop mode, disable the system tick timer + * interrupt. + * Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details. + * Note: On all STM32F1 devices: + * If the system tick timer interrupt is enabled during the Stop mode + * debug (DBG_STOP bit set in the DBGMCU_CR register ), it will wakeup + * the system from Stop mode. + * Workaround: To debug the Stop mode, disable the system tick timer + * interrupt. + * Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode(void) +{ + SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the Debug Module during STOP mode + * Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB, + * STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E, + * STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G + * STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6 + * Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in + * debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode). + * Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode + * Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB, + * STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E, + * STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G + * STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6 + * Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in + * debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode). + * Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode(void) +{ + SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode + * Note: On devices STM32F10xx8 and STM32F10xxB, + * STM32F101xC/D/E and STM32F103xC/D/E, + * STM32F101xF/G and STM32F103xF/G + * STM32F10xx4 and STM32F10xx6 + * Debug registers DBGMCU_IDCODE and DBGMCU_CR are accessible only in + * debug mode (not accessible by the user software in normal mode). + * Refer to errata sheet of these devices for more details. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits) + * @param UID: pointer to 3 words array. + * @retval Device identifier + */ +void HAL_GetUID(uint32_t *UID) +{ + UID[0] = (uint32_t)(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)UID_BASE))); + UID[1] = (uint32_t)(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 4U)))); + UID[2] = (uint32_t)(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 8U)))); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_adc.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_adc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..ca901b5a4dbfffaa0807cab75a1b2519c828785b --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_adc.c @@ -0,0 +1,2112 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_adc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Analog to Digital Convertor (ADC) + * peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * ++ Initialization and Configuration of ADC + * + Operation functions + * ++ Start, stop, get result of conversions of regular + * group, using 3 possible modes: polling, interruption or DMA. + * + Control functions + * ++ Channels configuration on regular group + * ++ Channels configuration on injected group + * ++ Analog Watchdog configuration + * + State functions + * ++ ADC state machine management + * ++ Interrupts and flags management + * Other functions (extended functions) are available in file + * "stm32f1xx_hal_adc_ex.c". + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### ADC peripheral features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (+) 12-bit resolution + + (+) Interrupt generation at the end of regular conversion, end of injected + conversion, and in case of analog watchdog or overrun events. + + (+) Single and continuous conversion modes. + + (+) Scan mode for conversion of several channels sequentially. + + (+) Data alignment with in-built data coherency. + + (+) Programmable sampling time (channel wise) + + (+) ADC conversion of regular group and injected group. + + (+) External trigger (timer or EXTI) + for both regular and injected groups. + + (+) DMA request generation for transfer of conversions data of regular group. + + (+) Multimode Dual mode (available on devices with 2 ADCs or more). + + (+) Configurable DMA data storage in Multimode Dual mode (available on devices + with 2 DCs or more). + + (+) Configurable delay between conversions in Dual interleaved mode (available + on devices with 2 DCs or more). + + (+) ADC calibration + + (+) ADC supply requirements: 2.4 V to 3.6 V at full speed and down to 1.8 V at + slower speed. + + (+) ADC input range: from Vref- (connected to Vssa) to Vref+ (connected to + Vdda or to an external voltage reference). + + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + + *** Configuration of top level parameters related to ADC *** + ============================================================ + [..] + + (#) Enable the ADC interface + (++) As prerequisite, ADC clock must be configured at RCC top level. + Caution: On STM32F1, ADC clock frequency max is 14MHz (refer + to device datasheet). + Therefore, ADC clock prescaler must be configured in + function of ADC clock source frequency to remain below + this maximum frequency. + (++) One clock setting is mandatory: + ADC clock (core clock, also possibly conversion clock). + (+++) Example: + Into HAL_ADC_MspInit() (recommended code location) or with + other device clock parameters configuration: + (+++) RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef PeriphClkInit; + (+++) __ADC1_CLK_ENABLE(); + (+++) PeriphClkInit.PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC; + (+++) PeriphClkInit.AdcClockSelection = RCC_ADCPCLK2_DIV2; + (+++) HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(&PeriphClkInit); + + (#) ADC pins configuration + (++) Enable the clock for the ADC GPIOs + using macro __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE() + (++) Configure these ADC pins in analog mode + using function HAL_GPIO_Init() + + (#) Optionally, in case of usage of ADC with interruptions: + (++) Configure the NVIC for ADC + using function HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(ADCx_IRQn) + (++) Insert the ADC interruption handler function HAL_ADC_IRQHandler() + into the function of corresponding ADC interruption vector + ADCx_IRQHandler(). + + (#) Optionally, in case of usage of DMA: + (++) Configure the DMA (DMA channel, mode normal or circular, ...) + using function HAL_DMA_Init(). + (++) Configure the NVIC for DMA + using function HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(DMAx_Channelx_IRQn) + (++) Insert the ADC interruption handler function HAL_ADC_IRQHandler() + into the function of corresponding DMA interruption vector + DMAx_Channelx_IRQHandler(). + + *** Configuration of ADC, groups regular/injected, channels parameters *** + ========================================================================== + [..] + + (#) Configure the ADC parameters (resolution, data alignment, ...) + and regular group parameters (conversion trigger, sequencer, ...) + using function HAL_ADC_Init(). + + (#) Configure the channels for regular group parameters (channel number, + channel rank into sequencer, ..., into regular group) + using function HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel(). + + (#) Optionally, configure the injected group parameters (conversion trigger, + sequencer, ..., of injected group) + and the channels for injected group parameters (channel number, + channel rank into sequencer, ..., into injected group) + using function HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel(). + + (#) Optionally, configure the analog watchdog parameters (channels + monitored, thresholds, ...) + using function HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig(). + + (#) Optionally, for devices with several ADC instances: configure the + multimode parameters + using function HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel(). + + *** Execution of ADC conversions *** + ==================================== + [..] + + (#) Optionally, perform an automatic ADC calibration to improve the + conversion accuracy + using function HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_Start(). + + (#) ADC driver can be used among three modes: polling, interruption, + transfer by DMA. + + (++) ADC conversion by polling: + (+++) Activate the ADC peripheral and start conversions + using function HAL_ADC_Start() + (+++) Wait for ADC conversion completion + using function HAL_ADC_PollForConversion() + (or for injected group: HAL_ADCEx_InjectedPollForConversion() ) + (+++) Retrieve conversion results + using function HAL_ADC_GetValue() + (or for injected group: HAL_ADCEx_InjectedGetValue() ) + (+++) Stop conversion and disable the ADC peripheral + using function HAL_ADC_Stop() + + (++) ADC conversion by interruption: + (+++) Activate the ADC peripheral and start conversions + using function HAL_ADC_Start_IT() + (+++) Wait for ADC conversion completion by call of function + HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback() + (this function must be implemented in user program) + (or for injected group: HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback() ) + (+++) Retrieve conversion results + using function HAL_ADC_GetValue() + (or for injected group: HAL_ADCEx_InjectedGetValue() ) + (+++) Stop conversion and disable the ADC peripheral + using function HAL_ADC_Stop_IT() + + (++) ADC conversion with transfer by DMA: + (+++) Activate the ADC peripheral and start conversions + using function HAL_ADC_Start_DMA() + (+++) Wait for ADC conversion completion by call of function + HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback() or HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback() + (these functions must be implemented in user program) + (+++) Conversion results are automatically transferred by DMA into + destination variable address. + (+++) Stop conversion and disable the ADC peripheral + using function HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA() + + (++) For devices with several ADCs: ADC multimode conversion + with transfer by DMA: + (+++) Activate the ADC peripheral (slave) and start conversions + using function HAL_ADC_Start() + (+++) Activate the ADC peripheral (master) and start conversions + using function HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStart_DMA() + (+++) Wait for ADC conversion completion by call of function + HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback() or HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback() + (these functions must be implemented in user program) + (+++) Conversion results are automatically transferred by DMA into + destination variable address. + (+++) Stop conversion and disable the ADC peripheral (master) + using function HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStop_DMA() + (+++) Stop conversion and disable the ADC peripheral (slave) + using function HAL_ADC_Stop_IT() + + [..] + + (@) Callback functions must be implemented in user program: + (+@) HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback() + (+@) HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback() (callback of analog watchdog) + (+@) HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback() + (+@) HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback + (+@) HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback() + + *** Deinitialization of ADC *** + ============================================================ + [..] + + (#) Disable the ADC interface + (++) ADC clock can be hard reset and disabled at RCC top level. + (++) Hard reset of ADC peripherals + using macro __ADCx_FORCE_RESET(), __ADCx_RELEASE_RESET(). + (++) ADC clock disable + using the equivalent macro/functions as configuration step. + (+++) Example: + Into HAL_ADC_MspDeInit() (recommended code location) or with + other device clock parameters configuration: + (+++) PeriphClkInit.PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC + (+++) PeriphClkInit.AdcClockSelection = RCC_ADCPLLCLK2_OFF + (+++) HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(&PeriphClkInit) + + (#) ADC pins configuration + (++) Disable the clock for the ADC GPIOs + using macro __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_DISABLE() + + (#) Optionally, in case of usage of ADC with interruptions: + (++) Disable the NVIC for ADC + using function HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(ADCx_IRQn) + + (#) Optionally, in case of usage of DMA: + (++) Deinitialize the DMA + using function HAL_DMA_Init(). + (++) Disable the NVIC for DMA + using function HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(DMAx_Channelx_IRQn) + + [..] + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC ADC + * @brief ADC HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup ADC_Private_Constants ADC Private Constants + * @{ + */ + + /* Timeout values for ADC enable and disable settling time. */ + /* Values defined to be higher than worst cases: low clocks freq, */ + /* maximum prescaler. */ + /* Ex of profile low frequency : Clock source at 0.1 MHz, ADC clock */ + /* prescaler 4, sampling time 12.5 ADC clock cycles, resolution 12 bits. */ + /* Unit: ms */ + #define ADC_ENABLE_TIMEOUT 2U + #define ADC_DISABLE_TIMEOUT 2U + + /* Delay for ADC stabilization time. */ + /* Maximum delay is 1us (refer to device datasheet, parameter tSTAB). */ + /* Unit: us */ + #define ADC_STAB_DELAY_US 1U + + /* Delay for temperature sensor stabilization time. */ + /* Maximum delay is 10us (refer to device datasheet, parameter tSTART). */ + /* Unit: us */ + #define ADC_TEMPSENSOR_DELAY_US 10U + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup ADC_Private_Functions ADC Private Functions + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions ADC Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the ADC. + (+) De-initialize the ADC. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the ADC peripheral and regular group according to + * parameters specified in structure "ADC_InitTypeDef". + * @note As prerequisite, ADC clock must be configured at RCC top level + * (clock source APB2). + * See commented example code below that can be copied and uncommented + * into HAL_ADC_MspInit(). + * @note Possibility to update parameters on the fly: + * This function initializes the ADC MSP (HAL_ADC_MspInit()) only when + * coming from ADC state reset. Following calls to this function can + * be used to reconfigure some parameters of ADC_InitTypeDef + * structure on the fly, without modifying MSP configuration. If ADC + * MSP has to be modified again, HAL_ADC_DeInit() must be called + * before HAL_ADC_Init(). + * The setting of these parameters is conditioned to ADC state. + * For parameters constraints, see comments of structure + * "ADC_InitTypeDef". + * @note This function configures the ADC within 2 scopes: scope of entire + * ADC and scope of regular group. For parameters details, see comments + * of structure "ADC_InitTypeDef". + * @param hadc: ADC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Init(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t tmp_cr1 = 0U; + uint32_t tmp_cr2 = 0U; + uint32_t tmp_sqr1 = 0U; + + /* Check ADC handle */ + if(hadc == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(hadc->Init.DataAlign)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_SCAN_MODE(hadc->Init.ScanConvMode)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXTTRIG(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConv)); + + if(hadc->Init.ScanConvMode != ADC_SCAN_DISABLE) + { + assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_NB_CONV(hadc->Init.NbrOfConversion)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.DiscontinuousConvMode)); + if(hadc->Init.DiscontinuousConvMode != DISABLE) + { + assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_DISCONT_NUMBER(hadc->Init.NbrOfDiscConversion)); + } + } + + /* As prerequisite, into HAL_ADC_MspInit(), ADC clock must be configured */ + /* at RCC top level. */ + /* Refer to header of this file for more details on clock enabling */ + /* procedure. */ + + /* Actions performed only if ADC is coming from state reset: */ + /* - Initialization of ADC MSP */ + if (hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Initialize ADC error code */ + ADC_CLEAR_ERRORCODE(hadc); + + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hadc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_ADC_MspInit(hadc); + } + + /* Stop potential conversion on going, on regular and injected groups */ + /* Disable ADC peripheral */ + /* Note: In case of ADC already enabled, precaution to not launch an */ + /* unwanted conversion while modifying register CR2 by writing 1 to */ + /* bit ADON. */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_ConversionStop_Disable(hadc); + + + /* Configuration of ADC parameters if previous preliminary actions are */ + /* correctly completed. */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL) && + (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) ) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY | HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY, + HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL); + + /* Set ADC parameters */ + + /* Configuration of ADC: */ + /* - data alignment */ + /* - external trigger to start conversion */ + /* - external trigger polarity (always set to 1, because needed for all */ + /* triggers: external trigger of SW start) */ + /* - continuous conversion mode */ + /* Note: External trigger polarity (ADC_CR2_EXTTRIG) is set into */ + /* HAL_ADC_Start_xxx functions because if set in this function, */ + /* a conversion on injected group would start a conversion also on */ + /* regular group after ADC enabling. */ + tmp_cr2 |= (hadc->Init.DataAlign | + ADC_CFGR_EXTSEL(hadc, hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConv) | + ADC_CR2_CONTINUOUS(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode) ); + + /* Configuration of ADC: */ + /* - scan mode */ + /* - discontinuous mode disable/enable */ + /* - discontinuous mode number of conversions */ + tmp_cr1 |= (ADC_CR1_SCAN_SET(hadc->Init.ScanConvMode)); + + /* Enable discontinuous mode only if continuous mode is disabled */ + /* Note: If parameter "Init.ScanConvMode" is set to disable, parameter */ + /* discontinuous is set anyway, but will have no effect on ADC HW. */ + if (hadc->Init.DiscontinuousConvMode == ENABLE) + { + if (hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode == DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC regular discontinuous mode */ + /* Set the number of channels to be converted in discontinuous mode */ + SET_BIT(tmp_cr1, ADC_CR1_DISCEN | + ADC_CR1_DISCONTINUOUS_NUM(hadc->Init.NbrOfDiscConversion) ); + } + else + { + /* ADC regular group settings continuous and sequencer discontinuous*/ + /* cannot be enabled simultaneously. */ + + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG); + + /* Set ADC error code to ADC IP internal error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL); + } + } + + /* Update ADC configuration register CR1 with previous settings */ + MODIFY_REG(hadc->Instance->CR1, + ADC_CR1_SCAN | + ADC_CR1_DISCEN | + ADC_CR1_DISCNUM , + tmp_cr1 ); + + /* Update ADC configuration register CR2 with previous settings */ + MODIFY_REG(hadc->Instance->CR2, + ADC_CR2_ALIGN | + ADC_CR2_EXTSEL | + ADC_CR2_EXTTRIG | + ADC_CR2_CONT , + tmp_cr2 ); + + /* Configuration of regular group sequencer: */ + /* - if scan mode is disabled, regular channels sequence length is set to */ + /* 0x00: 1 channel converted (channel on regular rank 1) */ + /* Parameter "NbrOfConversion" is discarded. */ + /* Note: Scan mode is present by hardware on this device and, if */ + /* disabled, discards automatically nb of conversions. Anyway, nb of */ + /* conversions is forced to 0x00 for alignment over all STM32 devices. */ + /* - if scan mode is enabled, regular channels sequence length is set to */ + /* parameter "NbrOfConversion" */ + if (ADC_CR1_SCAN_SET(hadc->Init.ScanConvMode) == ADC_SCAN_ENABLE) + { + tmp_sqr1 = ADC_SQR1_L_SHIFT(hadc->Init.NbrOfConversion); + } + + MODIFY_REG(hadc->Instance->SQR1, + ADC_SQR1_L , + tmp_sqr1 ); + + /* Check back that ADC registers have effectively been configured to */ + /* ensure of no potential problem of ADC core IP clocking. */ + /* Check through register CR2 (excluding bits set in other functions: */ + /* execution control bits (ADON, JSWSTART, SWSTART), regular group bits */ + /* (DMA), injected group bits (JEXTTRIG and JEXTSEL), channel internal */ + /* measurement path bit (TSVREFE). */ + if (READ_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR2, ~(ADC_CR2_ADON | ADC_CR2_DMA | + ADC_CR2_SWSTART | ADC_CR2_JSWSTART | + ADC_CR2_JEXTTRIG | ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL | + ADC_CR2_TSVREFE )) + == tmp_cr2) + { + /* Set ADC error code to none */ + ADC_CLEAR_ERRORCODE(hadc); + + /* Set the ADC state */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + else + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL, + HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + /* Set ADC error code to ADC IP internal error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + } + else + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Deinitialize the ADC peripheral registers to their default reset + * values, with deinitialization of the ADC MSP. + * If needed, the example code can be copied and uncommented into + * function HAL_ADC_MspDeInit(). + * @param hadc: ADC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_DeInit(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check ADC handle */ + if(hadc == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Set ADC state */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL); + + /* Stop potential conversion on going, on regular and injected groups */ + /* Disable ADC peripheral */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_ConversionStop_Disable(hadc); + + + /* Configuration of ADC parameters if previous preliminary actions are */ + /* correctly completed. */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* ========== Reset ADC registers ========== */ + + + + + /* Reset register SR */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, (ADC_FLAG_AWD | ADC_FLAG_JEOC | ADC_FLAG_EOC | + ADC_FLAG_JSTRT | ADC_FLAG_STRT)); + + /* Reset register CR1 */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR1, (ADC_CR1_AWDEN | ADC_CR1_JAWDEN | ADC_CR1_DISCNUM | + ADC_CR1_JDISCEN | ADC_CR1_DISCEN | ADC_CR1_JAUTO | + ADC_CR1_AWDSGL | ADC_CR1_SCAN | ADC_CR1_JEOCIE | + ADC_CR1_AWDIE | ADC_CR1_EOCIE | ADC_CR1_AWDCH )); + + /* Reset register CR2 */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR2, (ADC_CR2_TSVREFE | ADC_CR2_SWSTART | ADC_CR2_JSWSTART | + ADC_CR2_EXTTRIG | ADC_CR2_EXTSEL | ADC_CR2_JEXTTRIG | + ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL | ADC_CR2_ALIGN | ADC_CR2_DMA | + ADC_CR2_RSTCAL | ADC_CR2_CAL | ADC_CR2_CONT | + ADC_CR2_ADON )); + + /* Reset register SMPR1 */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->SMPR1, (ADC_SMPR1_SMP17 | ADC_SMPR1_SMP16 | ADC_SMPR1_SMP15 | + ADC_SMPR1_SMP14 | ADC_SMPR1_SMP13 | ADC_SMPR1_SMP12 | + ADC_SMPR1_SMP11 | ADC_SMPR1_SMP10 )); + + /* Reset register SMPR2 */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->SMPR2, (ADC_SMPR2_SMP9 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP8 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP7 | + ADC_SMPR2_SMP6 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP5 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP4 | + ADC_SMPR2_SMP3 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP2 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP1 | + ADC_SMPR2_SMP0 )); + + /* Reset register JOFR1 */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->JOFR1, ADC_JOFR1_JOFFSET1); + /* Reset register JOFR2 */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->JOFR2, ADC_JOFR2_JOFFSET2); + /* Reset register JOFR3 */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->JOFR3, ADC_JOFR3_JOFFSET3); + /* Reset register JOFR4 */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->JOFR4, ADC_JOFR4_JOFFSET4); + + /* Reset register HTR */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->HTR, ADC_HTR_HT); + /* Reset register LTR */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->LTR, ADC_LTR_LT); + + /* Reset register SQR1 */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->SQR1, ADC_SQR1_L | + ADC_SQR1_SQ16 | ADC_SQR1_SQ15 | + ADC_SQR1_SQ14 | ADC_SQR1_SQ13 ); + + /* Reset register SQR1 */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->SQR1, ADC_SQR1_L | + ADC_SQR1_SQ16 | ADC_SQR1_SQ15 | + ADC_SQR1_SQ14 | ADC_SQR1_SQ13 ); + + /* Reset register SQR2 */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->SQR2, ADC_SQR2_SQ12 | ADC_SQR2_SQ11 | ADC_SQR2_SQ10 | + ADC_SQR2_SQ9 | ADC_SQR2_SQ8 | ADC_SQR2_SQ7 ); + + /* Reset register SQR3 */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->SQR3, ADC_SQR3_SQ6 | ADC_SQR3_SQ5 | ADC_SQR3_SQ4 | + ADC_SQR3_SQ3 | ADC_SQR3_SQ2 | ADC_SQR3_SQ1 ); + + /* Reset register JSQR */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->JSQR, ADC_JSQR_JL | + ADC_JSQR_JSQ4 | ADC_JSQR_JSQ3 | + ADC_JSQR_JSQ2 | ADC_JSQR_JSQ1 ); + + /* Reset register JSQR */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->JSQR, ADC_JSQR_JL | + ADC_JSQR_JSQ4 | ADC_JSQR_JSQ3 | + ADC_JSQR_JSQ2 | ADC_JSQR_JSQ1 ); + + /* Reset register DR */ + /* bits in access mode read only, no direct reset applicable*/ + + /* Reset registers JDR1, JDR2, JDR3, JDR4 */ + /* bits in access mode read only, no direct reset applicable*/ + + /* ========== Hard reset ADC peripheral ========== */ + /* Performs a global reset of the entire ADC peripheral: ADC state is */ + /* forced to a similar state after device power-on. */ + /* If needed, copy-paste and uncomment the following reset code into */ + /* function "void HAL_ADC_MspInit(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)": */ + /* */ + /* __HAL_RCC_ADC1_FORCE_RESET() */ + /* __HAL_RCC_ADC1_RELEASE_RESET() */ + + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + HAL_ADC_MspDeInit(hadc); + + /* Set ADC error code to none */ + ADC_CLEAR_ERRORCODE(hadc); + + /* Set ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_RESET; + + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the ADC MSP. + * @param hadc: ADC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ADC_MspInit(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hadc); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed, + function HAL_ADC_MspInit must be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the ADC MSP. + * @param hadc: ADC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ADC_MspDeInit(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hadc); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed, + function HAL_ADC_MspDeInit must be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief Input and Output operation functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Start conversion of regular group. + (+) Stop conversion of regular group. + (+) Poll for conversion complete on regular group. + (+) Poll for conversion event. + (+) Get result of regular channel conversion. + (+) Start conversion of regular group and enable interruptions. + (+) Stop conversion of regular group and disable interruptions. + (+) Handle ADC interrupt request + (+) Start conversion of regular group and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop conversion of regular group and disable ADC DMA transfer. +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables ADC, starts conversion of regular group. + * Interruptions enabled in this function: None. + * @param hadc: ADC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Enable the ADC peripheral */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_Enable(hadc); + + /* Start conversion if ADC is effectively enabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + /* - Clear state bitfield related to regular group conversion results */ + /* - Set state bitfield related to regular operation */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOC, + HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY); + + /* Set group injected state (from auto-injection) and multimode state */ + /* for all cases of multimode: independent mode, multimode ADC master */ + /* or multimode ADC slave (for devices with several ADCs): */ + if (ADC_NONMULTIMODE_OR_MULTIMODEMASTER(hadc)) + { + /* Set ADC state (ADC independent or master) */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_MULTIMODE_SLAVE); + + /* If conversions on group regular are also triggering group injected, */ + /* update ADC state. */ + if (READ_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JAUTO) != RESET) + { + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_EOC, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY); + } + } + else + { + /* Set ADC state (ADC slave) */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_MULTIMODE_SLAVE); + + /* If conversions on group regular are also triggering group injected, */ + /* update ADC state. */ + if (ADC_MULTIMODE_AUTO_INJECTED(hadc)) + { + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_EOC, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY); + } + } + + /* State machine update: Check if an injected conversion is ongoing */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY)) + { + /* Reset ADC error code fields related to conversions on group regular */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, (HAL_ADC_ERROR_OVR | HAL_ADC_ERROR_DMA)); + } + else + { + /* Reset ADC all error code fields */ + ADC_CLEAR_ERRORCODE(hadc); + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + /* Unlock before starting ADC conversions: in case of potential */ + /* interruption, to let the process to ADC IRQ Handler. */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Clear regular group conversion flag */ + /* (To ensure of no unknown state from potential previous ADC operations) */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOC); + + /* Enable conversion of regular group. */ + /* If software start has been selected, conversion starts immediately. */ + /* If external trigger has been selected, conversion will start at next */ + /* trigger event. */ + /* Case of multimode enabled: */ + /* - if ADC is slave, ADC is enabled only (conversion is not started). */ + /* - if ADC is master, ADC is enabled and conversion is started. */ + /* If ADC is master, ADC is enabled and conversion is started. */ + /* Note: Alternate trigger for single conversion could be to force an */ + /* additional set of bit ADON "hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_ADON;"*/ + if (ADC_IS_SOFTWARE_START_REGULAR(hadc) && + ADC_NONMULTIMODE_OR_MULTIMODEMASTER(hadc) ) + { + /* Start ADC conversion on regular group with SW start */ + SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR2, (ADC_CR2_SWSTART | ADC_CR2_EXTTRIG)); + } + else + { + /* Start ADC conversion on regular group with external trigger */ + SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_EXTTRIG); + } + } + else + { + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop ADC conversion of regular group (and injected channels in + * case of auto_injection mode), disable ADC peripheral. + * @note: ADC peripheral disable is forcing stop of potential + * conversion on injected group. If injected group is under use, it + * should be preliminarily stopped using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop function. + * @param hadc: ADC handle + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Stop potential conversion on going, on regular and injected groups */ + /* Disable ADC peripheral */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_ConversionStop_Disable(hadc); + + /* Check if ADC is effectively disabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY | HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Wait for regular group conversion to be completed. + * @note This function cannot be used in a particular setup: ADC configured + * in DMA mode. + * In this case, DMA resets the flag EOC and polling cannot be + * performed on each conversion. + * @note On STM32F1 devices, limitation in case of sequencer enabled + * (several ranks selected): polling cannot be done on each + * conversion inside the sequence. In this case, polling is replaced by + * wait for maximum conversion time. + * @param hadc: ADC handle + * @param Timeout: Timeout value in millisecond. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_PollForConversion(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Variables for polling in case of scan mode enabled and polling for each */ + /* conversion. */ + __IO uint32_t Conversion_Timeout_CPU_cycles = 0U; + uint32_t Conversion_Timeout_CPU_cycles_max = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Get tick count */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Verification that ADC configuration is compliant with polling for */ + /* each conversion: */ + /* Particular case is ADC configured in DMA mode */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_DMA)) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Polling for end of conversion: differentiation if single/sequence */ + /* conversion. */ + /* - If single conversion for regular group (Scan mode disabled or enabled */ + /* with NbrOfConversion =1), flag EOC is used to determine the */ + /* conversion completion. */ + /* - If sequence conversion for regular group (scan mode enabled and */ + /* NbrOfConversion >=2), flag EOC is set only at the end of the */ + /* sequence. */ + /* To poll for each conversion, the maximum conversion time is computed */ + /* from ADC conversion time (selected sampling time + conversion time of */ + /* 12.5 ADC clock cycles) and APB2/ADC clock prescalers (depending on */ + /* settings, conversion time range can be from 28 to 32256 CPU cycles). */ + /* As flag EOC is not set after each conversion, no timeout status can */ + /* be set. */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_SCAN) && + HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->SQR1, ADC_SQR1_L) ) + { + /* Wait until End of Conversion flag is raised */ + while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->SR, ADC_FLAG_EOC)) + { + /* Check if timeout is disabled (set to infinite wait) */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to timeout */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_TIMEOUT); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + else + { + /* Replace polling by wait for maximum conversion time */ + /* - Computation of CPU clock cycles corresponding to ADC clock cycles */ + /* and ADC maximum conversion cycles on all channels. */ + /* - Wait for the expected ADC clock cycles delay */ + Conversion_Timeout_CPU_cycles_max = ((SystemCoreClock + / HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq(RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC)) + * ADC_CONVCYCLES_MAX_RANGE(hadc) ); + + while(Conversion_Timeout_CPU_cycles < Conversion_Timeout_CPU_cycles_max) + { + /* Check if timeout is disabled (set to infinite wait) */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to timeout */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_TIMEOUT); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + Conversion_Timeout_CPU_cycles ++; + } + } + + /* Clear regular group conversion flag */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_STRT | ADC_FLAG_EOC); + + /* Update ADC state machine */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOC); + + /* Determine whether any further conversion upcoming on group regular */ + /* by external trigger, continuous mode or scan sequence on going. */ + /* Note: On STM32F1 devices, in case of sequencer enabled */ + /* (several ranks selected), end of conversion flag is raised */ + /* at the end of the sequence. */ + if(ADC_IS_SOFTWARE_START_REGULAR(hadc) && + (hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode == DISABLE) ) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY); + + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY)) + { + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + } + + /* Return ADC state */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Poll for conversion event. + * @param hadc: ADC handle + * @param EventType: the ADC event type. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_AWD_EVENT: ADC Analog watchdog event. + * @param Timeout: Timeout value in millisecond. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_PollForEvent(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t EventType, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EVENT_TYPE(EventType)); + + /* Get tick count */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Check selected event flag */ + while(__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, EventType) == RESET) + { + /* Check if timeout is disabled (set to infinite wait) */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to timeout */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_TIMEOUT); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Analog watchdog (level out of window) event */ + /* Set ADC state */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD1); + + /* Clear ADC analog watchdog flag */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_AWD); + + /* Return ADC state */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables ADC, starts conversion of regular group with interruption. + * Interruptions enabled in this function: + * - EOC (end of conversion of regular group) + * Each of these interruptions has its dedicated callback function. + * @param hadc: ADC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Enable the ADC peripheral */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_Enable(hadc); + + /* Start conversion if ADC is effectively enabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + /* - Clear state bitfield related to regular group conversion results */ + /* - Set state bitfield related to regular operation */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOC | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_OVR | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOSMP, + HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY); + + /* Set group injected state (from auto-injection) and multimode state */ + /* for all cases of multimode: independent mode, multimode ADC master */ + /* or multimode ADC slave (for devices with several ADCs): */ + if (ADC_NONMULTIMODE_OR_MULTIMODEMASTER(hadc)) + { + /* Set ADC state (ADC independent or master) */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_MULTIMODE_SLAVE); + + /* If conversions on group regular are also triggering group injected, */ + /* update ADC state. */ + if (READ_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JAUTO) != RESET) + { + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_EOC, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY); + } + } + else + { + /* Set ADC state (ADC slave) */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_MULTIMODE_SLAVE); + + /* If conversions on group regular are also triggering group injected, */ + /* update ADC state. */ + if (ADC_MULTIMODE_AUTO_INJECTED(hadc)) + { + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_EOC, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY); + } + } + + /* State machine update: Check if an injected conversion is ongoing */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY)) + { + /* Reset ADC error code fields related to conversions on group regular */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, (HAL_ADC_ERROR_OVR | HAL_ADC_ERROR_DMA)); + } + else + { + /* Reset ADC all error code fields */ + ADC_CLEAR_ERRORCODE(hadc); + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + /* Unlock before starting ADC conversions: in case of potential */ + /* interruption, to let the process to ADC IRQ Handler. */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Clear regular group conversion flag and overrun flag */ + /* (To ensure of no unknown state from potential previous ADC operations) */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOC); + + /* Enable end of conversion interrupt for regular group */ + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC); + + /* Enable conversion of regular group. */ + /* If software start has been selected, conversion starts immediately. */ + /* If external trigger has been selected, conversion will start at next */ + /* trigger event. */ + /* Case of multimode enabled: */ + /* - if ADC is slave, ADC is enabled only (conversion is not started). */ + /* - if ADC is master, ADC is enabled and conversion is started. */ + if (ADC_IS_SOFTWARE_START_REGULAR(hadc) && + ADC_NONMULTIMODE_OR_MULTIMODEMASTER(hadc) ) + { + /* Start ADC conversion on regular group with SW start */ + SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR2, (ADC_CR2_SWSTART | ADC_CR2_EXTTRIG)); + } + else + { + /* Start ADC conversion on regular group with external trigger */ + SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_EXTTRIG); + } + } + else + { + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop ADC conversion of regular group (and injected group in + * case of auto_injection mode), disable interrution of + * end-of-conversion, disable ADC peripheral. + * @param hadc: ADC handle + * @retval None + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Stop potential conversion on going, on regular and injected groups */ + /* Disable ADC peripheral */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_ConversionStop_Disable(hadc); + + /* Check if ADC is effectively disabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable ADC end of conversion interrupt for regular group */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC); + + /* Set ADC state */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY | HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables ADC, starts conversion of regular group and transfers result + * through DMA. + * Interruptions enabled in this function: + * - DMA transfer complete + * - DMA half transfer + * Each of these interruptions has its dedicated callback function. + * @note For devices with several ADCs: This function is for single-ADC mode + * only. For multimode, use the dedicated MultimodeStart function. + * @note On STM32F1 devices, only ADC1 and ADC3 (ADC availability depending + * on devices) have DMA capability. + * ADC2 converted data can be transferred in dual ADC mode using DMA + * of ADC1 (ADC master in multimode). + * In case of using ADC1 with DMA on a device featuring 2 ADC + * instances: ADC1 conversion register DR contains ADC1 conversion + * result (ADC1 register DR bits 0 to 11) and, additionally, ADC2 last + * conversion result (ADC1 register DR bits 16 to 27). Therefore, to + * have DMA transferring the conversion results of ADC1 only, DMA must + * be configured to transfer size: half word. + * @param hadc: ADC handle + * @param pData: The destination Buffer address. + * @param Length: The length of data to be transferred from ADC peripheral to memory. + * @retval None + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start_DMA(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_DMA_CAPABILITY_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Verification if multimode is disabled (for devices with several ADC) */ + /* If multimode is enabled, dedicated function multimode conversion */ + /* start DMA must be used. */ + if(ADC_MULTIMODE_IS_ENABLE(hadc) == RESET) + { + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Enable the ADC peripheral */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_Enable(hadc); + + /* Start conversion if ADC is effectively enabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + /* - Clear state bitfield related to regular group conversion results */ + /* - Set state bitfield related to regular operation */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOC | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_OVR | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOSMP, + HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY); + + /* Set group injected state (from auto-injection) and multimode state */ + /* for all cases of multimode: independent mode, multimode ADC master */ + /* or multimode ADC slave (for devices with several ADCs): */ + if (ADC_NONMULTIMODE_OR_MULTIMODEMASTER(hadc)) + { + /* Set ADC state (ADC independent or master) */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_MULTIMODE_SLAVE); + + /* If conversions on group regular are also triggering group injected, */ + /* update ADC state. */ + if (READ_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JAUTO) != RESET) + { + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_EOC, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY); + } + } + else + { + /* Set ADC state (ADC slave) */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_MULTIMODE_SLAVE); + + /* If conversions on group regular are also triggering group injected, */ + /* update ADC state. */ + if (ADC_MULTIMODE_AUTO_INJECTED(hadc)) + { + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_EOC, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY); + } + } + + /* State machine update: Check if an injected conversion is ongoing */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY)) + { + /* Reset ADC error code fields related to conversions on group regular */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, (HAL_ADC_ERROR_OVR | HAL_ADC_ERROR_DMA)); + } + else + { + /* Reset ADC all error code fields */ + ADC_CLEAR_ERRORCODE(hadc); + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + /* Unlock before starting ADC conversions: in case of potential */ + /* interruption, to let the process to ADC IRQ Handler. */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback */ + hadc->DMA_Handle->XferCpltCallback = ADC_DMAConvCplt; + + /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback */ + hadc->DMA_Handle->XferHalfCpltCallback = ADC_DMAHalfConvCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hadc->DMA_Handle->XferErrorCallback = ADC_DMAError; + + + /* Manage ADC and DMA start: ADC overrun interruption, DMA start, ADC */ + /* start (in case of SW start): */ + + /* Clear regular group conversion flag and overrun flag */ + /* (To ensure of no unknown state from potential previous ADC */ + /* operations) */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOC); + + /* Enable ADC DMA mode */ + SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_DMA); + + /* Start the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hadc->DMA_Handle, (uint32_t)&hadc->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)pData, Length); + + /* Enable conversion of regular group. */ + /* If software start has been selected, conversion starts immediately. */ + /* If external trigger has been selected, conversion will start at next */ + /* trigger event. */ + if (ADC_IS_SOFTWARE_START_REGULAR(hadc)) + { + /* Start ADC conversion on regular group with SW start */ + SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR2, (ADC_CR2_SWSTART | ADC_CR2_EXTTRIG)); + } + else + { + /* Start ADC conversion on regular group with external trigger */ + SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_EXTTRIG); + } + } + else + { + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + } + } + else + { + tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop ADC conversion of regular group (and injected group in + * case of auto_injection mode), disable ADC DMA transfer, disable + * ADC peripheral. + * @note: ADC peripheral disable is forcing stop of potential + * conversion on injected group. If injected group is under use, it + * should be preliminarily stopped using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop function. + * @note For devices with several ADCs: This function is for single-ADC mode + * only. For multimode, use the dedicated MultimodeStop function. + * @note On STM32F1 devices, only ADC1 and ADC3 (ADC availability depending + * on devices) have DMA capability. + * @param hadc: ADC handle + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_DMA_CAPABILITY_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Stop potential conversion on going, on regular and injected groups */ + /* Disable ADC peripheral */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_ConversionStop_Disable(hadc); + + /* Check if ADC is effectively disabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable ADC DMA mode */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_DMA); + + /* Disable the DMA channel (in case of DMA in circular mode or stop while */ + /* DMA transfer is on going) */ + tmp_hal_status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hadc->DMA_Handle); + + /* Check if DMA channel effectively disabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY | HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + else + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_DMA); + } + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Get ADC regular group conversion result. + * @note Reading register DR automatically clears ADC flag EOC + * (ADC group regular end of unitary conversion). + * @note This function does not clear ADC flag EOS + * (ADC group regular end of sequence conversion). + * Occurrence of flag EOS rising: + * - If sequencer is composed of 1 rank, flag EOS is equivalent + * to flag EOC. + * - If sequencer is composed of several ranks, during the scan + * sequence flag EOC only is raised, at the end of the scan sequence + * both flags EOC and EOS are raised. + * To clear this flag, either use function: + * in programming model IT: @ref HAL_ADC_IRQHandler(), in programming + * model polling: @ref HAL_ADC_PollForConversion() + * or @ref __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(&hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOS). + * @param hadc: ADC handle + * @retval ADC group regular conversion data + */ +uint32_t HAL_ADC_GetValue(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Note: EOC flag is not cleared here by software because automatically */ + /* cleared by hardware when reading register DR. */ + + /* Return ADC converted value */ + return hadc->Instance->DR; +} + +/** + * @brief Handles ADC interrupt request + * @param hadc: ADC handle + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_ADC_IRQHandler(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_NB_CONV(hadc->Init.NbrOfConversion)); + + + /* ========== Check End of Conversion flag for regular group ========== */ + if(__HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC)) + { + if(__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOC) ) + { + /* Update state machine on conversion status if not in error state */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL)) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOC); + } + + /* Determine whether any further conversion upcoming on group regular */ + /* by external trigger, continuous mode or scan sequence on going. */ + /* Note: On STM32F1 devices, in case of sequencer enabled */ + /* (several ranks selected), end of conversion flag is raised */ + /* at the end of the sequence. */ + if(ADC_IS_SOFTWARE_START_REGULAR(hadc) && + (hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode == DISABLE) ) + { + /* Disable ADC end of conversion interrupt on group regular */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC); + + /* Set ADC state */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY); + + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY)) + { + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + } + + /* Conversion complete callback */ + HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback(hadc); + + /* Clear regular group conversion flag */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_STRT | ADC_FLAG_EOC); + } + } + + /* ========== Check End of Conversion flag for injected group ========== */ + if(__HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hadc, ADC_IT_JEOC)) + { + if(__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_JEOC)) + { + /* Update state machine on conversion status if not in error state */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL)) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_EOC); + } + + /* Determine whether any further conversion upcoming on group injected */ + /* by external trigger, scan sequence on going or by automatic injected */ + /* conversion from group regular (same conditions as group regular */ + /* interruption disabling above). */ + /* Note: On STM32F1 devices, in case of sequencer enabled */ + /* (several ranks selected), end of conversion flag is raised */ + /* at the end of the sequence. */ + if(ADC_IS_SOFTWARE_START_INJECTED(hadc) || + (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JAUTO) && + (ADC_IS_SOFTWARE_START_REGULAR(hadc) && + (hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode == DISABLE) ) ) ) + { + /* Disable ADC end of conversion interrupt on group injected */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_JEOC); + + /* Set ADC state */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY); + + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY)) + { + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + } + + /* Conversion complete callback */ + HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback(hadc); + + /* Clear injected group conversion flag */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, (ADC_FLAG_JSTRT | ADC_FLAG_JEOC)); + } + } + + /* ========== Check Analog watchdog flags ========== */ + if(__HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hadc, ADC_IT_AWD)) + { + if(__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_AWD)) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD1); + + /* Level out of window callback */ + HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback(hadc); + + /* Clear the ADC analog watchdog flag */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_AWD); + } + } + +} + +/** + * @brief Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode + * @param hadc: ADC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hadc); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed, + function HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback must be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Conversion DMA half-transfer callback in non blocking mode + * @param hadc: ADC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hadc); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed, + function HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback must be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Analog watchdog callback in non blocking mode. + * @param hadc: ADC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hadc); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed, + function HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback must be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief ADC error callback in non blocking mode + * (ADC conversion with interruption or transfer by DMA) + * @param hadc: ADC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hadc); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed, + function HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback must be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure channels on regular group + (+) Configure the analog watchdog + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the the selected channel to be linked to the regular + * group. + * @note In case of usage of internal measurement channels: + * Vbat/VrefInt/TempSensor. + * These internal paths can be be disabled using function + * HAL_ADC_DeInit(). + * @note Possibility to update parameters on the fly: + * This function initializes channel into regular group, following + * calls to this function can be used to reconfigure some parameters + * of structure "ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef" on the fly, without reseting + * the ADC. + * The setting of these parameters is conditioned to ADC state. + * For parameters constraints, see comments of structure + * "ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef". + * @param hadc: ADC handle + * @param sConfig: Structure of ADC channel for regular group. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef* sConfig) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + __IO uint32_t wait_loop_index = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(sConfig->Channel)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_RANK(sConfig->Rank)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(sConfig->SamplingTime)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + + /* Regular sequence configuration */ + /* For Rank 1 to 6 */ + if (sConfig->Rank < 7U) + { + MODIFY_REG(hadc->Instance->SQR3 , + ADC_SQR3_RK(ADC_SQR3_SQ1, sConfig->Rank) , + ADC_SQR3_RK(sConfig->Channel, sConfig->Rank) ); + } + /* For Rank 7 to 12 */ + else if (sConfig->Rank < 13U) + { + MODIFY_REG(hadc->Instance->SQR2 , + ADC_SQR2_RK(ADC_SQR2_SQ7, sConfig->Rank) , + ADC_SQR2_RK(sConfig->Channel, sConfig->Rank) ); + } + /* For Rank 13 to 16 */ + else + { + MODIFY_REG(hadc->Instance->SQR1 , + ADC_SQR1_RK(ADC_SQR1_SQ13, sConfig->Rank) , + ADC_SQR1_RK(sConfig->Channel, sConfig->Rank) ); + } + + + /* Channel sampling time configuration */ + /* For channels 10 to 17 */ + if (sConfig->Channel >= ADC_CHANNEL_10) + { + MODIFY_REG(hadc->Instance->SMPR1 , + ADC_SMPR1(ADC_SMPR1_SMP10, sConfig->Channel) , + ADC_SMPR1(sConfig->SamplingTime, sConfig->Channel) ); + } + else /* For channels 0 to 9 */ + { + MODIFY_REG(hadc->Instance->SMPR2 , + ADC_SMPR2(ADC_SMPR2_SMP0, sConfig->Channel) , + ADC_SMPR2(sConfig->SamplingTime, sConfig->Channel) ); + } + + /* If ADC1 Channel_16 or Channel_17 is selected, enable Temperature sensor */ + /* and VREFINT measurement path. */ + if ((sConfig->Channel == ADC_CHANNEL_TEMPSENSOR) || + (sConfig->Channel == ADC_CHANNEL_VREFINT) ) + { + /* For STM32F1 devices with several ADC: Only ADC1 can access internal */ + /* measurement channels (VrefInt/TempSensor). If these channels are */ + /* intended to be set on other ADC instances, an error is reported. */ + if (hadc->Instance == ADC1) + { + if (READ_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_TSVREFE) == RESET) + { + SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_TSVREFE); + + if ((sConfig->Channel == ADC_CHANNEL_TEMPSENSOR)) + { + /* Delay for temperature sensor stabilization time */ + /* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */ + wait_loop_index = (ADC_TEMPSENSOR_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000U)); + while(wait_loop_index != 0U) + { + wait_loop_index--; + } + } + } + } + else + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG); + + tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the analog watchdog. + * @note Analog watchdog thresholds can be modified while ADC conversion + * is on going. + * In this case, some constraints must be taken into account: + * the programmed threshold values are effective from the next + * ADC EOC (end of unitary conversion). + * Considering that registers write delay may happen due to + * bus activity, this might cause an uncertainty on the + * effective timing of the new programmed threshold values. + * @param hadc: ADC handle + * @param AnalogWDGConfig: Structure of ADC analog watchdog configuration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef* AnalogWDGConfig) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_ANALOG_WATCHDOG_MODE(AnalogWDGConfig->WatchdogMode)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(AnalogWDGConfig->ITMode)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_RANGE(AnalogWDGConfig->HighThreshold)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_RANGE(AnalogWDGConfig->LowThreshold)); + + if((AnalogWDGConfig->WatchdogMode == ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_SINGLE_REG) || + (AnalogWDGConfig->WatchdogMode == ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_SINGLE_INJEC) || + (AnalogWDGConfig->WatchdogMode == ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_SINGLE_REGINJEC) ) + { + assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(AnalogWDGConfig->Channel)); + } + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Analog watchdog configuration */ + + /* Configure ADC Analog watchdog interrupt */ + if(AnalogWDGConfig->ITMode == ENABLE) + { + /* Enable the ADC Analog watchdog interrupt */ + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_AWD); + } + else + { + /* Disable the ADC Analog watchdog interrupt */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_AWD); + } + + /* Configuration of analog watchdog: */ + /* - Set the analog watchdog enable mode: regular and/or injected groups, */ + /* one or all channels. */ + /* - Set the Analog watchdog channel (is not used if watchdog */ + /* mode "all channels": ADC_CFGR_AWD1SGL=0). */ + MODIFY_REG(hadc->Instance->CR1 , + ADC_CR1_AWDSGL | + ADC_CR1_JAWDEN | + ADC_CR1_AWDEN | + ADC_CR1_AWDCH , + AnalogWDGConfig->WatchdogMode | + AnalogWDGConfig->Channel ); + + /* Set the high threshold */ + WRITE_REG(hadc->Instance->HTR, AnalogWDGConfig->HighThreshold); + + /* Set the low threshold */ + WRITE_REG(hadc->Instance->LTR, AnalogWDGConfig->LowThreshold); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions + * @brief Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides functions to get in run-time the status of the + peripheral. + (+) Check the ADC state + (+) Check the ADC error code + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief return the ADC state + * @param hadc: ADC handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +uint32_t HAL_ADC_GetState(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + /* Return ADC state */ + return hadc->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the ADC error code + * @param hadc: ADC handle + * @retval ADC Error Code + */ +uint32_t HAL_ADC_GetError(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + return hadc->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Private_Functions ADC Private Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enable the selected ADC. + * @note Prerequisite condition to use this function: ADC must be disabled + * and voltage regulator must be enabled (done into HAL_ADC_Init()). + * @param hadc: ADC handle + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef ADC_Enable(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + __IO uint32_t wait_loop_index = 0U; + + /* ADC enable and wait for ADC ready (in case of ADC is disabled or */ + /* enabling phase not yet completed: flag ADC ready not yet set). */ + /* Timeout implemented to not be stuck if ADC cannot be enabled (possible */ + /* causes: ADC clock not running, ...). */ + if (ADC_IS_ENABLE(hadc) == RESET) + { + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE(hadc); + + /* Delay for ADC stabilization time */ + /* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */ + wait_loop_index = (ADC_STAB_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000U)); + while(wait_loop_index != 0U) + { + wait_loop_index--; + } + + /* Get tick count */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait for ADC effectively enabled */ + while(ADC_IS_ENABLE(hadc) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > ADC_ENABLE_TIMEOUT) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + /* Set ADC error code to ADC IP internal error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + + /* Return HAL status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop ADC conversion and disable the selected ADC + * @note Prerequisite condition to use this function: ADC conversions must be + * stopped to disable the ADC. + * @param hadc: ADC handle + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef ADC_ConversionStop_Disable(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Verification if ADC is not already disabled */ + if (ADC_IS_ENABLE(hadc) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the ADC peripheral */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE(hadc); + + /* Get tick count */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait for ADC effectively disabled */ + while(ADC_IS_ENABLE(hadc) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > ADC_DISABLE_TIMEOUT) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + /* Set ADC error code to ADC IP internal error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + + /* Return HAL status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DMA transfer complete callback. + * @param hdma: pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DMAConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* Retrieve ADC handle corresponding to current DMA handle */ + ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + /* Update state machine on conversion status if not in error state */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL | HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_DMA)) + { + /* Update ADC state machine */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOC); + + /* Determine whether any further conversion upcoming on group regular */ + /* by external trigger, continuous mode or scan sequence on going. */ + /* Note: On STM32F1 devices, in case of sequencer enabled */ + /* (several ranks selected), end of conversion flag is raised */ + /* at the end of the sequence. */ + if(ADC_IS_SOFTWARE_START_REGULAR(hadc) && + (hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode == DISABLE) ) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY); + + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY)) + { + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + } + + /* Conversion complete callback */ + HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback(hadc); + } + else + { + /* Call DMA error callback */ + hadc->DMA_Handle->XferErrorCallback(hdma); + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA half transfer complete callback. + * @param hdma: pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DMAHalfConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* Retrieve ADC handle corresponding to current DMA handle */ + ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + /* Half conversion callback */ + HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback(hadc); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA error callback + * @param hdma: pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* Retrieve ADC handle corresponding to current DMA handle */ + ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + /* Set ADC state */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_DMA); + + /* Set ADC error code to DMA error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_DMA); + + /* Error callback */ + HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback(hadc); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_adc_ex.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_adc_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..6f04c41dbbdd04336b270f9d5a91faa0b39edcb8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_adc_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,1341 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_adc_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Analog to Digital Convertor (ADC) + * peripheral: + * + Operation functions + * ++ Start, stop, get result of conversions of injected + * group, using 2 possible modes: polling, interruption. + * ++ Multimode feature (available on devices with 2 ADCs or more) + * ++ Calibration (ADC automatic self-calibration) + * + Control functions + * ++ Channels configuration on injected group + * Other functions (generic functions) are available in file + * "stm32f1xx_hal_adc.c". + * + @verbatim + [..] + (@) Sections "ADC peripheral features" and "How to use this driver" are + available in file of generic functions "stm32f1xx_hal_adc.c". + [..] + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup ADCEx ADCEx + * @brief ADC Extension HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup ADCEx_Private_Constants ADCEx Private Constants + * @{ + */ + + /* Delay for ADC calibration: */ + /* Hardware prerequisite before starting a calibration: the ADC must have */ + /* been in power-on state for at least two ADC clock cycles. */ + /* Unit: ADC clock cycles */ + #define ADC_PRECALIBRATION_DELAY_ADCCLOCKCYCLES 2U + + /* Timeout value for ADC calibration */ + /* Value defined to be higher than worst cases: low clocks freq, */ + /* maximum prescaler. */ + /* Ex of profile low frequency : Clock source at 0.1 MHz, ADC clock */ + /* prescaler 4, sampling time 12.5 ADC clock cycles, resolution 12 bits. */ + /* Unit: ms */ + #define ADC_CALIBRATION_TIMEOUT 10U + + /* Delay for temperature sensor stabilization time. */ + /* Maximum delay is 10us (refer to device datasheet, parameter tSTART). */ + /* Unit: us */ + #define ADC_TEMPSENSOR_DELAY_US 10U + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup ADCEx_Exported_Functions ADCEx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup ADCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Extended IO operation functions + * @brief Extended Extended Input and Output operation functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Start conversion of injected group. + (+) Stop conversion of injected group. + (+) Poll for conversion complete on injected group. + (+) Get result of injected channel conversion. + (+) Start conversion of injected group and enable interruptions. + (+) Stop conversion of injected group and disable interruptions. + + (+) Start multimode and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop multimode and disable ADC DMA transfer. + (+) Get result of multimode conversion. + + (+) Perform the ADC self-calibration for single or differential ending. + (+) Get calibration factors for single or differential ending. + (+) Set calibration factors for single or differential ending. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Perform an ADC automatic self-calibration + * Calibration prerequisite: ADC must be disabled (execute this + * function before HAL_ADC_Start() or after HAL_ADC_Stop() ). + * During calibration process, ADC is enabled. ADC is let enabled at + * the completion of this function. + * @param hadc: ADC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_Start(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t tickstart; + __IO uint32_t wait_loop_index = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* 1. Calibration prerequisite: */ + /* - ADC must be disabled for at least two ADC clock cycles in disable */ + /* mode before ADC enable */ + /* Stop potential conversion on going, on regular and injected groups */ + /* Disable ADC peripheral */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_ConversionStop_Disable(hadc); + + /* Check if ADC is effectively disabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY | HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY, + HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL); + + /* Hardware prerequisite: delay before starting the calibration. */ + /* - Computation of CPU clock cycles corresponding to ADC clock cycles. */ + /* - Wait for the expected ADC clock cycles delay */ + wait_loop_index = ((SystemCoreClock + / HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq(RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC)) + * ADC_PRECALIBRATION_DELAY_ADCCLOCKCYCLES ); + + while(wait_loop_index != 0U) + { + wait_loop_index--; + } + + /* 2. Enable the ADC peripheral */ + ADC_Enable(hadc); + + /* 3. Resets ADC calibration registers */ + SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_RSTCAL); + + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait for calibration reset completion */ + while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_RSTCAL)) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > ADC_CALIBRATION_TIMEOUT) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL, + HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + + /* 4. Start ADC calibration */ + SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_CAL); + + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait for calibration completion */ + while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_CAL)) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > ADC_CALIBRATION_TIMEOUT) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL, + HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Set ADC state */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables ADC, starts conversion of injected group. + * Interruptions enabled in this function: None. + * @param hadc: ADC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Enable the ADC peripheral */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_Enable(hadc); + + /* Start conversion if ADC is effectively enabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + /* - Clear state bitfield related to injected group conversion results */ + /* - Set state bitfield related to injected operation */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY | HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_EOC, + HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY); + + /* Case of independent mode or multimode (for devices with several ADCs): */ + /* Set multimode state. */ + if (ADC_NONMULTIMODE_OR_MULTIMODEMASTER(hadc)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_MULTIMODE_SLAVE); + } + else + { + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_MULTIMODE_SLAVE); + } + + /* Check if a regular conversion is ongoing */ + /* Note: On this device, there is no ADC error code fields related to */ + /* conversions on group injected only. In case of conversion on */ + /* going on group regular, no error code is reset. */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY)) + { + /* Reset ADC all error code fields */ + ADC_CLEAR_ERRORCODE(hadc); + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + /* Unlock before starting ADC conversions: in case of potential */ + /* interruption, to let the process to ADC IRQ Handler. */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Clear injected group conversion flag */ + /* (To ensure of no unknown state from potential previous ADC operations) */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_JEOC); + + /* Enable conversion of injected group. */ + /* If software start has been selected, conversion starts immediately. */ + /* If external trigger has been selected, conversion will start at next */ + /* trigger event. */ + /* If automatic injected conversion is enabled, conversion will start */ + /* after next regular group conversion. */ + /* Case of multimode enabled (for devices with several ADCs): if ADC is */ + /* slave, ADC is enabled only (conversion is not started). If ADC is */ + /* master, ADC is enabled and conversion is started. */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JAUTO)) + { + if (ADC_IS_SOFTWARE_START_INJECTED(hadc) && + ADC_NONMULTIMODE_OR_MULTIMODEMASTER(hadc) ) + { + /* Start ADC conversion on injected group with SW start */ + SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR2, (ADC_CR2_JSWSTART | ADC_CR2_JEXTTRIG)); + } + else + { + /* Start ADC conversion on injected group with external trigger */ + SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_JEXTTRIG); + } + } + } + else + { + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop conversion of injected channels. Disable ADC peripheral if + * no regular conversion is on going. + * @note If ADC must be disabled and if conversion is on going on + * regular group, function HAL_ADC_Stop must be used to stop both + * injected and regular groups, and disable the ADC. + * @note If injected group mode auto-injection is enabled, + * function HAL_ADC_Stop must be used. + * @note In case of auto-injection mode, HAL_ADC_Stop must be used. + * @param hadc: ADC handle + * @retval None + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Stop potential conversion and disable ADC peripheral */ + /* Conditioned to: */ + /* - No conversion on the other group (regular group) is intended to */ + /* continue (injected and regular groups stop conversion and ADC disable */ + /* are common) */ + /* - In case of auto-injection mode, HAL_ADC_Stop must be used. */ + if(((hadc->State & HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY) == RESET) && + HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JAUTO) ) + { + /* Stop potential conversion on going, on regular and injected groups */ + /* Disable ADC peripheral */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_ConversionStop_Disable(hadc); + + /* Check if ADC is effectively disabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY | HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + } + else + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG); + + tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Wait for injected group conversion to be completed. + * @param hadc: ADC handle + * @param Timeout: Timeout value in millisecond. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedPollForConversion(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + + /* Variables for polling in case of scan mode enabled and polling for each */ + /* conversion. */ + __IO uint32_t Conversion_Timeout_CPU_cycles = 0U; + uint32_t Conversion_Timeout_CPU_cycles_max = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Get timeout */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Polling for end of conversion: differentiation if single/sequence */ + /* conversion. */ + /* For injected group, flag JEOC is set only at the end of the sequence, */ + /* not for each conversion within the sequence. */ + /* - If single conversion for injected group (scan mode disabled or */ + /* InjectedNbrOfConversion ==1), flag JEOC is used to determine the */ + /* conversion completion. */ + /* - If sequence conversion for injected group (scan mode enabled and */ + /* InjectedNbrOfConversion >=2), flag JEOC is set only at the end of the */ + /* sequence. */ + /* To poll for each conversion, the maximum conversion time is computed */ + /* from ADC conversion time (selected sampling time + conversion time of */ + /* 12.5 ADC clock cycles) and APB2/ADC clock prescalers (depending on */ + /* settings, conversion time range can be from 28 to 32256 CPU cycles). */ + /* As flag JEOC is not set after each conversion, no timeout status can */ + /* be set. */ + if ((hadc->Instance->JSQR & ADC_JSQR_JL) == RESET) + { + /* Wait until End of Conversion flag is raised */ + while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->SR, ADC_FLAG_JEOC)) + { + /* Check if timeout is disabled (set to infinite wait) */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to timeout */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_TIMEOUT); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + else + { + /* Replace polling by wait for maximum conversion time */ + /* - Computation of CPU clock cycles corresponding to ADC clock cycles */ + /* and ADC maximum conversion cycles on all channels. */ + /* - Wait for the expected ADC clock cycles delay */ + Conversion_Timeout_CPU_cycles_max = ((SystemCoreClock + / HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq(RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC)) + * ADC_CONVCYCLES_MAX_RANGE(hadc) ); + + while(Conversion_Timeout_CPU_cycles < Conversion_Timeout_CPU_cycles_max) + { + /* Check if timeout is disabled (set to infinite wait) */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to timeout */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_TIMEOUT); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + Conversion_Timeout_CPU_cycles ++; + } + } + + /* Clear injected group conversion flag */ + /* Note: On STM32F1 ADC, clear regular conversion flag raised */ + /* simultaneously. */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_JSTRT | ADC_FLAG_JEOC | ADC_FLAG_EOC); + + /* Update ADC state machine */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_EOC); + + /* Determine whether any further conversion upcoming on group injected */ + /* by external trigger or by automatic injected conversion */ + /* from group regular. */ + if(ADC_IS_SOFTWARE_START_INJECTED(hadc) || + (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JAUTO) && + (ADC_IS_SOFTWARE_START_REGULAR(hadc) && + (hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode == DISABLE) ) ) ) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY); + + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY)) + { + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + } + + /* Return ADC state */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables ADC, starts conversion of injected group with interruption. + * - JEOC (end of conversion of injected group) + * Each of these interruptions has its dedicated callback function. + * @param hadc: ADC handle + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Enable the ADC peripheral */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_Enable(hadc); + + /* Start conversion if ADC is effectively enabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + /* - Clear state bitfield related to injected group conversion results */ + /* - Set state bitfield related to injected operation */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY | HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_EOC, + HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY); + + /* Case of independent mode or multimode (for devices with several ADCs): */ + /* Set multimode state. */ + if (ADC_NONMULTIMODE_OR_MULTIMODEMASTER(hadc)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_MULTIMODE_SLAVE); + } + else + { + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_MULTIMODE_SLAVE); + } + + /* Check if a regular conversion is ongoing */ + /* Note: On this device, there is no ADC error code fields related to */ + /* conversions on group injected only. In case of conversion on */ + /* going on group regular, no error code is reset. */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY)) + { + /* Reset ADC all error code fields */ + ADC_CLEAR_ERRORCODE(hadc); + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + /* Unlock before starting ADC conversions: in case of potential */ + /* interruption, to let the process to ADC IRQ Handler. */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Clear injected group conversion flag */ + /* (To ensure of no unknown state from potential previous ADC operations) */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_JEOC); + + /* Enable end of conversion interrupt for injected channels */ + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_JEOC); + + /* Start conversion of injected group if software start has been selected */ + /* and if automatic injected conversion is disabled. */ + /* If external trigger has been selected, conversion will start at next */ + /* trigger event. */ + /* If automatic injected conversion is enabled, conversion will start */ + /* after next regular group conversion. */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JAUTO)) + { + if (ADC_IS_SOFTWARE_START_INJECTED(hadc) && + ADC_NONMULTIMODE_OR_MULTIMODEMASTER(hadc) ) + { + /* Start ADC conversion on injected group with SW start */ + SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR2, (ADC_CR2_JSWSTART | ADC_CR2_JEXTTRIG)); + } + else + { + /* Start ADC conversion on injected group with external trigger */ + SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_JEXTTRIG); + } + } + } + else + { + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop conversion of injected channels, disable interruption of + * end-of-conversion. Disable ADC peripheral if no regular conversion + * is on going. + * @note If ADC must be disabled and if conversion is on going on + * regular group, function HAL_ADC_Stop must be used to stop both + * injected and regular groups, and disable the ADC. + * @note If injected group mode auto-injection is enabled, + * function HAL_ADC_Stop must be used. + * @param hadc: ADC handle + * @retval None + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Stop potential conversion and disable ADC peripheral */ + /* Conditioned to: */ + /* - No conversion on the other group (regular group) is intended to */ + /* continue (injected and regular groups stop conversion and ADC disable */ + /* are common) */ + /* - In case of auto-injection mode, HAL_ADC_Stop must be used. */ + if(((hadc->State & HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY) == RESET) && + HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JAUTO) ) + { + /* Stop potential conversion on going, on regular and injected groups */ + /* Disable ADC peripheral */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_ConversionStop_Disable(hadc); + + /* Check if ADC is effectively disabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable ADC end of conversion interrupt for injected channels */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_JEOC); + + /* Set ADC state */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY | HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + } + else + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG); + + tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +#if defined (STM32F103x6) || defined (STM32F103xB) || defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC) || defined (STM32F103xE) || defined (STM32F103xG) +/** + * @brief Enables ADC, starts conversion of regular group and transfers result + * through DMA. + * Multimode must have been previously configured using + * HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel() function. + * Interruptions enabled in this function: + * - DMA transfer complete + * - DMA half transfer + * Each of these interruptions has its dedicated callback function. + * @note: On STM32F1 devices, ADC slave regular group must be configured + * with conversion trigger ADC_SOFTWARE_START. + * @note: ADC slave can be enabled preliminarily using single-mode + * HAL_ADC_Start() function. + * @param hadc: ADC handle of ADC master (handle of ADC slave must not be used) + * @param pData: The destination Buffer address. + * @param Length: The length of data to be transferred from ADC peripheral to memory. + * @retval None + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStart_DMA(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + ADC_HandleTypeDef tmphadcSlave; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_MULTIMODE_MASTER_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Set a temporary handle of the ADC slave associated to the ADC master */ + ADC_MULTI_SLAVE(hadc, &tmphadcSlave); + + /* On STM32F1 devices, ADC slave regular group must be configured with */ + /* conversion trigger ADC_SOFTWARE_START. */ + /* Note: External trigger of ADC slave must be enabled, it is already done */ + /* into function "HAL_ADC_Init()". */ + if(!ADC_IS_SOFTWARE_START_REGULAR(&tmphadcSlave)) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Enable the ADC peripherals: master and slave (in case if not already */ + /* enabled previously) */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_Enable(hadc); + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + tmp_hal_status = ADC_Enable(&tmphadcSlave); + } + + /* Start conversion if all ADCs of multimode are effectively enabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Set ADC state (ADC master) */ + /* - Clear state bitfield related to regular group conversion results */ + /* - Set state bitfield related to regular operation */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOC | HAL_ADC_STATE_MULTIMODE_SLAVE, + HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY); + + /* If conversions on group regular are also triggering group injected, */ + /* update ADC state. */ + if (READ_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JAUTO) != RESET) + { + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_EOC, HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY); + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + /* Unlock before starting ADC conversions: in case of potential */ + /* interruption, to let the process to ADC IRQ Handler. */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Set ADC error code to none */ + ADC_CLEAR_ERRORCODE(hadc); + + + /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback */ + hadc->DMA_Handle->XferCpltCallback = ADC_DMAConvCplt; + + /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback */ + hadc->DMA_Handle->XferHalfCpltCallback = ADC_DMAHalfConvCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hadc->DMA_Handle->XferErrorCallback = ADC_DMAError; + + + /* Manage ADC and DMA start: ADC overrun interruption, DMA start, ADC */ + /* start (in case of SW start): */ + + /* Clear regular group conversion flag and overrun flag */ + /* (To ensure of no unknown state from potential previous ADC operations) */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOC); + + /* Enable ADC DMA mode of ADC master */ + SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_DMA); + + /* Start the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hadc->DMA_Handle, (uint32_t)&hadc->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)pData, Length); + + /* Start conversion of regular group if software start has been selected. */ + /* If external trigger has been selected, conversion will start at next */ + /* trigger event. */ + /* Note: Alternate trigger for single conversion could be to force an */ + /* additional set of bit ADON "hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_ADON;"*/ + if (ADC_IS_SOFTWARE_START_REGULAR(hadc)) + { + /* Start ADC conversion on regular group with SW start */ + SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR2, (ADC_CR2_SWSTART | ADC_CR2_EXTTRIG)); + } + else + { + /* Start ADC conversion on regular group with external trigger */ + SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_EXTTRIG); + } + } + else + { + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop ADC conversion of regular group (and injected channels in + * case of auto_injection mode), disable ADC DMA transfer, disable + * ADC peripheral. + * @note Multimode is kept enabled after this function. To disable multimode + * (set with HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel(), ADC must be + * reinitialized using HAL_ADC_Init() or HAL_ADC_ReInit(). + * @note In case of DMA configured in circular mode, function + * HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA must be called after this function with handle of + * ADC slave, to properly disable the DMA channel. + * @param hadc: ADC handle of ADC master (handle of ADC slave must not be used) + * @retval None + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStop_DMA(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + ADC_HandleTypeDef tmphadcSlave; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_MULTIMODE_MASTER_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + + /* Stop potential conversion on going, on regular and injected groups */ + /* Disable ADC master peripheral */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_ConversionStop_Disable(hadc); + + /* Check if ADC is effectively disabled */ + if(tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Set a temporary handle of the ADC slave associated to the ADC master */ + ADC_MULTI_SLAVE(hadc, &tmphadcSlave); + + /* Disable ADC slave peripheral */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_ConversionStop_Disable(&tmphadcSlave); + + /* Check if ADC is effectively disabled */ + if(tmp_hal_status != HAL_OK) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Disable ADC DMA mode */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_DMA); + + /* Reset configuration of ADC DMA continuous request for dual mode */ + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_DUALMOD); + + /* Disable the DMA channel (in case of DMA in circular mode or stop while */ + /* while DMA transfer is on going) */ + tmp_hal_status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hadc->DMA_Handle); + + /* Change ADC state (ADC master) */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY | HAL_ADC_STATE_INJ_BUSY, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} +#endif /* defined STM32F103x6 || defined STM32F103xB || defined STM32F105xC || defined STM32F107xC || defined STM32F103xE || defined STM32F103xG */ + +/** + * @brief Get ADC injected group conversion result. + * @note Reading register JDRx automatically clears ADC flag JEOC + * (ADC group injected end of unitary conversion). + * @note This function does not clear ADC flag JEOS + * (ADC group injected end of sequence conversion) + * Occurrence of flag JEOS rising: + * - If sequencer is composed of 1 rank, flag JEOS is equivalent + * to flag JEOC. + * - If sequencer is composed of several ranks, during the scan + * sequence flag JEOC only is raised, at the end of the scan sequence + * both flags JEOC and EOS are raised. + * Flag JEOS must not be cleared by this function because + * it would not be compliant with low power features + * (feature low power auto-wait, not available on all STM32 families). + * To clear this flag, either use function: + * in programming model IT: @ref HAL_ADC_IRQHandler(), in programming + * model polling: @ref HAL_ADCEx_InjectedPollForConversion() + * or @ref __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(&hadc, ADC_FLAG_JEOS). + * @param hadc: ADC handle + * @param InjectedRank: the converted ADC injected rank. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_INJECTED_RANK_1: Injected Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_INJECTED_RANK_2: Injected Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_INJECTED_RANK_3: Injected Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_INJECTED_RANK_4: Injected Channel4 selected + * @retval ADC group injected conversion data + */ +uint32_t HAL_ADCEx_InjectedGetValue(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t InjectedRank) +{ + uint32_t tmp_jdr = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_RANK(InjectedRank)); + + /* Get ADC converted value */ + switch(InjectedRank) + { + case ADC_INJECTED_RANK_4: + tmp_jdr = hadc->Instance->JDR4; + break; + case ADC_INJECTED_RANK_3: + tmp_jdr = hadc->Instance->JDR3; + break; + case ADC_INJECTED_RANK_2: + tmp_jdr = hadc->Instance->JDR2; + break; + case ADC_INJECTED_RANK_1: + default: + tmp_jdr = hadc->Instance->JDR1; + break; + } + + /* Return ADC converted value */ + return tmp_jdr; +} + +#if defined (STM32F103x6) || defined (STM32F103xB) || defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC) || defined (STM32F103xE) || defined (STM32F103xG) +/** + * @brief Returns the last ADC Master&Slave regular conversions results data + * in the selected multi mode. + * @param hadc: ADC handle of ADC master (handle of ADC slave must not be used) + * @retval The converted data value. + */ +uint32_t HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeGetValue(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + uint32_t tmpDR = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_MULTIMODE_MASTER_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Note: EOC flag is not cleared here by software because automatically */ + /* cleared by hardware when reading register DR. */ + + /* On STM32F1 devices, ADC1 data register DR contains ADC2 conversions */ + /* only if ADC1 DMA mode is enabled. */ + tmpDR = hadc->Instance->DR; + + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(ADC1->CR2, ADC_CR2_DMA)) + { + tmpDR |= (ADC2->DR << 16U); + } + + /* Return ADC converted value */ + return tmpDR; +} +#endif /* defined STM32F103x6 || defined STM32F103xB || defined STM32F105xC || defined STM32F107xC || defined STM32F103xE || defined STM32F103xG */ + +/** + * @brief Injected conversion complete callback in non blocking mode + * @param hadc: ADC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hadc); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADCEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Extended Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure channels on injected group + (+) Configure multimode + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the ADC injected group and the selected channel to be + * linked to the injected group. + * @note Possibility to update parameters on the fly: + * This function initializes injected group, following calls to this + * function can be used to reconfigure some parameters of structure + * "ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef" on the fly, without reseting the ADC. + * The setting of these parameters is conditioned to ADC state: + * this function must be called when ADC is not under conversion. + * @param hadc: ADC handle + * @param sConfigInjected: Structure of ADC injected group and ADC channel for + * injected group. + * @retval None + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef* sConfigInjected) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + __IO uint32_t wait_loop_index = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(sConfigInjected->InjectedSamplingTime)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(sConfigInjected->AutoInjectedConv)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXTTRIGINJEC(sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConv)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_RANGE(sConfigInjected->InjectedOffset)); + + if(hadc->Init.ScanConvMode != ADC_SCAN_DISABLE) + { + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_RANK(sConfigInjected->InjectedRank)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_NB_CONV(sConfigInjected->InjectedNbrOfConversion)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(sConfigInjected->InjectedDiscontinuousConvMode)); + } + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Configuration of injected group sequencer: */ + /* - if scan mode is disabled, injected channels sequence length is set to */ + /* 0x00: 1 channel converted (channel on regular rank 1) */ + /* Parameter "InjectedNbrOfConversion" is discarded. */ + /* Note: Scan mode is present by hardware on this device and, if */ + /* disabled, discards automatically nb of conversions. Anyway, nb of */ + /* conversions is forced to 0x00 for alignment over all STM32 devices. */ + /* - if scan mode is enabled, injected channels sequence length is set to */ + /* parameter "InjectedNbrOfConversion". */ + if (hadc->Init.ScanConvMode == ADC_SCAN_DISABLE) + { + if (sConfigInjected->InjectedRank == ADC_INJECTED_RANK_1) + { + /* Clear the old SQx bits for all injected ranks */ + MODIFY_REG(hadc->Instance->JSQR , + ADC_JSQR_JL | + ADC_JSQR_JSQ4 | + ADC_JSQR_JSQ3 | + ADC_JSQR_JSQ2 | + ADC_JSQR_JSQ1 , + ADC_JSQR_RK_JL(sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel, + ADC_INJECTED_RANK_1, + 0x01U)); + } + /* If another injected rank than rank1 was intended to be set, and could */ + /* not due to ScanConvMode disabled, error is reported. */ + else + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG); + + tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + /* Since injected channels rank conv. order depends on total number of */ + /* injected conversions, selected rank must be below or equal to total */ + /* number of injected conversions to be updated. */ + if (sConfigInjected->InjectedRank <= sConfigInjected->InjectedNbrOfConversion) + { + /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ + /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ + MODIFY_REG(hadc->Instance->JSQR , + + ADC_JSQR_JL | + ADC_JSQR_RK_JL(ADC_JSQR_JSQ1, + sConfigInjected->InjectedRank, + sConfigInjected->InjectedNbrOfConversion) , + + ADC_JSQR_JL_SHIFT(sConfigInjected->InjectedNbrOfConversion) | + ADC_JSQR_RK_JL(sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel, + sConfigInjected->InjectedRank, + sConfigInjected->InjectedNbrOfConversion) ); + } + else + { + /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ + MODIFY_REG(hadc->Instance->JSQR , + + ADC_JSQR_JL | + ADC_JSQR_RK_JL(ADC_JSQR_JSQ1, + sConfigInjected->InjectedRank, + sConfigInjected->InjectedNbrOfConversion) , + + 0x00000000U); + } + } + + /* Configuration of injected group */ + /* Parameters update conditioned to ADC state: */ + /* Parameters that can be updated only when ADC is disabled: */ + /* - external trigger to start conversion */ + /* Parameters update not conditioned to ADC state: */ + /* - Automatic injected conversion */ + /* - Injected discontinuous mode */ + /* Note: In case of ADC already enabled, caution to not launch an unwanted */ + /* conversion while modifying register CR2 by writing 1 to bit ADON. */ + if (ADC_IS_ENABLE(hadc) == RESET) + { + MODIFY_REG(hadc->Instance->CR2 , + ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL | + ADC_CR2_ADON , + ADC_CFGR_JEXTSEL(hadc, sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConv) ); + } + + + /* Configuration of injected group */ + /* - Automatic injected conversion */ + /* - Injected discontinuous mode */ + + /* Automatic injected conversion can be enabled if injected group */ + /* external triggers are disabled. */ + if (sConfigInjected->AutoInjectedConv == ENABLE) + { + if (sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConv == ADC_INJECTED_SOFTWARE_START) + { + SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JAUTO); + } + else + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG); + + tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Injected discontinuous can be enabled only if auto-injected mode is */ + /* disabled. */ + if (sConfigInjected->InjectedDiscontinuousConvMode == ENABLE) + { + if (sConfigInjected->AutoInjectedConv == DISABLE) + { + SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JDISCEN); + } + else + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG); + + tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + + /* InjectedChannel sampling time configuration */ + /* For channels 10 to 17 */ + if (sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel >= ADC_CHANNEL_10) + { + MODIFY_REG(hadc->Instance->SMPR1 , + ADC_SMPR1(ADC_SMPR1_SMP10, sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel) , + ADC_SMPR1(sConfigInjected->InjectedSamplingTime, sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel) ); + } + else /* For channels 0 to 9 */ + { + MODIFY_REG(hadc->Instance->SMPR2 , + ADC_SMPR2(ADC_SMPR2_SMP0, sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel) , + ADC_SMPR2(sConfigInjected->InjectedSamplingTime, sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel) ); + } + + /* If ADC1 InjectedChannel_16 or InjectedChannel_17 is selected, enable Temperature sensor */ + /* and VREFINT measurement path. */ + if ((sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel == ADC_CHANNEL_TEMPSENSOR) || + (sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel == ADC_CHANNEL_VREFINT) ) + { + SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_TSVREFE); + } + + + /* Configure the offset: offset enable/disable, InjectedChannel, offset value */ + switch(sConfigInjected->InjectedRank) + { + case 1: + /* Set injected channel 1 offset */ + MODIFY_REG(hadc->Instance->JOFR1, + ADC_JOFR1_JOFFSET1, + sConfigInjected->InjectedOffset); + break; + case 2: + /* Set injected channel 2 offset */ + MODIFY_REG(hadc->Instance->JOFR2, + ADC_JOFR2_JOFFSET2, + sConfigInjected->InjectedOffset); + break; + case 3: + /* Set injected channel 3 offset */ + MODIFY_REG(hadc->Instance->JOFR3, + ADC_JOFR3_JOFFSET3, + sConfigInjected->InjectedOffset); + break; + case 4: + default: + MODIFY_REG(hadc->Instance->JOFR4, + ADC_JOFR4_JOFFSET4, + sConfigInjected->InjectedOffset); + break; + } + + /* If ADC1 Channel_16 or Channel_17 is selected, enable Temperature sensor */ + /* and VREFINT measurement path. */ + if ((sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel == ADC_CHANNEL_TEMPSENSOR) || + (sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel == ADC_CHANNEL_VREFINT) ) + { + /* For STM32F1 devices with several ADC: Only ADC1 can access internal */ + /* measurement channels (VrefInt/TempSensor). If these channels are */ + /* intended to be set on other ADC instances, an error is reported. */ + if (hadc->Instance == ADC1) + { + if (READ_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_TSVREFE) == RESET) + { + SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_TSVREFE); + + if ((sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel == ADC_CHANNEL_TEMPSENSOR)) + { + /* Delay for temperature sensor stabilization time */ + /* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */ + wait_loop_index = (ADC_TEMPSENSOR_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000U)); + while(wait_loop_index != 0U) + { + wait_loop_index--; + } + } + } + } + else + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG); + + tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +#if defined (STM32F103x6) || defined (STM32F103xB) || defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC) || defined (STM32F103xE) || defined (STM32F103xG) +/** + * @brief Enable ADC multimode and configure multimode parameters + * @note Possibility to update parameters on the fly: + * This function initializes multimode parameters, following + * calls to this function can be used to reconfigure some parameters + * of structure "ADC_MultiModeTypeDef" on the fly, without reseting + * the ADCs (both ADCs of the common group). + * The setting of these parameters is conditioned to ADC state. + * For parameters constraints, see comments of structure + * "ADC_MultiModeTypeDef". + * @note To change back configuration from multimode to single mode, ADC must + * be reset (using function HAL_ADC_Init() ). + * @param hadc: ADC handle + * @param multimode: Structure of ADC multimode configuration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, ADC_MultiModeTypeDef* multimode) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + ADC_HandleTypeDef tmphadcSlave; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_MULTIMODE_MASTER_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_MODE(multimode->Mode)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Set a temporary handle of the ADC slave associated to the ADC master */ + ADC_MULTI_SLAVE(hadc, &tmphadcSlave); + + /* Parameters update conditioned to ADC state: */ + /* Parameters that can be updated when ADC is disabled or enabled without */ + /* conversion on going on regular group: */ + /* - ADC master and ADC slave DMA configuration */ + /* Parameters that can be updated only when ADC is disabled: */ + /* - Multimode mode selection */ + /* To optimize code, all multimode settings can be set when both ADCs of */ + /* the common group are in state: disabled. */ + if ((ADC_IS_ENABLE(hadc) == RESET) && + (ADC_IS_ENABLE(&tmphadcSlave) == RESET) && + (IS_ADC_MULTIMODE_MASTER_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)) ) + { + MODIFY_REG(hadc->Instance->CR1, + ADC_CR1_DUALMOD , + multimode->Mode ); + } + /* If one of the ADC sharing the same common group is enabled, no update */ + /* could be done on neither of the multimode structure parameters. */ + else + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG); + + tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} +#endif /* defined STM32F103x6 || defined STM32F103xB || defined STM32F105xC || defined STM32F107xC || defined STM32F103xE || defined STM32F103xG */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_can.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_can.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..e4dd0be9b1ef0b98c82be21df9f3758ca43ed227 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_can.c @@ -0,0 +1,1702 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_can.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief CAN HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Controller Area Network (CAN) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State and Error functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable the CAN controller interface clock using + __HAL_RCC_CAN1_CLK_ENABLE() for CAN1 and __HAL_RCC_CAN2_CLK_ENABLE() for CAN2 + -@- In case you are using CAN2 only, you have to enable the CAN1 clock. + + (#) CAN pins configuration + (++) Enable the clock for the CAN GPIOs using the following function: + __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(); + (++) Connect and configure the involved CAN pins using the + following function HAL_GPIO_Init(); + + (#) Initialize and configure the CAN using HAL_CAN_Init() function. + + (#) Transmit the desired CAN frame using HAL_CAN_Transmit() function. + + (#) Or transmit the desired CAN frame using HAL_CAN_Transmit_IT() function. + + (#) Receive a CAN frame using HAL_CAN_Receive() function. + + (#) Or receive a CAN frame using HAL_CAN_Receive_IT() function. + + *** Polling mode IO operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Start the CAN peripheral transmission and wait the end of this operation + using HAL_CAN_Transmit(), at this stage user can specify the value of timeout + according to his end application + (+) Start the CAN peripheral reception and wait the end of this operation + using HAL_CAN_Receive(), at this stage user can specify the value of timeout + according to his end application + + *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) Start the CAN peripheral transmission using HAL_CAN_Transmit_IT() + (+) Start the CAN peripheral reception using HAL_CAN_Receive_IT() + (+) Use HAL_CAN_IRQHandler() called under the used CAN Interrupt subroutine + (+) At CAN end of transmission HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback + (+) In case of CAN Error, HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback + + *** CAN HAL driver macros list *** + ============================================= + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in CAN HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified CAN interrupts + (+) __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified CAN interrupts + (+) __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check if the specified CAN interrupt source is enabled or disabled + (+) __HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the CAN's pending flags + (+) __HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG: Get the selected CAN's flag status + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the CAN HAL driver header file for more useful macros + + @endverbatim + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN CAN + * @brief CAN driver modules + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED + +#if defined(STM32F103x6) || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || \ + defined(STM32F103xG) || defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) + + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup CAN_Private_Constants CAN Private Constants + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE 10U +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup CAN_Private_Functions CAN Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef CAN_Receive_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, uint8_t FIFONumber); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef CAN_Transmit_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Functions CAN Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the CAN. + (+) De-initialize the CAN. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the CAN peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the CAN_InitStruct. + * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Init(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + uint32_t status = CAN_INITSTATUS_FAILED; /* Default init status */ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + uint32_t tmp_mcr = 0U; + + /* Check CAN handle */ + if(hcan == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_INSTANCE(hcan->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.TTCM)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.ABOM)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.AWUM)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.NART)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.RFLM)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.TXFP)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_MODE(hcan->Init.Mode)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_SJW(hcan->Init.SJW)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_BS1(hcan->Init.BS1)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_BS2(hcan->Init.BS2)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_PRESCALER(hcan->Init.Prescaler)); + + if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hcan->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + /* Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_CAN_MspInit(hcan); + } + + /* Initialize the CAN state*/ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Exit from sleep mode */ + CLEAR_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_SLEEP); + + /* Request initialisation */ + SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_INRQ); + + /* Get timeout */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait the acknowledge */ + while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcan->Instance->MSR, CAN_MSR_INAK)) + { + if((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + hcan->State= HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT; + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Check acknowledge */ + if ((hcan->Instance->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) == CAN_MSR_INAK) + { + /* Set the time triggered communication mode */ + if (hcan->Init.TTCM == ENABLE) + { + SET_BIT(tmp_mcr, CAN_MCR_TTCM); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(tmp_mcr, CAN_MCR_TTCM); + } + + /* Set the automatic bus-off management */ + if (hcan->Init.ABOM == ENABLE) + { + SET_BIT(tmp_mcr, CAN_MCR_ABOM); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(tmp_mcr, CAN_MCR_ABOM); + } + + /* Set the automatic wake-up mode */ + if (hcan->Init.AWUM == ENABLE) + { + SET_BIT(tmp_mcr, CAN_MCR_AWUM); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(tmp_mcr, CAN_MCR_AWUM); + } + /* Set the no automatic retransmission */ + if (hcan->Init.NART == ENABLE) + { + SET_BIT(tmp_mcr, CAN_MCR_NART); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(tmp_mcr, CAN_MCR_NART); + } + + /* Set the receive FIFO locked mode */ + if (hcan->Init.RFLM == ENABLE) + { + SET_BIT(tmp_mcr, CAN_MCR_RFLM); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(tmp_mcr, CAN_MCR_RFLM); + } + /* Set the transmit FIFO priority */ + if (hcan->Init.TXFP == ENABLE) + { + SET_BIT(tmp_mcr, CAN_MCR_TXFP); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(tmp_mcr, CAN_MCR_TXFP); + } + + /* Update register MCR */ + MODIFY_REG(hcan->Instance->MCR, + CAN_MCR_TTCM | + CAN_MCR_ABOM | + CAN_MCR_AWUM | + CAN_MCR_NART | + CAN_MCR_RFLM | + CAN_MCR_TXFP, + tmp_mcr); + + /* Set the bit timing register */ + WRITE_REG(hcan->Instance->BTR, (uint32_t)(hcan->Init.Mode | + hcan->Init.SJW | + hcan->Init.BS1 | + hcan->Init.BS2 | + (hcan->Init.Prescaler - 1U))); + + /* Request leave initialisation */ + CLEAR_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_INRQ); + + /* Get timeout */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait the acknowledge */ + while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcan->Instance->MSR, CAN_MSR_INAK)) + { + if((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + hcan->State= HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Check acknowledged */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcan->Instance->MSR, CAN_MSR_INAK)) + { + status = CAN_INITSTATUS_SUCCESS; + } + } + + if(status == CAN_INITSTATUS_SUCCESS) + { + /* Set CAN error code to none */ + hcan->ErrorCode = HAL_CAN_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Initialize the CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + /* Initialize the CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the CAN reception filter according to the specified + * parameters in the CAN_FilterInitStruct. + * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @param sFilterConfig: pointer to a CAN_FilterConfTypeDef structure that + * contains the filter configuration information. + * @retval None + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_ConfigFilter(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, CAN_FilterConfTypeDef* sFilterConfig) +{ + uint32_t filternbrbitpos = 0U; + + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hcan); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_NUMBER(sFilterConfig->FilterNumber)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_MODE(sFilterConfig->FilterMode)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_SCALE(sFilterConfig->FilterScale)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_FIFO(sFilterConfig->FilterFIFOAssignment)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(sFilterConfig->FilterActivation)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_BANKNUMBER(sFilterConfig->BankNumber)); + + filternbrbitpos = (1U) << sFilterConfig->FilterNumber; + + /* Initialisation mode for the filter */ + /* Select the start slave bank */ + MODIFY_REG(hcan->Instance->FMR , + CAN_FMR_CAN2SB , + CAN_FMR_FINIT | + (uint32_t)(sFilterConfig->BankNumber << 8U) ); + + /* Filter Deactivation */ + CLEAR_BIT(hcan->Instance->FA1R, filternbrbitpos); + + /* Filter Scale */ + if (sFilterConfig->FilterScale == CAN_FILTERSCALE_16BIT) + { + /* 16-bit scale for the filter */ + CLEAR_BIT(hcan->Instance->FS1R, filternbrbitpos); + + /* First 16-bit identifier and First 16-bit mask */ + /* Or First 16-bit identifier and Second 16-bit identifier */ + hcan->Instance->sFilterRegister[sFilterConfig->FilterNumber].FR1 = + ((0x0000FFFFU & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterMaskIdLow) << 16U) | + (0x0000FFFFU & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterIdLow); + + /* Second 16-bit identifier and Second 16-bit mask */ + /* Or Third 16-bit identifier and Fourth 16-bit identifier */ + hcan->Instance->sFilterRegister[sFilterConfig->FilterNumber].FR2 = + ((0x0000FFFFU & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterMaskIdHigh) << 16U) | + (0x0000FFFFU & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterIdHigh); + } + + if (sFilterConfig->FilterScale == CAN_FILTERSCALE_32BIT) + { + /* 32-bit scale for the filter */ + SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->FS1R, filternbrbitpos); + /* 32-bit identifier or First 32-bit identifier */ + hcan->Instance->sFilterRegister[sFilterConfig->FilterNumber].FR1 = + ((0x0000FFFFU & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterIdHigh) << 16U) | + (0x0000FFFFU & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterIdLow); + /* 32-bit mask or Second 32-bit identifier */ + hcan->Instance->sFilterRegister[sFilterConfig->FilterNumber].FR2 = + ((0x0000FFFFU & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterMaskIdHigh) << 16U) | + (0x0000FFFFU & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterMaskIdLow); + } + + /* Filter Mode */ + if (sFilterConfig->FilterMode == CAN_FILTERMODE_IDMASK) + { + /*Id/Mask mode for the filter*/ + CLEAR_BIT(hcan->Instance->FM1R, filternbrbitpos); + } + else /* CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMode == CAN_FilterMode_IdList */ + { + /*Identifier list mode for the filter*/ + SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->FM1R, filternbrbitpos); + } + + /* Filter FIFO assignment */ + if (sFilterConfig->FilterFIFOAssignment == CAN_FILTER_FIFO0) + { + /* FIFO 0 assignation for the filter */ + CLEAR_BIT(hcan->Instance->FFA1R, filternbrbitpos); + } + else + { + /* FIFO 1 assignation for the filter */ + SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->FFA1R, filternbrbitpos); + } + + /* Filter activation */ + if (sFilterConfig->FilterActivation == ENABLE) + { + SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->FA1R, filternbrbitpos); + } + + /* Leave the initialisation mode for the filter */ + CLEAR_BIT(hcan->Instance->FMR, ((uint32_t)CAN_FMR_FINIT)); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the CANx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_DeInit(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + /* Check CAN handle */ + if(hcan == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_INSTANCE(hcan->Instance)); + + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY; + + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + HAL_CAN_MspDeInit(hcan); + + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the CAN MSP. + * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_CAN_MspInit(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hcan); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_CAN_MspInit can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the CAN MSP. + * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_CAN_MspDeInit(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hcan); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_CAN_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions + * @brief I/O operation functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Transmit a CAN frame message. + (+) Receive a CAN frame message. + (+) Enter CAN peripheral in sleep mode. + (+) Wake up the CAN peripheral from sleep mode. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initiates and transmits a CAN frame message. + * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @param Timeout: Specify Timeout value + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Transmit(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t transmitmailbox = CAN_TXSTATUS_NOMAILBOX; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_IDTYPE(hcan->pTxMsg->IDE)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_RTR(hcan->pTxMsg->RTR)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_DLC(hcan->pTxMsg->DLC)); + + if(((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME0) == CAN_TSR_TME0) || \ + ((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME1) == CAN_TSR_TME1) || \ + ((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME2) == CAN_TSR_TME2)) + { + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hcan); + + /* Change CAN state */ + switch(hcan->State) + { + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX1; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0_RX1; + break; + default: /* HAL_CAN_STATE_READY */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX; + break; + } + + /* Select one empty transmit mailbox */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcan->Instance->TSR, CAN_TSR_TME0)) + { + transmitmailbox = CAN_TXMAILBOX_0; + } + else if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcan->Instance->TSR, CAN_TSR_TME1)) + { + transmitmailbox = CAN_TXMAILBOX_1; + } + else + { + transmitmailbox = CAN_TXMAILBOX_2; + } + + /* Set up the Id */ + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR &= CAN_TI0R_TXRQ; + if (hcan->pTxMsg->IDE == CAN_ID_STD) + { + assert_param(IS_CAN_STDID(hcan->pTxMsg->StdId)); + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR |= ((hcan->pTxMsg->StdId << CAN_TI0R_STID_Pos) | + hcan->pTxMsg->RTR); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_CAN_EXTID(hcan->pTxMsg->ExtId)); + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR |= ((hcan->pTxMsg->ExtId << CAN_TI0R_EXID_Pos) | + hcan->pTxMsg->IDE | + hcan->pTxMsg->RTR); + } + + /* Set up the DLC */ + hcan->pTxMsg->DLC &= (uint8_t)0x0000000F; + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDTR &= 0xFFFFFFF0U; + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDTR |= hcan->pTxMsg->DLC; + + /* Set up the data field */ + WRITE_REG(hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDLR, ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[3] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA3_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[2] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA2_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[1] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA1_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[0] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA0_Pos)); + WRITE_REG(hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDHR, ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[7] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA3_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[6] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA2_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[5] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA1_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[4] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA0_Pos)); + /* Request transmission */ + SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR, CAN_TI0R_TXRQ); + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Check End of transmission flag */ + while(!(__HAL_CAN_TRANSMIT_STATUS(hcan, transmitmailbox))) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + /* Cancel transmission */ + __HAL_CAN_CANCEL_TRANSMIT(hcan, transmitmailbox); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + /* Change CAN state */ + switch(hcan->State) + { + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX1; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0_RX1; + break; + default: /* HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; + break; + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initiates and transmits a CAN frame message. + * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Transmit_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + uint32_t transmitmailbox = CAN_TXSTATUS_NOMAILBOX; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_IDTYPE(hcan->pTxMsg->IDE)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_RTR(hcan->pTxMsg->RTR)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_DLC(hcan->pTxMsg->DLC)); + + if(((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME0) == CAN_TSR_TME0) || \ + ((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME1) == CAN_TSR_TME1) || \ + ((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME2) == CAN_TSR_TME2)) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hcan); + + /* Select one empty transmit mailbox */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcan->Instance->TSR, CAN_TSR_TME0)) + { + transmitmailbox = CAN_TXMAILBOX_0; + } + else if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcan->Instance->TSR, CAN_TSR_TME1)) + { + transmitmailbox = CAN_TXMAILBOX_1; + } + else + { + transmitmailbox = CAN_TXMAILBOX_2; + } + + /* Set up the Id */ + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR &= CAN_TI0R_TXRQ; + if(hcan->pTxMsg->IDE == CAN_ID_STD) + { + assert_param(IS_CAN_STDID(hcan->pTxMsg->StdId)); + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR |= ((hcan->pTxMsg->StdId << CAN_TI0R_STID_Pos) | \ + hcan->pTxMsg->RTR); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_CAN_EXTID(hcan->pTxMsg->ExtId)); + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR |= ((hcan->pTxMsg->ExtId << CAN_TI0R_EXID_Pos) | \ + hcan->pTxMsg->IDE | + hcan->pTxMsg->RTR); + } + + /* Set up the DLC */ + hcan->pTxMsg->DLC &= (uint8_t)0x0000000FU; + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDTR &= 0xFFFFFFF0U; + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDTR |= hcan->pTxMsg->DLC; + + /* Set up the data field */ + WRITE_REG(hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDLR, ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[3U] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA3_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[2U] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA2_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[1U] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA1_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[0U] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA0_Pos)); + WRITE_REG(hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDHR, ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[7U] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA3_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[6U] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA2_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[5U] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA1_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[4U] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA0_Pos)); + + /* Change CAN state */ + switch(hcan->State) + { + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX1; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0_RX1; + break; + default: /* HAL_CAN_STATE_READY */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX; + break; + } + + /* Set CAN error code to none */ + hcan->ErrorCode = HAL_CAN_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + + /* Request transmission */ + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR |= CAN_TI0R_TXRQ; + + /* Enable interrupts: */ + /* - Enable Error warning Interrupt */ + /* - Enable Error passive Interrupt */ + /* - Enable Bus-off Interrupt */ + /* - Enable Last error code Interrupt */ + /* - Enable Error Interrupt */ + /* - Enable Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EWG | + CAN_IT_EPV | + CAN_IT_BOF | + CAN_IT_LEC | + CAN_IT_ERR | + CAN_IT_TME ); + } + else + { + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Receives a correct CAN frame. + * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @param FIFONumber: FIFO Number value + * @param Timeout: Specify Timeout value + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Receive(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, uint8_t FIFONumber, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + CanRxMsgTypeDef* pRxMsg = NULL; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFONumber)); + + /* Check if CAN state is not busy for RX FIFO0 */ + if ((FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) && ((hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0) || \ + (hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0) || \ + (hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0_RX1) || \ + (hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0_RX1))) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Check if CAN state is not busy for RX FIFO1 */ + if ((FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1) && ((hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX1) || \ + (hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX1) || \ + (hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0_RX1) || \ + (hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0_RX1))) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hcan); + + /* Change CAN state */ + if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) + { + switch(hcan->State) + { + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0_RX1; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0_RX1; + break; + default: /* HAL_CAN_STATE_READY */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0; + break; + } + } + else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */ + { + switch(hcan->State) + { + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX1; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0_RX1; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0_RX1; + break; + default: /* HAL_CAN_STATE_READY */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX1; + break; + } + } + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Check pending message */ + while(__HAL_CAN_MSG_PENDING(hcan, FIFONumber) == 0U) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT; + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Set RxMsg pointer */ + if(FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) + { + pRxMsg = hcan->pRxMsg; + } + else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */ + { + pRxMsg = hcan->pRx1Msg; + } + + /* Get the Id */ + pRxMsg->IDE = (uint8_t)CAN_ID_EXT & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR; + if (pRxMsg->IDE == CAN_ID_STD) + { + pRxMsg->StdId = 0x000007FFU & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR >> 21U); + } + else + { + pRxMsg->ExtId = 0x1FFFFFFFU & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR >> 3U); + } + + pRxMsg->RTR = (uint8_t)CAN_RTR_REMOTE & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR; + /* Get the DLC */ + pRxMsg->DLC = (uint8_t)0x0FU & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR; + /* Get the FMI */ + pRxMsg->FMI = (uint8_t)0xFFU & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR >> 8U); + /* Get the FIFONumber */ + pRxMsg->FIFONumber = FIFONumber; + /* Get the data field */ + pRxMsg->Data[0] = (uint8_t)0xFFU & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR; + pRxMsg->Data[1] = (uint8_t)0xFFU & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 8U); + pRxMsg->Data[2] = (uint8_t)0xFFU & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 16U); + pRxMsg->Data[3] = (uint8_t)0xFFU & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 24U); + pRxMsg->Data[4] = (uint8_t)0xFFU & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR; + pRxMsg->Data[5] = (uint8_t)0xFFU & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 8U); + pRxMsg->Data[6] = (uint8_t)0xFFU & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 16U); + pRxMsg->Data[7] = (uint8_t)0xFFU & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 24U); + + /* Release the FIFO */ + if(FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) + { + /* Release FIFO0 */ + __HAL_CAN_FIFO_RELEASE(hcan, CAN_FIFO0); + } + else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */ + { + /* Release FIFO1 */ + __HAL_CAN_FIFO_RELEASE(hcan, CAN_FIFO1); + } + + /* Change CAN state */ + if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) + { + switch(hcan->State) + { + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX1; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX1; + break; + default: /* HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0 */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; + break; + } + } + else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */ + { + switch(hcan->State) + { + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0; + break; + default: /* HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX1 */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; + break; + } + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Receives a correct CAN frame. + * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @param FIFONumber: Specify the FIFO number + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Receive_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, uint8_t FIFONumber) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFONumber)); + + /* Check if CAN state is not busy for RX FIFO0 */ + if((FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) && ((hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0) || \ + (hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0) || \ + (hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0_RX1) || \ + (hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0_RX1))) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Check if CAN state is not busy for RX FIFO1 */ + if((FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1) && ((hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX1) || \ + (hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX1) || \ + (hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0_RX1) || \ + (hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0_RX1))) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hcan); + + /* Change CAN state */ + if(FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) + { + switch(hcan->State) + { + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0_RX1; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0_RX1; + break; + default: /* HAL_CAN_STATE_READY */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0; + break; + } + } + else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */ + { + switch(hcan->State) + { + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX1; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0_RX1; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0_RX1; + break; + default: /* HAL_CAN_STATE_READY */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX1; + break; + } + } + /* Set CAN error code to none */ + hcan->ErrorCode = HAL_CAN_ERROR_NONE; + + + /* Enable interrupts: */ + /* - Enable Error warning Interrupt */ + /* - Enable Error passive Interrupt */ + /* - Enable Bus-off Interrupt */ + /* - Enable Last error code Interrupt */ + /* - Enable Error Interrupt */ + /* - Enable Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EWG | + CAN_IT_EPV | + CAN_IT_BOF | + CAN_IT_LEC | + CAN_IT_ERR | + CAN_IT_TME ); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + + if(FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) + { + /* Enable FIFO 0 overrun and message pending Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_FOV0 | CAN_IT_FMP0); + } + else + { + /* Enable FIFO 1 overrun and message pending Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_FOV1 | CAN_IT_FMP1); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enters the Sleep (low power) mode. + * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Sleep(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hcan); + + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Request Sleep mode */ + MODIFY_REG(hcan->Instance->MCR, + CAN_MCR_INRQ , + CAN_MCR_SLEEP ); + + /* Sleep mode status */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcan->Instance->MSR, CAN_MSR_SLAK) || + HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcan->Instance->MSR, CAN_MSR_INAK) ) + { + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait the acknowledge */ + while (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcan->Instance->MSR, CAN_MSR_SLAK) || + HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcan->Instance->MSR, CAN_MSR_INAK)) + { + if((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Wakes up the CAN peripheral from sleep mode, after that the CAN peripheral + * is in the normal mode. + * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_WakeUp(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hcan); + + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Wake up request */ + CLEAR_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_SLEEP); + + /* Get timeout */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Sleep mode status */ + while((hcan->Instance->MSR & CAN_MSR_SLAK) == CAN_MSR_SLAK) + { + if((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + hcan->State= HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT; + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcan->Instance->MSR, CAN_MSR_SLAK)) + { + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handles CAN interrupt request + * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_CAN_IRQHandler(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + uint32_t tmp1 = 0U, tmp2 = 0U, tmp3 = 0U; + uint32_t errorcode = HAL_CAN_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Check Overrun flag for FIFO0 */ + tmp1 = __HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_FOV0); + tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_FOV0); + if((tmp1 != 0U) && tmp2) + { + /* Set CAN error code to FOV0 error */ + errorcode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_FOV0; + + /* Clear FIFO0 Overrun Flag */ + __HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_FOV0); + } + + /* Check Overrun flag for FIFO1 */ + tmp1 = __HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_FOV1); + tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_FOV1); + if((tmp1 != 0U) && tmp2) + { + /* Set CAN error code to FOV1 error */ + errorcode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_FOV1; + + /* Clear FIFO1 Overrun Flag */ + __HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_FOV1); + } + + /* Check End of transmission flag */ + if(__HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_TME)) + { + /* Check Transmit request completion status */ + tmp1 = __HAL_CAN_TRANSMIT_STATUS(hcan, CAN_TXMAILBOX_0); + tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_TRANSMIT_STATUS(hcan, CAN_TXMAILBOX_1); + tmp3 = __HAL_CAN_TRANSMIT_STATUS(hcan, CAN_TXMAILBOX_2); + if(tmp1 || tmp2 || tmp3) + { + tmp1 = __HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_TXOK0); + tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_TXOK1); + tmp3 = __HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_TXOK2); + /* Check Transmit success */ + if((tmp1) || (tmp2) || (tmp3)) + { + /* Call transmit function */ + CAN_Transmit_IT(hcan); + } + else /* Transmit failure */ + { + /* Set CAN error code to TXFAIL error */ + errorcode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_TXFAIL; + } + + /* Clear transmission status flags (RQCPx and TXOKx) */ + SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->TSR, CAN_TSR_RQCP0 | CAN_TSR_RQCP1 | CAN_TSR_RQCP2 | \ + CAN_FLAG_TXOK0 | CAN_FLAG_TXOK1 | CAN_FLAG_TXOK2); + } + } + + tmp1 = __HAL_CAN_MSG_PENDING(hcan, CAN_FIFO0); + tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_FMP0); + /* Check End of reception flag for FIFO0 */ + if((tmp1 != 0U) && tmp2) + { + /* Call receive function */ + CAN_Receive_IT(hcan, CAN_FIFO0); + } + + tmp1 = __HAL_CAN_MSG_PENDING(hcan, CAN_FIFO1); + tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_FMP1); + /* Check End of reception flag for FIFO1 */ + if((tmp1 != 0U) && tmp2) + { + /* Call receive function */ + CAN_Receive_IT(hcan, CAN_FIFO1); + } + + /* Set error code in handle */ + hcan->ErrorCode |= errorcode; + + tmp1 = __HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_EWG); + tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_EWG); + tmp3 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR); + /* Check Error Warning Flag */ + if(tmp1 && tmp2 && tmp3) + { + /* Set CAN error code to EWG error */ + hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_EWG; + /* No need for clear of Error Warning Flag as read-only */ + } + + tmp1 = __HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_EPV); + tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_EPV); + tmp3 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR); + /* Check Error Passive Flag */ + if(tmp1 && tmp2 && tmp3) + { + /* Set CAN error code to EPV error */ + hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_EPV; + /* No need for clear of Error Passive Flag as read-only */ + } + + tmp1 = __HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_BOF); + tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_BOF); + tmp3 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR); + /* Check Bus-Off Flag */ + if(tmp1 && tmp2 && tmp3) + { + /* Set CAN error code to BOF error */ + hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_BOF; + /* No need for clear of Bus-Off Flag as read-only */ + } + + tmp1 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcan->Instance->ESR, CAN_ESR_LEC); + tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_LEC); + tmp3 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR); + /* Check Last error code Flag */ + if((!tmp1) && tmp2 && tmp3) + { + tmp1 = (hcan->Instance->ESR & CAN_ESR_LEC); + switch(tmp1) + { + case(CAN_ESR_LEC_0): + /* Set CAN error code to STF error */ + hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_STF; + break; + case(CAN_ESR_LEC_1): + /* Set CAN error code to FOR error */ + hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_FOR; + break; + case(CAN_ESR_LEC_1 | CAN_ESR_LEC_0): + /* Set CAN error code to ACK error */ + hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_ACK; + break; + case(CAN_ESR_LEC_2): + /* Set CAN error code to BR error */ + hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_BR; + break; + case(CAN_ESR_LEC_2 | CAN_ESR_LEC_0): + /* Set CAN error code to BD error */ + hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_BD; + break; + case(CAN_ESR_LEC_2 | CAN_ESR_LEC_1): + /* Set CAN error code to CRC error */ + hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_CRC; + break; + default: + break; + } + + /* Clear Last error code Flag */ + CLEAR_BIT(hcan->Instance->ESR, CAN_ESR_LEC); + } + + /* Call the Error call Back in case of Errors */ + if(hcan->ErrorCode != HAL_CAN_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear ERRI Flag */ + hcan->Instance->MSR = CAN_MSR_ERRI; + /* Set the CAN state ready to be able to start again the process */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; + + /* Disable interrupts: */ + /* - Disable Error warning Interrupt */ + /* - Disable Error passive Interrupt */ + /* - Disable Bus-off Interrupt */ + /* - Disable Last error code Interrupt */ + /* - Disable Error Interrupt */ + /* - Disable FIFO 0 message pending Interrupt */ + /* - Disable FIFO 0 Overrun Interrupt */ + /* - Disable FIFO 1 message pending Interrupt */ + /* - Disable FIFO 1 Overrun Interrupt */ + /* - Disable Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EWG | + CAN_IT_EPV | + CAN_IT_BOF | + CAN_IT_LEC | + CAN_IT_ERR | + CAN_IT_FMP0| + CAN_IT_FOV0| + CAN_IT_FMP1| + CAN_IT_FOV1| + CAN_IT_TME ); + + /* Call Error callback function */ + HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback(hcan); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmission complete callback in non blocking mode + * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hcan); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Transmission complete callback in non blocking mode + * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_CAN_RxCpltCallback(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hcan); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_CAN_RxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Error CAN callback. + * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hcan); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Error functions + * @brief CAN Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State and Error functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides functions allowing to : + (+) Check the CAN state. + (+) Check CAN Errors detected during interrupt process + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief return the CAN state + * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_CAN_StateTypeDef HAL_CAN_GetState(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + /* Return CAN state */ + return hcan->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the CAN error code + * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval CAN Error Code + */ +uint32_t HAL_CAN_GetError(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan) +{ + return hcan->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup CAN_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initiates and transmits a CAN frame message. + * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef CAN_Transmit_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + /* Disable Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_TME); + + if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + /* Disable interrupts: */ + /* - Disable Error warning Interrupt */ + /* - Disable Error passive Interrupt */ + /* - Disable Bus-off Interrupt */ + /* - Disable Last error code Interrupt */ + /* - Disable Error Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EWG | + CAN_IT_EPV | + CAN_IT_BOF | + CAN_IT_LEC | + CAN_IT_ERR); + } + + /* Change CAN state */ + switch(hcan->State) + { + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX1; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0_RX1; + break; + default: /* HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; + break; + } + + /* Transmission complete callback */ + HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback(hcan); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Receives a correct CAN frame. + * @param hcan: Pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @param FIFONumber: Specify the FIFO number + * @retval HAL status + * @retval None + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef CAN_Receive_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, uint8_t FIFONumber) +{ + uint32_t tmp1 = 0U; + CanRxMsgTypeDef* pRxMsg = NULL; + + /* Set RxMsg pointer */ + if(FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) + { + pRxMsg = hcan->pRxMsg; + } + else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */ + { + pRxMsg = hcan->pRx1Msg; + } + + /* Get the Id */ + pRxMsg->IDE = (uint8_t)0x04U & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR; + if (pRxMsg->IDE == CAN_ID_STD) + { + pRxMsg->StdId = 0x000007FFU & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR >> 21U); + } + else + { + pRxMsg->ExtId = 0x1FFFFFFFU & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR >> 3U); + } + + pRxMsg->RTR = (uint8_t)0x02U & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR; + /* Get the DLC */ + pRxMsg->DLC = (uint8_t)0x0FU & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR; + /* Get the FIFONumber */ + pRxMsg->FIFONumber = FIFONumber; + /* Get the FMI */ + pRxMsg->FMI = (uint8_t)0xFFU & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR >> 8U); + /* Get the data field */ + pRxMsg->Data[0] = (uint8_t)0xFFU & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR; + pRxMsg->Data[1] = (uint8_t)0xFFU & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 8U); + pRxMsg->Data[2] = (uint8_t)0xFFU & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 16U); + pRxMsg->Data[3] = (uint8_t)0xFFU & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 24U); + pRxMsg->Data[4] = (uint8_t)0xFFU & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR; + pRxMsg->Data[5] = (uint8_t)0xFFU & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 8U); + pRxMsg->Data[6] = (uint8_t)0xFFU & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 16U); + pRxMsg->Data[7] = (uint8_t)0xFFU & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 24U); + /* Release the FIFO */ + /* Release FIFO0 */ + if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) + { + __HAL_CAN_FIFO_RELEASE(hcan, CAN_FIFO0); + + /* Disable FIFO 0 overrun and message pending Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_FOV0 | CAN_IT_FMP0); + } + /* Release FIFO1 */ + else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */ + { + __HAL_CAN_FIFO_RELEASE(hcan, CAN_FIFO1); + + /* Disable FIFO 1 overrun and message pending Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_FOV1 | CAN_IT_FMP1); + } + + tmp1 = hcan->State; + if((tmp1 == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0) || (tmp1 == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX1)) + { + /* Disable interrupts: */ + /* - Disable Error warning Interrupt */ + /* - Disable Error passive Interrupt */ + /* - Disable Bus-off Interrupt */ + /* - Disable Last error code Interrupt */ + /* - Disable Error Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EWG | + CAN_IT_EPV | + CAN_IT_BOF | + CAN_IT_LEC | + CAN_IT_ERR); + } + + /* Change CAN state */ + if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) + { + switch(hcan->State) + { + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX1; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX1; + break; + default: /* HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0 */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; + break; + } + } + else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */ + { + switch(hcan->State) + { + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0; + break; + default: /* HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX1 */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; + break; + } + } + + /* Receive complete callback */ + HAL_CAN_RxCpltCallback(hcan); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* STM32F103x6) || STM32F103xB || STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG) || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ + +#endif /* HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_cec.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_cec.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..119cb34268de2bc8f00363b45360d1380e311a12 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_cec.c @@ -0,0 +1,694 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_cec.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief CEC HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the High Definition Multimedia Interface + * Consumer Electronics Control Peripheral (CEC). + * + Initialization and de-initialization function + * + IO operation function + * + Peripheral Control function + * + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + The CEC HAL driver can be used as follow: + + (#) Declare a CEC_HandleTypeDef handle structure. + (#) Initialize the CEC low level resources by implementing the HAL_CEC_MspInit ()API: + (##) Enable the CEC interface clock. + (##) CEC pins configuration: + (+++) Enable the clock for the CEC GPIOs. + (+++) Configure these CEC pins as alternate function pull-up. + (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT() + and HAL_CEC_Receive_IT() APIs): + (+++) Configure the CEC interrupt priority. + (+++) Enable the NVIC CEC IRQ handle. + (+++) The specific CEC interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, + RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros + __HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit + and receive process. + + (#) Program the Bit Timing Error Mode and the Bit Period Error Mode in the hcec Init structure. + + (#) Initialize the CEC registers by calling the HAL_CEC_Init() API. + + [..] + (@) This API (HAL_CEC_Init()) configures also the low level Hardware (GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) + by calling the customed HAL_CEC_MspInit() API. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +#ifdef HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED + +#if defined(STM32F100xB) || defined(STM32F100xE) + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC CEC + * @brief HAL CEC module driver + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Constants CEC Private Constants + * @{ + */ +#define CEC_CFGR_FIELDS (CEC_CFGR_BTEM | CEC_CFGR_BPEM ) +#define CEC_FLAG_TRANSMIT_MASK (CEC_FLAG_TSOM|CEC_FLAG_TEOM|CEC_FLAG_TBTRF) +#define CEC_FLAG_RECEIVE_MASK (CEC_FLAG_RSOM|CEC_FLAG_REOM|CEC_FLAG_RBTF) +#define CEC_ESR_ALL_ERROR (CEC_ESR_BTE|CEC_ESR_BPE|CEC_ESR_RBTFE|CEC_ESR_SBE|CEC_ESR_ACKE|CEC_ESR_LINE|CEC_ESR_TBTFE) +#define CEC_RXXFERSIZE_INITIALIZE 0xFFFF /*!< Value used to initialise the RxXferSize of the handle */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Functions CEC Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef CEC_Transmit_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef CEC_Receive_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions CEC Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim +=============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the CEC + (+) The following parameters need to be configured: + (++) TimingErrorFree + (++) PeriodErrorFree + (++) InitiatorAddress + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the CEC mode according to the specified + * parameters in the CEC_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle . + * @param hcec: CEC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Init(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec) +{ + /* Check the CEC handle allocation */ + if((hcec == NULL) ||(hcec->Init.RxBuffer == NULL)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CEC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcec->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_CEC_BIT_TIMING_ERROR_MODE(hcec->Init.TimingErrorFree)); + assert_param(IS_CEC_BIT_PERIOD_ERROR_MODE(hcec->Init.PeriodErrorFree)); + assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(hcec->Init.OwnAddress)); + + if(hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hcec->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */ + HAL_CEC_MspInit(hcec); + } + hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec); + + /* Write to CEC Control Register */ + MODIFY_REG(hcec->Instance->CFGR, CEC_CFGR_FIELDS, hcec->Init.TimingErrorFree | hcec->Init.PeriodErrorFree); + + /* Write to CEC Own Address Register */ + MODIFY_REG(hcec->Instance->OAR, CEC_OAR_OA, hcec->Init.OwnAddress); + + /* Configure the prescaler to generate the required 50 microseconds time base.*/ + MODIFY_REG(hcec->Instance->PRES, CEC_PRES_PRES, 50U * (HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq()/1000000U) - 1U); + + /* Enable the following CEC Interrupt */ + __HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IT_IE); + + /* Enable the CEC Peripheral */ + __HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec); + + hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE; + hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY; + hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the CEC peripheral + * @param hcec: CEC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_DeInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec) +{ + /* Check the CEC handle allocation */ + if(hcec == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CEC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcec->Instance)); + + hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + HAL_CEC_MspDeInit(hcec); + + __HAL_RCC_CEC_FORCE_RESET(); + __HAL_RCC_CEC_RELEASE_RESET(); + + hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE; + hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET; + hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET; + + /* Process Unlock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the Own Address of the CEC device + * @param hcec: CEC handle + * @param CEC_OwnAddress: The CEC own address. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_SetDeviceAddress(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint16_t CEC_OwnAddress) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CEC_OWN_ADDRESS(CEC_OwnAddress)); + + if ((hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY) && (hcec->RxState == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY)) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hcec); + + hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec); + + if(CEC_OwnAddress != CEC_OWN_ADDRESS_NONE) + { + MODIFY_REG(hcec->Instance->OAR, CEC_OAR_OA, hcec->Init.OwnAddress); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(hcec->Instance->OAR, CEC_OAR_OA); + } + + hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY; + hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief CEC MSP Init + * @param hcec: CEC handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_CEC_MspInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hcec); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_CEC_MspInit can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief CEC MSP DeInit + * @param hcec: CEC handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_CEC_MspDeInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hcec); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_CEC_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions + * @brief CEC Transmit/Receive functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the CEC data transfers. + + (#) The CEC handle must contain the initiator (TX side) and the destination (RX side) + logical addresses (4-bit long addresses, 0xF for broadcast messages destination) + + (#) The communication is performed using Interrupts. + These API's return the HAL status. + The end of the data processing will be indicated through the + dedicated CEC IRQ when using Interrupt mode. + The HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks + will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process + The HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback() user callback will be executed when a communication + error is detected + + (#) API's with Interrupt are : + (+) HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT() + (+) HAL_CEC_IRQHandler() + + (#) A set of User Callbacks are provided: + (+) HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback() + (+) HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback() + (+) HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback() + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Send data in interrupt mode + * @param hcec: CEC handle + * @param InitiatorAddress: Initiator address + * @param DestinationAddress: destination logical address + * @param pData: pointer to input byte data buffer + * @param Size: amount of data to be sent in bytes (without counting the header). + * 0 means only the header is sent (ping operation). + * Maximum TX size is 15 bytes (1 opcode and up to 14 operands). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t InitiatorAddress,uint8_t DestinationAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t Size) +{ + /* if the IP isn't already busy and if there is no previous transmission + already pending due to arbitration lost */ + if(hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL ) && (Size > 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(DestinationAddress)); + assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(InitiatorAddress)); + assert_param(IS_CEC_MSGSIZE(Size)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hcec); + hcec->pTxBuffPtr = pData; + hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* initialize the number of bytes to send, + * 0 means only one header is sent (ping operation) */ + hcec->TxXferCount = Size; + + /* send header block */ + hcec->Instance->TXD = (uint8_t)((uint32_t)InitiatorAddress << CEC_INITIATOR_LSB_POS) | DestinationAddress; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec); + + /* case no data to be sent, sender is only pinging the system */ + if (Size != 0) + { + /* Set TX Start of Message (TXSOM) bit */ + MODIFY_REG(hcec->Instance->CSR, CEC_FLAG_TRANSMIT_MASK, CEC_FLAG_TSOM); + } + else + { + /* Send a ping command */ + MODIFY_REG(hcec->Instance->CSR, CEC_FLAG_TRANSMIT_MASK, CEC_FLAG_TEOM|CEC_FLAG_TSOM); + } + return HAL_OK; + + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Get size of the received frame. + * @param hcec: CEC handle + * @retval Frame size + */ +uint32_t HAL_CEC_GetLastReceivedFrameSize(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec) +{ + return hcec->RxXferSize; +} + +/** + * @brief Change Rx Buffer. + * @param hcec: CEC handle + * @param Rxbuffer: Rx Buffer + * @note This function can be called only inside the HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback() + * @retval Frame size + */ +void HAL_CEC_ChangeRxBuffer(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t* Rxbuffer) +{ + hcec->Init.RxBuffer = Rxbuffer; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles CEC interrupt requests. + * @param hcec: CEC handle + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_CEC_IRQHandler(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec) +{ + /* Save error status register for further error handling purposes */ + hcec->ErrorCode = READ_BIT(hcec->Instance->ESR, CEC_ESR_ALL_ERROR); + + /* Transmit error */ + if(__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TERR) != RESET) + { + /* Acknowledgement of the error */ + __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TERR); + + hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY; + } + + /* Receive error */ + if(__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RERR) != RESET) + { + /* Acknowledgement of the error */ + __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RERR); + hcec->Init.RxBuffer-=hcec->RxXferSize; + hcec->RxXferSize = 0U; + hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY; + } + + if((hcec->ErrorCode & CEC_ESR_ALL_ERROR) != 0U) + { + /* Error Call Back */ + HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback(hcec); + } + + /* Transmit byte request or block transfer finished */ + if(__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TBTRF) != RESET) + { + CEC_Transmit_IT(hcec); + } + + /* Receive byte or block transfer finished */ + if(__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RBTF) != RESET) + { + if(hcec->RxXferSize == 0U) + { + /* reception is starting */ + hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_RX; + } + CEC_Receive_IT(hcec); + } +} + + +/** + * @brief Tx Transfer completed callback + * @param hcec: CEC handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hcec); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Transfer completed callback + * @param hcec: CEC handle + * @param RxFrameSize: Size of frame + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint32_t RxFrameSize) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hcec); + UNUSED(RxFrameSize); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief CEC error callbacks + * @param hcec: CEC handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hcec); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief CEC control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control function ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CEC. + (+) HAL_CEC_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the CEC peripheral. + (+) HAL_CEC_GetError() API can be helpful to check in run-time the error of the CEC peripheral. +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief return the CEC state + * @param hcec: pointer to a CEC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CEC module. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef HAL_CEC_GetState(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec) +{ + uint32_t temp1= 0x00U, temp2 = 0x00U; + temp1 = hcec->gState; + temp2 = hcec->RxState; + + return (HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef)(temp1 | temp2); +} + +/** +* @brief Return the CEC error code +* @param hcec : pointer to a CEC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CEC. +* @retval CEC Error Code +*/ +uint32_t HAL_CEC_GetError(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec) +{ + return hcec->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup CEC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + + /** + * @brief Send data in interrupt mode + * @param hcec: CEC handle. + * Function called under interruption only, once + * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT() + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef CEC_Transmit_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec) +{ + /* if the IP is already busy or if there is a previous transmission + already pending due to arbitration loss */ + if((hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX) || (__HAL_CEC_GET_TRANSMISSION_START_FLAG(hcec) != RESET)) + { + /* if all data have been sent */ + if(hcec->TxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* Acknowledge successful completion by writing 0x00 */ + MODIFY_REG(hcec->Instance->CSR, CEC_FLAG_TRANSMIT_MASK, 0x00U); + + hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY; + + HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(hcec); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + /* Reduce the number of bytes to transfer by one */ + hcec->TxXferCount--; + + /* Write data to TX buffer*/ + hcec->Instance->TXD = *hcec->pTxBuffPtr++; + + /* If this is the last byte of the ongoing transmission */ + if(hcec->TxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* Acknowledge byte request and signal end of message */ + MODIFY_REG(hcec->Instance->CSR, CEC_FLAG_TRANSMIT_MASK, CEC_FLAG_TEOM); + } + else + { + /* Acknowledge byte request by writing 0x00 */ + MODIFY_REG(hcec->Instance->CSR, CEC_FLAG_TRANSMIT_MASK, 0x00U); + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive data in interrupt mode. + * @param hcec: CEC handle. + * Function called under interruption only, once + * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_CEC_Receive_IT() + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef CEC_Receive_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec) +{ + static uint32_t temp; + + if(hcec->RxState == HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + temp = hcec->Instance->CSR; + + /* Store received data */ + hcec->RxXferSize++; + *hcec->Init.RxBuffer++ = hcec->Instance->RXD; + + /* Acknowledge received byte by writing 0x00 */ + MODIFY_REG(hcec->Instance->CSR, CEC_FLAG_RECEIVE_MASK, 0x00U); + + /* If the End Of Message is reached */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(temp, CEC_FLAG_REOM)) + { + /* Interrupts are not disabled due to transmission still ongoing */ + hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY; + + HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback(hcec, hcec->RxXferSize); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* defined(STM32F100xB) || defined(STM32F100xE) */ + +#endif /* HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_cortex.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_cortex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..cf8056f223345bb111d349a07c97d2b06e1c0613 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_cortex.c @@ -0,0 +1,523 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_cortex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief CORTEX HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the CORTEX: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + + [..] + *** How to configure Interrupts using CORTEX HAL driver *** + =========================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ). + The Cortex-M3 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions. + + (#) Configure the NVIC Priority Grouping using HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping() + function according to the following table. + (#) Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(). + (#) Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(). + (#) please refer to programming manual for details in how to configure priority. + + -@- When the NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 is selected, IRQ preemption is no more possible. + The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the sub priority. + + -@- IRQ priority order (sorted by highest to lowest priority): + (+@) Lowest preemption priority + (+@) Lowest sub priority + (+@) Lowest hardware priority (IRQ number) + + [..] + *** How to configure Systick using CORTEX HAL driver *** + ======================================================== + [..] + Setup SysTick Timer for time base. + + (+) The HAL_SYSTICK_Config()function calls the SysTick_Config() function which + is a CMSIS function that: + (++) Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter. + (++) Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value 0x0F. + (++) Resets the SysTick Counter register. + (++) Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK). + (++) Enables the SysTick Interrupt. + (++) Starts the SysTick Counter. + + (+) You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the macro + __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8) just after the + HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG() macro is defined + inside the stm32f1xx_hal_cortex.h file. + + (+) You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the + HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function + call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the NVIC_SetPriority() function which is a CMSIS function. + + (+) To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula: + + Reload Value = SysTick Counter Clock (Hz) x Desired Time base (s) + (++) Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function + (++) Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CORTEX CORTEX + * @brief CORTEX HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions CORTEX Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + + +/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides the CORTEX HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts + Systick functionalities + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * @brief Sets the priority grouping field (preemption priority and subpriority) + * using the required unlock sequence. + * @param PriorityGroup: The priority grouping bits length. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for preemption priority + * 4 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for preemption priority + * 3 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for preemption priority + * 2 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for preemption priority + * 1 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for preemption priority + * 0 bits for subpriority + * @note When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, IRQ preemption is no more possible. + * The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the subpriority. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup)); + + /* Set the PRIGROUP[10:8] bits according to the PriorityGroup parameter value */ + NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(PriorityGroup); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the priority of an interrupt. + * @param IRQn: External interrupt number. + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xx.h)) + * @param PreemptPriority: The preemption priority for the IRQn channel. + * This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15 + * A lower priority value indicates a higher priority + * @param SubPriority: the subpriority level for the IRQ channel. + * This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15 + * A lower priority value indicates a higher priority. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority) +{ + uint32_t prioritygroup = 0x00U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(SubPriority)); + assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PreemptPriority)); + + prioritygroup = NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(); + + NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn, NVIC_EncodePriority(prioritygroup, PreemptPriority, SubPriority)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller. + * @note To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig() + * function should be called before. + * @param IRQn External interrupt number. + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h)) + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn)); + + /* Enable interrupt */ + NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn); +} + +/** + * @brief Disables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller. + * @param IRQn External interrupt number. + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h)) + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn)); + + /* Disable interrupt */ + NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn); +} + +/** + * @brief Initiates a system reset request to reset the MCU. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void) +{ + /* System Reset */ + NVIC_SystemReset(); +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the System Timer and its interrupt, and starts the System Tick Timer. + * Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts. + * @param TicksNumb: Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts. + * @retval status: - 0 Function succeeded. + * - 1 Function failed. + */ +uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb) +{ + return SysTick_Config(TicksNumb); +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Cortex control functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX + (NVIC, SYSTICK, MPU) functionalities. + + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1U) +/** + * @brief Disables the MPU + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_MPU_Disable(void) +{ + /* Make sure outstanding transfers are done */ + __DMB(); + + /* Disable fault exceptions */ + SCB->SHCSR &= ~SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk; + + /* Disable the MPU and clear the control register*/ + MPU->CTRL = 0U; +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the MPU. + * @param MPU_Control: Specifies the control mode of the MPU during hard fault, + * NMI, FAULTMASK and privileged access to the default memory + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_NONE + * @arg MPU_HARDFAULT_NMI + * @arg MPU_PRIVILEGED_DEFAULT + * @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_MPU_Enable(uint32_t MPU_Control) +{ + /* Enable the MPU */ + MPU->CTRL = MPU_Control | MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk; + + /* Enable fault exceptions */ + SCB->SHCSR |= SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk; + + /* Ensure MPU setting take effects */ + __DSB(); + __ISB(); +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes and configures the Region and the memory to be protected. + * @param MPU_Init: Pointer to a MPU_Region_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the initialization and configuration information. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion(MPU_Region_InitTypeDef *MPU_Init) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_NUMBER(MPU_Init->Number)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_ENABLE(MPU_Init->Enable)); + + /* Set the Region number */ + MPU->RNR = MPU_Init->Number; + + if ((MPU_Init->Enable) != RESET) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS(MPU_Init->DisableExec)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_PERMISSION_ATTRIBUTE(MPU_Init->AccessPermission)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_TEX_LEVEL(MPU_Init->TypeExtField)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE(MPU_Init->IsShareable)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE(MPU_Init->IsCacheable)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE(MPU_Init->IsBufferable)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_SUB_REGION_DISABLE(MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_SIZE(MPU_Init->Size)); + + MPU->RBAR = MPU_Init->BaseAddress; + MPU->RASR = ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->DisableExec << MPU_RASR_XN_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->AccessPermission << MPU_RASR_AP_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->TypeExtField << MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsShareable << MPU_RASR_S_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsCacheable << MPU_RASR_C_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsBufferable << MPU_RASR_B_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable << MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Size << MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Enable << MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Pos); + } + else + { + MPU->RBAR = 0x00U; + MPU->RASR = 0x00U; + } +} +#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */ + +/** + * @brief Gets the priority grouping field from the NVIC Interrupt Controller. + * @retval Priority grouping field (SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field) + */ +uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(void) +{ + /* Get the PRIGROUP[10:8] field value */ + return NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(); +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the priority of an interrupt. + * @param IRQn: External interrupt number. + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h)) + * @param PriorityGroup: the priority grouping bits length. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for preemption priority + * 4 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for preemption priority + * 3 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for preemption priority + * 2 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for preemption priority + * 1 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for preemption priority + * 0 bits for subpriority + * @param pPreemptPriority: Pointer on the Preemptive priority value (starting from 0). + * @param pSubPriority: Pointer on the Subpriority value (starting from 0). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t *pPreemptPriority, uint32_t *pSubPriority) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup)); + /* Get priority for Cortex-M system or device specific interrupts */ + NVIC_DecodePriority(NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn), PriorityGroup, pPreemptPriority, pSubPriority); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets Pending bit of an external interrupt. + * @param IRQn External interrupt number + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h)) + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn)); + + /* Set interrupt pending */ + NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn); +} + +/** + * @brief Gets Pending Interrupt (reads the pending register in the NVIC + * and returns the pending bit for the specified interrupt). + * @param IRQn External interrupt number. + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h)) + * @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending. + * - 1 Interrupt status is pending. + */ +uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn)); + + /* Return 1 if pending else 0 */ + return NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn); +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the pending bit of an external interrupt. + * @param IRQn External interrupt number. + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h)) + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn)); + + /* Clear pending interrupt */ + NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn); +} + +/** + * @brief Gets active interrupt ( reads the active register in NVIC and returns the active bit). + * @param IRQn External interrupt number + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f10xxx.h)) + * @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending. + * - 1 Interrupt status is pending. + */ +uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetActive(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn)); + + /* Return 1 if active else 0 */ + return NVIC_GetActive(IRQn); +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the SysTick clock source. + * @param CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source. + * @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(CLKSource)); + if (CLKSource == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK) + { + SysTick->CTRL |= SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK; + } + else + { + SysTick->CTRL &= ~SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK; + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles SYSTICK interrupt request. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void) +{ + HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(); +} + +/** + * @brief SYSTICK callback. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SYSTICK_Callback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_crc.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_crc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..70b001c19ffae1fe71d6e27894bb4b6e93e6325c --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_crc.c @@ -0,0 +1,348 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_crc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief CRC HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The CRC HAL driver can be used as follows: + + (#) Enable CRC AHB clock using __HAL_RCC_CRC_CLK_ENABLE(); + + (#) Use HAL_CRC_Accumulate() function to compute the CRC value of + a 32-bit data buffer using combination of the previous CRC value + and the new one. + + (#) Use HAL_CRC_Calculate() function to compute the CRC Value of + a new 32-bit data buffer. This function resets the CRC computation + unit before starting the computation to avoid getting wrong CRC values. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CRC CRC + * @brief CRC HAL module driver. + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions CRC Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions. + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize the CRC according to the specified parameters + in the CRC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle + (+) DeInitialize the CRC peripheral + (+) Initialize the CRC MSP + (+) DeInitialize CRC MSP + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the CRC according to the specified + * parameters in the CRC_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle. + * @param hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for CRC + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_Init(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc) +{ + /* Check the CRC handle allocation */ + if(hcrc == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance)); + + if(hcrc->State == HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hcrc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_CRC_MspInit(hcrc); + } + + /* Change CRC peripheral state */ + hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the CRC peripheral. + * @param hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for CRC + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_DeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc) +{ + /* Check the CRC handle allocation */ + if(hcrc == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance)); + + /* Change CRC peripheral state */ + hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(hcrc); + + /* Resets the CRC calculation unit and sets the data register to 0xFFFF FFFF */ + __HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(hcrc); + + /* Reset IDR register content */ + CLEAR_BIT(hcrc->Instance->IDR, CRC_IDR_IDR); + + /* Change CRC peripheral state */ + hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the CRC MSP. + * @param hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for CRC + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_CRC_MspInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hcrc); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_CRC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the CRC MSP. + * @param hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for CRC + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hcrc); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_CRC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief management functions. + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Compute the 32-bit CRC value of 32-bit data buffer, + using combination of the previous CRC value and the new one. + (+) Compute the 32-bit CRC value of 32-bit data buffer, + independently of the previous CRC value. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Computes the 32-bit CRC of 32-bit data buffer using combination + * of the previous CRC value and the new one. + * @param hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for CRC + * @param pBuffer: pointer to the buffer containing the data to be computed + * @param BufferLength: length of the buffer to be computed (defined in word, 4 bytes) + * @retval 32-bit CRC + */ +uint32_t HAL_CRC_Accumulate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength) +{ + uint32_t index = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hcrc); + + /* Change CRC peripheral state */ + hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Enter Data to the CRC calculator */ + for(index = 0U; index < BufferLength; index++) + { + hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index]; + } + + /* Change CRC peripheral state */ + hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc); + + /* Return the CRC computed value */ + return hcrc->Instance->DR; +} + +/** + * @brief Computes the 32-bit CRC of 32-bit data buffer independently + * of the previous CRC value. + * @param hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for CRC + * @param pBuffer: Pointer to the buffer containing the data to be computed + * @param BufferLength: Length of the buffer to be computed (defined in word, 4 bytes) + * @retval 32-bit CRC + */ +uint32_t HAL_CRC_Calculate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength) +{ + uint32_t index = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hcrc); + + /* Change CRC peripheral state */ + hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Reset CRC Calculation Unit */ + __HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(hcrc); + + /* Enter Data to the CRC calculator */ + for(index = 0U; index < BufferLength; index++) + { + hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index]; + } + + /* Change CRC peripheral state */ + hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc); + + /* Return the CRC computed value */ + return hcrc->Instance->DR; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions + * @brief Peripheral State functions. + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the CRC state. + * @param hcrc: pointer to a CRC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for CRC + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef HAL_CRC_GetState(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc) +{ + return hcrc->State; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_dac.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_dac.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..cfcce65df4f094b80af7fe31a113bc663760edf8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_dac.c @@ -0,0 +1,939 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_dac.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief DAC HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Digital to Analog Converter (DAC) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State and Errors functions + * + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### DAC Peripheral features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + *** DAC Channels *** + ==================== + [..] + The device integrates two 12-bit Digital Analog Converters that can + be used independently or simultaneously (dual mode): + (#) DAC channel1 with DAC_OUT1 (PA4) as output + (#) DAC channel2 with DAC_OUT2 (PA5) as output + + *** DAC Triggers *** + ==================== + [..] + Digital to Analog conversion can be non-triggered using DAC_TRIGGER_NONE + and DAC_OUT1/DAC_OUT2 is available once writing to DHRx register. + [..] + Digital to Analog conversion can be triggered by: + (#) External event: EXTI Line 9 (any GPIOx_PIN_9) using DAC_TRIGGER_EXT_IT9. + The used pin (GPIOx_PIN_9) must be configured in input mode. + + (#) Timers TRGO: TIM2, TIM4, TIM6, TIM7 + For STM32F10x connectivity line devices and STM32F100x devices: TIM3 + For STM32F10x high-density and XL-density devices: TIM8 + For STM32F100x high-density value line devices: TIM15 as + replacement of TIM5. + (DAC_TRIGGER_T2_TRGO, DAC_TRIGGER_T4_TRGO...) + + (#) Software using DAC_TRIGGER_SOFTWARE + + *** DAC Buffer mode feature *** + =============================== + [..] + Each DAC channel integrates an output buffer that can be used to + reduce the output impedance, and to drive external loads directly + without having to add an external operational amplifier. + To enable, the output buffer use + sConfig.DAC_OutputBuffer = DAC_OUTPUTBUFFER_ENABLE; + [..] + (@) Refer to the device datasheet for more details about output + impedance value with and without output buffer. + + *** DAC connect feature *** + =============================== + [..] + Each DAC channel can be connected internally. + To connect, use + sConfig.DAC_ConnectOnChipPeripheral = DAC_CHIPCONNECT_ENABLE; + + *** GPIO configurations guidelines *** + ===================== + [..] + When a DAC channel is used (ex channel1 on PA4) and the other is not + (ex channel1 on PA5 is configured in Analog and disabled). + Channel1 may disturb channel2 as coupling effect. + Note that there is no coupling on channel2 as soon as channel2 is turned on. + Coupling on adjacent channel could be avoided as follows: + when unused PA5 is configured as INPUT PULL-UP or DOWN. + PA5 is configured in ANALOG just before it is turned on. + + *** DAC wave generation feature *** + =================================== + [..] + Both DAC channels can be used to generate + (#) Noise wave using HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate() + (#) Triangle wave using HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate() + + *** DAC data format *** + ======================= + [..] + The DAC data format can be: + (#) 8-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_8B_R + (#) 12-bit left alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_L + (#) 12-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_R + + *** DAC data value to voltage correspondance *** + ================================================ + [..] + The analog output voltage on each DAC channel pin is determined + by the following equation: + [..] + DAC_OUTx = VREF+ * DOR / 4095 + (+) with DOR is the Data Output Register + [..] + VEF+ is the input voltage reference (refer to the device datasheet) + [..] + e.g. To set DAC_OUT1 to 0.7V, use + (+) Assuming that VREF+ = 3.3V, DAC_OUT1 = (3.3 * 868) / 4095 = 0.7V + + *** DMA requests *** + ===================== + [..] + A DMA1 request can be generated when an external trigger (but not + a software trigger) occurs if DMA1 requests are enabled using + HAL_DAC_Start_DMA() + [..] + DMA requests are mapped as following: + (#) DAC channel1 : + For STM32F100x low-density, medium-density, high-density with DAC + DMA remap: + mapped on DMA1 channel3 which must be + already configured + For STM32F100x high-density without DAC DMA remap and other + STM32F1 devices: + mapped on DMA2 channel3 which must be + already configured + (#) DAC channel2 : + For STM32F100x low-density, medium-density, high-density with DAC + DMA remap: + mapped on DMA1 channel4 which must be + already configured + For STM32F100x high-density without DAC DMA remap and other + STM32F1 devices: + mapped on DMA2 channel4 which must be + already configured + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (+) DAC APB clock must be enabled to get write access to DAC + registers using HAL_DAC_Init() + (+) Configure DAC_OUTx (DAC_OUT1: PA4, DAC_OUT2: PA5) in analog mode. + (+) Configure the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel() function. + (+) Enable the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_Start() or HAL_DAC_Start_DMA functions + + *** Polling mode IO operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start() + (+) To read the DAC last data output value, use the HAL_DAC_GetValue() function. + (+) Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop() + + *** DMA mode IO operation *** + ============================== + [..] + (+) Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(), at this stage the user specify the length + of data to be transferred at each end of conversion + (+) At the middle of data transfer HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1()or HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2() + function is executed and user can add his own code by customization of function pointer + HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1 or HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2 + (+) At The end of data transfer HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1()or HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh2() + function is executed and user can add his own code by customization of function pointer + HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1 or HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh2 + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1() or HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1 or HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2 + (+) For STM32F100x devices with specific feature: DMA underrun. + In case of DMA underrun, DAC interruption triggers and execute internal function HAL_DAC_IRQHandler. + HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1()or HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2() + function is executed and user can add his own code by customization of function pointer + HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1 or HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1 + (+) Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA() + + *** DAC HAL driver macros list *** + ============================================= + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in DAC HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_DAC_ENABLE : Enable the DAC peripheral (For STM32F100x devices with specific feature: DMA underrun) + (+) __HAL_DAC_DISABLE : Disable the DAC peripheral (For STM32F100x devices with specific feature: DMA underrun) + (+) __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DAC's pending flags (For STM32F100x devices with specific feature: DMA underrun) + (+) __HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG: Get the selected DAC's flag status (For STM32F100x devices with specific feature: DMA underrun) + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the DAC HAL driver header file for more useful macros + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC DAC + * @brief DAC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED +#if defined (STM32F100xB) || defined (STM32F100xE) || defined (STM32F101xE) || defined (STM32F101xG) || defined (STM32F103xE) || defined (STM32F103xG) || defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC) + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions -------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions DAC Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the DAC. + (+) De-initialize the DAC. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the DAC peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in the DAC_InitStruct. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Init(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + /* Check DAC handle */ + if(hdac == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(hdac->Instance)); + + if(hdac->State == HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hdac->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_DAC_MspInit(hdac); + } + + /* Initialize the DAC state*/ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Set DAC error code to none */ + hdac->ErrorCode = HAL_DAC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Initialize the DAC state*/ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the DAC peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_DeInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + /* Check DAC handle */ + if(hdac == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(hdac->Instance)); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + HAL_DAC_MspDeInit(hdac); + + /* Set DAC error code to none */ + hdac->ErrorCode = HAL_DAC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the DAC MSP. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DAC_MspInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdac); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DAC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the DAC MSP. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DAC_MspDeInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdac); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DAC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief IO operation functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Start conversion. + (+) Stop conversion. + (+) Start conversion and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer. + (+) Get result of conversion. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdac); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Enable the Peripharal */ + __HAL_DAC_ENABLE(hdac, Channel); + + if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) + { + /* Check if software trigger enabled */ + if((hdac->Instance->CR & (DAC_CR_TEN1 | DAC_CR_TSEL1)) == (DAC_CR_TEN1 | DAC_CR_TSEL1)) + { + /* Enable the selected DAC software conversion */ + SET_BIT(hdac->Instance->SWTRIGR, DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1); + } + } + else + { + /* Check if software trigger enabled */ + if((hdac->Instance->CR & (DAC_CR_TEN2 | DAC_CR_TSEL2)) == (DAC_CR_TEN2 | DAC_CR_TSEL2)) + { + /* Enable the selected DAC software conversion*/ + SET_BIT(hdac->Instance->SWTRIGR, DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG2); + } + } + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_DAC_DISABLE(hdac, Channel); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel. + * Note: For STM32F100x devices with specific feature: DMA underrun. + * On these devices, this function enables the interruption of DMA + * underrun. + * (refer to redefinition of this function in DAC extended file) + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param pData: The Source memory Buffer address. + * @param Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to DAC peripheral + * @param Alignment: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length, uint32_t Alignment) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdac); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; + + if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) + { + /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback for channel1 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferCpltCallback = DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1; + + /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback for channel1 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferHalfCpltCallback = DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1; + + /* Set the DMA error callback for channel1 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferErrorCallback = DAC_DMAErrorCh1; + + /* Enable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */ + SET_BIT(hdac->Instance->CR, DAC_CR_DMAEN1); + + /* Case of use of channel 1 */ + switch(Alignment) + { + case DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: + /* Get DHR12R1 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12R1; + break; + case DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: + /* Get DHR12L1 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12L1; + break; + case DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: + /* Get DHR8R1 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR8R1; + break; + default: + break; + } + } + else + { + /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback for channel2 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferCpltCallback = DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2; + + /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback for channel2 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferHalfCpltCallback = DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2; + + /* Set the DMA error callback for channel2 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferErrorCallback = DAC_DMAErrorCh2; + + /* Enable the selected DAC channel2 DMA request */ + SET_BIT(hdac->Instance->CR, DAC_CR_DMAEN2); + + /* Case of use of channel 2 */ + switch(Alignment) + { + case DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: + /* Get DHR12R2 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12R2; + break; + case DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: + /* Get DHR12L2 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12L2; + break; + case DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: + /* Get DHR8R2 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR8R2; + break; + default: + break; + } + } + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) + { + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdac->DMA_Handle1, (uint32_t)pData, tmpreg, Length); + } + else + { + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdac->DMA_Handle2, (uint32_t)pData, tmpreg, Length); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); + + /* Enable the Peripharal */ + __HAL_DAC_ENABLE(hdac, Channel); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel. + * Note: For STM32F100x devices with specific feature: DMA underrun. + * On these devices, this function disables the interruption of DMA + * underrun. + * (refer to redefinition of this function in DAC extended file) + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + + /* Disable the selected DAC channel DMA request */ + CLEAR_BIT(hdac->Instance->CR, DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << Channel); + + /* Disable the Peripharal */ + __HAL_DAC_DISABLE(hdac, Channel); + + /* Disable the DMA Channel */ + /* Channel1 is used */ + if (Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) + { + status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hdac->DMA_Handle1); + } + else /* Channel2 is used for */ + { + status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hdac->DMA_Handle2); + } + + /* Check if DMA Channel effectively disabled */ + if (status != HAL_OK) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; + } + + /* Return function status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value. + */ +uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + + /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */ + if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) + { + return hdac->Instance->DOR1; + } + else + { + return hdac->Instance->DOR2; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode for Channel1 + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdac); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking mode for Channel1 + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdac); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Error DAC callback for Channel1. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdac); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure channels. + (+) Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the selected DAC channel. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param sConfig: DAC configuration structure. + * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0U; + + /* Check the DAC parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_TRIGGER(sConfig->DAC_Trigger)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(sConfig->DAC_OutputBuffer)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdac); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Configure for the selected DAC channel: buffer output, trigger */ + /* Set TSELx and TENx bits according to DAC_Trigger value */ + /* Set BOFFx bit according to DAC_OutputBuffer value */ + SET_BIT(tmpreg1, (sConfig->DAC_Trigger | sConfig->DAC_OutputBuffer)); + + /* Clear BOFFx, TENx, TSELx, WAVEx and MAMPx bits */ + /* Calculate CR register value depending on DAC_Channel */ + MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, + ((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_MAMP1 | DAC_CR_WAVE1 | DAC_CR_TSEL1 | DAC_CR_TEN1 | DAC_CR_BOFF1)) << Channel, + tmpreg1 << Channel); + + /* Disable wave generation */ + hdac->Instance->CR &= ~(DAC_CR_WAVE1 << Channel); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param Alignment: Specifies the data alignment. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected + * @param Data: Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_SetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance; + if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) + { + tmp += DAC_DHR12R1_ALIGNMENT(Alignment); + } + else + { + tmp += DAC_DHR12R2_ALIGNMENT(Alignment); + } + + /* Set the DAC channel selected data holding register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = Data; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State and Errors functions + * @brief Peripheral State and Errors functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides functions allowing to + (+) Check the DAC state. + (+) Check the DAC Errors. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief return the DAC state + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_DAC_StateTypeDef HAL_DAC_GetState(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + /* Return DAC state */ + return hdac->State; +} + + +/** + * @brief Return the DAC error code + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval DAC Error Code + */ +uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetError(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) +{ + return hdac->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup DAC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief DMA conversion complete callback. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1(hdac); + + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; +} + +/** + * @brief DMA half transfer complete callback. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + /* Conversion complete callback */ + HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1(hdac); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA error callback + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DMAErrorCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + /* Set DAC error code to DMA error */ + hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA; + + HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1(hdac); + + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* STM32F100xB || STM32F100xE || STM32F101xE || STM32F101xG || STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ +#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_dac_ex.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_dac_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..863b5e5e459c2c40aed8e3fa38f09e286a3ea116 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_dac_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,669 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_dac_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief DAC HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of DAC extension peripheral: + * + Extended features functions + * + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (+) When Dual mode is enabled (i.e DAC Channel1 and Channel2 are used simultaneously) : + Use HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue() to get digital data to be converted and use + HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue() to set digital value to converted simultaneously in Channel 1 and Channel 2. + (+) Use HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate() to generate Triangle signal. + (+) Use HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate() to generate Noise signal. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DACEx DACEx + * @brief DACEx driver module + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED +#if defined (STM32F100xB) || defined (STM32F100xE) || defined (STM32F101xE) || defined (STM32F101xG) || defined (STM32F103xE) || defined (STM32F103xG) || defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC) + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions DACEx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended features functions + * @brief Extended features functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Extended features functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Start conversion. + (+) Stop conversion. + (+) Start conversion and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer. + (+) Get result of conversion. + (+) Get result of dual mode conversion. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value. + */ +uint32_t HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0U; + + tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR1; + + tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR2 << 16U; + + /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */ + return tmp; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * DAC_CHANNEL_1 / DAC_CHANNEL_2 + * @param Amplitude: Select max triangle amplitude. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1: Select max triangle amplitude of 1 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_3: Select max triangle amplitude of 3 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_7: Select max triangle amplitude of 7 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_15: Select max triangle amplitude of 15 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_31: Select max triangle amplitude of 31 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_63: Select max triangle amplitude of 63 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_127: Select max triangle amplitude of 127 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_255: Select max triangle amplitude of 255 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_511: Select max triangle amplitude of 511 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1023: Select max triangle amplitude of 1023 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_2047: Select max triangle amplitude of 2047 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_4095: Select max triangle amplitude of 4095 + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdac); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Enable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */ + MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, ((DAC_CR_WAVE1)|(DAC_CR_MAMP1))<State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * DAC_CHANNEL_1 / DAC_CHANNEL_2 + * @param Amplitude: Unmask DAC channel LFSR for noise wave generation. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BIT0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS1_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS2_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS3_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS4_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS5_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS6_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS7_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS8_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS9_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS10_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS11_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdac); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Enable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */ + MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, ((DAC_CR_WAVE1)|(DAC_CR_MAMP1))<State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the specified data holding register value for dual DAC channel. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Alignment: Specifies the data alignment for dual channel DAC. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected + * DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected + * DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected + * @param Data1: Data for DAC Channel2 to be loaded in the selected data holding register. + * @param Data2: Data for DAC Channel1 to be loaded in the selected data holding register. + * @note In dual mode, a unique register access is required to write in both + * DAC channels at the same time. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data1, uint32_t Data2) +{ + uint32_t data = 0U, tmp = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data1)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data2)); + + /* Calculate and set dual DAC data holding register value */ + if (Alignment == DAC_ALIGN_8B_R) + { + data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 8U) | Data1; + } + else + { + data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 16U) | Data1; + } + + tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance; + tmp += DAC_DHR12RD_ALIGNMENT(Alignment); + + /* Set the dual DAC selected data holding register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = data; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode for Channel2 + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdac); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking mode for Channel2 + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdac); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Error DAC callback for Channel2. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdac); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +#if defined (STM32F100xB) || defined (STM32F100xE) +/** + * @brief DMA underrun DAC callback for channel1. + * Note: For STM32F100x devices with specific feature: DMA underrun. + * On these devices, this function uses the interruption of DMA + * underrun. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdac); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DMA underrun DAC callback for channel2. + * Note: For STM32F100x devices with specific feature: DMA underrun. + * On these devices, this function uses the interruption of DMA + * underrun. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdac); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file + */ +} +#endif /* STM32F100xB) || defined (STM32F100xE) */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if defined (STM32F100xB) || defined (STM32F100xE) +/** + * @brief Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel. + * Note: For STM32F100x devices with specific feature: DMA underrun. + * On these devices, this function enables the interruption of DMA + * underrun. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param pData: The destination peripheral Buffer address. + * @param Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to DAC peripheral + * @param Alignment: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length, uint32_t Alignment) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdac); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; + + if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) + { + /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback for channel1 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferCpltCallback = DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1; + + /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback for channel1 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferHalfCpltCallback = DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1; + + /* Set the DMA error callback for channel1 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferErrorCallback = DAC_DMAErrorCh1; + + /* Enable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */ + SET_BIT(hdac->Instance->CR, DAC_CR_DMAEN1); + + /* Case of use of channel 1 */ + switch(Alignment) + { + case DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: + /* Get DHR12R1 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12R1; + break; + case DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: + /* Get DHR12L1 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12L1; + break; + case DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: + /* Get DHR8R1 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR8R1; + break; + default: + break; + } + } + else + { + /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback for channel2 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferCpltCallback = DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2; + + /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback for channel2 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferHalfCpltCallback = DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2; + + /* Set the DMA error callback for channel2 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferErrorCallback = DAC_DMAErrorCh2; + + /* Enable the selected DAC channel2 DMA request */ + SET_BIT(hdac->Instance->CR, DAC_CR_DMAEN2); + + /* Case of use of channel 2 */ + switch(Alignment) + { + case DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: + /* Get DHR12R2 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12R2; + break; + case DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: + /* Get DHR12L2 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12L2; + break; + case DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: + /* Get DHR8R2 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR8R2; + break; + default: + break; + } + } + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) + { + /* Enable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */ + __HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR1); + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdac->DMA_Handle1, (uint32_t)pData, tmpreg, Length); + } + else + { + /* Enable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */ + __HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR2); + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdac->DMA_Handle2, (uint32_t)pData, tmpreg, Length); + } + + /* Enable the Peripharal */ + __HAL_DAC_ENABLE(hdac, Channel); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} +#endif /* STM32F100xB) || defined (STM32F100xE) */ + +#if defined (STM32F100xB) || defined (STM32F100xE) +/** + * @brief Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel. + * Note: For STM32F100x devices with specific feature: DMA underrun. + * On these devices, this function disables the interruption of DMA + * underrun. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + + /* Disable the selected DAC channel DMA request */ + hdac->Instance->CR &= ~(DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << Channel); + + /* Disable the Peripharal */ + __HAL_DAC_DISABLE(hdac, Channel); + + /* Disable the DMA Channel */ + /* Channel1 is used */ + if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) + { + /* Disable the DMA channel */ + status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hdac->DMA_Handle1); + + /* Disable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */ + __HAL_DAC_DISABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR1); + } + else /* Channel2 is used for */ + { + /* Disable the DMA channel */ + status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hdac->DMA_Handle2); + + /* Disable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */ + __HAL_DAC_DISABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR2); + } + + /* Check if DMA Channel effectively disabled */ + if(status != HAL_OK) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; + } + + /* Return function status */ + return status; +} +#endif /* STM32F100xB) || defined (STM32F100xE) */ + +#if defined (STM32F100xB) || defined (STM32F100xE) +/** + * @brief Handles DAC interrupt request + * Note: For STM32F100x devices with specific feature: DMA underrun. + * On these devices, this function uses the interruption of DMA + * underrun. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DAC_IRQHandler(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + + if(__HAL_DAC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR1)) + { + /* Check underrun flag of DAC channel 1 */ + if(__HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG(hdac, DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1)) + { + /* Change DAC state to error state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Set DAC error code to chanel1 DMA underrun error */ + SET_BIT(hdac->ErrorCode, HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH1); + + /* Clear the underrun flag */ + __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG(hdac,DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1); + + /* Disable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */ + CLEAR_BIT(hdac->Instance->CR, DAC_CR_DMAEN1); + + /* Error callback */ + HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1(hdac); + } + } + + if(__HAL_DAC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR2)) + { + /* Check underrun flag of DAC channel 2 */ + if(__HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG(hdac, DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2)) + { + /* Change DAC state to error state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Set DAC error code to channel2 DMA underrun error */ + SET_BIT(hdac->ErrorCode, HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH2); + + /* Clear the underrun flag */ + __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG(hdac,DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2); + + /* Disable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */ + CLEAR_BIT(hdac->Instance->CR, DAC_CR_DMAEN2); + + /* Error callback */ + HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2(hdac); + } + } +} +#endif /* STM32F100xB || STM32F100xE */ + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DACEx_Private_Functions DACEx Private Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief DMA conversion complete callback. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(hdac); + + hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; +} + +/** + * @brief DMA half transfer complete callback. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + /* Conversion complete callback */ + HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(hdac); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA error callback + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DMAErrorCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + /* Set DAC error code to DMA error */ + hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA; + + HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(hdac); + + hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* STM32F100xB || STM32F100xE || STM32F101xE || STM32F101xG || STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ +#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_dma.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_dma.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..ff60573d7d2c2ddb026c6530c79e40cb86981595 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_dma.c @@ -0,0 +1,905 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_dma.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief DMA HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Direct Memory Access (DMA) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral State and errors functions + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable and configure the peripheral to be connected to the DMA Channel + (except for internal SRAM / FLASH memories: no initialization is + necessary). Please refer to the Reference manual for connection between peripherals + and DMA requests. + + (#) For a given Channel, program the required configuration through the following parameters: + Channel request, Transfer Direction, Source and Destination data formats, + Circular or Normal mode, Channel Priority level, Source and Destination Increment mode + using HAL_DMA_Init() function. + + (#) Use HAL_DMA_GetState() function to return the DMA state and HAL_DMA_GetError() in case of error + detection. + + (#) Use HAL_DMA_Abort() function to abort the current transfer + + -@- In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Circular mode is not allowed. + *** Polling mode IO operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of Source + address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred + (+) Use HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() to poll for the end of current transfer, in this + case a fixed Timeout can be configured by User depending from his application. + + *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) Configure the DMA interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() + (+) Enable the DMA IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() + (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start_IT() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of + Source address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred. + In this case the DMA interrupt is configured + (+) Use HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() called under DMA_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine + (+) At the end of data transfer HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() function is executed and user can + add his own function by customization of function pointer XferCpltCallback and + XferErrorCallback (i.e. a member of DMA handle structure). + + *** DMA HAL driver macros list *** + ============================================= + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in DMA HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE: Enable the specified DMA Channel. + (+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE: Disable the specified DMA Channel. + (+) __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG: Get the DMA Channel pending flags. + (+) __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DMA Channel pending flags. + (+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified DMA Channel interrupts. + (+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified DMA Channel interrupts. + (+) __HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified DMA Channel interrupt has occurred or not. + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the DMA HAL driver header file for more useful macros + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA DMA + * @brief DMA HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Functions DMA Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions DMA Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to initialize the DMA Channel source + and destination addresses, incrementation and data sizes, transfer direction, + circular/normal mode selection, memory-to-memory mode selection and Channel priority value. + [..] + The HAL_DMA_Init() function follows the DMA configuration procedures as described in + reference manual. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initialize the DMA according to the specified + * parameters in the DMA_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle. + * @param hdma: Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Init(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0U; + + /* Check the DMA handle allocation */ + if(hdma == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_DIRECTION(hdma->Init.Direction)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.PeriphInc)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.MemInc)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MODE(hdma->Init.Mode)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PRIORITY(hdma->Init.Priority)); + +#if defined (STM32F101xE) || defined (STM32F101xG) || defined (STM32F103xE) || defined (STM32F103xG) || defined (STM32F100xE) || defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC) + /* calculation of the channel index */ + if ((uint32_t)(hdma->Instance) < (uint32_t)(DMA2_Channel1)) + { + /* DMA1 */ + hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2; + hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1; + } + else + { + /* DMA2 */ + hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1)) << 2; + hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA2; + } +#else + /* DMA1 */ + hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2; + hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1; +#endif /* STM32F101xE || STM32F101xG || STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F100xE || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ + + /* Change DMA peripheral state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Get the CR register value */ + tmp = hdma->Instance->CCR; + + /* Clear PL, MSIZE, PSIZE, MINC, PINC, CIRC and DIR bits */ + tmp &= ((uint32_t)~(DMA_CCR_PL | DMA_CCR_MSIZE | DMA_CCR_PSIZE | \ + DMA_CCR_MINC | DMA_CCR_PINC | DMA_CCR_CIRC | \ + DMA_CCR_DIR)); + + /* Prepare the DMA Channel configuration */ + tmp |= hdma->Init.Direction | + hdma->Init.PeriphInc | hdma->Init.MemInc | + hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment | hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment | + hdma->Init.Mode | hdma->Init.Priority; + + /* Write to DMA Channel CR register */ + hdma->Instance->CCR = tmp; + + + /* Clean callbacks */ + hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL; + hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL; + hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Initialise the error code */ + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Initialize the DMA state*/ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hdma->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the DMA peripheral. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* Check the DMA handle allocation */ + if(hdma == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance)); + + /* Disable the selected DMA Channelx */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma); + + /* Reset DMA Channel control register */ + hdma->Instance->CCR = 0U; + + /* Reset DMA Channel Number of Data to Transfer register */ + hdma->Instance->CNDTR = 0U; + + /* Reset DMA Channel peripheral address register */ + hdma->Instance->CPAR = 0U; + + /* Reset DMA Channel memory address register */ + hdma->Instance->CMAR = 0U; + +#if defined (STM32F101xE) || defined (STM32F101xG) || defined (STM32F103xE) || defined (STM32F103xG) || defined (STM32F100xE) || defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC) + /* calculation of the channel index */ + if ((uint32_t)(hdma->Instance) < (uint32_t)(DMA2_Channel1)) + { + /* DMA1 */ + hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2; + hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1; + } + else + { + /* DMA2 */ + hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1)) << 2; + hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA2; + } +#else + /* DMA1 */ + hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2; + hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1; +#endif /* STM32F101xE || STM32F101xG || STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F100xE || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ + + /* Clear all flags */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex)); + + /* Initialize the error code */ + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Initialize the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions + * @brief Input and Output operation functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start DMA transfer + (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and + Start DMA transfer with interrupt + (+) Abort DMA transfer + (+) Poll for transfer complete + (+) Handle DMA interrupt request + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Start the DMA Transfer. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address + * @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address + * @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdma); + + if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State) + { + /* Change DMA peripheral state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY; + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Disable the peripheral */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma); + + /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length & clear flags*/ + DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma); + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + status = HAL_BUSY; + } + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Start the DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address + * @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address + * @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdma); + + if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State) + { + /* Change DMA peripheral state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY; + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Disable the peripheral */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma); + + /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length & clear flags*/ + DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength); + + /* Enable the transfer complete interrupt */ + /* Enable the transfer Error interrupt */ + if(NULL != hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback) + { + /* Enable the Half transfer complete interrupt as well */ + __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE)); + } + else + { + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT); + __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_TE)); + } + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma); + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + /* Remain BUSY */ + status = HAL_BUSY; + } + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort the DMA Transfer. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Disable DMA IT */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE)); + + /* Disable the channel */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma); + + /* Clear all flags */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << hdma->ChannelIndex); + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Aborts the DMA Transfer in Interrupt mode. + * @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + if(HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY != hdma->State) + { + /* no transfer ongoing */ + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER; + + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Disable DMA IT */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE)); + + /* Disable the channel */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma); + + /* Clear all flags */ + __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_GI_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + /* Call User Abort callback */ + if(hdma->XferAbortCallback != NULL) + { + hdma->XferAbortCallback(hdma); + } + } + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Polling for transfer complete. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @param CompleteLevel: Specifies the DMA level complete. + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t CompleteLevel, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t temp; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + if(HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY != hdma->State) + { + /* no transfer ongoing */ + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER; + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Polling mode not supported in circular mode */ + if (RESET != (hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC)) + { + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Get the level transfer complete flag */ + if(CompleteLevel == HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER) + { + /* Transfer Complete flag */ + temp = __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma); + } + else + { + /* Half Transfer Complete flag */ + temp = __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma); + } + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, temp) == RESET) + { + if((__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET)) + { + /* When a DMA transfer error occurs */ + /* A hardware clear of its EN bits is performed */ + /* Clear all flags */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << hdma->ChannelIndex); + + /* Update error code */ + SET_BIT(hdma->ErrorCode, HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE); + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State= HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + /* Update error code */ + SET_BIT(hdma->ErrorCode, HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT); + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + + if(CompleteLevel == HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER) + { + /* Clear the transfer complete flag */ + __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + + /* The selected Channelx EN bit is cleared (DMA is disabled and + all transfers are complete) */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + } + else + { + /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */ + __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handles DMA interrupt request. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + uint32_t flag_it = hdma->DmaBaseAddress->ISR; + uint32_t source_it = hdma->Instance->CCR; + + /* Half Transfer Complete Interrupt management ******************************/ + if (((flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_HT1 << hdma->ChannelIndex)) != RESET) && ((source_it & DMA_IT_HT) != RESET)) + { + /* Disable the half transfer interrupt if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */ + if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0U) + { + /* Disable the half transfer interrupt */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT); + } + /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */ + __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + + /* DMA peripheral state is not updated in Half Transfer */ + /* but in Transfer Complete case */ + + if(hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback != NULL) + { + /* Half transfer callback */ + hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback(hdma); + } + } + + /* Transfer Complete Interrupt management ***********************************/ + else if (((flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_TC1 << hdma->ChannelIndex)) != RESET) && ((source_it & DMA_IT_TC) != RESET)) + { + if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0U) + { + /* Disable the transfer complete and error interrupt */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TE | DMA_IT_TC); + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + } + /* Clear the transfer complete flag */ + __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + if(hdma->XferCpltCallback != NULL) + { + /* Transfer complete callback */ + hdma->XferCpltCallback(hdma); + } + } + + /* Transfer Error Interrupt management **************************************/ + else if (( RESET != (flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_TE1 << hdma->ChannelIndex))) && (RESET != (source_it & DMA_IT_TE))) + { + /* When a DMA transfer error occurs */ + /* A hardware clear of its EN bits is performed */ + /* Disable ALL DMA IT */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE)); + + /* Clear all flags */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << hdma->ChannelIndex); + + /* Update error code */ + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE; + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + if (hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL) + { + /* Transfer error callback */ + hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma); + } + } + return; +} + +/** + * @brief Register callbacks + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @param CallbackID: User Callback identifer + * a HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef ENUM as parameter. + * @param pCallback: pointer to private callbacsk function which has pointer to + * a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure as parameter. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_RegisterCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (* pCallback)( DMA_HandleTypeDef * _hdma)) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdma); + + if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_DMA_XFER_CPLT_CB_ID: + hdma->XferCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_DMA_XFER_HALFCPLT_CB_ID: + hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_DMA_XFER_ERROR_CB_ID: + hdma->XferErrorCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_DMA_XFER_ABORT_CB_ID: + hdma->XferAbortCallback = pCallback; + break; + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief UnRegister callbacks + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @param CallbackID: User Callback identifer + * a HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef ENUM as parameter. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_UnRegisterCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdma); + + if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_DMA_XFER_CPLT_CB_ID: + hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL; + break; + + case HAL_DMA_XFER_HALFCPLT_CB_ID: + hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + break; + + case HAL_DMA_XFER_ERROR_CB_ID: + hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL; + break; + + case HAL_DMA_XFER_ABORT_CB_ID: + hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + break; + + case HAL_DMA_XFER_ALL_CB_ID: + hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL; + hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL; + hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + break; + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions + * @brief Peripheral State and Errors functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides functions allowing to + (+) Check the DMA state + (+) Get error code + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the DMA hande state. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA_GetState(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* Return DMA handle state */ + return hdma->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the DMA error code. + * @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval DMA Error Code + */ +uint32_t HAL_DMA_GetError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + return hdma->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup DMA_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets the DMA Transfer parameter. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address + * @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address + * @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination + * @retval HAL status + */ +static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength) +{ + /* Clear all flags */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << hdma->ChannelIndex); + + /* Configure DMA Channel data length */ + hdma->Instance->CNDTR = DataLength; + + /* Memory to Peripheral */ + if((hdma->Init.Direction) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH) + { + /* Configure DMA Channel destination address */ + hdma->Instance->CPAR = DstAddress; + + /* Configure DMA Channel source address */ + hdma->Instance->CMAR = SrcAddress; + } + /* Peripheral to Memory */ + else + { + /* Configure DMA Channel source address */ + hdma->Instance->CPAR = SrcAddress; + + /* Configure DMA Channel destination address */ + hdma->Instance->CMAR = DstAddress; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_eth.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_eth.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..3f8642e0b42be25142c85b6771bb544bbc3546c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_eth.c @@ -0,0 +1,2043 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_eth.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief ETH HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Ethernet (ETH) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State and Errors functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#)Declare a ETH_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: + ETH_HandleTypeDef heth; + + (#)Fill parameters of Init structure in heth handle + + (#)Call HAL_ETH_Init() API to initialize the Ethernet peripheral (MAC, DMA, ...) + + (#)Initialize the ETH low level resources through the HAL_ETH_MspInit() API: + (##) Enable the Ethernet interface clock using + (+++) __HAL_RCC_ETHMAC_CLK_ENABLE(); + (+++) __HAL_RCC_ETHMACTX_CLK_ENABLE(); + (+++) __HAL_RCC_ETHMACRX_CLK_ENABLE(); + + (##) Initialize the related GPIO clocks + (##) Configure Ethernet pin-out + (##) Configure Ethernet NVIC interrupt (IT mode) + + (#)Initialize Ethernet DMA Descriptors in chain mode and point to allocated buffers: + (##) HAL_ETH_DMATxDescListInit(); for Transmission process + (##) HAL_ETH_DMARxDescListInit(); for Reception process + + (#)Enable MAC and DMA transmission and reception: + (##) HAL_ETH_Start(); + + (#)Prepare ETH DMA TX Descriptors and give the hand to ETH DMA to transfer + the frame to MAC TX FIFO: + (##) HAL_ETH_TransmitFrame(); + + (#)Poll for a received frame in ETH RX DMA Descriptors and get received + frame parameters + (##) HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame(); (should be called into an infinite loop) + + (#) Get a received frame when an ETH RX interrupt occurs: + (##) HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame_IT(); (called in IT mode only) + + (#) Communicate with external PHY device: + (##) Read a specific register from the PHY + HAL_ETH_ReadPHYRegister(); + (##) Write data to a specific RHY register: + HAL_ETH_WritePHYRegister(); + + (#) Configure the Ethernet MAC after ETH peripheral initialization + HAL_ETH_ConfigMAC(); all MAC parameters should be filled. + + (#) Configure the Ethernet DMA after ETH peripheral initialization + HAL_ETH_ConfigDMA(); all DMA parameters should be filled. + + -@- The PTP protocol and the DMA descriptors ring mode are not supported + in this driver + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ +#if defined (STM32F107xC) + +/** @defgroup ETH ETH + * @brief ETH HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_ETH_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup ETH_Private_Constants ETH Private Constants + * @{ + */ +#define ETH_TIMEOUT_SWRESET 500U +#define ETH_TIMEOUT_LINKED_STATE 5000U +#define ETH_TIMEOUT_AUTONEGO_COMPLETED 5000U + +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup ETH_Private_Functions ETH Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static void ETH_MACDMAConfig(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint32_t err); +static void ETH_MACAddressConfig(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint32_t MacAddr, uint8_t *Addr); +static void ETH_MACReceptionEnable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth); +static void ETH_MACReceptionDisable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth); +static void ETH_MACTransmissionEnable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth); +static void ETH_MACTransmissionDisable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth); +static void ETH_DMATransmissionEnable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth); +static void ETH_DMATransmissionDisable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth); +static void ETH_DMAReceptionEnable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth); +static void ETH_DMAReceptionDisable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth); +static void ETH_FlushTransmitFIFO(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth); +static void ETH_Delay(uint32_t mdelay); + +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup ETH_Exported_Functions ETH Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup ETH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the Ethernet peripheral + (+) De-initialize the Ethernet peripheral + + @endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the Ethernet MAC and DMA according to default + * parameters. + * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for ETHERNET module + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_Init(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0U, phyreg = 0U; + uint32_t hclk = 60000000U; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + uint32_t err = ETH_SUCCESS; + + /* Check the ETH peripheral state */ + if(heth == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ETH_AUTONEGOTIATION(heth->Init.AutoNegotiation)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_RX_MODE(heth->Init.RxMode)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_CHECKSUM_MODE(heth->Init.ChecksumMode)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_MEDIA_INTERFACE(heth->Init.MediaInterface)); + + if(heth->State == HAL_ETH_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + heth->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC. */ + HAL_ETH_MspInit(heth); + } + + /* Select MII or RMII Mode*/ + AFIO->MAPR &= ~(AFIO_MAPR_MII_RMII_SEL); + AFIO->MAPR |= (uint32_t)heth->Init.MediaInterface; + + /* Ethernet Software reset */ + /* Set the SWR bit: resets all MAC subsystem internal registers and logic */ + /* After reset all the registers holds their respective reset values */ + (heth->Instance)->DMABMR |= ETH_DMABMR_SR; + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait for software reset */ + while (((heth->Instance)->DMABMR & ETH_DMABMR_SR) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > ETH_TIMEOUT_SWRESET) + { + heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); + + /* Note: The SWR is not performed if the ETH_RX_CLK or the ETH_TX_CLK are + not available, please check your external PHY or the IO configuration */ + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /*-------------------------------- MAC Initialization ----------------------*/ + /* Get the ETHERNET MACMIIAR value */ + tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACMIIAR; + /* Clear CSR Clock Range CR[2:0] bits */ + tmpreg1 &= ETH_MACMIIAR_CR_MASK; + + /* Get hclk frequency value */ + hclk = HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq(); + + /* Set CR bits depending on hclk value */ + if((hclk >= 20000000U)&&(hclk < 35000000U)) + { + /* CSR Clock Range between 20-35 MHz */ + tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)ETH_MACMIIAR_CR_DIV16; + } + else if((hclk >= 35000000U)&&(hclk < 60000000U)) + { + /* CSR Clock Range between 35-60 MHz */ + tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)ETH_MACMIIAR_CR_DIV26; + } + else + { + /* CSR Clock Range between 60-72 MHz */ + tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)ETH_MACMIIAR_CR_DIV42; + } + + /* Write to ETHERNET MAC MIIAR: Configure the ETHERNET CSR Clock Range */ + (heth->Instance)->MACMIIAR = (uint32_t)tmpreg1; + + /*-------------------- PHY initialization and configuration ----------------*/ + /* Put the PHY in reset mode */ + if((HAL_ETH_WritePHYRegister(heth, PHY_BCR, PHY_RESET)) != HAL_OK) + { + /* In case of write timeout */ + err = ETH_ERROR; + + /* Config MAC and DMA */ + ETH_MACDMAConfig(heth, err); + + /* Set the ETH peripheral state to READY */ + heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; + + /* Return HAL_ERROR */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Delay to assure PHY reset */ + HAL_Delay(PHY_RESET_DELAY); + + if((heth->Init).AutoNegotiation != ETH_AUTONEGOTIATION_DISABLE) + { + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* We wait for linked status */ + do + { + HAL_ETH_ReadPHYRegister(heth, PHY_BSR, &phyreg); + + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > ETH_TIMEOUT_LINKED_STATE) + { + /* In case of write timeout */ + err = ETH_ERROR; + + /* Config MAC and DMA */ + ETH_MACDMAConfig(heth, err); + + heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } while (((phyreg & PHY_LINKED_STATUS) != PHY_LINKED_STATUS)); + + + /* Enable Auto-Negotiation */ + if((HAL_ETH_WritePHYRegister(heth, PHY_BCR, PHY_AUTONEGOTIATION)) != HAL_OK) + { + /* In case of write timeout */ + err = ETH_ERROR; + + /* Config MAC and DMA */ + ETH_MACDMAConfig(heth, err); + + /* Set the ETH peripheral state to READY */ + heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; + + /* Return HAL_ERROR */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait until the auto-negotiation will be completed */ + do + { + HAL_ETH_ReadPHYRegister(heth, PHY_BSR, &phyreg); + + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > ETH_TIMEOUT_AUTONEGO_COMPLETED) + { + /* In case of write timeout */ + err = ETH_ERROR; + + /* Config MAC and DMA */ + ETH_MACDMAConfig(heth, err); + + heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + } while (((phyreg & PHY_AUTONEGO_COMPLETE) != PHY_AUTONEGO_COMPLETE)); + + /* Read the result of the auto-negotiation */ + if((HAL_ETH_ReadPHYRegister(heth, PHY_SR, &phyreg)) != HAL_OK) + { + /* In case of write timeout */ + err = ETH_ERROR; + + /* Config MAC and DMA */ + ETH_MACDMAConfig(heth, err); + + /* Set the ETH peripheral state to READY */ + heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; + + /* Return HAL_ERROR */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Configure the MAC with the Duplex Mode fixed by the auto-negotiation process */ + if((phyreg & PHY_DUPLEX_STATUS) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Set Ethernet duplex mode to Full-duplex following the auto-negotiation */ + (heth->Init).DuplexMode = ETH_MODE_FULLDUPLEX; + } + else + { + /* Set Ethernet duplex mode to Half-duplex following the auto-negotiation */ + (heth->Init).DuplexMode = ETH_MODE_HALFDUPLEX; + } + /* Configure the MAC with the speed fixed by the auto-negotiation process */ + if((phyreg & PHY_SPEED_STATUS) == PHY_SPEED_STATUS) + { + /* Set Ethernet speed to 10M following the auto-negotiation */ + (heth->Init).Speed = ETH_SPEED_10M; + } + else + { + /* Set Ethernet speed to 100M following the auto-negotiation */ + (heth->Init).Speed = ETH_SPEED_100M; + } + } + else /* AutoNegotiation Disable */ + { + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ETH_SPEED(heth->Init.Speed)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_DUPLEX_MODE(heth->Init.DuplexMode)); + + /* Set MAC Speed and Duplex Mode */ + if(HAL_ETH_WritePHYRegister(heth, PHY_BCR, ((uint16_t)((heth->Init).DuplexMode >> 3U) | + (uint16_t)((heth->Init).Speed >> 1U))) != HAL_OK) + { + /* In case of write timeout */ + err = ETH_ERROR; + + /* Config MAC and DMA */ + ETH_MACDMAConfig(heth, err); + + /* Set the ETH peripheral state to READY */ + heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; + + /* Return HAL_ERROR */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Delay to assure PHY configuration */ + HAL_Delay(PHY_CONFIG_DELAY); + } + + /* Config MAC and DMA */ + ETH_MACDMAConfig(heth, err); + + /* Set ETH HAL State to Ready */ + heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief De-Initializes the ETH peripheral. + * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for ETHERNET module + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_DeInit(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) +{ + /* Set the ETH peripheral state to BUSY */ + heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY; + + /* De-Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC. */ + HAL_ETH_MspDeInit(heth); + + /* Set ETH HAL state to Disabled */ + heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the DMA Tx descriptors in chain mode. + * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for ETHERNET module + * @param DMATxDescTab: Pointer to the first Tx desc list + * @param TxBuff: Pointer to the first TxBuffer list + * @param TxBuffCount: Number of the used Tx desc in the list + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_DMATxDescListInit(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, ETH_DMADescTypeDef *DMATxDescTab, uint8_t *TxBuff, uint32_t TxBuffCount) +{ + uint32_t i = 0U; + ETH_DMADescTypeDef *dmatxdesc; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(heth); + + /* Set the ETH peripheral state to BUSY */ + heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Set the DMATxDescToSet pointer with the first one of the DMATxDescTab list */ + heth->TxDesc = DMATxDescTab; + + /* Fill each DMATxDesc descriptor with the right values */ + for(i=0U; i < TxBuffCount; i++) + { + /* Get the pointer on the ith member of the Tx Desc list */ + dmatxdesc = DMATxDescTab + i; + + /* Set Second Address Chained bit */ + dmatxdesc->Status = ETH_DMATXDESC_TCH; + + /* Set Buffer1 address pointer */ + dmatxdesc->Buffer1Addr = (uint32_t)(&TxBuff[i*ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE]); + + if ((heth->Init).ChecksumMode == ETH_CHECKSUM_BY_HARDWARE) + { + /* Set the DMA Tx descriptors checksum insertion */ + dmatxdesc->Status |= ETH_DMATXDESC_CHECKSUMTCPUDPICMPFULL; + } + + /* Initialize the next descriptor with the Next Descriptor Polling Enable */ + if(i < (TxBuffCount-1U)) + { + /* Set next descriptor address register with next descriptor base address */ + dmatxdesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr = (uint32_t)(DMATxDescTab+i+1U); + } + else + { + /* For last descriptor, set next descriptor address register equal to the first descriptor base address */ + dmatxdesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr = (uint32_t) DMATxDescTab; + } + } + + /* Set Transmit Descriptor List Address Register */ + (heth->Instance)->DMATDLAR = (uint32_t) DMATxDescTab; + + /* Set ETH HAL State to Ready */ + heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the DMA Rx descriptors in chain mode. + * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for ETHERNET module + * @param DMARxDescTab: Pointer to the first Rx desc list + * @param RxBuff: Pointer to the first RxBuffer list + * @param RxBuffCount: Number of the used Rx desc in the list + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_DMARxDescListInit(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, ETH_DMADescTypeDef *DMARxDescTab, uint8_t *RxBuff, uint32_t RxBuffCount) +{ + uint32_t i = 0U; + ETH_DMADescTypeDef *DMARxDesc; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(heth); + + /* Set the ETH peripheral state to BUSY */ + heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Set the Ethernet RxDesc pointer with the first one of the DMARxDescTab list */ + heth->RxDesc = DMARxDescTab; + + /* Fill each DMARxDesc descriptor with the right values */ + for(i=0U; i < RxBuffCount; i++) + { + /* Get the pointer on the ith member of the Rx Desc list */ + DMARxDesc = DMARxDescTab+i; + + /* Set Own bit of the Rx descriptor Status */ + DMARxDesc->Status = ETH_DMARXDESC_OWN; + + /* Set Buffer1 size and Second Address Chained bit */ + DMARxDesc->ControlBufferSize = ETH_DMARXDESC_RCH | ETH_RX_BUF_SIZE; + + /* Set Buffer1 address pointer */ + DMARxDesc->Buffer1Addr = (uint32_t)(&RxBuff[i*ETH_RX_BUF_SIZE]); + + if((heth->Init).RxMode == ETH_RXINTERRUPT_MODE) + { + /* Enable Ethernet DMA Rx Descriptor interrupt */ + DMARxDesc->ControlBufferSize &= ~ETH_DMARXDESC_DIC; + } + + /* Initialize the next descriptor with the Next Descriptor Polling Enable */ + if(i < (RxBuffCount-1U)) + { + /* Set next descriptor address register with next descriptor base address */ + DMARxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr = (uint32_t)(DMARxDescTab+i+1U); + } + else + { + /* For last descriptor, set next descriptor address register equal to the first descriptor base address */ + DMARxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr = (uint32_t)(DMARxDescTab); + } + } + + /* Set Receive Descriptor List Address Register */ + (heth->Instance)->DMARDLAR = (uint32_t) DMARxDescTab; + + /* Set ETH HAL State to Ready */ + heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the ETH MSP. + * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for ETHERNET module + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ETH_MspInit(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(heth); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_ETH_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes ETH MSP. + * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for ETHERNET module + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ETH_MspDeInit(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(heth); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_ETH_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ETH_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Transmit a frame + HAL_ETH_TransmitFrame(); + (+) Receive a frame + HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame(); + HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame_IT(); + (+) Read from an External PHY register + HAL_ETH_ReadPHYRegister(); + (+) Write to an External PHY register + HAL_ETH_WritePHYRegister(); + + @endverbatim + + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sends an Ethernet frame. + * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for ETHERNET module + * @param FrameLength: Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_TransmitFrame(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint32_t FrameLength) +{ + uint32_t bufcount = 0U, size = 0U, i = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(heth); + + /* Set the ETH peripheral state to BUSY */ + heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY; + + if (FrameLength == 0U) + { + /* Set ETH HAL state to READY */ + heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check if the descriptor is owned by the ETHERNET DMA (when set) or CPU (when reset) */ + if(((heth->TxDesc)->Status & ETH_DMATXDESC_OWN) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* OWN bit set */ + heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Get the number of needed Tx buffers for the current frame */ + if (FrameLength > ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE) + { + bufcount = FrameLength/ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE; + if (FrameLength % ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE) + { + bufcount++; + } + } + else + { + bufcount = 1U; + } + if (bufcount == 1U) + { + /* Set LAST and FIRST segment */ + heth->TxDesc->Status |=ETH_DMATXDESC_FS|ETH_DMATXDESC_LS; + /* Set frame size */ + heth->TxDesc->ControlBufferSize = (FrameLength & ETH_DMATXDESC_TBS1); + /* Set Own bit of the Tx descriptor Status: gives the buffer back to ETHERNET DMA */ + heth->TxDesc->Status |= ETH_DMATXDESC_OWN; + /* Point to next descriptor */ + heth->TxDesc= (ETH_DMADescTypeDef *)(heth->TxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr); + } + else + { + for (i=0U; i< bufcount; i++) + { + /* Clear FIRST and LAST segment bits */ + heth->TxDesc->Status &= ~(ETH_DMATXDESC_FS | ETH_DMATXDESC_LS); + + if (i == 0U) + { + /* Setting the first segment bit */ + heth->TxDesc->Status |= ETH_DMATXDESC_FS; + } + + /* Program size */ + heth->TxDesc->ControlBufferSize = (ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE & ETH_DMATXDESC_TBS1); + + if (i == (bufcount-1U)) + { + /* Setting the last segment bit */ + heth->TxDesc->Status |= ETH_DMATXDESC_LS; + size = FrameLength - (bufcount-1U)*ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE; + heth->TxDesc->ControlBufferSize = (size & ETH_DMATXDESC_TBS1); + } + + /* Set Own bit of the Tx descriptor Status: gives the buffer back to ETHERNET DMA */ + heth->TxDesc->Status |= ETH_DMATXDESC_OWN; + /* point to next descriptor */ + heth->TxDesc = (ETH_DMADescTypeDef *)(heth->TxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr); + } + } + + /* When Tx Buffer unavailable flag is set: clear it and resume transmission */ + if (((heth->Instance)->DMASR & ETH_DMASR_TBUS) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Clear TBUS ETHERNET DMA flag */ + (heth->Instance)->DMASR = ETH_DMASR_TBUS; + /* Resume DMA transmission*/ + (heth->Instance)->DMATPDR = 0U; + } + + /* Set ETH HAL State to Ready */ + heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks for received frames. + * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for ETHERNET module + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) +{ + uint32_t framelength = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(heth); + + /* Check the ETH state to BUSY */ + heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Check if segment is not owned by DMA */ + /* (((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_OWN) == (uint32_t)RESET) && ((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_LS) != (uint32_t)RESET)) */ + if(((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_OWN) == (uint32_t)RESET)) + { + /* Check if last segment */ + if(((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_LS) != (uint32_t)RESET)) + { + /* increment segment count */ + (heth->RxFrameInfos).SegCount++; + + /* Check if last segment is first segment: one segment contains the frame */ + if ((heth->RxFrameInfos).SegCount == 1U) + { + (heth->RxFrameInfos).FSRxDesc =heth->RxDesc; + } + + heth->RxFrameInfos.LSRxDesc = heth->RxDesc; + + /* Get the Frame Length of the received packet: substruct 4 bytes of the CRC */ + framelength = (((heth->RxDesc)->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_FL) >> ETH_DMARXDESC_FRAMELENGTHSHIFT) - 4U; + heth->RxFrameInfos.length = framelength; + + /* Get the address of the buffer start address */ + heth->RxFrameInfos.buffer = ((heth->RxFrameInfos).FSRxDesc)->Buffer1Addr; + /* point to next descriptor */ + heth->RxDesc = (ETH_DMADescTypeDef*) ((heth->RxDesc)->Buffer2NextDescAddr); + + /* Set HAL State to Ready */ + heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; + } + /* Check if first segment */ + else if((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_FS) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + (heth->RxFrameInfos).FSRxDesc = heth->RxDesc; + (heth->RxFrameInfos).LSRxDesc = NULL; + (heth->RxFrameInfos).SegCount = 1U; + /* Point to next descriptor */ + heth->RxDesc = (ETH_DMADescTypeDef*) (heth->RxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr); + } + /* Check if intermediate segment */ + else + { + (heth->RxFrameInfos).SegCount++; + /* Point to next descriptor */ + heth->RxDesc = (ETH_DMADescTypeDef*) (heth->RxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr); + } + } + + /* Set ETH HAL State to Ready */ + heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_ERROR; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the Received frame in interrupt mode. + * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for ETHERNET module + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame_IT(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) +{ + uint32_t descriptorscancounter = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(heth); + + /* Set ETH HAL State to BUSY */ + heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Scan descriptors owned by CPU */ + while (((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_OWN) == (uint32_t)RESET) && (descriptorscancounter < ETH_RXBUFNB)) + { + /* Just for security */ + descriptorscancounter++; + + /* Check if first segment in frame */ + /* ((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_FS) != (uint32_t)RESET) && ((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_LS) == (uint32_t)RESET)) */ + if((heth->RxDesc->Status & (ETH_DMARXDESC_FS | ETH_DMARXDESC_LS)) == (uint32_t)ETH_DMARXDESC_FS) + { + heth->RxFrameInfos.FSRxDesc = heth->RxDesc; + heth->RxFrameInfos.SegCount = 1U; + /* Point to next descriptor */ + heth->RxDesc = (ETH_DMADescTypeDef*) (heth->RxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr); + } + /* Check if intermediate segment */ + /* ((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_LS) == (uint32_t)RESET)&& ((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_FS) == (uint32_t)RESET)) */ + else if ((heth->RxDesc->Status & (ETH_DMARXDESC_LS | ETH_DMARXDESC_FS)) == (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Increment segment count */ + (heth->RxFrameInfos.SegCount)++; + /* Point to next descriptor */ + heth->RxDesc = (ETH_DMADescTypeDef*)(heth->RxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr); + } + /* Should be last segment */ + else + { + /* Last segment */ + heth->RxFrameInfos.LSRxDesc = heth->RxDesc; + + /* Increment segment count */ + (heth->RxFrameInfos.SegCount)++; + + /* Check if last segment is first segment: one segment contains the frame */ + if ((heth->RxFrameInfos.SegCount) == 1U) + { + heth->RxFrameInfos.FSRxDesc = heth->RxDesc; + } + + /* Get the Frame Length of the received packet: substruct 4 bytes of the CRC */ + heth->RxFrameInfos.length = (((heth->RxDesc)->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_FL) >> ETH_DMARXDESC_FRAMELENGTHSHIFT) - 4U; + + /* Get the address of the buffer start address */ + heth->RxFrameInfos.buffer =((heth->RxFrameInfos).FSRxDesc)->Buffer1Addr; + + /* Point to next descriptor */ + heth->RxDesc = (ETH_DMADescTypeDef*) (heth->RxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr); + + /* Set HAL State to Ready */ + heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; + } + } + + /* Set HAL State to Ready */ + heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_ERROR; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles ETH interrupt request. + * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for ETHERNET module + * @retval HAL status + */ +void HAL_ETH_IRQHandler(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) +{ + /* Frame received */ + if (__HAL_ETH_DMA_GET_FLAG(heth, ETH_DMA_FLAG_R)) + { + /* Receive complete callback */ + HAL_ETH_RxCpltCallback(heth); + + /* Clear the Eth DMA Rx IT pending bits */ + __HAL_ETH_DMA_CLEAR_IT(heth, ETH_DMA_IT_R); + + /* Set HAL State to Ready */ + heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); + + } + /* Frame transmitted */ + else if (__HAL_ETH_DMA_GET_FLAG(heth, ETH_DMA_FLAG_T)) + { + /* Transfer complete callback */ + HAL_ETH_TxCpltCallback(heth); + + /* Clear the Eth DMA Tx IT pending bits */ + __HAL_ETH_DMA_CLEAR_IT(heth, ETH_DMA_IT_T); + + /* Set HAL State to Ready */ + heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); + } + + /* Clear the interrupt flags */ + __HAL_ETH_DMA_CLEAR_IT(heth, ETH_DMA_IT_NIS); + + /* ETH DMA Error */ + if(__HAL_ETH_DMA_GET_FLAG(heth, ETH_DMA_FLAG_AIS)) + { + /* Ethernet Error callback */ + HAL_ETH_ErrorCallback(heth); + + /* Clear the interrupt flags */ + __HAL_ETH_DMA_CLEAR_IT(heth, ETH_DMA_FLAG_AIS); + + /* Set HAL State to Ready */ + heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Transfer completed callbacks. + * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for ETHERNET module + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ETH_TxCpltCallback(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(heth); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_ETH_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Transfer completed callbacks. + * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for ETHERNET module + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ETH_RxCpltCallback(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(heth); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_ETH_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Ethernet transfer error callbacks + * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for ETHERNET module + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ETH_ErrorCallback(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(heth); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_ETH_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Reads a PHY register + * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for ETHERNET module + * @param PHYReg: PHY register address, is the index of one of the 32 PHY register. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * PHY_BCR: Transceiver Basic Control Register, + * PHY_BSR: Transceiver Basic Status Register. + * More PHY register could be read depending on the used PHY + * @param RegValue: PHY register value + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_ReadPHYRegister(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint16_t PHYReg, uint32_t *RegValue) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0U; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ETH_PHY_ADDRESS(heth->Init.PhyAddress)); + + /* Check the ETH peripheral state */ + if(heth->State == HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY_RD) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + /* Set ETH HAL State to BUSY_RD */ + heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY_RD; + + /* Get the ETHERNET MACMIIAR value */ + tmpreg1 = heth->Instance->MACMIIAR; + + /* Keep only the CSR Clock Range CR[2:0] bits value */ + tmpreg1 &= ~ETH_MACMIIAR_CR_MASK; + + /* Prepare the MII address register value */ + tmpreg1 |=(((uint32_t)heth->Init.PhyAddress << 11U) & ETH_MACMIIAR_PA); /* Set the PHY device address */ + tmpreg1 |=(((uint32_t)PHYReg<<6U) & ETH_MACMIIAR_MR); /* Set the PHY register address */ + tmpreg1 &= ~ETH_MACMIIAR_MW; /* Set the read mode */ + tmpreg1 |= ETH_MACMIIAR_MB; /* Set the MII Busy bit */ + + /* Write the result value into the MII Address register */ + heth->Instance->MACMIIAR = tmpreg1; + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Check for the Busy flag */ + while((tmpreg1 & ETH_MACMIIAR_MB) == ETH_MACMIIAR_MB) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PHY_READ_TO) + { + heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + tmpreg1 = heth->Instance->MACMIIAR; + } + + /* Get MACMIIDR value */ + *RegValue = (uint16_t)(heth->Instance->MACMIIDR); + + /* Set ETH HAL State to READY */ + heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Writes to a PHY register. + * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for ETHERNET module + * @param PHYReg: PHY register address, is the index of one of the 32 PHY register. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * PHY_BCR: Transceiver Control Register. + * More PHY register could be written depending on the used PHY + * @param RegValue: the value to write + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_WritePHYRegister(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint16_t PHYReg, uint32_t RegValue) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0U; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ETH_PHY_ADDRESS(heth->Init.PhyAddress)); + + /* Check the ETH peripheral state */ + if(heth->State == HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY_WR) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + /* Set ETH HAL State to BUSY_WR */ + heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY_WR; + + /* Get the ETHERNET MACMIIAR value */ + tmpreg1 = heth->Instance->MACMIIAR; + + /* Keep only the CSR Clock Range CR[2:0] bits value */ + tmpreg1 &= ~ETH_MACMIIAR_CR_MASK; + + /* Prepare the MII register address value */ + tmpreg1 |=(((uint32_t)heth->Init.PhyAddress<<11U) & ETH_MACMIIAR_PA); /* Set the PHY device address */ + tmpreg1 |=(((uint32_t)PHYReg<<6U) & ETH_MACMIIAR_MR); /* Set the PHY register address */ + tmpreg1 |= ETH_MACMIIAR_MW; /* Set the write mode */ + tmpreg1 |= ETH_MACMIIAR_MB; /* Set the MII Busy bit */ + + /* Give the value to the MII data register */ + heth->Instance->MACMIIDR = (uint16_t)RegValue; + + /* Write the result value into the MII Address register */ + heth->Instance->MACMIIAR = tmpreg1; + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Check for the Busy flag */ + while((tmpreg1 & ETH_MACMIIAR_MB) == ETH_MACMIIAR_MB) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PHY_WRITE_TO) + { + heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + tmpreg1 = heth->Instance->MACMIIAR; + } + + /* Set ETH HAL State to READY */ + heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ETH_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Enable MAC and DMA transmission and reception. + HAL_ETH_Start(); + (+) Disable MAC and DMA transmission and reception. + HAL_ETH_Stop(); + (+) Set the MAC configuration in runtime mode + HAL_ETH_ConfigMAC(); + (+) Set the DMA configuration in runtime mode + HAL_ETH_ConfigDMA(); + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + + /** + * @brief Enables Ethernet MAC and DMA reception/transmission + * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for ETHERNET module + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_Start(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(heth); + + /* Set the ETH peripheral state to BUSY */ + heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Enable transmit state machine of the MAC for transmission on the MII */ + ETH_MACTransmissionEnable(heth); + + /* Enable receive state machine of the MAC for reception from the MII */ + ETH_MACReceptionEnable(heth); + + /* Flush Transmit FIFO */ + ETH_FlushTransmitFIFO(heth); + + /* Start DMA transmission */ + ETH_DMATransmissionEnable(heth); + + /* Start DMA reception */ + ETH_DMAReceptionEnable(heth); + + /* Set the ETH state to READY*/ + heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop Ethernet MAC and DMA reception/transmission + * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for ETHERNET module + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_Stop(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(heth); + + /* Set the ETH peripheral state to BUSY */ + heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Stop DMA transmission */ + ETH_DMATransmissionDisable(heth); + + /* Stop DMA reception */ + ETH_DMAReceptionDisable(heth); + + /* Disable receive state machine of the MAC for reception from the MII */ + ETH_MACReceptionDisable(heth); + + /* Flush Transmit FIFO */ + ETH_FlushTransmitFIFO(heth); + + /* Disable transmit state machine of the MAC for transmission on the MII */ + ETH_MACTransmissionDisable(heth); + + /* Set the ETH state*/ + heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Set ETH MAC Configuration. + * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for ETHERNET module + * @param macconf: MAC Configuration structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_ConfigMAC(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, ETH_MACInitTypeDef *macconf) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(heth); + + /* Set the ETH peripheral state to BUSY */ + heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY; + + assert_param(IS_ETH_SPEED(heth->Init.Speed)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_DUPLEX_MODE(heth->Init.DuplexMode)); + + if (macconf != NULL) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ETH_WATCHDOG(macconf->Watchdog)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_JABBER(macconf->Jabber)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_INTER_FRAME_GAP(macconf->InterFrameGap)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_CARRIER_SENSE(macconf->CarrierSense)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_RECEIVE_OWN(macconf->ReceiveOwn)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_LOOPBACK_MODE(macconf->LoopbackMode)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_CHECKSUM_OFFLOAD(macconf->ChecksumOffload)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_RETRY_TRANSMISSION(macconf->RetryTransmission)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_AUTOMATIC_PADCRC_STRIP(macconf->AutomaticPadCRCStrip)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_BACKOFF_LIMIT(macconf->BackOffLimit)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_DEFERRAL_CHECK(macconf->DeferralCheck)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_RECEIVE_ALL(macconf->ReceiveAll)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_SOURCE_ADDR_FILTER(macconf->SourceAddrFilter)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_CONTROL_FRAMES(macconf->PassControlFrames)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_BROADCAST_FRAMES_RECEPTION(macconf->BroadcastFramesReception)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_DESTINATION_ADDR_FILTER(macconf->DestinationAddrFilter)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_PROMISCUOUS_MODE(macconf->PromiscuousMode)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_MULTICAST_FRAMES_FILTER(macconf->MulticastFramesFilter)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_UNICAST_FRAMES_FILTER(macconf->UnicastFramesFilter)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_PAUSE_TIME(macconf->PauseTime)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_ZEROQUANTA_PAUSE(macconf->ZeroQuantaPause)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_PAUSE_LOW_THRESHOLD(macconf->PauseLowThreshold)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_UNICAST_PAUSE_FRAME_DETECT(macconf->UnicastPauseFrameDetect)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_RECEIVE_FLOWCONTROL(macconf->ReceiveFlowControl)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_TRANSMIT_FLOWCONTROL(macconf->TransmitFlowControl)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_VLAN_TAG_COMPARISON(macconf->VLANTagComparison)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_VLAN_TAG_IDENTIFIER(macconf->VLANTagIdentifier)); + + /*------------------------ ETHERNET MACCR Configuration --------------------*/ + /* Get the ETHERNET MACCR value */ + tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACCR; + /* Clear WD, PCE, PS, TE and RE bits */ + tmpreg1 &= ETH_MACCR_CLEAR_MASK; + + tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)(macconf->Watchdog | + macconf->Jabber | + macconf->InterFrameGap | + macconf->CarrierSense | + (heth->Init).Speed | + macconf->ReceiveOwn | + macconf->LoopbackMode | + (heth->Init).DuplexMode | + macconf->ChecksumOffload | + macconf->RetryTransmission | + macconf->AutomaticPadCRCStrip | + macconf->BackOffLimit | + macconf->DeferralCheck); + + /* Write to ETHERNET MACCR */ + (heth->Instance)->MACCR = (uint32_t)tmpreg1; + + /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account : + at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ + tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACCR; + HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); + (heth->Instance)->MACCR = tmpreg1; + + /*----------------------- ETHERNET MACFFR Configuration --------------------*/ + /* Write to ETHERNET MACFFR */ + (heth->Instance)->MACFFR = (uint32_t)(macconf->ReceiveAll | + macconf->SourceAddrFilter | + macconf->PassControlFrames | + macconf->BroadcastFramesReception | + macconf->DestinationAddrFilter | + macconf->PromiscuousMode | + macconf->MulticastFramesFilter | + macconf->UnicastFramesFilter); + + /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account : + at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ + tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACFFR; + HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); + (heth->Instance)->MACFFR = tmpreg1; + + /*--------------- ETHERNET MACHTHR and MACHTLR Configuration ---------------*/ + /* Write to ETHERNET MACHTHR */ + (heth->Instance)->MACHTHR = (uint32_t)macconf->HashTableHigh; + + /* Write to ETHERNET MACHTLR */ + (heth->Instance)->MACHTLR = (uint32_t)macconf->HashTableLow; + /*----------------------- ETHERNET MACFCR Configuration --------------------*/ + + /* Get the ETHERNET MACFCR value */ + tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACFCR; + /* Clear xx bits */ + tmpreg1 &= ETH_MACFCR_CLEAR_MASK; + + tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)((macconf->PauseTime << 16U) | + macconf->ZeroQuantaPause | + macconf->PauseLowThreshold | + macconf->UnicastPauseFrameDetect | + macconf->ReceiveFlowControl | + macconf->TransmitFlowControl); + + /* Write to ETHERNET MACFCR */ + (heth->Instance)->MACFCR = (uint32_t)tmpreg1; + + /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account : + at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ + tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACFCR; + HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); + (heth->Instance)->MACFCR = tmpreg1; + + /*----------------------- ETHERNET MACVLANTR Configuration -----------------*/ + (heth->Instance)->MACVLANTR = (uint32_t)(macconf->VLANTagComparison | + macconf->VLANTagIdentifier); + + /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account : + at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ + tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACVLANTR; + HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); + (heth->Instance)->MACVLANTR = tmpreg1; + } + else /* macconf == NULL : here we just configure Speed and Duplex mode */ + { + /*------------------------ ETHERNET MACCR Configuration --------------------*/ + /* Get the ETHERNET MACCR value */ + tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACCR; + + /* Clear FES and DM bits */ + tmpreg1 &= ~(0x00004800U); + + tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)(heth->Init.Speed | heth->Init.DuplexMode); + + /* Write to ETHERNET MACCR */ + (heth->Instance)->MACCR = (uint32_t)tmpreg1; + + /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account: + at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ + tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACCR; + HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); + (heth->Instance)->MACCR = tmpreg1; + } + + /* Set the ETH state to Ready */ + heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets ETH DMA Configuration. + * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for ETHERNET module + * @param dmaconf: DMA Configuration structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_ConfigDMA(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, ETH_DMAInitTypeDef *dmaconf) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(heth); + + /* Set the ETH peripheral state to BUSY */ + heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ETH_DROP_TCPIP_CHECKSUM_FRAME(dmaconf->DropTCPIPChecksumErrorFrame)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_RECEIVE_STORE_FORWARD(dmaconf->ReceiveStoreForward)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_FLUSH_RECEIVE_FRAME(dmaconf->FlushReceivedFrame)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_TRANSMIT_STORE_FORWARD(dmaconf->TransmitStoreForward)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_TRANSMIT_THRESHOLD_CONTROL(dmaconf->TransmitThresholdControl)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_FORWARD_ERROR_FRAMES(dmaconf->ForwardErrorFrames)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_FORWARD_UNDERSIZED_GOOD_FRAMES(dmaconf->ForwardUndersizedGoodFrames)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_RECEIVE_THRESHOLD_CONTROL(dmaconf->ReceiveThresholdControl)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_SECOND_FRAME_OPERATE(dmaconf->SecondFrameOperate)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_ADDRESS_ALIGNED_BEATS(dmaconf->AddressAlignedBeats)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_FIXED_BURST(dmaconf->FixedBurst)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_RXDMA_BURST_LENGTH(dmaconf->RxDMABurstLength)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_TXDMA_BURST_LENGTH(dmaconf->TxDMABurstLength)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_DMA_DESC_SKIP_LENGTH(dmaconf->DescriptorSkipLength)); + assert_param(IS_ETH_DMA_ARBITRATION_ROUNDROBIN_RXTX(dmaconf->DMAArbitration)); + + /*----------------------- ETHERNET DMAOMR Configuration --------------------*/ + /* Get the ETHERNET DMAOMR value */ + tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR; + /* Clear xx bits */ + tmpreg1 &= ETH_DMAOMR_CLEAR_MASK; + + tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)(dmaconf->DropTCPIPChecksumErrorFrame | + dmaconf->ReceiveStoreForward | + dmaconf->FlushReceivedFrame | + dmaconf->TransmitStoreForward | + dmaconf->TransmitThresholdControl | + dmaconf->ForwardErrorFrames | + dmaconf->ForwardUndersizedGoodFrames | + dmaconf->ReceiveThresholdControl | + dmaconf->SecondFrameOperate); + + /* Write to ETHERNET DMAOMR */ + (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR = (uint32_t)tmpreg1; + + /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account: + at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ + tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR; + HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); + (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR = tmpreg1; + + /*----------------------- ETHERNET DMABMR Configuration --------------------*/ + (heth->Instance)->DMABMR = (uint32_t)(dmaconf->AddressAlignedBeats | + dmaconf->FixedBurst | + dmaconf->RxDMABurstLength | /* !! if 4xPBL is selected for Tx or Rx it is applied for the other */ + dmaconf->TxDMABurstLength | + (dmaconf->DescriptorSkipLength << 2U) | + dmaconf->DMAArbitration | + ETH_DMABMR_USP); /* Enable use of separate PBL for Rx and Tx */ + + /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account: + at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ + tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->DMABMR; + HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); + (heth->Instance)->DMABMR = tmpreg1; + + /* Set the ETH state to Ready */ + heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(heth); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ETH_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions + * @brief Peripheral State functions + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral + and the data flow. + (+) Get the ETH handle state: + HAL_ETH_GetState(); + + + @endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the ETH HAL state + * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for ETHERNET module + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_ETH_StateTypeDef HAL_ETH_GetState(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) +{ + /* Return ETH state */ + return heth->State; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup ETH_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures Ethernet MAC and DMA with default parameters. + * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for ETHERNET module + * @param err: Ethernet Init error + * @retval HAL status + */ +static void ETH_MACDMAConfig(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint32_t err) +{ + ETH_MACInitTypeDef macinit; + ETH_DMAInitTypeDef dmainit; + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0U; + + if (err != ETH_SUCCESS) /* Auto-negotiation failed */ + { + /* Set Ethernet duplex mode to Full-duplex */ + (heth->Init).DuplexMode = ETH_MODE_FULLDUPLEX; + + /* Set Ethernet speed to 100M */ + (heth->Init).Speed = ETH_SPEED_100M; + } + + /* Ethernet MAC default initialization **************************************/ + macinit.Watchdog = ETH_WATCHDOG_ENABLE; + macinit.Jabber = ETH_JABBER_ENABLE; + macinit.InterFrameGap = ETH_INTERFRAMEGAP_96BIT; + macinit.CarrierSense = ETH_CARRIERSENCE_ENABLE; + macinit.ReceiveOwn = ETH_RECEIVEOWN_ENABLE; + macinit.LoopbackMode = ETH_LOOPBACKMODE_DISABLE; + if(heth->Init.ChecksumMode == ETH_CHECKSUM_BY_HARDWARE) + { + macinit.ChecksumOffload = ETH_CHECKSUMOFFLAOD_ENABLE; + } + else + { + macinit.ChecksumOffload = ETH_CHECKSUMOFFLAOD_DISABLE; + } + macinit.RetryTransmission = ETH_RETRYTRANSMISSION_DISABLE; + macinit.AutomaticPadCRCStrip = ETH_AUTOMATICPADCRCSTRIP_DISABLE; + macinit.BackOffLimit = ETH_BACKOFFLIMIT_10; + macinit.DeferralCheck = ETH_DEFFERRALCHECK_DISABLE; + macinit.ReceiveAll = ETH_RECEIVEAll_DISABLE; + macinit.SourceAddrFilter = ETH_SOURCEADDRFILTER_DISABLE; + macinit.PassControlFrames = ETH_PASSCONTROLFRAMES_BLOCKALL; + macinit.BroadcastFramesReception = ETH_BROADCASTFRAMESRECEPTION_ENABLE; + macinit.DestinationAddrFilter = ETH_DESTINATIONADDRFILTER_NORMAL; + macinit.PromiscuousMode = ETH_PROMISCUOUS_MODE_DISABLE; + macinit.MulticastFramesFilter = ETH_MULTICASTFRAMESFILTER_PERFECT; + macinit.UnicastFramesFilter = ETH_UNICASTFRAMESFILTER_PERFECT; + macinit.HashTableHigh = 0x0U; + macinit.HashTableLow = 0x0U; + macinit.PauseTime = 0x0U; + macinit.ZeroQuantaPause = ETH_ZEROQUANTAPAUSE_DISABLE; + macinit.PauseLowThreshold = ETH_PAUSELOWTHRESHOLD_MINUS4; + macinit.UnicastPauseFrameDetect = ETH_UNICASTPAUSEFRAMEDETECT_DISABLE; + macinit.ReceiveFlowControl = ETH_RECEIVEFLOWCONTROL_DISABLE; + macinit.TransmitFlowControl = ETH_TRANSMITFLOWCONTROL_DISABLE; + macinit.VLANTagComparison = ETH_VLANTAGCOMPARISON_16BIT; + macinit.VLANTagIdentifier = 0x0U; + + /*------------------------ ETHERNET MACCR Configuration --------------------*/ + /* Get the ETHERNET MACCR value */ + tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACCR; + /* Clear WD, PCE, PS, TE and RE bits */ + tmpreg1 &= ETH_MACCR_CLEAR_MASK; + /* Set the WD bit according to ETH Watchdog value */ + /* Set the JD: bit according to ETH Jabber value */ + /* Set the IFG bit according to ETH InterFrameGap value */ + /* Set the DCRS bit according to ETH CarrierSense value */ + /* Set the FES bit according to ETH Speed value */ + /* Set the DO bit according to ETH ReceiveOwn value */ + /* Set the LM bit according to ETH LoopbackMode value */ + /* Set the DM bit according to ETH Mode value */ + /* Set the IPCO bit according to ETH ChecksumOffload value */ + /* Set the DR bit according to ETH RetryTransmission value */ + /* Set the ACS bit according to ETH AutomaticPadCRCStrip value */ + /* Set the BL bit according to ETH BackOffLimit value */ + /* Set the DC bit according to ETH DeferralCheck value */ + tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)(macinit.Watchdog | + macinit.Jabber | + macinit.InterFrameGap | + macinit.CarrierSense | + (heth->Init).Speed | + macinit.ReceiveOwn | + macinit.LoopbackMode | + (heth->Init).DuplexMode | + macinit.ChecksumOffload | + macinit.RetryTransmission | + macinit.AutomaticPadCRCStrip | + macinit.BackOffLimit | + macinit.DeferralCheck); + + /* Write to ETHERNET MACCR */ + (heth->Instance)->MACCR = (uint32_t)tmpreg1; + + /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account: + at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ + tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACCR; + HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); + (heth->Instance)->MACCR = tmpreg1; + + /*----------------------- ETHERNET MACFFR Configuration --------------------*/ + /* Set the RA bit according to ETH ReceiveAll value */ + /* Set the SAF and SAIF bits according to ETH SourceAddrFilter value */ + /* Set the PCF bit according to ETH PassControlFrames value */ + /* Set the DBF bit according to ETH BroadcastFramesReception value */ + /* Set the DAIF bit according to ETH DestinationAddrFilter value */ + /* Set the PR bit according to ETH PromiscuousMode value */ + /* Set the PM, HMC and HPF bits according to ETH MulticastFramesFilter value */ + /* Set the HUC and HPF bits according to ETH UnicastFramesFilter value */ + /* Write to ETHERNET MACFFR */ + (heth->Instance)->MACFFR = (uint32_t)(macinit.ReceiveAll | + macinit.SourceAddrFilter | + macinit.PassControlFrames | + macinit.BroadcastFramesReception | + macinit.DestinationAddrFilter | + macinit.PromiscuousMode | + macinit.MulticastFramesFilter | + macinit.UnicastFramesFilter); + + /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account: + at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ + tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACFFR; + HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); + (heth->Instance)->MACFFR = tmpreg1; + + /*--------------- ETHERNET MACHTHR and MACHTLR Configuration --------------*/ + /* Write to ETHERNET MACHTHR */ + (heth->Instance)->MACHTHR = (uint32_t)macinit.HashTableHigh; + + /* Write to ETHERNET MACHTLR */ + (heth->Instance)->MACHTLR = (uint32_t)macinit.HashTableLow; + /*----------------------- ETHERNET MACFCR Configuration -------------------*/ + + /* Get the ETHERNET MACFCR value */ + tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACFCR; + /* Clear xx bits */ + tmpreg1 &= ETH_MACFCR_CLEAR_MASK; + + /* Set the PT bit according to ETH PauseTime value */ + /* Set the DZPQ bit according to ETH ZeroQuantaPause value */ + /* Set the PLT bit according to ETH PauseLowThreshold value */ + /* Set the UP bit according to ETH UnicastPauseFrameDetect value */ + /* Set the RFE bit according to ETH ReceiveFlowControl value */ + /* Set the TFE bit according to ETH TransmitFlowControl value */ + tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)((macinit.PauseTime << 16U) | + macinit.ZeroQuantaPause | + macinit.PauseLowThreshold | + macinit.UnicastPauseFrameDetect | + macinit.ReceiveFlowControl | + macinit.TransmitFlowControl); + + /* Write to ETHERNET MACFCR */ + (heth->Instance)->MACFCR = (uint32_t)tmpreg1; + + /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account: + at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ + tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACFCR; + HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); + (heth->Instance)->MACFCR = tmpreg1; + + /*----------------------- ETHERNET MACVLANTR Configuration ----------------*/ + /* Set the ETV bit according to ETH VLANTagComparison value */ + /* Set the VL bit according to ETH VLANTagIdentifier value */ + (heth->Instance)->MACVLANTR = (uint32_t)(macinit.VLANTagComparison | + macinit.VLANTagIdentifier); + + /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account: + at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ + tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACVLANTR; + HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); + (heth->Instance)->MACVLANTR = tmpreg1; + + /* Ethernet DMA default initialization ************************************/ + dmainit.DropTCPIPChecksumErrorFrame = ETH_DROPTCPIPCHECKSUMERRORFRAME_ENABLE; + dmainit.ReceiveStoreForward = ETH_RECEIVESTOREFORWARD_ENABLE; + dmainit.FlushReceivedFrame = ETH_FLUSHRECEIVEDFRAME_ENABLE; + dmainit.TransmitStoreForward = ETH_TRANSMITSTOREFORWARD_ENABLE; + dmainit.TransmitThresholdControl = ETH_TRANSMITTHRESHOLDCONTROL_64BYTES; + dmainit.ForwardErrorFrames = ETH_FORWARDERRORFRAMES_DISABLE; + dmainit.ForwardUndersizedGoodFrames = ETH_FORWARDUNDERSIZEDGOODFRAMES_DISABLE; + dmainit.ReceiveThresholdControl = ETH_RECEIVEDTHRESHOLDCONTROL_64BYTES; + dmainit.SecondFrameOperate = ETH_SECONDFRAMEOPERARTE_ENABLE; + dmainit.AddressAlignedBeats = ETH_ADDRESSALIGNEDBEATS_ENABLE; + dmainit.FixedBurst = ETH_FIXEDBURST_ENABLE; + dmainit.RxDMABurstLength = ETH_RXDMABURSTLENGTH_32BEAT; + dmainit.TxDMABurstLength = ETH_TXDMABURSTLENGTH_32BEAT; + dmainit.DescriptorSkipLength = 0x0U; + dmainit.DMAArbitration = ETH_DMAARBITRATION_ROUNDROBIN_RXTX_1_1; + + /* Get the ETHERNET DMAOMR value */ + tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR; + /* Clear xx bits */ + tmpreg1 &= ETH_DMAOMR_CLEAR_MASK; + + /* Set the DT bit according to ETH DropTCPIPChecksumErrorFrame value */ + /* Set the RSF bit according to ETH ReceiveStoreForward value */ + /* Set the DFF bit according to ETH FlushReceivedFrame value */ + /* Set the TSF bit according to ETH TransmitStoreForward value */ + /* Set the TTC bit according to ETH TransmitThresholdControl value */ + /* Set the FEF bit according to ETH ForwardErrorFrames value */ + /* Set the FUF bit according to ETH ForwardUndersizedGoodFrames value */ + /* Set the RTC bit according to ETH ReceiveThresholdControl value */ + /* Set the OSF bit according to ETH SecondFrameOperate value */ + tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)(dmainit.DropTCPIPChecksumErrorFrame | + dmainit.ReceiveStoreForward | + dmainit.FlushReceivedFrame | + dmainit.TransmitStoreForward | + dmainit.TransmitThresholdControl | + dmainit.ForwardErrorFrames | + dmainit.ForwardUndersizedGoodFrames | + dmainit.ReceiveThresholdControl | + dmainit.SecondFrameOperate); + + /* Write to ETHERNET DMAOMR */ + (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR = (uint32_t)tmpreg1; + + /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account: + at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ + tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR; + HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); + (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR = tmpreg1; + + /*----------------------- ETHERNET DMABMR Configuration ------------------*/ + /* Set the AAL bit according to ETH AddressAlignedBeats value */ + /* Set the FB bit according to ETH FixedBurst value */ + /* Set the RPBL and 4*PBL bits according to ETH RxDMABurstLength value */ + /* Set the PBL and 4*PBL bits according to ETH TxDMABurstLength value */ + /* Set the DSL bit according to ETH DesciptorSkipLength value */ + /* Set the PR and DA bits according to ETH DMAArbitration value */ + (heth->Instance)->DMABMR = (uint32_t)(dmainit.AddressAlignedBeats | + dmainit.FixedBurst | + dmainit.RxDMABurstLength | /* !! if 4xPBL is selected for Tx or Rx it is applied for the other */ + dmainit.TxDMABurstLength | + (dmainit.DescriptorSkipLength << 2U) | + dmainit.DMAArbitration | + ETH_DMABMR_USP); /* Enable use of separate PBL for Rx and Tx */ + + /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account: + at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ + tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->DMABMR; + HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); + (heth->Instance)->DMABMR = tmpreg1; + + if((heth->Init).RxMode == ETH_RXINTERRUPT_MODE) + { + /* Enable the Ethernet Rx Interrupt */ + __HAL_ETH_DMA_ENABLE_IT((heth), ETH_DMA_IT_NIS | ETH_DMA_IT_R); + } + + /* Initialize MAC address in ethernet MAC */ + ETH_MACAddressConfig(heth, ETH_MAC_ADDRESS0, heth->Init.MACAddr); +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the selected MAC address. + * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for ETHERNET module + * @param MacAddr: The MAC address to configure + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ETH_MAC_Address0: MAC Address0 + * @arg ETH_MAC_Address1: MAC Address1 + * @arg ETH_MAC_Address2: MAC Address2 + * @arg ETH_MAC_Address3: MAC Address3 + * @param Addr: Pointer to MAC address buffer data (6 bytes) + * @retval HAL status + */ +static void ETH_MACAddressConfig(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint32_t MacAddr, uint8_t *Addr) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1; + + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(heth); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ETH_MAC_ADDRESS0123(MacAddr)); + + /* Calculate the selected MAC address high register */ + tmpreg1 = ((uint32_t)Addr[5U] << 8U) | (uint32_t)Addr[4U]; + /* Load the selected MAC address high register */ + (*(__IO uint32_t *)((uint32_t)(ETH_MAC_ADDR_HBASE + MacAddr))) = tmpreg1; + /* Calculate the selected MAC address low register */ + tmpreg1 = ((uint32_t)Addr[3U] << 24U) | ((uint32_t)Addr[2U] << 16U) | ((uint32_t)Addr[1U] << 8U) | Addr[0U]; + + /* Load the selected MAC address low register */ + (*(__IO uint32_t *)((uint32_t)(ETH_MAC_ADDR_LBASE + MacAddr))) = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the MAC transmission. + * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for ETHERNET module + * @retval None + */ +static void ETH_MACTransmissionEnable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0U; + + /* Enable the MAC transmission */ + (heth->Instance)->MACCR |= ETH_MACCR_TE; + + /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account: + at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ + tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACCR; + ETH_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); + (heth->Instance)->MACCR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the MAC transmission. + * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for ETHERNET module + * @retval None + */ +static void ETH_MACTransmissionDisable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0U; + + /* Disable the MAC transmission */ + (heth->Instance)->MACCR &= ~ETH_MACCR_TE; + + /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account: + at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ + tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACCR; + ETH_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); + (heth->Instance)->MACCR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the MAC reception. + * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for ETHERNET module + * @retval None + */ +static void ETH_MACReceptionEnable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0U; + + /* Enable the MAC reception */ + (heth->Instance)->MACCR |= ETH_MACCR_RE; + + /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account: + at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ + tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACCR; + ETH_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); + (heth->Instance)->MACCR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the MAC reception. + * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for ETHERNET module + * @retval None + */ +static void ETH_MACReceptionDisable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0U; + + /* Disable the MAC reception */ + (heth->Instance)->MACCR &= ~ETH_MACCR_RE; + + /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account: + at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ + tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->MACCR; + ETH_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); + (heth->Instance)->MACCR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the DMA transmission. + * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for ETHERNET module + * @retval None + */ +static void ETH_DMATransmissionEnable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) +{ + /* Enable the DMA transmission */ + (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR |= ETH_DMAOMR_ST; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the DMA transmission. + * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for ETHERNET module + * @retval None + */ +static void ETH_DMATransmissionDisable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) +{ + /* Disable the DMA transmission */ + (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR &= ~ETH_DMAOMR_ST; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the DMA reception. + * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for ETHERNET module + * @retval None + */ +static void ETH_DMAReceptionEnable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) +{ + /* Enable the DMA reception */ + (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR |= ETH_DMAOMR_SR; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the DMA reception. + * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for ETHERNET module + * @retval None + */ +static void ETH_DMAReceptionDisable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) +{ + /* Disable the DMA reception */ + (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR &= ~ETH_DMAOMR_SR; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the ETHERNET transmit FIFO. + * @param heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for ETHERNET module + * @retval None + */ +static void ETH_FlushTransmitFIFO(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0U; + + /* Set the Flush Transmit FIFO bit */ + (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR |= ETH_DMAOMR_FTF; + + /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account: + at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */ + tmpreg1 = (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR; + ETH_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY); + (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief This function provides delay (in milliseconds) based on CPU cycles method. + * @param mdelay: specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds. + * @retval None + */ +static void ETH_Delay(uint32_t mdelay) +{ + __IO uint32_t Delay = mdelay * (SystemCoreClock / 8U / 1000U); + do + { + __NOP(); + } + while (Delay --); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_ETH_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* STM32F107xC */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_flash.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_flash.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..9899b0be18911613334db7e0452d1bc157021675 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_flash.c @@ -0,0 +1,980 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_flash.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief FLASH HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the internal FLASH memory: + * + Program operations functions + * + Memory Control functions + * + Peripheral State functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### FLASH peripheral features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] The Flash memory interface manages CPU AHB I-Code and D-Code accesses + to the Flash memory. It implements the erase and program Flash memory operations + and the read and write protection mechanisms. + + [..] The Flash memory interface accelerates code execution with a system of instruction + prefetch. + + [..] The FLASH main features are: + (+) Flash memory read operations + (+) Flash memory program/erase operations + (+) Read / write protections + (+) Prefetch on I-Code + (+) Option Bytes programming + + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This driver provides functions and macros to configure and program the FLASH + memory of all STM32F1xx devices. + + (#) FLASH Memory I/O Programming functions: this group includes all needed + functions to erase and program the main memory: + (++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface + (++) Erase function: Erase page, erase all pages + (++) Program functions: half word, word and doubleword + (#) FLASH Option Bytes Programming functions: this group includes all needed + functions to manage the Option Bytes: + (++) Lock and Unlock the Option Bytes + (++) Set/Reset the write protection + (++) Set the Read protection Level + (++) Program the user Option Bytes + (++) Launch the Option Bytes loader + (++) Erase Option Bytes + (++) Program the data Option Bytes + (++) Get the Write protection. + (++) Get the user option bytes. + + (#) Interrupts and flags management functions : this group + includes all needed functions to: + (++) Handle FLASH interrupts + (++) Wait for last FLASH operation according to its status + (++) Get error flag status + + [..] In addition to these function, this driver includes a set of macros allowing + to handle the following operations: + + (+) Set/Get the latency + (+) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer + (+) Enable/Disable the half cycle access + (+) Enable/Disable the FLASH interrupts + (+) Monitor the FLASH flags status + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED + +/** @defgroup FLASH FLASH + * @brief FLASH HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Constants FLASH Private Constants + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro ---------------------------- ---------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Macros FLASH Private Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Variables FLASH Private Variables + * @{ + */ +/* Variables used for Erase pages under interruption*/ +FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash; +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions FLASH Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data); +static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void); +extern void FLASH_PageErase(uint32_t PageAddress); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions FLASH Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Programming operation functions + * @brief Programming operation functions + * +@verbatim +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Program halfword, word or double word at a specified address + * @note The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface + * The function HAL_FLASH_Lock() should be called after to lock the FLASH interface + * + * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously, + * the erase operation is performed before the program one. + * + * @note FLASH should be previously erased before new programmation (only exception to this + * is when 0x0000 is programmed) + * + * @param TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified address. + * This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program + * @param Address: Specifies the address to be programmed. + * @param Data: Specifies the data to be programmed + * + * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; + uint8_t index = 0; + uint8_t nbiterations = 0; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram)); + assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address)); + +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + if(Address <= FLASH_BANK1_END) + { +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + } + else + { + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD) + { + /* Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address. */ + nbiterations = 1U; + } + else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD) + { + /* Program word (32-bit = 2*16-bit) at a specified address. */ + nbiterations = 2U; + } + else + { + /* Program double word (64-bit = 4*16-bit) at a specified address. */ + nbiterations = 4U; + } + + for (index = 0U; index < nbiterations; index++) + { + FLASH_Program_HalfWord((Address + (2U*index)), (uint16_t)(Data >> (16U*index))); + +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + if(Address <= FLASH_BANK1_END) + { +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG); +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + } + else + { + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_PG); + } +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + /* In case of error, stop programation procedure */ + if (status != HAL_OK) + { + break; + } + } + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Program halfword, word or double word at a specified address with interrupt enabled. + * @note The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface + * The function HAL_FLASH_Lock() should be called after to lock the FLASH interface + * + * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously, + * the erase operation is performed before the program one. + * + * @param TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified address. + * This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program + * @param Address: Specifies the address to be programmed. + * @param Data: Specifies the data to be programmed + * + * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram)); + assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address)); + +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + /* If procedure already ongoing, reject the next one */ + if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_NONE) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(Address <= FLASH_BANK1_END) + { + /* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */ + __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP_BANK1 | FLASH_IT_ERR_BANK1); + + }else + { + /* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */ + __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP_BANK2 | FLASH_IT_ERR_BANK2); + } +#else + /* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */ + __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR); +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + + pFlash.Address = Address; + pFlash.Data = Data; + + if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD) + { + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMHALFWORD; + /* Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address. */ + pFlash.DataRemaining = 1U; + } + else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD) + { + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMWORD; + /* Program word (32-bit : 2*16-bit) at a specified address. */ + pFlash.DataRemaining = 2U; + } + else + { + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMDOUBLEWORD; + /* Program double word (64-bit : 4*16-bit) at a specified address. */ + pFlash.DataRemaining = 4U; + } + + /* Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address. */ + FLASH_Program_HalfWord(Address, (uint16_t)Data); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles FLASH interrupt request. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void) +{ + uint32_t addresstmp = 0U; + + /* Check FLASH operation error flags */ +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK1) || __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR_BANK1) || \ + (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK2) || __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR_BANK2))) +#else + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) ||__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR)) +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + { + /* Return the faulty address */ + addresstmp = pFlash.Address; + /* Reset address */ + pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFFU; + + /* Save the Error code */ + FLASH_SetErrorCode(); + + /* FLASH error interrupt user callback */ + HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(addresstmp); + + /* Stop the procedure ongoing */ + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; + } + + /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */ +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK1)) + { + /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */ + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK1); +#else + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP)) + { + /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */ + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP); +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + + /* Process can continue only if no error detected */ + if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_NONE) + { + if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE) + { + /* Nb of pages to erased can be decreased */ + pFlash.DataRemaining--; + + /* Check if there are still pages to erase */ + if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0U) + { + addresstmp = pFlash.Address; + /*Indicate user which sector has been erased */ + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(addresstmp); + + /*Increment sector number*/ + addresstmp = pFlash.Address + FLASH_PAGE_SIZE; + pFlash.Address = addresstmp; + + /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the PER Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PER); + + FLASH_PageErase(addresstmp); + } + else + { + /* No more pages to Erase, user callback can be called. */ + /* Reset Sector and stop Erase pages procedure */ + pFlash.Address = addresstmp = 0xFFFFFFFFU; + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; + /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */ + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(addresstmp); + } + } + else if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE) + { + /* Operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER); + +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + /* Stop Mass Erase procedure if no pending mass erase on other bank */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_MER)) + { +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + /* MassErase ended. Return the selected bank */ + /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */ + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(0U); + + /* Stop Mass Erase procedure*/ + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; + } +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + } +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + else + { + /* Nb of 16-bit data to program can be decreased */ + pFlash.DataRemaining--; + + /* Check if there are still 16-bit data to program */ + if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0U) + { + /* Increment address to 16-bit */ + pFlash.Address += 2U; + addresstmp = pFlash.Address; + + /* Shift to have next 16-bit data */ + pFlash.Data = (pFlash.Data >> 16U); + + /* Operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG); + + /*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/ + FLASH_Program_HalfWord(addresstmp, (uint16_t)pFlash.Data); + } + else + { + /* Program ended. Return the selected address */ + /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */ + if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMHALFWORD) + { + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address); + } + else if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMWORD) + { + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address - 2U); + } + else + { + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address - 6U); + } + + /* Reset Address and stop Program procedure */ + pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFFU; + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; + } + } + } + } + +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */ + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG( FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK2)) + { + /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */ + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK2); + + /* Process can continue only if no error detected */ + if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_NONE) + { + if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE) + { + /* Nb of pages to erased can be decreased */ + pFlash.DataRemaining--; + + /* Check if there are still pages to erase*/ + if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0U) + { + /* Indicate user which page address has been erased*/ + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address); + + /* Increment page address to next page */ + pFlash.Address += FLASH_PAGE_SIZE; + addresstmp = pFlash.Address; + + /* Operation is completed, disable the PER Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_PER); + + FLASH_PageErase(addresstmp); + } + else + { + /*No more pages to Erase*/ + + /*Reset Address and stop Erase pages procedure*/ + pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFFU; + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; + + /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */ + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address); + } + } + else if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE) + { + /* Operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_MER); + + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER)) + { + /* MassErase ended. Return the selected bank*/ + /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */ + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(0U); + + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; + } + } + else + { + /* Nb of 16-bit data to program can be decreased */ + pFlash.DataRemaining--; + + /* Check if there are still 16-bit data to program */ + if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0U) + { + /* Increment address to 16-bit */ + pFlash.Address += 2U; + addresstmp = pFlash.Address; + + /* Shift to have next 16-bit data */ + pFlash.Data = (pFlash.Data >> 16U); + + /* Operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_PG); + + /*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/ + FLASH_Program_HalfWord(addresstmp, (uint16_t)pFlash.Data); + } + else + { + /*Program ended. Return the selected address*/ + /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */ + if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMHALFWORD) + { + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address); + } + else if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMWORD) + { + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address-2U); + } + else + { + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address-6U); + } + + /* Reset Address and stop Program procedure*/ + pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFFU; + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; + } + } + } + } +#endif + + if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_NONE) + { +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + /* Operation is completed, disable the PG, PER and MER Bits for both bank */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_PG | FLASH_CR_PER | FLASH_CR_MER)); + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, (FLASH_CR2_PG | FLASH_CR2_PER | FLASH_CR2_MER)); + + /* Disable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts for both banks */ + __HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP_BANK1 | FLASH_IT_ERR_BANK1 | FLASH_IT_EOP_BANK2 | FLASH_IT_ERR_BANK2); +#else + /* Operation is completed, disable the PG, PER and MER Bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_PG | FLASH_CR_PER | FLASH_CR_MER)); + + /* Disable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */ + __HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR); +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + } +} + +/** + * @brief FLASH end of operation interrupt callback + * @param ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure + * - Mass Erase: No return value expected + * - Pages Erase: Address of the page which has been erased + * (if 0xFFFFFFFF, it means that all the selected pages have been erased) + * - Program: Address which was selected for data program + * @retval none + */ +__weak void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(ReturnValue); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief FLASH operation error interrupt callback + * @param ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure + * - Mass Erase: No return value expected + * - Pages Erase: Address of the page which returned an error + * - Program: Address which was selected for data program + * @retval none + */ +__weak void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(ReturnValue); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH + memory operations. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Unlock the FLASH control register access + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void) +{ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK)) + { + /* Authorize the FLASH Registers access */ + WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY1); + WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY2); + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_LOCK)) + { + /* Authorize the FLASH BANK2 Registers access */ + WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR2, FLASH_KEY1); + WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR2, FLASH_KEY2); + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Locks the FLASH control register access + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void) +{ + /* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK); + +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + /* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH BANK2 Registers access */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_LOCK); + +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Unlock the FLASH Option Control Registers access. + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void) +{ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTWRE)) + { + /* Authorizes the Option Byte register programming */ + WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY1); + WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY2); + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Lock the FLASH Option Control Registers access. + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void) +{ + /* Clear the OPTWRE Bit to lock the FLASH Option Byte Registers access */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTWRE); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Launch the option byte loading. + * @note This function will reset automatically the MCU. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void) +{ + /* Initiates a system reset request to launch the option byte loading */ + HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral errors functions + * @brief Peripheral errors functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Errors functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permit to get in run-time errors of the FLASH peripheral. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Get the specific FLASH error flag. + * @retval FLASH_ErrorCode The returned value can be: + * @ref FLASH_Error_Codes + */ +uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError(void) +{ + return pFlash.ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Program a half-word (16-bit) at a specified address. + * @param Address specify the address to be programmed. + * @param Data specify the data to be programmed. + * @retval None + */ +static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data) +{ + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + if(Address <= FLASH_BANK1_END) + { +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + /* Proceed to program the new data */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG); +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + } + else + { + /* Proceed to program the new data */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_PG); + } +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + + /* Write data in the address */ + *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Wait for a FLASH operation to complete. + * @param Timeout maximum flash operation timeout + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout) +{ + /* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset. + Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error + flag will be set */ + + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY)) + { + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */ + if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP)) + { + /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */ + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP); + } + + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) || + __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR) || + __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR)) + { + /*Save the error code*/ + FLASH_SetErrorCode(); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* There is no error flag set */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) +/** + * @brief Wait for a FLASH BANK2 operation to complete. + * @param Timeout maximum flash operation timeout + * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2(uint32_t Timeout) +{ + /* Wait for the FLASH BANK2 operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset. + Even if the FLASH BANK2 operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error + flag will be set */ + + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY_BANK2)) + { + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */ + if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK2)) + { + /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */ + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP_BANK2); + } + + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK2) || __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR_BANK2)) + { + /*Save the error code*/ + FLASH_SetErrorCode(); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* If there is an error flag set */ + return HAL_OK; + +} +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + +/** + * @brief Set the specific FLASH error flag. + * @retval None + */ +static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void) +{ + uint32_t flags = 0U; + +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) || __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK2)) +#else + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR)) +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + { + pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP; +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + flags |= FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR_BANK2; +#else + flags |= FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR; +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + } +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR) || __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR_BANK2)) +#else + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR)) +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + { + pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PROG; +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + flags |= FLASH_FLAG_PGERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGERR_BANK2; +#else + flags |= FLASH_FLAG_PGERR; +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + } + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR)) + { + pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPTV; + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR); + } + + /* Clear FLASH error pending bits */ + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(flags); +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_flash_ex.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_flash_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..cdb64de1d4afdcac50a70f24f031dfd75e9d29a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_flash_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,1145 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_flash_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief Extended FLASH HAL module driver. + * + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the FLASH peripheral: + * + Extended Initialization/de-initialization functions + * + Extended I/O operation functions + * + Extended Peripheral Control functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Flash peripheral extended features ##### + ============================================================================== + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This driver provides functions to configure and program the FLASH memory + of all STM32F1xxx devices. It includes + + (++) Set/Reset the write protection + (++) Program the user Option Bytes + (++) Get the Read protection Level + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ +#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED + +/** @addtogroup FLASH + * @{ + */ +/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Variables + * @{ + */ +/* Variables used for Erase pages under interruption*/ +extern FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash; +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASHEx FLASHEx + * @brief FLASH HAL Extension module driver + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Private_Constants FLASHEx Private Constants + * @{ + */ +#define FLASH_POSITION_IWDGSW_BIT FLASH_OBR_IWDG_SW_Pos +#define FLASH_POSITION_OB_USERDATA0_BIT FLASH_OBR_DATA0_Pos +#define FLASH_POSITION_OB_USERDATA1_BIT FLASH_OBR_DATA1_Pos +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Private_Macros FLASHEx Private Macros + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Private_Functions FLASHEx Private Functions + * @{ + */ +/* Erase operations */ +static void FLASH_MassErase(uint32_t Banks); +void FLASH_PageErase(uint32_t PageAddress); + +/* Option bytes control */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(uint8_t ReadProtectLevel); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t UserConfig); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_ProgramData(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data); +static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void); +static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void); +static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions FLASHEx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 FLASHEx Memory Erasing functions + * @brief FLASH Memory Erasing functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### FLASH Erasing Programming functions ##### + ============================================================================== + + [..] The FLASH Memory Erasing functions, includes the following functions: + (+) @ref HAL_FLASHEx_Erase: return only when erase has been done + (+) @ref HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT: end of erase is done when @ref HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback + is called with parameter 0xFFFFFFFF + + [..] Any operation of erase should follow these steps: + (#) Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function to enable the flash control register and + program memory access. + (#) Call the desired function to erase page. + (#) Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash program memory access + (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * @brief Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory pages + * @note To correctly run this function, the @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access + * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) + * @param[in] pEraseInit pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the erasing. + * + * @param[out] PageError pointer to variable that + * contains the configuration information on faulty page in case of error + * (0xFFFFFFFF means that all the pages have been correctly erased) + * + * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit, uint32_t *PageError) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; + uint32_t address = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEERASE(pEraseInit->TypeErase)); + + if (pEraseInit->TypeErase == FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE) + { +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + if (pEraseInit->Banks == FLASH_BANK_BOTH) + { + /* Mass Erase requested for Bank1 and Bank2 */ + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + if ((FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) == HAL_OK) && \ + (FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) == HAL_OK)) + { + /*Mass erase to be done*/ + FLASH_MassErase(FLASH_BANK_BOTH); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + if ((FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) == HAL_OK) && \ + (FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) == HAL_OK)) + { + status = HAL_OK; + } + + /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER); + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_MER); + } + } + else if (pEraseInit->Banks == FLASH_BANK_2) + { + /* Mass Erase requested for Bank2 */ + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + if (FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) == HAL_OK) + { + /*Mass erase to be done*/ + FLASH_MassErase(FLASH_BANK_2); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_MER); + } + } + else +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + { + /* Mass Erase requested for Bank1 */ + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + if (FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) == HAL_OK) + { + /*Mass erase to be done*/ + FLASH_MassErase(FLASH_BANK_1); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER); + } + } + } + else + { + /* Page Erase is requested */ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(pEraseInit->PageAddress)); + assert_param(IS_FLASH_NB_PAGES(pEraseInit->PageAddress, pEraseInit->NbPages)); + +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + /* Page Erase requested on address located on bank2 */ + if(pEraseInit->PageAddress > FLASH_BANK1_END) + { + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + if (FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) == HAL_OK) + { + /*Initialization of PageError variable*/ + *PageError = 0xFFFFFFFFU; + + /* Erase by page by page to be done*/ + for(address = pEraseInit->PageAddress; + address < (pEraseInit->PageAddress + (pEraseInit->NbPages)*FLASH_PAGE_SIZE); + address += FLASH_PAGE_SIZE) + { + FLASH_PageErase(address); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperationBank2((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the PER Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_PER); + + if (status != HAL_OK) + { + /* In case of error, stop erase procedure and return the faulty address */ + *PageError = address; + break; + } + } + } + } + else +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + { + /* Page Erase requested on address located on bank1 */ + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + if (FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) == HAL_OK) + { + /*Initialization of PageError variable*/ + *PageError = 0xFFFFFFFFU; + + /* Erase page by page to be done*/ + for(address = pEraseInit->PageAddress; + address < ((pEraseInit->NbPages * FLASH_PAGE_SIZE) + pEraseInit->PageAddress); + address += FLASH_PAGE_SIZE) + { + FLASH_PageErase(address); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the PER Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PER); + + if (status != HAL_OK) + { + /* In case of error, stop erase procedure and return the faulty address */ + *PageError = address; + break; + } + } + } + } + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory pages with interrupt enabled + * @note To correctly run this function, the @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access + * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) + * @param pEraseInit pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the erasing. + * + * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); + + /* If procedure already ongoing, reject the next one */ + if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_NONE) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEERASE(pEraseInit->TypeErase)); + + /* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */ + __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR); + +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + /* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */ + __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP_BANK2 | FLASH_IT_ERR_BANK2); + +#endif + if (pEraseInit->TypeErase == FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE) + { + /*Mass erase to be done*/ + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE; + FLASH_MassErase(pEraseInit->Banks); + } + else + { + /* Erase by page to be done*/ + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(pEraseInit->PageAddress)); + assert_param(IS_FLASH_NB_PAGES(pEraseInit->PageAddress, pEraseInit->NbPages)); + + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE; + pFlash.DataRemaining = pEraseInit->NbPages; + pFlash.Address = pEraseInit->PageAddress; + + /*Erase 1st page and wait for IT*/ + FLASH_PageErase(pEraseInit->PageAddress); + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Option Bytes Programming functions + * @brief Option Bytes Programming functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Option Bytes Programming functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH + option bytes operations. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Erases the FLASH option bytes. + * @note This functions erases all option bytes except the Read protection (RDP). + * The function @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface + * The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the options bytes + * The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() should be called after to force the reload of the options bytes + * (system reset will occur) + * @retval HAL status + */ + +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBErase(void) +{ + uint8_t rdptmp = OB_RDP_LEVEL_0; + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; + + /* Get the actual read protection Option Byte value */ + rdptmp = FLASH_OB_GetRDP(); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the option bytes */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTER); + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the OPTER Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTER); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Restore the last read protection Option Byte value */ + status = FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(rdptmp); + } + } + + /* Return the erase status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Program option bytes + * @note The function @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface + * The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the options bytes + * The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() should be called after to force the reload of the options bytes + * (system reset will occur) + * + * @param pOBInit pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that + * contains the configuration information for the programming. + * + * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OPTIONBYTE(pOBInit->OptionType)); + + /* Write protection configuration */ + if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_WRP) == OPTIONBYTE_WRP) + { + assert_param(IS_WRPSTATE(pOBInit->WRPState)); + if (pOBInit->WRPState == OB_WRPSTATE_ENABLE) + { + /* Enable of Write protection on the selected page */ + status = FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(pOBInit->WRPPage); + } + else + { + /* Disable of Write protection on the selected page */ + status = FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(pOBInit->WRPPage); + } + if (status != HAL_OK) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + return status; + } + } + + /* Read protection configuration */ + if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_RDP) == OPTIONBYTE_RDP) + { + status = FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(pOBInit->RDPLevel); + if (status != HAL_OK) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + return status; + } + } + + /* USER configuration */ + if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_USER) == OPTIONBYTE_USER) + { + status = FLASH_OB_UserConfig(pOBInit->USERConfig); + if (status != HAL_OK) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + return status; + } + } + + /* DATA configuration*/ + if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_DATA) == OPTIONBYTE_DATA) + { + status = FLASH_OB_ProgramData(pOBInit->DATAAddress, pOBInit->DATAData); + if (status != HAL_OK) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + return status; + } + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the Option byte configuration + * @param pOBInit pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that + * contains the configuration information for the programming. + * + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit) +{ + pOBInit->OptionType = OPTIONBYTE_WRP | OPTIONBYTE_RDP | OPTIONBYTE_USER; + + /*Get WRP*/ + pOBInit->WRPPage = FLASH_OB_GetWRP(); + + /*Get RDP Level*/ + pOBInit->RDPLevel = FLASH_OB_GetRDP(); + + /*Get USER*/ + pOBInit->USERConfig = FLASH_OB_GetUser(); +} + +/** + * @brief Get the Option byte user data + * @param DATAAdress Address of the option byte DATA + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref OB_DATA_ADDRESS_DATA0 + * @arg @ref OB_DATA_ADDRESS_DATA1 + * @retval Value programmed in USER data + */ +uint32_t HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetUserData(uint32_t DATAAdress) +{ + uint32_t value = 0; + + if (DATAAdress == OB_DATA_ADDRESS_DATA0) + { + /* Get value programmed in OB USER Data0 */ + value = READ_BIT(FLASH->OBR, FLASH_OBR_DATA0) >> FLASH_POSITION_OB_USERDATA0_BIT; + } + else + { + /* Get value programmed in OB USER Data1 */ + value = READ_BIT(FLASH->OBR, FLASH_OBR_DATA1) >> FLASH_POSITION_OB_USERDATA1_BIT; + } + + return value; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Full erase of FLASH memory Bank + * @param Banks Banks to be erased + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref FLASH_BANK_1 Bank1 to be erased + @if STM32F101xG + * @arg @ref FLASH_BANK_2 Bank2 to be erased + * @arg @ref FLASH_BANK_BOTH Bank1 and Bank2 to be erased + @endif + @if STM32F103xG + * @arg @ref FLASH_BANK_2 Bank2 to be erased + * @arg @ref FLASH_BANK_BOTH Bank1 and Bank2 to be erased + @endif + * + * @retval None + */ +static void FLASH_MassErase(uint32_t Banks) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_BANK(Banks)); + + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + if(Banks == FLASH_BANK_BOTH) + { + /* bank1 & bank2 will be erased*/ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER); + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_MER); + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT); + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_STRT); + } + else if(Banks == FLASH_BANK_2) + { + /*Only bank2 will be erased*/ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_MER); + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_STRT); + } + else + { +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ +#if !defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(Banks); +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + /* Only bank1 will be erased*/ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER); + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT); +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + } +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the write protection of the desired pages + * @note An option byte erase is done automatically in this function. + * @note When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1), + * it is not possible to program or erase the flash page i if + * debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1 + * + * @param WriteProtectPage specifies the page(s) to be write protected. + * The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint16_t WRP0_Data = 0xFFFF; +#if defined(FLASH_WRP1_WRP1) + uint16_t WRP1_Data = 0xFFFF; +#endif /* FLASH_WRP1_WRP1 */ +#if defined(FLASH_WRP2_WRP2) + uint16_t WRP2_Data = 0xFFFF; +#endif /* FLASH_WRP2_WRP2 */ +#if defined(FLASH_WRP3_WRP3) + uint16_t WRP3_Data = 0xFFFF; +#endif /* FLASH_WRP3_WRP3 */ + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_WRP(WriteProtectPage)); + + /* Get current write protected pages and the new pages to be protected ******/ + WriteProtectPage = (uint32_t)(~((~FLASH_OB_GetWRP()) | WriteProtectPage)); + +#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK) + WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK); +#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK) + WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK); +#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK */ + +#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK) + WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK) >> 8U); +#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK) + WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK) >> 8U); +#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK */ + +#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES64TO95MASK) + WRP2_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES64TO95MASK) >> 16U); +#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES64TO95MASK */ +#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK) + WRP2_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK) >> 16U); +#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK */ + +#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES96TO127MASK) + WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES96TO127MASK) >> 24U); +#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES48TO255MASK) + WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO255MASK) >> 24U); +#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES48TO511MASK) + WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO511MASK) >> 24U); +#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES48TO127MASK) + WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO127MASK) >> 24U); +#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES96TO127MASK */ + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* To be able to write again option byte, need to perform a option byte erase */ + status = HAL_FLASHEx_OBErase(); + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable write protection */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); + +#if defined(FLASH_WRP0_WRP0) + if(WRP0_Data != 0xFFU) + { + OB->WRP0 &= WRP0_Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } +#endif /* FLASH_WRP0_WRP0 */ + +#if defined(FLASH_WRP1_WRP1) + if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP1_Data != 0xFFU)) + { + OB->WRP1 &= WRP1_Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } +#endif /* FLASH_WRP1_WRP1 */ + +#if defined(FLASH_WRP2_WRP2) + if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP2_Data != 0xFFU)) + { + OB->WRP2 &= WRP2_Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } +#endif /* FLASH_WRP2_WRP2 */ + +#if defined(FLASH_WRP3_WRP3) + if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP3_Data != 0xFFU)) + { + OB->WRP3 &= WRP3_Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } +#endif /* FLASH_WRP3_WRP3 */ + + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); + } + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the write protection of the desired pages + * @note An option byte erase is done automatically in this function. + * @note When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1), + * it is not possible to program or erase the flash page i if + * debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1 + * + * @param WriteProtectPage specifies the page(s) to be write unprotected. + * The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint16_t WRP0_Data = 0xFFFF; +#if defined(FLASH_WRP1_WRP1) + uint16_t WRP1_Data = 0xFFFF; +#endif /* FLASH_WRP1_WRP1 */ +#if defined(FLASH_WRP2_WRP2) + uint16_t WRP2_Data = 0xFFFF; +#endif /* FLASH_WRP2_WRP2 */ +#if defined(FLASH_WRP3_WRP3) + uint16_t WRP3_Data = 0xFFFF; +#endif /* FLASH_WRP3_WRP3 */ + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_WRP(WriteProtectPage)); + + /* Get current write protected pages and the new pages to be unprotected ******/ + WriteProtectPage = (FLASH_OB_GetWRP() | WriteProtectPage); + +#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK) + WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK); +#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK) + WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK); +#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK */ + +#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK) + WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK) >> 8U); +#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK) + WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK) >> 8U); +#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK */ + +#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES64TO95MASK) + WRP2_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES64TO95MASK) >> 16U); +#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES64TO95MASK */ +#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK) + WRP2_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK) >> 16U); +#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK */ + +#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES96TO127MASK) + WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES96TO127MASK) >> 24U); +#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES48TO255MASK) + WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO255MASK) >> 24U); +#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES48TO511MASK) + WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO511MASK) >> 24U); +#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES48TO127MASK) + WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO127MASK) >> 24U); +#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES96TO127MASK */ + + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* To be able to write again option byte, need to perform a option byte erase */ + status = HAL_FLASHEx_OBErase(); + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); + +#if defined(FLASH_WRP0_WRP0) + if(WRP0_Data != 0xFFU) + { + OB->WRP0 |= WRP0_Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } +#endif /* FLASH_WRP0_WRP0 */ + +#if defined(FLASH_WRP1_WRP1) + if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP1_Data != 0xFFU)) + { + OB->WRP1 |= WRP1_Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } +#endif /* FLASH_WRP1_WRP1 */ + +#if defined(FLASH_WRP2_WRP2) + if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP2_Data != 0xFFU)) + { + OB->WRP2 |= WRP2_Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } +#endif /* FLASH_WRP2_WRP2 */ + +#if defined(FLASH_WRP3_WRP3) + if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP3_Data != 0xFFU)) + { + OB->WRP3 |= WRP3_Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } +#endif /* FLASH_WRP3_WRP3 */ + + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); + } + } + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the read protection level. + * @param ReadProtectLevel specifies the read protection level. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_0 No protection + * @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_1 Read protection of the memory + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(uint8_t ReadProtectLevel) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_RDP_LEVEL(ReadProtectLevel)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the option bytes */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTER); + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the OPTER Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTER); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); + + WRITE_REG(OB->RDP, ReadProtectLevel); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); + } + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Program the FLASH User Option Byte. + * @note Programming of the OB should be performed only after an erase (otherwise PGERR occurs) + * @param UserConfig The FLASH User Option Bytes values FLASH_OBR_IWDG_SW(Bit2), + * FLASH_OBR_nRST_STOP(Bit3),FLASH_OBR_nRST_STDBY(Bit4). + * And BFBF2(Bit5) for STM32F101xG and STM32F103xG . + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t UserConfig) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE((UserConfig&OB_IWDG_SW))); + assert_param(IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE((UserConfig&OB_STOP_NO_RST))); + assert_param(IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE((UserConfig&OB_STDBY_NO_RST))); +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + assert_param(IS_OB_BOOT1((UserConfig&OB_BOOT1_SET))); +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); + +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + OB->USER = (UserConfig | 0xF0U); +#else + OB->USER = (UserConfig | 0x88U); +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Programs a half word at a specified Option Byte Data address. + * @note The function @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface + * The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the options bytes + * The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() should be called after to force the reload of the options bytes + * (system reset will occur) + * Programming of the OB should be performed only after an erase (otherwise PGERR occurs) + * @param Address specifies the address to be programmed. + * This parameter can be 0x1FFFF804 or 0x1FFFF806. + * @param Data specifies the data to be programmed. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_ProgramData(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_DATA_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Enables the Option Bytes Programming operation */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); + *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* If the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); + } + /* Return the Option Byte Data Program Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value. + * @retval The FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value + */ +static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void) +{ + /* Return the FLASH write protection Register value */ + return (uint32_t)(READ_REG(FLASH->WRPR)); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH Read Protection level. + * @retval FLASH RDP level + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_0 No protection + * @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_1 Read protection of the memory + */ +static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void) +{ + uint32_t readstatus = OB_RDP_LEVEL_0; + uint32_t tmp_reg = 0U; + + /* Read RDP level bits */ + tmp_reg = READ_BIT(FLASH->OBR, FLASH_OBR_RDPRT); + + if (tmp_reg == FLASH_OBR_RDPRT) + { + readstatus = OB_RDP_LEVEL_1; + } + else + { + readstatus = OB_RDP_LEVEL_0; + } + + return readstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the FLASH User Option Byte value. + * @retval The FLASH User Option Bytes values: FLASH_OBR_IWDG_SW(Bit2), + * FLASH_OBR_nRST_STOP(Bit3),FLASH_OBR_nRST_STDBY(Bit4). + * And FLASH_OBR_BFB2(Bit5) for STM32F101xG and STM32F103xG . + */ +static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void) +{ + /* Return the User Option Byte */ + return (uint8_t)((READ_REG(FLASH->OBR) & FLASH_OBR_USER) >> FLASH_POSITION_IWDGSW_BIT); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup FLASH + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Erase the specified FLASH memory page + * @param PageAddress FLASH page to erase + * The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series + * + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_PageErase(uint32_t PageAddress) +{ + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + if(PageAddress > FLASH_BANK1_END) + { + /* Proceed to erase the page */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_PER); + WRITE_REG(FLASH->AR2, PageAddress); + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR2, FLASH_CR2_STRT); + } + else + { +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ + /* Proceed to erase the page */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PER); + WRITE_REG(FLASH->AR, PageAddress); + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT); +#if defined(FLASH_BANK2_END) + } +#endif /* FLASH_BANK2_END */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_gpio.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_gpio.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..fc080c07927385d00bc244b82e6eceb026b78f36 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_gpio.c @@ -0,0 +1,597 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_gpio.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief GPIO HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### GPIO Peripheral features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + Subject to the specific hardware characteristics of each I/O port listed in the datasheet, each + port bit of the General Purpose IO (GPIO) Ports, can be individually configured by software + in several modes: + (+) Input mode + (+) Analog mode + (+) Output mode + (+) Alternate function mode + (+) External interrupt/event lines + + [..] + During and just after reset, the alternate functions and external interrupt + lines are not active and the I/O ports are configured in input floating mode. + + [..] + All GPIO pins have weak internal pull-up and pull-down resistors, which can be + activated or not. + + [..] + In Output or Alternate mode, each IO can be configured on open-drain or push-pull + type and the IO speed can be selected depending on the VDD value. + + [..] + All ports have external interrupt/event capability. To use external interrupt + lines, the port must be configured in input mode. All available GPIO pins are + connected to the 16 external interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15. + + [..] + The external interrupt/event controller consists of up to 20 edge detectors in connectivity + line devices, or 19 edge detectors in other devices for generating event/interrupt requests. + Each input line can be independently configured to select the type (event or interrupt) and + the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). Each line can also masked + independently. A pending register maintains the status line of the interrupt requests + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable the GPIO APB2 clock using the following function : __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(). + + (#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using HAL_GPIO_Init(). + (++) Configure the IO mode using "Mode" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure + (++) Activate Pull-up, Pull-down resistor using "Pull" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef + structure. + (++) In case of Output or alternate function mode selection: the speed is + configured through "Speed" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure + (++) Analog mode is required when a pin is to be used as ADC channel + or DAC output. + (++) In case of external interrupt/event selection the "Mode" member from + GPIO_InitTypeDef structure select the type (interrupt or event) and + the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). + + (#) In case of external interrupt/event mode selection, configure NVIC IRQ priority + mapped to the EXTI line using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and enable it using + HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(). + + (#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(). + + (#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use + HAL_GPIO_WritePin()/HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(). + + (#) To lock pin configuration until next reset use HAL_GPIO_LockPin(). + + (#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not + active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG + pins). + + (#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general purpose + (PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has + priority over the GPIO function. + + (#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as + general purpose PD0 and PD1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off. + The HSE has priority over the GPIO function. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO GPIO + * @brief GPIO HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup GPIO_Private_Constants GPIO Private Constants + * @{ + */ +#define GPIO_MODE 0x00000003U +#define EXTI_MODE 0x10000000U +#define GPIO_MODE_IT 0x00010000U +#define GPIO_MODE_EVT 0x00020000U +#define RISING_EDGE 0x00100000U +#define FALLING_EDGE 0x00200000U +#define GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE 0x00000010U + +#define GPIO_NUMBER 16U + +/* Definitions for bit manipulation of CRL and CRH register */ +#define GPIO_CR_MODE_INPUT 0x00000000U /*!< 00: Input mode (reset state) */ +#define GPIO_CR_CNF_ANALOG 0x00000000U /*!< 00: Analog mode */ +#define GPIO_CR_CNF_INPUT_FLOATING 0x00000004U /*!< 01: Floating input (reset state) */ +#define GPIO_CR_CNF_INPUT_PU_PD 0x00000008U /*!< 10: Input with pull-up / pull-down */ +#define GPIO_CR_CNF_GP_OUTPUT_PP 0x00000000U /*!< 00: General purpose output push-pull */ +#define GPIO_CR_CNF_GP_OUTPUT_OD 0x00000004U /*!< 01: General purpose output Open-drain */ +#define GPIO_CR_CNF_AF_OUTPUT_PP 0x00000008U /*!< 10: Alternate function output Push-pull */ +#define GPIO_CR_CNF_AF_OUTPUT_OD 0x0000000CU /*!< 11: Alternate function output Open-drain */ + +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions GPIO Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to initialize and de-initialize the GPIOs + to be ready for use. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * @brief Initializes the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the GPIO_Init. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral + * @param GPIO_Init: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_Init) +{ + uint32_t position; + uint32_t ioposition = 0x00U; + uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00U; + uint32_t temp = 0x00U; + uint32_t config = 0x00U; + __IO uint32_t *configregister; /* Store the address of CRL or CRH register based on pin number */ + uint32_t registeroffset = 0U; /* offset used during computation of CNF and MODE bits placement inside CRL or CRH register */ + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Init->Pin)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_Init->Mode)); + + /* Configure the port pins */ + for (position = 0U; position < GPIO_NUMBER; position++) + { + /* Get the IO position */ + ioposition = (0x01U << position); + + /* Get the current IO position */ + iocurrent = (uint32_t)(GPIO_Init->Pin) & ioposition; + + if (iocurrent == ioposition) + { + /* Check the Alternate function parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF_INSTANCE(GPIOx)); + + /* Based on the required mode, filling config variable with MODEy[1:0] and CNFy[3:2] corresponding bits */ + switch (GPIO_Init->Mode) + { + /* If we are configuring the pin in OUTPUT push-pull mode */ + case GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP: + /* Check the GPIO speed parameter */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed)); + config = GPIO_Init->Speed + GPIO_CR_CNF_GP_OUTPUT_PP; + break; + + /* If we are configuring the pin in OUTPUT open-drain mode */ + case GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD: + /* Check the GPIO speed parameter */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed)); + config = GPIO_Init->Speed + GPIO_CR_CNF_GP_OUTPUT_OD; + break; + + /* If we are configuring the pin in ALTERNATE FUNCTION push-pull mode */ + case GPIO_MODE_AF_PP: + /* Check the GPIO speed parameter */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed)); + config = GPIO_Init->Speed + GPIO_CR_CNF_AF_OUTPUT_PP; + break; + + /* If we are configuring the pin in ALTERNATE FUNCTION open-drain mode */ + case GPIO_MODE_AF_OD: + /* Check the GPIO speed parameter */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed)); + config = GPIO_Init->Speed + GPIO_CR_CNF_AF_OUTPUT_OD; + break; + + /* If we are configuring the pin in INPUT (also applicable to EVENT and IT mode) */ + case GPIO_MODE_INPUT: + case GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING: + case GPIO_MODE_IT_FALLING: + case GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING_FALLING: + case GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING: + case GPIO_MODE_EVT_FALLING: + case GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING_FALLING: + /* Check the GPIO pull parameter */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_Init->Pull)); + if(GPIO_Init->Pull == GPIO_NOPULL) + { + config = GPIO_CR_MODE_INPUT + GPIO_CR_CNF_INPUT_FLOATING; + } + else if(GPIO_Init->Pull == GPIO_PULLUP) + { + config = GPIO_CR_MODE_INPUT + GPIO_CR_CNF_INPUT_PU_PD; + + /* Set the corresponding ODR bit */ + GPIOx->BSRR = ioposition; + } + else /* GPIO_PULLDOWN */ + { + config = GPIO_CR_MODE_INPUT + GPIO_CR_CNF_INPUT_PU_PD; + + /* Reset the corresponding ODR bit */ + GPIOx->BRR = ioposition; + } + break; + + /* If we are configuring the pin in INPUT analog mode */ + case GPIO_MODE_ANALOG: + config = GPIO_CR_MODE_INPUT + GPIO_CR_CNF_ANALOG; + break; + + /* Parameters are checked with assert_param */ + default: + break; + } + + /* Check if the current bit belongs to first half or last half of the pin count number + in order to address CRH or CRL register*/ + configregister = (iocurrent < GPIO_PIN_8) ? &GPIOx->CRL : &GPIOx->CRH; + registeroffset = (iocurrent < GPIO_PIN_8) ? (position << 2U) : ((position - 8U) << 2U); + + /* Apply the new configuration of the pin to the register */ + MODIFY_REG((*configregister), ((GPIO_CRL_MODE0 | GPIO_CRL_CNF0) << registeroffset ), (config << registeroffset)); + + /*--------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */ + if((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_MODE) == EXTI_MODE) + { + /* Enable AFIO Clock */ + __HAL_RCC_AFIO_CLK_ENABLE(); + temp = AFIO->EXTICR[position >> 2U]; + CLEAR_BIT(temp, (0x0FU) << (4U * (position & 0x03U))); + SET_BIT(temp, (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx)) << (4U * (position & 0x03U))); + AFIO->EXTICR[position >> 2U] = temp; + + + /* Configure the interrupt mask */ + if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_IT) == GPIO_MODE_IT) + { + SET_BIT(EXTI->IMR, iocurrent); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->IMR, iocurrent); + } + + /* Configure the event mask */ + if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_EVT) == GPIO_MODE_EVT) + { + SET_BIT(EXTI->EMR, iocurrent); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->EMR, iocurrent); + } + + /* Enable or disable the rising trigger */ + if((GPIO_Init->Mode & RISING_EDGE) == RISING_EDGE) + { + SET_BIT(EXTI->RTSR, iocurrent); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->RTSR, iocurrent); + } + + /* Enable or disable the falling trigger */ + if((GPIO_Init->Mode & FALLING_EDGE) == FALLING_EDGE) + { + SET_BIT(EXTI->FTSR, iocurrent); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->FTSR, iocurrent); + } + } + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief De-initializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written. + * This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint32_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + uint32_t position = 0x00U; + uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00U; + uint32_t tmp = 0x00U; + __IO uint32_t *configregister; /* Store the address of CRL or CRH register based on pin number */ + uint32_t registeroffset = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + /* Configure the port pins */ + while ((GPIO_Pin >> position) != 0U) + { + /* Get current io position */ + iocurrent = (GPIO_Pin) & (1U << position); + + if (iocurrent) + { + /*------------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration --------------------*/ + /* Check if the current bit belongs to first half or last half of the pin count number + in order to address CRH or CRL register */ + configregister = (iocurrent < GPIO_PIN_8) ? &GPIOx->CRL : &GPIOx->CRH; + registeroffset = (iocurrent < GPIO_PIN_8) ? (position << 2U) : ((position - 8U) << 2U); + + /* CRL/CRH default value is floating input(0x04) shifted to correct position */ + MODIFY_REG(*configregister, ((GPIO_CRL_MODE0 | GPIO_CRL_CNF0) << registeroffset ), GPIO_CRL_CNF0_0 << registeroffset); + + /* ODR default value is 0 */ + CLEAR_BIT(GPIOx->ODR, iocurrent); + + /*------------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration --------------------*/ + /* Clear the External Interrupt or Event for the current IO */ + + tmp = AFIO->EXTICR[position >> 2U]; + tmp &= 0x0FU << (4U * (position & 0x03U)); + if(tmp == (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx) << (4U * (position & 0x03U)))) + { + tmp = 0x0FU << (4U * (position & 0x03U)); + CLEAR_BIT(AFIO->EXTICR[position >> 2U], tmp); + + /* Clear EXTI line configuration */ + CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->IMR, (uint32_t)iocurrent); + CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->EMR, (uint32_t)iocurrent); + + /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */ + CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->RTSR, (uint32_t)iocurrent); + CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->FTSR, (uint32_t)iocurrent); + } + } + + position++; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief GPIO Read and Write + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the GPIOs. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Reads the specified input port pin. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read. + * This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15). + * @retval The input port pin value. + */ +GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + GPIO_PinState bitstatus; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + if ((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)GPIO_PIN_RESET) + { + bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets or clears the selected data port bit. + * + * @note This function uses GPIOx_BSRR register to allow atomic read/modify + * accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between + * the read and the modify access. + * + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written. + * This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15). + * @param PinState: specifies the value to be written to the selected bit. + * This parameter can be one of the GPIO_PinState enum values: + * @arg GPIO_BIT_RESET: to clear the port pin + * @arg GPIO_BIT_SET: to set the port pin + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION(PinState)); + + if(PinState != GPIO_PIN_RESET) + { + GPIOx->BSRR = GPIO_Pin; + } + else + { + GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin << 16U; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Toggles the specified GPIO pin + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral + * @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins to be toggled. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + GPIOx->ODR ^= GPIO_Pin; +} + +/** +* @brief Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers. +* @note The locking mechanism allows the IO configuration to be frozen. When the LOCK sequence +* has been applied on a port bit, it is no longer possible to modify the value of the port bit until +* the next reset. +* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral +* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be locked. +* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). +* @retval None +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = GPIO_LCKR_LCKK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_LOCK_INSTANCE(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + /* Apply lock key write sequence */ + SET_BIT(tmp, GPIO_Pin); + /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */ + GPIOx->LCKR = tmp; + /* Reset LCKx bit(s): LCKK='0' + LCK[15-0] */ + GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin; + /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */ + GPIOx->LCKR = tmp; + /* Read LCKK bit*/ + tmp = GPIOx->LCKR; + + if((uint32_t)(GPIOx->LCKR & GPIO_LCKR_LCKK)) + { + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles EXTI interrupt request. + * @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins connected EXTI line + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler(uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + /* EXTI line interrupt detected */ + if(__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT(GPIO_Pin) != RESET) + { + __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT(GPIO_Pin); + HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(GPIO_Pin); + } +} + +/** + * @brief EXTI line detection callbacks. + * @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins connected EXTI line + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(GPIO_Pin); + /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_gpio_ex.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_gpio_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..e9f1fae4918ff0cdbf203bf9b81e70ccbfe0a961 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_gpio_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_gpio_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief GPIO Extension HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) extension peripheral. + * + Extended features functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### GPIO Peripheral extension features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] GPIO module on STM32F1 family, manage also the AFIO register: + (+) Possibility to use the EVENTOUT Cortex feature + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This driver provides functions to use EVENTOUT Cortex feature + (#) Configure EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the function HAL_GPIOEx_ConfigEventout() + (#) Activate EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the HAL_GPIOEx_EnableEventout() + (#) Deactivate EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the HAL_GPIOEx_DisableEventout() + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIOEx GPIOEx + * @brief GPIO HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED + +/** @defgroup GPIOEx_Exported_Functions GPIOEx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIOEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended features functions + * @brief Extended features functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Extended features functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the function HAL_GPIOEx_ConfigEventout() + (+) Activate EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the HAL_GPIOEx_EnableEventout() + (+) Deactivate EVENTOUT Cortex feature using the HAL_GPIOEx_DisableEventout() + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the port and pin on which the EVENTOUT Cortex signal will be connected. + * @param GPIO_PortSource Select the port used to output the Cortex EVENTOUT signal. + * This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOEx_EVENTOUT_PORT. + * @param GPIO_PinSource Select the pin used to output the Cortex EVENTOUT signal. + * This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOEx_EVENTOUT_PIN. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIOEx_ConfigEventout(uint32_t GPIO_PortSource, uint32_t GPIO_PinSource) +{ + /* Verify the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_AFIO_EVENTOUT_PORT(GPIO_PortSource)); + assert_param(IS_AFIO_EVENTOUT_PIN(GPIO_PinSource)); + + /* Apply the new configuration */ + MODIFY_REG(AFIO->EVCR, (AFIO_EVCR_PORT)|(AFIO_EVCR_PIN), (GPIO_PortSource)|(GPIO_PinSource)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the Event Output. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIOEx_EnableEventout(void) +{ + SET_BIT(AFIO->EVCR, AFIO_EVCR_EVOE); +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the Event Output. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIOEx_DisableEventout(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(AFIO->EVCR, AFIO_EVCR_EVOE); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_hcd.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_hcd.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..7fd48eff54705f15134bde869026ef0d9815f3dd --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_hcd.c @@ -0,0 +1,1196 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_hcd.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief HCD HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#)Declare a HCD_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: + HCD_HandleTypeDef hhcd; + + (#)Fill parameters of Init structure in HCD handle + + (#)Call HAL_HCD_Init() API to initialize the HCD peripheral (Core, Host core, ...) + + (#)Initialize the HCD low level resources through the HAL_HCD_MspInit() API: + (##) Enable the HCD/USB Low Level interface clock using the following macro + (+++) __HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_FS_CLK_ENABLE() + + (##) Initialize the related GPIO clocks + (##) Configure HCD pin-out + (##) Configure HCD NVIC interrupt + + (#)Associate the Upper USB Host stack to the HAL HCD Driver: + (##) hhcd.pData = phost; + + (#)Enable HCD transmission and reception: + (##) HAL_HCD_Start(); + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + + +#ifdef HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED + +#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) + +/** @defgroup HCD HCD + * @brief HCD HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function ----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup HCD_Private_Functions HCD Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static void HCD_HC_IN_IRQHandler(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, uint8_t chnum); +static void HCD_HC_OUT_IRQHandler(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, uint8_t chnum); +static void HCD_RXQLVL_IRQHandler(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd); +static void HCD_Port_IRQHandler(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup HCD_Exported_Functions HCD Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup HCD_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initialize the host driver + * @param hhcd: HCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_Init(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd) +{ + /* Check the HCD handle allocation */ + if(hhcd == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_HCD_ALL_INSTANCE(hhcd->Instance)); + + if(hhcd->State == HAL_HCD_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hhcd->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */ + HAL_HCD_MspInit(hhcd); + } + + hhcd->State = HAL_HCD_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Interrupts */ + __HAL_HCD_DISABLE(hhcd); + + /* Init the Core (common init.) */ + USB_CoreInit(hhcd->Instance, hhcd->Init); + + /* Force Host Mode*/ + USB_SetCurrentMode(hhcd->Instance , USB_HOST_MODE); + + /* Init Host */ + USB_HostInit(hhcd->Instance, hhcd->Init); + + hhcd->State= HAL_HCD_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize a host channel + * @param hhcd: HCD handle + * @param ch_num: Channel number. + * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 + * @param epnum: Endpoint number. + * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 + * @param dev_address : Current device address + * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 255 + * @param speed: Current device speed. + * This parameter can be one of these values: + * HCD_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode, + * HCD_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode + * @param ep_type: Endpoint Type. + * This parameter can be one of these values: + * EP_TYPE_CTRL: Control type, + * EP_TYPE_ISOC: Isochronous type, + * EP_TYPE_BULK: Bulk type, + * EP_TYPE_INTR: Interrupt type + * @param mps: Max Packet Size. + * This parameter can be a value from 0 to32K + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_HC_Init(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, + uint8_t ch_num, + uint8_t epnum, + uint8_t dev_address, + uint8_t speed, + uint8_t ep_type, + uint16_t mps) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + __HAL_LOCK(hhcd); + + hhcd->hc[ch_num].dev_addr = dev_address; + hhcd->hc[ch_num].max_packet = mps; + hhcd->hc[ch_num].ch_num = ch_num; + hhcd->hc[ch_num].ep_type = ep_type; + hhcd->hc[ch_num].ep_num = epnum & 0x7FU; + hhcd->hc[ch_num].ep_is_in = ((epnum & 0x80U) == 0x80U); + hhcd->hc[ch_num].speed = speed; + + status = USB_HC_Init(hhcd->Instance, + ch_num, + epnum, + dev_address, + speed, + ep_type, + mps); + __HAL_UNLOCK(hhcd); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Halt a host channel + * @param hhcd: HCD handle + * @param ch_num: Channel number. + * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_HC_Halt(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, + uint8_t ch_num) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(hhcd); + USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, ch_num); + __HAL_UNLOCK(hhcd); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the host driver + * @param hhcd: HCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_DeInit(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd) +{ + /* Check the HCD handle allocation */ + if(hhcd == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + hhcd->State = HAL_HCD_STATE_BUSY; + + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + HAL_HCD_MspDeInit(hhcd); + + __HAL_HCD_DISABLE(hhcd); + + hhcd->State = HAL_HCD_STATE_RESET; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the HCD MSP. + * @param hhcd: HCD handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_HCD_MspInit(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hhcd); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_HCD_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes HCD MSP. + * @param hhcd: HCD handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_HCD_MspDeInit(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hhcd); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_HCD_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup HCD_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief HCD IO operation functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USB Host Data + Transfer + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Submit a new URB for processing + * @param hhcd: HCD handle + * @param ch_num: Channel number. + * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 + * @param direction: Channel number. + * This parameter can be one of these values: + * 0 : Output / 1 : Input + * @param ep_type: Endpoint Type. + * This parameter can be one of these values: + * EP_TYPE_CTRL: Control type/ + * EP_TYPE_ISOC: Isochronous type/ + * EP_TYPE_BULK: Bulk type/ + * EP_TYPE_INTR: Interrupt type/ + * @param token: Endpoint Type. + * This parameter can be one of these values: + * 0: HC_PID_SETUP / 1: HC_PID_DATA1 + * @param pbuff: pointer to URB data + * @param length: Length of URB data + * @param do_ping: activate do ping protocol (for high speed only). + * This parameter can be one of these values: + * 0 : do ping inactive / 1 : do ping active + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_HC_SubmitRequest(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, + uint8_t ch_num, + uint8_t direction, + uint8_t ep_type, + uint8_t token, + uint8_t* pbuff, + uint16_t length, + uint8_t do_ping) +{ + hhcd->hc[ch_num].ep_is_in = direction; + hhcd->hc[ch_num].ep_type = ep_type; + + if(token == 0U) + { + hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_SETUP; + } + else + { + hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA1; + } + + /* Manage Data Toggle */ + switch(ep_type) + { + case EP_TYPE_CTRL: + if((token == 1U) && (direction == 0U)) /*send data */ + { + if (length == 0U) + { /* For Status OUT stage, Length==0, Status Out PID = 1 */ + hhcd->hc[ch_num].toggle_out = 1U; + } + + /* Set the Data Toggle bit as per the Flag */ + if ( hhcd->hc[ch_num].toggle_out == 0U) + { /* Put the PID 0 */ + hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA0; + } + else + { /* Put the PID 1 */ + hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA1; + } + if(hhcd->hc[ch_num].urb_state != URB_NOTREADY) + { + hhcd->hc[ch_num].do_ping = do_ping; + } + } + break; + + case EP_TYPE_BULK: + if(direction == 0U) + { + /* Set the Data Toggle bit as per the Flag */ + if ( hhcd->hc[ch_num].toggle_out == 0U) + { /* Put the PID 0 */ + hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA0; + } + else + { /* Put the PID 1 */ + hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA1; + } + if(hhcd->hc[ch_num].urb_state != URB_NOTREADY) + { + hhcd->hc[ch_num].do_ping = do_ping; + } + } + else + { + if( hhcd->hc[ch_num].toggle_in == 0U) + { + hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA0; + } + else + { + hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA1; + } + } + break; + + case EP_TYPE_INTR: + if(direction == 0U) + { + /* Set the Data Toggle bit as per the Flag */ + if ( hhcd->hc[ch_num].toggle_out == 0U) + { /* Put the PID 0 */ + hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA0; + } + else + { /* Put the PID 1 */ + hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA1; + } + } + else + { + if( hhcd->hc[ch_num].toggle_in == 0U) + { + hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA0; + } + else + { + hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA1; + } + } + break; + + case EP_TYPE_ISOC: + hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA0; + break; + } + + hhcd->hc[ch_num].xfer_buff = pbuff; + hhcd->hc[ch_num].xfer_len = length; + hhcd->hc[ch_num].urb_state = URB_IDLE; + hhcd->hc[ch_num].xfer_count = 0U; + hhcd->hc[ch_num].ch_num = ch_num; + hhcd->hc[ch_num].state = HC_IDLE; + + return USB_HC_StartXfer(hhcd->Instance, &(hhcd->hc[ch_num])); +} + +/** + * @brief handle HCD interrupt request. + * @param hhcd: HCD handle + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_HCD_IRQHandler(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd) +{ + USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hhcd->Instance; + + uint32_t index = 0U, interrupt = 0U; + + /* ensure that we are in device mode */ + if (USB_GetMode(hhcd->Instance) == USB_OTG_MODE_HOST) + { + /* Avoid spurious interrupt */ + if(__HAL_HCD_IS_INVALID_INTERRUPT(hhcd)) + { + return; + } + + if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_PXFR_INCOMPISOOUT)) + { + /* Incorrect mode, acknowledge the interrupt */ + __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_PXFR_INCOMPISOOUT); + } + + if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_IISOIXFR)) + { + /* Incorrect mode, acknowledge the interrupt */ + __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_IISOIXFR); + } + + if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_PTXFE)) + { + /* Incorrect mode, acknowledge the interrupt */ + __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_PTXFE); + } + + if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_MMIS)) + { + /* Incorrect mode, acknowledge the interrupt */ + __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_MMIS); + } + + /* Handle Host Disconnect Interrupts */ + if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_DISCINT)) + { + + /* Cleanup HPRT */ + USBx_HPRT0 &= ~(USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA | USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET |\ + USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG | USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG ); + + /* Handle Host Port Interrupts */ + HAL_HCD_Disconnect_Callback(hhcd); + USB_InitFSLSPClkSel(hhcd->Instance ,HCFG_48_MHZ); + __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_DISCINT); + } + + /* Handle Host Port Interrupts */ + if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_HPRTINT)) + { + HCD_Port_IRQHandler (hhcd); + } + + /* Handle Host SOF Interrupts */ + if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SOF)) + { + HAL_HCD_SOF_Callback(hhcd); + __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SOF); + } + + /* Handle Host channel Interrupts */ + if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_HCINT)) + { + interrupt = USB_HC_ReadInterrupt(hhcd->Instance); + for (index = 0U; index < hhcd->Init.Host_channels ; index++) + { + if (interrupt & (1 << index)) + { + if ((USBx_HC(index)->HCCHAR) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR) + { + HCD_HC_IN_IRQHandler (hhcd, index); + } + else + { + HCD_HC_OUT_IRQHandler (hhcd, index); + } + } + } + __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_HCINT); + } + + /* Handle Rx Queue Level Interrupts */ + if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL)) + { + USB_MASK_INTERRUPT(hhcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL); + + HCD_RXQLVL_IRQHandler (hhcd); + + USB_UNMASK_INTERRUPT(hhcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief SOF callback. + * @param hhcd: HCD handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_HCD_SOF_Callback(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hhcd); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_HCD_SOF_Callback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Connexion Event callback. + * @param hhcd: HCD handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_HCD_Connect_Callback(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hhcd); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_HCD_Connect_Callback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Disonnection Event callback. + * @param hhcd: HCD handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_HCD_Disconnect_Callback(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hhcd); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_HCD_Disconnect_Callback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Notify URB state change callback. + * @param hhcd: HCD handle + * @param chnum: Channel number. + * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 + * @param urb_state: + * This parameter can be one of these values: + * URB_IDLE/ + * URB_DONE/ + * URB_NOTREADY/ + * URB_NYET/ + * URB_ERROR/ + * URB_STALL/ + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_HCD_HC_NotifyURBChange_Callback(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, uint8_t chnum, HCD_URBStateTypeDef urb_state) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hhcd); + UNUSED(chnum); + UNUSED(urb_state); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_HCD_HC_NotifyURBChange_Callback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup HCD_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the HCD data + transfers. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Start the host driver + * @param hhcd: HCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_Start(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(hhcd); + __HAL_HCD_ENABLE(hhcd); + USB_DriveVbus(hhcd->Instance, 1U); + __HAL_UNLOCK(hhcd); + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop the host driver + * @param hhcd: HCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ + +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_Stop(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(hhcd); + USB_StopHost(hhcd->Instance); + __HAL_UNLOCK(hhcd); + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Reset the host port + * @param hhcd: HCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_ResetPort(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd) +{ + return (USB_ResetPort(hhcd->Instance)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup HCD_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions + * @brief Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral + and the data flow. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the HCD handle state + * @param hhcd: HCD handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HCD_StateTypeDef HAL_HCD_GetState(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd) +{ + return hhcd->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return URB state for a channel + * @param hhcd: HCD handle + * @param chnum: Channel number. + * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 + * @retval URB state. + * This parameter can be one of these values: + * URB_IDLE/ + * URB_DONE/ + * URB_NOTREADY/ + * URB_NYET/ + * URB_ERROR/ + * URB_STALL/ + */ +HCD_URBStateTypeDef HAL_HCD_HC_GetURBState(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, uint8_t chnum) +{ + return hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state; +} + + +/** + * @brief Return the last host transfer size + * @param hhcd: HCD handle + * @param chnum: Channel number. + * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 + * @retval last transfer size in byte + */ +uint32_t HAL_HCD_HC_GetXferCount(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, uint8_t chnum) +{ + return hhcd->hc[chnum].xfer_count; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the Host Channel state + * @param hhcd: HCD handle + * @param chnum: Channel number. + * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 + * @retval Host channel state + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * HC_IDLE/ + * HC_XFRC/ + * HC_HALTED/ + * HC_NYET/ + * HC_NAK/ + * HC_STALL/ + * HC_XACTERR/ + * HC_BBLERR/ + * HC_DATATGLERR/ + */ +HCD_HCStateTypeDef HAL_HCD_HC_GetState(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, uint8_t chnum) +{ + return hhcd->hc[chnum].state; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the current Host frame number + * @param hhcd: HCD handle + * @retval Current Host frame number + */ +uint32_t HAL_HCD_GetCurrentFrame(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd) +{ + return (USB_GetCurrentFrame(hhcd->Instance)); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the Host enumeration speed + * @param hhcd: HCD handle + * @retval Enumeration speed + */ +uint32_t HAL_HCD_GetCurrentSpeed(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd) +{ + return (USB_GetHostSpeed(hhcd->Instance)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup HCD_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief This function handles Host Channel IN interrupt requests. + * @param hhcd: HCD handle + * @param chnum: Channel number. + * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 + * @retval none + */ +static void HCD_HC_IN_IRQHandler (HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, uint8_t chnum) +{ + USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hhcd->Instance; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; + + if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_AHBERR) + { + __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_AHBERR); + __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); + } + else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_ACK) + { + __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_ACK); + } + + else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_STALL) + { + __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); + hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_STALL; + __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_NAK); + __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_STALL); + USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum); + } + else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_DTERR) + { + __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); + USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum); + __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_NAK); + hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_DATATGLERR; + __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_DTERR); + } + + if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_FRMOR) + { + __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); + USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum); + __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_FRMOR); + } + + else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_XFRC) + { + hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_XFRC; + hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt = 0U; + __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_XFRC); + + if ((hhcd->hc[chnum].ep_type == EP_TYPE_CTRL)|| + (hhcd->hc[chnum].ep_type == EP_TYPE_BULK)) + { + __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); + USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum); + __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_NAK); + + } + else if(hhcd->hc[chnum].ep_type == EP_TYPE_INTR) + { + USBx_HC(chnum)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_ODDFRM; + hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state = URB_DONE; + HAL_HCD_HC_NotifyURBChange_Callback(hhcd, chnum, hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state); + } + hhcd->hc[chnum].toggle_in ^= 1U; + + } + else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_CHH) + { + __HAL_HCD_MASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); + + if(hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_XFRC) + { + hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state = URB_DONE; + } + else if (hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_STALL) + { + hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state = URB_STALL; + } + else if((hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_XACTERR) || + (hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_DATATGLERR)) + { + if(hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt++ > 3U) + { + hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt = 0U; + hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state = URB_ERROR; + } + else + { + hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state = URB_NOTREADY; + } + + /* re-activate the channel */ + tmpreg = USBx_HC(chnum)->HCCHAR; + tmpreg &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; + tmpreg |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; + USBx_HC(chnum)->HCCHAR = tmpreg; + } + __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_CHH); + HAL_HCD_HC_NotifyURBChange_Callback(hhcd, chnum, hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state); + } + + else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_TXERR) + { + __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); + hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt++; + hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_XACTERR; + USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum); + __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_TXERR); + } + else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_NAK) + { + if(hhcd->hc[chnum].ep_type == EP_TYPE_INTR) + { + __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); + USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum); + } + else if ((hhcd->hc[chnum].ep_type == EP_TYPE_CTRL)|| + (hhcd->hc[chnum].ep_type == EP_TYPE_BULK)) + { + /* re-activate the channel */ + tmpreg = USBx_HC(chnum)->HCCHAR; + tmpreg &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; + tmpreg |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; + USBx_HC(chnum)->HCCHAR = tmpreg; + } + hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_NAK; + __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_NAK); + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles Host Channel OUT interrupt requests. + * @param hhcd: HCD handle + * @param chnum: Channel number. + * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 + * @retval none + */ +static void HCD_HC_OUT_IRQHandler (HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, uint8_t chnum) +{ + USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hhcd->Instance; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; + + if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_AHBERR) + { + __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_AHBERR); + __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); + } + else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_ACK) + { + __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_ACK); + + if( hhcd->hc[chnum].do_ping == 1U) + { + hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_NYET; + __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); + USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum); + hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state = URB_NOTREADY; + } + } + + else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_NYET) + { + hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_NYET; + hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt= 0U; + __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); + USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum); + __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_NYET); + + } + + else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_FRMOR) + { + __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); + USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum); + __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_FRMOR); + } + + else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_XFRC) + { + hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt = 0U; + __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); + USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum); + __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_XFRC); + hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_XFRC; + } + else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_STALL) + { + __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_STALL); + __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); + USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum); + hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_STALL; + } + else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_NAK) + { + hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt = 0U; + __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); + USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum); + hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_NAK; + __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_NAK); + } + else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_TXERR) + { + __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); + USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum); + hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_XACTERR; + __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_TXERR); + } + else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_DTERR) + { + __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); + USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum); + __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_NAK); + __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_DTERR); + hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_DATATGLERR; + } + else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) & USB_OTG_HCINT_CHH) + { + __HAL_HCD_MASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum); + + if(hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_XFRC) + { + hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state = URB_DONE; + if (hhcd->hc[chnum].ep_type == EP_TYPE_BULK) + { + hhcd->hc[chnum].toggle_out ^= 1U; + } + } + else if (hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_NAK) + { + hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state = URB_NOTREADY; + } + else if (hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_NYET) + { + hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state = URB_NOTREADY; + hhcd->hc[chnum].do_ping = 0U; + } + else if (hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_STALL) + { + hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state = URB_STALL; + } + else if((hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_XACTERR) || + (hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_DATATGLERR)) + { + if(hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt++ > 3U) + { + hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt = 0U; + hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state = URB_ERROR; + } + else + { + hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state = URB_NOTREADY; + } + + /* re-activate the channel */ + tmpreg = USBx_HC(chnum)->HCCHAR; + tmpreg &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; + tmpreg |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; + USBx_HC(chnum)->HCCHAR = tmpreg; + } + + __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_CHH); + HAL_HCD_HC_NotifyURBChange_Callback(hhcd, chnum, hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state); + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles Rx Queue Level interrupt requests. + * @param hhcd: HCD handle + * @retval none + */ +static void HCD_RXQLVL_IRQHandler (HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd) +{ + USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hhcd->Instance; + uint8_t channelnum =0U; + uint32_t pktsts; + uint32_t pktcnt; + uint32_t temp = 0U; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; + + temp = hhcd->Instance->GRXSTSP; + channelnum = temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_EPNUM; + pktsts = (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_PKTSTS) >> 17U; + pktcnt = (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4U; + + switch (pktsts) + { + case GRXSTS_PKTSTS_IN: + /* Read the data into the host buffer. */ + if ((pktcnt > 0U) && (hhcd->hc[channelnum].xfer_buff != (void *)0U)) + { + USB_ReadPacket(hhcd->Instance, hhcd->hc[channelnum].xfer_buff, pktcnt); + + /*manage multiple Xfer */ + hhcd->hc[channelnum].xfer_buff += pktcnt; + hhcd->hc[channelnum].xfer_count += pktcnt; + + if((USBx_HC(channelnum)->HCTSIZ & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_PKTCNT) > 0U) + { + /* re-activate the channel when more packets are expected */ + tmpreg = USBx_HC(channelnum)->HCCHAR; + tmpreg &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; + tmpreg |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; + USBx_HC(channelnum)->HCCHAR = tmpreg; + hhcd->hc[channelnum].toggle_in ^= 1U; + } + } + break; + + case GRXSTS_PKTSTS_DATA_TOGGLE_ERR: + break; + + case GRXSTS_PKTSTS_IN_XFER_COMP: + case GRXSTS_PKTSTS_CH_HALTED: + default: + break; + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles Host Port interrupt requests. + * @param hhcd: HCD handle + * @retval None + */ +static void HCD_Port_IRQHandler (HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd) +{ + USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hhcd->Instance; + __IO uint32_t hprt0 = 0, hprt0_dup = 0U; + + /* Handle Host Port Interrupts */ + hprt0 = USBx_HPRT0; + hprt0_dup = USBx_HPRT0; + + hprt0_dup &= ~(USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA | USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET |\ + USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG | USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG ); + + /* Check whether Port Connect Detected */ + if((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET) == USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET) + { + if((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PCSTS) == USB_OTG_HPRT_PCSTS) + { + USB_MASK_INTERRUPT(hhcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_DISCINT); + HAL_HCD_Connect_Callback(hhcd); + } + hprt0_dup |= USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET; + } + + /* Check whether Port Enable Changed */ + if((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG) == USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG) + { + hprt0_dup |= USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG; + + if((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA) == USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA) + { + if ((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PSPD) == (HPRT0_PRTSPD_LOW_SPEED << 17U)) + { + USB_InitFSLSPClkSel(hhcd->Instance ,HCFG_6_MHZ ); + } + else + { + USB_InitFSLSPClkSel(hhcd->Instance ,HCFG_48_MHZ ); + } + HAL_HCD_Connect_Callback(hhcd); + } + else + { + /* Cleanup HPRT */ + USBx_HPRT0 &= ~(USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA | USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET |\ + USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG | USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG ); + + USB_UNMASK_INTERRUPT(hhcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_DISCINT); + } + } + + /* Check For an over current */ + if((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG) == USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG) + { + hprt0_dup |= USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG; + } + + /* Clear Port Interrupts */ + USBx_HPRT0 = hprt0_dup; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ + +#endif /* HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_i2c.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_i2c.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..3c957e2b69e205b890e2b5cf1c6ef974f94107a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_i2c.c @@ -0,0 +1,5575 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_i2c.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief I2C HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Inter Integrated Circuit (I2C) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral State, Mode and Error functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The I2C HAL driver can be used as follows: + + (#) Declare a I2C_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: + I2C_HandleTypeDef hi2c; + + (#)Initialize the I2C low level resources by implementing the HAL_I2C_MspInit() API: + (##) Enable the I2Cx interface clock + (##) I2C pins configuration + (+++) Enable the clock for the I2C GPIOs + (+++) Configure I2C pins as alternate function open-drain + (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process + (+++) Configure the I2Cx interrupt priority + (+++) Enable the NVIC I2C IRQ Channel + (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process + (+++) Declare a DMA_HandleTypeDef handle structure for the transmit or receive channel + (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using + (+++) Configure the DMA handle parameters + (+++) Configure the DMA Tx or Rx channel + (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the hi2c DMA Tx or Rx handle + (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on + the DMA Tx or Rx channel + + (#) Configure the Communication Speed, Duty cycle, Addressing mode, Own Address1, + Dual Addressing mode, Own Address2, General call and Nostretch mode in the hi2c Init structure. + + (#) Initialize the I2C registers by calling the HAL_I2C_Init(), configures also the low level Hardware + (GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC...etc) by calling the customized HAL_I2C_MspInit(&hi2c) API. + + (#) To check if target device is ready for communication, use the function HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady() + + (#) For I2C IO and IO MEM operations, three operation modes are available within this driver : + + *** Polling mode IO operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit() + (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Receive() + (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit() + (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive() + + *** Polling mode IO MEM operation *** + ===================================== + [..] + (+) Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory address using HAL_I2C_Mem_Write() + (+) Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory address using HAL_I2C_Mem_Read() + + + *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT() + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback + (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT() + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback + (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT() + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback + (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT() + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback + (+) Abort a master I2C process communication with Interrupt using HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT() + (+) End of abort process, HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() + + *** Interrupt mode IO sequential operation *** + ============================================== + [..] + (@) These interfaces allow to manage a sequential transfer with a repeated start condition + when a direction change during transfer + [..] + (+) A specific option field manage the different steps of a sequential transfer + (+) Option field values are defined through @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS and are listed below: + (++) I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME: No sequential usage, functionnal is same as associated interfaces in no sequential mode + (++) I2C_FIRST_FRAME: Sequential usage, this option allow to manage a sequence with start condition, address + and data to transfer without a final stop condition + (++) I2C_NEXT_FRAME: Sequential usage, this option allow to manage a sequence with a restart condition, address + and with new data to transfer if the direction change or manage only the new data to transfer + if no direction change and without a final stop condition in both cases + (++) I2C_LAST_FRAME: Sequential usage, this option allow to manage a sequance with a restart condition, address + and with new data to transfer if the direction change or manage only the new data to transfer + if no direction change and with a final stop condition in both cases + + (+) Differents sequential I2C interfaces are listed below: + (++) Sequential transmit in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Sequential_Transmit_IT() + (+++) At transmission end of current frame transfer, HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() + (++) Sequential receive in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Sequential_Receive_IT() + (+++) At reception end of current frame transfer, HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() + (++) Abort a master I2C process communication with Interrupt using HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT() + (+++) End of abort process, HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() + (++) Enable/disable the Address listen mode in slave I2C mode using HAL_I2C_EnableListen_IT() HAL_I2C_DisableListen_IT() + (+++) When address slave I2C match, HAL_I2C_AddrCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code to check the Address Match Code and the transmission direction request by master (Write/Read). + (+++) At Listen mode end HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback() + (++) Sequential transmit in slave I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Sequential_Transmit_IT() + (+++) At transmission end of current frame transfer, HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() + (++) Sequential receive in slave I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Sequential_Receive_IT() + (+++) At reception end of current frame transfer, HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() + (++) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() + + *** Interrupt mode IO MEM operation *** + ======================================= + [..] + (+) Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt to a specific memory address using + HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT() + (+) At MEM end of write transfer HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback + (+) Read an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt from a specific memory address using + HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT() + (+) At MEM end of read transfer HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback + + *** DMA mode IO operation *** + ============================== + [..] + (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using + HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA() + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback + (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using + HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA() + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback + (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using + HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA() + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback + (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using + HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA() + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback + (+) Abort a master I2C process communication with Interrupt using HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT() + (+) End of abort process, HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() + + *** DMA mode IO MEM operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA to a specific memory address using + HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA() + (+) At MEM end of write transfer HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback + (+) Read an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA from a specific memory address using + HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA() + (+) At MEM end of read transfer HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback + + + *** I2C HAL driver macros list *** + ================================== + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in I2C HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_I2C_ENABLE: Enable the I2C peripheral + (+) __HAL_I2C_DISABLE: Disable the I2C peripheral + (+) __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG : Checks whether the specified I2C flag is set or not + (+) __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG : Clear the specified I2C pending flag + (+) __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified I2C interrupt + (+) __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified I2C interrupt + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the I2C HAL driver header file for more useful macros + + *** I2C Workarounds linked to Silicon Limitation *** + ==================================================== + [..] + Below the list of all silicon limitations implemented for HAL on STM32F1xx product. + (@) See ErrataSheet to know full silicon limitation list of your product. + + (#) Workarounds Implemented inside I2C HAL Driver + (##) Wrong data read into data register (Polling and Interrupt mode) + (##) Start cannot be generated after a misplaced Stop + (##) Some software events must be managed before the current byte is being transferred: + Workaround: Use DMA in general, except when the Master is receiving a single byte. + For Interupt mode, I2C should have the highest priority in the application. + (##) Mismatch on the "Setup time for a repeated Start condition" timing parameter: + Workaround: Reduce the frequency down to 88 kHz or use the I2C Fast-mode if + supported by the slave. + (##) Data valid time (tVD;DAT) violated without the OVR flag being set: + Workaround: If the slave device allows it, use the clock stretching mechanism + by programming NoStretchMode = I2C_NOSTRETCH_DISABLE in HAL_I2C_Init. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C I2C + * @brief I2C HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup I2C_Private_Define + * @{ + */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG 35U /*!< Timeout 35 ms */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG 25U /*!< Timeout 25 ms */ +#define I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME 0xFFFF0000U /*!< XferOptions default value */ + +/* Private define for @ref PreviousState usage */ +#define I2C_STATE_MSK ((uint32_t)((HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX | HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) & (~(uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_READY))) /*!< Mask State define, keep only RX and TX bits */ +#define I2C_STATE_NONE ((uint32_t)(HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE)) /*!< Default Value */ +#define I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX ((uint32_t)((HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER)) /*!< Master Busy TX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */ +#define I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX ((uint32_t)((HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER)) /*!< Master Busy RX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */ +#define I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX ((uint32_t)((HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE)) /*!< Slave Busy TX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */ +#define I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX ((uint32_t)((HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE)) /*!< Slave Busy RX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup I2C_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +/* Private functions to handle DMA transfer */ +static void I2C_DMAXferCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2C_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2C_DMAAbort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); + +static void I2C_ITError(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); + +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterRequestWrite(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterRequestRead(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryRead(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Flag, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnTXEFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnBTFFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); + +/* Private functions for I2C transfer IRQ handler */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterTransmit_TXE(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterTransmit_BTF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterReceive_RXNE(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterReceive_BTF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Master_SB(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Master_ADD10(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Master_ADDR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); + +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_SlaveTransmit_TXE(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_SlaveTransmit_BTF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_SlaveReceive_RXNE(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_SlaveReceive_BTF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_ADDR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_STOPF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_AF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions I2C Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and + de-initialize the I2Cx peripheral: + + (+) User must Implement HAL_I2C_MspInit() function in which he configures + all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC). + + (+) Call the function HAL_I2C_Init() to configure the selected device with + the selected configuration: + (++) Communication Speed + (++) Duty cycle + (++) Addressing mode + (++) Own Address 1 + (++) Dual Addressing mode + (++) Own Address 2 + (++) General call mode + (++) Nostretch mode + + (+) Call the function HAL_I2C_DeInit() to restore the default configuration + of the selected I2Cx peripheral. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the I2C according to the specified parameters + * in the I2C_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Init(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + uint32_t freqrange = 0U; + uint32_t pclk1 = 0U; + + /* Check the I2C handle allocation */ + if(hi2c == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_CLOCK_SPEED(hi2c->Init.ClockSpeed)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(hi2c->Init.DutyCycle)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_ADDRESSING_MODE(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_DUAL_ADDRESS(hi2c->Init.DualAddressMode)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2(hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_GENERAL_CALL(hi2c->Init.GeneralCallMode)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_NO_STRETCH(hi2c->Init.NoStretchMode)); + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hi2c->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_I2C_MspInit(hi2c); + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + + /* Get PCLK1 frequency */ + pclk1 = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(); + + /* Calculate frequency range */ + freqrange = I2C_FREQRANGE(pclk1); + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR2 Configuration ----------------------*/ + /* Configure I2Cx: Frequency range */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 = freqrange; + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx TRISE Configuration --------------------*/ + /* Configure I2Cx: Rise Time */ + hi2c->Instance->TRISE = I2C_RISE_TIME(freqrange, hi2c->Init.ClockSpeed); + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx CCR Configuration ----------------------*/ + /* Configure I2Cx: Speed */ + hi2c->Instance->CCR = I2C_SPEED(pclk1, hi2c->Init.ClockSpeed, hi2c->Init.DutyCycle); + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR1 Configuration ----------------------*/ + /* Configure I2Cx: Generalcall and NoStretch mode */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 = (hi2c->Init.GeneralCallMode | hi2c->Init.NoStretchMode); + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration ---------------------*/ + /* Configure I2Cx: Own Address1 and addressing mode */ + hi2c->Instance->OAR1 = (hi2c->Init.AddressingMode | hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1); + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR2 Configuration ---------------------*/ + /* Configure I2Cx: Dual mode and Own Address2 */ + hi2c->Instance->OAR2 = (hi2c->Init.DualAddressMode | hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2); + + /* Enable the selected I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the I2C peripheral. + * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_DeInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Check the I2C handle allocation */ + if(hi2c == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance)); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the I2C Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_I2C_MspDeInit(hi2c); + + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief I2C MSP Init. + * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_I2C_MspInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief I2C MSP DeInit + * @param hi2c: pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_I2C_MspDeInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the I2C data + transfers. + + (#) There are two modes of transfer: + (++) Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode. + The status of all data processing is returned by the same function + after finishing transfer. + (++) No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts + or DMA. These functions return the status of the transfer startup. + The end of the data processing will be indicated through the + dedicated I2C IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when + using DMA mode. + + (#) Blocking mode functions are : + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit() + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read() + (++) HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady() + + (#) No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are : + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Sequential_Transmit_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Sequential_Receive_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Sequential_Transmit_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Sequential_Receive_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT() + + (#) No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are : + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA() + + (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode: + (++) HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Transmits in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shift at right before call interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0x00U; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + + /* Send Slave Address */ + if(I2C_MasterRequestWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + while(hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnTXEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Write data to DR */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++); + hi2c->XferCount--; + hi2c->XferSize--; + + if((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF) == SET) && (hi2c->XferSize != 0U)) + { + /* Write data to DR */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++); + hi2c->XferCount--; + hi2c->XferSize--; + } + + /* Wait until BTF flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnBTFFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receives in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shift at right before call interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0x00U; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + + /* Send Slave Address */ + if(I2C_MasterRequestRead(hi2c, DevAddress, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + if(hi2c->XferSize == 0U) + { + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; + } + else if(hi2c->XferSize == 1U) + { + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; + + /* Disable all active IRQs around ADDR clearing and STOP programming because the EV6_3 + software sequence must complete before the current byte end of transfer */ + __disable_irq(); + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; + + /* Re-enable IRQs */ + __enable_irq(); + } + else if(hi2c->XferSize == 2U) + { + /* Enable Pos */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_POS; + + /* Disable all active IRQs around ADDR clearing and STOP programming because the EV6_3 + software sequence must complete before the current byte end of transfer */ + __disable_irq(); + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; + + /* Re-enable IRQs */ + __enable_irq(); + } + else + { + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + } + + while(hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + if(hi2c->XferSize <= 3U) + { + /* One byte */ + if(hi2c->XferSize == 1U) + { + /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Read data from DR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + /* Two bytes */ + else if(hi2c->XferSize == 2U) + { + /* Wait until BTF flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Disable all active IRQs around ADDR clearing and STOP programming because the EV6_3 + software sequence must complete before the current byte end of transfer */ + __disable_irq(); + + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; + + /* Read data from DR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + + /* Re-enable IRQs */ + __enable_irq(); + + /* Read data from DR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + /* 3 Last bytes */ + else + { + /* Wait until BTF flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; + + /* Disable all active IRQs around ADDR clearing and STOP programming because the EV6_3 + software sequence must complete before the current byte end of transfer */ + __disable_irq(); + + /* Read data from DR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + + /* Wait until BTF flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; + + /* Read data from DR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + + /* Re-enable IRQs */ + __enable_irq(); + + /* Read data from DR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + } + else + { + /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Read data from DR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + + if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF) == SET) + { + /* Read data from DR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + } + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmits in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0x00U; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; + + /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* If 10bit addressing mode is selected */ + if(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT) + { + /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + } + + while(hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnTXEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; + + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Write data to DR */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++); + hi2c->XferCount--; + hi2c->XferSize--; + + if((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF) == SET) && (hi2c->XferSize != 0U)) + { + /* Write data to DR */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++); + hi2c->XferCount--; + hi2c->XferSize--; + } + } + + /* Wait until AF flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Clear AF flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0x00U; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; + + /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + while(hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; + + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Read data from DR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + + if((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF) == SET) && (Size != 0U)) + { + /* Read data from DR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + } + + /* Wait until STOP flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; + + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Clear STOP flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_STOPFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shift at right before call interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + __IO uint32_t count = 0U; + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + count = I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG * (SystemCoreClock /25U /1000U); + do + { + if(count-- == 0U) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) != RESET); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->Devaddress = DevAddress; + + /* Generate Start */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shift at right before call interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + __IO uint32_t count = 0U; + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + count = I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG * (SystemCoreClock /25U /1000U); + do + { + if(count-- == 0U) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) != RESET); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->Devaddress = DevAddress; + + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; + + /* Generate Start */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sequential transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shift at right before call interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XferOptions_definition + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Sequential_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + __IO uint32_t Prev_State = 0x00U; + __IO uint32_t count = 0x00U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Check Busy Flag only if FIRST call of Master interface */ + if((XferOptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME) || (XferOptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME)) + { + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + count = I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG * (SystemCoreClock /25U /1000U); + do + { + if(count-- == 0U) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) != RESET); + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->Devaddress = DevAddress; + + Prev_State = hi2c->PreviousState; + + /* Generate Start */ + if((Prev_State == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) || (Prev_State == I2C_STATE_NONE)) + { + /* Generate Start condition if first transfer */ + if((XferOptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME) || (XferOptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME)) + { + /* Generate Start */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START; + } + else + { + /* Generate ReStart */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START; + } + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sequential receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shift at right before call interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XferOptions_definition + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Sequential_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + __IO uint32_t count = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Check Busy Flag only if FIRST call of Master interface */ + if((XferOptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME) || (XferOptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME)) + { + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + count = I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG * (SystemCoreClock /25U /1000U); + do + { + if(count-- == 0U) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) != RESET); + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->Devaddress = DevAddress; + + if((hi2c->PreviousState == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) || (hi2c->PreviousState == I2C_STATE_NONE)) + { + /* Generate Start condition if first transfer */ + if((XferOptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME) || (XferOptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME) || (XferOptions == I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)) + { + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; + + /* Generate Start */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START; + } + else + { + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; + + /* Generate ReStart */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START; + } + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + __IO uint32_t count = 0U; + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + count = I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG * (SystemCoreClock /25U /1000U); + do + { + if(count-- == 0U) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) != RESET); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + __IO uint32_t count = 0U; + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + count = I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG * (SystemCoreClock /25U /1000U); + do + { + if(count-- == 0U) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) != RESET); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferSize = Size; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sequential transmit in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XferOptions_definition + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Sequential_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sequential receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XferOptions_definition + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Sequential_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the Address listen mode with Interrupt. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_EnableListen_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; + + /* Enable EVT and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_ERR); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the Address listen mode with Interrupt. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_DisableListen_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Declaration of tmp to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + uint32_t tmp; + + /* Disable Address listen mode only if a transfer is not ongoing */ + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + tmp = (uint32_t)(hi2c->State) & I2C_STATE_MSK; + hi2c->PreviousState = tmp | (uint32_t)(hi2c->Mode); + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; + + /* Disable EVT and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_ERR); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shift at right before call interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + __IO uint32_t count = 0U; + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + count = I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG * (SystemCoreClock /25U /1000U); + do + { + if(count-- == 0U) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) != RESET); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->Devaddress = DevAddress; + + if(hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAXferCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->DR, hi2c->XferSize); + + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; + + /* Generate Start */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable EVT and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_DMAEN; + } + else + { + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; + + /* Generate Start */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shift at right before call interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + __IO uint32_t count = 0U; + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + count = I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG * (SystemCoreClock /25U /1000U); + do + { + if(count-- == 0U) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) != RESET); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->Devaddress = DevAddress; + + if(hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAXferCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, hi2c->XferSize); + + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; + + /* Generate Start */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable EVT and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_DMAEN; + } + else + { + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; + + /* Generate Start */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Abort a master I2C process communication with Interrupt. + * @note This abort can be called only if state is ready + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shift at right before call interface + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(DevAddress); + + /* Abort Master transfer during Receive or Transmit process */ + if(hi2c->Mode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT; + + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; + + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; + + hi2c->XferCount = 0U; + + /* Disable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + I2C_ITError(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + /* Wrong usage of abort function */ + /* This function should be used only in case of abort monitored by master device */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + __IO uint32_t count = 0U; + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + count = I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG * (SystemCoreClock /25U /1000U); + do + { + if(count-- == 0U) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) != RESET); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAXferCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->DR, hi2c->XferSize); + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable EVT and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_DMAEN; + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + __IO uint32_t count = 0U; + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + count = I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG * (SystemCoreClock /25U /1000U); + do + { + if(count-- == 0U) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) != RESET); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAXferCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, hi2c->XferSize); + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable EVT and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_DMAEN; + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} +/** + * @brief Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory address + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0x00U; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + + /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ + if(I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + while(hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnTXEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Write data to DR */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++); + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + + if((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF) == SET) && (hi2c->XferSize != 0U)) + { + /* Write data to DR */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++); + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + } + + /* Wait until BTF flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnBTFFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory address + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0x00U; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + + /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ + if(I2C_RequestMemoryRead(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + if(hi2c->XferSize == 0U) + { + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; + } + else if(hi2c->XferSize == 1U) + { + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; + + /* Disable all active IRQs around ADDR clearing and STOP programming because the EV6_3 + software sequence must complete before the current byte end of transfer */ + __disable_irq(); + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; + + /* Re-enable IRQs */ + __enable_irq(); + } + else if(hi2c->XferSize == 2U) + { + /* Enable Pos */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_POS; + + /* Disable all active IRQs around ADDR clearing and STOP programming because the EV6_3 + software sequence must complete before the current byte end of transfer */ + __disable_irq(); + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; + + /* Re-enable IRQs */ + __enable_irq(); + } + else + { + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_ACK); + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + } + + while(hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + if(hi2c->XferSize <= 3U) + { + /* One byte */ + if(hi2c->XferSize== 1U) + { + /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Read data from DR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + /* Two bytes */ + else if(hi2c->XferSize == 2U) + { + /* Wait until BTF flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Disable all active IRQs around ADDR clearing and STOP programming because the EV6_3 + software sequence must complete before the current byte end of transfer */ + __disable_irq(); + + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; + + /* Read data from DR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + + /* Re-enable IRQs */ + __enable_irq(); + + /* Read data from DR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + /* 3 Last bytes */ + else + { + /* Wait until BTF flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; + + /* Disable all active IRQs around ADDR clearing and STOP programming because the EV6_3 + software sequence must complete before the current byte end of transfer */ + __disable_irq(); + + /* Read data from DR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + + /* Wait until BTF flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; + + /* Read data from DR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + + /* Re-enable IRQs */ + __enable_irq(); + + /* Read data from DR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + } + else + { + /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Read data from DR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + + if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF) == SET) + { + /* Read data from DR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + } + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt to a specific memory address + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + __IO uint32_t count = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + count = I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG * (SystemCoreClock /25U /1000U); + do + { + if(count-- == 0U) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) != RESET); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferSize = Size; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->Devaddress = DevAddress; + hi2c->Memaddress = MemAddress; + hi2c->MemaddSize = MemAddSize; + hi2c->EventCount = 0U; + + /* Generate Start */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Read an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt from a specific memory address + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + __IO uint32_t count = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + count = I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG * (SystemCoreClock /25U /1000U); + do + { + if(count-- == 0U) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) != RESET); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferSize = Size; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->Devaddress = DevAddress; + hi2c->Memaddress = MemAddress; + hi2c->MemaddSize = MemAddSize; + hi2c->EventCount = 0U; + + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; + + /* Generate Start */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + if(hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + } + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA to a specific memory address + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + __IO uint32_t count = 0U; + + uint32_t tickstart = 0x00U; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + count = I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG * (SystemCoreClock /25U /1000U); + do + { + if(count-- == 0U) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) != RESET); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferSize = Size; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + + if(hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAXferCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->DR, hi2c->XferSize); + + /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ + if(I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_DMAEN; + } + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Reads an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA from a specific memory address. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be read + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0x00U; + __IO uint32_t count = 0U; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + count = I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG * (SystemCoreClock /25U /1000U); + do + { + if(count-- == 0U) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) != RESET); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + + if(hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAXferCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, hi2c->XferSize); + + /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ + if(I2C_RequestMemoryRead(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + if(Size == 1U) + { + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; + } + else + { + /* Enable Last DMA bit */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_LAST; + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_DMAEN; + } + else + { + /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ + if(I2C_RequestMemoryRead(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks if target device is ready for communication. + * @note This function is used with Memory devices + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address + * @param Trials Number of trials + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t Trials, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U, tmp1 = 0U, tmp2 = 0U, tmp3 = 0U, I2C_Trials = 1U; + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Check if the I2C is already enabled */ + if((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_PE) != I2C_CR1_PE) + { + /* Enable I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + } + + /* Disable Pos */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + + do + { + /* Generate Start */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START; + + /* Wait until SB flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_SB, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Send slave address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_7BIT_ADD_WRITE(DevAddress); + + /* Wait until ADDR or AF flag are set */ + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + tmp3 = hi2c->State; + while((tmp1 == RESET) && (tmp2 == RESET) && (tmp3 != HAL_I2C_STATE_TIMEOUT)) + { + if((Timeout == 0U)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_TIMEOUT; + } + tmp1 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + tmp2 = __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + tmp3 = hi2c->State; + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Check if the ADDR flag has been set */ + if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR) == SET) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; + + /* Clear ADDR Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; + + /* Clear AF Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + }while(I2C_Trials++ < Trials); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C event interrupt request. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_I2C_EV_IRQHandler(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + uint32_t sr2itflags = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->SR2); + uint32_t sr1itflags = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->SR1); + uint32_t itsources = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->CR2); + + uint32_t CurrentMode = hi2c->Mode; + + /* Master or Memory mode selected */ + if((CurrentMode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER) || (CurrentMode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM)) + { + /* SB Set ----------------------------------------------------------------*/ + if(((sr1itflags & I2C_FLAG_SB) != RESET) && ((itsources & I2C_IT_EVT) != RESET)) + { + I2C_Master_SB(hi2c); + } + /* ADD10 Set -------------------------------------------------------------*/ + else if(((sr1itflags & I2C_FLAG_ADD10) != RESET) && ((itsources & I2C_IT_EVT) != RESET)) + { + I2C_Master_ADD10(hi2c); + } + /* ADDR Set --------------------------------------------------------------*/ + else if(((sr1itflags & I2C_FLAG_ADDR) != RESET) && ((itsources & I2C_IT_EVT) != RESET)) + { + I2C_Master_ADDR(hi2c); + } + + /* I2C in mode Transmitter -----------------------------------------------*/ + if((sr2itflags & I2C_FLAG_TRA) != RESET) + { + /* TXE set and BTF reset -----------------------------------------------*/ + if(((sr1itflags & I2C_FLAG_TXE) != RESET) && ((itsources & I2C_IT_BUF) != RESET) && ((sr1itflags & I2C_FLAG_BTF) == RESET)) + { + I2C_MasterTransmit_TXE(hi2c); + } + /* BTF set -------------------------------------------------------------*/ + else if(((sr1itflags & I2C_FLAG_BTF) != RESET) && ((itsources & I2C_IT_EVT) != RESET)) + { + I2C_MasterTransmit_BTF(hi2c); + } + } + /* I2C in mode Receiver --------------------------------------------------*/ + else + { + /* RXNE set and BTF reset -----------------------------------------------*/ + if(((sr1itflags & I2C_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) && ((itsources & I2C_IT_BUF) != RESET) && ((sr1itflags & I2C_FLAG_BTF) == RESET)) + { + I2C_MasterReceive_RXNE(hi2c); + } + /* BTF set -------------------------------------------------------------*/ + else if(((sr1itflags & I2C_FLAG_BTF) != RESET) && ((itsources & I2C_IT_EVT) != RESET)) + { + I2C_MasterReceive_BTF(hi2c); + } + } + } + /* Slave mode selected */ + else + { + /* ADDR set --------------------------------------------------------------*/ + if(((sr1itflags & I2C_FLAG_ADDR) != RESET) && ((itsources & I2C_IT_EVT) != RESET)) + { + I2C_Slave_ADDR(hi2c); + } + /* STOPF set --------------------------------------------------------------*/ + else if(((sr1itflags & I2C_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) && ((itsources & I2C_IT_EVT) != RESET)) + { + I2C_Slave_STOPF(hi2c); + } + /* I2C in mode Transmitter -----------------------------------------------*/ + else if((sr2itflags & I2C_FLAG_TRA) != RESET) + { + /* TXE set and BTF reset -----------------------------------------------*/ + if(((sr1itflags & I2C_FLAG_TXE) != RESET) && ((itsources & I2C_IT_BUF) != RESET) && ((sr1itflags & I2C_FLAG_BTF) == RESET)) + { + I2C_SlaveTransmit_TXE(hi2c); + } + /* BTF set -------------------------------------------------------------*/ + else if(((sr1itflags & I2C_FLAG_BTF) != RESET) && ((itsources & I2C_IT_EVT) != RESET)) + { + I2C_SlaveTransmit_BTF(hi2c); + } + } + /* I2C in mode Receiver --------------------------------------------------*/ + else + { + /* RXNE set and BTF reset ----------------------------------------------*/ + if(((sr1itflags & I2C_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) && ((itsources & I2C_IT_BUF) != RESET) && ((sr1itflags & I2C_FLAG_BTF) == RESET)) + { + I2C_SlaveReceive_RXNE(hi2c); + } + /* BTF set -------------------------------------------------------------*/ + else if(((sr1itflags & I2C_FLAG_BTF) != RESET) && ((itsources & I2C_IT_EVT) != RESET)) + { + I2C_SlaveReceive_BTF(hi2c); + } + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C error interrupt request. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_I2C_ER_IRQHandler(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + uint32_t tmp1 = 0U, tmp2 = 0U, tmp3 = 0U, tmp4 = 0U; + uint32_t sr1itflags = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->SR1); + uint32_t itsources = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->CR2); + + /* I2C Bus error interrupt occurred ----------------------------------------*/ + if(((sr1itflags & I2C_FLAG_BERR) != RESET) && ((itsources & I2C_IT_ERR) != RESET)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_BERR; + + /* Clear BERR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BERR); + + /* Workaround: Start cannot be generated after a misplaced Stop */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1, I2C_CR1_SWRST); + } + + /* I2C Arbitration Loss error interrupt occurred ---------------------------*/ + if(((sr1itflags & I2C_FLAG_ARLO) != RESET) && ((itsources & I2C_IT_ERR) != RESET)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_ARLO; + + /* Clear ARLO flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ARLO); + } + + /* I2C Acknowledge failure error interrupt occurred ------------------------*/ + if(((sr1itflags & I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) && ((itsources & I2C_IT_ERR) != RESET)) + { + tmp1 = hi2c->Mode; + tmp2 = hi2c->XferCount; + tmp3 = hi2c->State; + tmp4 = hi2c->PreviousState; + if((tmp1 == HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE) && (tmp2 == 0U) && \ + ((tmp3 == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) || (tmp3 == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN) || \ + ((tmp3 == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) && (tmp4 == I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX)))) + { + I2C_Slave_AF(hi2c); + } + else + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + + /* Do not generate a STOP in case of Slave receive non acknowledge during transfer (mean not at the end of transfer) */ + if(hi2c->Mode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + SET_BIT(hi2c->Instance->CR1,I2C_CR1_STOP); + } + + /* Clear AF flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + } + } + + /* I2C Over-Run/Under-Run interrupt occurred -------------------------------*/ + if(((sr1itflags & I2C_FLAG_OVR) != RESET) && ((itsources & I2C_IT_ERR) != RESET)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_OVR; + /* Clear OVR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_OVR); + } + + /* Call the Error Callback in case of Error detected -----------------------*/ + if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE) + { + I2C_ITError(hi2c); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Master Tx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Master Rx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** @brief Slave Tx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Slave Rx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Slave Address Match callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param TransferDirection Master request Transfer Direction (Write/Read), value of @ref I2C_XferOptions_definition + * @param AddrMatchCode Address Match Code + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_AddrCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t TransferDirection, uint16_t AddrMatchCode) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + UNUSED(TransferDirection); + UNUSED(AddrMatchCode); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_AddrCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Listen Complete callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Memory Tx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Memory Rx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief I2C error callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief I2C abort callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State, Mode and Error functions + * @brief Peripheral State and Errors functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State, Mode and Error functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral + and the data flow. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the I2C handle state. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef HAL_I2C_GetState(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Return I2C handle state */ + return hi2c->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the I2C Master, Slave, Memory or no mode. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval HAL mode + */ +HAL_I2C_ModeTypeDef HAL_I2C_GetMode(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + return hi2c->Mode; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the I2C error code + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval I2C Error Code + */ +uint32_t HAL_I2C_GetError(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + return hi2c->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @brief Handle TXE flag for Master + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterTransmit_TXE(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Declaration of temporary variables to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + uint32_t CurrentState = hi2c->State; + uint32_t CurrentMode = hi2c->Mode; + uint32_t CurrentXferOptions = hi2c->XferOptions; + + if((hi2c->XferSize == 0U) && (CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX)) + { + /* Call TxCpltCallback() directly if no stop mode is set */ + if((CurrentXferOptions != I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME) && (CurrentXferOptions != I2C_LAST_FRAME) && (CurrentXferOptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)) + { + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + else /* Generate Stop condition then Call TxCpltCallback() */ + { + /* Disable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; + + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + if(hi2c->Mode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM) + { + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + else + { + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + } + } + else if((CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) || \ + ((CurrentMode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM) && (CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX))) + { + if(hi2c->XferCount == 0U) + { + /* Disable BUF interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_BUF); + } + else + { + if(hi2c->Mode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM) + { + if(hi2c->EventCount == 0) + { + /* If Memory address size is 8Bit */ + if(hi2c->MemaddSize == I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT) + { + /* Send Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(hi2c->Memaddress); + + hi2c->EventCount += 2; + } + /* If Memory address size is 16Bit */ + else + { + /* Send MSB of Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(hi2c->Memaddress); + + hi2c->EventCount++; + } + } + else if(hi2c->EventCount == 1) + { + /* Send LSB of Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(hi2c->Memaddress); + + hi2c->EventCount++; + } + else if(hi2c->EventCount == 2) + { + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + /* Generate Restart */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START; + } + else if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + /* Write data to DR */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++); + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Write data to DR */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++); + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle BTF flag for Master transmitter + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterTransmit_BTF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Declaration of temporary variables to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + uint32_t CurrentXferOptions = hi2c->XferOptions; + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + if(hi2c->XferCount != 0U) + { + /* Write data to DR */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++); + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + else + { + /* Call TxCpltCallback() directly if no stop mode is set */ + if((CurrentXferOptions != I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME) && (CurrentXferOptions != I2C_LAST_FRAME) && (CurrentXferOptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)) + { + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + else /* Generate Stop condition then Call TxCpltCallback() */ + { + /* Disable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; + + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + if(hi2c->Mode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM) + { + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + else + { + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle RXNE flag for Master + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterReceive_RXNE(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + uint32_t tmp = 0U; + + tmp = hi2c->XferCount; + if(tmp > 3U) + { + /* Read data from DR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + else if((tmp == 2U) || (tmp == 3U)) + { + if(hi2c->XferOptions != I2C_NEXT_FRAME) + { + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; + + /* Enable Pos */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_POS; + } + else + { + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; + } + + /* Disable BUF interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_BUF); + } + else + { + if(hi2c->XferOptions != I2C_NEXT_FRAME) + { + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; + } + else + { + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; + } + + /* Disable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Read data from DR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; + hi2c->XferCount--; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + + if(hi2c->Mode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM) + { + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + else + { + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle BTF flag for Master receiver + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterReceive_BTF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Declaration of temporary variables to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + uint32_t CurrentXferOptions = hi2c->XferOptions; + + if(hi2c->XferCount == 3U) + { + if((CurrentXferOptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME) || (CurrentXferOptions == I2C_LAST_FRAME) || (CurrentXferOptions == I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)) + { + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; + } + + /* Read data from DR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + else if(hi2c->XferCount == 2U) + { + /* Prepare next transfer or stop current transfer */ + if((CurrentXferOptions != I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME) && (CurrentXferOptions != I2C_LAST_FRAME) && (CurrentXferOptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)) + { + if(CurrentXferOptions != I2C_NEXT_FRAME) + { + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; + } + else + { + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; + } + + /* Disable EVT and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_ERR); + } + else + { + /* Disable EVT and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; + } + + /* Read data from DR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; + hi2c->XferCount--; + + /* Read data from DR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; + hi2c->XferCount--; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + + if(hi2c->Mode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM) + { + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + else + { + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + } + else + { + /* Read data from DR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle SB flag for Master + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Master_SB(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + if(hi2c->Mode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM) + { + if(hi2c->EventCount == 0U) + { + /* Send slave address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_7BIT_ADD_WRITE(hi2c->Devaddress); + } + else + { + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_7BIT_ADD_READ(hi2c->Devaddress); + } + } + else + { + if(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT) + { + /* Send slave 7 Bits address */ + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_7BIT_ADD_WRITE(hi2c->Devaddress); + } + else + { + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_7BIT_ADD_READ(hi2c->Devaddress); + } + } + else + { + if(hi2c->EventCount == 0U) + { + /* Send header of slave address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_10BIT_HEADER_WRITE(hi2c->Devaddress); + } + else if(hi2c->EventCount == 1U) + { + /* Send header of slave address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_10BIT_HEADER_READ(hi2c->Devaddress); + } + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle ADD10 flag for Master + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Master_ADD10(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Send slave address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_10BIT_ADDRESS(hi2c->Devaddress); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle ADDR flag for Master + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Master_ADDR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Declaration of temporary variable to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + uint32_t CurrentMode = hi2c->Mode; + uint32_t CurrentXferOptions = hi2c->XferOptions; + uint32_t Prev_State = hi2c->PreviousState; + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + if((hi2c->EventCount == 0U) && (CurrentMode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM)) + { + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + } + else if((hi2c->EventCount == 0U) && (hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT)) + { + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Generate Restart */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START; + + hi2c->EventCount++; + } + else + { + if(hi2c->XferCount == 0U) + { + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; + } + else if(hi2c->XferCount == 1U) + { + if(CurrentXferOptions == I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME) + { + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; + + if((hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_DMAEN) == I2C_CR2_DMAEN) + { + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; + } + } + /* Prepare next transfer or stop current transfer */ + else if((CurrentXferOptions != I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME) && (CurrentXferOptions != I2C_LAST_FRAME) \ + && (Prev_State != I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX)) + { + if(hi2c->XferOptions != I2C_NEXT_FRAME) + { + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; + } + else + { + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; + } + } + else if(hi2c->XferCount == 2U) + { + if(hi2c->XferOptions != I2C_NEXT_FRAME) + { + /* Enable Pos */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_POS; + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; + } + else + { + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + } + + if((hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_DMAEN) == I2C_CR2_DMAEN) + { + /* Enable Last DMA bit */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_LAST; + } + } + else + { + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; + + if((hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_DMAEN) == I2C_CR2_DMAEN) + { + /* Enable Last DMA bit */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_LAST; + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + } + + /* Reset Event counter */ + hi2c->EventCount = 0U; + } + } + else + { + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle TXE flag for Slave + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_SlaveTransmit_TXE(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Declaration of temporary variables to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + uint32_t CurrentState = hi2c->State; + + if(hi2c->XferCount != 0U) + { + /* Write data to DR */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++); + hi2c->XferCount--; + + if((hi2c->XferCount == 0U) && (CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN)) + { + /* Last Byte is received, disable Interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_BUF); + + /* Set state at HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN */ + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + + /* Call the Tx complete callback to inform upper layer of the end of receive process */ + HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle BTF flag for Slave transmitter + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_SlaveTransmit_BTF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + if(hi2c->XferCount != 0U) + { + /* Write data to DR */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++); + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle RXNE flag for Slave + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_SlaveReceive_RXNE(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Declaration of temporary variables to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + uint32_t CurrentState = hi2c->State; + + if(hi2c->XferCount != 0U) + { + /* Read data from DR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; + hi2c->XferCount--; + + if((hi2c->XferCount == 0U) && (CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN)) + { + /* Last Byte is received, disable Interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_BUF); + + /* Set state at HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN */ + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + + /* Call the Rx complete callback to inform upper layer of the end of receive process */ + HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle BTF flag for Slave receiver + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_SlaveReceive_BTF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + if(hi2c->XferCount != 0U) + { + /* Read data from DR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle ADD flag for Slave + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_ADDR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + uint8_t TransferDirection = I2C_DIRECTION_RECEIVE; + uint16_t SlaveAddrCode = 0U; + + /* Transfer Direction requested by Master */ + if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TRA) == RESET) + { + TransferDirection = I2C_DIRECTION_TRANSMIT; + } + + if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_DUALF) == RESET) + { + SlaveAddrCode = hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1; + } + else + { + SlaveAddrCode = hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2; + } + + /* Call Slave Addr callback */ + HAL_I2C_AddrCallback(hi2c, TransferDirection, SlaveAddrCode); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle STOPF flag for Slave + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_STOPF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Declaration of temporary variable to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + uint32_t CurrentState = hi2c->State; + + /* Disable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Clear STOPF flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_STOPFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; + + /* If a DMA is ongoing, Update handle size context */ + if((hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_DMAEN) == I2C_CR2_DMAEN) + { + if((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) || (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN)) + { + hi2c->XferCount = __HAL_DMA_GET_COUNTER(hi2c->hdmarx); + } + else + { + hi2c->XferCount = __HAL_DMA_GET_COUNTER(hi2c->hdmatx); + } + } + + /* All data are not transferred, so set error code accordingly */ + if(hi2c->XferCount != 0U) + { + /* Store Last receive data if any */ + if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF) == SET) + { + /* Read data from DR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + + /* Store Last receive data if any */ + if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == SET) + { + /* Read data from DR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + + /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + } + + if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + I2C_ITError(hi2c); + } + else + { + if((CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN ) || (CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN) || \ + (CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN)) + { + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Call the Listen Complete callback, to inform upper layer of the end of Listen usecase */ + HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + else + { + if((hi2c->PreviousState == I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX) || (CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX)) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_AF(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Declaration of temporary variables to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + uint32_t CurrentState = hi2c->State; + uint32_t CurrentXferOptions = hi2c->XferOptions; + + if(((CurrentXferOptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME) || (CurrentXferOptions == I2C_LAST_FRAME)) && \ + (CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN)) + { + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + + /* Disable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Clear AF flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; + + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Call the Listen Complete callback, to inform upper layer of the end of Listen usecase */ + HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + else if(CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Disable EVT, BUF and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR); + + /* Clear AF flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; + + HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* Clear AF flag only */ + /* State Listen, but XferOptions == FIRST or NEXT */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief I2C interrupts error process + * @param hi2c I2C handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_ITError(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Declaration of temporary variable to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + uint32_t CurrentState = hi2c->State; + + if((CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN) || (CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN)) + { + /* keep HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN */ + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + } + else + { + /* If state is an abort treatment on going, don't change state */ + /* This change will be do later */ + if((hi2c->State != HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT) && ((hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_DMAEN) != I2C_CR2_DMAEN)) + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + } + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + } + + /* Disable Pos bit in I2C CR1 when error occurred in Master/Mem Receive IT Process */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_POS; + + /* Abort DMA transfer */ + if((hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_DMAEN) == I2C_CR2_DMAEN) + { + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_DMAEN; + + if(hi2c->hdmatx->State != HAL_DMA_STATE_READY) + { + /* Set the DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort; + + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable I2C peripheral to prevent dummy data in buffer */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmatx); + } + } + else + { + /* Set the DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort; + + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Store Last receive data if any */ + if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == SET) + { + /* Read data from DR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; + } + + /* Disable I2C peripheral to prevent dummy data in buffer */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Call Directly hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmarx); + } + } + } + else if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT) + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Store Last receive data if any */ + if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == SET) + { + /* Read data from DR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; + } + + /* Disable I2C peripheral to prevent dummy data in buffer */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* Store Last receive data if any */ + if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == SET) + { + /* Read data from DR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->DR; + } + + /* Call user error callback */ + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); + } + /* STOP Flag is not set after a NACK reception */ + /* So may inform upper layer that listen phase is stopped */ + /* during NACK error treatment */ + if((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) && ((hi2c->ErrorCode & HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)) + { + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Call the Listen Complete callback, to inform upper layer of the end of Listen usecase */ + HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback(hi2c); + } +} + +/** + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shift at right before call interface + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterRequestWrite(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + /* Declaration of temporary variable to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + uint32_t CurrentXferOptions = hi2c->XferOptions; + + /* Generate Start condition if first transfer */ + if((CurrentXferOptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME) || (CurrentXferOptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME) || (CurrentXferOptions == I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)) + { + /* Generate Start */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START; + } + else if(hi2c->PreviousState == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) + { + /* Generate ReStart */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START; + } + + /* Wait until SB flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_SB, RESET, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + if(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT) + { + /* Send slave address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_7BIT_ADD_WRITE(DevAddress); + } + else + { + /* Send header of slave address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_10BIT_HEADER_WRITE(DevAddress); + + /* Wait until ADD10 flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADD10, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Send slave address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_10BIT_ADDRESS(DevAddress); + } + + /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Master sends target device address for read request. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shift at right before call interface + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterRequestRead(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + /* Declaration of temporary variable to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + uint32_t CurrentXferOptions = hi2c->XferOptions; + + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; + + /* Generate Start condition if first transfer */ + if((CurrentXferOptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME) || (CurrentXferOptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME) || (CurrentXferOptions == I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)) + { + /* Generate Start */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START; + } + else if(hi2c->PreviousState == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) + { + /* Generate ReStart */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START; + } + + /* Wait until SB flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_SB, RESET, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + if(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT) + { + /* Send slave address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_7BIT_ADD_READ(DevAddress); + } + else + { + /* Send header of slave address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_10BIT_HEADER_WRITE(DevAddress); + + /* Wait until ADD10 flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADD10, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Send slave address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_10BIT_ADDRESS(DevAddress); + + /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Generate Restart */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START; + + /* Wait until SB flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_SB, RESET, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Send header of slave address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_10BIT_HEADER_READ(DevAddress); + } + + /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Master sends target device address followed by internal memory address for write request. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @param DevAddress Target device address + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + /* Generate Start */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START; + + /* Wait until SB flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_SB, RESET, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Send slave address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_7BIT_ADD_WRITE(DevAddress); + + /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnTXEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* If Memory address size is 8Bit */ + if(MemAddSize == I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT) + { + /* Send Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); + } + /* If Memory address size is 16Bit */ + else + { + /* Send MSB of Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(MemAddress); + + /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnTXEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Send LSB of Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Master sends target device address followed by internal memory address for read request. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @param DevAddress Target device address + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryRead(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + /* Enable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ACK; + + /* Generate Start */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START; + + /* Wait until SB flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_SB, RESET, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Send slave address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_7BIT_ADD_WRITE(DevAddress); + + /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_ADDRFLAG(hi2c); + + /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnTXEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* If Memory address size is 8Bit */ + if(MemAddSize == I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT) + { + /* Send Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); + } + /* If Memory address size is 16Bit */ + else + { + /* Send MSB of Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(MemAddress); + + /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnTXEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Send LSB of Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); + } + + /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnTXEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Generate Restart */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_START; + + /* Wait until SB flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_SB, RESET, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Send slave address */ + hi2c->Instance->DR = I2C_7BIT_ADD_READ(DevAddress); + + /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2C process complete callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_DMAXferCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + I2C_HandleTypeDef* hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; + + /* Declaration of temporary variable to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + uint32_t CurrentState = hi2c->State; + uint32_t CurrentMode = hi2c->Mode; + + if((CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) || ((CurrentState == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) && (CurrentMode == HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE))) + { + /* Disable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_DMAEN; + + hi2c->XferCount = 0U; + + /* Enable EVT and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_ERR); + } + else + { + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; + + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; + + /* Disable Last DMA */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_LAST; + + /* Disable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_DMAEN; + + hi2c->XferCount = 0U; + + /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ + if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE) + { + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); + } + else + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + if(hi2c->Mode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM) + { + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + else + { + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2C communication error callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + I2C_HandleTypeDef* hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; + + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; + + hi2c->XferCount = 0U; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA; + + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2C communication abort callback + * (To be called at end of DMA Abort procedure). + * @param hdma: DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_DMAAbort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + I2C_HandleTypeDef* hi2c = ( I2C_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK; + + hi2c->XferCount = 0U; + + /* Reset XferAbortCallback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Check if come from abort from user */ + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT) + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Disable I2C peripheral to prevent dummy data in buffer */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + else + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Disable I2C peripheral to prevent dummy data in buffer */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @param Flag specifies the I2C flag to check. + * @param Status The new Flag status (SET or RESET). + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + /* Wait until flag is set */ + while((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, Flag) ? SET : RESET) == Status) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U)||((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for Master addressing phase. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @param Flag specifies the I2C flag to check. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnMasterAddressFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Flag, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, Flag) == RESET) + { + if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == SET) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP; + + /* Clear AF Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U)||((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of TXE flag. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnTXEFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE) == RESET) + { + /* Check if a NACK is detected */ + if(I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(hi2c) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick()-Tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of BTF flag. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnBTFFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BTF) == RESET) + { + /* Check if a NACK is detected */ + if(I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(hi2c) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick()-Tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of STOP flag. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == RESET) + { + /* Check if a NACK is detected */ + if(I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(hi2c) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick()-Tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of RXNE flag. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + + while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == RESET) + { + /* Check if a STOPF is detected */ + if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET) + { + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick()-Tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles Acknowledge failed detection during an I2C Communication. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == SET) + { + /* Clear NACKF Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + return HAL_OK; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_i2s.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_i2s.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..a066aafa1d3675aa5c068007e60a86d065614723 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_i2s.c @@ -0,0 +1,1460 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_i2s.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief I2S HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Integrated Interchip Sound (I2S) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral State and Errors functions + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + The I2S HAL driver can be used as follow: + + (#) Declare a I2S_HandleTypeDef handle structure. + (#) Initialize the I2S low level resources by implement the HAL_I2S_MspInit() API: + (##) Enable the SPIx interface clock. + (##) I2S pins configuration: + (+++) Enable the clock for the I2S GPIOs. + (+++) Configure these I2S pins as alternate function. + (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT() + and HAL_I2S_Receive_IT() APIs). + (+++) Configure the I2Sx interrupt priority. + (+++) Enable the NVIC I2S IRQ handle. + (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA() + and HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA() APIs: + (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx Channel. + (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock. + (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx parameters. + (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx Channel. + (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the I2S DMA Tx/Rx handle. + (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the + DMA Tx/Rx Channel. + + (#) Program the Mode, Standard, Data Format, MCLK Output, Audio frequency and Polarity + using HAL_I2S_Init() function. + + -@- The specific I2S interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, + RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros + __HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and receive process. + -@- The I2SxCLK source is the system clock (provided by the HSI, the HSE or the PLL, and sourcing the AHB clock). + For connectivity line devices, the I2SxCLK source can be either SYSCLK or the PLL3 VCO (2 x PLL3CLK) clock + in order to achieve the maximum accuracy. + -@- Make sure that either: + (+@) External clock source is configured after setting correctly + the define constant HSE_VALUE in the stm32f1xx_hal_conf.h file. + + (#) Three operation modes are available within this driver : + + *** Polling mode IO operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Transmit() + (+) Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Receive() + + *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT() + (+) At transmission end of half transfer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback + (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Receive_IT() + (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback + + *** DMA mode IO operation *** + ============================== + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA() + (+) At transmission end of half transfer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback + (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA() + (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback + (+) Pause the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAPause() + (+) Resume the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAResume() + (+) Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAStop() + + *** I2S HAL driver macros list *** + ============================================= + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in I2S HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_I2S_ENABLE: Enable the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode) + (+) __HAL_I2S_DISABLE: Disable the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode) + (+) __HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT : Enable the specified I2S interrupts + (+) __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT : Disable the specified I2S interrupts + (+) __HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG: Check whether the specified I2S flag is set or not + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the I2S HAL driver header file for more useful macros + + + *** I2C Workarounds linked to Silicon Limitation *** + ==================================================== + [..] + (@) Only the 16-bit mode with no data extension can be used when the I2S + is in Master and used the PCM long synchronization mode. + + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED +#if defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) + +/** @defgroup I2S I2S + * @brief I2S HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup I2S_Private_Functions I2S Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static void I2S_DMATxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2S_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2S_DMARxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2S_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2S_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2S_Transmit_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s); +static void I2S_Receive_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s); +static void I2S_IRQHandler(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint32_t Flag, uint32_t State, + uint32_t Timeout); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup I2S_Exported_Functions I2S Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2S_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and + de-initialize the I2Sx peripheral in simplex mode: + + (+) User must Implement HAL_I2S_MspInit() function in which he configures + all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ). + + (+) Call the function HAL_I2S_Init() to configure the selected device with + the selected configuration: + (++) Mode + (++) Standard + (++) Data Format + (++) MCLK Output + (++) Audio frequency + (++) Polarity + + (+) Call the function HAL_I2S_DeInit() to restore the default configuration + of the selected I2Sx peripheral. +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the I2S according to the specified parameters + * in the I2S_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Init(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0U, i2sdiv = 2U, i2sodd = 0U, packetlength = 16U; + uint32_t tmp = 0U, i2sclk = 0U; + + /* Check the I2S handle allocation */ + if(hi2s == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the I2S parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2S_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2s->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_MODE(hi2s->Init.Mode)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_STANDARD(hi2s->Init.Standard)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT(hi2s->Init.DataFormat)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(hi2s->Init.MCLKOutput)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(hi2s->Init.AudioFreq)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_CPOL(hi2s->Init.CPOL)); + + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Initialize Default I2S IrqHandler ISR */ + hi2s->IrqHandlerISR = I2S_IRQHandler; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc */ + HAL_I2S_MspInit(hi2s); + + /*----------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR & I2SPR Configuration ---------------*/ + /* Clear I2SMOD, I2SE, I2SCFG, PCMSYNC, I2SSTD, CKPOL, DATLEN and CHLEN bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR,(SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CKPOL | \ + SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SSTD | SPI_I2SCFGR_PCMSYNC | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG | \ + SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD)); + hi2s->Instance->I2SPR = 0x0002U; + + /* Get the I2SCFGR register value */ + tmpreg = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR; + + /* If the default frequency value has to be written, reinitialize i2sdiv and i2sodd */ + /* If the requested audio frequency is not the default, compute the prescaler */ + if(hi2s->Init.AudioFreq != I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT) + { + /* Check the frame length (For the Prescaler computing) *******************/ + /* Set I2S Packet Length value*/ + if(hi2s->Init.DataFormat != I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B) + { + /* Packet length is 32 bits */ + packetlength = 32U; + } + else + { + /* Packet length is 16 bits */ + packetlength = 16U; + } + + /* I2S standard */ + if(hi2s->Init.Standard <= I2S_STANDARD_LSB) + { + /* In I2S standard packet lenght is multiplied by 2 */ + packetlength = packetlength * 2U; + } + + if(hi2s->Instance == SPI2) + { + /* Get the source clock value: based on SPI2 Instance */ + i2sclk = HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq(RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2); + } + else if(hi2s->Instance == SPI3) + { + /* Get the source clock value: based on SPI3 Instance */ + i2sclk = HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq(RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3); + } + else + { + /* Get the source clock value: based on System Clock value */ + i2sclk = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); + } + + /* Compute the Real divider depending on the MCLK output state, with a floating point */ + if(hi2s->Init.MCLKOutput == I2S_MCLKOUTPUT_ENABLE) + { + /* MCLK output is enabled */ + if (hi2s->Init.DataFormat != I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B) + { + tmp = (uint32_t)(((((i2sclk / (packetlength*4)) * 10) / hi2s->Init.AudioFreq)) + 5); + } + else + { + tmp = (uint32_t)(((((i2sclk / (packetlength*8)) * 10) / hi2s->Init.AudioFreq)) + 5); + } + } + else + { + /* MCLK output is disabled */ + tmp = (uint32_t)(((((i2sclk / packetlength) *10 ) / hi2s->Init.AudioFreq)) + 5); + } + + /* Remove the flatting point */ + tmp = tmp / 10U; + + /* Check the parity of the divider */ + i2sodd = (uint16_t)(tmp & (uint16_t)1U); + + /* Compute the i2sdiv prescaler */ + i2sdiv = (uint16_t)((tmp - i2sodd) / 2U); + + /* Get the Mask for the Odd bit (SPI_I2SPR[8]) register */ + i2sodd = (uint32_t) (i2sodd << 8U); + } + + /* Test if the divider is 1 or 0 or greater than 0xFF */ + if((i2sdiv < 2U) || (i2sdiv > 0xFFU)) + { + /* Set the default values */ + i2sdiv = 2U; + i2sodd = 0U; + + /* Set the error code and execute error callback*/ + SET_BIT(hi2s->ErrorCode, HAL_I2S_ERROR_PRESCALER); + HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Write to SPIx I2SPR register the computed value */ + hi2s->Instance->I2SPR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)i2sdiv | (uint32_t)(i2sodd | (uint32_t)hi2s->Init.MCLKOutput)); + + /* Configure the I2S with the I2S_InitStruct values */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD | (uint16_t)(hi2s->Init.Mode | \ + (uint16_t)(hi2s->Init.Standard | (uint16_t)(hi2s->Init.DataFormat | \ + (uint16_t)hi2s->Init.CPOL)))); + /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */ + WRITE_REG(hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR,tmpreg); + hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE; + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the I2S peripheral + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DeInit(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* Check the I2S handle allocation */ + if(hi2s == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY; + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */ + HAL_I2S_MspDeInit(hi2s); + + hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE; + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief I2S MSP Init + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_I2S_MspInit(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2s); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2S_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief I2S MSP DeInit + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_I2S_MspDeInit(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2s); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2S_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2S_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the I2S data + transfers. + + (#) There are two modes of transfer: + (++) Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode. + The status of all data processing is returned by the same function + after finishing transfer. + (++) No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts + or DMA. These functions return the status of the transfer startup. + The end of the data processing will be indicated through the + dedicated I2S IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when + using DMA mode. + + (#) Blocking mode functions are : + (++) HAL_I2S_Transmit() + (++) HAL_I2S_Receive() + + (#) No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are : + (++) HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT() + (++) HAL_I2S_Receive_IT() + + (#) No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are : + (++) HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA() + + (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode: + (++) HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Transmit an amount of data in blocking mode + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @param pData: a 16-bit pointer to data buffer. + * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent: + * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S + * configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length + * in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected + * the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length. + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization + * between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Transmit(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tmp1 = 0U; + + if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY) + { + tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN); + + if((tmp1 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B) || (tmp1 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B)) + { + hi2s->TxXferSize = (Size << 1U); + hi2s->TxXferCount = (Size << 1U); + } + else + { + hi2s->TxXferSize = Size; + hi2s->TxXferCount = Size; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); + + hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE; + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */ + if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) + { + /* Enable I2S peripheral */ + __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s); + } + + while(hi2s->TxXferCount > 0U) + { + hi2s->Instance->DR = (*pData++); + hi2s->TxXferCount--; + + /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ + if (I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_TXE, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Set the error code and execute error callback*/ + SET_BIT(hi2s->ErrorCode, HAL_I2S_ERROR_TIMEOUT); + HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Check if an underrun occurs */ + if(__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_UDR) == SET) + { + /* Clear underrun flag */ + __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_UDRFLAG(hi2s); + /* Set the I2S State ready */ + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + /* Set the error code and execute error callback*/ + SET_BIT(hi2s->ErrorCode, HAL_I2S_ERROR_UDR); + HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @param pData: a 16-bit pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent: + * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S + * configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length + * in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected + * the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length. + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization + * between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming) + * @note In I2S Master Receiver mode, just after enabling the peripheral the clock will be generate + * in continuous way and as the I2S is not disabled at the end of the I2S transaction + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Receive(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tmp1 = 0U; + + if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY) + { + tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN); + if((tmp1 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B) || (tmp1 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B)) + { + hi2s->RxXferSize = (Size << 1U); + hi2s->RxXferCount = (Size << 1U); + } + else + { + hi2s->RxXferSize = Size; + hi2s->RxXferCount = Size; + } + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); + + hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE; + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */ + if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) + { + /* Enable I2S peripheral */ + __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s); + } + + /* Check if Master Receiver mode is selected */ + if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG) == I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX) + { + /* Clear the Overrun Flag by a read operation on the SPI_DR register followed by a read + access to the SPI_SR register. */ + __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hi2s); + } + + /* Receive data */ + while(hi2s->RxXferCount > 0U) + { + /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ + if (I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_RXNE, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Set the error code and execute error callback*/ + SET_BIT(hi2s->ErrorCode,HAL_I2S_ERROR_TIMEOUT); + HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Check if an overrun occurs */ + if(__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_OVR) == SET) + { + /* Clear overrun flag */ + __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hi2s); + + /* Set the I2S State ready */ + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + /* Set the error code and execute error callback*/ + SET_BIT(hi2s->ErrorCode, HAL_I2S_ERROR_OVR); + HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + (*pData++) = hi2s->Instance->DR; + hi2s->RxXferCount--; + } + + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @param pData: a 16-bit pointer to data buffer. + * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent: + * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S + * configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length + * in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected + * the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length. + * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization + * between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t tmp1 = 0U; + + if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + hi2s->pTxBuffPtr = pData; + tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN); + if((tmp1 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B) || (tmp1 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B)) + { + hi2s->TxXferSize = (Size << 1U); + hi2s->TxXferCount = (Size << 1U); + } + else + { + hi2s->TxXferSize = Size; + hi2s->TxXferCount = Size; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); + + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Enable TXE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_TXE | I2S_IT_ERR)); + + /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */ + if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) + { + /* Enable I2S peripheral */ + __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @param pData: a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer. + * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent: + * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S + * configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length + * in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected + * the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length. + * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization + * between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming). + * @note It is recommended to use DMA for the I2S receiver to avoid de-synchronisation + * between Master and Slave otherwise the I2S interrupt should be optimized. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Receive_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t tmp1 = 0U; + + if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + hi2s->pRxBuffPtr = pData; + tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN); + if((tmp1 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B) || (tmp1 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B)) + { + hi2s->RxXferSize = (Size << 1U); + hi2s->RxXferCount = (Size << 1U); + } + else + { + hi2s->RxXferSize = Size; + hi2s->RxXferCount = Size; + } + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); + + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Enable TXE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_RXNE | I2S_IT_ERR)); + + /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */ + if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) + { + /* Enable I2S peripheral */ + __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + return HAL_OK; + } + + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @param pData: a 16-bit pointer to the Transmit data buffer. + * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent: + * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S + * configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length + * in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected + * the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length. + * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization + * between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t *tmp = NULL; + uint32_t tmp1 = 0U; + + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY) + { + hi2s->pTxBuffPtr = pData; + tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN); + if((tmp1 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B) || (tmp1 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B)) + { + hi2s->TxXferSize = (Size << 1U); + hi2s->TxXferCount = (Size << 1U); + } + else + { + hi2s->TxXferSize = Size; + hi2s->TxXferCount = Size; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); + + hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE; + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Set the I2S Tx DMA Half transfer complete callback */ + hi2s->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = I2S_DMATxHalfCplt; + + /* Set the I2S Tx DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2s->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2S_DMATxCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2s->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2S_DMAError; + + /* Enable the Tx DMA Stream */ + tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData; + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2s->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&hi2s->Instance->DR, hi2s->TxXferSize); + + /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */ + if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) + { + /* Enable I2S peripheral */ + __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s); + } + + /* Check if the I2S Tx request is already enabled */ + if((hi2s->Instance->CR2 & SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN) != SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN) + { + /* Enable Tx DMA Request */ + SET_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @param pData: a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer. + * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent: + * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S + * configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length + * in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected + * the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length. + * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization + * between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t *tmp = NULL; + uint32_t tmp1 = 0U; + + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY) + { + hi2s->pRxBuffPtr = pData; + tmp1 = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN); + if((tmp1 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B) || (tmp1 == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B)) + { + hi2s->RxXferSize = (Size << 1U); + hi2s->RxXferCount = (Size << 1U); + } + else + { + hi2s->RxXferSize = Size; + hi2s->RxXferCount = Size; + } + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); + + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Set the I2S Rx DMA Half transfer complete callback */ + hi2s->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = I2S_DMARxHalfCplt; + + /* Set the I2S Rx DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2s->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2S_DMARxCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2s->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2S_DMAError; + + /* Check if Master Receiver mode is selected */ + if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG) == I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX) + { + /* Clear the Overrun Flag by a read operation to the SPI_DR register followed by a read + access to the SPI_SR register. */ + __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hi2s); + } + + /* Enable the Rx DMA Stream */ + tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData; + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2s->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2s->Instance->DR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, hi2s->RxXferSize); + + /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */ + if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) + { + /* Enable I2S peripheral */ + __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s); + } + + /* Check if the I2S Rx request is already enabled */ + if((hi2s->Instance->CR2 &SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN) != SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN) + { + /* Enable Rx DMA Request */ + SET_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CR2,SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Pauses the audio channel playing from the Media. + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAPause(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); + + if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + /* Disable the I2S DMA Tx request */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CR2,SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN); + } + else if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + /* Disable the I2S DMA Rx request */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CR2,SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Resumes the audio channel playing from the Media. + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAResume(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); + + if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + /* Enable the I2S DMA Tx request */ + SET_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CR2,SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN); + } + else if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + /* Enable the I2S DMA Rx request */ + SET_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CR2,SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + } + + /* If the I2S peripheral is still not enabled, enable it */ + if ((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) == 0U) + { + /* Enable I2S peripheral */ + __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Resumes the audio channel playing from the Media. + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAStop(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); + + if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + /* Disable the I2S DMA requests */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CR2,SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN); + + /* Disable the I2S DMA Channel */ + HAL_DMA_Abort(hi2s->hdmatx); + } + else if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + /* Disable the I2S DMA requests */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CR2,SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + + /* Disable the I2S DMA Channel */ + HAL_DMA_Abort(hi2s->hdmarx); + } + /* Disable I2S peripheral */ + __HAL_I2S_DISABLE(hi2s); + + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2S interrupt request. + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_I2S_IRQHandler(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* Call the IrqHandler ISR set during HAL_I2S_INIT */ + hi2s->IrqHandlerISR(hi2s); +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Transfer Half completed callbacks + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2s); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Transfer completed callbacks + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2s); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Transfer half completed callbacks + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2s); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Transfer completed callbacks + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2s); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief I2S error callbacks + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2s); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2S_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions + * @brief Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral + and the data flow. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the I2S state + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_I2S_StateTypeDef HAL_I2S_GetState(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + return hi2s->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the I2S error code + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval I2S Error Code + */ +uint32_t HAL_I2S_GetError(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + return hi2s->ErrorCode; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup I2S_Private_Functions I2S Private Functions + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief DMA I2S transmit process complete callback + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2S_DMATxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + I2S_HandleTypeDef* hi2s = ( I2S_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hdma->Instance->CCR, DMA_CCR_CIRC)) + { + /* Disable Tx DMA Request */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CR2,SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN); + + hi2s->TxXferCount = 0U; + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + } + HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback(hi2s); +} +/** + * @brief DMA I2S transmit process half complete callback + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2S_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + I2S_HandleTypeDef* hi2s = (I2S_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; + + HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback(hi2s); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2S receive process complete callback + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2S_DMARxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + I2S_HandleTypeDef* hi2s = ( I2S_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hdma->Instance->CCR, DMA_CCR_CIRC)) + { + /* Disable Rx DMA Request */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CR2,SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + hi2s->RxXferCount = 0U; + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + } + HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback(hi2s); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2S receive process half complete callback + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2S_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + I2S_HandleTypeDef* hi2s = (I2S_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; + + HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback(hi2s); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2S communication error callback + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2S_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + I2S_HandleTypeDef* hi2s = (I2S_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; + + /* Disable Rx and Tx DMA Request */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CR2,(SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN)); + hi2s->TxXferCount = 0U; + hi2s->RxXferCount = 0U; + + hi2s->State= HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + + SET_BIT(hi2s->ErrorCode,HAL_I2S_ERROR_DMA); + HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s); +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval HAL status + */ +static void I2S_Transmit_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* Transmit data */ + hi2s->Instance->DR = (*hi2s->pTxBuffPtr++); + hi2s->TxXferCount--; + + if(hi2s->TxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* Disable TXE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_TXE | I2S_IT_ERR)); + + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback(hi2s); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval HAL status + */ +static void I2S_Receive_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* Receive data */ + (*hi2s->pRxBuffPtr++) = hi2s->Instance->DR; + hi2s->RxXferCount--; + + if(hi2s->RxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* Disable RXNE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_RXNE | I2S_IT_ERR)); + + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback(hi2s); + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2S interrupt request. + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval None + */ +static void I2S_IRQHandler(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + __IO uint32_t i2ssr = hi2s->Instance->SR; + + if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + /* I2S in mode Receiver ------------------------------------------------*/ + if(((i2ssr & I2S_FLAG_RXNE) == I2S_FLAG_RXNE) && (__HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_RXNE) != RESET)) + { + I2S_Receive_IT(hi2s); + } + + /* I2S Overrun error interrupt occured -------------------------------------*/ + if(((i2ssr & I2S_FLAG_OVR) == I2S_FLAG_OVR) && (__HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_ERR) != RESET)) + { + /* Disable RXNE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_RXNE | I2S_IT_ERR)); + + /* Clear Overrun flag */ + __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hi2s); + + /* Set the I2S State ready */ + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + + + /* Set the error code and execute error callback*/ + SET_BIT(hi2s->ErrorCode,HAL_I2S_ERROR_OVR); + HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s); + } + } + + if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + /* I2S in mode Transmitter -----------------------------------------------*/ + if(((i2ssr & I2S_FLAG_TXE) == I2S_FLAG_TXE) && (__HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_TXE) != RESET)) + { + I2S_Transmit_IT(hi2s); + } + + /* I2S Underrun error interrupt occurred --------------------------------*/ + if(((i2ssr & I2S_FLAG_UDR) == I2S_FLAG_UDR) && (__HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_ERR) != RESET)) + { + /* Disable TXE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_TXE | I2S_IT_ERR)); + + /* Clear Underrun flag */ + __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_UDRFLAG(hi2s); + + /* Set the I2S State ready */ + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + + /* Set the error code and execute error callback*/ + SET_BIT(hi2s->ErrorCode, HAL_I2S_ERROR_UDR); + HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2S Communication Timeout. + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @param Flag: Flag checked + * @param State: Value of the flag expected + * @param Timeout: Duration of the timeout + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint32_t Flag, uint32_t State, + uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait until flag is set to status*/ + while(((__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, Flag)) ? SET : RESET) != State) + { + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + /* Set the I2S State ready */ + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ +#endif /* HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_irda.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_irda.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..e2e9069419b4718811e7a9056954815ad63eaa7f --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_irda.c @@ -0,0 +1,2133 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_irda.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief IRDA HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the IrDA SIR ENDEC block (IrDA): + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State and Errors functions + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The IRDA HAL driver can be used as follows: + + (#) Declare a IRDA_HandleTypeDef handle structure. + (#) Initialize the IRDA low level resources by implementing the HAL_IRDA_MspInit() API: + (##) Enable the USARTx interface clock. + (##) IRDA pins configuration: + (+++) Enable the clock for the IRDA GPIOs. + (+++) Configure the IRDA pins as alternate function pull-up. + (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT() + and HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT() APIs): + (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority. + (+++) Enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle. + (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA() + and HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA() APIs): + (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx channel. + (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock. + (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx parameters. + (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx channel. + (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the IRDA DMA Tx/Rx handle. + (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx channel. + (+++) Configure the IRDAx interrupt priority and enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle + (used for last byte sending completion detection in DMA non circular mode) + + (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length, Parity, IrDA Mode, Prescaler + and Mode(Receiver/Transmitter) in the hirda Init structure. + + (#) Initialize the IRDA registers by calling the HAL_IRDA_Init() API: + (++) This API configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) + by calling the customized HAL_IRDA_MspInit() API. + [..] + (@) The specific IRDA interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, + RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros + __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and receive process. + [..] + Three operation modes are available within this driver : + + *** Polling mode IO operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Transmit() + (+) Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Receive() + + *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT() + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback + (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT() + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback + + *** DMA mode IO operation *** + ============================== + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA() + (+) At transmission end of half transfer HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback + (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA() + (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback + (+) Pause the DMA Transfer using HAL_IRDA_DMAPause() + (+) Resume the DMA Transfer using HAL_IRDA_DMAResume() + (+) Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_IRDA_DMAStop() + + *** IRDA HAL driver macros list *** + ==================================== + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in IRDA HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE: Enable the IRDA peripheral + (+) __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE: Disable the IRDA peripheral + (+) __HAL_IRDA_GET_FLAG : Check whether the specified IRDA flag is set or not + (+) __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FLAG : Clear the specified IRDA pending flag + (+) __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified IRDA interrupt + (+) __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified IRDA interrupt + (+) __HAL_IRDA_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified IRDA interrupt has occurred or not + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the IRDA HAL driver header file for more useful macros + @endverbatim + [..] + (@) Additionnal remark: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written + in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit. + Depending on the frame length defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits), + the possible IRDA frame formats are as listed in the following table: + +-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | M bit | PCE bit | IRDA frame | + |---------------------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8 bit data | 1 STB | | + |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7 bit data | PB | 1 STB | | + |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9 bit data | 1 STB | | + |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | 1 STB | | + +-------------------------------------------------------------+ + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup IRDA IRDA + * @brief HAL IRDA module driver + * @{ + */ +#ifdef HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup IRDA_Private_Constants + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup IRDA_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +static void IRDA_SetConfig (IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_Transmit_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_EndTransmit_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_Receive_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda); +static void IRDA_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void IRDA_DMATransmitHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void IRDA_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void IRDA_DMAReceiveHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void IRDA_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void IRDA_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void IRDA_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void IRDA_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void IRDA_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void IRDA_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Tickstart,uint32_t Timeout); +static void IRDA_EndTxTransfer(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda); +static void IRDA_EndRxTransfer(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda); +/** + * @} + */ +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup IRDA_Exported_Functions IrDA Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup IRDA_Exported_Functions_Group1 IrDA Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx or the UARTy + in IrDA mode. + (+) For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured: + (++) BaudRate + (++) WordLength + (++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written + in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit. + Depending on the frame length defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits), + please refer to Reference manual for possible IRDA frame formats. + (++) Prescaler: A pulse of width less than two and greater than one PSC period(s) may or may + not be rejected. The receiver set up time should be managed by software. The IrDA physical layer + specification specifies a minimum of 10 ms delay between transmission and + reception (IrDA is a half duplex protocol). + (++) Mode: Receiver/transmitter modes + (++) IrDAMode: the IrDA can operate in the Normal mode or in the Low power mode. + [..] + The HAL_IRDA_Init() API follows IRDA configuration procedures (details for the procedures + are available in reference manual). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the IRDA mode according to the specified + * parameters in the IRDA_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Init(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Check the IRDA handle allocation */ + if(hirda == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_IRDA_INSTANCE(hirda->Instance)); + + if(hirda->gState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hirda->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc */ + HAL_IRDA_MspInit(hirda); + } + + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the IRDA peripheral */ + __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE(hirda); + + /* Set the IRDA communication parameters */ + IRDA_SetConfig(hirda); + + /* In IrDA mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN, STOP and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + - SCEN and HDSEL bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_STOP | USART_CR2_CLKEN)); + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL)); + + /* Enable the IRDA peripheral */ + __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE(hirda); + + /* Set the prescaler */ + MODIFY_REG(hirda->Instance->GTPR, USART_GTPR_PSC, hirda->Init.Prescaler); + + /* Configure the IrDA mode */ + MODIFY_REG(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_IRLP, hirda->Init.IrDAMode); + + /* Enable the IrDA mode by setting the IREN bit in the CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_IREN); + + /* Initialize the IRDA state*/ + hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE; + hirda->gState= HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + hirda->RxState= HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the IRDA peripheral + * @param hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DeInit(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Check the IRDA handle allocation */ + if(hirda == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_IRDA_INSTANCE(hirda->Instance)); + + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE(hirda); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + HAL_IRDA_MspDeInit(hirda); + + hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE; + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_RESET; + hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief IRDA MSP Init. + * @param hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_IRDA_MspInit(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hirda); + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_IRDA_MspInit can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief IRDA MSP DeInit. + * @param hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_IRDA_MspDeInit(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hirda); + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_IRDA_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IRDA_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief IRDA Transmit and Receive functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the IRDA data transfers. + IrDA is a half duplex communication protocol. If the Transmitter is busy, any data + on the IrDA receive line will be ignored by the IrDA decoder and if the Receiver + is busy, data on the TX from the USART to IrDA will not be encoded by IrDA. + While receiving data, transmission should be avoided as the data to be transmitted + could be corrupted. + + (#) There are two modes of transfer: + (++) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode. + The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function + after finishing transfer. + (++) No-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts + or DMA, these APIs return the HAL status. + The end of the data processing will be indicated through the + dedicated IRDA IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when + using DMA mode. + The HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks + will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process + The HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() user callback will be executed when a communication + error is detected + + (#) Blocking mode APIs are: + (++) HAL_IRDA_Transmit() + (++) HAL_IRDA_Receive() + + (#) Non Blocking mode APIs with Interrupt are: + (++) HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT() + (++) HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT() + (++) HAL_IRDA_IRQHandler() + + (#) Non Blocking mode functions with DMA are: + (++) HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA() + (++) HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA() + (++) HAL_IRDA_DMAPause() + (++) HAL_IRDA_DMAResume() + (++) HAL_IRDA_DMAStop() + + (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode: + (++) HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sends an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout: Specify timeout value + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Transmit(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint16_t* tmp; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */ + if(hirda->gState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hirda); + + hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE; + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout managment */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + hirda->TxXferSize = Size; + hirda->TxXferCount = Size; + while(hirda->TxXferCount > 0U) + { + hirda->TxXferCount--; + if(hirda->Init.WordLength == IRDA_WORDLENGTH_9B) + { + if(IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_TXE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + tmp = (uint16_t*) pData; + hirda->Instance->DR = (*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF); + if(hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE) + { + pData +=2U; + } + else + { + pData +=1U; + } + } + else + { + if(IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_TXE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + hirda->Instance->DR = (*pData++ & (uint8_t)0xFF); + } + } + + if(IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_TC, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* At end of Tx process, restore hirda->gState to Ready */ + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be received + * @param Timeout: Specify timeout value + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Receive(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint16_t* tmp; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if(hirda->RxState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hirda); + + hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE; + hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout managment */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + hirda->RxXferSize = Size; + hirda->RxXferCount = Size; + + /* Check the remain data to be received */ + while(hirda->RxXferCount > 0U) + { + hirda->RxXferCount--; + if(hirda->Init.WordLength == IRDA_WORDLENGTH_9B) + { + if(IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + tmp = (uint16_t*)pData; + if(hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE) + { + *tmp = (uint16_t)(hirda->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF); + pData +=2U; + } + else + { + *tmp = (uint16_t)(hirda->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x00FF); + pData +=1U; + } + } + else + { + if(IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + if(hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE) + { + *pData++ = (uint8_t)(hirda->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x00FF); + } + else + { + *pData++ = (uint8_t)(hirda->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x007F); + } + } + } + + /* At end of Rx process, restore hirda->RxState to Ready */ + hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sends an amount of data in non blocking mode. + * @param hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */ + if(hirda->gState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hirda); + + hirda->pTxBuffPtr = pData; + hirda->TxXferSize = Size; + hirda->TxXferCount = Size; + + hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE; + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda); + + /* Enable the IRDA Transmit data register empty Interrupt */ + __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_TXE); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receives an amount of data in non blocking mode. + * @param hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be received + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if(hirda->RxState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hirda); + + hirda->pRxBuffPtr = pData; + hirda->RxXferSize = Size; + hirda->RxXferCount = Size; + + hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE; + hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda); + + /* Enable the IRDA Parity Error Interrupt */ + __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_PE); + + /* Enable the IRDA Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_ERR); + + /* Enable the IRDA Data Register not empty Interrupt */ + __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_RXNE); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sends an amount of data in non blocking mode. + * @param hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t *tmp; + + /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */ + if(hirda->gState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hirda); + + hirda->pTxBuffPtr = pData; + hirda->TxXferSize = Size; + hirda->TxXferCount = Size; + + hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE; + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Set the IRDA DMA transfer complete callback */ + hirda->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = IRDA_DMATransmitCplt; + + /* Set the IRDA DMA half transfer complete callback */ + hirda->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = IRDA_DMATransmitHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hirda->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = IRDA_DMAError; + + /* Set the DMA abort callback */ + hirda->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the IRDA transmit DMA Channel */ + tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData; + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hirda->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&hirda->Instance->DR, Size); + + /* Clear the TC flag in the SR register by writing 0 to it */ + __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FLAG(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_TC); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda); + + /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit + in the USART CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receives an amount of data in non blocking mode. + * @param hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be received + * @note When the IRDA parity is enabled (PCE = 1) the data received contain the parity bit. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t *tmp; + + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if(hirda->RxState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hirda); + + hirda->pRxBuffPtr = pData; + hirda->RxXferSize = Size; + + hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE; + hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + /* Set the IRDA DMA transfer complete callback */ + hirda->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = IRDA_DMAReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the IRDA DMA half transfer complete callback */ + hirda->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = IRDA_DMAReceiveHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hirda->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = IRDA_DMAError; + + /* Set the DMA abort callback */ + hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData; + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hirda->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hirda->Instance->DR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, Size); + + /* Clear the Overrun flag just before enabling the DMA Rx request: can be mandatory for the second transfer */ + __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_OREFLAG(hirda); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda); + + /* Enable the IRDA Parity Error Interrupt */ + SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + + /* Enable the IRDA Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit + in the USART CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Pauses the DMA Transfer. + * @param hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DMAPause(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + uint32_t dmarequest = 0x00U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hirda); + + dmarequest = HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + if((hirda->gState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX) && dmarequest) + { + /* Disable the IRDA DMA Tx request */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + } + + dmarequest = HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + if((hirda->RxState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX) && dmarequest) + { + /* Disable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the IRDA DMA Rx request */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Resumes the DMA Transfer. + * @param hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DMAResume(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hirda); + + if(hirda->gState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + /* Enable the IRDA DMA Tx request */ + SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + } + + if(hirda->RxState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + /* Clear the Overrun flag before resuming the Rx transfer */ + __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_OREFLAG(hirda); + + /* Reenable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Enable the IRDA DMA Rx request */ + SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the DMA Transfer. + * @param hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DMAStop(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + uint32_t dmarequest = 0x00U; + /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application + to call the HAL IRDA API under callbacks HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback(): + when calling HAL_DMA_Abort() API the DMA TX/RX Transfer complete interrupt is generated + and the correspond call back is executed HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback() + */ + + /* Stop IRDA DMA Tx request if ongoing */ + dmarequest = HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + if((hirda->gState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX) && dmarequest) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the IRDA DMA Tx channel */ + if(hirda->hdmatx != NULL) + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(hirda->hdmatx); + } + IRDA_EndTxTransfer(hirda); + } + + /* Stop IRDA DMA Rx request if ongoing */ + dmarequest = HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + if((hirda->RxState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX) && dmarequest) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the IRDA DMA Rx channel */ + if(hirda->hdmarx != NULL) + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(hirda->hdmarx); + } + IRDA_EndRxTransfer(hirda); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing transfers (blocking mode). + * @param hirda IRDA handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable PPP Interrupts + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed. + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Abort(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Disable TXEIE, TCIE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the IRDA DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the IRDA DMA Tx channel: use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(hirda->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the IRDA DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hirda->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + HAL_DMA_Abort(hirda->hdmatx); + } + } + + /* Disable the IRDA DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the IRDA DMA Rx channel: use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(hirda->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the IRDA DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + HAL_DMA_Abort(hirda->hdmarx); + } + } + + /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */ + hirda->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + hirda->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Reset ErrorCode */ + hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Restore hirda->RxState and hirda->gState to Ready */ + hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Transmit transfer (blocking mode). + * @param hirda IRDA handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable PPP Interrupts + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed. + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmit(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + + /* Disable the IRDA DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the IRDA DMA Tx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(hirda->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the IRDA DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hirda->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + HAL_DMA_Abort(hirda->hdmatx); + } + } + + /* Reset Tx transfer counter */ + hirda->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Restore hirda->gState to Ready */ + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Receive transfer (blocking mode). + * @param hirda IRDA handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable PPP Interrupts + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed. + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_AbortReceive(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the IRDA DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the IRDA DMA Rx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(hirda->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the IRDA DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + HAL_DMA_Abort(hirda->hdmarx); + } + } + + /* Reset Rx transfer counter */ + hirda->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Restore hirda->RxState to Ready */ + hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing transfers (Interrupt mode). + * @param hirda IRDA handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable PPP Interrupts + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback + * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be + * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function). + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Abort_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + uint32_t AbortCplt = 0x01U; + + /* Disable TXEIE, TCIE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* If DMA Tx and/or DMA Rx Handles are associated to IRDA Handle, DMA Abort complete callbacks should be initialised + before any call to DMA Abort functions */ + /* DMA Tx Handle is valid */ + if(hirda->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if IRDA DMA Tx request if enabled. + Otherwise, set it to NULL */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + hirda->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = IRDA_DMATxAbortCallback; + } + else + { + hirda->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + } + /* DMA Rx Handle is valid */ + if(hirda->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if IRDA DMA Rx request if enabled. + Otherwise, set it to NULL */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = IRDA_DMARxAbortCallback; + } + else + { + hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + } + + /* Disable the IRDA DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + /* Disable DMA Tx at IRDA level */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the IRDA DMA Tx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */ + if(hirda->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* IRDA Tx DMA Abort callback has already been initialised : + will lead to call HAL_IRDA_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + + /* Abort DMA TX */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hirda->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + hirda->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + else + { + AbortCplt = 0x00U; + } + } + } + + /* Disable the IRDA DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the IRDA DMA Rx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */ + if(hirda->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* IRDA Rx DMA Abort callback has already been initialised : + will lead to call HAL_IRDA_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hirda->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + AbortCplt = 0x01U; + } + else + { + AbortCplt = 0x00U; + } + } + } + + /* if no DMA abort complete callback execution is required => call user Abort Complete callback */ + if(AbortCplt == 0x01U) + { + /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */ + hirda->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + hirda->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Reset ErrorCode */ + hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Restore hirda->gState and hirda->RxState to Ready */ + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_IRDA_AbortCpltCallback(hirda); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Transmit transfer (Interrupt mode). + * @param hirda IRDA handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable PPP Interrupts + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback + * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be + * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function). + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmit_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + + /* Disable the IRDA DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the IRDA DMA Tx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(hirda->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the IRDA DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_IRDA_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hirda->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = IRDA_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback; + + /* Abort DMA TX */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hirda->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly hirda->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hirda->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(hirda->hdmatx); + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Tx transfer counter */ + hirda->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Restore hirda->gState to Ready */ + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(hirda); + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Tx transfer counter */ + hirda->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Restore hirda->gState to Ready */ + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(hirda); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Receive transfer (Interrupt mode). + * @param hirda IRDA handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable PPP Interrupts + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback + * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be + * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function). + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_AbortReceive_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the IRDA DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the IRDA DMA Rx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(hirda->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the IRDA DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_IRDA_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = IRDA_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback; + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hirda->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hirda->hdmarx); + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Rx transfer counter */ + hirda->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Restore hirda->RxState to Ready */ + hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_IRDA_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(hirda); + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Rx transfer counter */ + hirda->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Restore hirda->RxState to Ready */ + hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_IRDA_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(hirda); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles IRDA interrupt request. + * @param hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_IRDA_IRQHandler(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + uint32_t isrflags = READ_REG(hirda->Instance->SR); + uint32_t cr1its = READ_REG(hirda->Instance->CR1); + uint32_t cr3its = READ_REG(hirda->Instance->CR3); + uint32_t errorflags = 0x00U; + uint32_t dmarequest = 0x00U; + + /* If no error occurs */ + errorflags = (isrflags & (uint32_t)(USART_SR_PE | USART_SR_FE | USART_SR_ORE | USART_SR_NE)); + if(errorflags == RESET) + { + /* IRDA in mode Receiver -----------------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_SR_RXNE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != RESET)) + { + IRDA_Receive_IT(hirda); + return; + } + } + + /* If some errors occur */ + if((errorflags != RESET) && (((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET) || ((cr1its & (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)) != RESET))) + { + /* IRDA parity error interrupt occurred -------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_SR_PE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_PEIE) != RESET)) + { + hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_PE; + } + + /* IRDA noise error interrupt occurred --------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_SR_NE) != RESET) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET)) + { + hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NE; + } + + /* IRDA frame error interrupt occurred --------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_SR_FE) != RESET) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET)) + { + hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_FE; + } + + /* IRDA Over-Run interrupt occurred -----------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_SR_ORE) != RESET) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET)) + { + hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_ORE; + } + /* Call IRDA Error Call back function if need be -----------------------*/ + if(hirda->ErrorCode != HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* IRDA in mode Receiver ---------------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_SR_RXNE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != RESET)) + { + IRDA_Receive_IT(hirda); + } + + /* If Overrun error occurs, or if any error occurs in DMA mode reception, + consider error as blocking */ + dmarequest = HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + if(((hirda->ErrorCode & HAL_IRDA_ERROR_ORE) != RESET) || dmarequest) + { + /* Blocking error : transfer is aborted + Set the IRDA state ready to be able to start again the process, + Disable Rx Interrupts, and disable Rx DMA request, if ongoing */ + IRDA_EndRxTransfer(hirda); + + /* Disable the IRDA DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the IRDA DMA Rx channel */ + if(hirda->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the IRDA DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = IRDA_DMAAbortOnError; + + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hirda->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hirda->hdmarx); + } + } + else + { + /* Call user error callback */ + HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback(hirda); + } + } + else + { + /* Call user error callback */ + HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback(hirda); + } + } + else + { + /* Non Blocking error : transfer could go on. + Error is notified to user through user error callback */ + HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback(hirda); + hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE; + } + } + return; + } /* End if some error occurs */ + + /* IRDA in mode Transmitter ------------------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_SR_TXE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_TXEIE) != RESET)) + { + IRDA_Transmit_IT(hirda); + return; + } + + /* IRDA in mode Transmitter end --------------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_SR_TC) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_TCIE) != RESET)) + { + IRDA_EndTransmit_IT(hirda); + return; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Transfer complete callbacks. + * @param hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hirda); + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Half Transfer completed callbacks. + * @param hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hirda); + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Transfer complete callbacks. + * @param hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hirda); + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Half Transfer complete callbacks. + * @param hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hirda); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief IRDA error callbacks. + * @param hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hirda); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief IRDA Abort Complete callback. + * @param hirda IRDA handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_IRDA_AbortCpltCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hirda); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_IRDA_AbortCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief IRDA Abort Transmit Complete callback. + * @param hirda IRDA handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hirda); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmitCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief IRDA Abort ReceiveComplete callback. + * @param hirda IRDA handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_IRDA_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hirda); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_IRDA_AbortReceiveCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IRDA_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions + * @brief IRDA State and Errors functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to return the State of IrDA + communication process and also return Peripheral Errors occurred during communication process + (+) HAL_IRDA_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the IrDA peripheral. + (+) HAL_IRDA_GetError() check in run-time errors that could be occurred during communication. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the IRDA state. + * @param hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_IRDA_StateTypeDef HAL_IRDA_GetState(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + uint32_t temp1 = 0x00U, temp2 = 0x00U; + temp1 = hirda->gState; + temp2 = hirda->RxState; + + return (HAL_IRDA_StateTypeDef)(temp1 | temp2); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the IRDA error code + * @param hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval IRDA Error Code + */ +uint32_t HAL_IRDA_GetError(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + return hirda->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @brief DMA IRDA transmit process complete callback. + * @param hdma: Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void IRDA_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + IRDA_HandleTypeDef* hirda = ( IRDA_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + /* DMA Normal mode */ + if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0U) + { + hirda->TxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit + in the IRDA CR3 register */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Enable the IRDA Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_TC); + } + /* DMA Circular mode */ + else + { + HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback(hirda); + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA IRDA receive process half complete callback + * @param hdma: Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void IRDA_DMATransmitHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + IRDA_HandleTypeDef* hirda = ( IRDA_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback(hirda); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA IRDA receive process complete callback. + * @param hdma: DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void IRDA_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + IRDA_HandleTypeDef* hirda = ( IRDA_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + /* DMA Normal mode */ + if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0U) + { + hirda->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Disable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit + in the IRDA CR3 register */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* At end of Rx process, restore hirda->RxState to Ready */ + hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + } + HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback(hirda); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA IRDA receive process half complete callback + * @param hdma: Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void IRDA_DMAReceiveHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + IRDA_HandleTypeDef* hirda = ( IRDA_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback(hirda); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA IRDA communication error callback. + * @param hdma: DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void IRDA_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + uint32_t dmarequest = 0x00U; + IRDA_HandleTypeDef* hirda = ( IRDA_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + /* Stop IRDA DMA Tx request if ongoing */ + dmarequest = HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + if((hirda->gState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX) && dmarequest) + { + hirda->TxXferCount = 0U; + IRDA_EndTxTransfer(hirda); + } + + /* Stop IRDA DMA Rx request if ongoing */ + dmarequest = HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + if((hirda->RxState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX) && dmarequest) + { + hirda->RxXferCount = 0U; + IRDA_EndRxTransfer(hirda); + } + + hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_DMA; + + HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback(hirda); +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles IRDA Communication Timeout. + * @param hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @param Flag: specifies the IRDA flag to check. + * @param Status: The new Flag status (SET or RESET). + * @param Tickstart: Tick start value + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Tickstart, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + /* Wait until flag is set */ + while((__HAL_IRDA_GET_FLAG(hirda, Flag) ? SET : RESET) == Status) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U)||((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief End ongoing Tx transfer on IRDA peripheral (following error detection or Transmit completion). + * @param hirda: IRDA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void IRDA_EndTxTransfer(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + + /* At end of Tx process, restore hirda->gState to Ready */ + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; +} + +/** + * @brief End ongoing Rx transfer on IRDA peripheral (following error detection or Reception completion). + * @param hirda: IRDA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void IRDA_EndRxTransfer(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* At end of Rx process, restore hirda->RxState to Ready */ + hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; +} + +/** + * @brief DMA IRDA communication abort callback, when initiated by HAL services on Error + * (To be called at end of DMA Abort procedure following error occurrence). + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void IRDA_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + IRDA_HandleTypeDef* hirda = ( IRDA_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + hirda->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + hirda->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + + HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback(hirda); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA IRDA Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user + * (To be called at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request). + * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no + * Abort still ongoing for Rx DMA Handle. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void IRDA_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + IRDA_HandleTypeDef* hirda = ( IRDA_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + hirda->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */ + if(hirda->hdmarx != NULL) + { + if(hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback != NULL) + { + return; + } + } + + /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */ + hirda->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + hirda->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Reset ErrorCode */ + hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Restore hirda->gState and hirda->RxState to Ready */ + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_IRDA_AbortCpltCallback(hirda); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA IRDA Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user + * (To be called at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request). + * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no + * Abort still ongoing for Tx DMA Handle. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void IRDA_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + IRDA_HandleTypeDef* hirda = ( IRDA_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */ + if(hirda->hdmatx != NULL) + { + if(hirda->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback != NULL) + { + return; + } + } + + /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */ + hirda->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + hirda->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Reset ErrorCode */ + hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Restore hirda->gState and hirda->RxState to Ready */ + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_IRDA_AbortCpltCallback(hirda); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA IRDA Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user by a call to + * HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmit_IT API (Abort only Tx transfer) + * (This callback is executed at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request, + * and leads to user Tx Abort Complete callback execution). + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void IRDA_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + IRDA_HandleTypeDef* hirda = ( IRDA_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + hirda->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Restore hirda->gState to Ready */ + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(hirda); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA IRDA Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user by a call to + * HAL_IRDA_AbortReceive_IT API (Abort only Rx transfer) + * (This callback is executed at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request, + * and leads to user Rx Abort Complete callback execution). + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void IRDA_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + IRDA_HandleTypeDef* hirda = ( IRDA_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + hirda->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Restore hirda->RxState to Ready */ + hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_IRDA_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(hirda); +} + +/** + * @brief Send an amount of data in non blocking mode. + * @param hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_Transmit_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + uint16_t* tmp; + + /* Check that a Tx process is ongoing */ + if(hirda->gState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + if(hirda->Init.WordLength == IRDA_WORDLENGTH_9B) + { + tmp = (uint16_t*) hirda->pTxBuffPtr; + hirda->Instance->DR = (uint16_t)(*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF); + if(hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE) + { + hirda->pTxBuffPtr += 2U; + } + else + { + hirda->pTxBuffPtr += 1U; + } + } + else + { + hirda->Instance->DR = (uint8_t)(*hirda->pTxBuffPtr++ & (uint8_t)0x00FF); + } + + if(--hirda->TxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* Disable the IRDA Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE); + + /* Enable the IRDA Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE); + } + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Wraps up transmission in non blocking mode. + * @param hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_EndTransmit_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Disable the IRDA Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE); + + /* Tx process is ended, restore hirda->gState to Ready */ + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback(hirda); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Receives an amount of data in non blocking mode. + * @param hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_Receive_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + uint16_t* tmp; + uint16_t uhdata; + + /* Check that a Rx process is ongoing */ + if(hirda->RxState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + uhdata = (uint16_t) READ_REG(hirda->Instance->DR); + if(hirda->Init.WordLength == IRDA_WORDLENGTH_9B) + { + tmp = (uint16_t*) hirda->pRxBuffPtr; + if(hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE) + { + *tmp = (uint16_t)(uhdata & (uint16_t)0x01FF); + hirda->pRxBuffPtr += 2U; + } + else + { + *tmp = (uint16_t)(uhdata & (uint16_t)0x00FF); + hirda->pRxBuffPtr += 1U; + } + } + else + { + if(hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE) + { + *hirda->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(uhdata & (uint8_t)0x00FF); + } + else + { + *hirda->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(uhdata & (uint8_t)0x007F); + } + } + + if(--hirda->RxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* Disable the IRDA Data Register not empty Interrupt */ + __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_RXNE); + + /* Disable the IRDA Parity Error Interrupt */ + __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_PE); + + /* Disable the IRDA Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_ERR); + + /* Rx process is completed, restore hirda->RxState to Ready */ + hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback(hirda); + + return HAL_OK; + } + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the IRDA peripheral. + * @param hirda: Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void IRDA_SetConfig(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_IRDA_INSTANCE(hirda->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_IRDA_BAUDRATE(hirda->Init.BaudRate)); + assert_param(IS_IRDA_WORD_LENGTH(hirda->Init.WordLength)); + assert_param(IS_IRDA_PARITY(hirda->Init.Parity)); + assert_param(IS_IRDA_MODE(hirda->Init.Mode)); + assert_param(IS_IRDA_POWERMODE(hirda->Init.IrDAMode)); + + /*-------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Clear STOP[13:12] bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_STOP); + + /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Clear M, PCE, PS, TE and RE bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE); + + /* Configure the USART Word Length, Parity and mode: + Set the M bits according to hirda->Init.WordLength value + Set PCE and PS bits according to hirda->Init.Parity value + Set TE and RE bits according to hirda->Init.Mode value */ + /* Write to USART CR1 */ + SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, (uint32_t)hirda->Init.WordLength | hirda->Init.Parity | hirda->Init.Mode); + + /*-------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Clear CTSE and RTSE bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE); + + /*-------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/ + if(hirda->Instance == USART1) + { + SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->BRR, IRDA_BRR(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(), hirda->Init.BaudRate)); + } + else + { + SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->BRR, IRDA_BRR(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(), hirda->Init.BaudRate)); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_iwdg.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_iwdg.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..64e5f51bc9d4f8aa6d9516fa29f490f5559bc026 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_iwdg.c @@ -0,0 +1,258 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_iwdg.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief IWDG HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Independent Watchdog (IWDG) peripheral: + * + Initialization and Start functions + * + IO operation functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### IWDG Generic features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (+) The IWDG can be started by either software or hardware (configurable + through option byte). + + (+) The IWDG is clocked by Low-Speed clock (LSI) and thus stays active even + if the main clock fails. + + (+) Once the IWDG is started, the LSI is forced ON and both can not be + disabled. The counter starts counting down from the reset value (0xFFF). + When it reaches the end of count value (0x000) a reset signal is + generated (IWDG reset). + + (+) Whenever the key value 0x0000 AAAA is written in the IWDG_KR register, + the IWDG_RLR value is reloaded in the counter and the watchdog reset is + prevented. + + (+) The IWDG is implemented in the VDD voltage domain that is still functional + in STOP and STANDBY mode (IWDG reset can wake-up from STANDBY). + IWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when an IWDG + reset occurs. + + (+) Debug mode : When the microcontroller enters debug mode (core halted), + the IWDG counter either continues to work normally or stops, depending + on DBG_IWDG_STOP configuration bit in DBG module, accessible through + __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_IWDG() and __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_IWDG() macros + + [..] Min-max timeout value @32KHz (LSI): ~125us / ~32.7s + The IWDG timeout may vary due to LSI frequency dispersion. STM32F1xx + devices provide the capability to measure the LSI frequency (LSI clock + connected internally to TIM5 CH4 input capture). The measured value + can be used to have an IWDG timeout with an acceptable accuracy. + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Init() function to : + (++) Enable instance by writing Start keyword in IWDG_KEY register. LSI + clock is forced ON and IWDG counter starts downcounting. + (++) Enable write access to configuration register: IWDG_PR & IWDG_RLR. + (++) Configure the IWDG prescaler and counter reload value. This reload + value will be loaded in the IWDG counter each time the watchdog is + reloaded, then the IWDG will start counting down from this value. + (++) wait for status flags to be reset" + + (#) Then the application program must refresh the IWDG counter at regular + intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using + HAL_IWDG_Refresh() function. + + *** IWDG HAL driver macros list *** + ==================================== + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in IWDG HAL driver: + (+) __HAL_IWDG_START: Enable the IWDG peripheral + (+) __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER: Reloads IWDG counter with value defined in + the reload register + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED +/** @defgroup IWDG IWDG + * @brief IWDG HAL module driver. + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_Defines IWDG Private Defines + * @{ + */ +/* Status register need 5 RC LSI divided by prescaler clock to be updated. With + higher prescaler (256), and according to HSI variation, we need to wait at + least 6 cycles so 48 ms. */ +#define HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT 48U +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1 + * @brief Initialization and Start functions. + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Start functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the + IWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle. + (+) Once initialization is performed in HAL_IWDG_Init function, Watchdog + is reloaded in order to exit function with correct time base. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the + * IWDG_InitTypeDef and start watchdog. Before exiting function, + * watchdog is refreshed in order to have correct time base. + * @param hiwdg pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IWDG module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Init(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + + /* Check the IWDG handle allocation */ + if(hiwdg == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_IWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hiwdg->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(hiwdg->Init.Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_IWDG_RELOAD(hiwdg->Init.Reload)); + + /* Enable IWDG. LSI is turned on automaticaly */ + __HAL_IWDG_START(hiwdg); + + /* Enable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers by writing 0x5555 in KR */ + IWDG_ENABLE_WRITE_ACCESS(hiwdg); + + /* Write to IWDG registers the Prescaler & Reload values to work with */ + hiwdg->Instance->PR = hiwdg->Init.Prescaler; + hiwdg->Instance->RLR = hiwdg->Init.Reload; + + /* Check pending flag, if previous update not done, return timeout */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait for register to be updated */ + while(hiwdg->Instance->SR != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register */ + __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2 + * @brief IO operation functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Refresh the IWDG. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Refresh the IWDG. + * @param hiwdg pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IWDG module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Refresh(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg) +{ + /* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register */ + __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_mmc.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_mmc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..d39a9fca6b635db7a88f220746c30a7fd9369f7b --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_mmc.c @@ -0,0 +1,2598 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_mmc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief MMC card HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Secure Digital (MMC) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + MMC card Control functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This driver implements a high level communication layer for read and write from/to + this memory. The needed STM32 hardware resources (SDMMC and GPIO) are performed by + the user in HAL_MMC_MspInit() function (MSP layer). + Basically, the MSP layer configuration should be the same as we provide in the + examples. + You can easily tailor this configuration according to hardware resources. + + [..] + This driver is a generic layered driver for SDMMC memories which uses the HAL + SDMMC driver functions to interface with MMC and eMMC cards devices. + It is used as follows: + + (#)Initialize the SDMMC low level resources by implement the HAL_MMC_MspInit() API: + (##) Enable the SDMMC interface clock using __HAL_RCC_SDMMC_CLK_ENABLE(); + (##) SDMMC pins configuration for MMC card + (+++) Enable the clock for the SDMMC GPIOs using the functions __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(); + (+++) Configure these SDMMC pins as alternate function pull-up using HAL_GPIO_Init() + and according to your pin assignment; + (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_MMC_ReadBlocks_DMA() + and HAL_MMC_WriteBlocks_DMA() APIs). + (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using __HAL_RCC_DMAx_CLK_ENABLE(); + (+++) Configure the DMA using the function HAL_DMA_Init() with predeclared and filled. + (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process when using DMA transfer. + (+++) Configure the SDMMC and DMA interrupt priorities using functions + HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(); DMA priority is superior to SDMMC's priority + (+++) Enable the NVIC DMA and SDMMC IRQs using function HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() + (+++) SDMMC interrupts are managed using the macros __HAL_MMC_ENABLE_IT() + and __HAL_MMC_DISABLE_IT() inside the communication process. + (+++) SDMMC interrupts pending bits are managed using the macros __HAL_MMC_GET_IT() + and __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_IT() + (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_MMC_ReadBlocks_IT() + and HAL_MMC_WriteBlocks_IT() APIs). + (+++) Configure the SDMMC interrupt priorities using function + HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(); + (+++) Enable the NVIC SDMMC IRQs using function HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() + (+++) SDMMC interrupts are managed using the macros __HAL_MMC_ENABLE_IT() + and __HAL_MMC_DISABLE_IT() inside the communication process. + (+++) SDMMC interrupts pending bits are managed using the macros __HAL_MMC_GET_IT() + and __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_IT() + (#) At this stage, you can perform MMC read/write/erase operations after MMC card initialization + + + *** MMC Card Initialization and configuration *** + ================================================ + [..] + To initialize the MMC Card, use the HAL_MMC_Init() function. It Initializes + SDMMC IP (STM32 side) and the MMC Card, and put it into StandBy State (Ready for data transfer). + This function provide the following operations: + + (#) Initialize the SDMMC peripheral interface with defaullt configuration. + The initialization process is done at 400KHz. You can change or adapt + this frequency by adjusting the "ClockDiv" field. + The MMC Card frequency (SDMMC_CK) is computed as follows: + + SDMMC_CK = SDMMCCLK / (ClockDiv + 2) + + In initialization mode and according to the MMC Card standard, + make sure that the SDMMC_CK frequency doesn't exceed 400KHz. + + This phase of initialization is done through SDMMC_Init() and + SDMMC_PowerState_ON() SDMMC low level APIs. + + (#) Initialize the MMC card. The API used is HAL_MMC_InitCard(). + This phase allows the card initialization and identification + and check the MMC Card type (Standard Capacity or High Capacity) + The initialization flow is compatible with MMC standard. + + This API (HAL_MMC_InitCard()) could be used also to reinitialize the card in case + of plug-off plug-in. + + (#) Configure the MMC Card Data transfer frequency. By Default, the card transfer + frequency is set to 24MHz. You can change or adapt this frequency by adjusting + the "ClockDiv" field. + In transfer mode and according to the MMC Card standard, make sure that the + SDMMC_CK frequency doesn't exceed 25MHz and 50MHz in High-speed mode switch. + To be able to use a frequency higher than 24MHz, you should use the SDMMC + peripheral in bypass mode. Refer to the corresponding reference manual + for more details. + + (#) Select the corresponding MMC Card according to the address read with the step 2. + + (#) Configure the MMC Card in wide bus mode: 4-bits data. + + *** MMC Card Read operation *** + ============================== + [..] + (+) You can read from MMC card in polling mode by using function HAL_MMC_ReadBlocks(). + This function allows the read of 512 bytes blocks. + You can choose either one block read operation or multiple block read operation + by adjusting the "NumberOfBlocks" parameter. + After this, you have to ensure that the transfer is done correctly. The check is done + through HAL_MMC_GetCardState() function for MMC card state. + + (+) You can read from MMC card in DMA mode by using function HAL_MMC_ReadBlocks_DMA(). + This function allows the read of 512 bytes blocks. + You can choose either one block read operation or multiple block read operation + by adjusting the "NumberOfBlocks" parameter. + After this, you have to ensure that the transfer is done correctly. The check is done + through HAL_MMC_GetCardState() function for MMC card state. + You could also check the DMA transfer process through the MMC Rx interrupt event. + + (+) You can read from MMC card in Interrupt mode by using function HAL_MMC_ReadBlocks_IT(). + This function allows the read of 512 bytes blocks. + You can choose either one block read operation or multiple block read operation + by adjusting the "NumberOfBlocks" parameter. + After this, you have to ensure that the transfer is done correctly. The check is done + through HAL_MMC_GetCardState() function for MMC card state. + You could also check the IT transfer process through the MMC Rx interrupt event. + + *** MMC Card Write operation *** + =============================== + [..] + (+) You can write to MMC card in polling mode by using function HAL_MMC_WriteBlocks(). + This function allows the read of 512 bytes blocks. + You can choose either one block read operation or multiple block read operation + by adjusting the "NumberOfBlocks" parameter. + After this, you have to ensure that the transfer is done correctly. The check is done + through HAL_MMC_GetCardState() function for MMC card state. + + (+) You can write to MMC card in DMA mode by using function HAL_MMC_WriteBlocks_DMA(). + This function allows the read of 512 bytes blocks. + You can choose either one block read operation or multiple block read operation + by adjusting the "NumberOfBlocks" parameter. + After this, you have to ensure that the transfer is done correctly. The check is done + through HAL_MMC_GetCardState() function for MMC card state. + You could also check the DMA transfer process through the MMC Tx interrupt event. + + (+) You can write to MMC card in Interrupt mode by using function HAL_MMC_WriteBlocks_IT(). + This function allows the read of 512 bytes blocks. + You can choose either one block read operation or multiple block read operation + by adjusting the "NumberOfBlocks" parameter. + After this, you have to ensure that the transfer is done correctly. The check is done + through HAL_MMC_GetCardState() function for MMC card state. + You could also check the IT transfer process through the MMC Tx interrupt event. + + *** MMC card status *** + ====================== + [..] + (+) The MMC Status contains status bits that are related to the MMC Memory + Card proprietary features. To get MMC card status use the HAL_MMC_GetCardStatus(). + + *** MMC card information *** + =========================== + [..] + (+) To get MMC card information, you can use the function HAL_MMC_GetCardInfo(). + It returns useful information about the MMC card such as block size, card type, + block number ... + + *** MMC card CSD register *** + ============================ + [..] + (+) The HAL_MMC_GetCardCSD() API allows to get the parameters of the CSD register. + Some of the CSD parameters are useful for card initialization and identification. + + *** MMC card CID register *** + ============================ + [..] + (+) The HAL_MMC_GetCardCID() API allows to get the parameters of the CID register. + Some of the CID parameters are useful for card initialization and identification. + + *** MMC HAL driver macros list *** + ================================== + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in MMC HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_MMC_ENABLE : Enable the MMC device + (+) __HAL_MMC_DISABLE : Disable the MMC device + (+) __HAL_MMC_DMA_ENABLE: Enable the SDMMC DMA transfer + (+) __HAL_MMC_DMA_DISABLE: Disable the SDMMC DMA transfer + (+) __HAL_MMC_ENABLE_IT: Enable the MMC device interrupt + (+) __HAL_MMC_DISABLE_IT: Disable the MMC device interrupt + (+) __HAL_MMC_GET_FLAG:Check whether the specified MMC flag is set or not + (+) __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the MMC's pending flags + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the MMC HAL driver header file for more useful macros + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup MMC + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED + +#if defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup MMC_Private_Defines + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup MMC_Private_Functions MMC Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static uint32_t MMC_InitCard(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc); +static uint32_t MMC_PowerON(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc); +static uint32_t MMC_SendStatus(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc, uint32_t *pCardStatus); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef MMC_PowerOFF(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef MMC_Write_IT(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef MMC_Read_IT(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc); +static void MMC_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void MMC_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void MMC_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void MMC_DMATxAbort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void MMC_DMARxAbort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup MMC_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup MMC_Exported_Functions_Group1 + * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize the MMC + card device to be ready for use. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the MMC according to the specified parameters in the + MMC_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param hmmc: Pointer to the MMC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMC_Init(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc) +{ + /* Check the MMC handle allocation */ + if(hmmc == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDIO_ALL_INSTANCE(hmmc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_EDGE(hmmc->Init.ClockEdge)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_BYPASS(hmmc->Init.ClockBypass)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_POWER_SAVE(hmmc->Init.ClockPowerSave)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_BUS_WIDE(hmmc->Init.BusWide)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(hmmc->Init.HardwareFlowControl)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLKDIV(hmmc->Init.ClockDiv)); + + if(hmmc->State == HAL_MMC_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hmmc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc */ + HAL_MMC_MspInit(hmmc); + } + + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Initialize the Card parameters */ + HAL_MMC_InitCard(hmmc); + + /* Initialize the error code */ + hmmc->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Initialize the MMC operation */ + hmmc->Context = MMC_CONTEXT_NONE; + + /* Initialize the MMC state */ + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the MMC Card. + * @param hmmc: Pointer to MMC handle + * @note This function initializes the MMC card. It could be used when a card + re-initialization is needed. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMC_InitCard(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc) +{ + uint32_t errorstate = HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE; + MMC_InitTypeDef Init; + + /* Default SDMMC peripheral configuration for MMC card initialization */ + Init.ClockEdge = SDIO_CLOCK_EDGE_RISING; + Init.ClockBypass = SDIO_CLOCK_BYPASS_DISABLE; + Init.ClockPowerSave = SDIO_CLOCK_POWER_SAVE_DISABLE; + Init.BusWide = SDIO_BUS_WIDE_1B; + Init.HardwareFlowControl = SDIO_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL_DISABLE; + Init.ClockDiv = SDIO_INIT_CLK_DIV; + + /* Initialize SDMMC peripheral interface with default configuration */ + SDIO_Init(hmmc->Instance, Init); + + /* Disable SDMMC Clock */ + __HAL_MMC_DISABLE(hmmc); + + /* Set Power State to ON */ + SDIO_PowerState_ON(hmmc->Instance); + + /* Enable SDMMC Clock */ + __HAL_MMC_ENABLE(hmmc); + + /* Required power up waiting time before starting the SD initialization + sequence */ + HAL_Delay(2U); + + /* Identify card operating voltage */ + errorstate = MMC_PowerON(hmmc); + if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + hmmc->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Card initialization */ + errorstate = MMC_InitCard(hmmc); + if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + hmmc->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief De-Initializes the MMC card. + * @param hmmc: Pointer to MMC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMC_DeInit(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc) +{ + /* Check the MMC handle allocation */ + if(hmmc == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDIO_ALL_INSTANCE(hmmc->Instance)); + + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Set SD power state to off */ + MMC_PowerOFF(hmmc); + + /* De-Initialize the MSP layer */ + HAL_MMC_MspDeInit(hmmc); + + hmmc->ErrorCode = HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE; + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_RESET; + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief Initializes the MMC MSP. + * @param hmmc: Pointer to MMC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_MMC_MspInit(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hmmc); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_MMC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief De-Initialize MMC MSP. + * @param hmmc: Pointer to MMC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_MMC_MspDeInit(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hmmc); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_MMC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup MMC_Exported_Functions_Group2 + * @brief Data transfer functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the data + transfer from/to MMC card. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Reads block(s) from a specified address in a card. The Data transfer + * is managed by polling mode. + * @note This API should be followed by a check on the card state through + * HAL_MMC_GetCardState(). + * @param hmmc: Pointer to MMC handle + * @param pData: pointer to the buffer that will contain the received data + * @param BlockAdd: Block Address from where data is to be read + * @param NumberOfBlocks: Number of MMC blocks to read + * @param Timeout: Specify timeout value + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMC_ReadBlocks(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t BlockAdd, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + SDIO_DataInitTypeDef config; + uint32_t errorstate = HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE; + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + uint32_t count = 0U, *tempbuff = (uint32_t *)pData; + + if(NULL == pData) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(hmmc->State == HAL_MMC_STATE_READY) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + if((BlockAdd + NumberOfBlocks) > (hmmc->MmcCard.LogBlockNbr)) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Initialize data control register */ + hmmc->Instance->DCTRL = 0U; + + /* Check the Card capacity in term of Logical number of blocks */ + if ((hmmc->MmcCard.LogBlockNbr) < CAPACITY) + { + BlockAdd *= 512U; + } + + /* Set Block Size for Card */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdBlockLength(hmmc->Instance, BLOCKSIZE); + if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hmmc->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Configure the MMC DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */ + config.DataTimeOut = SDMMC_DATATIMEOUT; + config.DataLength = NumberOfBlocks * BLOCKSIZE; + config.DataBlockSize = SDIO_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B; + config.TransferDir = SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_SDIO; + config.TransferMode = SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK; + config.DPSM = SDIO_DPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_ConfigData(hmmc->Instance, &config); + + /* Read block(s) in polling mode */ + if(NumberOfBlocks > 1U) + { + hmmc->Context = MMC_CONTEXT_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK; + + /* Read Multi Block command */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdReadMultiBlock(hmmc->Instance, BlockAdd); + } + else + { + hmmc->Context = MMC_CONTEXT_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK; + + /* Read Single Block command */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdReadSingleBlock(hmmc->Instance, BlockAdd); + } + if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hmmc->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Poll on SDMMC flags */ +#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR + while(!__HAL_MMC_GET_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND | SDIO_STA_STBITERR)) +#else /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR not defined */ + while(!__HAL_MMC_GET_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND)) +#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */ + { + if(__HAL_MMC_GET_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF)) + { + /* Read data from SDMMC Rx FIFO */ + for(count = 0U; count < 8U; count++) + { + *(tempbuff + count) = SDIO_ReadFIFO(hmmc->Instance); + } + tempbuff += 8U; + } + + if((Timeout == 0U)||((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) >= Timeout)) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + hmmc->State= HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Send stop transmission command in case of multiblock read */ + if(__HAL_MMC_GET_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND) && (NumberOfBlocks > 1U)) + { + /* Send stop transmission command */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdStopTransfer(hmmc->Instance); + if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hmmc->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Get error state */ + if(__HAL_MMC_GET_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT)) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_DATA_TIMEOUT; + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else if(__HAL_MMC_GET_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL)) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_DATA_CRC_FAIL; + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else if(__HAL_MMC_GET_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR)) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_RX_OVERRUN; + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Empty FIFO if there is still any data */ + while ((__HAL_MMC_GET_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_FLAG_RXDAVL))) + { + *tempbuff = SDIO_ReadFIFO(hmmc->Instance); + tempbuff++; + + if((Timeout == 0U)||((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) >= Timeout)) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + hmmc->State= HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_BUSY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Allows to write block(s) to a specified address in a card. The Data + * transfer is managed by polling mode. + * @note This API should be followed by a check on the card state through + * HAL_MMC_GetCardState(). + * @param hmmc: Pointer to MMC handle + * @param pData: pointer to the buffer that will contain the data to transmit + * @param BlockAdd: Block Address where data will be written + * @param NumberOfBlocks: Number of MMC blocks to write + * @param Timeout: Specify timeout value + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMC_WriteBlocks(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t BlockAdd, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + SDIO_DataInitTypeDef config; + uint32_t errorstate = HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE; + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + uint32_t count = 0U; + uint32_t *tempbuff = (uint32_t *)pData; + + if(NULL == pData) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(hmmc->State == HAL_MMC_STATE_READY) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + if((BlockAdd + NumberOfBlocks) > (hmmc->MmcCard.LogBlockNbr)) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Initialize data control register */ + hmmc->Instance->DCTRL = 0U; + + /* Check the Card capacity in term of Logical number of blocks */ + if ((hmmc->MmcCard.LogBlockNbr) < CAPACITY) + { + BlockAdd *= 512U; + } + + /* Set Block Size for Card */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdBlockLength(hmmc->Instance, BLOCKSIZE); + if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hmmc->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Write Blocks in Polling mode */ + if(NumberOfBlocks > 1U) + { + hmmc->Context = MMC_CONTEXT_WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK; + + /* Write Multi Block command */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdWriteMultiBlock(hmmc->Instance, BlockAdd); + } + else + { + hmmc->Context = MMC_CONTEXT_WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK; + + /* Write Single Block command */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdWriteSingleBlock(hmmc->Instance, BlockAdd); + } + if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hmmc->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Configure the MMC DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */ + config.DataTimeOut = SDMMC_DATATIMEOUT; + config.DataLength = NumberOfBlocks * BLOCKSIZE; + config.DataBlockSize = SDIO_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B; + config.TransferDir = SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_CARD; + config.TransferMode = SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK; + config.DPSM = SDIO_DPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_ConfigData(hmmc->Instance, &config); + + /* Write block(s) in polling mode */ +#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR + while(!__HAL_MMC_GET_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND | SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR)) +#else /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR not defined */ + while(!__HAL_MMC_GET_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND)) +#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */ + { + if(__HAL_MMC_GET_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOHE)) + { + /* Write data to SDIO Tx FIFO */ + for(count = 0U; count < 8U; count++) + { + SDIO_WriteFIFO(hmmc->Instance, (tempbuff + count)); + } + tempbuff += 8U; + } + + if((Timeout == 0U)||((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) >= Timeout)) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hmmc->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Send stop transmission command in case of multiblock write */ + if(__HAL_MMC_GET_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND) && (NumberOfBlocks > 1U)) + { + /* Send stop transmission command */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdStopTransfer(hmmc->Instance); + if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hmmc->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Get error state */ + if(__HAL_MMC_GET_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT)) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_DATA_TIMEOUT; + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else if(__HAL_MMC_GET_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL)) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_DATA_CRC_FAIL; + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else if(__HAL_MMC_GET_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR)) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_TX_UNDERRUN; + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_BUSY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Reads block(s) from a specified address in a card. The Data transfer + * is managed in interrupt mode. + * @note This API should be followed by a check on the card state through + * HAL_MMC_GetCardState(). + * @note You could also check the IT transfer process through the MMC Rx + * interrupt event. + * @param hmmc: Pointer to MMC handle + * @param pData: Pointer to the buffer that will contain the received data + * @param BlockAdd: Block Address from where data is to be read + * @param NumberOfBlocks: Number of blocks to read. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMC_ReadBlocks_IT(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t BlockAdd, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks) +{ + SDIO_DataInitTypeDef config; + uint32_t errorstate = HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE; + + if(NULL == pData) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(hmmc->State == HAL_MMC_STATE_READY) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + if((BlockAdd + NumberOfBlocks) > (hmmc->MmcCard.LogBlockNbr)) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Initialize data control register */ + hmmc->Instance->DCTRL = 0U; + + hmmc->pRxBuffPtr = (uint32_t *)pData; + hmmc->RxXferSize = BLOCKSIZE * NumberOfBlocks; + + __HAL_MMC_ENABLE_IT(hmmc, (SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_IT_RXOVERR | SDIO_IT_DATAEND | SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF)); + + /* Check the Card capacity in term of Logical number of blocks */ + if ((hmmc->MmcCard.LogBlockNbr) < CAPACITY) + { + BlockAdd *= 512U; + } + + /* Configure the MMC DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */ + config.DataTimeOut = SDMMC_DATATIMEOUT; + config.DataLength = BLOCKSIZE * NumberOfBlocks; + config.DataBlockSize = SDIO_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B; + config.TransferDir = SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_SDIO; + config.TransferMode = SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK; + config.DPSM = SDIO_DPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_ConfigData(hmmc->Instance, &config); + + /* Set Block Size for Card */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdBlockLength(hmmc->Instance, BLOCKSIZE); + if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hmmc->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Read Blocks in IT mode */ + if(NumberOfBlocks > 1U) + { + hmmc->Context = (MMC_CONTEXT_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK | MMC_CONTEXT_IT); + + /* Read Multi Block command */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdReadMultiBlock(hmmc->Instance, BlockAdd); + } + else + { + hmmc->Context = (MMC_CONTEXT_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK | MMC_CONTEXT_IT); + + /* Read Single Block command */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdReadSingleBlock(hmmc->Instance, BlockAdd); + } + if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hmmc->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Writes block(s) to a specified address in a card. The Data transfer + * is managed in interrupt mode. + * @note This API should be followed by a check on the card state through + * HAL_MMC_GetCardState(). + * @note You could also check the IT transfer process through the MMC Tx + * interrupt event. + * @param hmmc: Pointer to MMC handle + * @param pData: Pointer to the buffer that will contain the data to transmit + * @param BlockAdd: Block Address where data will be written + * @param NumberOfBlocks: Number of blocks to write + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMC_WriteBlocks_IT(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t BlockAdd, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks) +{ + SDIO_DataInitTypeDef config; + uint32_t errorstate = HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE; + + if(NULL == pData) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(hmmc->State == HAL_MMC_STATE_READY) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + if((BlockAdd + NumberOfBlocks) > (hmmc->MmcCard.LogBlockNbr)) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Initialize data control register */ + hmmc->Instance->DCTRL = 0U; + + hmmc->pTxBuffPtr = (uint32_t *)pData; + hmmc->TxXferSize = BLOCKSIZE * NumberOfBlocks; + + /* Enable transfer interrupts */ + __HAL_MMC_ENABLE_IT(hmmc, (SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR | SDIO_IT_DATAEND | SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOHE)); + + /* Check the Card capacity in term of Logical number of blocks */ + if ((hmmc->MmcCard.LogBlockNbr) < CAPACITY) + { + BlockAdd *= 512U; + } + + /* Set Block Size for Card */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdBlockLength(hmmc->Instance, BLOCKSIZE); + if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hmmc->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Write Blocks in Polling mode */ + if(NumberOfBlocks > 1U) + { + hmmc->Context = (MMC_CONTEXT_WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK| MMC_CONTEXT_IT); + + /* Write Multi Block command */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdWriteMultiBlock(hmmc->Instance, BlockAdd); + } + else + { + hmmc->Context = (MMC_CONTEXT_WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK | MMC_CONTEXT_IT); + + /* Write Single Block command */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdWriteSingleBlock(hmmc->Instance, BlockAdd); + } + if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hmmc->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Configure the MMC DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */ + config.DataTimeOut = SDMMC_DATATIMEOUT; + config.DataLength = BLOCKSIZE * NumberOfBlocks; + config.DataBlockSize = SDIO_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B; + config.TransferDir = SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_CARD; + config.TransferMode = SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK; + config.DPSM = SDIO_DPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_ConfigData(hmmc->Instance, &config); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Reads block(s) from a specified address in a card. The Data transfer + * is managed by DMA mode. + * @note This API should be followed by a check on the card state through + * HAL_MMC_GetCardState(). + * @note You could also check the DMA transfer process through the MMC Rx + * interrupt event. + * @param hmmc: Pointer MMC handle + * @param pData: Pointer to the buffer that will contain the received data + * @param BlockAdd: Block Address from where data is to be read + * @param NumberOfBlocks: Number of blocks to read. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMC_ReadBlocks_DMA(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t BlockAdd, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks) +{ + SDIO_DataInitTypeDef config; + uint32_t errorstate = HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE; + + if(NULL == pData) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(hmmc->State == HAL_MMC_STATE_READY) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + if((BlockAdd + NumberOfBlocks) > (hmmc->MmcCard.LogBlockNbr)) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Initialize data control register */ + hmmc->Instance->DCTRL = 0U; + +#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITER + __HAL_MMC_ENABLE_IT(hmmc, (SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_IT_RXOVERR | SDIO_IT_DATAEND | SDIO_IT_STBITERR)); +#else /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR not defined */ + __HAL_MMC_ENABLE_IT(hmmc, (SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_IT_RXOVERR | SDIO_IT_DATAEND)); +#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */ + + /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback */ + hmmc->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = MMC_DMAReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hmmc->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = MMC_DMAError; + + /* Set the DMA Abort callback */ + hmmc->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA Channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hmmc->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hmmc->Instance->FIFO, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)(BLOCKSIZE * NumberOfBlocks)/4); + + /* Enable MMC DMA transfer */ + __HAL_MMC_DMA_ENABLE(hmmc); + + /* Check the Card capacity in term of Logical number of blocks */ + if ((hmmc->MmcCard.LogBlockNbr) < CAPACITY) + { + BlockAdd *= 512U; + } + + /* Configure the MMC DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */ + config.DataTimeOut = SDMMC_DATATIMEOUT; + config.DataLength = BLOCKSIZE * NumberOfBlocks; + config.DataBlockSize = SDIO_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B; + config.TransferDir = SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_SDIO; + config.TransferMode = SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK; + config.DPSM = SDIO_DPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_ConfigData(hmmc->Instance, &config); + + /* Set Block Size for Card */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdBlockLength(hmmc->Instance, BLOCKSIZE); + if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hmmc->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Read Blocks in DMA mode */ + if(NumberOfBlocks > 1U) + { + hmmc->Context = (MMC_CONTEXT_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK | MMC_CONTEXT_DMA); + + /* Read Multi Block command */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdReadMultiBlock(hmmc->Instance, BlockAdd); + } + else + { + hmmc->Context = (MMC_CONTEXT_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK | MMC_CONTEXT_DMA); + + /* Read Single Block command */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdReadSingleBlock(hmmc->Instance, BlockAdd); + } + if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hmmc->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Writes block(s) to a specified address in a card. The Data transfer + * is managed by DMA mode. + * @note This API should be followed by a check on the card state through + * HAL_MMC_GetCardState(). + * @note You could also check the DMA transfer process through the MMC Tx + * interrupt event. + * @param hmmc: Pointer to MMC handle + * @param pData: Pointer to the buffer that will contain the data to transmit + * @param BlockAdd: Block Address where data will be written + * @param NumberOfBlocks: Number of blocks to write + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMC_WriteBlocks_DMA(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t BlockAdd, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks) +{ + SDIO_DataInitTypeDef config; + uint32_t errorstate = HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE; + + if(NULL == pData) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(hmmc->State == HAL_MMC_STATE_READY) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + if((BlockAdd + NumberOfBlocks) > (hmmc->MmcCard.LogBlockNbr)) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Initialize data control register */ + hmmc->Instance->DCTRL = 0U; + + /* Enable MMC Error interrupts */ +#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITER + __HAL_MMC_ENABLE_IT(hmmc, (SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR | SDIO_IT_STBITERR)); +#else /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR not defined */ + __HAL_MMC_ENABLE_IT(hmmc, (SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR)); +#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */ + + /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback */ + hmmc->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = MMC_DMATransmitCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hmmc->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = MMC_DMAError; + + /* Set the DMA Abort callback */ + hmmc->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Check the Card capacity in term of Logical number of blocks */ + if ((hmmc->MmcCard.LogBlockNbr) < CAPACITY) + { + BlockAdd *= 512U; + } + + /* Set Block Size for Card */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdBlockLength(hmmc->Instance, BLOCKSIZE); + if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hmmc->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Write Blocks in Polling mode */ + if(NumberOfBlocks > 1U) + { + hmmc->Context = (MMC_CONTEXT_WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK | MMC_CONTEXT_DMA); + + /* Write Multi Block command */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdWriteMultiBlock(hmmc->Instance, BlockAdd); + } + else + { + hmmc->Context = (MMC_CONTEXT_WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK | MMC_CONTEXT_DMA); + + /* Write Single Block command */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdWriteSingleBlock(hmmc->Instance, BlockAdd); + } + if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hmmc->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Enable SDIO DMA transfer */ + __HAL_MMC_DMA_ENABLE(hmmc); + + /* Enable the DMA Channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hmmc->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hmmc->Instance->FIFO, (uint32_t)(BLOCKSIZE * NumberOfBlocks)/4); + + /* Configure the MMC DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */ + config.DataTimeOut = SDMMC_DATATIMEOUT; + config.DataLength = BLOCKSIZE * NumberOfBlocks; + config.DataBlockSize = SDIO_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B; + config.TransferDir = SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_CARD; + config.TransferMode = SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK; + config.DPSM = SDIO_DPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_ConfigData(hmmc->Instance, &config); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Erases the specified memory area of the given MMC card. + * @note This API should be followed by a check on the card state through + * HAL_MMC_GetCardState(). + * @param hmmc: Pointer to MMC handle + * @param BlockStartAdd: Start Block address + * @param BlockEndAdd: End Block address + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMC_Erase(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc, uint32_t BlockStartAdd, uint32_t BlockEndAdd) +{ + uint32_t errorstate = HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE; + + if(hmmc->State == HAL_MMC_STATE_READY) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + if(BlockEndAdd < BlockStartAdd) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(BlockEndAdd > (hmmc->MmcCard.LogBlockNbr)) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Check if the card command class supports erase command */ + if(((hmmc->MmcCard.Class) & SDIO_CCCC_ERASE) == 0U) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_REQUEST_NOT_APPLICABLE; + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if((SDIO_GetResponse(hmmc->Instance, SDIO_RESP1) & SDMMC_CARD_LOCKED) == SDMMC_CARD_LOCKED) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED; + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the Card capacity in term of Logical number of blocks */ + if ((hmmc->MmcCard.LogBlockNbr) < CAPACITY) + { + BlockStartAdd *= 512U; + BlockEndAdd *= 512U; + } + + /* Send CMD35 MMC_ERASE_GRP_START with argument as addr */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdEraseStartAdd(hmmc->Instance, BlockStartAdd); + if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hmmc->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Send CMD36 MMC_ERASE_GRP_END with argument as addr */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdEraseEndAdd(hmmc->Instance, BlockEndAdd); + if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hmmc->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Send CMD38 ERASE */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdErase(hmmc->Instance); + if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hmmc->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles MMC card interrupt request. + * @param hmmc: Pointer to MMC handle + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_MMC_IRQHandler(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc) +{ + uint32_t errorstate = HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Check for SDIO interrupt flags */ + if(__HAL_MMC_GET_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_IT_DATAEND) != RESET) + { + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND); + +#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR + __HAL_MMC_DISABLE_IT(hmmc, SDIO_IT_DATAEND | SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT|\ + SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR | SDIO_IT_RXOVERR | SDIO_IT_STBITERR); +#else /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR not defined */ + __HAL_MMC_DISABLE_IT(hmmc, SDIO_IT_DATAEND | SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT|\ + SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR | SDIO_IT_RXOVERR); +#endif + + if((hmmc->Context & MMC_CONTEXT_IT) != RESET) + { + if(((hmmc->Context & MMC_CONTEXT_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK) != RESET) || ((hmmc->Context & MMC_CONTEXT_WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK) != RESET)) + { + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdStopTransfer(hmmc->Instance); + if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + HAL_MMC_ErrorCallback(hmmc); + } + } + + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + if(((hmmc->Context & MMC_CONTEXT_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK) != RESET) || ((hmmc->Context & MMC_CONTEXT_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK) != RESET)) + { + HAL_MMC_RxCpltCallback(hmmc); + } + else + { + HAL_MMC_TxCpltCallback(hmmc); + } + } + else if((hmmc->Context & MMC_CONTEXT_DMA) != RESET) + { + if((hmmc->Context & MMC_CONTEXT_WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK) != RESET) + { + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdStopTransfer(hmmc->Instance); + if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + HAL_MMC_ErrorCallback(hmmc); + } + } + if(((hmmc->Context & MMC_CONTEXT_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK) == RESET) && ((hmmc->Context & MMC_CONTEXT_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK) == RESET)) + { + /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAEN bit + in the MMC DCTRL register */ + hmmc->Instance->DCTRL &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SDIO_DCTRL_DMAEN); + + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + + HAL_MMC_TxCpltCallback(hmmc); + } + } + } + + else if(__HAL_MMC_GET_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_IT_TXFIFOHE) != RESET) + { + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOHE); + + MMC_Write_IT(hmmc); + } + + else if(__HAL_MMC_GET_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_IT_RXFIFOHF) != RESET) + { + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF); + + MMC_Read_IT(hmmc); + } + +#ifdef SDIO_STA_STBITERR + else if(__HAL_MMC_GET_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_IT_RXOVERR | SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR | SDIO_IT_STBITERR) != RESET) + { + /* Set Error code */ + if(__HAL_MMC_GET_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL) != RESET) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_DATA_CRC_FAIL; + } + if(__HAL_MMC_GET_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT) != RESET) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_DATA_TIMEOUT; + } + if(__HAL_MMC_GET_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_IT_RXOVERR) != RESET) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_RX_OVERRUN; + } + if(__HAL_MMC_GET_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR) != RESET) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_TX_UNDERRUN; + } + if(__HAL_MMC_GET_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_IT_STBITERR) != RESET) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_DATA_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Clear All flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS | SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR); + + /* Disable all interrupts */ + __HAL_MMC_DISABLE_IT(hmmc, SDIO_IT_DATAEND | SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT|\ + SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR| SDIO_IT_RXOVERR |SDIO_IT_STBITERR); + + if((hmmc->Context & MMC_CONTEXT_DMA) != RESET) + { + /* Abort the MMC DMA Streams */ + if(hmmc->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the DMA Tx abort callback */ + hmmc->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = MMC_DMATxAbort; + /* Abort DMA in IT mode */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hmmc->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + MMC_DMATxAbort(hmmc->hdmatx); + } + } + else if(hmmc->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the DMA Rx abort callback */ + hmmc->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = MMC_DMARxAbort; + /* Abort DMA in IT mode */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hmmc->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + MMC_DMARxAbort(hmmc->hdmarx); + } + } + else + { + hmmc->ErrorCode = HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE; + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + HAL_MMC_AbortCallback(hmmc); + } + } + else if((hmmc->Context & MMC_CONTEXT_IT) != RESET) + { + /* Set the MMC state to ready to be able to start again the process */ + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + HAL_MMC_ErrorCallback(hmmc); + } + } +#else /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR not defined */ + else if(__HAL_MMC_GET_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_IT_RXOVERR | SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR) != RESET) + { + /* Set Error code */ + if(__HAL_MMC_GET_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL) != RESET) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_DATA_CRC_FAIL; + } + if(__HAL_MMC_GET_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT) != RESET) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_DATA_TIMEOUT; + } + if(__HAL_MMC_GET_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_IT_RXOVERR) != RESET) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_RX_OVERRUN; + } + if(__HAL_MMC_GET_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR) != RESET) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_TX_UNDERRUN; + } + + /* Clear All flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + + /* Disable all interrupts */ + __HAL_MMC_DISABLE_IT(hmmc, SDIO_IT_DATAEND | SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT|\ + SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR| SDIO_IT_RXOVERR); + + if((hmmc->Context & MMC_CONTEXT_DMA) != RESET) + { + /* Abort the MMC DMA Streams */ + if(hmmc->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the DMA Tx abort callback */ + hmmc->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = MMC_DMATxAbort; + /* Abort DMA in IT mode */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hmmc->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + MMC_DMATxAbort(hmmc->hdmatx); + } + } + else if(hmmc->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the DMA Rx abort callback */ + hmmc->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = MMC_DMARxAbort; + /* Abort DMA in IT mode */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hmmc->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + MMC_DMARxAbort(hmmc->hdmarx); + } + } + else + { + hmmc->ErrorCode = HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE; + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + HAL_MMC_AbortCallback(hmmc); + } + } + else if((hmmc->Context & MMC_CONTEXT_IT) != RESET) + { + /* Set the MMC state to ready to be able to start again the process */ + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + HAL_MMC_ErrorCallback(hmmc); + } + } +#endif /* SDIO_STA_STBITERR */ +} + +/** + * @brief return the MMC state + * @param hmmc: Pointer to mmc handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_MMC_StateTypeDef HAL_MMC_GetState(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc) +{ + return hmmc->State; +} + +/** +* @brief Return the MMC error code +* @param hmmc : Pointer to a MMC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information. +* @retval MMC Error Code +*/ +uint32_t HAL_MMC_GetError(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc) +{ + return hmmc->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Transfer completed callbacks + * @param hmmc: Pointer to MMC handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_MMC_TxCpltCallback(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hmmc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_MMC_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Transfer completed callbacks + * @param hmmc: Pointer MMC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_MMC_RxCpltCallback(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hmmc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_MMC_RxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief MMC error callbacks + * @param hmmc: Pointer MMC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_MMC_ErrorCallback(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hmmc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_MMC_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief MMC Abort callbacks + * @param hmmc: Pointer MMC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_MMC_AbortCallback(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hmmc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_MMC_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup MMC_Exported_Functions_Group3 + * @brief management functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the MMC card + operations and get the related information + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns information the information of the card which are stored on + * the CID register. + * @param hmmc: Pointer to MMC handle + * @param pCID: Pointer to a HAL_MMC_CIDTypedef structure that + * contains all CID register parameters + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMC_GetCardCID(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc, HAL_MMC_CardCIDTypeDef *pCID) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0U; + + /* Byte 0 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hmmc->CID[0U] & 0xFF000000U) >> 24U); + pCID->ManufacturerID = tmp; + + /* Byte 1 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hmmc->CID[0U] & 0x00FF0000U) >> 16U); + pCID->OEM_AppliID = tmp << 8U; + + /* Byte 2 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hmmc->CID[0U] & 0x000000FF00U) >> 8U); + pCID->OEM_AppliID |= tmp; + + /* Byte 3 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)(hmmc->CID[0U] & 0x000000FFU); + pCID->ProdName1 = tmp << 24U; + + /* Byte 4 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hmmc->CID[1U] & 0xFF000000U) >> 24U); + pCID->ProdName1 |= tmp << 16U; + + /* Byte 5 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hmmc->CID[1U] & 0x00FF0000U) >> 16U); + pCID->ProdName1 |= tmp << 8U; + + /* Byte 6 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hmmc->CID[1U] & 0x0000FF00U) >> 8U); + pCID->ProdName1 |= tmp; + + /* Byte 7 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)(hmmc->CID[1U] & 0x000000FFU); + pCID->ProdName2 = tmp; + + /* Byte 8 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hmmc->CID[2U] & 0xFF000000U) >> 24U); + pCID->ProdRev = tmp; + + /* Byte 9 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hmmc->CID[2U] & 0x00FF0000U) >> 16U); + pCID->ProdSN = tmp << 24U; + + /* Byte 10 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hmmc->CID[2U] & 0x0000FF00U) >> 8U); + pCID->ProdSN |= tmp << 16U; + + /* Byte 11 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)(hmmc->CID[2U] & 0x000000FFU); + pCID->ProdSN |= tmp << 8U; + + /* Byte 12 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hmmc->CID[3U] & 0xFF000000U) >> 24U); + pCID->ProdSN |= tmp; + + /* Byte 13 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hmmc->CID[3U] & 0x00FF0000U) >> 16U); + pCID->Reserved1 |= (tmp & 0xF0U) >> 4U; + pCID->ManufactDate = (tmp & 0x0FU) << 8U; + + /* Byte 14 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hmmc->CID[3U] & 0x0000FF00U) >> 8U); + pCID->ManufactDate |= tmp; + + /* Byte 15 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)(hmmc->CID[3U] & 0x000000FFU); + pCID->CID_CRC = (tmp & 0xFEU) >> 1U; + pCID->Reserved2 = 1U; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns information the information of the card which are stored on + * the CSD register. + * @param hmmc: Pointer to MMC handle + * @param pCSD: Pointer to a HAL_MMC_CardInfoTypeDef structure that + * contains all CSD register parameters + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMC_GetCardCSD(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc, HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef *pCSD) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0U; + + /* Byte 0 */ + tmp = (hmmc->CSD[0U] & 0xFF000000U) >> 24U; + pCSD->CSDStruct = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0xC0U) >> 6U); + pCSD->SysSpecVersion = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0x3CU) >> 2U); + pCSD->Reserved1 = tmp & 0x03U; + + /* Byte 1 */ + tmp = (hmmc->CSD[0U] & 0x00FF0000U) >> 16U; + pCSD->TAAC = (uint8_t)tmp; + + /* Byte 2 */ + tmp = (hmmc->CSD[0U] & 0x0000FF00U) >> 8U; + pCSD->NSAC = (uint8_t)tmp; + + /* Byte 3 */ + tmp = hmmc->CSD[0U] & 0x000000FFU; + pCSD->MaxBusClkFrec = (uint8_t)tmp; + + /* Byte 4 */ + tmp = (hmmc->CSD[1U] & 0xFF000000U) >> 24U; + pCSD->CardComdClasses = (uint16_t)(tmp << 4U); + + /* Byte 5 */ + tmp = (hmmc->CSD[1U] & 0x00FF0000U) >> 16U; + pCSD->CardComdClasses |= (uint16_t)((tmp & 0xF0U) >> 4U); + pCSD->RdBlockLen = (uint8_t)(tmp & 0x0FU); + + /* Byte 6 */ + tmp = (hmmc->CSD[1U] & 0x0000FF00U) >> 8U; + pCSD->PartBlockRead = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0x80U) >> 7U); + pCSD->WrBlockMisalign = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0x40U) >> 6U); + pCSD->RdBlockMisalign = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0x20U) >> 5U); + pCSD->DSRImpl = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0x10U) >> 4U); + pCSD->Reserved2 = 0; /*!< Reserved */ + + pCSD->DeviceSize = (tmp & 0x03U) << 10U; + + /* Byte 7 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)(hmmc->CSD[1U] & 0x000000FFU); + pCSD->DeviceSize |= (tmp) << 2U; + + /* Byte 8 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hmmc->CSD[2U] & 0xFF000000U) >> 24U); + pCSD->DeviceSize |= (tmp & 0xC0U) >> 6U; + + pCSD->MaxRdCurrentVDDMin = (tmp & 0x38U) >> 3U; + pCSD->MaxRdCurrentVDDMax = (tmp & 0x07U); + + /* Byte 9 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hmmc->CSD[2U] & 0x00FF0000U) >> 16U); + pCSD->MaxWrCurrentVDDMin = (tmp & 0xE0U) >> 5U; + pCSD->MaxWrCurrentVDDMax = (tmp & 0x1CU) >> 2U; + pCSD->DeviceSizeMul = (tmp & 0x03U) << 1U; + /* Byte 10 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hmmc->CSD[2] & 0x0000FF00U) >> 8U); + pCSD->DeviceSizeMul |= (tmp & 0x80U) >> 7U; + + hmmc->MmcCard.BlockNbr = (pCSD->DeviceSize + 1U) ; + hmmc->MmcCard.BlockNbr *= (1U << (pCSD->DeviceSizeMul + 2U)); + hmmc->MmcCard.BlockSize = 1U << (pCSD->RdBlockLen); + + hmmc->MmcCard.LogBlockNbr = (hmmc->MmcCard.BlockNbr) * ((hmmc->MmcCard.BlockSize) / 512U); + hmmc->MmcCard.LogBlockSize = 512U; + + pCSD->EraseGrSize = (tmp & 0x40U) >> 6U; + pCSD->EraseGrMul = (tmp & 0x3FU) << 1U; + + /* Byte 11 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)(hmmc->CSD[2U] & 0x000000FFU); + pCSD->EraseGrMul |= (tmp & 0x80U) >> 7U; + pCSD->WrProtectGrSize = (tmp & 0x7FU); + + /* Byte 12 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hmmc->CSD[3U] & 0xFF000000U) >> 24U); + pCSD->WrProtectGrEnable = (tmp & 0x80U) >> 7U; + pCSD->ManDeflECC = (tmp & 0x60U) >> 5U; + pCSD->WrSpeedFact = (tmp & 0x1CU) >> 2U; + pCSD->MaxWrBlockLen = (tmp & 0x03U) << 2U; + + /* Byte 13 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hmmc->CSD[3U] & 0x00FF0000U) >> 16U); + pCSD->MaxWrBlockLen |= (tmp & 0xC0U) >> 6U; + pCSD->WriteBlockPaPartial = (tmp & 0x20U) >> 5U; + pCSD->Reserved3 = 0U; + pCSD->ContentProtectAppli = (tmp & 0x01U); + + /* Byte 14 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hmmc->CSD[3U] & 0x0000FF00U) >> 8U); + pCSD->FileFormatGrouop = (tmp & 0x80U) >> 7U; + pCSD->CopyFlag = (tmp & 0x40U) >> 6U; + pCSD->PermWrProtect = (tmp & 0x20U) >> 5U; + pCSD->TempWrProtect = (tmp & 0x10U) >> 4U; + pCSD->FileFormat = (tmp & 0x0CU) >> 2U; + pCSD->ECC = (tmp & 0x03U); + + /* Byte 15 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)(hmmc->CSD[3U] & 0x000000FFU); + pCSD->CSD_CRC = (tmp & 0xFEU) >> 1U; + pCSD->Reserved4 = 1U; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the MMC card info. + * @param hmmc: Pointer to MMC handle + * @param pCardInfo: Pointer to the HAL_MMC_CardInfoTypeDef structure that + * will contain the MMC card status information + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMC_GetCardInfo(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc, HAL_MMC_CardInfoTypeDef *pCardInfo) +{ + pCardInfo->CardType = (uint32_t)(hmmc->MmcCard.CardType); + pCardInfo->Class = (uint32_t)(hmmc->MmcCard.Class); + pCardInfo->RelCardAdd = (uint32_t)(hmmc->MmcCard.RelCardAdd); + pCardInfo->BlockNbr = (uint32_t)(hmmc->MmcCard.BlockNbr); + pCardInfo->BlockSize = (uint32_t)(hmmc->MmcCard.BlockSize); + pCardInfo->LogBlockNbr = (uint32_t)(hmmc->MmcCard.LogBlockNbr); + pCardInfo->LogBlockSize = (uint32_t)(hmmc->MmcCard.LogBlockSize); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables wide bus operation for the requested card if supported by + * card. + * @param hmmc: Pointer to MMC handle + * @param WideMode: Specifies the MMC card wide bus mode + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SDIO_BUS_WIDE_8B: 8-bit data transfer + * @arg SDIO_BUS_WIDE_4B: 4-bit data transfer + * @arg SDIO_BUS_WIDE_1B: 1-bit data transfer + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMC_ConfigWideBusOperation(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc, uint32_t WideMode) +{ + __IO uint32_t count = 0U; + SDIO_InitTypeDef Init; + uint32_t errorstate = HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE; + uint32_t response = 0U, busy = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDIO_BUS_WIDE(WideMode)); + + /* Chnage Satte */ + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Update Clock for Bus mode update */ + Init.ClockEdge = SDIO_CLOCK_EDGE_RISING; + Init.ClockBypass = SDIO_CLOCK_BYPASS_DISABLE; + Init.ClockPowerSave = SDIO_CLOCK_POWER_SAVE_DISABLE; + Init.BusWide = WideMode; + Init.HardwareFlowControl = SDIO_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL_DISABLE; + Init.ClockDiv = SDIO_INIT_CLK_DIV; + /* Initialize SDIO*/ + SDIO_Init(hmmc->Instance, Init); + + if(WideMode == SDIO_BUS_WIDE_8B) + { + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdSwitch(hmmc->Instance, 0x03B70200U); + if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + } + } + else if(WideMode == SDIO_BUS_WIDE_4B) + { + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdSwitch(hmmc->Instance, 0x03B70100U); + if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + } + } + else if(WideMode == SDIO_BUS_WIDE_1B) + { + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdSwitch(hmmc->Instance, 0x03B70000U); + if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + } + } + else + { + /* WideMode is not a valid argument*/ + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_PARAM; + } + + /* Check for switch error and violation of the trial number of sending CMD 13 */ + while(busy == 0U) + { + if(count++ == SDMMC_MAX_TRIAL) + { + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_REQUEST_NOT_APPLICABLE; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* While card is not ready for data and trial number for sending CMD13 is not exceeded */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdSendStatus(hmmc->Instance, (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)hmmc->MmcCard.RelCardAdd) << 16U)); + if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + } + + /* Get command response */ + response = SDIO_GetResponse(hmmc->Instance, SDIO_RESP1); + + /* Get operating voltage*/ + busy = (((response >> 7U) == 1U) ? 0U : 1U); + } + + /* While card is not ready for data and trial number for sending CMD13 is not exceeded */ + count = SDMMC_DATATIMEOUT; + while((response & 0x00000100U) == 0U) + { + if(count-- == 0U) + { + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_REQUEST_NOT_APPLICABLE; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* While card is not ready for data and trial number for sending CMD13 is not exceeded */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdSendStatus(hmmc->Instance, (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)hmmc->MmcCard.RelCardAdd) << 16U)); + if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + } + + /* Get command response */ + response = SDIO_GetResponse(hmmc->Instance, SDIO_RESP1); + } + + if(hmmc->ErrorCode != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Configure the SDIO peripheral */ + Init.ClockEdge = hmmc->Init.ClockEdge; + Init.ClockBypass = hmmc->Init.ClockBypass; + Init.ClockPowerSave = hmmc->Init.ClockPowerSave; + Init.BusWide = WideMode; + Init.HardwareFlowControl = hmmc->Init.HardwareFlowControl; + Init.ClockDiv = hmmc->Init.ClockDiv; + SDIO_Init(hmmc->Instance, Init); + } + + /* Change State */ + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief Gets the current mmc card data state. + * @param hmmc: pointer to MMC handle + * @retval Card state + */ +HAL_MMC_CardStateTypeDef HAL_MMC_GetCardState(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc) +{ + HAL_MMC_CardStateTypeDef cardstate = HAL_MMC_CARD_TRANSFER; + uint32_t errorstate = HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE; + uint32_t resp1 = 0U; + + errorstate = MMC_SendStatus(hmmc, &resp1); + if(errorstate != HAL_OK) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + } + + cardstate = (HAL_MMC_CardStateTypeDef)((resp1 >> 9U) & 0x0FU); + + return cardstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort the current transfer and disable the MMC. + * @param hmmc: pointer to a MMC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for MMC module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMC_Abort(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc) +{ + HAL_MMC_CardStateTypeDef CardState; + + /* DIsable All interrupts */ + __HAL_MMC_DISABLE_IT(hmmc, SDIO_IT_DATAEND | SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT|\ + SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR| SDIO_IT_RXOVERR); + + /* Clear All flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + + if((hmmc->hdmatx != NULL) || (hmmc->hdmarx != NULL)) + { + /* Disable the MMC DMA request */ + hmmc->Instance->DCTRL &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SDIO_DCTRL_DMAEN); + + /* Abort the MMC DMA Tx Stream */ + if(hmmc->hdmatx != NULL) + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(hmmc->hdmatx); + } + /* Abort the MMC DMA Rx Stream */ + if(hmmc->hdmarx != NULL) + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(hmmc->hdmarx); + } + } + + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + CardState = HAL_MMC_GetCardState(hmmc); + if((CardState == HAL_MMC_CARD_RECEIVING) || (CardState == HAL_MMC_CARD_SENDING)) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode = SDMMC_CmdStopTransfer(hmmc->Instance); + } + if(hmmc->ErrorCode != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort the current transfer and disable the MMC (IT mode). + * @param hmmc: pointer to a MMC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for MMC module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MMC_Abort_IT(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc) +{ + HAL_MMC_CardStateTypeDef CardState; + + /* DIsable All interrupts */ + __HAL_MMC_DISABLE_IT(hmmc, SDIO_IT_DATAEND | SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT|\ + SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR| SDIO_IT_RXOVERR); + + /* Clear All flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + + if((hmmc->hdmatx != NULL) || (hmmc->hdmarx != NULL)) + { + /* Disable the MMC DMA request */ + hmmc->Instance->DCTRL &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SDIO_DCTRL_DMAEN); + + /* Abort the MMC DMA Tx Stream */ + if(hmmc->hdmatx != NULL) + { + hmmc->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = MMC_DMATxAbort; + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hmmc->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + hmmc->hdmatx = NULL; + } + } + /* Abort the MMC DMA Rx Stream */ + if(hmmc->hdmarx != NULL) + { + hmmc->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = MMC_DMARxAbort; + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hmmc->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + hmmc->hdmarx = NULL; + } + } + } + + /* No transfer ongoing on both DMA channels*/ + if((hmmc->hdmatx == NULL) && (hmmc->hdmarx == NULL)) + { + CardState = HAL_MMC_GetCardState(hmmc); + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + if((CardState == HAL_MMC_CARD_RECEIVING) || (CardState == HAL_MMC_CARD_SENDING)) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode = SDMMC_CmdStopTransfer(hmmc->Instance); + } + if(hmmc->ErrorCode != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + HAL_MMC_AbortCallback(hmmc); + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function ----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup MMC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief DMA MMC transmit process complete callback + * @param hdma: DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void MMC_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + MMC_HandleTypeDef* hmmc = (MMC_HandleTypeDef* )(hdma->Parent); + + /* Enable DATAEND Interrupt */ + __HAL_MMC_ENABLE_IT(hmmc, (SDIO_IT_DATAEND)); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA MMC receive process complete callback + * @param hdma: DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void MMC_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + MMC_HandleTypeDef* hmmc = (MMC_HandleTypeDef* )(hdma->Parent); + uint32_t errorstate = HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Send stop command in multiblock write */ + if(hmmc->Context == (MMC_CONTEXT_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK | MMC_CONTEXT_DMA)) + { + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdStopTransfer(hmmc->Instance); + if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + HAL_MMC_ErrorCallback(hmmc); + } + } + + /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAEN bit + in the MMC DCTRL register */ + hmmc->Instance->DCTRL &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SDIO_DCTRL_DMAEN); + + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + + HAL_MMC_RxCpltCallback(hmmc); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA MMC communication error callback + * @param hdma: DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void MMC_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + MMC_HandleTypeDef* hmmc = (MMC_HandleTypeDef* )(hdma->Parent); + HAL_MMC_CardStateTypeDef CardState; + + if((hmmc->hdmarx->ErrorCode == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE) || (hmmc->hdmatx->ErrorCode == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE)) + { + /* Clear All flags */ + __HAL_MMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hmmc, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + + /* Disable All interrupts */ + __HAL_MMC_DISABLE_IT(hmmc, SDIO_IT_DATAEND | SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT|\ + SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR| SDIO_IT_RXOVERR); + + hmmc->ErrorCode |= HAL_MMC_ERROR_DMA; + CardState = HAL_MMC_GetCardState(hmmc); + if((CardState == HAL_MMC_CARD_RECEIVING) || (CardState == HAL_MMC_CARD_SENDING)) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= SDMMC_CmdStopTransfer(hmmc->Instance); + } + + hmmc->State= HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + } + + HAL_MMC_ErrorCallback(hmmc); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA MMC Tx Abort callback + * @param hdma: DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void MMC_DMATxAbort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + MMC_HandleTypeDef* hmmc = (MMC_HandleTypeDef* )(hdma->Parent); + HAL_MMC_CardStateTypeDef CardState; + + if(hmmc->hdmatx != NULL) + { + hmmc->hdmatx = NULL; + } + + /* All DMA channels are aborted */ + if(hmmc->hdmarx == NULL) + { + CardState = HAL_MMC_GetCardState(hmmc); + hmmc->ErrorCode = HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE; + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + if((CardState == HAL_MMC_CARD_RECEIVING) || (CardState == HAL_MMC_CARD_SENDING)) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= SDMMC_CmdStopTransfer(hmmc->Instance); + + if(hmmc->ErrorCode != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + HAL_MMC_AbortCallback(hmmc); + } + else + { + HAL_MMC_ErrorCallback(hmmc); + } + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA MMC Rx Abort callback + * @param hdma: DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void MMC_DMARxAbort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + MMC_HandleTypeDef* hmmc = (MMC_HandleTypeDef* )(hdma->Parent); + HAL_MMC_CardStateTypeDef CardState; + + if(hmmc->hdmarx != NULL) + { + hmmc->hdmarx = NULL; + } + + /* All DMA channels are aborted */ + if(hmmc->hdmatx == NULL) + { + CardState = HAL_MMC_GetCardState(hmmc); + hmmc->ErrorCode = HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE; + hmmc->State = HAL_MMC_STATE_READY; + if((CardState == HAL_MMC_CARD_RECEIVING) || (CardState == HAL_MMC_CARD_SENDING)) + { + hmmc->ErrorCode |= SDMMC_CmdStopTransfer(hmmc->Instance); + + if(hmmc->ErrorCode != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + HAL_MMC_AbortCallback(hmmc); + } + else + { + HAL_MMC_ErrorCallback(hmmc); + } + } + } +} + + +/** + * @brief Initializes the mmc card. + * @param hmmc: Pointer to MMC handle + * @retval MMC Card error state + */ +static uint32_t MMC_InitCard(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc) +{ + HAL_MMC_CardCSDTypeDef CSD; + uint32_t errorstate = HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE; + uint16_t mmc_rca = 1; + + /* Check the power State */ + if(SDIO_GetPowerState(hmmc->Instance) == 0U) + { + /* Power off */ + return HAL_MMC_ERROR_REQUEST_NOT_APPLICABLE; + } + + /* Send CMD2 ALL_SEND_CID */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdSendCID(hmmc->Instance); + if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + return errorstate; + } + else + { + /* Get Card identification number data */ + hmmc->CID[0U] = SDIO_GetResponse(hmmc->Instance, SDIO_RESP1); + hmmc->CID[1U] = SDIO_GetResponse(hmmc->Instance, SDIO_RESP2); + hmmc->CID[2U] = SDIO_GetResponse(hmmc->Instance, SDIO_RESP3); + hmmc->CID[3U] = SDIO_GetResponse(hmmc->Instance, SDIO_RESP4); + } + + /* Send CMD3 SET_REL_ADDR with argument 0 */ + /* MMC Card publishes its RCA. */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdSetRelAdd(hmmc->Instance, &mmc_rca); + if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* Get the MMC card RCA */ + hmmc->MmcCard.RelCardAdd = mmc_rca; + + /* Send CMD9 SEND_CSD with argument as card's RCA */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdSendCSD(hmmc->Instance, (uint32_t)(hmmc->MmcCard.RelCardAdd << 16U)); + if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + return errorstate; + } + else + { + /* Get Card Specific Data */ + hmmc->CSD[0U] = SDIO_GetResponse(hmmc->Instance, SDIO_RESP1); + hmmc->CSD[1U] = SDIO_GetResponse(hmmc->Instance, SDIO_RESP2); + hmmc->CSD[2U] = SDIO_GetResponse(hmmc->Instance, SDIO_RESP3); + hmmc->CSD[3U] = SDIO_GetResponse(hmmc->Instance, SDIO_RESP4); + } + + /* Get the Card Class */ + hmmc->MmcCard.Class = (SDIO_GetResponse(hmmc->Instance, SDIO_RESP2) >> 20U); + + /* Get CSD parameters */ + HAL_MMC_GetCardCSD(hmmc, &CSD); + + /* Select the Card */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdSelDesel(hmmc->Instance, (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)hmmc->MmcCard.RelCardAdd) << 16U)); + if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* Configure SDIO peripheral interface */ + SDIO_Init(hmmc->Instance, hmmc->Init); + + /* All cards are initialized */ + return HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE; +} + +/** + * @brief Enquires cards about their operating voltage and configures clock + * controls and stores MMC information that will be needed in future + * in the MMC handle. + * @param hmmc: Pointer to MMC handle + * @retval error state + */ +static uint32_t MMC_PowerON(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc) +{ + __IO uint32_t count = 0U; + uint32_t response = 0U, validvoltage = 0U; + uint32_t errorstate = HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* CMD0: GO_IDLE_STATE */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdGoIdleState(hmmc->Instance); + if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + return errorstate; + } + + while(validvoltage == 0U) + { + if(count++ == SDMMC_MAX_VOLT_TRIAL) + { + return HAL_MMC_ERROR_INVALID_VOLTRANGE; + } + + /* SEND CMD1 APP_CMD with MMC_HIGH_VOLTAGE_RANGE(0xC0FF8000) as argument */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdOpCondition(hmmc->Instance, eMMC_HIGH_VOLTAGE_RANGE); + if(errorstate != HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE) + { + return HAL_MMC_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_FEATURE; + } + + /* Get command response */ + response = SDIO_GetResponse(hmmc->Instance, SDIO_RESP1); + + /* Get operating voltage*/ + validvoltage = (((response >> 31U) == 1U) ? 1U : 0U); + } + + /* When power routine is finished and command returns valid voltage */ + if ((response & eMMC_HIGH_VOLTAGE_RANGE) == MMC_HIGH_VOLTAGE_RANGE) + { + /* When voltage range of the card is within 2.7V and 3.6V */ + hmmc->MmcCard.CardType = MMC_HIGH_VOLTAGE_CARD; + } + else + { + /* When voltage range of the card is within 1.65V and 1.95V or 2.7V and 3.6V */ + hmmc->MmcCard.CardType = MMC_DUAL_VOLTAGE_CARD; + } + + return HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE; +} + +/** + * @brief Turns the SDIO output signals off. + * @param hmmc: Pointer to MMC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef MMC_PowerOFF(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc) +{ + /* Set Power State to OFF */ + SDIO_PowerState_OFF(hmmc->Instance); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the current card's status. + * @param hmmc: Pointer to MMC handle + * @param pCardStatus: pointer to the buffer that will contain the MMC card + * status (Card Status register) + * @retval error state + */ +static uint32_t MMC_SendStatus(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc, uint32_t *pCardStatus) +{ + uint32_t errorstate = HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE; + + if(pCardStatus == NULL) + { + return HAL_MMC_ERROR_PARAM; + } + + /* Send Status command */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdSendStatus(hmmc->Instance, (uint32_t)(hmmc->MmcCard.RelCardAdd << 16U)); + if(errorstate != HAL_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* Get MMC card status */ + *pCardStatus = SDIO_GetResponse(hmmc->Instance, SDIO_RESP1); + + return HAL_MMC_ERROR_NONE; +} + +/** + * @brief Wrap up reading in non-blocking mode. + * @param hmmc: pointer to a MMC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef MMC_Read_IT(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc) +{ + uint32_t count = 0U; + uint32_t* tmp; + + tmp = (uint32_t*)hmmc->pRxBuffPtr; + + /* Read data from SDMMC Rx FIFO */ + for(count = 0U; count < 8U; count++) + { + *(tmp + count) = SDIO_ReadFIFO(hmmc->Instance); + } + + hmmc->pRxBuffPtr += 8U; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Wrap up writing in non-blocking mode. + * @param hmmc: pointer to a MMC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef MMC_Write_IT(MMC_HandleTypeDef *hmmc) +{ + uint32_t count = 0U; + uint32_t* tmp; + + tmp = (uint32_t*)hmmc->pTxBuffPtr; + + /* Write data to SDMMC Tx FIFO */ + for(count = 0U; count < 8U; count++) + { + SDIO_WriteFIFO(hmmc->Instance, (tmp + count)); + } + + hmmc->pTxBuffPtr += 8U; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG */ + +#endif /* HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_msp_template.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_msp_template.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..eed5a3c3640d5bdde336640a6e2afd3b325b1c2d --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_msp_template.c @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_msp_template.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief HAL BSP module. + * This file template is located in the HAL folder and should be copied + * to the user folder. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup HAL_MSP HAL_MSP + * @brief HAL MSP module. + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup HAL_MSP_Exported_Functions HAL MSP Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the Global MSP. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_MspInit(void) +{ + +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the Global MSP. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_MspDeInit(void) +{ + +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the PPP MSP. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PPP_MspInit(void) +{ + +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the PPP MSP. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PPP_MspDeInit(void) +{ + +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_nand.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_nand.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..92fe589ecd062f6cd05c55ef73caf739b94598a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_nand.c @@ -0,0 +1,1804 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_nand.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief NAND HAL module driver. + * This file provides a generic firmware to drive NAND memories mounted + * as external device. + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to + control NAND flash memories. It uses the FSMC layer functions to interface + with NAND devices. This driver is used as follows: + + (+) NAND flash memory configuration sequence using the function HAL_NAND_Init() + with control and timing parameters for both common and attribute spaces. + + (+) Read NAND flash memory maker and device IDs using the function + HAL_NAND_Read_ID(). The read information is stored in the NAND_ID_TypeDef + structure declared by the function caller. + + (+) Access NAND flash memory by read/write operations using the functions + HAL_NAND_Read_Page_8b()/HAL_NAND_Read_SpareArea_8b(), + HAL_NAND_Write_Page_8b()/HAL_NAND_Write_SpareArea_8b(), + HAL_NAND_Read_Page_16b()/HAL_NAND_Read_SpareArea_16b(), + HAL_NAND_Write_Page_16b()/HAL_NAND_Write_SpareArea_16b() + to read/write page(s)/spare area(s). These functions use specific device + information (Block, page size..) predefined by the user in the NAND_DeviceConfigTypeDef + structure. The read/write address information is contained by the Nand_Address_Typedef + structure passed as parameter. + + (+) Perform NAND flash Reset chip operation using the function HAL_NAND_Reset(). + + (+) Perform NAND flash erase block operation using the function HAL_NAND_Erase_Block(). + The erase block address information is contained in the Nand_Address_Typedef + structure passed as parameter. + + (+) Read the NAND flash status operation using the function HAL_NAND_Read_Status(). + + (+) You can also control the NAND device by calling the control APIs HAL_NAND_ECC_Enable()/ + HAL_NAND_ECC_Disable() to respectively enable/disable the ECC code correction + feature or the function HAL_NAND_GetECC() to get the ECC correction code. + + (+) You can monitor the NAND device HAL state by calling the function + HAL_NAND_GetState() + + [..] + (@) This driver is a set of generic APIs which handle standard NAND flash operations. + If a NAND flash device contains different operations and/or implementations, + it should be implemented separately. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED + +#if defined (STM32F101xE) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F101xG) || defined(STM32F103xG) + +/** @defgroup NAND NAND + * @brief NAND HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup NAND_Private_Constants NAND Private Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup NAND_Private_Macros NAND Private Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup NAND_Exported_Functions NAND Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup NAND_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### NAND Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize + the NAND memory + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Perform NAND memory Initialization sequence + * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NAND module. + * @param ComSpace_Timing: pointer to Common space timing structure + * @param AttSpace_Timing: pointer to Attribute space timing structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Init(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *ComSpace_Timing, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *AttSpace_Timing) +{ + /* Check the NAND handle state */ + if(hnand == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hnand->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + /* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */ + HAL_NAND_MspInit(hnand); + } + + /* Initialize NAND control Interface */ + FSMC_NAND_Init(hnand->Instance, &(hnand->Init)); + + /* Initialize NAND common space timing Interface */ + FSMC_NAND_CommonSpace_Timing_Init(hnand->Instance, ComSpace_Timing, hnand->Init.NandBank); + + /* Initialize NAND attribute space timing Interface */ + FSMC_NAND_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init(hnand->Instance, AttSpace_Timing, hnand->Init.NandBank); + + /* Enable the NAND device */ + __FSMC_NAND_ENABLE(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank); + + /* Update the NAND controller state */ + hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Perform NAND memory De-Initialization sequence + * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NAND module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_DeInit(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand) +{ + /* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */ + HAL_NAND_MspDeInit(hnand); + + /* Configure the NAND registers with their reset values */ + FSMC_NAND_DeInit(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank); + + /* Reset the NAND controller state */ + hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief NAND MSP Init + * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NAND module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_NAND_MspInit(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hnand); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_NAND_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief NAND MSP DeInit + * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NAND module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_NAND_MspDeInit(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hnand); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_NAND_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + + +/** + * @brief This function handles NAND device interrupt request. + * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NAND module. + * @retval HAL status +*/ +void HAL_NAND_IRQHandler(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand) +{ + /* Check NAND interrupt Rising edge flag */ + if(__FSMC_NAND_GET_FLAG(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank, FSMC_FLAG_RISING_EDGE)) + { + /* NAND interrupt callback*/ + HAL_NAND_ITCallback(hnand); + + /* Clear NAND interrupt Rising edge pending bit */ + __FSMC_NAND_CLEAR_FLAG(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank, FSMC_FLAG_RISING_EDGE); + } + + /* Check NAND interrupt Level flag */ + if(__FSMC_NAND_GET_FLAG(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank, FSMC_FLAG_LEVEL)) + { + /* NAND interrupt callback*/ + HAL_NAND_ITCallback(hnand); + + /* Clear NAND interrupt Level pending bit */ + __FSMC_NAND_CLEAR_FLAG(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank, FSMC_FLAG_LEVEL); + } + + /* Check NAND interrupt Falling edge flag */ + if(__FSMC_NAND_GET_FLAG(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank, FSMC_FLAG_FALLING_EDGE)) + { + /* NAND interrupt callback*/ + HAL_NAND_ITCallback(hnand); + + /* Clear NAND interrupt Falling edge pending bit */ + __FSMC_NAND_CLEAR_FLAG(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank, FSMC_FLAG_FALLING_EDGE); + } + + /* Check NAND interrupt FIFO empty flag */ + if(__FSMC_NAND_GET_FLAG(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank, FSMC_FLAG_FEMPT)) + { + /* NAND interrupt callback*/ + HAL_NAND_ITCallback(hnand); + + /* Clear NAND interrupt FIFO empty pending bit */ + __FSMC_NAND_CLEAR_FLAG(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank, FSMC_FLAG_FEMPT); + } +} + +/** + * @brief NAND interrupt feature callback + * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NAND module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_NAND_ITCallback(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hnand); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_NAND_ITCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup NAND_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output functions + * @brief Input Output and memory control functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### NAND Input and Output functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to use and control the NAND + memory + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Read the NAND memory electronic signature + * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NAND module. + * @param pNAND_ID: NAND ID structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Read_ID(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, NAND_IDTypeDef *pNAND_ID) +{ + __IO uint32_t data = 0U; + __IO uint32_t data1 = 0U; + uint32_t deviceaddress = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hnand); + + /* Check the NAND controller state */ + if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Identify the device address */ + if(hnand->Init.NandBank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2) + { + deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE1; + } + else + { + deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE2; + } + + /* Update the NAND controller state */ + hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Send Read ID command sequence */ + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_READID; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; + + /* Read the electronic signature from NAND flash */ + if (hnand->Init.MemoryDataWidth == FSMC_NAND_PCC_MEM_BUS_WIDTH_8) + { + data = *(__IO uint32_t *)deviceaddress; + + /* Return the data read */ + pNAND_ID->Maker_Id = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(data); + pNAND_ID->Device_Id = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(data); + pNAND_ID->Third_Id = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(data); + pNAND_ID->Fourth_Id = ADDR_4TH_CYCLE(data); + } + else + { + data = *(__IO uint32_t *)deviceaddress; + data1 = *((__IO uint32_t *)deviceaddress + 4U); + + /* Return the data read */ + pNAND_ID->Maker_Id = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(data); + pNAND_ID->Device_Id = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(data); + pNAND_ID->Third_Id = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(data1); + pNAND_ID->Fourth_Id = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(data1); + } + + /* Update the NAND controller state */ + hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief NAND memory reset + * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NAND module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Reset(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand) +{ + uint32_t deviceaddress = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hnand); + + /* Check the NAND controller state */ + if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Identify the device address */ + if(hnand->Init.NandBank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2) + { + deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE1; + } + else + { + deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE2; + } + + /* Update the NAND controller state */ + hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Send NAND reset command */ + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = 0xFF; + + + /* Update the NAND controller state */ + hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand); + + return HAL_OK; + +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the device: Enter the physical parameters of the device + * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NAND module. + * @param pDeviceConfig : pointer to NAND_DeviceConfigTypeDef structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_ConfigDevice(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, NAND_DeviceConfigTypeDef *pDeviceConfig) +{ + hnand->Config.PageSize = pDeviceConfig->PageSize; + hnand->Config.SpareAreaSize = pDeviceConfig->SpareAreaSize; + hnand->Config.BlockSize = pDeviceConfig->BlockSize; + hnand->Config.BlockNbr = pDeviceConfig->BlockNbr; + hnand->Config.PlaneSize = pDeviceConfig->PlaneSize; + hnand->Config.PlaneNbr = pDeviceConfig->PlaneNbr; + hnand->Config.ExtraCommandEnable = pDeviceConfig->ExtraCommandEnable; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Read Page(s) from NAND memory block (8-bits addressing) + * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NAND module. + * @param pAddress : pointer to NAND address structure + * @param pBuffer : pointer to destination read buffer + * @param NumPageToRead : number of pages to read from block + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Read_Page_8b(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *pAddress, uint8_t *pBuffer, uint32_t NumPageToRead) +{ + __IO uint32_t index = 0U; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + uint32_t deviceaddress = 0U, size = 0U, numPagesRead = 0U, nandaddress = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hnand); + + /* Check the NAND controller state */ + if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Identify the device address */ + if(hnand->Init.NandBank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2) + { + deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE1; + } + else + { + deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE2; + } + + /* Update the NAND controller state */ + hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY; + + /* NAND raw address calculation */ + nandaddress = ARRAY_ADDRESS(pAddress, hnand); + + /* Page(s) read loop */ + while((NumPageToRead != 0U) && (nandaddress < ((hnand->Config.BlockSize) * (hnand->Config.BlockNbr)))) + { + /* update the buffer size */ + size = (hnand->Config.PageSize) + ((hnand->Config.PageSize) * numPagesRead); + + /* Send read page command sequence */ + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_AREA_A; + + /* Cards with page size <= 512 bytes */ + if((hnand->Config.PageSize) <= 512U) + { + if (((hnand->Config.BlockSize)*(hnand->Config.BlockNbr)) <= 65535U) + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandaddress); + } + else /* ((hnand->Config.BlockSize)*(hnand->Config.BlockNbr)) > 65535 */ + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(nandaddress); + } + } + else /* (hnand->Config.PageSize) > 512 */ + { + if (((hnand->Config.BlockSize)*(hnand->Config.BlockNbr)) <= 65535U) + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandaddress); + } + else /* ((hnand->Config.BlockSize)*(hnand->Config.BlockNbr)) > 65535 */ + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(nandaddress); + } + } + + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_AREA_TRUE1; + + /* Check if an extra command is needed for reading pages */ + if(hnand->Config.ExtraCommandEnable == ENABLE) + { + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Read status until NAND is ready */ + while(HAL_NAND_Read_Status(hnand) != NAND_READY) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > NAND_WRITE_TIMEOUT) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Go back to read mode */ + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = ((uint8_t)0x00); + } + + /* Get Data into Buffer */ + for(; index < size; index++) + { + *(uint8_t *)pBuffer++ = *(uint8_t *)deviceaddress; + } + + /* Increment read pages number */ + numPagesRead++; + + /* Decrement pages to read */ + NumPageToRead--; + + /* Increment the NAND address */ + nandaddress = (uint32_t)(nandaddress + 1U); + } + + /* Update the NAND controller state */ + hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Read Page(s) from NAND memory block (16-bits addressing) + * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NAND module. + * @param pAddress : pointer to NAND address structure + * @param pBuffer : pointer to destination read buffer. pBuffer should be 16bits aligned + * @param NumPageToRead : number of pages to read from block + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Read_Page_16b(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *pAddress, uint16_t *pBuffer, uint32_t NumPageToRead) +{ + __IO uint32_t index = 0U; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + uint32_t deviceaddress = 0U, size = 0U, numPagesRead = 0U, nandaddress = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hnand); + + /* Check the NAND controller state */ + if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Identify the device address */ + if(hnand->Init.NandBank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2) + { + deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE1; + } + else + { + deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE2; + } + + /* Update the NAND controller state */ + hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY; + + /* NAND raw address calculation */ + nandaddress = ARRAY_ADDRESS(pAddress, hnand); + + /* Page(s) read loop */ + while((NumPageToRead != 0U) && (nandaddress < ((hnand->Config.BlockSize) * (hnand->Config.BlockNbr)))) + { + /* update the buffer size */ + size = (hnand->Config.PageSize) + ((hnand->Config.PageSize) * numPagesRead); + + /* Send read page command sequence */ + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_AREA_A; + + /* Cards with page size <= 512 bytes */ + if((hnand->Config.PageSize) <= 512U) + { + if (((hnand->Config.BlockSize)*(hnand->Config.BlockNbr)) <= 65535U) + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandaddress); + } + else /* ((hnand->Config.BlockSize)*(hnand->Config.BlockNbr)) > 65535 */ + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(nandaddress); + } + } + else /* (hnand->Config.PageSize) > 512 */ + { + if (((hnand->Config.BlockSize)*(hnand->Config.BlockNbr)) <= 65535U) + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandaddress); + } + else /* ((hnand->Config.BlockSize)*(hnand->Config.BlockNbr)) > 65535 */ + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(nandaddress); + } + } + + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_AREA_TRUE1; + + if(hnand->Config.ExtraCommandEnable == ENABLE) + { + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Read status until NAND is ready */ + while(HAL_NAND_Read_Status(hnand) != NAND_READY) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > NAND_WRITE_TIMEOUT) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Go back to read mode */ + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = ((uint8_t)0x00); + } + + /* Get Data into Buffer */ + for(; index < size; index++) + { + *(uint16_t *)pBuffer++ = *(uint16_t *)deviceaddress; + } + + /* Increment read pages number */ + numPagesRead++; + + /* Decrement pages to read */ + NumPageToRead--; + + /* Increment the NAND address */ + nandaddress = (uint32_t)(nandaddress + 1U); + } + + /* Update the NAND controller state */ + hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Write Page(s) to NAND memory block (8-bits addressing) + * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NAND module. + * @param pAddress : pointer to NAND address structure + * @param pBuffer : pointer to source buffer to write + * @param NumPageToWrite : number of pages to write to block + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Write_Page_8b(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *pAddress, uint8_t *pBuffer, uint32_t NumPageToWrite) +{ + __IO uint32_t index = 0U; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + uint32_t deviceaddress = 0U, size = 0U, numPagesWritten = 0U, nandaddress = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hnand); + + /* Check the NAND controller state */ + if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Identify the device address */ + if(hnand->Init.NandBank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2) + { + deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE1; + } + else + { + deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE2; + } + + /* Update the NAND controller state */ + hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY; + + /* NAND raw address calculation */ + nandaddress = ARRAY_ADDRESS(pAddress, hnand); + + /* Page(s) write loop */ + while((NumPageToWrite != 0U) && (nandaddress < ((hnand->Config.BlockSize) * (hnand->Config.BlockNbr)))) + { + /* update the buffer size */ + size = hnand->Config.PageSize + ((hnand->Config.PageSize) * numPagesWritten); + + /* Send write page command sequence */ + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_AREA_A; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_WRITE0; + + /* Cards with page size <= 512 bytes */ + if((hnand->Config.PageSize) <= 512U) + { + if (((hnand->Config.BlockSize)*(hnand->Config.BlockNbr)) <= 65535U) + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandaddress); + } + else /* ((hnand->Config.BlockSize)*(hnand->Config.BlockNbr)) > 65535 */ + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(nandaddress); + } + } + else /* (hnand->Config.PageSize) > 512 */ + { + if (((hnand->Config.BlockSize)*(hnand->Config.BlockNbr)) <= 65535U) + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandaddress); + } + else /* ((hnand->Config.BlockSize)*(hnand->Config.BlockNbr)) > 65535 */ + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(nandaddress); + } + } + + + /* Write data to memory */ + for(; index < size; index++) + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)deviceaddress = *(uint8_t *)pBuffer++; + } + + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_WRITE_TRUE1; + + /* Read status until NAND is ready */ + while(HAL_NAND_Read_Status(hnand) != NAND_READY) + { + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > NAND_WRITE_TIMEOUT) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Increment written pages number */ + numPagesWritten++; + + /* Decrement pages to write */ + NumPageToWrite--; + + /* Increment the NAND address */ + nandaddress = (uint32_t)(nandaddress + 1U); + } + + /* Update the NAND controller state */ + hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Write Page(s) to NAND memory block (16-bits addressing) + * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NAND module. + * @param pAddress : pointer to NAND address structure + * @param pBuffer : pointer to source buffer to write. pBuffer should be 16bits aligned + * @param NumPageToWrite : number of pages to write to block + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Write_Page_16b(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *pAddress, uint16_t *pBuffer, uint32_t NumPageToWrite) +{ + __IO uint32_t index = 0U; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + uint32_t deviceaddress = 0U, size = 0U, numPagesWritten = 0U, nandaddress = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hnand); + + /* Check the NAND controller state */ + if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Identify the device address */ + if(hnand->Init.NandBank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2) + { + deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE1; + } + else + { + deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE2; + } + + /* Update the NAND controller state */ + hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY; + + /* NAND raw address calculation */ + nandaddress = ARRAY_ADDRESS(pAddress, hnand); + + /* Page(s) write loop */ + while((NumPageToWrite != 0U) && (nandaddress < ((hnand->Config.BlockSize) * (hnand->Config.BlockNbr)))) + { + /* update the buffer size */ + size = (hnand->Config.PageSize) + ((hnand->Config.PageSize) * numPagesWritten); + + /* Send write page command sequence */ + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_AREA_A; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_WRITE0; + + /* Cards with page size <= 512 bytes */ + if((hnand->Config.PageSize) <= 512U) + { + if (((hnand->Config.BlockSize)*(hnand->Config.BlockNbr)) <= 65535U) + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandaddress); + } + else /* ((hnand->Config.BlockSize)*(hnand->Config.BlockNbr)) > 65535 */ + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(nandaddress); + } + } + else /* (hnand->Config.PageSize) > 512 */ + { + if (((hnand->Config.BlockSize)*(hnand->Config.BlockNbr)) <= 65535U) + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandaddress); + } + else /* ((hnand->Config.BlockSize)*(hnand->Config.BlockNbr)) > 65535 */ + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(nandaddress); + } + } + + /* Write data to memory */ + for(; index < size; index++) + { + *(__IO uint16_t *)deviceaddress = *(uint16_t *)pBuffer++; + } + + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_WRITE_TRUE1; + + /* Read status until NAND is ready */ + while(HAL_NAND_Read_Status(hnand) != NAND_READY) + { + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > NAND_WRITE_TIMEOUT) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Increment written pages number */ + numPagesWritten++; + + /* Decrement pages to write */ + NumPageToWrite--; + + /* Increment the NAND address */ + nandaddress = (uint32_t)(nandaddress + 1U); + } + + /* Update the NAND controller state */ + hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Read Spare area(s) from NAND memory (8-bits addressing) + * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NAND module. + * @param pAddress : pointer to NAND address structure + * @param pBuffer: pointer to source buffer to write + * @param NumSpareAreaToRead: Number of spare area to read + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Read_SpareArea_8b(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *pAddress, uint8_t *pBuffer, uint32_t NumSpareAreaToRead) +{ + __IO uint32_t index = 0U; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + uint32_t deviceaddress = 0U, size = 0U, numSpareAreaRead = 0U, nandaddress = 0U, columnaddress = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hnand); + + /* Check the NAND controller state */ + if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Identify the device address */ + if(hnand->Init.NandBank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2) + { + deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE1; + } + else + { + deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE2; + } + + /* Update the NAND controller state */ + hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY; + + /* NAND raw address calculation */ + nandaddress = ARRAY_ADDRESS(pAddress, hnand); + + /* Column in page address */ + columnaddress = COLUMN_ADDRESS(hnand); + + /* Spare area(s) read loop */ + while((NumSpareAreaToRead != 0U) && (nandaddress < ((hnand->Config.BlockSize) * (hnand->Config.BlockNbr)))) + { + /* update the buffer size */ + size = (hnand->Config.SpareAreaSize) + ((hnand->Config.SpareAreaSize) * numSpareAreaRead); + + /* Cards with page size <= 512 bytes */ + if((hnand->Config.PageSize) <= 512U) + { + /* Send read spare area command sequence */ + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_AREA_C; + + if (((hnand->Config.BlockSize)*(hnand->Config.BlockNbr)) <= 65535U) + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandaddress); + } + else /* ((hnand->Config.BlockSize)*(hnand->Config.BlockNbr)) > 65535 */ + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(nandaddress); + } + } + else /* (hnand->Config.PageSize) > 512 */ + { + /* Send read spare area command sequence */ + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_AREA_A; + + if (((hnand->Config.BlockSize)*(hnand->Config.BlockNbr)) <= 65535U) + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = COLUMN_1ST_CYCLE(columnaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = COLUMN_2ND_CYCLE(columnaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandaddress); + } + else /* ((hnand->Config.BlockSize)*(hnand->Config.BlockNbr)) > 65535 */ + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = COLUMN_1ST_CYCLE(columnaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = COLUMN_2ND_CYCLE(columnaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(nandaddress); + } + } + + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_AREA_TRUE1; + + if(hnand->Config.ExtraCommandEnable == ENABLE) + { + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Read status until NAND is ready */ + while(HAL_NAND_Read_Status(hnand) != NAND_READY) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > NAND_WRITE_TIMEOUT) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Go back to read mode */ + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = ((uint8_t)0x00); + } + + /* Get Data into Buffer */ + for(; index < size; index++) + { + *(uint8_t *)pBuffer++ = *(uint8_t *)deviceaddress; + } + + /* Increment read spare areas number */ + numSpareAreaRead++; + + /* Decrement spare areas to read */ + NumSpareAreaToRead--; + + /* Increment the NAND address */ + nandaddress = (uint32_t)(nandaddress + 1U); + } + + /* Update the NAND controller state */ + hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Read Spare area(s) from NAND memory (16-bits addressing) + * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NAND module. + * @param pAddress : pointer to NAND address structure + * @param pBuffer: pointer to source buffer to write. pBuffer should be 16bits aligned. + * @param NumSpareAreaToRead: Number of spare area to read + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Read_SpareArea_16b(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *pAddress, uint16_t *pBuffer, uint32_t NumSpareAreaToRead) +{ + __IO uint32_t index = 0U; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + uint32_t deviceaddress = 0U, size = 0U, numSpareAreaRead = 0U, nandaddress = 0U, columnaddress = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hnand); + + /* Check the NAND controller state */ + if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Identify the device address */ + if(hnand->Init.NandBank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2) + { + deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE1; + } + else + { + deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE2; + } + + /* Update the NAND controller state */ + hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY; + + /* NAND raw address calculation */ + nandaddress = ARRAY_ADDRESS(pAddress, hnand); + + /* Column in page address */ + columnaddress = (uint32_t)(COLUMN_ADDRESS(hnand) * 2U); + + /* Spare area(s) read loop */ + while((NumSpareAreaToRead != 0U) && (nandaddress < ((hnand->Config.BlockSize) * (hnand->Config.BlockNbr)))) + { + /* update the buffer size */ + size = (hnand->Config.SpareAreaSize) + ((hnand->Config.SpareAreaSize) * numSpareAreaRead); + + /* Cards with page size <= 512 bytes */ + if((hnand->Config.PageSize) <= 512U) + { + /* Send read spare area command sequence */ + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_AREA_C; + + if (((hnand->Config.BlockSize)*(hnand->Config.BlockNbr)) <= 65535U) + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandaddress); + } + else /* ((hnand->Config.BlockSize)*(hnand->Config.BlockNbr)) > 65535 */ + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(nandaddress); + } + } + else /* (hnand->Config.PageSize) > 512 */ + { + /* Send read spare area command sequence */ + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_AREA_A; + + if (((hnand->Config.BlockSize)*(hnand->Config.BlockNbr)) <= 65535U) + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = COLUMN_1ST_CYCLE(columnaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = COLUMN_2ND_CYCLE(columnaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandaddress); + } + else /* ((hnand->Config.BlockSize)*(hnand->Config.BlockNbr)) > 65535 */ + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = COLUMN_1ST_CYCLE(columnaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = COLUMN_2ND_CYCLE(columnaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(nandaddress); + } + } + + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_AREA_TRUE1; + + if(hnand->Config.ExtraCommandEnable == ENABLE) + { + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Read status until NAND is ready */ + while(HAL_NAND_Read_Status(hnand) != NAND_READY) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > NAND_WRITE_TIMEOUT) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Go back to read mode */ + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = ((uint8_t)0x00); + } + + /* Get Data into Buffer */ + for(; index < size; index++) + { + *(uint16_t *)pBuffer++ = *(uint16_t *)deviceaddress; + } + + /* Increment read spare areas number */ + numSpareAreaRead++; + + /* Decrement spare areas to read */ + NumSpareAreaToRead--; + + /* Increment the NAND address */ + nandaddress = (uint32_t)(nandaddress + 1U); + } + + /* Update the NAND controller state */ + hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Write Spare area(s) to NAND memory (8-bits addressing) + * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NAND module. + * @param pAddress : pointer to NAND address structure + * @param pBuffer : pointer to source buffer to write + * @param NumSpareAreaTowrite : number of spare areas to write to block + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Write_SpareArea_8b(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *pAddress, uint8_t *pBuffer, uint32_t NumSpareAreaTowrite) +{ + __IO uint32_t index = 0U; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + uint32_t deviceaddress = 0U, size = 0U, numSpareAreaWritten = 0U, nandaddress = 0U, columnaddress = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hnand); + + /* Check the NAND controller state */ + if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Identify the device address */ + if(hnand->Init.NandBank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2) + { + deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE1; + } + else + { + deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE2; + } + + /* Update the FSMC_NAND controller state */ + hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Page address calculation */ + nandaddress = ARRAY_ADDRESS(pAddress, hnand); + + /* Column in page address */ + columnaddress = COLUMN_ADDRESS(hnand); + + /* Spare area(s) write loop */ + while((NumSpareAreaTowrite != 0U) && (nandaddress < ((hnand->Config.BlockSize) * (hnand->Config.BlockNbr)))) + { + /* update the buffer size */ + size = (hnand->Config.SpareAreaSize) + ((hnand->Config.SpareAreaSize) * numSpareAreaWritten); + + /* Cards with page size <= 512 bytes */ + if((hnand->Config.PageSize) <= 512U) + { + /* Send write Spare area command sequence */ + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_AREA_C; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_WRITE0; + + if (((hnand->Config.BlockSize)*(hnand->Config.BlockNbr)) <= 65535U) + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandaddress); + } + else /* ((hnand->Config.BlockSize)*(hnand->Config.BlockNbr)) > 65535 */ + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(nandaddress); + } + } + else /* (hnand->Config.PageSize) > 512 */ + { + /* Send write Spare area command sequence */ + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_AREA_A; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_WRITE0; + + if (((hnand->Config.BlockSize)*(hnand->Config.BlockNbr)) <= 65535U) + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = COLUMN_1ST_CYCLE(columnaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = COLUMN_2ND_CYCLE(columnaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandaddress); + } + else /* ((hnand->Config.BlockSize)*(hnand->Config.BlockNbr)) > 65535 */ + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = COLUMN_1ST_CYCLE(columnaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = COLUMN_2ND_CYCLE(columnaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(nandaddress); + } + } + + /* Write data to memory */ + for(; index < size; index++) + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)deviceaddress = *(uint8_t *)pBuffer++; + } + + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_WRITE_TRUE1; + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Read status until NAND is ready */ + while(HAL_NAND_Read_Status(hnand) != NAND_READY) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > NAND_WRITE_TIMEOUT) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Increment written spare areas number */ + numSpareAreaWritten++; + + /* Decrement spare areas to write */ + NumSpareAreaTowrite--; + + /* Increment the NAND address */ + nandaddress = (uint32_t)(nandaddress + 1U); + } + + /* Update the NAND controller state */ + hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Write Spare area(s) to NAND memory (16-bits addressing) + * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NAND module. + * @param pAddress : pointer to NAND address structure + * @param pBuffer : pointer to source buffer to write. pBuffer should be 16bits aligned. + * @param NumSpareAreaTowrite : number of spare areas to write to block + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Write_SpareArea_16b(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *pAddress, uint16_t *pBuffer, uint32_t NumSpareAreaTowrite) +{ + __IO uint32_t index = 0U; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + uint32_t deviceaddress = 0U, size = 0U, numSpareAreaWritten = 0U, nandaddress = 0U, columnaddress = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hnand); + + /* Check the NAND controller state */ + if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Identify the device address */ + if(hnand->Init.NandBank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2) + { + deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE1; + } + else + { + deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE2; + } + + /* Update the FSMC_NAND controller state */ + hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY; + + /* NAND raw address calculation */ + nandaddress = ARRAY_ADDRESS(pAddress, hnand); + + /* Column in page address */ + columnaddress = (uint32_t)(COLUMN_ADDRESS(hnand) * 2U); + + /* Spare area(s) write loop */ + while((NumSpareAreaTowrite != 0U) && (nandaddress < ((hnand->Config.BlockSize) * (hnand->Config.BlockNbr)))) + { + /* update the buffer size */ + size = (hnand->Config.SpareAreaSize) + ((hnand->Config.SpareAreaSize) * numSpareAreaWritten); + + /* Cards with page size <= 512 bytes */ + if((hnand->Config.PageSize) <= 512U) + { + /* Send write Spare area command sequence */ + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_AREA_C; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_WRITE0; + + if (((hnand->Config.BlockSize)*(hnand->Config.BlockNbr)) <= 65535U) + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandaddress); + } + else /* ((hnand->Config.BlockSize)*(hnand->Config.BlockNbr)) > 65535 */ + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(nandaddress); + } + } + else /* (hnand->Config.PageSize) > 512 */ + { + /* Send write Spare area command sequence */ + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_AREA_A; + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_WRITE0; + + if (((hnand->Config.BlockSize)*(hnand->Config.BlockNbr)) <= 65535U) + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = COLUMN_1ST_CYCLE(columnaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = COLUMN_2ND_CYCLE(columnaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandaddress); + } + else /* ((hnand->Config.BlockSize)*(hnand->Config.BlockNbr)) > 65535 */ + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = COLUMN_1ST_CYCLE(columnaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = COLUMN_2ND_CYCLE(columnaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandaddress); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(nandaddress); + } + } + + /* Write data to memory */ + for(; index < size; index++) + { + *(__IO uint16_t *)deviceaddress = *(uint16_t *)pBuffer++; + } + + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_WRITE_TRUE1; + + /* Read status until NAND is ready */ + while(HAL_NAND_Read_Status(hnand) != NAND_READY) + { + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > NAND_WRITE_TIMEOUT) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Increment written spare areas number */ + numSpareAreaWritten++; + + /* Decrement spare areas to write */ + NumSpareAreaTowrite--; + + /* Increment the NAND address */ + nandaddress = (uint32_t)(nandaddress + 1U); + } + + /* Update the NAND controller state */ + hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief NAND memory Block erase + * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NAND module. + * @param pAddress : pointer to NAND address structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Erase_Block(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *pAddress) +{ + uint32_t deviceaddress = 0U; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hnand); + + /* Check the NAND controller state */ + if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Identify the device address */ + if(hnand->Init.NandBank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2) + { + deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE1; + } + else + { + deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE2; + } + + /* Update the NAND controller state */ + hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Send Erase block command sequence */ + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_ERASE0; + + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(ARRAY_ADDRESS(pAddress, hnand)); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(ARRAY_ADDRESS(pAddress, hnand)); + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(ARRAY_ADDRESS(pAddress, hnand)); + + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_ERASE1; + + /* Update the NAND controller state */ + hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY; + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Read status until NAND is ready */ + while(HAL_NAND_Read_Status(hnand) != NAND_READY) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > NAND_WRITE_TIMEOUT) + { + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief NAND memory read status + * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NAND module. + * @retval NAND status + */ +uint32_t HAL_NAND_Read_Status(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand) +{ + uint32_t data = 0U; + uint32_t deviceaddress = 0U; + + /* Identify the device address */ + if(hnand->Init.NandBank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2) + { + deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE1; + } + else + { + deviceaddress = NAND_DEVICE2; + } + + /* Send Read status operation command */ + *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceaddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_STATUS; + + /* Read status register data */ + data = *(__IO uint8_t *)deviceaddress; + + /* Return the status */ + if((data & NAND_ERROR) == NAND_ERROR) + { + return NAND_ERROR; + } + else if((data & NAND_READY) == NAND_READY) + { + return NAND_READY; + } + + return NAND_BUSY; +} + +/** + * @brief Increment the NAND memory address + * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NAND module. + * @param pAddress: pointer to NAND address structure + * @retval The new status of the increment address operation. It can be: + * - NAND_VALID_ADDRESS: When the new address is valid address + * - NAND_INVALID_ADDRESS: When the new address is invalid address + */ +uint32_t HAL_NAND_Address_Inc(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *pAddress) +{ + uint32_t status = NAND_VALID_ADDRESS; + + /* Increment page address */ + pAddress->Page++; + + /* Check NAND address is valid */ + if(pAddress->Page == hnand->Config.BlockSize) + { + pAddress->Page = 0U; + pAddress->Block++; + + if(pAddress->Block == hnand->Config.PlaneSize) + { + pAddress->Block = 0U; + pAddress->Plane++; + + if(pAddress->Plane == (hnand->Config.PlaneNbr)) + { + status = NAND_INVALID_ADDRESS; + } + } + } + + return (status); +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup NAND_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief management functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### NAND Control functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically + the NAND interface. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * @brief Enables dynamically NAND ECC feature. + * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NAND module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_ECC_Enable(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand) +{ + /* Check the NAND controller state */ + if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Update the NAND state */ + hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Enable ECC feature */ + FSMC_NAND_ECC_Enable(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank); + + /* Update the NAND state */ + hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables dynamically FSMC_NAND ECC feature. + * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NAND module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_ECC_Disable(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand) +{ + /* Check the NAND controller state */ + if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Update the NAND state */ + hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable ECC feature */ + FSMC_NAND_ECC_Disable(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank); + + /* Update the NAND state */ + hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables dynamically NAND ECC feature. + * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NAND module. + * @param ECCval: pointer to ECC value + * @param Timeout: maximum timeout to wait + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_GetECC(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, uint32_t *ECCval, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the NAND controller state */ + if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Update the NAND state */ + hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Get NAND ECC value */ + status = FSMC_NAND_GetECC(hnand->Instance, ECCval, hnand->Init.NandBank, Timeout); + + /* Update the NAND state */ + hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY; + + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup NAND_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions + * @brief Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### NAND State functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the NAND controller + and the data flow. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief return the NAND state + * @param hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NAND module. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_NAND_StateTypeDef HAL_NAND_GetState(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand) +{ + return hnand->State; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* STM32F101xE || STM32F103xE || STM32F101xG || STM32F103xG */ +#endif /* HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_nor.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_nor.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..267afb0b164f69c226c8111ee52c19109407c670 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_nor.c @@ -0,0 +1,1060 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_nor.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief NOR HAL module driver. + * This file provides a generic firmware to drive NOR memories mounted + * as external device. + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to + control NOR flash memories. It uses the FSMC layer functions to interface + with NOR devices. This driver is used as follows: + + (+) NOR flash memory configuration sequence using the function HAL_NOR_Init() + with control and timing parameters for both normal and extended mode. + + (+) Read NOR flash memory manufacturer code and device IDs using the function + HAL_NOR_Read_ID(). The read information is stored in the NOR_ID_TypeDef + structure declared by the function caller. + + (+) Access NOR flash memory by read/write data unit operations using the functions + HAL_NOR_Read(), HAL_NOR_Program(). + + (+) Perform NOR flash erase block/chip operations using the functions + HAL_NOR_Erase_Block() and HAL_NOR_Erase_Chip(). + + (+) Read the NOR flash CFI (common flash interface) IDs using the function + HAL_NOR_Read_CFI(). The read information is stored in the NOR_CFI_TypeDef + structure declared by the function caller. + + (+) You can also control the NOR device by calling the control APIs HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Enable()/ + HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Disable() to respectively enable/disable the NOR write operation + + (+) You can monitor the NOR device HAL state by calling the function + HAL_NOR_GetState() + [..] + (@) This driver is a set of generic APIs which handle standard NOR flash operations. + If a NOR flash device contains different operations and/or implementations, + it should be implemented separately. + + *** NOR HAL driver macros list *** + ============================================= + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in NOR HAL driver. + + (+) NOR_WRITE : NOR memory write data to specified address + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED +#if defined (STM32F101xE) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F101xG) || defined(STM32F103xG) || defined(STM32F100xE) + +/** @defgroup NOR NOR + * @brief NOR driver modules + * @{ + */ +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup NOR_Private_Constants NOR Private Constants + * @{ + */ + +/* Constants to define address to set to write a command */ +#define NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST (uint16_t)0x0555 +#define NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST_CFI (uint16_t)0x0055 +#define NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SECOND (uint16_t)0x02AA +#define NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_THIRD (uint16_t)0x0555 +#define NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FOURTH (uint16_t)0x0555 +#define NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIFTH (uint16_t)0x02AA +#define NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SIXTH (uint16_t)0x0555 + +/* Constants to define data to program a command */ +#define NOR_CMD_DATA_READ_RESET (uint16_t)0x00F0 +#define NOR_CMD_DATA_FIRST (uint16_t)0x00AA +#define NOR_CMD_DATA_SECOND (uint16_t)0x0055 +#define NOR_CMD_DATA_AUTO_SELECT (uint16_t)0x0090 +#define NOR_CMD_DATA_PROGRAM (uint16_t)0x00A0 +#define NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_THIRD (uint16_t)0x0080 +#define NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_FOURTH (uint16_t)0x00AA +#define NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_FIFTH (uint16_t)0x0055 +#define NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_ERASE (uint16_t)0x0010 +#define NOR_CMD_DATA_CFI (uint16_t)0x0098 + +#define NOR_CMD_DATA_BUFFER_AND_PROG (uint8_t)0x25 +#define NOR_CMD_DATA_BUFFER_AND_PROG_CONFIRM (uint8_t)0x29 +#define NOR_CMD_DATA_BLOCK_ERASE (uint8_t)0x30 + +/* Mask on NOR STATUS REGISTER */ +#define NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ5 (uint16_t)0x0020 +#define NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ6 (uint16_t)0x0040 + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup NOR_Private_Macros NOR Private Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup NOR_Private_Variables NOR Private Variables + * @{ + */ + +static uint32_t uwNORMemoryDataWidth = NOR_MEMORY_8B; + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup NOR_Exported_Functions NOR Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup NOR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### NOR Initialization and de_initialization functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize + the NOR memory + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Perform the NOR memory Initialization sequence + * @param hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NOR module. + * @param Timing: pointer to NOR control timing structure + * @param ExtTiming: pointer to NOR extended mode timing structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Init(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *ExtTiming) +{ + /* Check the NOR handle parameter */ + if(hnor == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hnor->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */ + HAL_NOR_MspInit(hnor); + } + + /* Initialize NOR control Interface */ + FSMC_NORSRAM_Init(hnor->Instance, &(hnor->Init)); + + /* Initialize NOR timing Interface */ + FSMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init(hnor->Instance, Timing, hnor->Init.NSBank); + + /* Initialize NOR extended mode timing Interface */ + FSMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init(hnor->Extended, ExtTiming, hnor->Init.NSBank, hnor->Init.ExtendedMode); + + /* Enable the NORSRAM device */ + __FSMC_NORSRAM_ENABLE(hnor->Instance, hnor->Init.NSBank); + + /* Initialize NOR Memory Data Width*/ + if (hnor->Init.MemoryDataWidth == FSMC_NORSRAM_MEM_BUS_WIDTH_8) + { + uwNORMemoryDataWidth = NOR_MEMORY_8B; + } + else + { + uwNORMemoryDataWidth = NOR_MEMORY_16B; + } + + /* Check the NOR controller state */ + hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Perform NOR memory De-Initialization sequence + * @param hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NOR module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_DeInit(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor) +{ + /* De-Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */ + HAL_NOR_MspDeInit(hnor); + + /* Configure the NOR registers with their reset values */ + FSMC_NORSRAM_DeInit(hnor->Instance, hnor->Extended, hnor->Init.NSBank); + + /* Update the NOR controller state */ + hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief NOR MSP Init + * @param hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NOR module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_NOR_MspInit(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hnor); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_NOR_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief NOR MSP DeInit + * @param hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NOR module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_NOR_MspDeInit(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hnor); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_NOR_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief NOR MSP Wait fro Ready/Busy signal + * @param hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NOR module. + * @param Timeout: Maximum timeout value + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_NOR_MspWait(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hnor); + UNUSED(Timeout); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_NOR_MspWait could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup NOR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output functions + * @brief Input Output and memory control functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### NOR Input and Output functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to use and control the NOR memory + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Read NOR flash IDs + * @param hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NOR module. + * @param pNOR_ID : pointer to NOR ID structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Read_ID(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, NOR_IDTypeDef *pNOR_ID) +{ + uint32_t deviceaddress = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hnor); + + /* Check the NOR controller state */ + if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Select the NOR device address */ + if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK1) + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1; + } + else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK2) + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2; + } + else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK3) + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3; + } + else /* FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */ + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4; + } + + /* Update the NOR controller state */ + hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Send read ID command */ + NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, uwNORMemoryDataWidth, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST), NOR_CMD_DATA_FIRST); + NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, uwNORMemoryDataWidth, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SECOND), NOR_CMD_DATA_SECOND); + NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, uwNORMemoryDataWidth, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_THIRD), NOR_CMD_DATA_AUTO_SELECT); + + /* Read the NOR IDs */ + pNOR_ID->Manufacturer_Code = *(__IO uint16_t *) NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, uwNORMemoryDataWidth, MC_ADDRESS); + pNOR_ID->Device_Code1 = *(__IO uint16_t *) NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, uwNORMemoryDataWidth, DEVICE_CODE1_ADDR); + pNOR_ID->Device_Code2 = *(__IO uint16_t *) NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, uwNORMemoryDataWidth, DEVICE_CODE2_ADDR); + pNOR_ID->Device_Code3 = *(__IO uint16_t *) NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, uwNORMemoryDataWidth, DEVICE_CODE3_ADDR); + + /* Check the NOR controller state */ + hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the NOR memory to Read mode. + * @param hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NOR module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_ReturnToReadMode(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor) +{ + uint32_t deviceaddress = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hnor); + + /* Check the NOR controller state */ + if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Select the NOR device address */ + if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK1) + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1; + } + else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK2) + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2; + } + else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK3) + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3; + } + else /* FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */ + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4; + } + + NOR_WRITE(deviceaddress, NOR_CMD_DATA_READ_RESET); + + /* Check the NOR controller state */ + hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Read data from NOR memory + * @param hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NOR module. + * @param pAddress: pointer to Device address + * @param pData : pointer to read data + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Read(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pData) +{ + uint32_t deviceaddress = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hnor); + + /* Check the NOR controller state */ + if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Select the NOR device address */ + if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK1) + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1; + } + else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK2) + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2; + } + else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK3) + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3; + } + else /* FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */ + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4; + } + + /* Update the NOR controller state */ + hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Send read data command */ + NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, uwNORMemoryDataWidth, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST), NOR_CMD_DATA_FIRST); + NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, uwNORMemoryDataWidth, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SECOND), NOR_CMD_DATA_SECOND); + NOR_WRITE((uint32_t)pAddress, NOR_CMD_DATA_READ_RESET); + + /* Read the data */ + *pData = *(__IO uint32_t *)(uint32_t)pAddress; + + /* Check the NOR controller state */ + hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Program data to NOR memory + * @param hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NOR module. + * @param pAddress: Device address + * @param pData : pointer to the data to write + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Program(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pData) +{ + uint32_t deviceaddress = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hnor); + + /* Check the NOR controller state */ + if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Select the NOR device address */ + if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK1) + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1; + } + else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK2) + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2; + } + else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK3) + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3; + } + else /* FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */ + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4; + } + + /* Update the NOR controller state */ + hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Send program data command */ + NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, uwNORMemoryDataWidth, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST), NOR_CMD_DATA_FIRST); + NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, uwNORMemoryDataWidth, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SECOND), NOR_CMD_DATA_SECOND); + NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, uwNORMemoryDataWidth, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_THIRD), NOR_CMD_DATA_PROGRAM); + + /* Write the data */ + NOR_WRITE(pAddress, *pData); + + /* Check the NOR controller state */ + hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Reads a block of data from the FSMC NOR memory. + * @param hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NOR module. + * @param uwAddress: NOR memory internal address to read from. + * @param pData: pointer to the buffer that receives the data read from the + * NOR memory. + * @param uwBufferSize : number of Half word to read. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_ReadBuffer(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, uint32_t uwAddress, uint16_t *pData, uint32_t uwBufferSize) +{ + uint32_t deviceaddress = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hnor); + + /* Check the NOR controller state */ + if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Select the NOR device address */ + if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK1) + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1; + } + else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK2) + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2; + } + else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK3) + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3; + } + else /* FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */ + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4; + } + + /* Update the NOR controller state */ + hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Send read data command */ + NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, uwNORMemoryDataWidth, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST), NOR_CMD_DATA_FIRST); + NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, uwNORMemoryDataWidth, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SECOND), NOR_CMD_DATA_SECOND); + NOR_WRITE(uwAddress, NOR_CMD_DATA_READ_RESET); + + /* Read buffer */ + while( uwBufferSize > 0U) + { + *pData++ = *(__IO uint16_t *)uwAddress; + uwAddress += 2U; + uwBufferSize--; + } + + /* Check the NOR controller state */ + hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Writes a half-word buffer to the FSMC NOR memory. This function + * must be used only with S29GL128P NOR memory. + * @param hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NOR module. + * @param uwAddress: NOR memory internal address from which the data + * @note Some NOR memory need Address aligned to xx bytes (can be aligned to + * 64 bytes boundary for example). + * @param pData: pointer to source data buffer. + * @param uwBufferSize: number of Half words to write. + * @note The maximum buffer size allowed is NOR memory dependent + * (can be 64 Bytes max for example). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_ProgramBuffer(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, uint32_t uwAddress, uint16_t *pData, uint32_t uwBufferSize) +{ + uint16_t * p_currentaddress = (uint16_t *)NULL; + uint16_t * p_endaddress = (uint16_t *)NULL; + uint32_t lastloadedaddress = 0U, deviceaddress = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hnor); + + /* Check the NOR controller state */ + if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Select the NOR device address */ + if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK1) + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1; + } + else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK2) + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2; + } + else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK3) + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3; + } + else /* FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */ + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4; + } + + /* Update the NOR controller state */ + hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Initialize variables */ + p_currentaddress = (uint16_t*)((uint32_t)(uwAddress)); + p_endaddress = p_currentaddress + (uwBufferSize-1U); + lastloadedaddress = (uint32_t)(uwAddress); + + /* Issue unlock command sequence */ + NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, uwNORMemoryDataWidth, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST), NOR_CMD_DATA_FIRST); + NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, uwNORMemoryDataWidth, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SECOND), NOR_CMD_DATA_SECOND); + + /* Write Buffer Load Command */ + NOR_WRITE((uint32_t)(p_currentaddress), NOR_CMD_DATA_BUFFER_AND_PROG); + NOR_WRITE((uint32_t)(p_currentaddress), (uwBufferSize-1U)); + + /* Load Data into NOR Buffer */ + while(p_currentaddress <= p_endaddress) + { + /* Store last loaded address & data value (for polling) */ + lastloadedaddress = (uint32_t)p_currentaddress; + + NOR_WRITE(p_currentaddress, *pData++); + + p_currentaddress++; + } + + NOR_WRITE((uint32_t)(lastloadedaddress), NOR_CMD_DATA_BUFFER_AND_PROG_CONFIRM); + + /* Check the NOR controller state */ + hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor); + + return HAL_OK; + +} + +/** + * @brief Erase the specified block of the NOR memory + * @param hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NOR module. + * @param BlockAddress : Block to erase address + * @param Address: Device address + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Erase_Block(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, uint32_t BlockAddress, uint32_t Address) +{ + uint32_t deviceaddress = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hnor); + + /* Check the NOR controller state */ + if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Select the NOR device address */ + if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK1) + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1; + } + else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK2) + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2; + } + else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK3) + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3; + } + else /* FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */ + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4; + } + + /* Update the NOR controller state */ + hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Send block erase command sequence */ + NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, uwNORMemoryDataWidth, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST), NOR_CMD_DATA_FIRST); + NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, uwNORMemoryDataWidth, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SECOND), NOR_CMD_DATA_SECOND); + NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, uwNORMemoryDataWidth, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_THIRD), NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_THIRD); + NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, uwNORMemoryDataWidth, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FOURTH), NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_FOURTH); + NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, uwNORMemoryDataWidth, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIFTH), NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_FIFTH); + NOR_WRITE((uint32_t)(BlockAddress + Address), NOR_CMD_DATA_BLOCK_ERASE); + + /* Check the NOR memory status and update the controller state */ + hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor); + + return HAL_OK; + +} + +/** + * @brief Erase the entire NOR chip. + * @param hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NOR module. + * @param Address : Device address + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Erase_Chip(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, uint32_t Address) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(Address); + + uint32_t deviceaddress = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hnor); + + /* Check the NOR controller state */ + if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Select the NOR device address */ + if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK1) + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1; + } + else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK2) + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2; + } + else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK3) + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3; + } + else /* FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */ + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4; + } + + /* Update the NOR controller state */ + hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Send NOR chip erase command sequence */ + NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, uwNORMemoryDataWidth, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST), NOR_CMD_DATA_FIRST); + NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, uwNORMemoryDataWidth, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SECOND), NOR_CMD_DATA_SECOND); + NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, uwNORMemoryDataWidth, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_THIRD), NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_THIRD); + NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, uwNORMemoryDataWidth, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FOURTH), NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_FOURTH); + NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, uwNORMemoryDataWidth, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIFTH), NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_FIFTH); + NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, uwNORMemoryDataWidth, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SIXTH), NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_ERASE); + + /* Check the NOR memory status and update the controller state */ + hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Read NOR flash CFI IDs + * @param hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NOR module. + * @param pNOR_CFI : pointer to NOR CFI IDs structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Read_CFI(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, NOR_CFITypeDef *pNOR_CFI) +{ + uint32_t deviceaddress = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hnor); + + /* Check the NOR controller state */ + if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Select the NOR device address */ + if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK1) + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1; + } + else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK2) + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2; + } + else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK3) + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3; + } + else /* FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */ + { + deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4; + } + + /* Update the NOR controller state */ + hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Send read CFI query command */ + NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, uwNORMemoryDataWidth, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST_CFI), NOR_CMD_DATA_CFI); + + /* read the NOR CFI information */ + pNOR_CFI->CFI_1 = *(__IO uint16_t *) NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, uwNORMemoryDataWidth, CFI1_ADDRESS); + pNOR_CFI->CFI_2 = *(__IO uint16_t *) NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, uwNORMemoryDataWidth, CFI2_ADDRESS); + pNOR_CFI->CFI_3 = *(__IO uint16_t *) NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, uwNORMemoryDataWidth, CFI3_ADDRESS); + pNOR_CFI->CFI_4 = *(__IO uint16_t *) NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, uwNORMemoryDataWidth, CFI4_ADDRESS); + + /* Check the NOR controller state */ + hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup NOR_Exported_Functions_Group3 Control functions + * @brief management functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### NOR Control functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically + the NOR interface. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables dynamically NOR write operation. + * @param hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NOR module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Enable(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hnor); + + /* Enable write operation */ + FSMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Enable(hnor->Instance, hnor->Init.NSBank); + + /* Update the NOR controller state */ + hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables dynamically NOR write operation. + * @param hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NOR module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Disable(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hnor); + + /* Update the SRAM controller state */ + hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable write operation */ + FSMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Disable(hnor->Instance, hnor->Init.NSBank); + + /* Update the NOR controller state */ + hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_PROTECTED; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup NOR_Exported_Functions_Group4 State functions + * @brief Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### NOR State functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the NOR controller + and the data flow. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief return the NOR controller state + * @param hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NOR module. + * @retval NOR controller state + */ +HAL_NOR_StateTypeDef HAL_NOR_GetState(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor) +{ + return hnor->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the NOR operation status. + * @param hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for NOR module. + * @param Address: Device address + * @param Timeout: NOR progamming Timeout + * @retval NOR_Status: The returned value can be: HAL_NOR_STATUS_SUCCESS, HAL_NOR_STATUS_ERROR + * or HAL_NOR_STATUS_TIMEOUT + */ +HAL_NOR_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_GetStatus(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, uint32_t Address, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + HAL_NOR_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_NOR_STATUS_ONGOING; + uint16_t tmp_sr1 = 0, tmp_sr2 = 0; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Poll on NOR memory Ready/Busy signal ------------------------------------*/ + HAL_NOR_MspWait(hnor, Timeout); + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + while((status != HAL_NOR_STATUS_SUCCESS) && (status != HAL_NOR_STATUS_TIMEOUT)) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + status = HAL_NOR_STATUS_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Read NOR status register (DQ6 and DQ5) */ + tmp_sr1 = *(__IO uint16_t *)Address; + tmp_sr2 = *(__IO uint16_t *)Address; + + /* If DQ6 did not toggle between the two reads then return NOR_Success */ + if((tmp_sr1 & NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ6) == (tmp_sr2 & NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ6)) + { + return HAL_NOR_STATUS_SUCCESS; + } + + if((tmp_sr1 & NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ5) != NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ5) + { + status = HAL_NOR_STATUS_ONGOING; + } + + tmp_sr1 = *(__IO uint16_t *)Address; + tmp_sr2 = *(__IO uint16_t *)Address; + + /* If DQ6 did not toggle between the two reads then return NOR_Success */ + if((tmp_sr1 & NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ6) == (tmp_sr2 & NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ6)) + { + return HAL_NOR_STATUS_SUCCESS; + } + else if((tmp_sr1 & NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ5) == NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ5) + { + return HAL_NOR_STATUS_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Return the operation status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* STM32F101xE || STM32F103xE || STM32F101xG || STM32F103xG || STM32F100xE */ +#endif /* HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_pccard.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_pccard.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..8090a6f68ce01549035ff04540702b375290b5b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_pccard.c @@ -0,0 +1,748 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_pccard.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief PCCARD HAL module driver. + * This file provides a generic firmware to drive PCCARD memories mounted + * as external device. + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to + control PCCARD/compact flash memories. It uses the FSMC/FSMC layer functions + to interface with PCCARD devices. This driver is used for: + + (+) PCCARD/compact flash memory configuration sequence using the function + HAL_PCCARD_Init() with control and timing parameters for both common and + attribute spaces. + + (+) Read PCCARD/compact flash memory maker and device IDs using the function + HAL_PCCARD_Read_ID(). The read information is stored in the CompactFlash_ID + structure declared by the function caller. + + (+) Access PCCARD/compact flash memory by read/write operations using the functions + HAL_PCCARD_Read_Sector()/HAL_PCCARD_Write_Sector(), to read/write sector. + + (+) Perform PCCARD/compact flash Reset chip operation using the function HAL_PCCARD_Reset(). + + (+) Perform PCCARD/compact flash erase sector operation using the function + HAL_PCCARD_Erase_Sector(). + + (+) Read the PCCARD/compact flash status operation using the function HAL_PCCARD_ReadStatus(). + + (+) You can monitor the PCCARD/compact flash device HAL state by calling the function + HAL_PCCARD_GetState() + + [..] + (@) This driver is a set of generic APIs which handle standard PCCARD/compact flash + operations. If a PCCARD/compact flash device contains different operations + and/or implementations, it should be implemented separately. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED +#if defined (STM32F101xE) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F101xG) || defined(STM32F103xG) + +/** @defgroup PCCARD PCCARD + * @brief PCCARD HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup PCCARD_Private_Constants PCCARD Private Constants + * @{ + */ + +#define PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_ID 0x0000FFFFU +#define PCCARD_TIMEOUT_SECTOR 0x0000FFFFU +#define PCCARD_TIMEOUT_STATUS 0x01000000U + +#define PCCARD_STATUS_OK (uint8_t)0x58 +#define PCCARD_STATUS_WRITE_OK (uint8_t)0x50 +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup PCCARD_Exported_Functions PCCARD Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PCCARD_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### PCCARD Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize + the PCCARD memory + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Perform the PCCARD memory Initialization sequence + * @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for PCCARD module. + * @param ComSpaceTiming: Common space timing structure + * @param AttSpaceTiming: Attribute space timing structure + * @param IOSpaceTiming: IO space timing structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Init(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *ComSpaceTiming, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *AttSpaceTiming, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *IOSpaceTiming) +{ + /* Check the PCCARD controller state */ + if(hpccard == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hpccard->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */ + HAL_PCCARD_MspInit(hpccard); + } + + /* Initialize the PCCARD state */ + hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Initialize PCCARD control Interface */ + FSMC_PCCARD_Init(hpccard->Instance, &(hpccard->Init)); + + /* Init PCCARD common space timing Interface */ + FSMC_PCCARD_CommonSpace_Timing_Init(hpccard->Instance, ComSpaceTiming); + + /* Init PCCARD attribute space timing Interface */ + FSMC_PCCARD_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init(hpccard->Instance, AttSpaceTiming); + + /* Init PCCARD IO space timing Interface */ + FSMC_PCCARD_IOSpace_Timing_Init(hpccard->Instance, IOSpaceTiming); + + /* Enable the PCCARD device */ + __FSMC_PCCARD_ENABLE(hpccard->Instance); + + /* Update the PCCARD state */ + hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; + +} + +/** + * @brief Perform the PCCARD memory De-initialization sequence + * @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for PCCARD module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_DeInit(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard) +{ + /* De-Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */ + HAL_PCCARD_MspDeInit(hpccard); + + /* Configure the PCCARD registers with their reset values */ + FSMC_PCCARD_DeInit(hpccard->Instance); + + /* Update the PCCARD controller state */ + hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief PCCARD MSP Init + * @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for PCCARD module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_PCCARD_MspInit(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpccard); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCCARD_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief PCCARD MSP DeInit + * @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for PCCARD module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_PCCARD_MspDeInit(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpccard); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCCARD_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PCCARD_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input Output and memory functions + * @brief Input Output and memory control functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### PCCARD Input Output and memory functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to use and control the PCCARD memory + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Read Compact Flash's ID. + * @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for PCCARD module. + * @param CompactFlash_ID: Compact flash ID structure. + * @param pStatus: pointer to compact flash status + * @retval HAL status + * + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Read_ID(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, uint8_t CompactFlash_ID[], uint8_t *pStatus) +{ + uint32_t timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_READ_ID, index = 0U; + uint8_t status = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hpccard); + + /* Check the PCCARD controller state */ + if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Update the PCCARD controller state */ + hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Initialize the CF status */ + *pStatus = PCCARD_READY; + + /* Send the Identify Command */ + *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD) = 0xECECU; + + /* Read CF IDs and timeout treatment */ + do + { + /* Read the CF status */ + status = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE); + + timeout--; + }while((status != PCCARD_STATUS_OK) && timeout); + + if(timeout == 0U) + { + *pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Read CF ID bytes */ + for(index = 0U; index < 16U; index++) + { + CompactFlash_ID[index] = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_DATA); + } + } + + /* Update the PCCARD controller state */ + hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Read sector from PCCARD memory + * @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for PCCARD module. + * @param pBuffer: pointer to destination read buffer + * @param SectorAddress: Sector address to read + * @param pStatus: pointer to CF status + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Read_Sector(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, uint16_t *pBuffer, uint16_t SectorAddress, uint8_t *pStatus) +{ + uint32_t timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_SECTOR, index = 0U; + uint8_t status = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hpccard); + + /* Check the PCCARD controller state */ + if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Update the PCCARD controller state */ + hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Initialize CF status */ + *pStatus = PCCARD_READY; + + /* Set the parameters to write a sector */ + *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_CYLINDER_HIGH) = (uint16_t)0x00; + *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_SECTOR_COUNT) = ((uint16_t)0x0100) | ((uint16_t)SectorAddress); + *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD) = (uint16_t)0xE4A0; + + do + { + /* wait till the Status = 0x80 */ + status = *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE); + timeout--; + }while((status == 0x80U) && timeout); + + if(timeout == 0U) + { + *pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR; + } + + timeout = 0xFFFFU; + + do + { + /* wait till the Status = PCCARD_STATUS_OK */ + status = *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE); + timeout--; + }while((status != PCCARD_STATUS_OK) && timeout); + + if(timeout == 0U) + { + *pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR; + } + + /* Read bytes */ + for(; index < PCCARD_SECTOR_SIZE; index++) + { + *(uint16_t *)pBuffer++ = *(uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR); + } + + /* Update the PCCARD controller state */ + hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard); + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief Write sector to PCCARD memory + * @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for PCCARD module. + * @param pBuffer: pointer to source write buffer + * @param SectorAddress: Sector address to write + * @param pStatus: pointer to CF status + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Write_Sector(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, uint16_t *pBuffer, uint16_t SectorAddress, uint8_t *pStatus) +{ + uint32_t timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_SECTOR, index = 0U; + uint8_t status = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hpccard); + + /* Check the PCCARD controller state */ + if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Update the PCCARD controller state */ + hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Initialize CF status */ + *pStatus = PCCARD_READY; + + /* Set the parameters to write a sector */ + *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_CYLINDER_HIGH) = (uint16_t)0x00; + *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_SECTOR_COUNT) = ((uint16_t)0x0100) | ((uint16_t)SectorAddress); + *(__IO uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD) = (uint16_t)0x30A0; + + do + { + /* Wait till the Status = PCCARD_STATUS_OK */ + status = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE); + timeout--; + }while((status != PCCARD_STATUS_OK) && timeout); + + if(timeout == 0U) + { + *pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR; + } + + /* Write bytes */ + for(; index < PCCARD_SECTOR_SIZE; index++) + { + *(uint16_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR) = *(uint16_t *)pBuffer++; + } + + do + { + /* Wait till the Status = PCCARD_STATUS_WRITE_OK */ + status = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE); + timeout--; + }while((status != PCCARD_STATUS_WRITE_OK) && timeout); + + if(timeout == 0U) + { + *pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR; + } + + /* Update the PCCARD controller state */ + hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard); + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief Erase sector from PCCARD memory + * @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for PCCARD module. + * @param SectorAddress: Sector address to erase + * @param pStatus: pointer to CF status + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Erase_Sector(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard, uint16_t SectorAddress, uint8_t *pStatus) +{ + uint32_t timeout = 0x400U; + uint8_t status = 0; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hpccard); + + /* Check the PCCARD controller state */ + if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Update the PCCARD controller state */ + hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Initialize CF status */ + *pStatus = PCCARD_READY; + + /* Set the parameters to write a sector */ + *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_CYLINDER_LOW) = 0x00; + *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_CYLINDER_HIGH) = 0x00; + *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_SECTOR_NUMBER) = SectorAddress; + *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_SECTOR_COUNT) = 0x01; + *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_CARD_HEAD) = 0xA0; + *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD) = ATA_ERASE_SECTOR_CMD; + + /* wait till the CF is ready */ + status = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE); + + while((status != PCCARD_STATUS_WRITE_OK) && timeout) + { + status = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE); + timeout--; + } + + if(timeout == 0U) + { + *pStatus = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the PCCARD controller state */ + hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Reset the PCCARD memory + * @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for PCCARD module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_Reset(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hpccard); + + /* Check the PCCARD controller state */ + if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Provide an SW reset and Read and verify the: + - CF Configuration Option Register at address 0x98000200 --> 0x80 + - Card Configuration and Status Register at address 0x98000202 --> 0x00 + - Pin Replacement Register at address 0x98000204 --> 0x0C + - Socket and Copy Register at address 0x98000206 --> 0x00 + */ + + /* Check the PCCARD controller state */ + hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY; + + *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_ATTRIBUTE_SPACE_ADDRESS | ATA_CARD_CONFIGURATION) = 0x01; + + /* Check the PCCARD controller state */ + hpccard->State = HAL_PCCARD_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpccard); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles PCCARD device interrupt request. + * @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for PCCARD module. + * @retval HAL status +*/ +void HAL_PCCARD_IRQHandler(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard) +{ + /* Check PCCARD interrupt Rising edge flag */ + if(__FSMC_PCCARD_GET_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FSMC_FLAG_RISING_EDGE)) + { + /* PCCARD interrupt callback*/ + HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback(hpccard); + + /* Clear PCCARD interrupt Rising edge pending bit */ + __FSMC_PCCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FSMC_FLAG_RISING_EDGE); + } + + /* Check PCCARD interrupt Level flag */ + if(__FSMC_PCCARD_GET_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FSMC_FLAG_LEVEL)) + { + /* PCCARD interrupt callback*/ + HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback(hpccard); + + /* Clear PCCARD interrupt Level pending bit */ + __FSMC_PCCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FSMC_FLAG_LEVEL); + } + + /* Check PCCARD interrupt Falling edge flag */ + if(__FSMC_PCCARD_GET_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FSMC_FLAG_FALLING_EDGE)) + { + /* PCCARD interrupt callback*/ + HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback(hpccard); + + /* Clear PCCARD interrupt Falling edge pending bit */ + __FSMC_PCCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FSMC_FLAG_FALLING_EDGE); + } + + /* Check PCCARD interrupt FIFO empty flag */ + if(__FSMC_PCCARD_GET_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FSMC_FLAG_FEMPT)) + { + /* PCCARD interrupt callback*/ + HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback(hpccard); + + /* Clear PCCARD interrupt FIFO empty pending bit */ + __FSMC_PCCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpccard->Instance, FSMC_FLAG_FEMPT); + } + +} + +/** + * @brief PCCARD interrupt feature callback + * @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for PCCARD module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpccard); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCCARD_ITCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PCCARD_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions + * @brief Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### PCCARD Peripheral State functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the PCCARD controller + and the data flow. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief return the PCCARD controller state + * @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for PCCARD module. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_PCCARD_StateTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_GetState(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard) +{ + return hpccard->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the compact flash memory status + * @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for PCCARD module. + * @retval New status of the CF operation. This parameter can be: + * - CompactFlash_TIMEOUT_ERROR: when the previous operation generate + * a Timeout error + * - CompactFlash_READY: when memory is ready for the next operation + * + */ +HAL_PCCARD_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_GetStatus(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard) +{ + uint32_t timeout = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_STATUS, status_cf = 0; + + /* Check the PCCARD controller state */ + if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_PCCARD_STATUS_ONGOING; + } + + status_cf = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE); + + while((status_cf == PCCARD_BUSY) && timeout) + { + status_cf = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE); + timeout--; + } + + if(timeout == 0U) + { + status_cf = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR; + } + + /* Return the operation status */ + return (HAL_PCCARD_StatusTypeDef) status_cf; +} + +/** + * @brief Reads the Compact Flash memory status using the Read status command + * @param hpccard: pointer to a PCCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for PCCARD module. + * @retval The status of the Compact Flash memory. This parameter can be: + * - CompactFlash_BUSY: when memory is busy + * - CompactFlash_READY: when memory is ready for the next operation + * - CompactFlash_ERROR: when the previous operation gererates error + */ +HAL_PCCARD_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCCARD_ReadStatus(PCCARD_HandleTypeDef *hpccard) +{ + uint8_t data = 0U, status_cf = PCCARD_BUSY; + + /* Check the PCCARD controller state */ + if(hpccard->State == HAL_PCCARD_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_PCCARD_STATUS_ONGOING; + } + + /* Read status operation */ + data = *(__IO uint8_t *)(PCCARD_IO_SPACE_PRIMARY_ADDR | ATA_STATUS_CMD_ALTERNATE); + + if((data & PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR) == PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR) + { + status_cf = PCCARD_TIMEOUT_ERROR; + } + else if((data & PCCARD_READY) == PCCARD_READY) + { + status_cf = PCCARD_READY; + } + + return (HAL_PCCARD_StatusTypeDef) status_cf; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* STM32F101xE || STM32F103xE || STM32F101xG || STM32F103xG */ +#endif /* HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_pcd.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_pcd.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..7e065ca3b8eddee437a392ea56ad8e82fa0ad643 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_pcd.c @@ -0,0 +1,1426 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_pcd.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief PCD HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The PCD HAL driver can be used as follows: + + (#) Declare a PCD_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: + PCD_HandleTypeDef hpcd; + + (#) Fill parameters of Init structure in HCD handle + + (#) Call HAL_PCD_Init() API to initialize the HCD peripheral (Core, Device core, ...) + + (#) Initialize the PCD low level resources through the HAL_PCD_MspInit() API: + (##) Enable the PCD/USB Low Level interface clock using the following macro + (+++) __HAL_RCC_USB_CLK_ENABLE(); For USB Device FS peripheral available + on STM32F102xx and STM32F103xx devices + (+++) __HAL_RCC_USB_OTG_FS_CLK_ENABLE(); For USB OTG FS peripheral available + on STM32F105xx and STM32F107xx devices + + (##) Initialize the related GPIO clocks + (##) Configure PCD pin-out + (##) Configure PCD NVIC interrupt + + (#)Associate the Upper USB device stack to the HAL PCD Driver: + (##) hpcd.pData = pdev; + + (#)Enable HCD transmission and reception: + (##) HAL_PCD_Start(); + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + + + +#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED + +#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || \ + defined(STM32F103x6) || defined(STM32F103xB) || \ + defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || \ + defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) + +/** @defgroup PCD PCD + * @brief PCD HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup PCD_Private_Macros PCD Private Macros + * @{ + */ +#define PCD_MIN(a, b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b)) +#define PCD_MAX(a, b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup PCD_Private_Functions PCD Private Functions + * @{ + */ +#if defined (USB_OTG_FS) +static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_WriteEmptyTxFifo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint32_t epnum); +#endif /* USB_OTG_FS */ + +#if defined (USB) +static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_EP_ISR_Handler(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd); +#endif /* USB */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions PCD Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the PCD according to the specified + * parameters in the PCD_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Init(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + uint32_t index = 0U; + + /* Check the PCD handle allocation */ + if(hpcd == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PCD_ALL_INSTANCE(hpcd->Instance)); + + if(hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hpcd->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */ + HAL_PCD_MspInit(hpcd); + } + + hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Interrupts */ + __HAL_PCD_DISABLE(hpcd); + + /*Init the Core (common init.) */ + USB_CoreInit(hpcd->Instance, hpcd->Init); + + /* Force Device Mode*/ + USB_SetCurrentMode(hpcd->Instance , USB_DEVICE_MODE); + + /* Init endpoints structures */ + for (index = 0U; index < 15U ; index++) + { + /* Init ep structure */ + hpcd->IN_ep[index].is_in = 1U; + hpcd->IN_ep[index].num = index; + hpcd->IN_ep[index].tx_fifo_num = index; + /* Control until ep is actvated */ + hpcd->IN_ep[index].type = EP_TYPE_CTRL; + hpcd->IN_ep[index].maxpacket = 0U; + hpcd->IN_ep[index].xfer_buff = 0U; + hpcd->IN_ep[index].xfer_len = 0U; + } + + for (index = 0U; index < 15U ; index++) + { + hpcd->OUT_ep[index].is_in = 0U; + hpcd->OUT_ep[index].num = index; + hpcd->IN_ep[index].tx_fifo_num = index; + /* Control until ep is activated */ + hpcd->OUT_ep[index].type = EP_TYPE_CTRL; + hpcd->OUT_ep[index].maxpacket = 0U; + hpcd->OUT_ep[index].xfer_buff = 0U; + hpcd->OUT_ep[index].xfer_len = 0U; + } + + /* Init Device */ + USB_DevInit(hpcd->Instance, hpcd->Init); + + hpcd->USB_Address = 0U; + hpcd->State= HAL_PCD_STATE_READY; + + USB_DevDisconnect (hpcd->Instance); + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the PCD peripheral + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DeInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* Check the PCD handle allocation */ + if(hpcd == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Stop Device */ + HAL_PCD_Stop(hpcd); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + HAL_PCD_MspDeInit(hpcd); + + hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_RESET; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the PCD MSP. + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_PCD_MspInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes PCD MSP. + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_PCD_MspDeInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the PCD data + transfers. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Start The USB Device. + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Start(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + HAL_PCDEx_SetConnectionState (hpcd, 1); + USB_DevConnect (hpcd->Instance); + __HAL_PCD_ENABLE(hpcd); + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop The USB Device. + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Stop(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + __HAL_PCD_DISABLE(hpcd); + USB_StopDevice(hpcd->Instance); + USB_DevDisconnect (hpcd->Instance); + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + return HAL_OK; +} + +#if defined (USB_OTG_FS) +/** + * @brief This function handles PCD interrupt request. + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +void HAL_PCD_IRQHandler(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance; + uint32_t index = 0U, ep_intr = 0U, epint = 0U, epnum = 0U; + uint32_t fifoemptymsk = 0U, temp = 0U; + USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep = NULL; + + /* ensure that we are in device mode */ + if (USB_GetMode(hpcd->Instance) == USB_OTG_MODE_DEVICE) + { + /* avoid spurious interrupt */ + if(__HAL_PCD_IS_INVALID_INTERRUPT(hpcd)) + { + return; + } + + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_MMIS)) + { + /* incorrect mode, acknowledge the interrupt */ + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_MMIS); + } + + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_OEPINT)) + { + epnum = 0U; + + /* Read in the device interrupt bits */ + ep_intr = USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt(hpcd->Instance); + + while ( ep_intr ) + { + if (ep_intr & 0x1U) + { + epint = USB_ReadDevOutEPInterrupt(hpcd->Instance, epnum); + + if(( epint & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_XFRC) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_XFRC) + { + CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_XFRC); + + HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(hpcd, epnum); + } + + if(( epint & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STUP) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STUP) + { + /* Inform the upper layer that a setup packet is available */ + HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback(hpcd); + CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STUP); + } + + if(( epint & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPDIS) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPDIS) + { + CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPDIS); + } + } + epnum++; + ep_intr >>= 1U; + } + } + + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_IEPINT)) + { + /* Read in the device interrupt bits */ + ep_intr = USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt(hpcd->Instance); + + epnum = 0U; + + while ( ep_intr ) + { + if (ep_intr & 0x1U) /* In ITR */ + { + epint = USB_ReadDevInEPInterrupt(hpcd->Instance, epnum); + + if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_XFRC) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_XFRC) + { + fifoemptymsk = 0x1U << epnum; + USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK &= ~fifoemptymsk; + + CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_XFRC); + + HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(hpcd, epnum); + } + if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TOC) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TOC) + { + CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TOC); + } + if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_ITTXFE) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_ITTXFE) + { + CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_ITTXFE); + } + if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_INEPNE) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_INEPNE) + { + CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_INEPNE); + } + if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_EPDISD) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_EPDISD) + { + CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_EPDISD); + } + if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TXFE) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TXFE) + { + PCD_WriteEmptyTxFifo(hpcd , epnum); + } + } + epnum++; + ep_intr >>= 1U; + } + } + + /* Handle Resume Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_WKUINT)) + { + /* Clear the Remote Wake-up signalling */ + USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG; + + HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback(hpcd); + + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_WKUINT); + } + + /* Handle Suspend Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBSUSP)) + { + if((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS) == USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS) + { + + HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(hpcd); + } + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBSUSP); + } + + /* Handle Reset Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBRST)) + { + USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG; + USB_FlushTxFifo(hpcd->Instance , 0x10U); + + for (index = 0U; index < hpcd->Init.dev_endpoints ; index++) + { + USBx_INEP(index)->DIEPINT = 0xFFU; + USBx_OUTEP(index)->DOEPINT = 0xFFU; + } + USBx_DEVICE->DAINT = 0xFFFFFFFFU; + USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK |= 0x10001U; + + USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK |= (USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_STUPM | USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_XFRCM | USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_EPDM); + USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK |= (USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_TOM | USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_XFRCM | USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_EPDM); + + /* Set Default Address to 0 */ + USBx_DEVICE->DCFG &= ~USB_OTG_DCFG_DAD; + + /* setup EP0 to receive SETUP packets */ + USB_EP0_OutStart(hpcd->Instance, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup); + + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBRST); + } + + /* Handle Enumeration done Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_ENUMDNE)) + { + USB_ActivateSetup(hpcd->Instance); + hpcd->Instance->GUSBCFG &= ~USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_TRDT; + + hpcd->Init.speed = USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL; + hpcd->Init.ep0_mps = USB_OTG_FS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE ; + hpcd->Instance->GUSBCFG |= (uint32_t)((USBD_FS_TRDT_VALUE << 10U) & USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_TRDT); + + HAL_PCD_ResetCallback(hpcd); + + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_ENUMDNE); + } + + /* Handle RxQLevel Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL)) + { + USB_MASK_INTERRUPT(hpcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL); + temp = USBx->GRXSTSP; + ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_EPNUM]; + + if(((temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_PKTSTS) >> 17U) == STS_DATA_UPDT) + { + if((temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) != 0U) + { + USB_ReadPacket(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4U); + ep->xfer_buff += (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4U; + ep->xfer_count += (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4U; + } + } + else if (((temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_PKTSTS) >> 17U) == STS_SETUP_UPDT) + { + USB_ReadPacket(USBx, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup, 8U); + ep->xfer_count += (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4U; + } + USB_UNMASK_INTERRUPT(hpcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL); + } + + /* Handle SOF Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SOF)) + { + HAL_PCD_SOFCallback(hpcd); + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SOF); + } + + /* Handle Incomplete ISO IN Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_IISOIXFR)) + { + HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback(hpcd, epnum); + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_IISOIXFR); + } + + /* Handle Incomplete ISO OUT Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_PXFR_INCOMPISOOUT)) + { + HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback(hpcd, epnum); + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_PXFR_INCOMPISOOUT); + } + + /* Handle Connection event Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SRQINT)) + { + HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback(hpcd); + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SRQINT); + } + + /* Handle Disconnection event Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_OTGINT)) + { + temp = hpcd->Instance->GOTGINT; + + if((temp & USB_OTG_GOTGINT_SEDET) == USB_OTG_GOTGINT_SEDET) + { + HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback(hpcd); + } + hpcd->Instance->GOTGINT |= temp; + } + } +} +#endif /* USB_OTG_FS */ + +#if defined (USB) +/** + * @brief This function handles PCD interrupt request. + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +void HAL_PCD_IRQHandler(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_CTR)) + { + /* servicing of the endpoint correct transfer interrupt */ + /* clear of the CTR flag into the sub */ + PCD_EP_ISR_Handler(hpcd); + } + + if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_RESET)) + { + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_RESET); + HAL_PCD_ResetCallback(hpcd); + HAL_PCD_SetAddress(hpcd, 0U); + } + + if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_PMAOVR)) + { + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_PMAOVR); + } + if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_ERR)) + { + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_ERR); + } + + if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_WKUP)) + { + hpcd->Instance->CNTR &= ~(USB_CNTR_LP_MODE); + hpcd->Instance->CNTR &= ~(USB_CNTR_FSUSP); + + HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback(hpcd); + + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_WKUP); + } + + if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_SUSP)) + { + /* Force low-power mode in the macrocell */ + hpcd->Instance->CNTR |= USB_CNTR_FSUSP; + + /* clear of the ISTR bit must be done after setting of CNTR_FSUSP */ + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_SUSP); + + hpcd->Instance->CNTR |= USB_CNTR_LP_MODE; + if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_WKUP) == 0U) + { + HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(hpcd); + } + } + + if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_SOF)) + { + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_SOF); + HAL_PCD_SOFCallback(hpcd); + } + + if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_ESOF)) + { + /* clear ESOF flag in ISTR */ + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_ESOF); + } +} +#endif /* USB */ + +/** + * @brief Data out stage callbacks + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param epnum: endpoint number + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + UNUSED(epnum); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Data IN stage callbacks + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param epnum: endpoint number + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + UNUSED(epnum); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} +/** + * @brief Setup stage callback + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief USB Start Of Frame callbacks + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_SOFCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_SOFCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief USB Reset callbacks + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_ResetCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_ResetCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Suspend event callbacks + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Resume event callbacks + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Incomplete ISO OUT callbacks + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param epnum: endpoint number + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + UNUSED(epnum); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Incomplete ISO IN callbacks + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param epnum: endpoint number + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + UNUSED(epnum); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Connection event callbacks + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Disconnection event callbacks + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the PCD data + transfers. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Connect the USB device + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DevConnect(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + HAL_PCDEx_SetConnectionState (hpcd, 1); + USB_DevConnect(hpcd->Instance); + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disconnect the USB device + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DevDisconnect(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + HAL_PCDEx_SetConnectionState (hpcd, 0U); + USB_DevDisconnect(hpcd->Instance); + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the USB Device address + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param address: new device address + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_SetAddress(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t address) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + hpcd->USB_Address = address; + USB_SetDevAddress(hpcd->Instance, address); + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + return HAL_OK; +} +/** + * @brief Open and configure an endpoint + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param ep_addr: endpoint address + * @param ep_mps: endpoint max packet size + * @param ep_type: endpoint type + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Open(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint16_t ep_mps, uint8_t ep_type) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef ret = HAL_OK; + PCD_EPTypeDef *ep = NULL; + + if ((ep_addr & 0x80U) == 0x80U) + { + ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7FU]; + } + else + { + ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & 0x7FU]; + } + ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7FU; + + ep->is_in = (0x80U & ep_addr) != 0U; + ep->maxpacket = ep_mps; + ep->type = ep_type; + + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + USB_ActivateEndpoint(hpcd->Instance , ep); + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + return ret; +} + +/** + * @brief Deactivate an endpoint + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param ep_addr: endpoint address + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Close(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr) +{ + PCD_EPTypeDef *ep = NULL; + + if ((ep_addr & 0x80U) == 0x80U) + { + ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7FU]; + } + else + { + ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & 0x7FU]; + } + ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7FU; + + ep->is_in = (0x80U & ep_addr) != 0U; + + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + USB_DeactivateEndpoint(hpcd->Instance , ep); + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param ep_addr: endpoint address + * @param pBuf: pointer to the reception buffer + * @param len: amount of data to be received + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Receive(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint8_t *pBuf, uint32_t len) +{ + PCD_EPTypeDef *ep = NULL; + + ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & 0x7FU]; + + /*setup and start the Xfer */ + ep->xfer_buff = pBuf; + ep->xfer_len = len; + ep->xfer_count = 0U; + ep->is_in = 0U; + ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7FU; + + if ((ep_addr & 0x7FU) == 0U) + { + USB_EP0StartXfer(hpcd->Instance , ep); + } + else + { + USB_EPStartXfer(hpcd->Instance , ep); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Get Received Data Size + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param ep_addr: endpoint address + * @retval Data Size + */ +uint16_t HAL_PCD_EP_GetRxCount(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr) +{ + return hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & 0xF].xfer_count; +} +/** + * @brief Send an amount of data + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param ep_addr: endpoint address + * @param pBuf: pointer to the transmission buffer + * @param len: amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Transmit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint8_t *pBuf, uint32_t len) +{ + PCD_EPTypeDef *ep = NULL; + + ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7FU]; + + /*setup and start the Xfer */ + ep->xfer_buff = pBuf; + ep->xfer_len = len; + ep->xfer_count = 0U; + ep->is_in = 1U; + ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7FU; + + if ((ep_addr & 0x7FU) == 0U) + { + USB_EP0StartXfer(hpcd->Instance , ep); + } + else + { + USB_EPStartXfer(hpcd->Instance , ep); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Set a STALL condition over an endpoint + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param ep_addr: endpoint address + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_SetStall(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr) +{ + PCD_EPTypeDef *ep = NULL; + + if ((0x80U & ep_addr) == 0x80U) + { + ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7FU]; + } + else + { + ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr]; + } + + ep->is_stall = 1U; + ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7FU; + ep->is_in = ((ep_addr & 0x80U) == 0x80U); + + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + USB_EPSetStall(hpcd->Instance , ep); + if((ep_addr & 0x7FU) == 0U) + { + USB_EP0_OutStart(hpcd->Instance, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup); + } + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Clear a STALL condition over in an endpoint + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param ep_addr: endpoint address + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_ClrStall(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr) +{ + PCD_EPTypeDef *ep = NULL; + + if ((0x80U & ep_addr) == 0x80U) + { + ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7FU]; + } + else + { + ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr]; + } + + ep->is_stall = 0U; + ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7FU; + ep->is_in = ((ep_addr & 0x80U) == 0x80U); + + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + USB_EPClearStall(hpcd->Instance , ep); + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Flush an endpoint + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param ep_addr: endpoint address + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Flush(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + + if ((ep_addr & 0x80U) == 0x80U) + { + USB_FlushTxFifo(hpcd->Instance, ep_addr & 0x7FU); + } + else + { + USB_FlushRxFifo(hpcd->Instance); + } + + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief HAL_PCD_ActivateRemoteWakeup : active remote wakeup signalling + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_ActivateRemoteWakeup(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + return(USB_ActivateRemoteWakeup(hpcd->Instance)); +} + +/** + * @brief HAL_PCD_DeActivateRemoteWakeup : de-active remote wakeup signalling + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DeActivateRemoteWakeup(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + return(USB_DeActivateRemoteWakeup(hpcd->Instance)); +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions + * @brief Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral + and the data flow. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the PCD state + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +PCD_StateTypeDef HAL_PCD_GetState(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + return hpcd->State; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup PCD_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +#if defined (USB_OTG_FS) +/** + * @brief DCD_WriteEmptyTxFifo + * check FIFO for the next packet to be loaded + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param epnum : endpoint number + * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 15 + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_WriteEmptyTxFifo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint32_t epnum) +{ + USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance; + USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep = NULL; + int32_t len = 0; + uint32_t len32b = 0U; + uint32_t fifoemptymsk = 0U; + + ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[epnum]; + len = ep->xfer_len - ep->xfer_count; + + if (len > ep->maxpacket) + { + len = ep->maxpacket; + } + + len32b = (len + 3U) / 4U; + + while ((USBx_INEP(epnum)->DTXFSTS & USB_OTG_DTXFSTS_INEPTFSAV) > len32b && + ep->xfer_count < ep->xfer_len && + ep->xfer_len != 0U) + { + /* Write the FIFO */ + len = ep->xfer_len - ep->xfer_count; + + if ((uint32_t)len > ep->maxpacket) + { + len = ep->maxpacket; + } + len32b = (len + 3U) / 4U; + + USB_WritePacket(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, epnum, len); + + ep->xfer_buff += len; + ep->xfer_count += len; + } + + if(len <= 0) + { + fifoemptymsk = 0x01U << epnum; + USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK &= ~fifoemptymsk; + + } + + return HAL_OK; +} +#endif /* USB_OTG_FS */ + +#if defined (USB) +/** + * @brief This function handles PCD Endpoint interrupt request. + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_EP_ISR_Handler(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + PCD_EPTypeDef *ep = NULL; + uint16_t count = 0; + uint8_t epindex = 0; + __IO uint16_t wIstr = 0; + __IO uint16_t wEPVal = 0; + + /* stay in loop while pending interrupts */ + while (((wIstr = hpcd->Instance->ISTR) & USB_ISTR_CTR) != 0) + { + /* extract highest priority endpoint number */ + epindex = (uint8_t)(wIstr & USB_ISTR_EP_ID); + + if (epindex == 0) + { + /* Decode and service control endpoint interrupt */ + + /* DIR bit = origin of the interrupt */ + if ((wIstr & USB_ISTR_DIR) == 0) + { + /* DIR = 0 */ + + /* DIR = 0 => IN int */ + /* DIR = 0 implies that (EP_CTR_TX = 1) always */ + PCD_CLEAR_TX_EP_CTR(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0); + ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[0]; + + ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_TX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); + ep->xfer_buff += ep->xfer_count; + + /* TX COMPLETE */ + HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(hpcd, 0U); + + + if((hpcd->USB_Address > 0U)&& ( ep->xfer_len == 0U)) + { + hpcd->Instance->DADDR = (hpcd->USB_Address | USB_DADDR_EF); + hpcd->USB_Address = 0U; + } + + } + else + { + /* DIR = 1 */ + + /* DIR = 1 & CTR_RX => SETUP or OUT int */ + /* DIR = 1 & (CTR_TX | CTR_RX) => 2 int pending */ + ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[0U]; + wEPVal = PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0); + + if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_SETUP) != 0U) + { + /* Get SETUP Packet*/ + ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_RX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); + USB_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, (uint8_t*)hpcd->Setup ,ep->pmaadress , ep->xfer_count); + /* SETUP bit kept frozen while CTR_RX = 1*/ + PCD_CLEAR_RX_EP_CTR(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0); + + /* Process SETUP Packet*/ + HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback(hpcd); + } + + else if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_CTR_RX) != 0U) + { + PCD_CLEAR_RX_EP_CTR(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0); + /* Get Control Data OUT Packet*/ + ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_RX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); + + if (ep->xfer_count != 0U) + { + USB_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaadress, ep->xfer_count); + ep->xfer_buff+=ep->xfer_count; + } + + /* Process Control Data OUT Packet*/ + HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(hpcd, 0U); + + PCD_SET_EP_RX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0, ep->maxpacket); + PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0, USB_EP_RX_VALID); + } + } + } + else + { + /* Decode and service non control endpoints interrupt */ + + /* process related endpoint register */ + wEPVal = PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(hpcd->Instance, epindex); + if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_CTR_RX) != 0U) + { + /* clear int flag */ + PCD_CLEAR_RX_EP_CTR(hpcd->Instance, epindex); + ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[epindex]; + + /* OUT double Buffering*/ + if (ep->doublebuffer == 0U) + { + count = PCD_GET_EP_RX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); + if (count != 0U) + { + USB_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaadress, count); + } + } + else + { + if (PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num) & USB_EP_DTOG_RX) + { + /*read from endpoint BUF0Addr buffer*/ + count = PCD_GET_EP_DBUF0_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); + if (count != 0U) + { + USB_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaaddr0, count); + } + } + else + { + /*read from endpoint BUF1Addr buffer*/ + count = PCD_GET_EP_DBUF1_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); + if (count != 0U) + { + USB_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaaddr1, count); + } + } + PCD_FreeUserBuffer(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, PCD_EP_DBUF_OUT); + } + /*multi-packet on the NON control OUT endpoint*/ + ep->xfer_count+=count; + ep->xfer_buff+=count; + + if ((ep->xfer_len == 0U) || (count < ep->maxpacket)) + { + /* RX COMPLETE */ + HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(hpcd, ep->num); + } + else + { + HAL_PCD_EP_Receive(hpcd, ep->num, ep->xfer_buff, ep->xfer_len); + } + + } /* if((wEPVal & EP_CTR_RX) */ + + if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_CTR_TX) != 0U) + { + ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[epindex]; + + /* clear int flag */ + PCD_CLEAR_TX_EP_CTR(hpcd->Instance, epindex); + + /* IN double Buffering*/ + if (ep->doublebuffer == 0U) + { + ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_TX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); + if (ep->xfer_count != 0U) + { + USB_WritePMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaadress, ep->xfer_count); + } + } + else + { + if (PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num) & USB_EP_DTOG_TX) + { + /*read from endpoint BUF0Addr buffer*/ + ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_DBUF0_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); + if (ep->xfer_count != 0U) + { + USB_WritePMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaaddr0, ep->xfer_count); + } + } + else + { + /*read from endpoint BUF1Addr buffer*/ + ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_DBUF1_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); + if (ep->xfer_count != 0U) + { + USB_WritePMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaaddr1, ep->xfer_count); + } + } + PCD_FreeUserBuffer(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, PCD_EP_DBUF_IN); + } + /*multi-packet on the NON control IN endpoint*/ + ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_TX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); + ep->xfer_buff+=ep->xfer_count; + + /* Zero Length Packet? */ + if (ep->xfer_len == 0U) + { + /* TX COMPLETE */ + HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(hpcd, ep->num); + } + else + { + HAL_PCD_EP_Transmit(hpcd, ep->num, ep->xfer_buff, ep->xfer_len); + } + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} +#endif /* USB */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* STM32F102x6 || STM32F102xB || */ + /* STM32F103x6 || STM32F103xB || */ + /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || */ + /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ + +#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */ + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_pcd_ex.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_pcd_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..03f6f76144932d84758b95b3e0da15e9559b834a --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_pcd_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,252 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_pcd_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief Extended PCD HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller: + * + Extended features functions: Update FIFO configuration, + * PMA configuration for EPs + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED + +#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || \ + defined(STM32F103x6) || defined(STM32F103xB) || \ + defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || \ + defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) + + +/** @defgroup PCDEx PCDEx + * @brief PCD Extended HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions PCDEx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief PCDEx control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Extended Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Update FIFO (USB_OTG_FS) + (+) Update PMA configuration (USB) + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +#if defined (USB_OTG_FS) +/** + * @brief Set Tx FIFO + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param fifo: The number of Tx fifo + * @param size: Fifo size + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetTxFiFo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t fifo, uint16_t size) +{ + uint8_t index = 0; + uint32_t Tx_Offset = 0U; + + /* TXn min size = 16 words. (n : Transmit FIFO index) + When a TxFIFO is not used, the Configuration should be as follows: + case 1 : n > m and Txn is not used (n,m : Transmit FIFO indexes) + --> Txm can use the space allocated for Txn. + case2 : n < m and Txn is not used (n,m : Transmit FIFO indexes) + --> Txn should be configured with the minimum space of 16 words + The FIFO is used optimally when used TxFIFOs are allocated in the top + of the FIFO.Ex: use EP1 and EP2 as IN instead of EP1 and EP3 as IN ones. + When DMA is used 3n * FIFO locations should be reserved for internal DMA registers */ + + Tx_Offset = hpcd->Instance->GRXFSIZ; + + if(fifo == 0U) + { + hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ = (size << 16U) | Tx_Offset; + } + else + { + Tx_Offset += (hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ) >> 16U; + for(index = 0; index < (fifo - 1); index++) + { + Tx_Offset += (hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[index] >> 16U); + } + + /* Multiply Tx_Size by 2 to get higher performance */ + hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[fifo - 1U] = (size << 16U) | Tx_Offset; + + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Set Rx FIFO + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param size: Size of Rx fifo + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetRxFiFo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint16_t size) +{ + hpcd->Instance->GRXFSIZ = size; + return HAL_OK; +} +#endif /* USB_OTG_FS */ + +#if defined (USB) +/** + * @brief Configure PMA for EP + * @param hpcd : Device instance + * @param ep_addr: endpoint address + * @param ep_kind: endpoint Kind + * USB_SNG_BUF: Single Buffer used + * USB_DBL_BUF: Double Buffer used + * @param pmaadress: EP address in The PMA: In case of single buffer endpoint + * this parameter is 16-bit value providing the address + * in PMA allocated to endpoint. + * In case of double buffer endpoint this parameter + * is a 32-bit value providing the endpoint buffer 0 address + * in the LSB part of 32-bit value and endpoint buffer 1 address + * in the MSB part of 32-bit value. + * @retval HAL status + */ + +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_PMAConfig(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, + uint16_t ep_addr, + uint16_t ep_kind, + uint32_t pmaadress) + +{ + PCD_EPTypeDef *ep = NULL; + + /* initialize ep structure*/ + if ((ep_addr & 0x80U) == 0x80U) + { + ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7FU]; + } + else + { + ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr]; + } + + /* Here we check if the endpoint is single or double Buffer*/ + if (ep_kind == PCD_SNG_BUF) + { + /*Single Buffer*/ + ep->doublebuffer = 0U; + /*Configure te PMA*/ + ep->pmaadress = (uint16_t)pmaadress; + } + else /*USB_DBL_BUF*/ + { + /*Double Buffer Endpoint*/ + ep->doublebuffer = 1U; + /*Configure the PMA*/ + ep->pmaaddr0 = pmaadress & 0x0000FFFFU; + ep->pmaaddr1 = (pmaadress & 0xFFFF0000U) >> 16U; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} +#endif /* USB */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral State functions + * @brief Manage device connection state + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Software Device Connection, + * this function is not required by USB OTG FS peripheral, it is used + * only by USB Device FS peripheral. + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param state: connection state (0 : disconnected / 1: connected) + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_PCDEx_SetConnectionState(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t state) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + UNUSED(state); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCDEx_SetConnectionState could be implemented in the user file + */ +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* STM32F102x6 || STM32F102xB || */ + /* STM32F103x6 || STM32F103xB || */ + /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || */ + /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ + +#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */ + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_pwr.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_pwr.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..1d9884e33bd4d1af0564d3fb814792cf5d7a1854 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_pwr.c @@ -0,0 +1,639 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_pwr.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief PWR HAL module driver. + * + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral: + * + Initialization/de-initialization functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR PWR + * @brief PWR HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Constants PWR Private Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_PVD_Mode_Mask PWR PVD Mode Mask + * @{ + */ +#define PVD_MODE_IT 0x00010000U +#define PVD_MODE_EVT 0x00020000U +#define PVD_RISING_EDGE 0x00000001U +#define PVD_FALLING_EDGE 0x00000002U +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup PWR_register_alias_address PWR Register alias address + * @{ + */ +/* ------------- PWR registers bit address in the alias region ---------------*/ +#define PWR_OFFSET (PWR_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) +#define PWR_CR_OFFSET 0x00U +#define PWR_CSR_OFFSET 0x04U +#define PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB (PWR_OFFSET + PWR_CR_OFFSET) +#define PWR_CSR_OFFSET_BB (PWR_OFFSET + PWR_CSR_OFFSET) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_CR_register_alias PWR CR Register alias address + * @{ + */ +/* --- CR Register ---*/ +/* Alias word address of LPSDSR bit */ +#define LPSDSR_BIT_NUMBER PWR_CR_LPDS_Pos +#define CR_LPSDSR_BB ((uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (LPSDSR_BIT_NUMBER * 4U))) + +/* Alias word address of DBP bit */ +#define DBP_BIT_NUMBER PWR_CR_DBP_Pos +#define CR_DBP_BB ((uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (DBP_BIT_NUMBER * 4U))) + +/* Alias word address of PVDE bit */ +#define PVDE_BIT_NUMBER PWR_CR_PVDE_Pos +#define CR_PVDE_BB ((uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (PVDE_BIT_NUMBER * 4U))) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_CSR_register_alias PWR CSR Register alias address + * @{ + */ + +/* --- CSR Register ---*/ +/* Alias word address of EWUP1 bit */ +#define CSR_EWUP_BB(VAL) ((uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CSR_OFFSET_BB * 32U) + (POSITION_VAL(VAL) * 4U))) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Functions PWR Private Functions + * brief WFE cortex command overloaded for HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode usage only (see Workaround section) + * @{ + */ +static void PWR_OverloadWfe(void); + +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +__NOINLINE +static void PWR_OverloadWfe(void) +{ + __asm volatile( "wfe" ); + __asm volatile( "nop" ); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions PWR Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data + registers) is protected against possible unwanted + write accesses. + To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows: + (+) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE() macro. + (+) Enable access to RTC domain using the HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DeInit(void) +{ + __HAL_RCC_PWR_FORCE_RESET(); + __HAL_RCC_PWR_RELEASE_RESET(); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC + * backup data registers ). + * @note If the HSE divided by 128 is used as the RTC clock, the + * Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(void) +{ + /* Enable access to RTC and backup registers */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_DBP_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC + * backup data registers). + * @note If the HSE divided by 128 is used as the RTC clock, the + * Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(void) +{ + /* Disable access to RTC and backup registers */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_DBP_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Low Power modes configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + *** PVD configuration *** + ========================= + [..] + (+) The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a + threshold selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in the PWR_CR). + + (+) A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower + than the PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI + line16 and can generate an interrupt if enabled. This is done through + __HAL_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT() macro. + (+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode. + + *** WakeUp pin configuration *** + ================================ + [..] + (+) WakeUp pin is used to wake up the system from Standby mode. This pin is + forced in input pull-down configuration and is active on rising edges. + (+) There is one WakeUp pin: + WakeUp Pin 1 on PA.00. + + [..] + + *** Low Power modes configuration *** + ===================================== + [..] + The device features 3 low-power modes: + (+) Sleep mode: CPU clock off, all peripherals including Cortex-M3 core peripherals like + NVIC, SysTick, etc. are kept running + (+) Stop mode: All clocks are stopped + (+) Standby mode: 1.8V domain powered off + + + *** Sleep mode *** + ================== + [..] + (+) Entry: + The Sleep mode is entered by using the HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON, PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx) + functions with + (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction + (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction + + (+) Exit: + (++) WFI entry mode, Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt + controller (NVIC) can wake up the device from Sleep mode. + (++) WFE entry mode, Any wakeup event can wake up the device from Sleep mode. + (+++) Any peripheral interrupt w/o NVIC configuration & SEVONPEND bit set in the Cortex (HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend) + (+++) Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Event mode + + *** Stop mode *** + ================= + [..] + The Stop mode is based on the Cortex-M3 deepsleep mode combined with peripheral + clock gating. The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal or low-power mode. + In Stop mode, all clocks in the 1.8 V domain are stopped, the PLL, the HSI and the HSE RC + oscillators are disabled. SRAM and register contents are preserved. + In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. + + (+) Entry: + The Stop mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(PWR_REGULATOR_VALUE, PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx ) + function with: + (++) PWR_REGULATOR_VALUE= PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Main regulator ON. + (++) PWR_REGULATOR_VALUE= PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Low Power regulator ON. + (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx= PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction + (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx= PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction + (+) Exit: + (++) WFI entry mode, Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt mode with NVIC configured + (++) WFE entry mode, Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Event mode. + + *** Standby mode *** + ==================== + [..] + The Standby mode allows to achieve the lowest power consumption. It is based on the + Cortex-M3 deepsleep mode, with the voltage regulator disabled. The 1.8 V domain is + consequently powered off. The PLL, the HSI oscillator and the HSE oscillator are also + switched off. SRAM and register contents are lost except for registers in the Backup domain + and Standby circuitry + + (+) Entry: + (++) The Standby mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() function. + (+) Exit: + (++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm event rising edge, external Reset in + NRSTpin, IWDG Reset + + *** Auto-wakeup (AWU) from low-power mode *** + ============================================= + [..] + + (+) The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, + without depending on an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode). + + (+) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop and Standby modes + + (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to + configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function. + + *** PWR Workarounds linked to Silicon Limitation *** + ==================================================== + [..] + Below the list of all silicon limitations known on STM32F1xx prouct. + + (#)Workarounds Implemented inside PWR HAL Driver + (##)Debugging Stop mode with WFE entry - overloaded the WFE by an internal function + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). + * @param sConfigPVD: pointer to an PWR_PVDTypeDef structure that contains the configuration + * information for the PVD. + * @note Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet for + * more details about the voltage threshold corresponding to each + * detection level. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD(PWR_PVDTypeDef *sConfigPVD) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(sConfigPVD->PVDLevel)); + assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_MODE(sConfigPVD->Mode)); + + /* Set PLS[7:5] bits according to PVDLevel value */ + MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PLS, sConfigPVD->PVDLevel); + + /* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */ + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT(); + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT(); + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE(); + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE(); + + /* Configure interrupt mode */ + if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_IT) == PVD_MODE_IT) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(); + } + + /* Configure event mode */ + if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_EVT) == PVD_MODE_EVT) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT(); + } + + /* Configure the edge */ + if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_RISING_EDGE) == PVD_RISING_EDGE) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE(); + } + + if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_FALLING_EDGE) == PVD_FALLING_EDGE) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE(); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD(void) +{ + /* Enable the power voltage detector */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PVDE_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD(void) +{ + /* Disable the power voltage detector */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PVDE_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the WakeUp PINx functionality. + * @param WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to enable. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1 + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx)); + /* Enable the EWUPx pin */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_EWUP_BB(WakeUpPinx) = (uint32_t)ENABLE; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the WakeUp PINx functionality. + * @param WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to disable. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1 + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx)); + /* Disable the EWUPx pin */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_EWUP_BB(WakeUpPinx) = (uint32_t)DISABLE; +} + +/** + * @brief Enters Sleep mode. + * @note In Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. + * @param Regulator: Regulator state as no effect in SLEEP mode - allows to support portability from legacy software + * @param SLEEPEntry: Specifies if SLEEP mode is entered with WFI or WFE instruction. + * When WFI entry is used, tick interrupt have to be disabled if not desired as + * the interrupt wake up source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction + * @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t SLEEPEntry) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + /* No check on Regulator because parameter not used in SLEEP mode */ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(Regulator); + + assert_param(IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(SLEEPEntry)); + + /* Clear SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk)); + + /* Select SLEEP mode entry -------------------------------------------------*/ + if(SLEEPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI) + { + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); + } + else + { + /* Request Wait For Event */ + __SEV(); + __WFE(); + __WFE(); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enters Stop mode. + * @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. + * @note When exiting Stop mode by using an interrupt or a wakeup event, + * HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock. + * @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional + * startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode. + * By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption + * is higher although the startup time is reduced. + * @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in Stop mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with regulator ON + * @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with low power regulator ON + * @param STOPEntry: Specifies if Stop mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI: Enter Stop mode with WFI instruction + * @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: Enter Stop mode with WFE instruction + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator)); + assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry)); + + /* Clear PDDS bit in PWR register to specify entering in STOP mode when CPU enter in Deepsleep */ + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PDDS); + + /* Select the voltage regulator mode by setting LPDS bit in PWR register according to Regulator parameter value */ + MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_LPDS, Regulator); + + /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk)); + + /* Select Stop mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/ + if(STOPEntry == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI) + { + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); + } + else + { + /* Request Wait For Event */ + __SEV(); + PWR_OverloadWfe(); /* WFE redefine locally */ + PWR_OverloadWfe(); /* WFE redefine locally */ + } + /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enters Standby mode. + * @note In Standby mode, all I/O pins are high impedance except for: + * - Reset pad (still available) + * - TAMPER pin if configured for tamper or calibration out. + * - WKUP pin (PA0) if enabled. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void) +{ + /* Select Standby mode */ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PDDS); + + /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk)); + + /* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */ +#if defined ( __CC_ARM) + __force_stores(); +#endif + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); +} + + +/** + * @brief Indicates Sleep-On-Exit when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode. + * @note Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor + * re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over. + * Setting this bit is useful when the processor is expected to run only on + * interruptions handling. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit(void) +{ + /* Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk)); +} + + +/** + * @brief Disables Sleep-On-Exit feature when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode. + * @note Clears SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor + * re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit(void) +{ + /* Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk)); +} + + +/** + * @brief Enables CORTEX M3 SEVONPEND bit. + * @note Sets SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes + * WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend(void) +{ + /* Set SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk)); +} + + +/** + * @brief Disables CORTEX M3 SEVONPEND bit. + * @note Clears SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes + * WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend(void) +{ + /* Clear SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk)); +} + + + +/** + * @brief This function handles the PWR PVD interrupt request. + * @note This API should be called under the PVD_IRQHandler(). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler(void) +{ + /* Check PWR exti flag */ + if(__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != RESET) + { + /* PWR PVD interrupt user callback */ + HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(); + + /* Clear PWR Exti pending bit */ + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(); + } +} + +/** + * @brief PWR PVD interrupt callback + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PWR_PVDCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_rcc.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_rcc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..58bcf620c1b41254fdc0724ffb835c566390cac8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_rcc.c @@ -0,0 +1,1303 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_rcc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief RCC HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Reset and Clock Control (RCC) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### RCC specific features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + After reset the device is running from Internal High Speed oscillator + (HSI 8MHz) with Flash 0 wait state, Flash prefetch buffer is enabled, + and all peripherals are off except internal SRAM, Flash and JTAG. + (+) There is no prescaler on High speed (AHB) and Low speed (APB) buses; + all peripherals mapped on these buses are running at HSI speed. + (+) The clock for all peripherals is switched off, except the SRAM and FLASH. + (+) All GPIOs are in input floating state, except the JTAG pins which + are assigned to be used for debug purpose. + [..] Once the device started from reset, the user application has to: + (+) Configure the clock source to be used to drive the System clock + (if the application needs higher frequency/performance) + (+) Configure the System clock frequency and Flash settings + (+) Configure the AHB and APB buses prescalers + (+) Enable the clock for the peripheral(s) to be used + (+) Configure the clock source(s) for peripherals whose clocks are not + derived from the System clock (I2S, RTC, ADC, USB OTG FS) + + ##### RCC Limitations ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + A delay between an RCC peripheral clock enable and the effective peripheral + enabling should be taken into account in order to manage the peripheral read/write + from/to registers. + (+) This delay depends on the peripheral mapping. + (++) AHB & APB peripherals, 1 dummy read is necessary + + [..] + Workarounds: + (#) For AHB & APB peripherals, a dummy read to the peripheral register has been + inserted in each __HAL_RCC_PPP_CLK_ENABLE() macro. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** +*/ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC RCC +* @brief RCC HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Constants RCC Private Constants + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Macros RCC Private Macros + * @{ + */ + +#define MCO1_CLK_ENABLE() __HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_ENABLE() +#define MCO1_GPIO_PORT GPIOA +#define MCO1_PIN GPIO_PIN_8 + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Variables RCC Private Variables + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +static void RCC_Delay(uint32_t mdelay); + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions RCC Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to configure the internal/external oscillators + (HSE, HSI, LSE, LSI, PLL, CSS and MCO) and the System buses clocks (SYSCLK, AHB, APB1 + and APB2). + + [..] Internal/external clock and PLL configuration + (#) HSI (high-speed internal), 8 MHz factory-trimmed RC used directly or through + the PLL as System clock source. + (#) LSI (low-speed internal), ~40 KHz low consumption RC used as IWDG and/or RTC + clock source. + + (#) HSE (high-speed external), 4 to 24 MHz (STM32F100xx) or 4 to 16 MHz (STM32F101x/STM32F102x/STM32F103x) or 3 to 25 MHz (STM32F105x/STM32F107x) crystal oscillator used directly or + through the PLL as System clock source. Can be used also as RTC clock source. + + (#) LSE (low-speed external), 32 KHz oscillator used as RTC clock source. + + (#) PLL (clocked by HSI or HSE), featuring different output clocks: + (++) The first output is used to generate the high speed system clock (up to 72 MHz for STM32F10xxx or up to 24 MHz for STM32F100xx) + (++) The second output is used to generate the clock for the USB OTG FS (48 MHz) + + (#) CSS (Clock security system), once enable using the macro __HAL_RCC_CSS_ENABLE() + and if a HSE clock failure occurs(HSE used directly or through PLL as System + clock source), the System clocks automatically switched to HSI and an interrupt + is generated if enabled. The interrupt is linked to the Cortex-M3 NMI + (Non-Maskable Interrupt) exception vector. + + (#) MCO1 (microcontroller clock output), used to output SYSCLK, HSI, + HSE or PLL clock (divided by 2) on PA8 pin + PLL2CLK, PLL3CLK/2, PLL3CLK and XTI for STM32F105x/STM32F107x + + [..] System, AHB and APB buses clocks configuration + (#) Several clock sources can be used to drive the System clock (SYSCLK): HSI, + HSE and PLL. + The AHB clock (HCLK) is derived from System clock through configurable + prescaler and used to clock the CPU, memory and peripherals mapped + on AHB bus (DMA, GPIO...). APB1 (PCLK1) and APB2 (PCLK2) clocks are derived + from AHB clock through configurable prescalers and used to clock + the peripherals mapped on these buses. You can use + "@ref HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq()" function to retrieve the frequencies of these clocks. + + -@- All the peripheral clocks are derived from the System clock (SYSCLK) except: + (+@) RTC: RTC clock can be derived either from the LSI, LSE or HSE clock + divided by 128. + (+@) USB OTG FS and RTC: USB OTG FS require a frequency equal to 48 MHz + to work correctly. This clock is derived of the main PLL through PLL Multiplier. + (+@) I2S interface on STM32F105x/STM32F107x can be derived from PLL3CLK + (+@) IWDG clock which is always the LSI clock. + + (#) For STM32F10xxx, the maximum frequency of the SYSCLK and HCLK/PCLK2 is 72 MHz, PCLK1 36 MHz. + For STM32F100xx, the maximum frequency of the SYSCLK and HCLK/PCLK1/PCLK2 is 24 MHz. + Depending on the SYSCLK frequency, the flash latency should be adapted accordingly. + @endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/* + Additional consideration on the SYSCLK based on Latency settings: + +-----------------------------------------------+ + | Latency | SYSCLK clock frequency (MHz) | + |---------------|-------------------------------| + |0WS(1CPU cycle)| 0 < SYSCLK <= 24 | + |---------------|-------------------------------| + |1WS(2CPU cycle)| 24 < SYSCLK <= 48 | + |---------------|-------------------------------| + |2WS(3CPU cycle)| 48 < SYSCLK <= 72 | + +-----------------------------------------------+ + */ + +/** + * @brief Resets the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state. + * @note The default reset state of the clock configuration is given below: + * - HSI ON and used as system clock source + * - HSE and PLL OFF + * - AHB, APB1 and APB2 prescaler set to 1. + * - CSS and MCO1 OFF + * - All interrupts disabled + * @note This function does not modify the configuration of the + * - Peripheral clocks + * - LSI, LSE and RTC clocks + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Switch SYSCLK to HSI */ + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_SW); + + /* Reset HSEON, CSSON, & PLLON bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEON | RCC_CR_CSSON | RCC_CR_PLLON); + + /* Reset HSEBYP bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEBYP); + + /* Reset CFGR register */ + CLEAR_REG(RCC->CFGR); + + /* Set HSITRIM bits to the reset value */ + MODIFY_REG(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSITRIM, (0x10U << RCC_CR_HSITRIM_Pos)); + +#if defined(RCC_CFGR2_SUPPORT) + /* Reset CFGR2 register */ + CLEAR_REG(RCC->CFGR2); + +#endif /* RCC_CFGR2_SUPPORT */ + /* Disable all interrupts */ + CLEAR_REG(RCC->CIR); + + /* Update the SystemCoreClock global variable */ + SystemCoreClock = HSI_VALUE; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the RCC Oscillators according to the specified parameters in the + * RCC_OscInitTypeDef. + * @param RCC_OscInitStruct pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the RCC Oscillators. + * @note The PLL is not disabled when used as system clock. + * @note The PLL is not disabled when USB OTG FS clock is enabled (specific to devices with USB FS) + * @note Transitions LSE Bypass to LSE On and LSE On to LSE Bypass are not + * supported by this macro. User should request a transition to LSE Off + * first and then LSE On or LSE Bypass. + * @note Transition HSE Bypass to HSE On and HSE On to HSE Bypass are not + * supported by this macro. User should request a transition to HSE Off + * first and then HSE On or HSE Bypass. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_OscConfig(RCC_OscInitTypeDef *RCC_OscInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(RCC_OscInitStruct != NULL); + assert_param(IS_RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE(RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType)); + + /*------------------------------- HSE Configuration ------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState)); + + /* When the HSE is used as system clock or clock source for PLL in these cases it is not allowed to be disabled */ + if((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE) + || ((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE))) + { + if((__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET) && (RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState == RCC_HSE_OFF)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + /* Set the new HSE configuration ---------------------------------------*/ + __HAL_RCC_HSE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState); + + + /* Check the HSE State */ + if(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState != RCC_HSE_OFF) + { + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till HSE is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till HSE is disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + } + /*----------------------------- HSI Configuration --------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_HSI(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_CALIBRATION_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue)); + + /* Check if HSI is used as system clock or as PLL source when PLL is selected as system clock */ + if((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI) + || ((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI_DIV2))) + { + /* When HSI is used as system clock it will not disabled */ + if((__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) != RESET) && (RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState != RCC_HSI_ON)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Otherwise, just the calibration is allowed */ + else + { + /* Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value.*/ + __HAL_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue); + } + } + else + { + /* Check the HSI State */ + if(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState != RCC_HSI_OFF) + { + /* Enable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). */ + __HAL_RCC_HSI_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till HSI is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value.*/ + __HAL_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue); + } + else + { + /* Disable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). */ + __HAL_RCC_HSI_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till HSI is disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + } + /*------------------------------ LSI Configuration -------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_LSI(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState)); + + /* Check the LSI State */ + if(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState != RCC_LSI_OFF) + { + /* Enable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). */ + __HAL_RCC_LSI_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till LSI is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + /* To have a fully stabilized clock in the specified range, a software delay of 1ms + should be added.*/ + RCC_Delay(1); + } + else + { + /* Disable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). */ + __HAL_RCC_LSI_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till LSI is disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + /*------------------------------ LSE Configuration -------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE) + { + FlagStatus pwrclkchanged = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_LSE(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState)); + + /* Update LSE configuration in Backup Domain control register */ + /* Requires to enable write access to Backup Domain of necessary */ + if(__HAL_RCC_PWR_IS_CLK_DISABLED()) + { + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); + pwrclkchanged = SET; + } + + if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP)) + { + /* Enable write access to Backup domain */ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP); + + /* Wait for Backup domain Write protection disable */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP)) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Set the new LSE configuration -----------------------------------------*/ + __HAL_RCC_LSE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState); + /* Check the LSE State */ + if(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState != RCC_LSE_OFF) + { + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till LSE is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till LSE is disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Require to disable power clock if necessary */ + if(pwrclkchanged == SET) + { + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_DISABLE(); + } + } + +#if defined(RCC_CR_PLL2ON) + /*-------------------------------- PLL2 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL2(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.PLL2State)); + if ((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.PLL2State) != RCC_PLL2_NONE) + { + /* This bit can not be cleared if the PLL2 clock is used indirectly as system + clock (i.e. it is used as PLL clock entry that is used as system clock). */ + if((__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE) && \ + (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) && \ + ((READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR2,RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC)) == RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC_PLL2)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + if((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.PLL2State) == RCC_PLL2_ON) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL2_MUL(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.PLL2MUL)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.HSEPrediv2Value)); + + /* Prediv2 can be written only when the PLLI2S is disabled. */ + /* Return an error only if new value is different from the programmed value */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR,RCC_CR_PLL3ON) && \ + (__HAL_RCC_HSE_GET_PREDIV2() != RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.HSEPrediv2Value)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Disable the main PLL2. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL2_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLL2 is disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLL2RDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL2_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Configure the HSE prediv2 factor --------------------------------*/ + __HAL_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.HSEPrediv2Value); + + /* Configure the main PLL2 multiplication factors. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL2_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.PLL2MUL); + + /* Enable the main PLL2. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL2_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLL2 is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLL2RDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL2_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Set PREDIV1 source to HSE */ + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC); + + /* Disable the main PLL2. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL2_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLL2 is disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLL2RDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL2_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + } + +#endif /* RCC_CR_PLL2ON */ + /*-------------------------------- PLL Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState)); + if ((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState) != RCC_PLL_NONE) + { + /* Check if the PLL is used as system clock or not */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) + { + if((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState) == RCC_PLL_ON) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSOURCE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL_MUL(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLMUL)); + + /* Disable the main PLL. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLL is disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Configure the HSE prediv factor --------------------------------*/ + /* It can be written only when the PLL is disabled. Not used in PLL source is different than HSE */ + if(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE) + { + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE_PREDIV(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEPredivValue)); +#if defined(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC) + assert_param(IS_RCC_PREDIV1_SOURCE(RCC_OscInitStruct->Prediv1Source)); + + /* Set PREDIV1 source */ + SET_BIT(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_OscInitStruct->Prediv1Source); +#endif /* RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC */ + + /* Set PREDIV1 Value */ + __HAL_RCC_HSE_PREDIV_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEPredivValue); + } + + /* Configure the main PLL clock source and multiplication factors. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource, + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLMUL); + /* Enable the main PLL. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLL is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Disable the main PLL. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLL is disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the CPU, AHB and APB buses clocks according to the specified + * parameters in the RCC_ClkInitStruct. + * @param RCC_ClkInitStruct pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the RCC peripheral. + * @param FLatency FLASH Latency + * The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series + * @note The SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable is used to store System Clock Frequency + * and updated by @ref HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq() function called within this function + * + * @note The HSI is used (enabled by hardware) as system clock source after + * start-up from Reset, wake-up from STOP and STANDBY mode, or in case + * of failure of the HSE used directly or indirectly as system clock + * (if the Clock Security System CSS is enabled). + * + * @note A switch from one clock source to another occurs only if the target + * clock source is ready (clock stable after start-up delay or PLL locked). + * If a clock source which is not yet ready is selected, the switch will + * occur when the clock source will be ready. + * You can use @ref HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig() function to know which clock is + * currently used as system clock source. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(RCC_ClkInitTypeDef *RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t FLatency) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(RCC_ClkInitStruct != NULL); + assert_param(IS_RCC_CLOCKTYPE(RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType)); + assert_param(IS_FLASH_LATENCY(FLatency)); + + /* To correctly read data from FLASH memory, the number of wait states (LATENCY) + must be correctly programmed according to the frequency of the CPU clock + (HCLK) of the device. */ + +#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY) + /* Increasing the number of wait states because of higher CPU frequency */ + if(FLatency > (FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)) + { + /* Program the new number of wait states to the LATENCY bits in the FLASH_ACR register */ + __HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY(FLatency); + + /* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash + memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */ + if((FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY) != FLatency) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + +#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */ + /*-------------------------- HCLK Configuration --------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_HCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider)); + MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE, RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider); + } + + /*------------------------- SYSCLK Configuration ---------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource)); + + /* HSE is selected as System Clock Source */ + if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE) + { + /* Check the HSE ready flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) == RESET) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + /* PLL is selected as System Clock Source */ + else if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK) + { + /* Check the PLL ready flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) == RESET) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + /* HSI is selected as System Clock Source */ + else + { + /* Check the HSI ready flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) == RESET) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + __HAL_RCC_SYSCLK_CONFIG(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE) + { + while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK) + { + while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } +#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY) + /* Decreasing the number of wait states because of lower CPU frequency */ + if(FLatency < (FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)) + { + /* Program the new number of wait states to the LATENCY bits in the FLASH_ACR register */ + __HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY(FLatency); + + /* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash + memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */ + if((FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY) != FLatency) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } +#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */ + + /*-------------------------- PCLK1 Configuration ---------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider)); + MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE1, RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider); + } + + /*-------------------------- PCLK2 Configuration ---------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider)); + MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE2, ((RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider) << 3)); + } + + /* Update the SystemCoreClock global variable */ + SystemCoreClock = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq() >> AHBPrescTable[(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE)>> RCC_CFGR_HPRE_Pos]; + + /* Configure the source of time base considering new system clocks settings*/ + HAL_InitTick (TICK_INT_PRIORITY); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief RCC clocks control functions + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the RCC Clocks + frequencies. + + @endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Selects the clock source to output on MCO pin. + * @note MCO pin should be configured in alternate function mode. + * @param RCC_MCOx specifies the output direction for the clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1 Clock source to output on MCO1 pin(PA8). + * @param RCC_MCOSource specifies the clock source to output. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_NOCLOCK No clock selected as MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_SYSCLK System clock selected as MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI HSI selected as MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSE HSE selected as MCO clock + @if STM32F105xC + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK PLL clock divided by 2 selected as MCO source + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLL2CLK PLL2 clock selected as MCO source + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLL3CLK_DIV2 PLL3 clock divided by 2 selected as MCO source + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_EXT_HSE XT1 external 3-25 MHz oscillator clock selected as MCO source + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLL3CLK PLL3 clock selected as MCO source + @endif + @if STM32F107xC + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK PLL clock divided by 2 selected as MCO source + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLL2CLK PLL2 clock selected as MCO source + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLL3CLK_DIV2 PLL3 clock divided by 2 selected as MCO source + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_EXT_HSE XT1 external 3-25 MHz oscillator clock selected as MCO source + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLL3CLK PLL3 clock selected as MCO source + @endif + * @param RCC_MCODiv specifies the MCO DIV. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_1 no division applied to MCO clock + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_MCOConfig(uint32_t RCC_MCOx, uint32_t RCC_MCOSource, uint32_t RCC_MCODiv) +{ + GPIO_InitTypeDef gpio = {0U}; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO(RCC_MCOx)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_MCODIV(RCC_MCODiv)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO1SOURCE(RCC_MCOSource)); + + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(RCC_MCOx); + UNUSED(RCC_MCODiv); + + /* Configure the MCO1 pin in alternate function mode */ + gpio.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP; + gpio.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH; + gpio.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; + gpio.Pin = MCO1_PIN; + + /* MCO1 Clock Enable */ + MCO1_CLK_ENABLE(); + + HAL_GPIO_Init(MCO1_GPIO_PORT, &gpio); + + /* Configure the MCO clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_MCO1_CONFIG(RCC_MCOSource, RCC_MCODiv); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the Clock Security System. + * @note If a failure is detected on the HSE oscillator clock, this oscillator + * is automatically disabled and an interrupt is generated to inform the + * software about the failure (Clock Security System Interrupt, CSSI), + * allowing the MCU to perform rescue operations. The CSSI is linked to + * the Cortex-M3 NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt) exception vector. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_EnableCSS(void) +{ + *(__IO uint32_t *) RCC_CR_CSSON_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the Clock Security System. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_DisableCSS(void) +{ + *(__IO uint32_t *) RCC_CR_CSSON_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the SYSCLK frequency + * @note The system frequency computed by this function is not the real + * frequency in the chip. It is calculated based on the predefined + * constant and the selected clock source: + * @note If SYSCLK source is HSI, function returns values based on HSI_VALUE(*) + * @note If SYSCLK source is HSE, function returns a value based on HSE_VALUE + * divided by PREDIV factor(**) + * @note If SYSCLK source is PLL, function returns a value based on HSE_VALUE + * divided by PREDIV factor(**) or HSI_VALUE(*) multiplied by the PLL factor. + * @note (*) HSI_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f1xx_hal_conf.h file (default value + * 8 MHz) but the real value may vary depending on the variations + * in voltage and temperature. + * @note (**) HSE_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f1xx_hal_conf.h file (default value + * 8 MHz), user has to ensure that HSE_VALUE is same as the real + * frequency of the crystal used. Otherwise, this function may + * have wrong result. + * + * @note The result of this function could be not correct when using fractional + * value for HSE crystal. + * + * @note This function can be used by the user application to compute the + * baud-rate for the communication peripherals or configure other parameters. + * + * @note Each time SYSCLK changes, this function must be called to update the + * right SYSCLK value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect. + * + * @retval SYSCLK frequency + */ +uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(void) +{ +#if defined(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC) + const uint8_t aPLLMULFactorTable[14] = {0, 0, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 13}; + const uint8_t aPredivFactorTable[16] = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16}; +#else + const uint8_t aPLLMULFactorTable[16] = {2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 16}; +#if defined(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1) + const uint8_t aPredivFactorTable[16] = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16}; +#else + const uint8_t aPredivFactorTable[2] = {1, 2}; +#endif /*RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1*/ + +#endif + uint32_t tmpreg = 0U, prediv = 0U, pllclk = 0U, pllmul = 0U; + uint32_t sysclockfreq = 0U; +#if defined(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC) + uint32_t prediv2 = 0U, pll2mul = 0U; +#endif /*RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC*/ + + tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; + + /* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/ + switch (tmpreg & RCC_CFGR_SWS) + { + case RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE: /* HSE used as system clock */ + { + sysclockfreq = HSE_VALUE; + break; + } + case RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK: /* PLL used as system clock */ + { + pllmul = aPLLMULFactorTable[(uint32_t)(tmpreg & RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL) >> RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL_Pos]; + if ((tmpreg & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC) != RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI_DIV2) + { +#if defined(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1) + prediv = aPredivFactorTable[(uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1) >> RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_Pos]; +#else + prediv = aPredivFactorTable[(uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLXTPRE) >> RCC_CFGR_PLLXTPRE_Pos]; +#endif /*RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1*/ +#if defined(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC) + + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC)) + { + /* PLL2 selected as Prediv1 source */ + /* PLLCLK = PLL2CLK / PREDIV1 * PLLMUL with PLL2CLK = HSE/PREDIV2 * PLL2MUL */ + prediv2 = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2) >> RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2_Pos) + 1; + pll2mul = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PLL2MUL) >> RCC_CFGR2_PLL2MUL_Pos) + 2; + pllclk = (uint32_t)((((HSE_VALUE / prediv2) * pll2mul) / prediv) * pllmul); + } + else + { + /* HSE used as PLL clock source : PLLCLK = HSE/PREDIV1 * PLLMUL */ + pllclk = (uint32_t)((HSE_VALUE / prediv) * pllmul); + } + + /* If PLLMUL was set to 13 means that it was to cover the case PLLMUL 6.5 (avoid using float) */ + /* In this case need to divide pllclk by 2 */ + if (pllmul == aPLLMULFactorTable[(uint32_t)(RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL6_5) >> RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL_Pos]) + { + pllclk = pllclk / 2; + } +#else + /* HSE used as PLL clock source : PLLCLK = HSE/PREDIV1 * PLLMUL */ + pllclk = (uint32_t)((HSE_VALUE / prediv) * pllmul); +#endif /*RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC*/ + } + else + { + /* HSI used as PLL clock source : PLLCLK = HSI/2 * PLLMUL */ + pllclk = (uint32_t)((HSI_VALUE >> 1) * pllmul); + } + sysclockfreq = pllclk; + break; + } + case RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI: /* HSI used as system clock source */ + default: /* HSI used as system clock */ + { + sysclockfreq = HSI_VALUE; + break; + } + } + return sysclockfreq; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the HCLK frequency + * @note Each time HCLK changes, this function must be called to update the + * right HCLK value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect. + * + * @note The SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable is used to store System Clock Frequency + * and updated within this function + * @retval HCLK frequency + */ +uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq(void) +{ + return SystemCoreClock; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the PCLK1 frequency + * @note Each time PCLK1 changes, this function must be called to update the + * right PCLK1 value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect. + * @retval PCLK1 frequency + */ +uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(void) +{ + /* Get HCLK source and Compute PCLK1 frequency ---------------------------*/ + return (HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq() >> APBPrescTable[(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE1) >> RCC_CFGR_PPRE1_Pos]); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the PCLK2 frequency + * @note Each time PCLK2 changes, this function must be called to update the + * right PCLK2 value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect. + * @retval PCLK2 frequency + */ +uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(void) +{ + /* Get HCLK source and Compute PCLK2 frequency ---------------------------*/ + return (HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq()>> APBPrescTable[(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE2) >> RCC_CFGR_PPRE2_Pos]); +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the RCC_OscInitStruct according to the internal + * RCC configuration registers. + * @param RCC_OscInitStruct pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that + * will be configured. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_GetOscConfig(RCC_OscInitTypeDef *RCC_OscInitStruct) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(RCC_OscInitStruct != NULL); + + /* Set all possible values for the Oscillator type parameter ---------------*/ + RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI \ + | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI; + +#if defined(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC) + /* Get the Prediv1 source --------------------------------------------------*/ + RCC_OscInitStruct->Prediv1Source = READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR2,RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC); +#endif /* RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC */ + + /* Get the HSE configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSEBYP) == RCC_CR_HSEBYP) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_BYPASS; + } + else if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSEON) == RCC_CR_HSEON) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_OFF; + } + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEPredivValue = __HAL_RCC_HSE_GET_PREDIV(); + + /* Get the HSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSION) == RCC_CR_HSION) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState = RCC_HSI_ON; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState = RCC_HSI_OFF; + } + + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue = (uint32_t)((RCC->CR & RCC_CR_HSITRIM) >> RCC_CR_HSITRIM_Pos); + + /* Get the LSE configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if((RCC->BDCR &RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP) == RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_BYPASS; + } + else if((RCC->BDCR &RCC_BDCR_LSEON) == RCC_BDCR_LSEON) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_ON; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_OFF; + } + + /* Get the LSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if((RCC->CSR &RCC_CSR_LSION) == RCC_CSR_LSION) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState = RCC_LSI_ON; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState = RCC_LSI_OFF; + } + + + /* Get the PLL configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_PLLON) == RCC_CR_PLLON) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_ON; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_OFF; + } + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC); + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLMUL = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL); +#if defined(RCC_CR_PLL2ON) + /* Get the PLL2 configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_PLL2ON) == RCC_CR_PLL2ON) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.PLL2State = RCC_PLL2_ON; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.PLL2State = RCC_PLL2_OFF; + } + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.HSEPrediv2Value = __HAL_RCC_HSE_GET_PREDIV2(); + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL2.PLL2MUL = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PLL2MUL); +#endif /* RCC_CR_PLL2ON */ +} + +/** + * @brief Get the RCC_ClkInitStruct according to the internal + * RCC configuration registers. + * @param RCC_ClkInitStruct pointer to an RCC_ClkInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the current clock configuration. + * @param pFLatency Pointer on the Flash Latency. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig(RCC_ClkInitTypeDef *RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t *pFLatency) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(RCC_ClkInitStruct != NULL); + assert_param(pFLatency != NULL); + + /* Set all possible values for the Clock type parameter --------------------*/ + RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType = RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1 | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2; + + /* Get the SYSCLK configuration --------------------------------------------*/ + RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SW); + + /* Get the HCLK configuration ----------------------------------------------*/ + RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE); + + /* Get the APB1 configuration ----------------------------------------------*/ + RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE1); + + /* Get the APB2 configuration ----------------------------------------------*/ + RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider = (uint32_t)((RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE2) >> 3); + +#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY) + /* Get the Flash Wait State (Latency) configuration ------------------------*/ + *pFLatency = (uint32_t)(FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY); +#else + /* For VALUE lines devices, only LATENCY_0 can be set*/ + *pFLatency = (uint32_t)FLASH_LATENCY_0; +#endif +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles the RCC CSS interrupt request. + * @note This API should be called under the NMI_Handler(). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_NMI_IRQHandler(void) +{ + /* Check RCC CSSF flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_IT(RCC_IT_CSS)) + { + /* RCC Clock Security System interrupt user callback */ + HAL_RCC_CSSCallback(); + + /* Clear RCC CSS pending bit */ + __HAL_RCC_CLEAR_IT(RCC_IT_CSS); + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function provides delay (in milliseconds) based on CPU cycles method. + * @param mdelay: specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds. + * @retval None + */ +static void RCC_Delay(uint32_t mdelay) +{ + __IO uint32_t Delay = mdelay * (SystemCoreClock / 8U / 1000U); + do + { + __NOP(); + } + while (Delay --); +} + +/** + * @brief RCC Clock Security System interrupt callback + * @retval none + */ +__weak void HAL_RCC_CSSCallback(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_RCC_CSSCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_rcc_ex.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_rcc_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..4b4af00f6942428a75db09644ea504528b22eb81 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_rcc_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,881 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_rcc_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief Extended RCC HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities RCC extension peripheral: + * + Extended Peripheral Control functions + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED + +/** @defgroup RCCEx RCCEx + * @brief RCC Extension HAL module driver. + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup RCCEx_Private_Constants RCCEx Private Constants + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup RCCEx_Private_Macros RCCEx Private Macros + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions RCCEx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Extended Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the RCC Clocks + frequencies. + [..] + (@) Important note: Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to + select the RTC clock source; in this case the Backup domain will be reset in + order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence RTC registers (including + the backup registers) are set to their reset values. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the RCC extended peripherals clocks according to the specified parameters in the + * RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef. + * @param PeriphClkInit pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the Extended Peripherals clocks(RTC clock). + * + * @note Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to select + * the RTC clock source; in this case the Backup domain will be reset in + * order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence RTC registers (including + * the backup registers) are set to their reset values. + * + * @note In case of STM32F105xC or STM32F107xC devices, PLLI2S will be enabled if requested on + * one of 2 I2S interfaces. When PLLI2S is enabled, you need to call HAL_RCCEx_DisablePLLI2S to + * manually disable it. + * + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef *PeriphClkInit) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U, temp_reg = 0U; +#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) + uint32_t pllactive = 0U; +#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection)); + + /*------------------------------- RTC/LCD Configuration ------------------------*/ + if ((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC)) + { + /* check for RTC Parameters used to output RTCCLK */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection)); + + FlagStatus pwrclkchanged = RESET; + + /* As soon as function is called to change RTC clock source, activation of the + power domain is done. */ + /* Requires to enable write access to Backup Domain of necessary */ + if(__HAL_RCC_PWR_IS_CLK_DISABLED()) + { + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); + pwrclkchanged = SET; + } + + if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP)) + { + /* Enable write access to Backup domain */ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP); + + /* Wait for Backup domain Write protection disable */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP)) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Reset the Backup domain only if the RTC Clock source selection is modified from reset value */ + temp_reg = (RCC->BDCR & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL); + if((temp_reg != 0x00000000U) && (temp_reg != (PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL))) + { + /* Store the content of BDCR register before the reset of Backup Domain */ + temp_reg = (RCC->BDCR & ~(RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL)); + /* RTC Clock selection can be changed only if the Backup Domain is reset */ + __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_FORCE(); + __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_RELEASE(); + /* Restore the Content of BDCR register */ + RCC->BDCR = temp_reg; + + /* Wait for LSERDY if LSE was enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(temp_reg, RCC_BDCR_LSEON)) + { + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till LSE is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + __HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection); + + /* Require to disable power clock if necessary */ + if(pwrclkchanged == SET) + { + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_DISABLE(); + } + } + + /*------------------------------ ADC clock Configuration ------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_ADCPLLCLK_DIV(PeriphClkInit->AdcClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the ADC clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_ADC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->AdcClockSelection); + } + +#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) + /*------------------------------ I2S2 Configuration ------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_I2S2CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2s2ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the I2S2 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_I2S2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2s2ClockSelection); + } + + /*------------------------------ I2S3 Configuration ------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_I2S3CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2s3ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the I2S3 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_I2S3_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2s3ClockSelection); + } + + /*------------------------------ PLL I2S Configuration ----------------------*/ + /* Check that PLLI2S need to be enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S2SRC) || HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S3SRC)) + { + /* Update flag to indicate that PLL I2S should be active */ + pllactive = 1; + } + + /* Check if PLL I2S need to be enabled */ + if (pllactive == 1) + { + /* Enable PLL I2S only if not active */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLL3ON)) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2S_MUL(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SMUL)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.HSEPrediv2Value)); + + /* Prediv2 can be written only when the PLL2 is disabled. */ + /* Return an error only if new value is different from the programmed value */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR,RCC_CR_PLL2ON) && \ + (__HAL_RCC_HSE_GET_PREDIV2() != PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.HSEPrediv2Value)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Configure the HSE prediv2 factor --------------------------------*/ + __HAL_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.HSEPrediv2Value); + + /* Configure the main PLLI2S multiplication factors. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SMUL); + + /* Enable the main PLLI2S. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLLI2S is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Return an error only if user wants to change the PLLI2SMUL whereas PLLI2S is active */ + if (READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_PLL3MUL) != PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SMUL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } +#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ + +#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || defined(STM32F103x6)\ + || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG)\ + || defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) + /*------------------------------ USB clock Configuration ------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_USBPLLCLK_DIV(PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the USB clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_USB_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection); + } +#endif /* STM32F102x6 || STM32F102xB || STM32F103x6 || STM32F103xB || STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the PeriphClkInit according to the internal + * RCC configuration registers. + * @param PeriphClkInit pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that + * returns the configuration information for the Extended Peripherals clocks(RTC, I2S, ADC clocks). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef *PeriphClkInit) +{ + uint32_t srcclk = 0U; + + /* Set all possible values for the extended clock type parameter------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC; + + /* Get the RTC configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_RTC_SOURCE(); + /* Source clock is LSE or LSI*/ + PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection = srcclk; + + /* Get the ADC clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC; + PeriphClkInit->AdcClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_ADC_SOURCE(); + +#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) + /* Get the I2S2 clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2; + PeriphClkInit->I2s2ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2S2_SOURCE(); + + /* Get the I2S3 clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3; + PeriphClkInit->I2s3ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2S3_SOURCE(); + +#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ + +#if defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) + /* Get the I2S2 clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2; + PeriphClkInit->I2s2ClockSelection = RCC_I2S2CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK; + + /* Get the I2S3 clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3; + PeriphClkInit->I2s3ClockSelection = RCC_I2S3CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK; + +#endif /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG */ + +#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || defined(STM32F103x6)\ + || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG)\ + || defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) + /* Get the USB clock configuration -----------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB; + PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USB_SOURCE(); +#endif /* STM32F102x6 || STM32F102xB || STM32F103x6 || STM32F103xB || STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the peripheral clock frequency + * @note Returns 0 if peripheral clock is unknown + * @param PeriphClk Peripheral clock identifier + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC RTC peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC ADC peripheral clock + @if STM32F103xE + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock + @endif + @if STM32F103xG + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock + @endif + @if STM32F105xC + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock + @endif + @if STM32F107xC + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3 I2S3 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2 I2S2 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock + @endif + @if STM32F102xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock + @endif + @if STM32F103xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock + @endif + * @retval Frequency in Hz (0: means that no available frequency for the peripheral) + */ +uint32_t HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq(uint32_t PeriphClk) +{ +#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) + const uint8_t aPLLMULFactorTable[14] = {0, 0, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 13}; + const uint8_t aPredivFactorTable[16] = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16}; + + uint32_t prediv1 = 0U, pllclk = 0U, pllmul = 0U; + uint32_t pll2mul = 0U, pll3mul = 0U, prediv2 = 0U; +#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ +#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || defined(STM32F103x6) || \ + defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) + const uint8_t aPLLMULFactorTable[16] = {2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 16}; + const uint8_t aPredivFactorTable[2] = {1, 2}; + + uint32_t prediv1 = 0U, pllclk = 0U, pllmul = 0U; +#endif /* STM32F102x6 || STM32F102xB || STM32F103x6 || STM32F103xB || STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG */ + uint32_t temp_reg = 0U, frequency = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClk)); + + switch (PeriphClk) + { +#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || defined(STM32F103x6)\ + || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG)\ + || defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB: + { + /* Get RCC configuration ------------------------------------------------------*/ + temp_reg = RCC->CFGR; + + /* Check if PLL is enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR,RCC_CR_PLLON)) + { + pllmul = aPLLMULFactorTable[(uint32_t)(temp_reg & RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL) >> RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL_Pos]; + if ((temp_reg & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC) != RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI_DIV2) + { +#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) || defined(STM32F100xB)\ + || defined(STM32F100xE) + prediv1 = aPredivFactorTable[(uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1) >> RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1_Pos]; +#else + prediv1 = aPredivFactorTable[(uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLXTPRE) >> RCC_CFGR_PLLXTPRE_Pos]; +#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC || STM32F100xB || STM32F100xE */ + +#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC)) + { + /* PLL2 selected as Prediv1 source */ + /* PLLCLK = PLL2CLK / PREDIV1 * PLLMUL with PLL2CLK = HSE/PREDIV2 * PLL2MUL */ + prediv2 = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2) >> RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2_Pos) + 1; + pll2mul = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PLL2MUL) >> RCC_CFGR2_PLL2MUL_Pos) + 2; + pllclk = (uint32_t)((((HSE_VALUE / prediv2) * pll2mul) / prediv1) * pllmul); + } + else + { + /* HSE used as PLL clock source : PLLCLK = HSE/PREDIV1 * PLLMUL */ + pllclk = (uint32_t)((HSE_VALUE / prediv1) * pllmul); + } + + /* If PLLMUL was set to 13 means that it was to cover the case PLLMUL 6.5 (avoid using float) */ + /* In this case need to divide pllclk by 2 */ + if (pllmul == aPLLMULFactorTable[(uint32_t)(RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL6_5) >> RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL_Pos]) + { + pllclk = pllclk / 2; + } +#else + if ((temp_reg & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC) != RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI_DIV2) + { + /* HSE used as PLL clock source : PLLCLK = HSE/PREDIV1 * PLLMUL */ + pllclk = (uint32_t)((HSE_VALUE / prediv1) * pllmul); + } +#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ + } + else + { + /* HSI used as PLL clock source : PLLCLK = HSI/2 * PLLMUL */ + pllclk = (uint32_t)((HSI_VALUE >> 1) * pllmul); + } + + /* Calcul of the USB frequency*/ +#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) + /* USBCLK = PLLVCO = (2 x PLLCLK) / USB prescaler */ + if (__HAL_RCC_GET_USB_SOURCE() == RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_PLL_DIV2) + { + /* Prescaler of 2 selected for USB */ + frequency = pllclk; + } + else + { + /* Prescaler of 3 selected for USB */ + frequency = (2 * pllclk) / 3; + } +#else + /* USBCLK = PLLCLK / USB prescaler */ + if (__HAL_RCC_GET_USB_SOURCE() == RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_PLL) + { + /* No prescaler selected for USB */ + frequency = pllclk; + } + else + { + /* Prescaler of 1.5 selected for USB */ + frequency = (pllclk * 2) / 3; + } +#endif + } + break; + } +#endif /* STM32F102x6 || STM32F102xB || STM32F103x6 || STM32F103xB || STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ +#if defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S2: + { +#if defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) + /* SYSCLK used as source clock for I2S2 */ + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); +#else + if (__HAL_RCC_GET_I2S2_SOURCE() == RCC_I2S2CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK) + { + /* SYSCLK used as source clock for I2S2 */ + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); + } + else + { + /* Check if PLLI2S is enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLL3ON)) + { + /* PLLI2SVCO = 2 * PLLI2SCLK = 2 * (HSE/PREDIV2 * PLL3MUL) */ + prediv2 = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2) >> RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2_Pos) + 1; + pll3mul = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PLL3MUL) >> RCC_CFGR2_PLL3MUL_Pos) + 2; + frequency = (uint32_t)(2 * ((HSE_VALUE / prediv2) * pll3mul)); + } + } +#endif /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG */ + break; + } + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S3: + { +#if defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) + /* SYSCLK used as source clock for I2S3 */ + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); +#else + if (__HAL_RCC_GET_I2S3_SOURCE() == RCC_I2S3CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK) + { + /* SYSCLK used as source clock for I2S3 */ + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); + } + else + { + /* Check if PLLI2S is enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLL3ON)) + { + /* PLLI2SVCO = 2 * PLLI2SCLK = 2 * (HSE/PREDIV2 * PLL3MUL) */ + prediv2 = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2) >> RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV2_Pos) + 1; + pll3mul = ((RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PLL3MUL) >> RCC_CFGR2_PLL3MUL_Pos) + 2; + frequency = (uint32_t)(2 * ((HSE_VALUE / prediv2) * pll3mul)); + } + } +#endif /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG */ + break; + } +#endif /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC: + { + /* Get RCC BDCR configuration ------------------------------------------------------*/ + temp_reg = RCC->BDCR; + + /* Check if LSE is ready if RTC clock selection is LSE */ + if (((temp_reg & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL) == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(temp_reg, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY))) + { + frequency = LSE_VALUE; + } + /* Check if LSI is ready if RTC clock selection is LSI */ + else if (((temp_reg & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL) == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIRDY))) + { + frequency = LSI_VALUE; + } + else if (((temp_reg & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL) == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV128) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY))) + { + frequency = HSE_VALUE / 128U; + } + /* Clock not enabled for RTC*/ + else + { + frequency = 0U; + } + break; + } + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_ADC: + { + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq() / (((__HAL_RCC_GET_ADC_SOURCE() >> RCC_CFGR_ADCPRE_Pos) + 1) * 2); + break; + } + default: + { + break; + } + } + return(frequency); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) +/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 PLLI2S Management function + * @brief PLLI2S Management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Extended PLLI2S Management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the PLLI2S + activation or deactivation +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enable PLLI2S + * @param PLLI2SInit pointer to an RCC_PLLI2SInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the PLLI2S + * @note The PLLI2S configuration not modified if used by I2S2 or I2S3 Interface. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_EnablePLLI2S(RCC_PLLI2SInitTypeDef *PLLI2SInit) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Check that PLL I2S has not been already enabled by I2S2 or I2S3*/ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S2SRC) && HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S3SRC)) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2S_MUL(PLLI2SInit->PLLI2SMUL)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2(PLLI2SInit->HSEPrediv2Value)); + + /* Prediv2 can be written only when the PLL2 is disabled. */ + /* Return an error only if new value is different from the programmed value */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR,RCC_CR_PLL2ON) && \ + (__HAL_RCC_HSE_GET_PREDIV2() != PLLI2SInit->HSEPrediv2Value)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Disable the main PLLI2S. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLLI2S is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Configure the HSE prediv2 factor --------------------------------*/ + __HAL_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2_CONFIG(PLLI2SInit->HSEPrediv2Value); + + + /* Configure the main PLLI2S multiplication factors. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG(PLLI2SInit->PLLI2SMUL); + + /* Enable the main PLLI2S. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLLI2S is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + /* PLLI2S cannot be modified as already used by I2S2 or I2S3 */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disable PLLI2S + * @note PLLI2S is not disabled if used by I2S2 or I2S3 Interface. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_DisablePLLI2S(void) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Disable PLL I2S as not requested by I2S2 or I2S3*/ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S2SRC) && HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(RCC->CFGR2, RCC_CFGR2_I2S3SRC)) + { + /* Disable the main PLLI2S. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLLI2S is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + /* PLLI2S is currently used by I2S2 or I2S3. Cannot be disabled.*/ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 PLL2 Management function + * @brief PLL2 Management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Extended PLL2 Management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the PLL2 + activation or deactivation +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enable PLL2 + * @param PLL2Init pointer to an RCC_PLL2InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the PLL2 + * @note The PLL2 configuration not modified if used indirectly as system clock. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_EnablePLL2(RCC_PLL2InitTypeDef *PLL2Init) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* This bit can not be cleared if the PLL2 clock is used indirectly as system + clock (i.e. it is used as PLL clock entry that is used as system clock). */ + if((__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE) && \ + (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) && \ + ((READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR2,RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC)) == RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC_PLL2)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL2_MUL(PLL2Init->PLL2MUL)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2(PLL2Init->HSEPrediv2Value)); + + /* Prediv2 can be written only when the PLLI2S is disabled. */ + /* Return an error only if new value is different from the programmed value */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR,RCC_CR_PLL3ON) && \ + (__HAL_RCC_HSE_GET_PREDIV2() != PLL2Init->HSEPrediv2Value)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Disable the main PLL2. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL2_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLL2 is disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLL2RDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL2_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Configure the HSE prediv2 factor --------------------------------*/ + __HAL_RCC_HSE_PREDIV2_CONFIG(PLL2Init->HSEPrediv2Value); + + /* Configure the main PLL2 multiplication factors. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL2_CONFIG(PLL2Init->PLL2MUL); + + /* Enable the main PLL2. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL2_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLL2 is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLL2RDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL2_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disable PLL2 + * @note PLL2 is not disabled if used indirectly as system clock. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_DisablePLL2(void) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* This bit can not be cleared if the PLL2 clock is used indirectly as system + clock (i.e. it is used as PLL clock entry that is used as system clock). */ + if((__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE) && \ + (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) && \ + ((READ_BIT(RCC->CFGR2,RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC)) == RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC_PLL2)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Disable the main PLL2. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL2_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLL2 is disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLL2RDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL2_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ + diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_rtc.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_rtc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..f25541df6d660368c6d9ea43e26568a6b205ba2f --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_rtc.c @@ -0,0 +1,1720 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_rtc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief RTC HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Real Time Clock (RTC) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + RTC Time and Date functions + * + RTC Alarm functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ================================================================== + [..] + (+) Enable the RTC domain access (see description in the section above). + (+) Configure the RTC Prescaler (Asynchronous prescaler to generate RTC 1Hz time base) + using the HAL_RTC_Init() function. + + *** Time and Date configuration *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) To configure the RTC Calendar (Time and Date) use the HAL_RTC_SetTime() + and HAL_RTC_SetDate() functions. + (+) To read the RTC Calendar, use the HAL_RTC_GetTime() and HAL_RTC_GetDate() functions. + + *** Alarm configuration *** + =========================== + [..] + (+) To configure the RTC Alarm use the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm() function. + You can also configure the RTC Alarm with interrupt mode using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function. + (+) To read the RTC Alarm, use the HAL_RTC_GetAlarm() function. + + *** Tamper configuration *** + ============================ + [..] + (+) Enable the RTC Tamper and configure the Tamper Level using the + HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper() function. You can configure RTC Tamper with interrupt + mode using HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT() function. + (+) The TAMPER1 alternate function can be mapped to PC13 + + *** Backup Data Registers configuration *** + =========================================== + [..] + (+) To write to the RTC Backup Data registers, use the HAL_RTCEx_BKUPWrite() + function. + (+) To read the RTC Backup Data registers, use the HAL_RTCEx_BKUPRead() + function. + + ##### WARNING: Drivers Restrictions ##### + ================================================================== + [..] RTC version used on STM32F1 families is version V1. All the features supported by V2 + (other families) will be not supported on F1. + [..] As on V2, main RTC features are managed by HW. But on F1, date feature is completely + managed by SW. + [..] Then, there are some restrictions compared to other families: + (+) Only format 24 hours supported in HAL (format 12 hours not supported) + (+) Date is saved in SRAM. Then, when MCU is in STOP or STANDBY mode, date will be lost. + User should implement a way to save date before entering in low power mode (an + example is provided with firmware package based on backup registers) + (+) Date is automatically updated each time a HAL_RTC_GetTime or HAL_RTC_GetDate is called. + (+) Alarm detection is limited to 1 day. It will expire only 1 time (no alarm repetition, need + to program a new alarm) + + ##### Backup Domain Operating Condition ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] The real-time clock (RTC) and the RTC backup registers can be powered + from the VBAT voltage when the main VDD supply is powered off. + To retain the content of the RTC backup registers and supply the RTC + when VDD is turned off, VBAT pin can be connected to an optional + standby voltage supplied by a battery or by another source. + + [..] To allow the RTC operating even when the main digital supply (VDD) is turned + off, the VBAT pin powers the following blocks: + (+) The RTC + (+) The LSE oscillator + (+) PC13 I/O + + [..] When the backup domain is supplied by VDD (analog switch connected to VDD), + the following pins are available: + (+) PC13 can be used as a Tamper pin + + [..] When the backup domain is supplied by VBAT (analog switch connected to VBAT + because VDD is not present), the following pins are available: + (+) PC13 can be used as the Tamper pin + + ##### Backup Domain Reset ##### + ================================================================== + [..] The backup domain reset sets all RTC registers and the RCC_BDCR register + to their reset values. + [..] A backup domain reset is generated when one of the following events occurs: + (#) Software reset, triggered by setting the BDRST bit in the + RCC Backup domain control register (RCC_BDCR). + (#) VDD or VBAT power on, if both supplies have previously been powered off. + (#) Tamper detection event resets all data backup registers. + + ##### Backup Domain Access ##### + ================================================================== + [..] After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data + registers and backup SRAM) is protected against possible unwanted write + accesses. + [..] To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows: + (+) Call the function HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig in using RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC for + PeriphClockSelection and select RTCClockSelection (LSE, LSI or HSE) + (+) Enable the BKP clock in using __HAL_RCC_BKP_CLK_ENABLE() + + ##### RTC and low power modes ##### + ================================================================== + [..] The MCU can be woken up from a low power mode by an RTC alternate + function. + [..] The RTC alternate functions are the RTC alarms (Alarm A), + and RTC tamper event detection. + These RTC alternate functions can wake up the system from the Stop and + Standby low power modes. + [..] The system can also wake up from low power modes without depending + on an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode), by using the RTC alarm. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC RTC + * @brief RTC HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup RTC_Private_Constants RTC Private Constants + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_ALARM_RESETVALUE_REGISTER (uint16_t)0xFFFF +#define RTC_ALARM_RESETVALUE 0xFFFFFFFFU + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup RTC_Private_Macros RTC Private Macros + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup RTC_Private_Functions RTC Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static uint32_t RTC_ReadTimeCounter(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef RTC_WriteTimeCounter(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc, uint32_t TimeCounter); +static uint32_t RTC_ReadAlarmCounter(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef RTC_WriteAlarmCounter(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc, uint32_t AlarmCounter); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef RTC_EnterInitMode(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef RTC_ExitInitMode(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc); +static uint8_t RTC_ByteToBcd2(uint8_t Value); +static uint8_t RTC_Bcd2ToByte(uint8_t Value); +static uint8_t RTC_IsLeapYear(uint16_t nYear); +static void RTC_DateUpdate(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc, uint32_t DayElapsed); +static uint8_t RTC_WeekDayNum(uint32_t nYear, uint8_t nMonth, uint8_t nDay); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Functions RTC Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to initialize and configure the + RTC Prescaler (Asynchronous), disable RTC registers Write protection, + enter and exit the RTC initialization mode, + RTC registers synchronization check and reference clock detection enable. + (#) The RTC Prescaler should be programmed to generate the RTC 1Hz time base. + (#) All RTC registers are Write protected. Writing to the RTC registers + is enabled by setting the CNF bit in the RTC_CRL register. + (#) To read the calendar after wakeup from low power modes (Standby or Stop) + the software must first wait for the RSF bit (Register Synchronized Flag) + in the RTC_CRL register to be set by hardware. + The HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro() function implements the above software + sequence (RSF clear and RSF check). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the RTC peripheral + * @param hrtc pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_Init(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + uint32_t prescaler = 0U; + /* Check input parameters */ + if(hrtc == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(hrtc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT(hrtc->Init.OutPut)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(hrtc->Init.AsynchPrediv)); + + if(hrtc->State == HAL_RTC_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hrtc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Initialize RTC MSP */ + HAL_RTC_MspInit(hrtc); + } + + /* Set RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Waiting for synchro */ + if(HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(hrtc) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Set RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Set RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Clear Flags Bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(hrtc->Instance->CRL, (RTC_FLAG_OW | RTC_FLAG_ALRAF | RTC_FLAG_SEC)); + + if(hrtc->Init.OutPut != RTC_OUTPUTSOURCE_NONE) + { + /* Disable the selected Tamper pin */ + CLEAR_BIT(BKP->CR, BKP_CR_TPE); + } + + /* Set the signal which will be routed to RTC Tamper pin*/ + MODIFY_REG(BKP->RTCCR, (BKP_RTCCR_CCO | BKP_RTCCR_ASOE | BKP_RTCCR_ASOS), hrtc->Init.OutPut); + + if (hrtc->Init.AsynchPrediv != RTC_AUTO_1_SECOND) + { + /* RTC Prescaler provided directly by end-user*/ + prescaler = hrtc->Init.AsynchPrediv; + } + else + { + /* RTC Prescaler will be automatically calculated to get 1 second timebase */ + /* Get the RTCCLK frequency */ + prescaler = HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq(RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC); + + /* Check that RTC clock is enabled*/ + if (prescaler == 0U) + { + /* Should not happen. Frequency is not available*/ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* RTC period = RTCCLK/(RTC_PR + 1) */ + prescaler = prescaler - 1U; + } + } + + /* Configure the RTC_PRLH / RTC_PRLL */ + MODIFY_REG(hrtc->Instance->PRLH, RTC_PRLH_PRL, (prescaler >> 16U)); + MODIFY_REG(hrtc->Instance->PRLL, RTC_PRLL_PRL, (prescaler & RTC_PRLL_PRL)); + + /* Wait for synchro */ + if(RTC_ExitInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK) + { + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Initialize date to 1st of January 2000 */ + hrtc->DateToUpdate.Year = 0x00U; + hrtc->DateToUpdate.Month = RTC_MONTH_JANUARY; + hrtc->DateToUpdate.Date = 0x01U; + + /* Set RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; + } +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the RTC peripheral + * @param hrtc pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @note This function does not reset the RTC Backup Data registers. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_DeInit(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + /* Check input parameters */ + if(hrtc == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(hrtc->Instance)); + + /* Set RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Set RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + CLEAR_REG(hrtc->Instance->CNTL); + CLEAR_REG(hrtc->Instance->CNTH); + WRITE_REG(hrtc->Instance->PRLL, 0x00008000U); + CLEAR_REG(hrtc->Instance->PRLH); + + /* Reset All CRH/CRL bits */ + CLEAR_REG(hrtc->Instance->CRH); + CLEAR_REG(hrtc->Instance->CRL); + + if(RTC_ExitInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK) + { + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Wait for synchro*/ + HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(hrtc); + + /* Clear RSF flag */ + CLEAR_BIT(hrtc->Instance->CRL, RTC_FLAG_RSF); + + /* De-Initialize RTC MSP */ + HAL_RTC_MspDeInit(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the RTC MSP. + * @param hrtc pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_RTC_MspInit(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hrtc); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_RTC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the RTC MSP. + * @param hrtc pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_RTC_MspDeInit(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hrtc); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_RTC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Time and Date functions + * @brief RTC Time and Date functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### RTC Time and Date functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure Time and Date features + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets RTC current time. + * @param hrtc pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param sTime: Pointer to Time structure + * @param Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetTime(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TimeTypeDef *sTime, uint32_t Format) +{ + uint32_t counter_time = 0U, counter_alarm = 0U; + + /* Check input parameters */ + if((hrtc == NULL) || (sTime == NULL)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(sTime->Hours)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(sTime->Minutes)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(sTime->Seconds)); + + counter_time = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)sTime->Hours * 3600U) + \ + ((uint32_t)sTime->Minutes * 60U) + \ + ((uint32_t)sTime->Seconds)); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Hours))); + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Minutes))); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Seconds))); + + counter_time = (((uint32_t)(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Hours)) * 3600U) + \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Minutes)) * 60U) + \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Seconds)))); + } + + /* Write time counter in RTC registers */ + if (RTC_WriteTimeCounter(hrtc, counter_time) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Set RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Clear Second and overflow flags */ + CLEAR_BIT(hrtc->Instance->CRL, (RTC_FLAG_SEC | RTC_FLAG_OW)); + + /* Read current Alarm counter in RTC registers */ + counter_alarm = RTC_ReadAlarmCounter(hrtc); + + /* Set again alarm to match with new time if enabled */ + if (counter_alarm != RTC_ALARM_RESETVALUE) + { + if(counter_alarm < counter_time) + { + /* Add 1 day to alarm counter*/ + counter_alarm += (uint32_t)(24U * 3600U); + + /* Write new Alarm counter in RTC registers */ + if (RTC_WriteAlarmCounter(hrtc, counter_alarm) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Set RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Gets RTC current time. + * @param hrtc pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param sTime: Pointer to Time structure + * @param Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetTime(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TimeTypeDef *sTime, uint32_t Format) +{ + uint32_t counter_time = 0U, counter_alarm = 0U, days_elapsed = 0U, hours = 0U; + + /* Check input parameters */ + if((hrtc == NULL) || (sTime == NULL)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format)); + + /* Check if counter overflow occurred */ + if (__HAL_RTC_OVERFLOW_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_OW)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Read the time counter*/ + counter_time = RTC_ReadTimeCounter(hrtc); + + /* Fill the structure fields with the read parameters */ + hours = counter_time / 3600U; + sTime->Minutes = (uint8_t)((counter_time % 3600U) / 60U); + sTime->Seconds = (uint8_t)((counter_time % 3600U) % 60U); + + if (hours >= 24U) + { + /* Get number of days elapsed from last calculation */ + days_elapsed = (hours / 24U); + + /* Set Hours in RTC_TimeTypeDef structure*/ + sTime->Hours = (hours % 24U); + + /* Read Alarm counter in RTC registers */ + counter_alarm = RTC_ReadAlarmCounter(hrtc); + + /* Calculate remaining time to reach alarm (only if set and not yet expired)*/ + if ((counter_alarm != RTC_ALARM_RESETVALUE) && (counter_alarm > counter_time)) + { + counter_alarm -= counter_time; + } + else + { + /* In case of counter_alarm < counter_time */ + /* Alarm expiration already occurred but alarm not deactivated */ + counter_alarm = RTC_ALARM_RESETVALUE; + } + + /* Set updated time in decreasing counter by number of days elapsed */ + counter_time -= (days_elapsed * 24U * 3600U); + + /* Write time counter in RTC registers */ + if (RTC_WriteTimeCounter(hrtc, counter_time) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set updated alarm to be set */ + if (counter_alarm != RTC_ALARM_RESETVALUE) + { + counter_alarm += counter_time; + + /* Write time counter in RTC registers */ + if (RTC_WriteAlarmCounter(hrtc, counter_alarm) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + /* Alarm already occurred. Set it to reset values to avoid unexpected expiration */ + if (RTC_WriteAlarmCounter(hrtc, counter_alarm) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Update date */ + RTC_DateUpdate(hrtc, days_elapsed); + } + else + { + sTime->Hours = hours; + } + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if(Format != RTC_FORMAT_BIN) + { + /* Convert the time structure parameters to BCD format */ + sTime->Hours = (uint8_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sTime->Hours); + sTime->Minutes = (uint8_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sTime->Minutes); + sTime->Seconds = (uint8_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sTime->Seconds); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief Sets RTC current date. + * @param hrtc pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param sDate: Pointer to date structure + * @param Format: specifies the format of the entered parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetDate(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_DateTypeDef *sDate, uint32_t Format) +{ + uint32_t counter_time = 0U, counter_alarm = 0U, hours = 0U; + + /* Check input parameters */ + if((hrtc == NULL) || (sDate == NULL)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_YEAR(sDate->Year)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_MONTH(sDate->Month)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_DATE(sDate->Date)); + + /* Change the current date */ + hrtc->DateToUpdate.Year = sDate->Year; + hrtc->DateToUpdate.Month = sDate->Month; + hrtc->DateToUpdate.Date = sDate->Date; + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_YEAR(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Year))); + assert_param(IS_RTC_MONTH(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Month))); + assert_param(IS_RTC_DATE(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Date))); + + /* Change the current date */ + hrtc->DateToUpdate.Year = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Year); + hrtc->DateToUpdate.Month = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Month); + hrtc->DateToUpdate.Date = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Date); + } + + /* WeekDay set by user can be ignored because automatically calculated */ + hrtc->DateToUpdate.WeekDay = RTC_WeekDayNum(hrtc->DateToUpdate.Year, hrtc->DateToUpdate.Month, hrtc->DateToUpdate.Date); + sDate->WeekDay = hrtc->DateToUpdate.WeekDay; + + /* Reset time to be aligned on the same day */ + /* Read the time counter*/ + counter_time = RTC_ReadTimeCounter(hrtc); + + /* Fill the structure fields with the read parameters */ + hours = counter_time / 3600U; + if (hours > 24U) + { + /* Set updated time in decreasing counter by number of days elapsed */ + counter_time -= ((hours / 24U) * 24U * 3600U); + /* Write time counter in RTC registers */ + if (RTC_WriteTimeCounter(hrtc, counter_time) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Set RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Read current Alarm counter in RTC registers */ + counter_alarm = RTC_ReadAlarmCounter(hrtc); + + /* Set again alarm to match with new time if enabled */ + if (counter_alarm != RTC_ALARM_RESETVALUE) + { + if(counter_alarm < counter_time) + { + /* Add 1 day to alarm counter*/ + counter_alarm += (uint32_t)(24U * 3600U); + + /* Write new Alarm counter in RTC registers */ + if (RTC_WriteAlarmCounter(hrtc, counter_alarm) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Set RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + + + } + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY ; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets RTC current date. + * @param hrtc pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param sDate: Pointer to Date structure + * @param Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetDate(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_DateTypeDef *sDate, uint32_t Format) +{ + RTC_TimeTypeDef stime = {0U}; + + /* Check input parameters */ + if((hrtc == NULL) || (sDate == NULL)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format)); + + /* Call HAL_RTC_GetTime function to update date if counter higher than 24 hours */ + if (HAL_RTC_GetTime(hrtc, &stime, RTC_FORMAT_BIN) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Fill the structure fields with the read parameters */ + sDate->WeekDay = hrtc->DateToUpdate.WeekDay; + sDate->Year = hrtc->DateToUpdate.Year; + sDate->Month = hrtc->DateToUpdate.Month; + sDate->Date = hrtc->DateToUpdate.Date; + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if(Format != RTC_FORMAT_BIN) + { + /* Convert the date structure parameters to BCD format */ + sDate->Year = (uint8_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sDate->Year); + sDate->Month = (uint8_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sDate->Month); + sDate->Date = (uint8_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sDate->Date); + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Alarm functions + * @brief RTC Alarm functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### RTC Alarm functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure Alarm feature + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets the specified RTC Alarm. + * @param hrtc pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param sAlarm: Pointer to Alarm structure + * @param Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetAlarm(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_AlarmTypeDef *sAlarm, uint32_t Format) +{ + uint32_t counter_alarm = 0U, counter_time; + RTC_TimeTypeDef stime = {0U}; + + /* Check input parameters */ + if((hrtc == NULL) || (sAlarm == NULL)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(sAlarm->Alarm)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Call HAL_RTC_GetTime function to update date if counter higher than 24 hours */ + if (HAL_RTC_GetTime(hrtc, &stime, RTC_FORMAT_BIN) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Convert time in seconds */ + counter_time = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)stime.Hours * 3600U) + \ + ((uint32_t)stime.Minutes * 60U) + \ + ((uint32_t)stime.Seconds)); + + if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds)); + + counter_alarm = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours * 3600U) + \ + ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes * 60U) + \ + ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds)); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours))); + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes))); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds))); + + counter_alarm = (((uint32_t)(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours)) * 3600U) + \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes)) * 60U) + \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds))); + } + + /* Check that requested alarm should expire in the same day (otherwise add 1 day) */ + if (counter_alarm < counter_time) + { + /* Add 1 day to alarm counter*/ + counter_alarm += (uint32_t)(24U * 3600U); + } + + /* Write Alarm counter in RTC registers */ + if (RTC_WriteAlarmCounter(hrtc, counter_alarm) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Set RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the specified RTC Alarm with Interrupt + * @param hrtc pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param sAlarm: Pointer to Alarm structure + * @param Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format + * @note The HAL_RTC_SetTime() must be called before enabling the Alarm feature. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_AlarmTypeDef *sAlarm, uint32_t Format) +{ + uint32_t counter_alarm = 0U, counter_time; + RTC_TimeTypeDef stime = {0U}; + + /* Check input parameters */ + if((hrtc == NULL) || (sAlarm == NULL)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(sAlarm->Alarm)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Call HAL_RTC_GetTime function to update date if counter higher than 24 hours */ + if (HAL_RTC_GetTime(hrtc, &stime, RTC_FORMAT_BIN) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Convert time in seconds */ + counter_time = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)stime.Hours * 3600U) + \ + ((uint32_t)stime.Minutes * 60U) + \ + ((uint32_t)stime.Seconds)); + + if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds)); + + counter_alarm = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours * 3600U) + \ + ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes * 60U) + \ + ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds)); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours))); + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes))); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds))); + + counter_alarm = (((uint32_t)(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours)) * 3600U) + \ + ((uint32_t)(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes)) * 60U) + \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds))); + } + + /* Check that requested alarm should expire in the same day (otherwise add 1 day) */ + if (counter_alarm < counter_time) + { + /* Add 1 day to alarm counter*/ + counter_alarm += (uint32_t)(24U * 3600U); + } + + /* Write alarm counter in RTC registers */ + if (RTC_WriteAlarmCounter(hrtc, counter_alarm) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Set RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Clear flag alarm A */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF); + + /* Configure the Alarm interrupt */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_ENABLE_IT(hrtc,RTC_IT_ALRA); + + /* RTC Alarm Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(); + + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE(); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the RTC Alarm value and masks. + * @param hrtc pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param sAlarm: Pointer to Date structure + * @param Alarm: Specifies the Alarm. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_ALARM_A: Alarm + * @param Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetAlarm(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_AlarmTypeDef *sAlarm, uint32_t Alarm, uint32_t Format) +{ + uint32_t counter_alarm = 0U; + + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(Alarm); + + /* Check input parameters */ + if((hrtc == NULL) || (sAlarm == NULL)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(Alarm)); + + /* Read Alarm counter in RTC registers */ + counter_alarm = RTC_ReadAlarmCounter(hrtc); + + /* Fill the structure with the read parameters */ + /* Set hours in a day range (between 0 to 24)*/ + sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours = (uint32_t)((counter_alarm / 3600U) % 24U); + sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes = (uint32_t)((counter_alarm % 3600U) / 60U); + sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds = (uint32_t)((counter_alarm % 3600U) % 60U); + + if(Format != RTC_FORMAT_BIN) + { + sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours = RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours); + sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes = RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes); + sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds = RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Deactive the specified RTC Alarm + * @param hrtc pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param Alarm: Specifies the Alarm. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_ALARM_A: AlarmA + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_DeactivateAlarm(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Alarm) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(Alarm); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(Alarm)); + + /* Check input parameters */ + if(hrtc == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_ALRA); + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Set RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Clear flag alarm A */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF); + + /* Set to default values ALRH & ALRL registers */ + WRITE_REG(hrtc->Instance->ALRH, RTC_ALARM_RESETVALUE_REGISTER); + WRITE_REG(hrtc->Instance->ALRL, RTC_ALARM_RESETVALUE_REGISTER); + + /* RTC Alarm Interrupt Configuration: Disable EXTI configuration */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_DISABLE_IT(); + + /* Wait for synchro */ + if(RTC_ExitInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK) + { + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles Alarm interrupt request. + * @param hrtc pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RTC_AlarmIRQHandler(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) +{ + if(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_IT_SOURCE(hrtc, RTC_IT_ALRA)) + { + /* Get the status of the Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* AlarmA callback */ + HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback(hrtc); + + /* Clear the Alarm interrupt pending bit */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_ALRAF); + } + } + + /* Clear the EXTI's line Flag for RTC Alarm */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; +} + +/** + * @brief Alarm A callback. + * @param hrtc pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hrtc); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles AlarmA Polling request. + * @param hrtc pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_PollForAlarmAEvent(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Check input parameters */ + if(hrtc == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF) == RESET) + { + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Clear the Alarm interrupt pending bit */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions + * @brief Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides functions allowing to + (+) Get RTC state + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Returns the RTC state. + * @param hrtc pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_RTCStateTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetState(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) +{ + return hrtc->State; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Functions_Group5 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides functions allowing to + (+) Wait for RTC Time and Date Synchronization + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Waits until the RTC registers (RTC_CNT, RTC_ALR and RTC_PRL) + * are synchronized with RTC APB clock. + * @note This function must be called before any read operation after an APB reset + * or an APB clock stop. + * @param hrtc pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Check input parameters */ + if(hrtc == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear RSF flag */ + CLEAR_BIT(hrtc->Instance->CRL, RTC_FLAG_RSF); + + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait the registers to be synchronised */ + while((hrtc->Instance->CRL & RTC_FLAG_RSF) == (uint32_t)RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup RTC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * @brief Read the time counter available in RTC_CNT registers. + * @param hrtc pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval Time counter + */ +static uint32_t RTC_ReadTimeCounter(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) +{ + uint16_t high1 = 0U, high2 = 0U, low = 0U; + uint32_t timecounter = 0U; + + high1 = READ_REG(hrtc->Instance->CNTH & RTC_CNTH_RTC_CNT); + low = READ_REG(hrtc->Instance->CNTL & RTC_CNTL_RTC_CNT); + high2 = READ_REG(hrtc->Instance->CNTH & RTC_CNTH_RTC_CNT); + + if (high1 != high2) + { /* In this case the counter roll over during reading of CNTL and CNTH registers, + read again CNTL register then return the counter value */ + timecounter = (((uint32_t) high2 << 16U) | READ_REG(hrtc->Instance->CNTL & RTC_CNTL_RTC_CNT)); + } + else + { /* No counter roll over during reading of CNTL and CNTH registers, counter + value is equal to first value of CNTL and CNTH */ + timecounter = (((uint32_t) high1 << 16U) | low); + } + + return timecounter; +} + +/** + * @brief Write the time counter in RTC_CNT registers. + * @param hrtc pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param TimeCounter: Counter to write in RTC_CNT registers + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef RTC_WriteTimeCounter(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc, uint32_t TimeCounter) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK) + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Set RTC COUNTER MSB word */ + WRITE_REG(hrtc->Instance->CNTH, (TimeCounter >> 16U)); + /* Set RTC COUNTER LSB word */ + WRITE_REG(hrtc->Instance->CNTL, (TimeCounter & RTC_CNTL_RTC_CNT)); + + /* Wait for synchro */ + if(RTC_ExitInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK) + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Read the time counter available in RTC_ALR registers. + * @param hrtc pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval Time counter + */ +static uint32_t RTC_ReadAlarmCounter(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) +{ + uint16_t high1 = 0U, low = 0U; + + high1 = READ_REG(hrtc->Instance->ALRH & RTC_CNTH_RTC_CNT); + low = READ_REG(hrtc->Instance->ALRL & RTC_CNTL_RTC_CNT); + + return (((uint32_t) high1 << 16U) | low); +} + +/** + * @brief Write the time counter in RTC_ALR registers. + * @param hrtc pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param AlarmCounter: Counter to write in RTC_ALR registers + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef RTC_WriteAlarmCounter(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc, uint32_t AlarmCounter) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK) + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Set RTC COUNTER MSB word */ + WRITE_REG(hrtc->Instance->ALRH, (AlarmCounter >> 16U)); + /* Set RTC COUNTER LSB word */ + WRITE_REG(hrtc->Instance->ALRL, (AlarmCounter & RTC_ALRL_RTC_ALR)); + + /* Wait for synchro */ + if(RTC_ExitInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK) + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Enters the RTC Initialization mode. + * @param hrtc pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef RTC_EnterInitMode(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + /* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */ + while((hrtc->Instance->CRL & RTC_CRL_RTOFF) == (uint32_t)RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Exit the RTC Initialization mode. + * @param hrtc pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef RTC_ExitInitMode(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + /* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */ + while((hrtc->Instance->CRL & RTC_CRL_RTOFF) == (uint32_t)RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Converts a 2 digit decimal to BCD format. + * @param Value: Byte to be converted + * @retval Converted byte + */ +static uint8_t RTC_ByteToBcd2(uint8_t Value) +{ + uint32_t bcdhigh = 0U; + + while(Value >= 10U) + { + bcdhigh++; + Value -= 10U; + } + + return ((uint8_t)(bcdhigh << 4U) | Value); +} + +/** + * @brief Converts from 2 digit BCD to Binary. + * @param Value: BCD value to be converted + * @retval Converted word + */ +static uint8_t RTC_Bcd2ToByte(uint8_t Value) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0U; + tmp = ((uint8_t)(Value & (uint8_t)0xF0) >> (uint8_t)0x4) * 10U; + return (tmp + (Value & (uint8_t)0x0F)); +} + +/** + * @brief Updates date when time is 23:59:59. + * @param hrtc pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param DayElapsed: Number of days elapsed from last date update + * @retval None + */ +static void RTC_DateUpdate(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc, uint32_t DayElapsed) +{ + uint32_t year = 0U, month = 0U, day = 0U; + uint32_t loop = 0U; + + /* Get the current year*/ + year = hrtc->DateToUpdate.Year; + + /* Get the current month and day */ + month = hrtc->DateToUpdate.Month; + day = hrtc->DateToUpdate.Date; + + for (loop = 0U; loop < DayElapsed; loop++) + { + if((month == 1U) || (month == 3U) || (month == 5U) || (month == 7U) || \ + (month == 8U) || (month == 10U) || (month == 12U)) + { + if(day < 31U) + { + day++; + } + /* Date structure member: day = 31 */ + else + { + if(month != 12U) + { + month++; + day = 1U; + } + /* Date structure member: day = 31 & month =12 */ + else + { + month = 1U; + day = 1U; + year++; + } + } + } + else if((month == 4U) || (month == 6U) || (month == 9U) || (month == 11U)) + { + if(day < 30U) + { + day++; + } + /* Date structure member: day = 30 */ + else + { + month++; + day = 1U; + } + } + else if(month == 2U) + { + if(day < 28U) + { + day++; + } + else if(day == 28U) + { + /* Leap year */ + if(RTC_IsLeapYear(year)) + { + day++; + } + else + { + month++; + day = 1U; + } + } + else if(day == 29U) + { + month++; + day = 1U; + } + } + } + + /* Update year */ + hrtc->DateToUpdate.Year = year; + + /* Update day and month */ + hrtc->DateToUpdate.Month = month; + hrtc->DateToUpdate.Date = day; + + /* Update day of the week */ + hrtc->DateToUpdate.WeekDay = RTC_WeekDayNum(year, month, day); +} + +/** + * @brief Check whether the passed year is Leap or not. + * @param nYear year to check + * @retval 1: leap year + * 0: not leap year + */ +static uint8_t RTC_IsLeapYear(uint16_t nYear) +{ + if((nYear % 4U) != 0U) + { + return 0U; + } + + if((nYear % 100U) != 0U) + { + return 1U; + } + + if((nYear % 400U) == 0U) + { + return 1U; + } + else + { + return 0U; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Determines the week number, the day number and the week day number. + * @param nYear year to check + * @param nMonth Month to check + * @param nDay Day to check + * @note Day is calculated with hypothesis that year > 2000 + * @retval Value which can take one of the following parameters: + * @arg RTC_WEEKDAY_MONDAY + * @arg RTC_WEEKDAY_TUESDAY + * @arg RTC_WEEKDAY_WEDNESDAY + * @arg RTC_WEEKDAY_THURSDAY + * @arg RTC_WEEKDAY_FRIDAY + * @arg RTC_WEEKDAY_SATURDAY + * @arg RTC_WEEKDAY_SUNDAY + */ +static uint8_t RTC_WeekDayNum(uint32_t nYear, uint8_t nMonth, uint8_t nDay) +{ + uint32_t year = 0U, weekday = 0U; + + year = 2000U + nYear; + + if(nMonth < 3U) + { + /*D = { [(23 x month)/9] + day + 4 + year + [(year-1)/4] - [(year-1)/100] + [(year-1)/400] } mod 7*/ + weekday = (((23U * nMonth)/9U) + nDay + 4U + year + ((year-1U)/4U) - ((year-1U)/100U) + ((year-1U)/400U)) % 7U; + } + else + { + /*D = { [(23 x month)/9] + day + 4 + year + [year/4] - [year/100] + [year/400] - 2 } mod 7*/ + weekday = (((23U * nMonth)/9U) + nDay + 4U + year + (year/4U) - (year/100U) + (year/400U) - 2U ) % 7U; + } + + return (uint8_t)weekday; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_rtc_ex.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_rtc_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..59600883b43286efad245a33692c0cc5cbe92fd7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_rtc_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,593 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_rtc_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief Extended RTC HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Real Time Clock (RTC) Extension peripheral: + * + RTC Tamper functions + * + Extension Control functions + * + Extension RTC features functions + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED + +/** @defgroup RTCEx RTCEx + * @brief RTC Extended HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup RTCEx_Private_Macros RTCEx Private Macros + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RTCEx_Exported_Functions RTCEx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RTCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 RTC Tamper functions + * @brief RTC Tamper functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### RTC Tamper functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure Tamper feature + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets Tamper + * @note By calling this API we disable the tamper interrupt for all tampers. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param sTamper: Pointer to Tamper Structure. + * @note Tamper can be enabled only if ASOE and CCO bit are reset + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TamperTypeDef* sTamper) +{ + /* Check input parameters */ + if((hrtc == NULL) || (sTamper == NULL)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(sTamper->Tamper)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER(sTamper->Trigger)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(BKP->RTCCR,(BKP_RTCCR_CCO | BKP_RTCCR_ASOE))) + { + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + MODIFY_REG(BKP->CR, (BKP_CR_TPE | BKP_CR_TPAL), (sTamper->Tamper | (sTamper->Trigger))); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets Tamper with interrupt. + * @note By calling this API we force the tamper interrupt for all tampers. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param sTamper: Pointer to RTC Tamper. + * @note Tamper can be enabled only if ASOE and CCO bit are reset + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TamperTypeDef* sTamper) +{ + /* Check input parameters */ + if((hrtc == NULL) || (sTamper == NULL)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(sTamper->Tamper)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER(sTamper->Trigger)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(BKP->RTCCR,(BKP_RTCCR_CCO | BKP_RTCCR_ASOE))) + { + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + MODIFY_REG(BKP->CR, (BKP_CR_TPE | BKP_CR_TPAL), (sTamper->Tamper | (sTamper->Trigger))); + + /* Configure the Tamper Interrupt in the BKP->CSR */ + __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_ENABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_TAMP1); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Deactivates Tamper. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param Tamper: Selected tamper pin. + * This parameter can be a value of @ref RTCEx_Tamper_Pins_Definitions + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTamper(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Tamper) +{ + /* Check input parameters */ + if(hrtc == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(Tamper); + + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(Tamper)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the selected Tamper pin */ + CLEAR_BIT(BKP->CR, BKP_CR_TPE); + + /* Disable the Tamper Interrupt in the BKP->CSR */ + /* Configure the Tamper Interrupt in the BKP->CSR */ + __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_DISABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_TAMP1); + + /* Clear the Tamper interrupt pending bit */ + __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F); + SET_BIT(BKP->CSR, BKP_CSR_CTE); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles Tamper interrupt request. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RTCEx_TamperIRQHandler(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + /* Get the status of the Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_IT_SOURCE(hrtc, RTC_IT_TAMP1)) + { + /* Get the TAMPER Interrupt enable bit and pending bit */ + if(__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Tamper callback */ + HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback(hrtc); + + /* Clear the Tamper interrupt pending bit */ + __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F); + } + } + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; +} + +/** + * @brief Tamper 1 callback. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hrtc); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles Tamper1 Polling. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper1Event(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Check input parameters */ + if(hrtc == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Get the status of the Interrupt */ + while(__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F)== RESET) + { + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Clear the Tamper Flag */ + __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTCEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 RTC Second functions + * @brief RTC Second functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### RTC Second functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides functions implementing second interupt handlers + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets Interrupt for second + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetSecond_IT(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + /* Check input parameters */ + if(hrtc == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Enable Second interuption */ + __HAL_RTC_SECOND_ENABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_SEC); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Deactivates Second. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateSecond(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + /* Check input parameters */ + if(hrtc == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Deactivate Second interuption*/ + __HAL_RTC_SECOND_DISABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_SEC); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles second interrupt request. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RTCEx_RTCIRQHandler(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) +{ + if(__HAL_RTC_SECOND_GET_IT_SOURCE(hrtc, RTC_IT_SEC)) + { + /* Get the status of the Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_RTC_SECOND_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_SEC)) + { + /* Check if Overrun occurred */ + if (__HAL_RTC_SECOND_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_OW)) + { + /* Second error callback */ + HAL_RTCEx_RTCEventErrorCallback(hrtc); + + /* Clear flag Second */ + __HAL_RTC_OVERFLOW_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_OW); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Second callback */ + HAL_RTCEx_RTCEventCallback(hrtc); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + } + + /* Clear flag Second */ + __HAL_RTC_SECOND_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_SEC); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Second event callback. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_RTCEx_RTCEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hrtc); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_RTCEx_RTCEventCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Second event error callback. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_RTCEx_RTCEventErrorCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hrtc); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_RTCEx_RTCEventErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTCEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Extended Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Extension Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides functions allowing to + (+) Writes a data in a specified RTC Backup data register + (+) Read a data in a specified RTC Backup data register + (+) Sets the Smooth calibration parameters. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Writes a data in a specified RTC Backup data register. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param BackupRegister: RTC Backup data Register number. + * This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 1 to 10 (or 42) to + * specify the register (depending devices). + * @param Data: Data to be written in the specified RTC Backup data register. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RTCEx_BKUPWrite(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t BackupRegister, uint32_t Data) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0U; + + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hrtc); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(BackupRegister)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)BKP_BASE; + tmp += (BackupRegister * 4U); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = (Data & BKP_DR1_D); +} + +/** + * @brief Reads data from the specified RTC Backup data Register. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param BackupRegister: RTC Backup data Register number. + * This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 1 to 10 (or 42) to + * specify the register (depending devices). + * @retval Read value + */ +uint32_t HAL_RTCEx_BKUPRead(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t BackupRegister) +{ + uint32_t backupregister = 0U; + uint32_t pvalue = 0U; + + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hrtc); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(BackupRegister)); + + backupregister = (uint32_t)BKP_BASE; + backupregister += (BackupRegister * 4U); + + pvalue = (*(__IO uint32_t *)(backupregister)) & BKP_DR1_D; + + /* Read the specified register */ + return pvalue; +} + + +/** + * @brief Sets the Smooth calibration parameters. + * @param hrtc: RTC handle + * @param SmoothCalibPeriod: Not used (only present for compatibility with another families) + * @param SmoothCalibPlusPulses: Not used (only present for compatibility with another families) + * @param SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue: specifies the RTC Clock Calibration value. + * This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0x7F. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetSmoothCalib(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc, uint32_t SmoothCalibPeriod, uint32_t SmoothCalibPlusPulses, uint32_t SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue) +{ + /* Check input parameters */ + if(hrtc == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(SmoothCalibPeriod); + UNUSED(SmoothCalibPlusPulses); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_MINUS(SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Sets RTC Clock Calibration value.*/ + MODIFY_REG(BKP->RTCCR, BKP_RTCCR_CAL, SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ + diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_sd.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_sd.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..40d91834281648ee64b319697d9ccd1f8e6e6e8d --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_sd.c @@ -0,0 +1,2924 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_sd.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief SD card HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Secure Digital (SD) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + SD card Control functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This driver implements a high level communication layer for read and write from/to + this memory. The needed STM32 hardware resources (SDIO and GPIO) are performed by + the user in HAL_SD_MspInit() function (MSP layer). + Basically, the MSP layer configuration should be the same as we provide in the + examples. + You can easily tailor this configuration according to hardware resources. + + [..] + This driver is a generic layered driver for SDIO memories which uses the HAL + SDIO driver functions to interface with SD and uSD cards devices. + It is used as follows: + + (#)Initialize the SDIO low level resources by implement the HAL_SD_MspInit() API: + (##) Enable the SDIO interface clock using __HAL_RCC_SDIO_CLK_ENABLE(); + (##) SDIO pins configuration for SD card + (+++) Enable the clock for the SDIO GPIOs using the functions __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(); + (+++) Configure these SDIO pins as alternate function pull-up using HAL_GPIO_Init() + and according to your pin assignment; + (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_SD_ReadBlocks_DMA() + and HAL_SD_WriteBlocks_DMA() APIs). + (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using __HAL_RCC_DMAx_CLK_ENABLE(); + (+++) Configure the DMA using the function HAL_DMA_Init() with predeclared and filled. + (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process when using DMA transfer. + (+++) Configure the SDIO and DMA interrupt priorities using functions + HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(); DMA priority is superior to SDIO's priority + (+++) Enable the NVIC DMA and SDIO IRQs using function HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() + (+++) SDIO interrupts are managed using the macros __HAL_SD_ENABLE_IT() + and __HAL_SD_DISABLE_IT() inside the communication process. + (+++) SDIO interrupts pending bits are managed using the macros __HAL_SD_GET_IT() + and __HAL_SD_CLEAR_IT() + (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_SD_ReadBlocks_IT() + and HAL_SD_WriteBlocks_IT() APIs). + (+++) Configure the SDIO interrupt priorities using function + HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(); + (+++) Enable the NVIC SDIO IRQs using function HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() + (+++) SDIO interrupts are managed using the macros __HAL_SD_ENABLE_IT() + and __HAL_SD_DISABLE_IT() inside the communication process. + (+++) SDIO interrupts pending bits are managed using the macros __HAL_SD_GET_IT() + and __HAL_SD_CLEAR_IT() + (#) At this stage, you can perform SD read/write/erase operations after SD card initialization + + + *** SD Card Initialization and configuration *** + ================================================ + [..] + To initialize the SD Card, use the HAL_SD_Init() function. It Initializes + SDIO IP(STM32 side) and the SD Card, and put it into StandBy State (Ready for data transfer). + This function provide the following operations: + + (#) Initialize the SDIO peripheral interface with defaullt configuration. + The initialization process is done at 400KHz. You can change or adapt + this frequency by adjusting the "ClockDiv" field. + The SD Card frequency (SDIO_CK) is computed as follows: + + SDIO_CK = SDIOCLK / (ClockDiv + 2) + + In initialization mode and according to the SD Card standard, + make sure that the SDIO_CK frequency doesn't exceed 400KHz. + + This phase of initialization is done through SDIO_Init() and + SDIO_PowerState_ON() SDIO low level APIs. + + (#) Initialize the SD card. The API used is HAL_SD_InitCard(). + This phase allows the card initialization and identification + and check the SD Card type (Standard Capacity or High Capacity) + The initialization flow is compatible with SD standard. + + This API (HAL_SD_InitCard()) could be used also to reinitialize the card in case + of plug-off plug-in. + + (#) Configure the SD Card Data transfer frequency. By Default, the card transfer + frequency is set to 24MHz. You can change or adapt this frequency by adjusting + the "ClockDiv" field. + In transfer mode and according to the SD Card standard, make sure that the + SDIO_CK frequency doesn't exceed 25MHz and 50MHz in High-speed mode switch. + To be able to use a frequency higher than 24MHz, you should use the SDIO + peripheral in bypass mode. Refer to the corresponding reference manual + for more details. + + (#) Select the corresponding SD Card according to the address read with the step 2. + + (#) Configure the SD Card in wide bus mode: 4-bits data. + + *** SD Card Read operation *** + ============================== + [..] + (+) You can read from SD card in polling mode by using function HAL_SD_ReadBlocks(). + This function allows the read of 512 bytes blocks. + You can choose either one block read operation or multiple block read operation + by adjusting the "NumberOfBlocks" parameter. + After this, you have to ensure that the transfer is done correctly. The check is done + through HAL_SD_GetCardState() function for SD card state. + + (+) You can read from SD card in DMA mode by using function HAL_SD_ReadBlocks_DMA(). + This function allows the read of 512 bytes blocks. + You can choose either one block read operation or multiple block read operation + by adjusting the "NumberOfBlocks" parameter. + After this, you have to ensure that the transfer is done correctly. The check is done + through HAL_SD_GetCardState() function for SD card state. + You could also check the DMA transfer process through the SD Rx interrupt event. + + (+) You can read from SD card in Interrupt mode by using function HAL_SD_ReadBlocks_IT(). + This function allows the read of 512 bytes blocks. + You can choose either one block read operation or multiple block read operation + by adjusting the "NumberOfBlocks" parameter. + After this, you have to ensure that the transfer is done correctly. The check is done + through HAL_SD_GetCardState() function for SD card state. + You could also check the IT transfer process through the SD Rx interrupt event. + + *** SD Card Write operation *** + =============================== + [..] + (+) You can write to SD card in polling mode by using function HAL_SD_WriteBlocks(). + This function allows the read of 512 bytes blocks. + You can choose either one block read operation or multiple block read operation + by adjusting the "NumberOfBlocks" parameter. + After this, you have to ensure that the transfer is done correctly. The check is done + through HAL_SD_GetCardState() function for SD card state. + + (+) You can write to SD card in DMA mode by using function HAL_SD_WriteBlocks_DMA(). + This function allows the read of 512 bytes blocks. + You can choose either one block read operation or multiple block read operation + by adjusting the "NumberOfBlocks" parameter. + After this, you have to ensure that the transfer is done correctly. The check is done + through HAL_SD_GetCardState() function for SD card state. + You could also check the DMA transfer process through the SD Tx interrupt event. + + (+) You can write to SD card in Interrupt mode by using function HAL_SD_WriteBlocks_IT(). + This function allows the read of 512 bytes blocks. + You can choose either one block read operation or multiple block read operation + by adjusting the "NumberOfBlocks" parameter. + After this, you have to ensure that the transfer is done correctly. The check is done + through HAL_SD_GetCardState() function for SD card state. + You could also check the IT transfer process through the SD Tx interrupt event. + + *** SD card status *** + ====================== + [..] + (+) The SD Status contains status bits that are related to the SD Memory + Card proprietary features. To get SD card status use the HAL_SD_GetCardStatus(). + + *** SD card information *** + =========================== + [..] + (+) To get SD card information, you can use the function HAL_SD_GetCardInfo(). + It returns useful information about the SD card such as block size, card type, + block number ... + + *** SD card CSD register *** + ============================ + [..] + (+) The HAL_SD_GetCardCSD() API allows to get the parameters of the CSD register. + Some of the CSD parameters are useful for card initialization and identification. + + *** SD card CID register *** + ============================ + [..] + (+) The HAL_SD_GetCardCID() API allows to get the parameters of the CID register. + Some of the CSD parameters are useful for card initialization and identification. + + *** SD HAL driver macros list *** + ================================== + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in SD HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_SD_ENABLE : Enable the SD device + (+) __HAL_SD_DISABLE : Disable the SD device + (+) __HAL_SD_DMA_ENABLE: Enable the SDIO DMA transfer + (+) __HAL_SD_DMA_DISABLE: Disable the SDIO DMA transfer + (+) __HAL_SD_ENABLE_IT: Enable the SD device interrupt + (+) __HAL_SD_DISABLE_IT: Disable the SD device interrupt + (+) __HAL_SD_GET_FLAG:Check whether the specified SD flag is set or not + (+) __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the SD's pending flags + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the SD HAL driver header file for more useful macros + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +#if defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup SD + * @{ + */ +#ifdef HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup SD_Private_Defines + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup SD_Private_Functions SD Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static uint32_t SD_InitCard(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd); +static uint32_t SD_PowerON(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd); +static uint32_t SD_SendSDStatus(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pSDstatus); +static uint32_t SD_SendStatus(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pCardStatus); +static uint32_t SD_WideBus_Enable(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd); +static uint32_t SD_WideBus_Disable(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd); +static uint32_t SD_FindSCR(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pSCR); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SD_PowerOFF(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SD_Write_IT(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SD_Read_IT(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd); +static void SD_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SD_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SD_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SD_DMATxAbort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SD_DMARxAbort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup SD_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup SD_Exported_Functions_Group1 + * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize the SD + card device to be ready for use. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the SD according to the specified parameters in the + SD_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param hsd: Pointer to the SD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_Init(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + /* Check the SD handle allocation */ + if(hsd == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDIO_ALL_INSTANCE(hsd->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_EDGE(hsd->Init.ClockEdge)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_BYPASS(hsd->Init.ClockBypass)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_POWER_SAVE(hsd->Init.ClockPowerSave)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_BUS_WIDE(hsd->Init.BusWide)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(hsd->Init.HardwareFlowControl)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLKDIV(hsd->Init.ClockDiv)); + + if(hsd->State == HAL_SD_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hsd->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc */ + HAL_SD_MspInit(hsd); + } + + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Initialize the Card parameters */ + HAL_SD_InitCard(hsd); + + /* Initialize the error code */ + hsd->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Initialize the SD operation */ + hsd->Context = SD_CONTEXT_NONE; + + /* Initialize the SD state */ + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the SD Card. + * @param hsd: Pointer to SD handle + * @note This function initializes the SD card. It could be used when a card + re-initialization is needed. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_InitCard(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + uint32_t errorstate = HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE; + SD_InitTypeDef Init; + + /* Default SDIO peripheral configuration for SD card initialization */ + Init.ClockEdge = SDIO_CLOCK_EDGE_RISING; + Init.ClockBypass = SDIO_CLOCK_BYPASS_DISABLE; + Init.ClockPowerSave = SDIO_CLOCK_POWER_SAVE_DISABLE; + Init.BusWide = SDIO_BUS_WIDE_1B; + Init.HardwareFlowControl = SDIO_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL_DISABLE; + Init.ClockDiv = SDIO_INIT_CLK_DIV; + + /* Initialize SDIO peripheral interface with default configuration */ + SDIO_Init(hsd->Instance, Init); + + /* Disable SDIO Clock */ + __HAL_SD_DISABLE(hsd); + + /* Set Power State to ON */ + SDIO_PowerState_ON(hsd->Instance); + + /* Enable SDIO Clock */ + __HAL_SD_ENABLE(hsd); + + /* Required power up waiting time before starting the SD initialization + sequence */ + HAL_Delay(2U); + + /* Identify card operating voltage */ + errorstate = SD_PowerON(hsd); + if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + hsd->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Card initialization */ + errorstate = SD_InitCard(hsd); + if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + hsd->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief De-Initializes the SD card. + * @param hsd: Pointer to SD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_DeInit(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + /* Check the SD handle allocation */ + if(hsd == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDIO_ALL_INSTANCE(hsd->Instance)); + + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Set SD power state to off */ + SD_PowerOFF(hsd); + + /* De-Initialize the MSP layer */ + HAL_SD_MspDeInit(hsd); + + hsd->ErrorCode = HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE; + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_RESET; + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief Initializes the SD MSP. + * @param hsd: Pointer to SD handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SD_MspInit(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hsd); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SD_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief De-Initialize SD MSP. + * @param hsd: Pointer to SD handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SD_MspDeInit(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hsd); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SD_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup SD_Exported_Functions_Group2 + * @brief Data transfer functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the data + transfer from/to SD card. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Reads block(s) from a specified address in a card. The Data transfer + * is managed by polling mode. + * @note This API should be followed by a check on the card state through + * HAL_SD_GetCardState(). + * @param hsd: Pointer to SD handle + * @param pData: pointer to the buffer that will contain the received data + * @param BlockAdd: Block Address from where data is to be read + * @param NumberOfBlocks: Number of SD blocks to read + * @param Timeout: Specify timeout value + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_ReadBlocks(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t BlockAdd, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + SDIO_DataInitTypeDef config; + uint32_t errorstate = HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE; + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + uint32_t count = 0U, *tempbuff = (uint32_t *)pData; + + if(NULL == pData) + { + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(hsd->State == HAL_SD_STATE_READY) + { + hsd->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + if((BlockAdd + NumberOfBlocks) > (hsd->SdCard.LogBlockNbr)) + { + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Initialize data control register */ + hsd->Instance->DCTRL = 0U; + + if(hsd->SdCard.CardType != CARD_SDHC_SDXC) + { + BlockAdd *= 512U; + } + + /* Set Block Size for Card */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdBlockLength(hsd->Instance, BLOCKSIZE); + if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hsd->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */ + config.DataTimeOut = SDMMC_DATATIMEOUT; + config.DataLength = NumberOfBlocks * BLOCKSIZE; + config.DataBlockSize = SDIO_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B; + config.TransferDir = SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_SDIO; + config.TransferMode = SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK; + config.DPSM = SDIO_DPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_ConfigData(hsd->Instance, &config); + + /* Read block(s) in polling mode */ + if(NumberOfBlocks > 1U) + { + hsd->Context = SD_CONTEXT_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK; + + /* Read Multi Block command */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdReadMultiBlock(hsd->Instance, BlockAdd); + } + else + { + hsd->Context = SD_CONTEXT_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK; + + /* Read Single Block command */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdReadSingleBlock(hsd->Instance, BlockAdd); + } + if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hsd->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Poll on SDIO flags */ + while(!__HAL_SD_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND | SDIO_STA_STBITERR)) + { + if(__HAL_SD_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF)) + { + /* Read data from SDIO Rx FIFO */ + for(count = 0U; count < 8U; count++) + { + *(tempbuff + count) = SDIO_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance); + } + tempbuff += 8U; + } + + if((Timeout == 0U)||((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) >= Timeout)) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + hsd->State= HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Send stop transmission command in case of multiblock read */ + if(__HAL_SD_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND) && (NumberOfBlocks > 1U)) + { + if(hsd->SdCard.CardType != CARD_SECURED) + { + /* Send stop transmission command */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdStopTransfer(hsd->Instance); + if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hsd->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + + /* Get error state */ + if(__HAL_SD_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT)) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_DATA_TIMEOUT; + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else if(__HAL_SD_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL)) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_DATA_CRC_FAIL; + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else if(__HAL_SD_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR)) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_RX_OVERRUN; + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Empty FIFO if there is still any data */ + while ((__HAL_SD_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXDAVL))) + { + *tempbuff = SDIO_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance); + tempbuff++; + + if((Timeout == 0U)||((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) >= Timeout)) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + hsd->State= HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_BUSY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Allows to write block(s) to a specified address in a card. The Data + * transfer is managed by polling mode. + * @note This API should be followed by a check on the card state through + * HAL_SD_GetCardState(). + * @param hsd: Pointer to SD handle + * @param pData: pointer to the buffer that will contain the data to transmit + * @param BlockAdd: Block Address where data will be written + * @param NumberOfBlocks: Number of SD blocks to write + * @param Timeout: Specify timeout value + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_WriteBlocks(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t BlockAdd, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + SDIO_DataInitTypeDef config; + uint32_t errorstate = HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE; + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + uint32_t count = 0U; + uint32_t *tempbuff = (uint32_t *)pData; + + if(NULL == pData) + { + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(hsd->State == HAL_SD_STATE_READY) + { + hsd->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + if((BlockAdd + NumberOfBlocks) > (hsd->SdCard.LogBlockNbr)) + { + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Initialize data control register */ + hsd->Instance->DCTRL = 0U; + + if(hsd->SdCard.CardType != CARD_SDHC_SDXC) + { + BlockAdd *= 512U; + } + + /* Set Block Size for Card */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdBlockLength(hsd->Instance, BLOCKSIZE); + if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hsd->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Write Blocks in Polling mode */ + if(NumberOfBlocks > 1U) + { + hsd->Context = SD_CONTEXT_WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK; + + /* Write Multi Block command */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdWriteMultiBlock(hsd->Instance, BlockAdd); + } + else + { + hsd->Context = SD_CONTEXT_WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK; + + /* Write Single Block command */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdWriteSingleBlock(hsd->Instance, BlockAdd); + } + if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hsd->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */ + config.DataTimeOut = SDMMC_DATATIMEOUT; + config.DataLength = NumberOfBlocks * BLOCKSIZE; + config.DataBlockSize = SDIO_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B; + config.TransferDir = SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_CARD; + config.TransferMode = SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK; + config.DPSM = SDIO_DPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_ConfigData(hsd->Instance, &config); + + /* Write block(s) in polling mode */ + while(!__HAL_SD_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND | SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR)) + { + if(__HAL_SD_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOHE)) + { + /* Write data to SDIO Tx FIFO */ + for(count = 0U; count < 8U; count++) + { + SDIO_WriteFIFO(hsd->Instance, (tempbuff + count)); + } + tempbuff += 8U; + } + + if((Timeout == 0U)||((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) >= Timeout)) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hsd->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Send stop transmission command in case of multiblock write */ + if(__HAL_SD_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND) && (NumberOfBlocks > 1U)) + { + if(hsd->SdCard.CardType != CARD_SECURED) + { + /* Send stop transmission command */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdStopTransfer(hsd->Instance); + if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hsd->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + + /* Get error state */ + if(__HAL_SD_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT)) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_DATA_TIMEOUT; + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else if(__HAL_SD_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL)) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_DATA_CRC_FAIL; + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else if(__HAL_SD_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR)) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_TX_UNDERRUN; + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_BUSY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Reads block(s) from a specified address in a card. The Data transfer + * is managed in interrupt mode. + * @note This API should be followed by a check on the card state through + * HAL_SD_GetCardState(). + * @note You could also check the IT transfer process through the SD Rx + * interrupt event. + * @param hsd: Pointer to SD handle + * @param pData: Pointer to the buffer that will contain the received data + * @param BlockAdd: Block Address from where data is to be read + * @param NumberOfBlocks: Number of blocks to read. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_ReadBlocks_IT(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t BlockAdd, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks) +{ + SDIO_DataInitTypeDef config; + uint32_t errorstate = HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE; + + if(NULL == pData) + { + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(hsd->State == HAL_SD_STATE_READY) + { + hsd->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + if((BlockAdd + NumberOfBlocks) > (hsd->SdCard.LogBlockNbr)) + { + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Initialize data control register */ + hsd->Instance->DCTRL = 0U; + + hsd->pRxBuffPtr = (uint32_t *)pData; + hsd->RxXferSize = BLOCKSIZE * NumberOfBlocks; + + __HAL_SD_ENABLE_IT(hsd, (SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_IT_RXOVERR | SDIO_IT_DATAEND | SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF | SDIO_IT_STBITERR)); + + if(hsd->SdCard.CardType != CARD_SDHC_SDXC) + { + BlockAdd *= 512U; + } + + /* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */ + config.DataTimeOut = SDMMC_DATATIMEOUT; + config.DataLength = BLOCKSIZE * NumberOfBlocks; + config.DataBlockSize = SDIO_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B; + config.TransferDir = SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_SDIO; + config.TransferMode = SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK; + config.DPSM = SDIO_DPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_ConfigData(hsd->Instance, &config); + + /* Set Block Size for Card */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdBlockLength(hsd->Instance, BLOCKSIZE); + if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hsd->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Read Blocks in IT mode */ + if(NumberOfBlocks > 1U) + { + hsd->Context = (SD_CONTEXT_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK | SD_CONTEXT_IT); + + /* Read Multi Block command */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdReadMultiBlock(hsd->Instance, BlockAdd); + } + else + { + hsd->Context = (SD_CONTEXT_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK | SD_CONTEXT_IT); + + /* Read Single Block command */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdReadSingleBlock(hsd->Instance, BlockAdd); + } + if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hsd->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Writes block(s) to a specified address in a card. The Data transfer + * is managed in interrupt mode. + * @note This API should be followed by a check on the card state through + * HAL_SD_GetCardState(). + * @note You could also check the IT transfer process through the SD Tx + * interrupt event. + * @param hsd: Pointer to SD handle + * @param pData: Pointer to the buffer that will contain the data to transmit + * @param BlockAdd: Block Address where data will be written + * @param NumberOfBlocks: Number of blocks to write + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_WriteBlocks_IT(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t BlockAdd, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks) +{ + SDIO_DataInitTypeDef config; + uint32_t errorstate = HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE; + + if(NULL == pData) + { + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(hsd->State == HAL_SD_STATE_READY) + { + hsd->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + if((BlockAdd + NumberOfBlocks) > (hsd->SdCard.LogBlockNbr)) + { + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Initialize data control register */ + hsd->Instance->DCTRL = 0U; + + hsd->pTxBuffPtr = (uint32_t *)pData; + hsd->TxXferSize = BLOCKSIZE * NumberOfBlocks; + + /* Enable transfer interrupts */ + __HAL_SD_ENABLE_IT(hsd, (SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR | SDIO_IT_DATAEND | SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOHE | SDIO_IT_STBITERR)); + + if(hsd->SdCard.CardType != CARD_SDHC_SDXC) + { + BlockAdd *= 512U; + } + + /* Set Block Size for Card */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdBlockLength(hsd->Instance, BLOCKSIZE); + if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hsd->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Write Blocks in Polling mode */ + if(NumberOfBlocks > 1U) + { + hsd->Context = (SD_CONTEXT_WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK| SD_CONTEXT_IT); + + /* Write Multi Block command */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdWriteMultiBlock(hsd->Instance, BlockAdd); + } + else + { + hsd->Context = (SD_CONTEXT_WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK | SD_CONTEXT_IT); + + /* Write Single Block command */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdWriteSingleBlock(hsd->Instance, BlockAdd); + } + if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hsd->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */ + config.DataTimeOut = SDMMC_DATATIMEOUT; + config.DataLength = BLOCKSIZE * NumberOfBlocks; + config.DataBlockSize = SDIO_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B; + config.TransferDir = SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_CARD; + config.TransferMode = SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK; + config.DPSM = SDIO_DPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_ConfigData(hsd->Instance, &config); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Reads block(s) from a specified address in a card. The Data transfer + * is managed by DMA mode. + * @note This API should be followed by a check on the card state through + * HAL_SD_GetCardState(). + * @note You could also check the DMA transfer process through the SD Rx + * interrupt event. + * @param hsd: Pointer SD handle + * @param pData: Pointer to the buffer that will contain the received data + * @param BlockAdd: Block Address from where data is to be read + * @param NumberOfBlocks: Number of blocks to read. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_ReadBlocks_DMA(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t BlockAdd, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks) +{ + SDIO_DataInitTypeDef config; + uint32_t errorstate = HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE; + + if(NULL == pData) + { + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(hsd->State == HAL_SD_STATE_READY) + { + hsd->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + if((BlockAdd + NumberOfBlocks) > (hsd->SdCard.LogBlockNbr)) + { + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Initialize data control register */ + hsd->Instance->DCTRL = 0U; + + __HAL_SD_ENABLE_IT(hsd, (SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_IT_RXOVERR | SDIO_IT_DATAEND | SDIO_IT_STBITERR)); + + /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback */ + hsd->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SD_DMAReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hsd->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = SD_DMAError; + + /* Set the DMA Abort callback */ + hsd->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA Channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsd->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hsd->Instance->FIFO, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)(BLOCKSIZE * NumberOfBlocks)/4); + + /* Enable SD DMA transfer */ + __HAL_SD_DMA_ENABLE(hsd); + + if(hsd->SdCard.CardType != CARD_SDHC_SDXC) + { + BlockAdd *= 512U; + } + + /* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */ + config.DataTimeOut = SDMMC_DATATIMEOUT; + config.DataLength = BLOCKSIZE * NumberOfBlocks; + config.DataBlockSize = SDIO_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B; + config.TransferDir = SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_SDIO; + config.TransferMode = SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK; + config.DPSM = SDIO_DPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_ConfigData(hsd->Instance, &config); + + /* Set Block Size for Card */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdBlockLength(hsd->Instance, BLOCKSIZE); + if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hsd->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Read Blocks in DMA mode */ + if(NumberOfBlocks > 1U) + { + hsd->Context = (SD_CONTEXT_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK | SD_CONTEXT_DMA); + + /* Read Multi Block command */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdReadMultiBlock(hsd->Instance, BlockAdd); + } + else + { + hsd->Context = (SD_CONTEXT_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK | SD_CONTEXT_DMA); + + /* Read Single Block command */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdReadSingleBlock(hsd->Instance, BlockAdd); + } + if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hsd->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Writes block(s) to a specified address in a card. The Data transfer + * is managed by DMA mode. + * @note This API should be followed by a check on the card state through + * HAL_SD_GetCardState(). + * @note You could also check the DMA transfer process through the SD Tx + * interrupt event. + * @param hsd: Pointer to SD handle + * @param pData: Pointer to the buffer that will contain the data to transmit + * @param BlockAdd: Block Address where data will be written + * @param NumberOfBlocks: Number of blocks to write + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_WriteBlocks_DMA(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t BlockAdd, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks) +{ + SDIO_DataInitTypeDef config; + uint32_t errorstate = HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE; + + if(NULL == pData) + { + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(hsd->State == HAL_SD_STATE_READY) + { + hsd->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + if((BlockAdd + NumberOfBlocks) > (hsd->SdCard.LogBlockNbr)) + { + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Initialize data control register */ + hsd->Instance->DCTRL = 0U; + + /* Enable SD Error interrupts */ + __HAL_SD_ENABLE_IT(hsd, (SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR | SDIO_IT_STBITERR)); + + /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback */ + hsd->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = SD_DMATransmitCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hsd->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = SD_DMAError; + + /* Set the DMA Abort callback */ + hsd->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + if(hsd->SdCard.CardType != CARD_SDHC_SDXC) + { + BlockAdd *= 512U; + } + + /* Set Block Size for Card */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdBlockLength(hsd->Instance, BLOCKSIZE); + if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hsd->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Write Blocks in Polling mode */ + if(NumberOfBlocks > 1U) + { + hsd->Context = (SD_CONTEXT_WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK | SD_CONTEXT_DMA); + + /* Write Multi Block command */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdWriteMultiBlock(hsd->Instance, BlockAdd); + } + else + { + hsd->Context = (SD_CONTEXT_WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK | SD_CONTEXT_DMA); + + /* Write Single Block command */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdWriteSingleBlock(hsd->Instance, BlockAdd); + } + if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hsd->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Enable SDIO DMA transfer */ + __HAL_SD_DMA_ENABLE(hsd); + + /* Enable the DMA Channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsd->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hsd->Instance->FIFO, (uint32_t)(BLOCKSIZE * NumberOfBlocks)/4); + + /* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */ + config.DataTimeOut = SDMMC_DATATIMEOUT; + config.DataLength = BLOCKSIZE * NumberOfBlocks; + config.DataBlockSize = SDIO_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B; + config.TransferDir = SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_CARD; + config.TransferMode = SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK; + config.DPSM = SDIO_DPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_ConfigData(hsd->Instance, &config); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Erases the specified memory area of the given SD card. + * @note This API should be followed by a check on the card state through + * HAL_SD_GetCardState(). + * @param hsd: Pointer to SD handle + * @param BlockStartAdd: Start Block address + * @param BlockEndAdd: End Block address + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_Erase(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t BlockStartAdd, uint32_t BlockEndAdd) +{ + uint32_t errorstate = HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE; + + if(hsd->State == HAL_SD_STATE_READY) + { + hsd->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + if(BlockEndAdd < BlockStartAdd) + { + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_PARAM; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(BlockEndAdd > (hsd->SdCard.LogBlockNbr)) + { + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Check if the card command class supports erase command */ + if(((hsd->SdCard.Class) & SDIO_CCCC_ERASE) == 0U) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_REQUEST_NOT_APPLICABLE; + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if((SDIO_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDIO_RESP1) & SDMMC_CARD_LOCKED) == SDMMC_CARD_LOCKED) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED; + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Get start and end block for high capacity cards */ + if(hsd->SdCard.CardType != CARD_SDHC_SDXC) + { + BlockStartAdd *= 512U; + BlockEndAdd *= 512U; + } + + /* According to sd-card spec 1.0 ERASE_GROUP_START (CMD32) and erase_group_end(CMD33) */ + if(hsd->SdCard.CardType != CARD_SECURED) + { + /* Send CMD32 SD_ERASE_GRP_START with argument as addr */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdSDEraseStartAdd(hsd->Instance, BlockStartAdd); + if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hsd->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Send CMD33 SD_ERASE_GRP_END with argument as addr */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdSDEraseEndAdd(hsd->Instance, BlockEndAdd); + if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hsd->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Send CMD38 ERASE */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdErase(hsd->Instance); + if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hsd->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles SD card interrupt request. + * @param hsd: Pointer to SD handle + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SD_IRQHandler(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + uint32_t errorstate = HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Check for SDIO interrupt flags */ + if(__HAL_SD_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_IT_DATAEND) != RESET) + { + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND); + + __HAL_SD_DISABLE_IT(hsd, SDIO_IT_DATAEND | SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT|\ + SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR| SDIO_IT_RXOVERR | SDIO_IT_STBITERR); + + if((hsd->Context & SD_CONTEXT_IT) != RESET) + { + if(((hsd->Context & SD_CONTEXT_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK) != RESET) || ((hsd->Context & SD_CONTEXT_WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK) != RESET)) + { + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdStopTransfer(hsd->Instance); + if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + hsd->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + HAL_SD_ErrorCallback(hsd); + } + } + + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + if(((hsd->Context & SD_CONTEXT_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK) != RESET) || ((hsd->Context & SD_CONTEXT_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK) != RESET)) + { + HAL_SD_RxCpltCallback(hsd); + } + else + { + HAL_SD_TxCpltCallback(hsd); + } + } + else if((hsd->Context & SD_CONTEXT_DMA) != RESET) + { + if((hsd->Context & SD_CONTEXT_WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK) != RESET) + { + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdStopTransfer(hsd->Instance); + if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + hsd->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + HAL_SD_ErrorCallback(hsd); + } + } + if(((hsd->Context & SD_CONTEXT_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK) == RESET) && ((hsd->Context & SD_CONTEXT_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK) == RESET)) + { + /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAEN bit + in the SD DCTRL register */ + hsd->Instance->DCTRL &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SDIO_DCTRL_DMAEN); + + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + + HAL_SD_TxCpltCallback(hsd); + } + } + } + + else if(__HAL_SD_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_IT_TXFIFOHE) != RESET) + { + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOHE); + + SD_Write_IT(hsd); + } + + else if(__HAL_SD_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_IT_RXFIFOHF) != RESET) + { + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF); + + SD_Read_IT(hsd); + } + + else if(__HAL_SD_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_IT_RXOVERR | SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR | SDIO_IT_STBITERR) != RESET) + { + /* Set Error code */ + if(__HAL_SD_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL) != RESET) + { + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_DATA_CRC_FAIL; + } + if(__HAL_SD_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT) != RESET) + { + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_DATA_TIMEOUT; + } + if(__HAL_SD_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_IT_RXOVERR) != RESET) + { + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_RX_OVERRUN; + } + if(__HAL_SD_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR) != RESET) + { + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_TX_UNDERRUN; + } + if(__HAL_SD_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_IT_STBITERR) != RESET) + { + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_DATA_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Clear All flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS | SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR); + + /* Disable all interrupts */ + __HAL_SD_DISABLE_IT(hsd, SDIO_IT_DATAEND | SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT|\ + SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR| SDIO_IT_RXOVERR |SDIO_IT_STBITERR); + + if((hsd->Context & SD_CONTEXT_DMA) != RESET) + { + /* Abort the SD DMA Streams */ + if(hsd->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the DMA Tx abort callback */ + hsd->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = SD_DMATxAbort; + /* Abort DMA in IT mode */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hsd->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + SD_DMATxAbort(hsd->hdmatx); + } + } + else if(hsd->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the DMA Rx abort callback */ + hsd->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = SD_DMARxAbort; + /* Abort DMA in IT mode */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hsd->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + SD_DMARxAbort(hsd->hdmarx); + } + } + else + { + hsd->ErrorCode = HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE; + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + HAL_SD_AbortCallback(hsd); + } + } + else if((hsd->Context & SD_CONTEXT_IT) != RESET) + { + /* Set the SD state to ready to be able to start again the process */ + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + HAL_SD_ErrorCallback(hsd); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief return the SD state + * @param hsd: Pointer to sd handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_SD_StateTypeDef HAL_SD_GetState(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + return hsd->State; +} + +/** +* @brief Return the SD error code +* @param hsd : Pointer to a SD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information. +* @retval SD Error Code +*/ +uint32_t HAL_SD_GetError(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + return hsd->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Transfer completed callbacks + * @param hsd: Pointer to SD handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_SD_TxCpltCallback(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hsd); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SD_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Transfer completed callbacks + * @param hsd: Pointer SD handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SD_RxCpltCallback(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hsd); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SD_RxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief SD error callbacks + * @param hsd: Pointer SD handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SD_ErrorCallback(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hsd); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SD_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief SD Abort callbacks + * @param hsd: Pointer SD handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SD_AbortCallback(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hsd); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SD_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup SD_Exported_Functions_Group3 + * @brief management functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the SD card + operations and get the related information + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns information the information of the card which are stored on + * the CID register. + * @param hsd: Pointer to SD handle + * @param pCID: Pointer to a HAL_SD_CIDTypeDef structure that + * contains all CID register parameters + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_GetCardCID(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, HAL_SD_CardCIDTypeDef *pCID) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0U; + + /* Byte 0 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[0U] & 0xFF000000U) >> 24U); + pCID->ManufacturerID = tmp; + + /* Byte 1 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[0U] & 0x00FF0000U) >> 16U); + pCID->OEM_AppliID = tmp << 8U; + + /* Byte 2 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[0U] & 0x000000FF00U) >> 8U); + pCID->OEM_AppliID |= tmp; + + /* Byte 3 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CID[0U] & 0x000000FFU); + pCID->ProdName1 = tmp << 24U; + + /* Byte 4 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[1U] & 0xFF000000U) >> 24U); + pCID->ProdName1 |= tmp << 16; + + /* Byte 5 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[1U] & 0x00FF0000U) >> 16U); + pCID->ProdName1 |= tmp << 8U; + + /* Byte 6 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[1U] & 0x0000FF00U) >> 8U); + pCID->ProdName1 |= tmp; + + /* Byte 7 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CID[1U] & 0x000000FFU); + pCID->ProdName2 = tmp; + + /* Byte 8 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[2U] & 0xFF000000U) >> 24U); + pCID->ProdRev = tmp; + + /* Byte 9 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[2U] & 0x00FF0000U) >> 16U); + pCID->ProdSN = tmp << 24U; + + /* Byte 10 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[2U] & 0x0000FF00U) >> 8U); + pCID->ProdSN |= tmp << 16U; + + /* Byte 11 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CID[2U] & 0x000000FFU); + pCID->ProdSN |= tmp << 8U; + + /* Byte 12 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[3U] & 0xFF000000U) >> 24U); + pCID->ProdSN |= tmp; + + /* Byte 13 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[3U] & 0x00FF0000U) >> 16U); + pCID->Reserved1 |= (tmp & 0xF0U) >> 4U; + pCID->ManufactDate = (tmp & 0x0FU) << 8U; + + /* Byte 14 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[3U] & 0x0000FF00U) >> 8U); + pCID->ManufactDate |= tmp; + + /* Byte 15 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CID[3U] & 0x000000FFU); + pCID->CID_CRC = (tmp & 0xFEU) >> 1U; + pCID->Reserved2 = 1U; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns information the information of the card which are stored on + * the CSD register. + * @param hsd: Pointer to SD handle + * @param pCSD: Pointer to a HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef structure that + * contains all CSD register parameters + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_GetCardCSD(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef *pCSD) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0U; + + /* Byte 0 */ + tmp = (hsd->CSD[0U] & 0xFF000000U) >> 24U; + pCSD->CSDStruct = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0xC0U) >> 6U); + pCSD->SysSpecVersion = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0x3CU) >> 2U); + pCSD->Reserved1 = tmp & 0x03U; + + /* Byte 1 */ + tmp = (hsd->CSD[0U] & 0x00FF0000U) >> 16U; + pCSD->TAAC = (uint8_t)tmp; + + /* Byte 2 */ + tmp = (hsd->CSD[0U] & 0x0000FF00U) >> 8U; + pCSD->NSAC = (uint8_t)tmp; + + /* Byte 3 */ + tmp = hsd->CSD[0U] & 0x000000FFU; + pCSD->MaxBusClkFrec = (uint8_t)tmp; + + /* Byte 4 */ + tmp = (hsd->CSD[1U] & 0xFF000000U) >> 24U; + pCSD->CardComdClasses = (uint16_t)(tmp << 4U); + + /* Byte 5 */ + tmp = (hsd->CSD[1U] & 0x00FF0000U) >> 16U; + pCSD->CardComdClasses |= (uint16_t)((tmp & 0xF0U) >> 4U); + pCSD->RdBlockLen = (uint8_t)(tmp & 0x0FU); + + /* Byte 6 */ + tmp = (hsd->CSD[1U] & 0x0000FF00U) >> 8U; + pCSD->PartBlockRead = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0x80U) >> 7U); + pCSD->WrBlockMisalign = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0x40U) >> 6U); + pCSD->RdBlockMisalign = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0x20U) >> 5U); + pCSD->DSRImpl = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0x10U) >> 4U); + pCSD->Reserved2 = 0U; /*!< Reserved */ + + if(hsd->SdCard.CardType == CARD_SDSC) + { + pCSD->DeviceSize = (tmp & 0x03U) << 10U; + + /* Byte 7 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CSD[1U] & 0x000000FFU); + pCSD->DeviceSize |= (tmp) << 2U; + + /* Byte 8 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[2U] & 0xFF000000U) >> 24U); + pCSD->DeviceSize |= (tmp & 0xC0U) >> 6U; + + pCSD->MaxRdCurrentVDDMin = (tmp & 0x38U) >> 3U; + pCSD->MaxRdCurrentVDDMax = (tmp & 0x07U); + + /* Byte 9 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[2U] & 0x00FF0000U) >> 16U); + pCSD->MaxWrCurrentVDDMin = (tmp & 0xE0U) >> 5U; + pCSD->MaxWrCurrentVDDMax = (tmp & 0x1CU) >> 2U; + pCSD->DeviceSizeMul = (tmp & 0x03U) << 1U; + /* Byte 10 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[2U] & 0x0000FF00U) >> 8U); + pCSD->DeviceSizeMul |= (tmp & 0x80U) >> 7U; + + hsd->SdCard.BlockNbr = (pCSD->DeviceSize + 1U) ; + hsd->SdCard.BlockNbr *= (1U << (pCSD->DeviceSizeMul + 2U)); + hsd->SdCard.BlockSize = 1U << (pCSD->RdBlockLen); + + hsd->SdCard.LogBlockNbr = (hsd->SdCard.BlockNbr) * ((hsd->SdCard.BlockSize) / 512U); + hsd->SdCard.LogBlockSize = 512U; + } + else if(hsd->SdCard.CardType == CARD_SDHC_SDXC) + { + /* Byte 7 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CSD[1U] & 0x000000FFU); + pCSD->DeviceSize = (tmp & 0x3FU) << 16U; + + /* Byte 8 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[2U] & 0xFF000000U) >> 24U); + + pCSD->DeviceSize |= (tmp << 8U); + + /* Byte 9 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[2U] & 0x00FF0000U) >> 16U); + + pCSD->DeviceSize |= (tmp); + + /* Byte 10 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[2U] & 0x0000FF00U) >> 8U); + + hsd->SdCard.LogBlockNbr = hsd->SdCard.BlockNbr = (((uint64_t)pCSD->DeviceSize + 1U) * 1024U); + hsd->SdCard.LogBlockSize = hsd->SdCard.BlockSize = 512U; + } + else + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_FEATURE; + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + pCSD->EraseGrSize = (tmp & 0x40U) >> 6U; + pCSD->EraseGrMul = (tmp & 0x3FU) << 1U; + + /* Byte 11 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CSD[2U] & 0x000000FFU); + pCSD->EraseGrMul |= (tmp & 0x80U) >> 7U; + pCSD->WrProtectGrSize = (tmp & 0x7FU); + + /* Byte 12 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[3U] & 0xFF000000U) >> 24U); + pCSD->WrProtectGrEnable = (tmp & 0x80U) >> 7U; + pCSD->ManDeflECC = (tmp & 0x60U) >> 5U; + pCSD->WrSpeedFact = (tmp & 0x1CU) >> 2U; + pCSD->MaxWrBlockLen = (tmp & 0x03U) << 2U; + + /* Byte 13 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[3U] & 0x00FF0000U) >> 16U); + pCSD->MaxWrBlockLen |= (tmp & 0xC0U) >> 6U; + pCSD->WriteBlockPaPartial = (tmp & 0x20U) >> 5U; + pCSD->Reserved3 = 0U; + pCSD->ContentProtectAppli = (tmp & 0x01U); + + /* Byte 14 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[3U] & 0x0000FF00U) >> 8U); + pCSD->FileFormatGrouop = (tmp & 0x80U) >> 7U; + pCSD->CopyFlag = (tmp & 0x40U) >> 6U; + pCSD->PermWrProtect = (tmp & 0x20U) >> 5U; + pCSD->TempWrProtect = (tmp & 0x10U) >> 4U; + pCSD->FileFormat = (tmp & 0x0CU) >> 2U; + pCSD->ECC = (tmp & 0x03U); + + /* Byte 15 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CSD[3U] & 0x000000FFU); + pCSD->CSD_CRC = (tmp & 0xFEU) >> 1U; + pCSD->Reserved4 = 1U; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the SD status info. + * @param hsd: Pointer to SD handle + * @param pStatus: Pointer to the HAL_SD_CardStatusTypeDef structure that + * will contain the SD card status information + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_GetCardStatus(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, HAL_SD_CardStatusTypeDef *pStatus) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0U; + uint32_t sd_status[16U]; + uint32_t errorstate = HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE; + + errorstate = SD_SendSDStatus(hsd, sd_status); + if(errorstate != HAL_OK) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hsd->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Byte 0 */ + tmp = (sd_status[0U] & 0xC0U) >> 6U; + pStatus->DataBusWidth = (uint8_t)tmp; + + /* Byte 0 */ + tmp = (sd_status[0U] & 0x20U) >> 5U; + pStatus->SecuredMode = (uint8_t)tmp; + + /* Byte 2 */ + tmp = (sd_status[0U] & 0x00FF0000U) >> 16U; + pStatus->CardType = (uint16_t)(tmp << 8U); + + /* Byte 3 */ + tmp = (sd_status[0U] & 0xFF000000U) >> 24U; + pStatus->CardType |= (uint16_t)tmp; + + /* Byte 4 */ + tmp = (sd_status[1U] & 0xFFU); + pStatus->ProtectedAreaSize = (uint32_t)(tmp << 24U); + + /* Byte 5 */ + tmp = (sd_status[1U] & 0xFF00U) >> 8U; + pStatus->ProtectedAreaSize |= (uint32_t)(tmp << 16U); + + /* Byte 6 */ + tmp = (sd_status[1U] & 0xFF0000U) >> 16U; + pStatus->ProtectedAreaSize |= (uint32_t)(tmp << 8U); + + /* Byte 7 */ + tmp = (sd_status[1U] & 0xFF000000U) >> 24U; + pStatus->ProtectedAreaSize |= (uint32_t)tmp; + + /* Byte 8 */ + tmp = (sd_status[2U] & 0xFFU); + pStatus->SpeedClass = (uint8_t)tmp; + + /* Byte 9 */ + tmp = (sd_status[2U] & 0xFF00U) >> 8U; + pStatus->PerformanceMove = (uint8_t)tmp; + + /* Byte 10 */ + tmp = (sd_status[2U] & 0xF00000U) >> 20U; + pStatus->AllocationUnitSize = (uint8_t)tmp; + + /* Byte 11 */ + tmp = (sd_status[2U] & 0xFF000000U) >> 24U; + pStatus->EraseSize = (uint16_t)(tmp << 8U); + + /* Byte 12 */ + tmp = (sd_status[3U] & 0xFFU); + pStatus->EraseSize |= (uint16_t)tmp; + + /* Byte 13 */ + tmp = (sd_status[3U] & 0xFC00U) >> 10U; + pStatus->EraseTimeout = (uint8_t)tmp; + + /* Byte 13 */ + tmp = (sd_status[3U] & 0x0300U) >> 8U; + pStatus->EraseOffset = (uint8_t)tmp; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the SD card info. + * @param hsd: Pointer to SD handle + * @param pCardInfo: Pointer to the HAL_SD_CardInfoTypeDef structure that + * will contain the SD card status information + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_GetCardInfo(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, HAL_SD_CardInfoTypeDef *pCardInfo) +{ + pCardInfo->CardType = (uint32_t)(hsd->SdCard.CardType); + pCardInfo->CardVersion = (uint32_t)(hsd->SdCard.CardVersion); + pCardInfo->Class = (uint32_t)(hsd->SdCard.Class); + pCardInfo->RelCardAdd = (uint32_t)(hsd->SdCard.RelCardAdd); + pCardInfo->BlockNbr = (uint32_t)(hsd->SdCard.BlockNbr); + pCardInfo->BlockSize = (uint32_t)(hsd->SdCard.BlockSize); + pCardInfo->LogBlockNbr = (uint32_t)(hsd->SdCard.LogBlockNbr); + pCardInfo->LogBlockSize = (uint32_t)(hsd->SdCard.LogBlockSize); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables wide bus operation for the requested card if supported by + * card. + * @param hsd: Pointer to SD handle + * @param WideMode: Specifies the SD card wide bus mode + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SDIO_BUS_WIDE_8B: 8-bit data transfer + * @arg SDIO_BUS_WIDE_4B: 4-bit data transfer + * @arg SDIO_BUS_WIDE_1B: 1-bit data transfer + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_ConfigWideBusOperation(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t WideMode) +{ + SDIO_InitTypeDef Init; + uint32_t errorstate = HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDIO_BUS_WIDE(WideMode)); + + /* Chnage Satte */ + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_BUSY; + + if(hsd->SdCard.CardType != CARD_SECURED) + { + if(WideMode == SDIO_BUS_WIDE_8B) + { + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_FEATURE; + } + else if(WideMode == SDIO_BUS_WIDE_4B) + { + errorstate = SD_WideBus_Enable(hsd); + + hsd->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + } + else if(WideMode == SDIO_BUS_WIDE_1B) + { + errorstate = SD_WideBus_Disable(hsd); + + hsd->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + } + else + { + /* WideMode is not a valid argument*/ + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_PARAM; + } + } + else + { + /* MMC Card does not support this feature */ + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_FEATURE; + } + + if(hsd->ErrorCode != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Configure the SDIO peripheral */ + Init.ClockEdge = hsd->Init.ClockEdge; + Init.ClockBypass = hsd->Init.ClockBypass; + Init.ClockPowerSave = hsd->Init.ClockPowerSave; + Init.BusWide = WideMode; + Init.HardwareFlowControl = hsd->Init.HardwareFlowControl; + Init.ClockDiv = hsd->Init.ClockDiv; + SDIO_Init(hsd->Instance, Init); + } + + /* Change State */ + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief Gets the current sd card data state. + * @param hsd: pointer to SD handle + * @retval Card state + */ +HAL_SD_CardStateTypeDef HAL_SD_GetCardState(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + HAL_SD_CardStateTypeDef cardstate = HAL_SD_CARD_TRANSFER; + uint32_t errorstate = HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE; + uint32_t resp1 = 0; + + errorstate = SD_SendStatus(hsd, &resp1); + if(errorstate != HAL_OK) + { + hsd->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + } + + cardstate = (HAL_SD_CardStateTypeDef)((resp1 >> 9U) & 0x0FU); + + return cardstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort the current transfer and disable the SD. + * @param hsd: pointer to a SD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SD module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_Abort(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + HAL_SD_CardStateTypeDef CardState; + + /* DIsable All interrupts */ + __HAL_SD_DISABLE_IT(hsd, SDIO_IT_DATAEND | SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT|\ + SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR| SDIO_IT_RXOVERR); + + /* Clear All flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + + if((hsd->hdmatx != NULL) || (hsd->hdmarx != NULL)) + { + /* Disable the SD DMA request */ + hsd->Instance->DCTRL &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SDIO_DCTRL_DMAEN); + + /* Abort the SD DMA Tx Stream */ + if(hsd->hdmatx != NULL) + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(hsd->hdmatx); + } + /* Abort the SD DMA Rx Stream */ + if(hsd->hdmarx != NULL) + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(hsd->hdmarx); + } + } + + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + CardState = HAL_SD_GetCardState(hsd); + if((CardState == HAL_SD_CARD_RECEIVING) || (CardState == HAL_SD_CARD_SENDING)) + { + hsd->ErrorCode = SDMMC_CmdStopTransfer(hsd->Instance); + } + if(hsd->ErrorCode != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort the current transfer and disable the SD (IT mode). + * @param hsd: pointer to a SD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SD module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_Abort_IT(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + HAL_SD_CardStateTypeDef CardState; + + /* DIsable All interrupts */ + __HAL_SD_DISABLE_IT(hsd, SDIO_IT_DATAEND | SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT|\ + SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR| SDIO_IT_RXOVERR); + + /* Clear All flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + + if((hsd->hdmatx != NULL) || (hsd->hdmarx != NULL)) + { + /* Disable the SD DMA request */ + hsd->Instance->DCTRL &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SDIO_DCTRL_DMAEN); + + /* Abort the SD DMA Tx Stream */ + if(hsd->hdmatx != NULL) + { + hsd->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = SD_DMATxAbort; + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hsd->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + hsd->hdmatx = NULL; + } + } + /* Abort the SD DMA Rx Stream */ + if(hsd->hdmarx != NULL) + { + hsd->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = SD_DMARxAbort; + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hsd->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + hsd->hdmarx = NULL; + } + } + } + + /* No transfer ongoing on both DMA channels*/ + if((hsd->hdmatx == NULL) && (hsd->hdmarx == NULL)) + { + CardState = HAL_SD_GetCardState(hsd); + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + if((CardState == HAL_SD_CARD_RECEIVING) || (CardState == HAL_SD_CARD_SENDING)) + { + hsd->ErrorCode = SDMMC_CmdStopTransfer(hsd->Instance); + } + if(hsd->ErrorCode != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + HAL_SD_AbortCallback(hsd); + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function ----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup SD_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief DMA SD transmit process complete callback + * @param hdma: DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void SD_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SD_HandleTypeDef* hsd = (SD_HandleTypeDef* )(hdma->Parent); + + /* Enable DATAEND Interrupt */ + __HAL_SD_ENABLE_IT(hsd, (SDIO_IT_DATAEND)); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SD receive process complete callback + * @param hdma: DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void SD_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SD_HandleTypeDef* hsd = (SD_HandleTypeDef* )(hdma->Parent); + uint32_t errorstate = HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Send stop command in multiblock write */ + if(hsd->Context == (SD_CONTEXT_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK | SD_CONTEXT_DMA)) + { + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdStopTransfer(hsd->Instance); + if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + hsd->ErrorCode |= errorstate; + HAL_SD_ErrorCallback(hsd); + } + } + + /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAEN bit + in the SD DCTRL register */ + hsd->Instance->DCTRL &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SDIO_DCTRL_DMAEN); + + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + + HAL_SD_RxCpltCallback(hsd); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SD communication error callback + * @param hdma: DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void SD_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SD_HandleTypeDef* hsd = (SD_HandleTypeDef* )(hdma->Parent); + HAL_SD_CardStateTypeDef CardState; + + if((hsd->hdmarx->ErrorCode == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE) || (hsd->hdmatx->ErrorCode == HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE)) + { + /* Clear All flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + + /* Disable All interrupts */ + __HAL_SD_DISABLE_IT(hsd, SDIO_IT_DATAEND | SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT|\ + SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR| SDIO_IT_RXOVERR); + + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_DMA; + CardState = HAL_SD_GetCardState(hsd); + if((CardState == HAL_SD_CARD_RECEIVING) || (CardState == HAL_SD_CARD_SENDING)) + { + hsd->ErrorCode |= SDMMC_CmdStopTransfer(hsd->Instance); + } + + hsd->State= HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + } + + HAL_SD_ErrorCallback(hsd); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SD Tx Abort callback + * @param hdma: DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void SD_DMATxAbort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SD_HandleTypeDef* hsd = (SD_HandleTypeDef* )(hdma->Parent); + HAL_SD_CardStateTypeDef CardState; + + if(hsd->hdmatx != NULL) + { + hsd->hdmatx = NULL; + } + + /* All DMA channels are aborted */ + if(hsd->hdmarx == NULL) + { + CardState = HAL_SD_GetCardState(hsd); + hsd->ErrorCode = HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE; + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + if((CardState == HAL_SD_CARD_RECEIVING) || (CardState == HAL_SD_CARD_SENDING)) + { + hsd->ErrorCode |= SDMMC_CmdStopTransfer(hsd->Instance); + + if(hsd->ErrorCode != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + HAL_SD_AbortCallback(hsd); + } + else + { + HAL_SD_ErrorCallback(hsd); + } + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SD Rx Abort callback + * @param hdma: DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void SD_DMARxAbort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SD_HandleTypeDef* hsd = (SD_HandleTypeDef* )(hdma->Parent); + HAL_SD_CardStateTypeDef CardState; + + if(hsd->hdmarx != NULL) + { + hsd->hdmarx = NULL; + } + + /* All DMA channels are aborted */ + if(hsd->hdmatx == NULL) + { + CardState = HAL_SD_GetCardState(hsd); + hsd->ErrorCode = HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE; + hsd->State = HAL_SD_STATE_READY; + if((CardState == HAL_SD_CARD_RECEIVING) || (CardState == HAL_SD_CARD_SENDING)) + { + hsd->ErrorCode |= SDMMC_CmdStopTransfer(hsd->Instance); + + if(hsd->ErrorCode != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + HAL_SD_AbortCallback(hsd); + } + else + { + HAL_SD_ErrorCallback(hsd); + } + } + } +} + + +/** + * @brief Initializes the sd card. + * @param hsd: Pointer to SD handle + * @retval SD Card error state + */ +static uint32_t SD_InitCard(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + HAL_SD_CardCSDTypeDef CSD; + uint32_t errorstate = HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE; + uint16_t sd_rca = 1U; + + /* Check the power State */ + if(SDIO_GetPowerState(hsd->Instance) == 0U) + { + /* Power off */ + return HAL_SD_ERROR_REQUEST_NOT_APPLICABLE; + } + + if(hsd->SdCard.CardType != CARD_SECURED) + { + /* Send CMD2 ALL_SEND_CID */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdSendCID(hsd->Instance); + if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + return errorstate; + } + else + { + /* Get Card identification number data */ + hsd->CID[0U] = SDIO_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDIO_RESP1); + hsd->CID[1U] = SDIO_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDIO_RESP2); + hsd->CID[2U] = SDIO_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDIO_RESP3); + hsd->CID[3U] = SDIO_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDIO_RESP4); + } + } + + if(hsd->SdCard.CardType != CARD_SECURED) + { + /* Send CMD3 SET_REL_ADDR with argument 0 */ + /* SD Card publishes its RCA. */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdSetRelAdd(hsd->Instance, &sd_rca); + if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + return errorstate; + } + } + if(hsd->SdCard.CardType != CARD_SECURED) + { + /* Get the SD card RCA */ + hsd->SdCard.RelCardAdd = sd_rca; + + /* Send CMD9 SEND_CSD with argument as card's RCA */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdSendCSD(hsd->Instance, (uint32_t)(hsd->SdCard.RelCardAdd << 16U)); + if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + return errorstate; + } + else + { + /* Get Card Specific Data */ + hsd->CSD[0U] = SDIO_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDIO_RESP1); + hsd->CSD[1U] = SDIO_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDIO_RESP2); + hsd->CSD[2U] = SDIO_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDIO_RESP3); + hsd->CSD[3U] = SDIO_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDIO_RESP4); + } + } + + /* Get the Card Class */ + hsd->SdCard.Class = (SDIO_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDIO_RESP2) >> 20U); + + /* Get CSD parameters */ + HAL_SD_GetCardCSD(hsd, &CSD); + + /* Select the Card */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdSelDesel(hsd->Instance, (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)hsd->SdCard.RelCardAdd) << 16U)); + if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* Configure SDIO peripheral interface */ + SDIO_Init(hsd->Instance, hsd->Init); + + /* All cards are initialized */ + return HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE; +} + +/** + * @brief Enquires cards about their operating voltage and configures clock + * controls and stores SD information that will be needed in future + * in the SD handle. + * @param hsd: Pointer to SD handle + * @retval error state + */ +static uint32_t SD_PowerON(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + __IO uint32_t count = 0U; + uint32_t response = 0U, validvoltage = 0U; + uint32_t errorstate = HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE; + + /* CMD0: GO_IDLE_STATE */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdGoIdleState(hsd->Instance); + if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* CMD8: SEND_IF_COND: Command available only on V2.0 cards */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdOperCond(hsd->Instance); + if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + hsd->SdCard.CardVersion = CARD_V1_X; + + /* Send ACMD41 SD_APP_OP_COND with Argument 0x80100000 */ + while(validvoltage == 0U) + { + if(count++ == SDMMC_MAX_VOLT_TRIAL) + { + return HAL_SD_ERROR_INVALID_VOLTRANGE; + } + + /* SEND CMD55 APP_CMD with RCA as 0 */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdAppCommand(hsd->Instance, 0U); + if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + return HAL_SD_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_FEATURE; + } + + /* Send CMD41 */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdAppOperCommand(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_STD_CAPACITY); + if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + return HAL_SD_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_FEATURE; + } + + /* Get command response */ + response = SDIO_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDIO_RESP1); + + /* Get operating voltage*/ + validvoltage = (((response >> 31U) == 1U) ? 1U : 0U); + } + /* Card type is SDSC */ + hsd->SdCard.CardType = CARD_SDSC; + } + else + { + hsd->SdCard.CardVersion = CARD_V2_X; + + /* Send ACMD41 SD_APP_OP_COND with Argument 0x80100000 */ + while(validvoltage == 0U) + { + if(count++ == SDMMC_MAX_VOLT_TRIAL) + { + return HAL_SD_ERROR_INVALID_VOLTRANGE; + } + + /* SEND CMD55 APP_CMD with RCA as 0 */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdAppCommand(hsd->Instance, 0U); + if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* Send CMD41 */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdAppOperCommand(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_HIGH_CAPACITY); + if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* Get command response */ + response = SDIO_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDIO_RESP1); + + /* Get operating voltage*/ + validvoltage = (((response >> 31U) == 1U) ? 1U : 0U); + } + + if((response & SDMMC_HIGH_CAPACITY) == SDMMC_HIGH_CAPACITY) /* (response &= SD_HIGH_CAPACITY) */ + { + hsd->SdCard.CardType = CARD_SDHC_SDXC; + } + else + { + hsd->SdCard.CardType = CARD_SDSC; + } + } + + return HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE; +} + +/** + * @brief Turns the SDIO output signals off. + * @param hsd: Pointer to SD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SD_PowerOFF(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + /* Set Power State to OFF */ + SDIO_PowerState_OFF(hsd->Instance); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Send Status info command. + * @param hsd: pointer to SD handle + * @param pSDstatus: Pointer to the buffer that will contain the SD card status + * SD Status register) + * @retval error state + */ +static uint32_t SD_SendSDStatus(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pSDstatus) +{ + SDIO_DataInitTypeDef config; + uint32_t errorstate = HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE; + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + uint32_t count = 0U; + + /* Check SD response */ + if((SDIO_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDIO_RESP1) & SDMMC_CARD_LOCKED) == SDMMC_CARD_LOCKED) + { + return HAL_SD_ERROR_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED; + } + + /* Set block size for card if it is not equal to current block size for card */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdBlockLength(hsd->Instance, 64U); + if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE; + return errorstate; + } + + /* Send CMD55 */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdAppCommand(hsd->Instance, (uint32_t)(hsd->SdCard.RelCardAdd << 16U)); + if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE; + return errorstate; + } + + /* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */ + config.DataTimeOut = SDMMC_DATATIMEOUT; + config.DataLength = 64U; + config.DataBlockSize = SDIO_DATABLOCK_SIZE_64B; + config.TransferDir = SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_SDIO; + config.TransferMode = SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK; + config.DPSM = SDIO_DPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_ConfigData(hsd->Instance, &config); + + /* Send ACMD13 (SD_APP_STAUS) with argument as card's RCA */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdStatusRegister(hsd->Instance); + if(errorstate != HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE) + { + hsd->ErrorCode |= HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE; + return errorstate; + } + + /* Get status data */ + while(!__HAL_SD_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND)) + { + if(__HAL_SD_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF)) + { + for(count = 0U; count < 8U; count++) + { + *(pSDstatus + count) = SDIO_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance); + } + + pSDstatus += 8U; + } + + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >= SDMMC_DATATIMEOUT) + { + return HAL_SD_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + if(__HAL_SD_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT)) + { + return HAL_SD_ERROR_DATA_TIMEOUT; + } + else if(__HAL_SD_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL)) + { + return HAL_SD_ERROR_DATA_CRC_FAIL; + } + else if(__HAL_SD_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR)) + { + return HAL_SD_ERROR_RX_OVERRUN; + } + + while ((__HAL_SD_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXDAVL))) + { + *pSDstatus = SDIO_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance); + pSDstatus++; + + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >= SDMMC_DATATIMEOUT) + { + return HAL_SD_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Clear all the static status flags*/ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + + return HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the current card's status. + * @param hsd: Pointer to SD handle + * @param pCardStatus: pointer to the buffer that will contain the SD card + * status (Card Status register) + * @retval error state + */ +static uint32_t SD_SendStatus(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pCardStatus) +{ + uint32_t errorstate = HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE; + + if(pCardStatus == NULL) + { + return HAL_SD_ERROR_PARAM; + } + + /* Send Status command */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdSendStatus(hsd->Instance, (uint32_t)(hsd->SdCard.RelCardAdd << 16U)); + if(errorstate != HAL_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* Get SD card status */ + *pCardStatus = SDIO_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDIO_RESP1); + + return HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the SDIO wide bus mode. + * @param hsd: pointer to SD handle + * @retval error state + */ +static uint32_t SD_WideBus_Enable(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + uint32_t scr[2U] = {0U, 0U}; + uint32_t errorstate = HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE; + + if((SDIO_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDIO_RESP1) & SDMMC_CARD_LOCKED) == SDMMC_CARD_LOCKED) + { + return HAL_SD_ERROR_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED; + } + + /* Get SCR Register */ + errorstate = SD_FindSCR(hsd, scr); + if(errorstate != HAL_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* If requested card supports wide bus operation */ + if((scr[1U] & SDMMC_WIDE_BUS_SUPPORT) != SDMMC_ALLZERO) + { + /* Send CMD55 APP_CMD with argument as card's RCA.*/ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdAppCommand(hsd->Instance, (uint32_t)(hsd->SdCard.RelCardAdd << 16U)); + if(errorstate != HAL_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* Send ACMD6 APP_CMD with argument as 2 for wide bus mode */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdBusWidth(hsd->Instance, 2U); + if(errorstate != HAL_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + return HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE; + } + else + { + return HAL_SD_ERROR_REQUEST_NOT_APPLICABLE; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the SDIO wide bus mode. + * @param hsd: Pointer to SD handle + * @retval error state + */ +static uint32_t SD_WideBus_Disable(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + uint32_t scr[2U] = {0U, 0U}; + uint32_t errorstate = HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE; + + if((SDIO_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDIO_RESP1) & SDMMC_CARD_LOCKED) == SDMMC_CARD_LOCKED) + { + return HAL_SD_ERROR_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED; + } + + /* Get SCR Register */ + errorstate = SD_FindSCR(hsd, scr); + if(errorstate != HAL_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* If requested card supports 1 bit mode operation */ + if((scr[1U] & SDMMC_SINGLE_BUS_SUPPORT) != SDMMC_ALLZERO) + { + /* Send CMD55 APP_CMD with argument as card's RCA */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdAppCommand(hsd->Instance, (uint32_t)(hsd->SdCard.RelCardAdd << 16U)); + if(errorstate != HAL_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* Send ACMD6 APP_CMD with argument as 0 for single bus mode */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdBusWidth(hsd->Instance, 0U); + if(errorstate != HAL_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + return HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE; + } + else + { + return HAL_SD_ERROR_REQUEST_NOT_APPLICABLE; + } +} + + +/** + * @brief Finds the SD card SCR register value. + * @param hsd: Pointer to SD handle + * @param pSCR: pointer to the buffer that will contain the SCR value + * @retval error state + */ +static uint32_t SD_FindSCR(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pSCR) +{ + SDIO_DataInitTypeDef config; + uint32_t errorstate = HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE; + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + uint32_t index = 0U; + uint32_t tempscr[2U] = {0U, 0U}; + + /* Set Block Size To 8 Bytes */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdBlockLength(hsd->Instance, 8U); + if(errorstate != HAL_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* Send CMD55 APP_CMD with argument as card's RCA */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdAppCommand(hsd->Instance, (uint32_t)((hsd->SdCard.RelCardAdd) << 16U)); + if(errorstate != HAL_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + config.DataTimeOut = SDMMC_DATATIMEOUT; + config.DataLength = 8U; + config.DataBlockSize = SDIO_DATABLOCK_SIZE_8B; + config.TransferDir = SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_SDIO; + config.TransferMode = SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK; + config.DPSM = SDIO_DPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_ConfigData(hsd->Instance, &config); + + /* Send ACMD51 SD_APP_SEND_SCR with argument as 0 */ + errorstate = SDMMC_CmdSendSCR(hsd->Instance); + if(errorstate != HAL_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + while(!__HAL_SD_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR | SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND)) + { + if(__HAL_SD_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXDAVL)) + { + *(tempscr + index) = SDIO_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance); + index++; + } + + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >= SDMMC_DATATIMEOUT) + { + return HAL_SD_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + if(__HAL_SD_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT)) + { + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT); + + return HAL_SD_ERROR_DATA_TIMEOUT; + } + else if(__HAL_SD_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL)) + { + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL); + + return HAL_SD_ERROR_DATA_CRC_FAIL; + } + else if(__HAL_SD_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR)) + { + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR); + + return HAL_SD_ERROR_RX_OVERRUN; + } + else + { + /* No error flag set */ + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + + *(pSCR + 1U) = ((tempscr[0U] & SDMMC_0TO7BITS) << 24U) | ((tempscr[0U] & SDMMC_8TO15BITS) << 8U) |\ + ((tempscr[0U] & SDMMC_16TO23BITS) >> 8U) | ((tempscr[0U] & SDMMC_24TO31BITS) >> 24U); + + *(pSCR) = ((tempscr[1U] & SDMMC_0TO7BITS) << 24U) | ((tempscr[1U] & SDMMC_8TO15BITS) << 8U) |\ + ((tempscr[1U] & SDMMC_16TO23BITS) >> 8U) | ((tempscr[1U] & SDMMC_24TO31BITS) >> 24U); + } + + return HAL_SD_ERROR_NONE; +} + +/** + * @brief Wrap up reading in non-blocking mode. + * @param hsd: pointer to a SD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SD_Read_IT(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + uint32_t count = 0U; + uint32_t* tmp; + + tmp = (uint32_t*)hsd->pRxBuffPtr; + + /* Read data from SDIO Rx FIFO */ + for(count = 0U; count < 8U; count++) + { + *(tmp + count) = SDIO_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance); + } + + hsd->pRxBuffPtr += 8U; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Wrap up writing in non-blocking mode. + * @param hsd: pointer to a SD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SD_Write_IT(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + uint32_t count = 0U; + uint32_t* tmp; + + tmp = (uint32_t*)hsd->pTxBuffPtr; + + /* Write data to SDIO Tx FIFO */ + for(count = 0U; count < 8U; count++) + { + SDIO_WriteFIFO(hsd->Instance, (tmp + count)); + } + + hsd->pTxBuffPtr += 8U; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG */ + +#endif /* HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_smartcard.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_smartcard.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..041cfa309824e6e187b3cc7200a4cdf6696efd11 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_smartcard.c @@ -0,0 +1,1912 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_smartcard.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief SMARTCARD HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the SMARTCARD peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State and Errors functions + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The SMARTCARD HAL driver can be used as follows: + + (#) Declare a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef handle structure. + (#) Initialize the SMARTCARD low level resources by implementing the HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit() API: + (##) Enable the USARTx interface clock. + (##) SMARTCARD pins configuration: + (+++) Enable the clock for the SMARTCARD GPIOs. + (+++) Configure the SMARTCARD pins as alternate function pull-up. + (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT() + and HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT() APIs): + (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority. + (+++) Enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle. + (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA() + and HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA() APIs): + (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx channel. + (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock. + (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx parameters. + (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx channel. + (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the SMARTCARD DMA Tx/Rx handle. + (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx channel. + (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority and enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle + (used for last byte sending completion detection in DMA non circular mode) + + (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length, Stop Bit, Parity, Hardware + flow control and Mode(Receiver/Transmitter) in the SMARTCARD Init structure. + + (#) Initialize the SMARTCARD registers by calling the HAL_SMARTCARD_Init() API: + (++) These APIs configure also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) + by calling the customized HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit() API. + [..] + (@)The specific SMARTCARD interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, + RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros + __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and receive process. + + [..] + Three operation modes are available within this driver: + + *** Polling mode IO operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit() + (+) Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive() + *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT() + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback + (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT() + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback + + *** DMA mode IO operation *** + ============================== + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA() + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback + (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA() + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback + + *** SMARTCARD HAL driver macros list *** + ============================================= + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in SMARTCARD HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE: Enable the SMARTCARD peripheral + (+) __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE: Disable the SMARTCARD peripheral + (+) __HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_FLAG : Check whether the specified SMARTCARD flag is set or not + (+) __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FLAG : Clear the specified SMARTCARD pending flag + (+) __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified SMARTCARD interrupt + (+) __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified SMARTCARD interrupt + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the SMARTCARD HAL driver header file for more useful macros + + @endverbatim + [..] + (@) Additionnal remark: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written + in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit. + Depending on the frame length defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits), + the possible SMARTCARD frame formats are as listed in the following table: + +-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | M bit | PCE bit | SMARTCARD frame | + |---------------------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB | | + +-------------------------------------------------------------+ + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SMARTCARD SMARTCARD + * @brief HAL SMARTCARD module driver + * @{ + */ +#ifdef HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup SMARTCARD_Private_Constants + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup SMARTCARD_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +static void SMARTCARD_EndTxTransfer(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc); +static void SMARTCARD_EndRxTransfer(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc); +static void SMARTCARD_SetConfig (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_EndTransmit_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_Receive_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc); +static void SMARTCARD_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SMARTCARD_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SMARTCARD_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SMARTCARD_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SMARTCARD_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SMARTCARD_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SMARTCARD_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SMARTCARD_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Tickstart, uint32_t Timeout); +/** + * @} + */ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup SMARTCARD_Exported_Functions SMARTCARD Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SMARTCARD_Exported_Functions_Group1 SmartCard Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USART + in Smartcard mode. + [..] + The Smartcard interface is designed to support asynchronous protocol Smartcards as + defined in the ISO 7816-3 standard. + [..] + The USART can provide a clock to the smartcard through the SCLK output. + In smartcard mode, SCLK is not associated to the communication but is simply derived + from the internal peripheral input clock through a 5-bit prescaler. + [..] + (+) For the Smartcard mode only these parameters can be configured: + (++) Baud Rate + (++) Word Length => Should be 9 bits (8 bits + parity) + (++) Stop Bit + (++) Parity: => Should be enabled + (++) USART polarity + (++) USART phase + (++) USART LastBit + (++) Receiver/transmitter modes + (++) Prescaler + (++) GuardTime + (++) NACKState: The Smartcard NACK state + + (+) Recommended SmartCard interface configuration to get the Answer to Reset from the Card: + (++) Word Length = 9 Bits + (++) 1.5 Stop Bit + (++) Even parity + (++) BaudRate = 12096 baud + (++) Tx and Rx enabled + [..] + Please refer to the ISO 7816-3 specification for more details. + + [..] + (@) It is also possible to choose 0.5 stop bit for receiving but it is recommended + to use 1.5 stop bits for both transmitting and receiving to avoid switching + between the two configurations. + [..] + The HAL_SMARTCARD_Init() function follows the USART SmartCard configuration + procedure (details for the procedure are available in reference manual (RM0329)). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the SmartCard mode according to the specified + * parameters in the SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Init(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) +{ + /* Check the SMARTCARD handle allocation */ + if(hsc == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_INSTANCE(hsc->Instance)); + + + if(hsc->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hsc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc */ + HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit(hsc); + } + + hsc->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Set the Prescaler */ + MODIFY_REG(hsc->Instance->GTPR, USART_GTPR_PSC, hsc->Init.Prescaler); + + /* Set the Guard Time */ + MODIFY_REG(hsc->Instance->GTPR, USART_GTPR_GT, ((hsc->Init.GuardTime)<<8U)); + + /* Set the Smartcard Communication parameters */ + SMARTCARD_SetConfig(hsc); + + /* In SmartCard mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN bit in the USART_CR2 register + - HDSEL and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_LINEN); + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_HDSEL)); + + /* Enable the SMARTCARD Parity Error Interrupt */ + SET_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + + /* Enable the SMARTCARD Framing Error Interrupt */ + SET_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE(hsc); + + /* Configure the Smartcard NACK state */ + MODIFY_REG(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_NACK, hsc->Init.NACKState); + + /* Enable the SC mode by setting the SCEN bit in the CR3 register */ + hsc->Instance->CR3 |= (USART_CR3_SCEN); + + /* Initialize the SMARTCARD state*/ + hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE; + hsc->gState= HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + hsc->RxState= HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the USART SmartCard peripheral + * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_DeInit(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) +{ + /* Check the SMARTCARD handle allocation */ + if(hsc == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_INSTANCE(hsc->Instance)); + + hsc->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY; + + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + HAL_SMARTCARD_MspDeInit(hsc); + + hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE; + hsc->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_RESET; + hsc->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief SMARTCARD MSP Init. + * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hsc); + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief SMARTCARD MSP DeInit + * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_MspDeInit(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hsc); + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SMARTCARD_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SMARTCARD_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief SMARTCARD Transmit and Receive functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SMARTCARD data transfers. + + [..] + (#) Smartcard is a single wire half duplex communication protocol. + The Smartcard interface is designed to support asynchronous protocol Smartcards as + defined in the ISO 7816-3 standard. + (#) The USART should be configured as: + (++) 8 bits plus parity: where M=1 and PCE=1 in the USART_CR1 register + (++) 1.5 stop bits when transmitting and receiving: where STOP=11 in the USART_CR2 register. + + (#) There are two modes of transfer: + (++) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode. + The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function + after finishing transfer. + (++) Non Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts + or DMA, These APIs return the HAL status. + The end of the data processing will be indicated through the + dedicated SMARTCARD IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when + using DMA mode. + The HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks + will be executed respectively at the end of the Transmit or Receive process + The HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() user callback will be executed when a communication error is detected + + (#) Blocking mode APIs are : + (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit() + (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive() + + (#) Non Blocking mode APIs with Interrupt are : + (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT() + (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT() + (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_IRQHandler() + + (#) Non Blocking mode functions with DMA are : + (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA() + (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA() + + (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode: + (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Send an amount of data in blocking mode + * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. + * @param pData: pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint16_t* tmp; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + if(hsc->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hsc); + + hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE; + hsc->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout managment */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + hsc->TxXferSize = Size; + hsc->TxXferCount = Size; + while(hsc->TxXferCount > 0U) + { + hsc->TxXferCount--; + if(SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hsc, SMARTCARD_FLAG_TXE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + tmp = (uint16_t*) pData; + hsc->Instance->DR = (*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF); + pData +=1U; + } + + if(SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hsc, SMARTCARD_FLAG_TC, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* At end of Tx process, restore hsc->gState to Ready */ + hsc->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode + * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. + * @param pData: pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: amount of data to be received + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint16_t* tmp; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + if(hsc->RxState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hsc); + + hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE; + hsc->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout managment */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + hsc->RxXferSize = Size; + hsc->RxXferCount = Size; + + /* Check the remain data to be received */ + while(hsc->RxXferCount > 0U) + { + hsc->RxXferCount--; + if(SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hsc, SMARTCARD_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + tmp = (uint16_t*) pData; + *tmp = (uint8_t)(hsc->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0xFF); + pData +=1U; + } + + /* At end of Rx process, restore hsc->RxState to Ready */ + hsc->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Send an amount of data in non blocking mode + * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. + * @param pData: pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */ + if(hsc->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hsc); + + hsc->pTxBuffPtr = pData; + hsc->TxXferSize = Size; + hsc->TxXferCount = Size; + + hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE; + hsc->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc); + + /* Enable the SMARTCARD Parity Error Interrupt */ + SET_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + + /* Disable the SMARTCARD Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Enable the SMARTCARD Transmit data register empty Interrupt */ + SET_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode + * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. + * @param pData: pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: amount of data to be received + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if(hsc->RxState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hsc); + + hsc->pRxBuffPtr = pData; + hsc->RxXferSize = Size; + hsc->RxXferCount = Size; + + hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE; + hsc->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc); + + /* Enable the SMARTCARD Parity Error and Data Register not empty Interrupts */ + SET_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE| USART_CR1_RXNEIE); + + /* Enable the SMARTCARD Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + SET_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Send an amount of data in non blocking mode + * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. + * @param pData: pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t *tmp; + + /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */ + if(hsc->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hsc); + + hsc->pTxBuffPtr = pData; + hsc->TxXferSize = Size; + hsc->TxXferCount = Size; + + hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE; + hsc->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA transfer complete callback */ + hsc->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = SMARTCARD_DMATransmitCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hsc->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = SMARTCARD_DMAError; + + /* Set the DMA abort callback */ + hsc->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the SMARTCARD transmit DMA Channel */ + tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData; + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsc->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&hsc->Instance->DR, Size); + + /* Clear the TC flag in the SR register by writing 0 to it */ + __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsc, SMARTCARD_FLAG_TC); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc); + + /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit + in the SMARTCARD CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode + * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. + * @param pData: pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: amount of data to be received + * @note When the SMARTCARD parity is enabled (PCE = 1) the data received contain the parity bit.s + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t *tmp; + + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if(hsc->RxState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hsc); + + hsc->pRxBuffPtr = pData; + hsc->RxXferSize = Size; + + hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE; + hsc->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA transfer complete callback */ + hsc->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SMARTCARD_DMAReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hsc->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = SMARTCARD_DMAError; + + /* Set the DMA abort callback */ + hsc->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA Channel */ + tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData; + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsc->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hsc->Instance->DR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, Size); + + /* Clear the Overrun flag just before enabling the DMA Rx request: can be mandatory for the second transfer */ + __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_OREFLAG(hsc); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc); + + /* Enable the SMARTCARD Parity Error Interrupt */ + SET_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + + /* Enable the SMARTCARD Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + SET_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit + in the SMARTCARD CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing transfers (blocking mode). + * @param hsc SMARTCARD handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable PPP Interrupts + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed. + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Abort(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) +{ + /* Disable TXEIE, TCIE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the SMARTCARD DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the SMARTCARD DMA Tx channel: use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(hsc->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hsc->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + HAL_DMA_Abort(hsc->hdmatx); + } + } + + /* Disable the SMARTCARD DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the SMARTCARD DMA Rx channel: use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(hsc->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hsc->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + HAL_DMA_Abort(hsc->hdmarx); + } + } + + /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */ + hsc->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + hsc->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Reset ErrorCode */ + hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Restore hsc->RxState and hsc->gState to Ready */ + hsc->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + hsc->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Transmit transfer (blocking mode). + * @param hsc SMARTCARD handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable PPP Interrupts + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed. + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmit(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) +{ + /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + + /* Disable the SMARTCARD DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the SMARTCARD DMA Tx channel: use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(hsc->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hsc->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + HAL_DMA_Abort(hsc->hdmatx); + } + } + + /* Reset Tx transfer counter */ + hsc->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Restore hsc->gState to Ready */ + hsc->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Receive transfer (blocking mode). + * @param hsc SMARTCARD handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable PPP Interrupts + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed. + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceive(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) +{ + /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the SMARTCARD DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the SMARTCARD DMA Rx channel: use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(hsc->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hsc->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + HAL_DMA_Abort(hsc->hdmarx); + } + } + + /* Reset Rx transfer counter */ + hsc->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Restore hsc->RxState to Ready */ + hsc->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing transfers (Interrupt mode). + * @param hsc SMARTCARD handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable PPP Interrupts + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback + * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be + * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function). + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Abort_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) +{ + uint32_t AbortCplt = 0x01U; + + /* Disable TXEIE, TCIE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* If DMA Tx and/or DMA Rx Handles are associated to SMARTCARD Handle, DMA Abort complete callbacks should be initialised + before any call to DMA Abort functions */ + /* DMA Tx Handle is valid */ + if(hsc->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if SMARTCARD DMA Tx request if enabled. + Otherwise, set it to NULL */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + hsc->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = SMARTCARD_DMATxAbortCallback; + } + else + { + hsc->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + } + /* DMA Rx Handle is valid */ + if(hsc->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if SMARTCARD DMA Rx request if enabled. + Otherwise, set it to NULL */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + hsc->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = SMARTCARD_DMARxAbortCallback; + } + else + { + hsc->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + } + + /* Disable the SMARTCARD DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + /* Disable DMA Tx at SMARTCARD level */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the SMARTCARD DMA Tx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */ + if(hsc->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* SMARTCARD Tx DMA Abort callback has already been initialised : + will lead to call HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + + /* Abort DMA TX */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hsc->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + hsc->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + else + { + AbortCplt = 0x00U; + } + } + } + + /* Disable the SMARTCARD DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the SMARTCARD DMA Rx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */ + if(hsc->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* SMARTCARD Rx DMA Abort callback has already been initialised : + will lead to call HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hsc->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + hsc->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + AbortCplt = 0x01U; + } + else + { + AbortCplt = 0x00U; + } + } + } + + /* if no DMA abort complete callback execution is required => call user Abort Complete callback */ + if(AbortCplt == 0x01U) + { + /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */ + hsc->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + hsc->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Reset ErrorCode */ + hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Restore hsc->gState and hsc->RxState to Ready */ + hsc->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + hsc->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortCpltCallback(hsc); + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Transmit transfer (Interrupt mode). + * @param hsc SMARTCARD handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable PPP Interrupts + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback + * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be + * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function). + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmit_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) +{ + /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + + /* Disable the SMARTCARD DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the SMARTCARD DMA Tx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(hsc->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hsc->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = SMARTCARD_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback; + + /* Abort DMA TX */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hsc->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly hsc->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hsc->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(hsc->hdmatx); + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Tx transfer counter */ + hsc->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Restore hsc->gState to Ready */ + hsc->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(hsc); + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Tx transfer counter */ + hsc->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Restore hsc->gState to Ready */ + hsc->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(hsc); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Receive transfer (Interrupt mode). + * @param hsc SMARTCARD handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable PPP Interrupts + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback + * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be + * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function). + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceive_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) +{ + /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the SMARTCARD DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the SMARTCARD DMA Rx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(hsc->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hsc->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = SMARTCARD_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback; + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hsc->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly hsc->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hsc->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hsc->hdmarx); + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Rx transfer counter */ + hsc->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Restore hsc->RxState to Ready */ + hsc->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(hsc); + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Rx transfer counter */ + hsc->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Restore hsc->RxState to Ready */ + hsc->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(hsc); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles SMARTCARD interrupt request. + * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SMARTCARD_IRQHandler(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) +{ + uint32_t isrflags = READ_REG(hsc->Instance->SR); + uint32_t cr1its = READ_REG(hsc->Instance->CR1); + uint32_t cr3its = READ_REG(hsc->Instance->CR3); + uint32_t dmarequest = 0x00U; + uint32_t errorflags = 0x00U; + + /* If no error occurs */ + errorflags = (isrflags & (uint32_t)(USART_SR_PE | USART_SR_FE | USART_SR_ORE | USART_SR_NE)); + if(errorflags == RESET) + { + /* SMARTCARD in mode Receiver -------------------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_SR_RXNE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != RESET)) + { + SMARTCARD_Receive_IT(hsc); + return; + } + } + + /* If some errors occur */ + if((errorflags != RESET) && (((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET) || ((cr1its & (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)) != RESET))) + { + /* SMARTCARD parity error interrupt occurred ---------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & SMARTCARD_FLAG_PE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_PEIE) != RESET)) + { + hsc->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_PE; + } + + /* SMARTCARD noise error interrupt occurred ----------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & SMARTCARD_FLAG_NE) != RESET) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET)) + { + hsc->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NE; + } + + /* SMARTCARD frame error interrupt occurred ----------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & SMARTCARD_FLAG_FE) != RESET) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET)) + { + hsc->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_FE; + } + + /* SMARTCARD Over-Run interrupt occurred -------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & SMARTCARD_FLAG_ORE) != RESET) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET)) + { + hsc->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_ORE; + } + + /* Call SMARTCARD Error Call back function if need be ------------------*/ + if(hsc->ErrorCode != HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* SMARTCARD in mode Receiver ----------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_SR_RXNE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != RESET)) + { + SMARTCARD_Receive_IT(hsc); + } + + /* If Overrun error occurs, or if any error occurs in DMA mode reception, + consider error as blocking */ + dmarequest = HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + if(((hsc->ErrorCode & HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_ORE) != RESET) || dmarequest) + { + /* Blocking error : transfer is aborted + Set the SMARTCARD state ready to be able to start again the process, + Disable Rx Interrupts, and disable Rx DMA request, if ongoing */ + SMARTCARD_EndRxTransfer(hsc); + + /* Disable the SMARTCARD DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the SMARTCARD DMA Rx channel */ + if(hsc->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hsc->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = SMARTCARD_DMAAbortOnError; + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hsc->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hsc->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hsc->hdmarx); + } + } + else + { + /* Call user error callback */ + HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback(hsc); + } + } + else + { + /* Call user error callback */ + HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback(hsc); + } + } + else + { + /* Non Blocking error : transfer could go on. + Error is notified to user through user error callback */ + HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback(hsc); + hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE; + } + } + return; + } /* End if some error occurs */ + + /* SMARTCARD in mode Transmitter -------------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & SMARTCARD_FLAG_TXE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_TXEIE) != RESET)) + { + SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT(hsc); + return; + } + + /* SMARTCARD in mode Transmitter (transmission end) ------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & SMARTCARD_FLAG_TC) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_TCIE) != RESET)) + { + SMARTCARD_EndTransmit_IT(hsc); + return; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Transfer completed callbacks + * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hsc); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Transfer completed callbacks + * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hsc); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief SMARTCARD error callbacks + * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hsc); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief SMARTCARD Abort Complete callback. + * @param hsc SMARTCARD handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortCpltCallback (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hsc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief SMARTCARD Abort Transmit Complete callback. + * @param hsc SMARTCARD handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmitCpltCallback (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hsc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmitCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief SMARTCARD Abort ReceiveComplete callback. + * @param hsc SMARTCARD handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceiveCpltCallback (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hsc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceiveCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SMARTCARD_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions + * @brief SMARTCARD State and Errors functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the SmartCard. + (+) HAL_SMARTCARD_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the SmartCard peripheral. + (+) HAL_SMARTCARD_GetError() check in run-time errors that could be occurred during communication. +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief return the SMARTCARD state + * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_SMARTCARD_StateTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_GetState(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) +{ + uint32_t temp1= 0x00U, temp2 = 0x00U; + temp1 = hsc->gState; + temp2 = hsc->RxState; + + return (HAL_SMARTCARD_StateTypeDef)(temp1 | temp2); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the SMARTCARD error code + * @param hsc : pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD. + * @retval SMARTCARD Error Code + */ +uint32_t HAL_SMARTCARD_GetError(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) +{ + return hsc->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @brief DMA SMARTCARD transmit process complete callback + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SMARTCARD_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* hsc = ( SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + hsc->TxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit + in the USART CR3 register */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Enable the SMARTCARD Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + SET_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SMARTCARD receive process complete callback + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SMARTCARD_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* hsc = ( SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + hsc->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit + in the USART CR3 register */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* At end of Rx process, restore hsc->RxState to Ready */ + hsc->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback(hsc); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SMARTCARD communication error callback + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SMARTCARD_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + uint32_t dmarequest = 0x00U; + SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* hsc = ( SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + hsc->RxXferCount = 0U; + hsc->TxXferCount = 0U; + hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_DMA; + + /* Stop SMARTCARD DMA Tx request if ongoing */ + dmarequest = HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + if((hsc->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX) && dmarequest) + { + SMARTCARD_EndTxTransfer(hsc); + } + + /* Stop SMARTCARD DMA Rx request if ongoing */ + dmarequest = HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + if((hsc->RxState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX) && dmarequest) + { + SMARTCARD_EndRxTransfer(hsc); + } + + HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback(hsc); +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles SMARTCARD Communication Timeout. + * @param hsc: SMARTCARD handle + * @param Flag: specifies the SMARTCARD flag to check. + * @param Status: The new Flag status (SET or RESET). + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart: tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Tickstart, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + /* Wait until flag is set */ + while((__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_FLAG(hsc, Flag) ? SET : RESET) == Status) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U)||((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + /* Disable TXE and RXNE interrupts for the interrupt process */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE); + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RXNEIE); + + hsc->gState= HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + hsc->RxState= HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief End ongoing Tx transfer on SMARTCARD peripheral (following error detection or Transmit completion). + * @param hsc: SMARTCARD handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void SMARTCARD_EndTxTransfer(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) +{ + /* At end of Tx process, restore hsc->gState to Ready */ + hsc->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); +} + + +/** + * @brief End ongoing Rx transfer on SMARTCARD peripheral (following error detection or Reception completion). + * @param hsc: SMARTCARD handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void SMARTCARD_EndRxTransfer(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) +{ + /* At end of Rx process, restore hsc->RxState to Ready */ + hsc->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); +} + + + +/** + * @brief DMA SMARTCARD communication abort callback, when initiated by HAL services on Error + * (To be called at end of DMA Abort procedure following error occurrence). + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void SMARTCARD_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* hsc = (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + hsc->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + hsc->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + + HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback(hsc); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SMARTCARD Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user + * (To be called at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request). + * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no + * Abort still ongoing for Rx DMA Handle. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void SMARTCARD_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* hsc = ( SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + hsc->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */ + if(hsc->hdmarx != NULL) + { + if(hsc->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback != NULL) + { + return; + } + } + + /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */ + hsc->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + hsc->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Reset ErrorCode */ + hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Restore hsc->gState and hsc->RxState to Ready */ + hsc->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + hsc->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortCpltCallback(hsc); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SMARTCARD Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user + * (To be called at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request). + * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no + * Abort still ongoing for Tx DMA Handle. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void SMARTCARD_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* hsc = ( SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + hsc->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */ + if(hsc->hdmatx != NULL) + { + if(hsc->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback != NULL) + { + return; + } + } + + /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */ + hsc->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + hsc->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Reset ErrorCode */ + hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Restore hsc->gState and hsc->RxState to Ready */ + hsc->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + hsc->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortCpltCallback(hsc); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SMARTCARD Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user by a call to + * HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmit_IT API (Abort only Tx transfer) + * (This callback is executed at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request, + * and leads to user Tx Abort Complete callback execution). + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void SMARTCARD_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* hsc = ( SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + hsc->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Restore hsc->gState to Ready */ + hsc->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(hsc); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SMARTCARD Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user by a call to + * HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceive_IT API (Abort only Rx transfer) + * (This callback is executed at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request, + * and leads to user Rx Abort Complete callback execution). + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void SMARTCARD_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* hsc = ( SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + hsc->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Restore hsc->RxState to Ready */ + hsc->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(hsc); +} + +/** + * @brief Send an amount of data in non blocking mode + * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) +{ + uint16_t* tmp; + + /* Check that a Tx process is ongoing */ + if(hsc->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + tmp = (uint16_t*) hsc->pTxBuffPtr; + hsc->Instance->DR = (uint16_t)(*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF); + hsc->pTxBuffPtr += 1U; + + if(--hsc->TxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* Disable the SMARTCARD Transmit data register empty Interrupt */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE); + + /* Enable the SMARTCARD Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + SET_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE); + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Wraps up transmission in non blocking mode. + * @param hsmartcard: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_EndTransmit_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard) +{ + /* Disable the SMARTCARD Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE); + + /* Disable the SMARTCARD Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Tx process is ended, restore hsmartcard->gState to Ready */ + hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback(hsmartcard); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode + * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_Receive_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) +{ + uint16_t* tmp; + + /* Check that a Rx process is ongoing */ + if(hsc->RxState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + tmp = (uint16_t*) hsc->pRxBuffPtr; + *tmp = (uint8_t)(hsc->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x00FF); + hsc->pRxBuffPtr += 1U; + + if(--hsc->RxXferCount == 0U) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RXNEIE); + + /* Disable the SMARTCARD Parity Error Interrupt */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + + /* Disable the SMARTCARD Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Rx process is completed, restore hsc->RxState to Ready */ + hsc->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback(hsc); + + return HAL_OK; + } + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the SMARTCARD peripheral + * @param hsc: pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SMARTCARD module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SMARTCARD_SetConfig(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_INSTANCE(hsc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_POLARITY(hsc->Init.CLKPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_PHASE(hsc->Init.CLKPhase)); + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_LASTBIT(hsc->Init.CLKLastBit)); + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_BAUDRATE(hsc->Init.BaudRate)); + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_WORD_LENGTH(hsc->Init.WordLength)); + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_STOPBITS(hsc->Init.StopBits)); + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_PARITY(hsc->Init.Parity)); + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_MODE(hsc->Init.Mode)); + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_NACK_STATE(hsc->Init.NACKState)); + + + /* The LBCL, CPOL and CPHA bits have to be selected when both the transmitter and the + receiver are disabled (TE=RE=0) to ensure that the clock pulses function correctly. */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE)); + + /*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration ---------------------*/ + tmpreg = hsc->Instance->CR2; + /* Clear CLKEN, CPOL, CPHA and LBCL bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(USART_CR2_CPHA | USART_CR2_CPOL | USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_CR2_LBCL)); + /* Configure the SMARTCARD Clock, CPOL, CPHA and LastBit -----------------------*/ + /* Set CPOL bit according to hsc->Init.CLKPolarity value */ + /* Set CPHA bit according to hsc->Init.CLKPhase value */ + /* Set LBCL bit according to hsc->Init.CLKLastBit value */ + /* Set Stop Bits: Set STOP[13:12] bits according to hsc->Init.StopBits value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(USART_CR2_CLKEN | hsc->Init.CLKPolarity | + hsc->Init.CLKPhase| hsc->Init.CLKLastBit | hsc->Init.StopBits); + /* Write to USART CR2 */ + WRITE_REG(hsc->Instance->CR2, (uint32_t)tmpreg); + + tmpreg = hsc->Instance->CR2; + + /* Clear STOP[13:12] bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR2_STOP); + + /* Set Stop Bits: Set STOP[13:12] bits according to hsc->Init.StopBits value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(hsc->Init.StopBits); + + /* Write to USART CR2 */ + WRITE_REG(hsc->Instance->CR2, (uint32_t)tmpreg); + + /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ + tmpreg = hsc->Instance->CR1; + + /* Clear M, PCE, PS, TE and RE bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_TE | \ + USART_CR1_RE)); + + /* Configure the SMARTCARD Word Length, Parity and mode: + Set the M bits according to hsc->Init.WordLength value + Set PCE and PS bits according to hsc->Init.Parity value + Set TE and RE bits according to hsc->Init.Mode value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)hsc->Init.WordLength | hsc->Init.Parity | hsc->Init.Mode; + + /* Write to USART CR1 */ + WRITE_REG(hsc->Instance->CR1, (uint32_t)tmpreg); + + /*-------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Clear CTSE and RTSE bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsc->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE)); + + /*-------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/ + + if(hsc->Instance == USART1) + { + hsc->Instance->BRR = SMARTCARD_BRR(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(), hsc->Init.BaudRate); + } + else + { + hsc->Instance->BRR = SMARTCARD_BRR(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(), hsc->Init.BaudRate); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_spi.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_spi.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..744e5f2415404a75d174ac067717fa9d8b345af6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_spi.c @@ -0,0 +1,3266 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_spi.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief SPI HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The SPI HAL driver can be used as follows: + + (#) Declare a SPI_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: + SPI_HandleTypeDef hspi; + + (#)Initialize the SPI low level resources by implementing the HAL_SPI_MspInit() API: + (##) Enable the SPIx interface clock + (##) SPI pins configuration + (+++) Enable the clock for the SPI GPIOs + (+++) Configure these SPI pins as alternate function push-pull + (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process + (+++) Configure the SPIx interrupt priority + (+++) Enable the NVIC SPI IRQ handle + (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process + (+++) Declare a DMA_HandleTypeDef handle structure for the transmit or receive Channel + (+++) Enable the DMAx clock + (+++) Configure the DMA handle parameters + (+++) Configure the DMA Tx or Rx Channel + (+++) Associate the initilalized hdma_tx(or _rx) handle to the hspi DMA Tx (or Rx) handle + (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx or Rx Channel + + (#) Program the Mode, BidirectionalMode , Data size, Baudrate Prescaler, NSS + management, Clock polarity and phase, FirstBit and CRC configuration in the hspi Init structure. + + (#) Initialize the SPI registers by calling the HAL_SPI_Init() API: + (++) This API configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) + by calling the customized HAL_SPI_MspInit() API. + [..] + Circular mode restriction: + (#) The DMA circular mode cannot be used when the SPI is configured in these modes: + (##) Master 2Lines RxOnly + (##) Master 1Line Rx + (#) The CRC feature is not managed when the DMA circular mode is enabled + (#) When the SPI DMA Pause/Stop features are used, we must use the following APIs + the HAL_SPI_DMAPause()/ HAL_SPI_DMAStop() only under the SPI callbacks + [..] + Master Receive mode restriction: + (#) In Master unidirectional receive-only mode (MSTR =1, BIDIMODE=0, RXONLY=0) or + bidirectional receive mode (MSTR=1, BIDIMODE=1, BIDIOE=0), to ensure that the SPI + does not initiate a new transfer the following procedure has to be respected: + (##) HAL_SPI_DeInit() + (##) HAL_SPI_Init() + + @endverbatim + + Using the HAL it is not possible to reach all supported SPI frequency with the differents SPI Modes, + the following tables resume the max SPI frequency reached with data size 8bits/16bits, + according to frequency used on APBx Peripheral Clock (fPCLK) used by the SPI instance : + + DataSize = SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT: + +--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | | | 2Lines Fullduplex | 2Lines RxOnly | 1Line | + | Process | Tranfert mode |-----------------------|-----------------------|-----------------------| + | | | Master | Slave | Master | Slave | Master | Slave | + |==================================================================================================| + | T | Polling | fPCLK/2 | fPCLK/16 | NA | NA | NA | NA | + | X |----------------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------| + | / | Interrupt | fPCLK/8 | fPCLK/32 | NA | NA | NA | NA | + | R |----------------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------| + | X | DMA | fPCLK/2 | fPCLK/4 | NA | NA | NA | NA | + |=========|================|===========|===========|===========|===========|===========|===========| + | | Polling | fPCLK/4 | fPCLK/8 | fPCLK/8 | fPCLK/16 | fPCLK/64 | fPCLK/2 | + | |----------------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------| + | R | Interrupt | fPCLK/8 | fPCLK/16 | fPCLK/32 | fPCLK/16 | fPCLK/64 | fPCLK/4 | + | X |----------------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------| + | | DMA | fPCLK/2 | fPCLK/16 | fPCLK/8 | fPCLK/16 | fPCLK/64 | fPCLK/2 | + |=========|================|===========|===========|===========|===========|===========|===========| + | | Polling | fPCLK/2 | fPCLK/2 | NA | NA | fPCLK/2 | fPCLK/32 | + | |----------------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------| + | T | Interrupt | fPCLK/8 | fPCLK/16 | NA | NA | fPCLK/2 | fPCLK/64 | + | X |----------------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------| + | | DMA | fPCLK/2 | fPCLK/4 | NA | NA | fPCLK/2 | fPCLK/32 | + +--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + + DataSize = SPI_DATASIZE_16BIT: + +--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | | | 2Lines Fullduplex | 2Lines RxOnly | 1Line | + | Process | Tranfert mode |-----------------------|-----------------------|-----------------------| + | | | Master | Slave | Master | Slave | Master | Slave | + |==================================================================================================| + | T | Polling | fPCLK/4 | fPCLK/4 | NA | NA | NA | NA | + | X |----------------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------| + | / | Interrupt | fPCLK/8 | fPCLK/16 | NA | NA | NA | NA | + | R |----------------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------| + | X | DMA | fPCLK/2 | fPCLK/4 | NA | NA | NA | NA | + |=========|================|===========|===========|===========|===========|===========|===========| + | | Polling | fPCLK/4 | fPCLK/8 | fPCLK/4 | fPCLK/8 | fPCLK/64 | fPCLK/2 | + | |----------------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------| + | R | Interrupt | fPCLK/8 | fPCLK/8 | fPCLK/128 | fPCLK/8 | fPCLK/128 | fPCLK/4 | + | X |----------------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------| + | | DMA | fPCLK/2 | fPCLK/2 | fPCLK/128 | fPCLK/16 | fPCLK/64 | fPCLK/2 | + |=========|================|===========|===========|===========|===========|===========|===========| + | | Polling | fPCLK/2 | fPCLK/4 | NA | NA | fPCLK/4 | fPCLK/8 | + | |----------------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------| + | T | Interrupt | fPCLK/4 | fPCLK/8 | NA | NA | fPCLK/4 | fPCLK/4 | + | X |----------------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------|-----------| + | | DMA | fPCLK/2 | fPCLK/2 | NA | NA | fPCLK/4 | fPCLK/8 | + +--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + [..] + (@) The max SPI frequency depend on SPI data size (8bits, 16bits), + SPI mode(2 Lines fullduplex, 2 lines RxOnly, 1 line TX/RX) and Process mode (Polling, IT, DMA). + (@) + (+@) TX/RX processes are HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive(), HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT() and HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA() + (+@) RX processes are HAL_SPI_Receive(), HAL_SPI_Receive_IT() and HAL_SPI_Receive_DMA() + (+@) TX processes are HAL_SPI_Transmit(), HAL_SPI_Transmit_IT() and HAL_SPI_Transmit_DMA() + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ +/** @defgroup SPI SPI + * @brief SPI HAL module driver + * @{ + */ +#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Constants SPI Private Constants + * @{ + */ +#define SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT 100U +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup SPI_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +static void SPI_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SPI_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SPI_DMATransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SPI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SPI_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SPI_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SPI_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Flag, uint32_t State, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +static void SPI_TxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_TxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_RxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_RxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_2linesRxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_2linesTxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_2linesTxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_2linesRxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) +static void SPI_RxISR_8BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_RxISR_16BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_2linesRxISR_8BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_2linesRxISR_16BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ +static void SPI_AbortRx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_AbortTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_CloseRx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_CloseTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_CheckFlag_BSY(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions SPI Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and + de-initialize the SPIx peripheral: + + (+) User must implement HAL_SPI_MspInit() function in which he configures + all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ). + + (+) Call the function HAL_SPI_Init() to configure the selected device with + the selected configuration: + (++) Mode + (++) Direction + (++) Data Size + (++) Clock Polarity and Phase + (++) NSS Management + (++) BaudRate Prescaler + (++) FirstBit + (++) TIMode + (++) CRC Calculation + (++) CRC Polynomial if CRC enabled + + (+) Call the function HAL_SPI_DeInit() to restore the default configuration + of the selected SPIx peripheral. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initialize the SPI according to the specified parameters + * in the SPI_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Init(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Check the SPI handle allocation */ + if(hspi == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(hspi->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_MODE(hspi->Init.Mode)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION(hspi->Init.Direction)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_DATASIZE(hspi->Init.DataSize)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CPOL(hspi->Init.CLKPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CPHA(hspi->Init.CLKPhase)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS(hspi->Init.NSS)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(hspi->Init.BaudRatePrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(hspi->Init.FirstBit)); + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_CALCULATION(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation)); + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(hspi->Init.CRCPolynomial)); + } +#else + hspi->Init.CRCCalculation = SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE; +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hspi->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */ + HAL_SPI_MspInit(hspi); + } + + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the selected SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi); + + /*----------------------- SPIx CR1 & CR2 Configuration ---------------------*/ + /* Configure : SPI Mode, Communication Mode, Data size, Clock polarity and phase, NSS management, + Communication speed, First bit and CRC calculation state */ + WRITE_REG(hspi->Instance->CR1, (hspi->Init.Mode | hspi->Init.Direction | hspi->Init.DataSize | + hspi->Init.CLKPolarity | hspi->Init.CLKPhase | (hspi->Init.NSS & SPI_CR1_SSM) | + hspi->Init.BaudRatePrescaler | hspi->Init.FirstBit | hspi->Init.CRCCalculation) ); + + /* Configure : NSS management */ + WRITE_REG(hspi->Instance->CR2, (((hspi->Init.NSS >> 16U) & SPI_CR2_SSOE) | hspi->Init.TIMode)); + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /*---------------------------- SPIx CRCPOLY Configuration ------------------*/ + /* Configure : CRC Polynomial */ + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + WRITE_REG(hspi->Instance->CRCPR, hspi->Init.CRCPolynomial); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + +#if defined(SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD) + /* Activate the SPI mode (Make sure that I2SMOD bit in I2SCFGR register is reset) */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->I2SCFGR, SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD); +#endif /* SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD */ + + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief De Initialize the SPI peripheral. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DeInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Check the SPI handle allocation */ + if(hspi == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check SPI Instance parameter */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(hspi->Instance)); + + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the SPI Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */ + HAL_SPI_MspDeInit(hspi); + + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize the SPI MSP. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SPI_MspInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hspi); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SPI_MspInit should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief De-Initialize the SPI MSP. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SPI_MspDeInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hspi); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SPI_MspDeInit should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SPI + data transfers. + + [..] The SPI supports master and slave mode : + + (#) There are two modes of transfer: + (++) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode. + The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function + after finishing transfer. + (++) No-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts + or DMA, These APIs return the HAL status. + The end of the data processing will be indicated through the + dedicated SPI IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when + using DMA mode. + The HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback() and HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback() user callbacks + will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process + The HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a communication error is detected + + (#) APIs provided for these 2 transfer modes (Blocking mode or Non blocking mode using either Interrupt or DMA) + exist for 1Line (simplex) and 2Lines (full duplex) modes. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Transmit an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @param pData: pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK; + + /* Check Direction parameter */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_OR_1LINE(hspi->Init.Direction)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hspi); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if(hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) + { + errorcode = HAL_BUSY; + goto error; + } + + if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0U)) + { + errorcode = HAL_ERROR; + goto error; + } + + /* Set the transaction information */ + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pData; + hspi->TxXferSize = Size; + hspi->TxXferCount = Size; + + /*Init field not used in handle to zero */ + hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)NULL; + hspi->RxXferSize = 0U; + hspi->RxXferCount = 0U; + hspi->TxISR = NULL; + hspi->RxISR = NULL; + + /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */ + if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE) + { + SPI_1LINE_TX(hspi); + } + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ + if((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) + { + /* Enable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); + } + + /* Transmit data in 16 Bit mode */ + if(hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_16BIT) + { + if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_SLAVE) || (hspi->TxXferCount == 0x01)) + { + hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)pData); + pData += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->TxXferCount--; + } + /* Transmit data in 16 Bit mode */ + while (hspi->TxXferCount > 0U) + { + /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send data */ + if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE)) + { + hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)pData); + pData += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->TxXferCount--; + } + else + { + /* Timeout management */ + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) && ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) >= Timeout))) + { + errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT; + goto error; + } + } + } + } + /* Transmit data in 8 Bit mode */ + else + { + if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_SLAVE)|| (hspi->TxXferCount == 0x01)) + { + *((__IO uint8_t*)&hspi->Instance->DR) = (*pData); + pData += sizeof(uint8_t); + hspi->TxXferCount--; + } + while (hspi->TxXferCount > 0U) + { + /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send data */ + if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE)) + { + *((__IO uint8_t*)&hspi->Instance->DR) = (*pData); + pData += sizeof(uint8_t); + hspi->TxXferCount--; + } + else + { + /* Timeout management */ + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) && ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) >= Timeout))) + { + errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT; + goto error; + } + } + } + } + + /* Wait until TXE flag */ + if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT; + goto error; + } + + /* Check Busy flag */ + if(SPI_CheckFlag_BSY(hspi, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + errorcode = HAL_ERROR; + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG; + goto error; + } + + /* Clear overrun flag in 2 Lines communication mode because received is not read */ + if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) + { + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi); + } +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Enable CRC Transmission */ + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + if(hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE) + { + errorcode = HAL_ERROR; + } + +error: + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + return errorcode; +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @param pData: pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: amount of data to be received + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + __IO uint16_t tmpreg = 0U; +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK; + + if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES)) + { + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX; + /* Call transmit-receive function to send Dummy data on Tx line and generate clock on CLK line */ + return HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive(hspi,pData,pData,Size,Timeout); + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hspi); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if(hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) + { + errorcode = HAL_BUSY; + goto error; + } + + if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0U)) + { + errorcode = HAL_ERROR; + goto error; + } + + /* Set the transaction information */ + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pData; + hspi->RxXferSize = Size; + hspi->RxXferCount = Size; + + /*Init field not used in handle to zero */ + hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)NULL; + hspi->TxXferSize = 0U; + hspi->TxXferCount = 0U; + hspi->RxISR = NULL; + hspi->TxISR = NULL; + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + /* this is done to handle the CRCNEXT before the latest data */ + hspi->RxXferCount--; + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + /* Configure communication direction: 1Line */ + if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE) + { + SPI_1LINE_RX(hspi); + } + + /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ + if((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) + { + /* Enable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); + } + + /* Receive data in 8 Bit mode */ + if(hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) + { + /* Transfer loop */ + while(hspi->RxXferCount > 0U) + { + /* Check the RXNE flag */ + if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE)) + { + /* read the received data */ + (* (uint8_t *)pData)= *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR; + pData += sizeof(uint8_t); + hspi->RxXferCount--; + } + else + { + /* Timeout management */ + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) && ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) >= Timeout))) + { + errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT; + goto error; + } + } + } + } + else + { + /* Transfer loop */ + while(hspi->RxXferCount > 0U) + { + /* Check the RXNE flag */ + if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE)) + { + *((uint16_t*)pData) = hspi->Instance->DR; + pData += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->RxXferCount--; + } + else + { + /* Timeout management */ + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) && ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) >= Timeout))) + { + errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT; + goto error; + } + } + } + } + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Handle the CRC Transmission */ + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + /* freeze the CRC before the latest data */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT); + + /* Read the latest data */ + if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* the latest data has not been received */ + errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT; + goto error; + } + + /* Receive last data in 16 Bit mode */ + if(hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_16BIT) + { + *((uint16_t*)pData) = hspi->Instance->DR; + } + /* Receive last data in 8 Bit mode */ + else + { + (*(uint8_t *)pData) = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR; + } + + /* Wait the CRC data */ + if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC); + errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT; + goto error; + } + + /* Read CRC to Flush DR and RXNE flag */ + tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR; + /* To avoid GCC warning */ + UNUSED(tmpreg); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + /* Check the end of the transaction */ + if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER)&&((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)||(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY))) + { + /* Disable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi); + } + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Check if CRC error occurred */ + if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) != RESET) + { + /* Check if CRC error is valid or not (workaround to be applied or not) */ + if (SPI_ISCRCErrorValid(hspi) == SPI_VALID_CRC_ERROR) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC); + + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + } + else + { + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi); + } + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + if(hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE) + { + errorcode = HAL_ERROR; + } + +error : + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + return errorcode; +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit and Receive an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @param pTxData: pointer to transmission data buffer + * @param pRxData: pointer to reception data buffer + * @param Size: amount of data to be sent and received + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0U, tmp1 = 0U; +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + __IO uint16_t tmpreg1 = 0U; +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + /* Variable used to alternate Rx and Tx during transfer */ + uint32_t txallowed = 1U; + HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK; + + /* Check Direction parameter */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES(hspi->Init.Direction)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hspi); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + tmp = hspi->State; + tmp1 = hspi->Init.Mode; + + if(!((tmp == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) || \ + ((tmp1 == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (tmp == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)))) + { + errorcode = HAL_BUSY; + goto error; + } + + if((pTxData == NULL) || (pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + errorcode = HAL_ERROR; + goto error; + } + + /* Don't overwrite in case of HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX */ + if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) + { + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; + } + + /* Set the transaction information */ + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pRxData; + hspi->RxXferCount = Size; + hspi->RxXferSize = Size; + hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pTxData; + hspi->TxXferCount = Size; + hspi->TxXferSize = Size; + + /*Init field not used in handle to zero */ + hspi->RxISR = NULL; + hspi->TxISR = NULL; + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ + if((hspi->Instance->CR1 &SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) + { + /* Enable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); + } + + /* Transmit and Receive data in 16 Bit mode */ + if(hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_16BIT) + { + if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_SLAVE) || (hspi->TxXferCount == 0x01U)) + { + hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)pTxData); + pTxData += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->TxXferCount--; + } + while ((hspi->TxXferCount > 0U) || (hspi->RxXferCount > 0U)) + { + /* Check TXE flag */ + if(txallowed && (hspi->TxXferCount > 0U) && (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE))) + { + hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)pTxData); + pTxData += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->TxXferCount--; + /* Next Data is a reception (Rx). Tx not allowed */ + txallowed = 0U; + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Enable CRC Transmission */ + if((hspi->TxXferCount == 0U) && (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + } + + /* Check RXNE flag */ + if((hspi->RxXferCount > 0U) && (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE))) + { + *((uint16_t *)pRxData) = hspi->Instance->DR; + pRxData += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->RxXferCount--; + /* Next Data is a Transmission (Tx). Tx is allowed */ + txallowed = 1U; + } + if((Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) && ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) >= Timeout)) + { + errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT; + goto error; + } + } + } + /* Transmit and Receive data in 8 Bit mode */ + else + { + if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_SLAVE) || (hspi->TxXferCount == 0x01U)) + { + *((__IO uint8_t*)&hspi->Instance->DR) = (*pTxData); + pTxData += sizeof(uint8_t); + hspi->TxXferCount--; + } + while((hspi->TxXferCount > 0U) || (hspi->RxXferCount > 0U)) + { + /* check TXE flag */ + if(txallowed && (hspi->TxXferCount > 0U) && (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE))) + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR = (*pTxData++); + hspi->TxXferCount--; + /* Next Data is a reception (Rx). Tx not allowed */ + txallowed = 0U; + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Enable CRC Transmission */ + if((hspi->TxXferCount == 0U) && (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + } + + /* Wait until RXNE flag is reset */ + if((hspi->RxXferCount > 0U) && (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE))) + { + (*(uint8_t *)pRxData++) = hspi->Instance->DR; + hspi->RxXferCount--; + /* Next Data is a Transmission (Tx). Tx is allowed */ + txallowed = 1U; + } + if((Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) && ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) >= Timeout)) + { + errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT; + goto error; + } + } + } + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Read CRC from DR to close CRC calculation process */ + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + /* Wait until TXE flag */ + if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Error on the CRC reception */ + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC); + errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT; + goto error; + } + /* Read CRC */ + tmpreg1 = hspi->Instance->DR; + /* To avoid GCC warning */ + UNUSED(tmpreg1); + } + + /* Check if CRC error occurred */ + if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) != RESET) + { + /* Check if CRC error is valid or not (workaround to be applied or not) */ + if (SPI_ISCRCErrorValid(hspi) == SPI_VALID_CRC_ERROR) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC); + + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + + errorcode = HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi); + } + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + /* Wait until TXE flag */ + if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT; + goto error; + } + + /* Check Busy flag */ + if(SPI_CheckFlag_BSY(hspi, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + errorcode = HAL_ERROR; + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG; + goto error; + } + + /* Clear overrun flag in 2 Lines communication mode because received is not read */ + if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) + { + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi); + } + +error : + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + return errorcode; +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @param pData: pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK; + + /* Check Direction parameter */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_OR_1LINE(hspi->Init.Direction)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hspi); + + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + errorcode = HAL_ERROR; + goto error; + } + + if(hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) + { + errorcode = HAL_BUSY; + goto error; + } + + /* Set the transaction information */ + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pData; + hspi->TxXferSize = Size; + hspi->TxXferCount = Size; + + /* Init field not used in handle to zero */ + hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)NULL; + hspi->RxXferSize = 0U; + hspi->RxXferCount = 0U; + hspi->RxISR = NULL; + + /* Set the function for IT treatment */ + if(hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT ) + { + hspi->TxISR = SPI_TxISR_16BIT; + } + else + { + hspi->TxISR = SPI_TxISR_8BIT; + } + + /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */ + if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE) + { + SPI_1LINE_TX(hspi); + } + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) + { + /* Enable TXE interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE)); + } + else + { + /* Enable TXE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_ERR)); + } + + /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ + if((hspi->Instance->CR1 &SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) + { + /* Enable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); + } + +error : + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + return errorcode; +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @param pData: pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK; + + if((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER)) + { + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX; + /* Call transmit-receive function to send Dummy data on Tx line and generate clock on CLK line */ + return HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT(hspi, pData, pData, Size); + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hspi); + + if(hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) + { + errorcode = HAL_BUSY; + goto error; + } + + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + errorcode = HAL_ERROR; + goto error; + } + + /* Set the transaction information */ + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pData; + hspi->RxXferSize = Size; + hspi->RxXferCount = Size; + + /* Init field not used in handle to zero */ + hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)NULL; + hspi->TxXferSize = 0U; + hspi->TxXferCount = 0U; + hspi->TxISR = NULL; + + /* Set the function for IT treatment */ + if(hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT ) + { + hspi->RxISR = SPI_RxISR_16BIT; + } + else + { + hspi->RxISR = SPI_RxISR_8BIT; + } + + /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */ + if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE) + { + SPI_1LINE_RX(hspi); + } + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + /* Enable TXE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR)); + + /* Note : The SPI must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of SPI interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ + if((hspi->Instance->CR1 &SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) + { + /* Enable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); + } + +error : + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + return errorcode; +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit and Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @param pTxData: pointer to transmission data buffer + * @param pRxData: pointer to reception data buffer + * @param Size: amount of data to be sent and received + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0U, tmp1 = 0U; + HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK; + + /* Check Direction parameter */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES(hspi->Init.Direction)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hspi); + + tmp = hspi->State; + tmp1 = hspi->Init.Mode; + + if(!((tmp == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) || \ + ((tmp1 == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (tmp == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)))) + { + errorcode = HAL_BUSY; + goto error; + } + + if((pTxData == NULL ) || (pRxData == NULL ) || (Size == 0U)) + { + errorcode = HAL_ERROR; + goto error; + } + + /* Don't overwrite in case of HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX */ + if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) + { + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; + } + + /* Set the transaction information */ + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pTxData; + hspi->TxXferSize = Size; + hspi->TxXferCount = Size; + hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pRxData; + hspi->RxXferSize = Size; + hspi->RxXferCount = Size; + + /* Set the function for IT treatment */ + if(hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT ) + { + hspi->RxISR = SPI_2linesRxISR_16BIT; + hspi->TxISR = SPI_2linesTxISR_16BIT; + } + else + { + hspi->RxISR = SPI_2linesRxISR_8BIT; + hspi->TxISR = SPI_2linesTxISR_8BIT; + } + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + /* Enable TXE, RXNE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR)); + + /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ + if((hspi->Instance->CR1 &SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) + { + /* Enable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); + } + +error : + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + return errorcode; +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @param pData: pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK; + + /* Check Direction parameter */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_OR_1LINE(hspi->Init.Direction)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hspi); + + if(hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) + { + errorcode = HAL_BUSY; + goto error; + } + + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + errorcode = HAL_ERROR; + goto error; + } + + /* Set the transaction information */ + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pData; + hspi->TxXferSize = Size; + hspi->TxXferCount = Size; + + /* Init field not used in handle to zero */ + hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)NULL; + hspi->TxISR = NULL; + hspi->RxISR = NULL; + hspi->RxXferSize = 0U; + hspi->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */ + if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE) + { + SPI_1LINE_TX(hspi); + } + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + /* Set the SPI TxDMA Half transfer complete callback */ + hspi->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfTransmitCplt; + + /* Set the SPI TxDMA transfer complete callback */ + hspi->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = SPI_DMATransmitCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hspi->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = SPI_DMAError; + + /* Set the DMA AbortCpltCallback */ + hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the Tx DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hspi->pTxBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR, hspi->TxXferCount); + + /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ + if((hspi->Instance->CR1 &SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) + { + /* Enable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); + } + + /* Enable the SPI Error Interrupt Bit */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_ERRIE); + + /* Enable Tx DMA Request */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN); + +error : + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + return errorcode; +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @param pData: pointer to data buffer + * @note When the CRC feature is enabled the pData Length must be Size + 1. + * @param Size: amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK; + + if((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES)&&(hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER)) + { + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX; + /* Call transmit-receive function to send Dummy data on Tx line and generate clock on CLK line */ + return HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA(hspi, pData, pData, Size); + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hspi); + + if(hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) + { + errorcode = HAL_BUSY; + goto error; + } + + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + errorcode = HAL_ERROR; + goto error; + } + + /* Set the transaction information */ + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pData; + hspi->RxXferSize = Size; + hspi->RxXferCount = Size; + + /*Init field not used in handle to zero */ + hspi->RxISR = NULL; + hspi->TxISR = NULL; + hspi->TxXferSize = 0U; + hspi->TxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */ + if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE) + { + SPI_1LINE_RX(hspi); + } + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + /* Set the SPI RxDMA Half transfer complete callback */ + hspi->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the SPI Rx DMA transfer complete callback */ + hspi->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SPI_DMAReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hspi->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = SPI_DMAError; + + /* Set the DMA AbortCpltCallback */ + hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the Rx DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)hspi->pRxBuffPtr, hspi->RxXferCount); + + /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ + if((hspi->Instance->CR1 &SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) + { + /* Enable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); + } + + /* Enable the SPI Error Interrupt Bit */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_ERRIE); + + /* Enable Rx DMA Request */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + +error: + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + return errorcode; +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit and Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @param pTxData: pointer to transmission data buffer + * @param pRxData: pointer to reception data buffer + * @note When the CRC feature is enabled the pRxData Length must be Size + 1 + * @param Size: amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0U, tmp1 = 0U; + HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK; + + /* Check Direction parameter */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES(hspi->Init.Direction)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hspi); + + tmp = hspi->State; + tmp1 = hspi->Init.Mode; + if(!((tmp == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) || + ((tmp1 == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (tmp == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)))) + { + errorcode = HAL_BUSY; + goto error; + } + + if((pTxData == NULL ) || (pRxData == NULL ) || (Size == 0U)) + { + errorcode = HAL_ERROR; + goto error; + } + + /* Don't overwrite in case of HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX */ + if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) + { + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; + } + + /* Set the transaction information */ + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t*)pTxData; + hspi->TxXferSize = Size; + hspi->TxXferCount = Size; + hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t*)pRxData; + hspi->RxXferSize = Size; + hspi->RxXferCount = Size; + + /* Init field not used in handle to zero */ + hspi->RxISR = NULL; + hspi->TxISR = NULL; + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + /* Check if we are in Rx only or in Rx/Tx Mode and configure the DMA transfer complete callback */ + if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + /* Set the SPI Rx DMA Half transfer complete callback */ + hspi->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt; + hspi->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SPI_DMAReceiveCplt; + } + else + { + /* Set the SPI Tx/Rx DMA Half transfer complete callback */ + hspi->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfTransmitReceiveCplt; + hspi->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SPI_DMATransmitReceiveCplt; + } + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hspi->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = SPI_DMAError; + + /* Set the DMA AbortCpltCallback */ + hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the Rx DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)hspi->pRxBuffPtr, hspi->RxXferCount); + + /* Enable Rx DMA Request */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + + /* Set the SPI Tx DMA transfer complete callback as NULL because the communication closing + is performed in DMA reception complete callback */ + hspi->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hspi->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = NULL; + hspi->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = NULL; + hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the Tx DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hspi->pTxBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR, hspi->TxXferCount); + + /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ + if((hspi->Instance->CR1 &SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) + { + /* Enable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); + } + /* Enable the SPI Error Interrupt Bit */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_ERRIE); + + /* Enable Tx DMA Request */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN); + +error : + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + return errorcode; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing transfer (blocking mode). + * @param hspi SPI handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer (Tx and Rx), + * started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable SPI Interrupts (depending of transfer direction) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed. + * @note Once transfer is aborted, the __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG() macro must be called in user application + * before starting new SPI receive process. + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Abort(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + __IO uint32_t count = SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT * (SystemCoreClock / 24U / 1000U); + + /* Disable TXEIE, RXNEIE and ERRIE(mode fault event, overrun error, TI frame error) interrupts */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXEIE)) + { + hspi->TxISR = SPI_AbortTx_ISR; + } + + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXNEIE)) + { + hspi->RxISR = SPI_AbortRx_ISR; + } + + /* Clear ERRIE interrupts in case of DMA Mode */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_ERRIE); + + /* Disable the SPI DMA Tx or SPI DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN)) || (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN))) + { + /* Abort the SPI DMA Tx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(hspi->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the SPI DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Abort DMA Tx Handle linked to SPI Peripheral */ + HAL_DMA_Abort(hspi->hdmatx); + + /* Disable Tx DMA Request */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, (SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN)); + + /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ + do + { + if(count-- == 0U) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG); + break; + } + } + while((hspi->Instance->SR & SPI_FLAG_TXE) == RESET); + } + /* Abort the SPI DMA Rx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(hspi->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the SPI DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Abort DMA Rx Handle linked to SPI Peripheral */ + HAL_DMA_Abort(hspi->hdmarx); + + /* Disable peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi); + + /* Disable Rx DMA Request */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, (SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN)); + + } + } + /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */ + hspi->RxXferCount = 0U; + hspi->TxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Reset errorCode */ + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the SR register */ + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi); + + /* Restore hspi->state to ready */ + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing transfer (Interrupt mode). + * @param hspi SPI handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer (Tx and Rx), + * started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable SPI Interrupts (depending of transfer direction) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback + * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be + * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function). + * @note Once transfer is aborted, the __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG() macro must be called in user application + * before starting new SPI receive process. + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Abort_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + uint32_t abortcplt; + + /* Change Rx and Tx Irq Handler to Disable TXEIE, RXNEIE and ERRIE interrupts */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXEIE)) + { + hspi->TxISR = SPI_AbortTx_ISR; + } + + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXNEIE)) + { + hspi->RxISR = SPI_AbortRx_ISR; + } + + /* Clear ERRIE interrupts in case of DMA Mode */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_ERRIE); + + abortcplt = 1U; + + /* If DMA Tx and/or DMA Rx Handles are associated to SPI Handle, DMA Abort complete callbacks should be initialised + before any call to DMA Abort functions */ + /* DMA Tx Handle is valid */ + if(hspi->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if UART DMA Tx request if enabled. + Otherwise, set it to NULL */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN)) + { + hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = SPI_DMATxAbortCallback; + } + else + { + hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + } + /* DMA Rx Handle is valid */ + if(hspi->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if UART DMA Rx request if enabled. + Otherwise, set it to NULL */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN)) + { + hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = SPI_DMARxAbortCallback; + } + else + { + hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + } + + /* Disable the SPI DMA Tx or the SPI Rx request if enabled */ + if((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN)) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN))) + { + /* Abort the SPI DMA Tx channel */ + if(hspi->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Abort DMA Tx Handle linked to SPI Peripheral */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hspi->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + else + { + abortcplt = 0U; + } + } + /* Abort the SPI DMA Rx channel */ + if(hspi->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Abort DMA Rx Handle linked to SPI Peripheral */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hspi->hdmarx)!= HAL_OK) + { + hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + abortcplt = 1U; + } + else + { + abortcplt = 0U; + } + } + } + + /* Disable the SPI DMA Tx or the SPI Rx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN)) + { + /* Abort the SPI DMA Tx channel */ + if(hspi->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Abort DMA Tx Handle linked to SPI Peripheral */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hspi->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + else + { + abortcplt = 0U; + } + } + } + /* Disable the SPI DMA Tx or the SPI Rx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN)) + { + /* Abort the SPI DMA Rx channel */ + if(hspi->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Abort DMA Rx Handle linked to SPI Peripheral */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hspi->hdmarx)!= HAL_OK) + { + hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + else + { + abortcplt = 0U; + } + } + } + + if(abortcplt == 1U) + { + /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */ + hspi->RxXferCount = 0U; + hspi->TxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Reset errorCode */ + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the SR register */ + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi); + + /* Restore hspi->State to Ready */ + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback(hspi); + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Pause the DMA Transfer. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SPI module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAPause(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hspi); + + /* Disable the SPI DMA Tx & Rx requests */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Resume the DMA Transfer. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SPI module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAResume(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hspi); + + /* Enable the SPI DMA Tx & Rx requests */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop the DMA Transfer. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SPI module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAStop(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application + to call the HAL SPI API under callbacks HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(): + when calling HAL_DMA_Abort() API the DMA TX/RX Transfer complete interrupt is generated + and the correspond call back is executed HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback() + */ + + /* Abort the SPI DMA tx Stream */ + if(hspi->hdmatx != NULL) + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(hspi->hdmatx); + } + /* Abort the SPI DMA rx Stream */ + if(hspi->hdmarx != NULL) + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(hspi->hdmarx); + } + + /* Disable the SPI DMA Tx & Rx requests */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle SPI interrupt request. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SPI_IRQHandler(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + uint32_t itsource = hspi->Instance->CR2; + uint32_t itflag = hspi->Instance->SR; + + /* SPI in mode Receiver ----------------------------------------------------*/ + if(((itflag & SPI_FLAG_OVR) == RESET) && + ((itflag & SPI_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) && ((itsource & SPI_IT_RXNE) != RESET)) + { + hspi->RxISR(hspi); + return; + } + + /* SPI in mode Transmitter -------------------------------------------------*/ + if(((itflag & SPI_FLAG_TXE) != RESET) && ((itsource & SPI_IT_TXE) != RESET)) + { + hspi->TxISR(hspi); + return; + } + + /* SPI in Error Treatment --------------------------------------------------*/ + if(((itflag & (SPI_FLAG_MODF | SPI_FLAG_OVR)) != RESET) && ((itsource & SPI_IT_ERR) != RESET)) + { + /* SPI Overrun error interrupt occurred ----------------------------------*/ + if((itflag & SPI_FLAG_OVR) != RESET) + { + if(hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_OVR); + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi); + } + else + { + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi); + return; + } + } + + /* SPI Mode Fault error interrupt occurred -------------------------------*/ + if((itflag & SPI_FLAG_MODF) != RESET) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_MODF); + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_MODFFLAG(hspi); + } + + if(hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Disable all interrupts */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_ERR); + + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + /* Disable the SPI DMA requests if enabled */ + if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(itsource, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN))||(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(itsource, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN))) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, (SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN)); + + /* Abort the SPI DMA Rx channel */ + if(hspi->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the SPI DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = SPI_DMAAbortOnError; + HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hspi->hdmarx); + } + /* Abort the SPI DMA Tx channel */ + if(hspi->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the SPI DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = SPI_DMAAbortOnError; + HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hspi->hdmatx); + } + } + else + { + /* Call user error callback */ + HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); + } + } + return; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hspi); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hspi); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Tx and Rx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hspi); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Half Transfer completed callback. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hspi); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Half Transfer completed callback. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hspi); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback() should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Tx and Rx Half Transfer callback. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hspi); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback() should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief SPI error callback. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hspi); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback should be implemented in the user file + */ + /* NOTE : The ErrorCode parameter in the hspi handle is updated by the SPI processes + and user can use HAL_SPI_GetError() API to check the latest error occurred + */ +} + +/** + * @brief SPI Abort Complete callback. + * @param hspi SPI handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hspi); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions + * @brief SPI control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the SPI. + (+) HAL_SPI_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the SPI peripheral + (+) HAL_SPI_GetError() check in run-time Errors occurring during communication +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the SPI handle state. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval SPI state + */ +HAL_SPI_StateTypeDef HAL_SPI_GetState(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Return SPI handle state */ + return hspi->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the SPI error code. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval SPI error code in bitmap format + */ +uint32_t HAL_SPI_GetError(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Return SPI ErrorCode */ + return hspi->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup SPI_Private_Functions + * @brief Private functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief DMA SPI transmit process complete callback. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = ( SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* DMA Normal Mode */ + if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) != DMA_CCR_CIRC) + { + /* Disable Tx DMA Request */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN); + + /* Check the end of the transaction */ + if(SPI_CheckFlag_BSY(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG); + } + + /* Clear overrun flag in 2 Lines communication mode because received data is not read */ + if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) + { + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi); + } + + hspi->TxXferCount = 0U; + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + + if(hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE) + { + HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); + return; + } + } + HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(hspi); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SPI receive process complete callback. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = ( SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + __IO uint16_t tmpreg = 0U; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) != DMA_CCR_CIRC) + { +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* CRC handling */ + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + /* Wait until RXNE flag */ + if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Error on the CRC reception */ + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC); + } + /* Read CRC */ + tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR; + /* To avoid GCC warning */ + UNUSED(tmpreg); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + /* Disable Rx/Tx DMA Request (done by default to handle the case master rx direction 2 lines) */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + + /* Check the end of the transaction */ + if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER)&&((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)||(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY))) + { + /* Disable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi); + } + + hspi->RxXferCount = 0U; + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Check if CRC error occurred */ + if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) != RESET) + { + /* Check if CRC error is valid or not (workaround to be applied or not) */ + if (SPI_ISCRCErrorValid(hspi) == SPI_VALID_CRC_ERROR) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC); + + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + } + else + { + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi); + } + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + if(hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE) + { + HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); + return; + } + } + HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(hspi); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SPI transmit receive process complete callback. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_DMATransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = ( SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + __IO int16_t tmpreg = 0U; +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) != DMA_CCR_CIRC) + { +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* CRC handling */ + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + /* Wait the CRC data */ + if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SET, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC); + } + /* Read CRC to Flush DR and RXNE flag */ + tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR; + /* To avoid GCC warning */ + UNUSED(tmpreg); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + /* Check the end of the transaction */ + if(SPI_CheckFlag_BSY(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG); + } + + /* Disable Rx/Tx DMA Request */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + + hspi->TxXferCount = 0U; + hspi->RxXferCount = 0U; + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Check if CRC error occurred */ + if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) != RESET) + { + /* Check if CRC error is valid or not (workaround to be applied or not) */ + if (SPI_ISCRCErrorValid(hspi) == SPI_VALID_CRC_ERROR) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC); + + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + } + else + { + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi); + } + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + if(hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE) + { + HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); + return; + } + } + HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(hspi); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SPI half transmit process complete callback. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = ( SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback(hspi); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SPI half receive process complete callback + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = ( SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback(hspi); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SPI half transmit receive process complete callback. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = ( SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback(hspi); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SPI communication error callback. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + +/* Stop the disable DMA transfer on SPI side */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_DMA); + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SPI communication abort callback, when initiated by HAL services on Error + * (To be called at end of DMA Abort procedure following error occurrence). + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = ( SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + hspi->RxXferCount = 0U; + hspi->TxXferCount = 0U; + + HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SPI Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user + * (To be called at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request). + * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no + * Abort still ongoing for Rx DMA Handle. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + __IO uint32_t count = SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT * (SystemCoreClock / 24U / 1000U); + SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = ( SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Disable Tx DMA Request */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN ); + + /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ + do + { + if(count-- == 0U) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG); + break; + } + } + while((hspi->Instance->SR & SPI_FLAG_TXE) == RESET); + + /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */ + if(hspi->hdmarx != NULL) + { + if(hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback != NULL) + { + return; + } + } + + /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */ + hspi->RxXferCount = 0U; + hspi->TxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Reset errorCode */ + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Restore hspi->State to Ready */ + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback(hspi); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SPI Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user + * (To be called at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request). + * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no + * Abort still ongoing for Tx DMA Handle. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = ( SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + /* Disable SPI Peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi); + + hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Disable Rx DMA Request */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + + /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */ + if(hspi->hdmatx != NULL) + { + if(hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback != NULL) + { + return; + } + } + + /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */ + hspi->RxXferCount = 0U; + hspi->TxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Reset errorCode */ + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the SR register */ + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi); + + /* Restore hspi->State to Ready */ + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback(hspi); +} + +/** + * @brief Rx 8-bit handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_2linesRxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Receive data in 8bit mode */ + *hspi->pRxBuffPtr++ = *((__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR); + hspi->RxXferCount--; + + /* check end of the reception */ + if(hspi->RxXferCount == 0U) + { +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + hspi->RxISR = SPI_2linesRxISR_8BITCRC; + return; + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + /* Disable RXNE interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR)); + + if(hspi->TxXferCount == 0U) + { + SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi); + } + } +} + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) +/** + * @brief Rx 8-bit handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_2linesRxISR_8BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + __IO uint8_t tmpreg = 0U; + + /* Read data register to flush CRC */ + tmpreg = *((__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR); + + /* To avoid GCC warning */ + + UNUSED(tmpreg); + + /* Disable RXNE interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR)); + + if(hspi->TxXferCount == 0U) + { + SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi); + } +} +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + +/** + * @brief Tx 8-bit handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_2linesTxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr++); + hspi->TxXferCount--; + + /* check the end of the transmission */ + if(hspi->TxXferCount == 0U) + { +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT); + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_TXE); + return; + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + /* Disable TXE interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_TXE); + + if(hspi->RxXferCount == 0U) + { + SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Rx 16-bit handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_2linesRxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Receive data in 16 Bit mode */ + *((uint16_t*)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = hspi->Instance->DR; + hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->RxXferCount--; + + if(hspi->RxXferCount == 0U) + { +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + hspi->RxISR = SPI_2linesRxISR_16BITCRC; + return; + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + /* Disable RXNE interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_RXNE); + + if(hspi->TxXferCount == 0U) + { + SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi); + } + } +} + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) +/** + * @brief Manage the CRC 16-bit receive for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_2linesRxISR_16BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Receive data in 16 Bit mode */ + __IO uint16_t tmpreg = 0U; + + /* Read data register to flush CRC */ + tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR; + + /* To avoid GCC warning */ + UNUSED(tmpreg); + + /* Disable RXNE interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_RXNE); + + SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi); +} +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + +/** + * @brief Tx 16-bit handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_2linesTxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Transmit data in 16 Bit mode */ + hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr); + hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->TxXferCount--; + + /* Enable CRC Transmission */ + if(hspi->TxXferCount == 0U) + { +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT); + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_TXE); + return; + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + /* Disable TXE interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_TXE); + + if(hspi->RxXferCount == 0U) + { + SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi); + } + } +} + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) +/** + * @brief Manage the CRC 8-bit receive in Interrupt context. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_RxISR_8BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + __IO uint8_t tmpreg = 0U; + + /* Read data register to flush CRC */ + tmpreg = *((__IO uint8_t*)&hspi->Instance->DR); + + /* To avoid GCC warning */ + UNUSED(tmpreg); + + SPI_CloseRx_ISR(hspi); +} +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + +/** + * @brief Manage the receive 8-bit in Interrupt context. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_RxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + *hspi->pRxBuffPtr++ = (*(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR); + hspi->RxXferCount--; + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Enable CRC Transmission */ + if((hspi->RxXferCount == 1U) && (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + if(hspi->RxXferCount == 0U) + { +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + hspi->RxISR = SPI_RxISR_8BITCRC; + return; + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + SPI_CloseRx_ISR(hspi); + } +} + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) +/** + * @brief Manage the CRC 16-bit receive in Interrupt context. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_RxISR_16BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + __IO uint16_t tmpreg = 0U; + + /* Read data register to flush CRC */ + tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR; + + /* To avoid GCC warning */ + UNUSED(tmpreg); + + /* Disable RXNE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR)); + + SPI_CloseRx_ISR(hspi); +} +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + +/** + * @brief Manage the 16-bit receive in Interrupt context. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_RxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + *((uint16_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = hspi->Instance->DR; + hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->RxXferCount--; + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Enable CRC Transmission */ + if((hspi->RxXferCount == 1U) && (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + if(hspi->RxXferCount == 0U) + { +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + hspi->RxISR = SPI_RxISR_16BITCRC; + return; + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + SPI_CloseRx_ISR(hspi); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Handle the data 8-bit transmit in Interrupt mode. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_TxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr++); + hspi->TxXferCount--; + + if(hspi->TxXferCount == 0U) + { +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + /* Enable CRC Transmission */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + SPI_CloseTx_ISR(hspi); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Handle the data 16-bit transmit in Interrupt mode. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_TxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Transmit data in 16 Bit mode */ + hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr); + hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->TxXferCount--; + + if(hspi->TxXferCount == 0U) + { +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + /* Enable CRC Transmission */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + SPI_CloseTx_ISR(hspi); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Handle SPI Communication Timeout. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @param Flag: SPI flag to check + * @param State: flag state to check + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart: tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Flag, uint32_t State, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + while((((hspi->Instance->SR & Flag) == (Flag)) ? SET : RESET) != State) + { + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick()-Tickstart) >= Timeout)) + { + /* Disable the SPI and reset the CRC: the CRC value should be cleared + on both master and slave sides in order to resynchronize the master + and slave for their respective CRC calculation */ + + /* Disable TXE, RXNE and ERR interrupts for the interrupt process */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR)); + + if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER)&&((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)||(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY))) + { + /* Disable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi); + } + + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + } + + hspi->State= HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} +/** + * @brief Handle to check BSY flag before start a new transaction. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart: tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_CheckFlag_BSY(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + /* Control the BSY flag */ + if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, RESET, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle the end of the RXTX transaction. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + __IO uint32_t count = SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT * (SystemCoreClock / 24U / 1000U); + /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Disable ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_ERR); + + /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ + do + { + if(count-- == 0U) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG); + break; + } + } + while((hspi->Instance->SR & SPI_FLAG_TXE) == RESET); + + /* Check the end of the transaction */ + if(SPI_CheckFlag_BSY(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart)!=HAL_OK) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG); + } + + /* Clear overrun flag in 2 Lines communication mode because received is not read */ + if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) + { + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi); + } + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Check if CRC error occurred */ + if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) != RESET) + { + /* Check if CRC error is valid or not (workaround to be applied or not) */ + if (SPI_ISCRCErrorValid(hspi) == SPI_VALID_CRC_ERROR) + { + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC); + + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + + HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); + } + else + { + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi); + } + } + else + { +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + if(hspi->ErrorCode == HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE) + { + if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(hspi); + } + else + { + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(hspi); + } + } + else + { + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); + } +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ +} + +/** + * @brief Handle the end of the RX transaction. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_CloseRx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Disable RXNE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR)); + + /* Check the end of the transaction */ + if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER)&&((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)||(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY))) + { + /* Disable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi); + } + + /* Clear overrun flag in 2 Lines communication mode because received is not read */ + if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) + { + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi); + } + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Check if CRC error occurred */ + if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) != RESET) + { + /* Check if CRC error is valid or not (workaround to be applied or not) */ + if (SPI_ISCRCErrorValid(hspi) == SPI_VALID_CRC_ERROR) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC); + + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + + HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); + } + else + { + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi); + } + } + else + { +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + if(hspi->ErrorCode == HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE) + { + HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(hspi); + } + else + { + HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); + } +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ +} + +/** + * @brief Handle the end of the TX transaction. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_CloseTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + __IO uint32_t count = SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT * (SystemCoreClock / 24U / 1000U); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ + do + { + if(count-- == 0U) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG); + break; + } + } + while((hspi->Instance->SR & SPI_FLAG_TXE) == RESET); + + /* Disable TXE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_ERR)); + + /* Check Busy flag */ + if(SPI_CheckFlag_BSY(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG); + } + + /* Clear overrun flag in 2 Lines communication mode because received is not read */ + if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) + { + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi); + } + + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + if(hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE) + { + HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); + } + else + { + HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(hspi); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @brief Handle abort a Tx or Rx transaction. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_AbortRx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; + __IO uint32_t count = SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT * (SystemCoreClock / 24U / 1000U); + + /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ + do + { + if(count-- == 0U) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG); + break; + } + } + while((hspi->Instance->SR & SPI_FLAG_TXE) == RESET); + + /* Disable SPI Peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi); + + /* Disable TXEIE, RXNEIE and ERRIE(mode fault event, overrun error, TI frame error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, (SPI_CR2_TXEIE | SPI_CR2_RXNEIE | SPI_CR2_ERRIE)); + + /* Flush DR Register */ + tmpreg = (*(__IO uint32_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR); + + /* To avoid GCC warning */ + UNUSED(tmpreg); +} + +/** + * @brief Handle abort a Tx or Rx transaction. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_AbortTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Disable TXEIE, RXNEIE and ERRIE(mode fault event, overrun error, TI frame error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, (SPI_CR2_TXEIE | SPI_CR2_RXNEIE | SPI_CR2_ERRIE)); + + /* Disable SPI Peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi); +} + +/** + * @brief Checks if encountered CRC error could be corresponding to wrongly detected errors + * according to SPI instance, Device type, and revision ID. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval CRC error validity (SPI_INVALID_CRC_ERROR or SPI_VALID_CRC_ERROR). +*/ +__weak uint8_t SPI_ISCRCErrorValid(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hspi); + + return (SPI_VALID_CRC_ERROR); +} +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_spi_ex.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_spi_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..f6f3869b549b88995d2b1d6ca66bda69bd76f5fb --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_spi_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,233 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_spi_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief Extended SPI HAL module driver. + * + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities SPI extension peripheral: + * + Extended Peripheral Control functions + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup SPI + * @{ + */ +#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED + +/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Variables SPI Private Variables + * @{ + */ +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) +/* Variable used to determine if device is impacted by implementation of workaround + related to wrong CRC errors detection on SPI2. Conditions in which this workaround has to be applied, are: + - STM32F101CDE/STM32F103CDE + - Revision ID : Z + - SPI2 + - In receive only mode, with CRC calculation enabled, at the end of the CRC reception, + the software needs to check the CRCERR flag. If it is found set, read back the SPI_RXCRC: + + If the value is 0, the complete data transfer is successful. + + Otherwise, one or more errors have been detected during the data transfer by CPU or DMA. + If CRCERR is found reset, the complete data transfer is considered successful. +*/ +uint8_t uCRCErrorWorkaroundCheck = 0U; +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ +/** + * @} + */ + + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @addtogroup SPI_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group1 + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the SPI according to the specified parameters + * in the SPI_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Init(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Check the SPI handle allocation */ + if(hspi == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(hspi->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_MODE(hspi->Init.Mode)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION(hspi->Init.Direction)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_DATASIZE(hspi->Init.DataSize)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CPOL(hspi->Init.CLKPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CPHA(hspi->Init.CLKPhase)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS(hspi->Init.NSS)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(hspi->Init.BaudRatePrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(hspi->Init.FirstBit)); + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_CALCULATION(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation)); + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(hspi->Init.CRCPolynomial)); + } +#else + hspi->Init.CRCCalculation = SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE; +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */ + HAL_SPI_MspInit(hspi); + } + + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disble the selected SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi); + + /*----------------------- SPIx CR1 & CR2 Configuration ---------------------*/ + /* Configure : SPI Mode, Communication Mode, Data size, Clock polarity and phase, NSS management, + Communication speed, First bit and CRC calculation state */ + WRITE_REG(hspi->Instance->CR1, (hspi->Init.Mode | hspi->Init.Direction | hspi->Init.DataSize | + hspi->Init.CLKPolarity | hspi->Init.CLKPhase | (hspi->Init.NSS & SPI_CR1_SSM) | + hspi->Init.BaudRatePrescaler | hspi->Init.FirstBit | hspi->Init.CRCCalculation) ); + + /* Configure : NSS management */ + WRITE_REG(hspi->Instance->CR2, (((hspi->Init.NSS >> 16U) & SPI_CR2_SSOE) | hspi->Init.TIMode)); + + /*---------------------------- SPIx CRCPOLY Configuration ------------------*/ + /* Configure : CRC Polynomial */ + WRITE_REG(hspi->Instance->CRCPR, hspi->Init.CRCPolynomial); + +#if defined(SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD) + /* Activate the SPI mode (Make sure that I2SMOD bit in I2SCFGR register is reset) */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->I2SCFGR, SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD); +#endif /* SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD */ + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) +#if defined (STM32F101xE) || defined (STM32F103xE) + /* Check RevisionID value for identifying if Device is Rev Z (0x0001) in order to enable workaround for + CRC errors wrongly detected */ + /* Pb is that ES_STM32F10xxCDE also identify an issue in Debug registers access while not in Debug mode. + Revision ID information is only available in Debug mode, so Workaround could not be implemented + to distinguish Rev Z devices (issue present) from more recent version (issue fixed). + So, in case of Revison Z F101 or F103 devices, below variable should be assigned to 1 */ + uCRCErrorWorkaroundCheck = 0U; +#else + uCRCErrorWorkaroundCheck = 0U; +#endif /* STM32F101xE || STM32F103xE */ +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup SPI_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) +/** + * @brief Checks if encountered CRC error could be corresponding to wrongly detected errors + * according to SPI instance, Device type, and revision ID. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval CRC error validity (SPI_INVALID_CRC_ERROR or SPI_VALID_CRC_ERROR). +*/ +uint8_t SPI_ISCRCErrorValid(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ +#if defined(STM32F101xE) || defined(STM32F103xE) + /* Check how to handle this CRC error (workaround to be applied or not) */ + /* If CRC errors could be wrongly detected (issue 2.15.2 in STM32F10xxC/D/E silicon limitations ES (DocID14732 Rev 13) */ + if((uCRCErrorWorkaroundCheck != 0U) && (hspi->Instance == SPI2)) + { + if(hspi->Instance->RXCRCR == 0U) + { + return (SPI_INVALID_CRC_ERROR); + } + } + return (SPI_VALID_CRC_ERROR); +#else + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hspi); + + return (SPI_VALID_CRC_ERROR); +#endif +} +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_sram.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_sram.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..3f8a7797f4cc8283139c84c002d92fadfe1b0414 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_sram.c @@ -0,0 +1,692 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_sram.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief SRAM HAL module driver. + * This file provides a generic firmware to drive SRAM memories + * mounted as external device. + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to + control SRAM memories. It uses the FSMC layer functions to interface + with SRAM devices. + The following sequence should be followed to configure the FSMC to interface + with SRAM/PSRAM memories: + + (#) Declare a SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: + SRAM_HandleTypeDef hsram; and: + + (++) Fill the SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Init" field with the allowed + values of the structure member. + + (++) Fill the SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Instance" field with a predefined + base register instance for NOR or SRAM device + + (++) Fill the SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Extended" field with a predefined + base register instance for NOR or SRAM extended mode + + (#) Declare two FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef structures, for both normal and extended + mode timings; for example: + FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef Timing and FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef ExTiming; + and fill its fields with the allowed values of the structure member. + + (#) Initialize the SRAM Controller by calling the function HAL_SRAM_Init(). This function + performs the following sequence: + + (##) MSP hardware layer configuration using the function HAL_SRAM_MspInit() + (##) Control register configuration using the FSMC NORSRAM interface function + FSMC_NORSRAM_Init() + (##) Timing register configuration using the FSMC NORSRAM interface function + FSMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init() + (##) Extended mode Timing register configuration using the FSMC NORSRAM interface function + FSMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init() + (##) Enable the SRAM device using the macro __FSMC_NORSRAM_ENABLE() + + (#) At this stage you can perform read/write accesses from/to the memory connected + to the NOR/SRAM Bank. You can perform either polling or DMA transfer using the + following APIs: + (++) HAL_SRAM_Read()/HAL_SRAM_Write() for polling read/write access + (++) HAL_SRAM_Read_DMA()/HAL_SRAM_Write_DMA() for DMA read/write transfer + + (#) You can also control the SRAM device by calling the control APIs HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Enable()/ + HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Disable() to respectively enable/disable the SRAM write operation + + (#) You can continuously monitor the SRAM device HAL state by calling the function + HAL_SRAM_GetState() + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED + +#if defined (STM32F101xE) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F101xG) || defined(STM32F103xG) || defined(STM32F100xE) + +/** @defgroup SRAM SRAM + * @brief SRAM driver modules + * @{ + */ +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions SRAM Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions. + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### SRAM Initialization and de_initialization functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize + the SRAM memory + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Performs the SRAM device initialization sequence + * @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SRAM module. + * @param Timing: Pointer to SRAM control timing structure + * @param ExtTiming: Pointer to SRAM extended mode timing structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Init(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *ExtTiming) +{ + /* Check the SRAM handle parameter */ + if(hsram == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hsram->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */ + HAL_SRAM_MspInit(hsram); + } + + /* Initialize SRAM control Interface */ + FSMC_NORSRAM_Init(hsram->Instance, &(hsram->Init)); + + /* Initialize SRAM timing Interface */ + FSMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init(hsram->Instance, Timing, hsram->Init.NSBank); + + /* Initialize SRAM extended mode timing Interface */ + FSMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init(hsram->Extended, ExtTiming, hsram->Init.NSBank, hsram->Init.ExtendedMode); + + /* Enable the NORSRAM device */ + __FSMC_NORSRAM_ENABLE(hsram->Instance, hsram->Init.NSBank); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Performs the SRAM device De-initialization sequence. + * @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SRAM module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_DeInit(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram) +{ + /* De-Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */ + HAL_SRAM_MspDeInit(hsram); + + /* Configure the SRAM registers with their reset values */ + FSMC_NORSRAM_DeInit(hsram->Instance, hsram->Extended, hsram->Init.NSBank); + + hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief SRAM MSP Init. + * @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SRAM module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SRAM_MspInit(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hsram); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SRAM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief SRAM MSP DeInit. + * @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SRAM module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SRAM_MspDeInit(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hsram); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SRAM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DMA transfer complete callback. + * @param hdma: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SRAM module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdma); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DMA transfer complete error callback. + * @param hdma: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SRAM module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdma); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input Output and memory control functions + * @brief Input Output and memory control functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### SRAM Input and Output functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to use and control the SRAM memory + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Reads 8-bit buffer from SRAM memory. + * @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SRAM module. + * @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address + * @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer + * @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_8b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint8_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize) +{ + __IO uint8_t * psramaddress = (uint8_t *)pAddress; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hsram); + + /* Update the SRAM controller state */ + hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Read data from memory */ + for(; BufferSize != 0U; BufferSize--) + { + *pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint8_t *)psramaddress; + pDstBuffer++; + psramaddress++; + } + + /* Update the SRAM controller state */ + hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Writes 8-bit buffer to SRAM memory. + * @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SRAM module. + * @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address + * @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write + * @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_8b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint8_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize) +{ + __IO uint8_t * psramaddress = (uint8_t *)pAddress; + + /* Check the SRAM controller state */ + if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hsram); + + /* Update the SRAM controller state */ + hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Write data to memory */ + for(; BufferSize != 0U; BufferSize--) + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)psramaddress = *pSrcBuffer; + pSrcBuffer++; + psramaddress++; + } + + /* Update the SRAM controller state */ + hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Reads 16-bit buffer from SRAM memory. + * @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SRAM module. + * @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address + * @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer + * @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_16b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize) +{ + __IO uint16_t * psramaddress = (uint16_t *)pAddress; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hsram); + + /* Update the SRAM controller state */ + hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Read data from memory */ + for(; BufferSize != 0U; BufferSize--) + { + *pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint16_t *)psramaddress; + pDstBuffer++; + psramaddress++; + } + + /* Update the SRAM controller state */ + hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Writes 16-bit buffer to SRAM memory. + * @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SRAM module. + * @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address + * @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write + * @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_16b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize) +{ + __IO uint16_t * psramaddress = (uint16_t *)pAddress; + + /* Check the SRAM controller state */ + if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hsram); + + /* Update the SRAM controller state */ + hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Write data to memory */ + for(; BufferSize != 0U; BufferSize--) + { + *(__IO uint16_t *)psramaddress = *pSrcBuffer; + pSrcBuffer++; + psramaddress++; + } + + /* Update the SRAM controller state */ + hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Reads 32-bit buffer from SRAM memory. + * @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SRAM module. + * @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address + * @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer + * @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_32b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hsram); + + /* Update the SRAM controller state */ + hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Read data from memory */ + for(; BufferSize != 0U; BufferSize--) + { + *pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint32_t *)pAddress; + pDstBuffer++; + pAddress++; + } + + /* Update the SRAM controller state */ + hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Writes 32-bit buffer to SRAM memory. + * @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SRAM module. + * @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address + * @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write + * @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_32b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize) +{ + /* Check the SRAM controller state */ + if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hsram); + + /* Update the SRAM controller state */ + hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Write data to memory */ + for(; BufferSize != 0U; BufferSize--) + { + *(__IO uint32_t *)pAddress = *pSrcBuffer; + pSrcBuffer++; + pAddress++; + } + + /* Update the SRAM controller state */ + hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Reads a Words data from the SRAM memory using DMA transfer. + * @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SRAM module. + * @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address + * @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer + * @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_DMA(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hsram); + + /* Update the SRAM controller state */ + hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Configure DMA user callbacks */ + hsram->hdma->XferCpltCallback = HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback; + hsram->hdma->XferErrorCallback = HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback; + + /* Enable the DMA Channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsram->hdma, (uint32_t)pAddress, (uint32_t)pDstBuffer, (uint32_t)BufferSize); + + /* Update the SRAM controller state */ + hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Writes a Words data buffer to SRAM memory using DMA transfer. + * @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SRAM module. + * @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address + * @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write + * @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_DMA(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize) +{ + /* Check the SRAM controller state */ + if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hsram); + + /* Update the SRAM controller state */ + hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Configure DMA user callbacks */ + hsram->hdma->XferCpltCallback = HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback; + hsram->hdma->XferErrorCallback = HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback; + + /* Enable the DMA Channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsram->hdma, (uint32_t)pSrcBuffer, (uint32_t)pAddress, (uint32_t)BufferSize); + + /* Update the SRAM controller state */ + hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions_Group3 Control functions + * @brief Control functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### SRAM Control functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically + the SRAM interface. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables dynamically SRAM write operation. + * @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SRAM module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Enable(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hsram); + + /* Enable write operation */ + FSMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Enable(hsram->Instance, hsram->Init.NSBank); + + /* Update the SRAM controller state */ + hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables dynamically SRAM write operation. + * @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SRAM module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Disable(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hsram); + + /* Update the SRAM controller state */ + hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable write operation */ + FSMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Disable(hsram->Instance, hsram->Init.NSBank); + + /* Update the SRAM controller state */ + hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions + * @brief Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### SRAM State functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the SRAM controller + and the data flow. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the SRAM controller state + * @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SRAM module. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_SRAM_StateTypeDef HAL_SRAM_GetState(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram) +{ + return hsram->State; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* STM32F101xE || STM32F103xE || STM32F101xG || STM32F103xG || STM32F100xE */ +#endif /* HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_tim.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_tim.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..7b60ccccf51d06ae9f7484392313fd6ad9666ab0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_tim.c @@ -0,0 +1,5393 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_tim.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief TIM HAL module driver + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Timer (TIM) peripheral: + * + Time Base Initialization + * + Time Base Start + * + Time Base Start Interruption + * + Time Base Start DMA + * + Time Output Compare/PWM Initialization + * + Time Output Compare/PWM Channel Configuration + * + Time Output Compare/PWM Start + * + Time Output Compare/PWM Start Interruption + * + Time Output Compare/PWM Start DMA + * + Time Input Capture Initialization + * + Time Input Capture Channel Configuration + * + Time Input Capture Start + * + Time Input Capture Start Interruption + * + Time Input Capture Start DMA + * + Time One Pulse Initialization + * + Time One Pulse Channel Configuration + * + Time One Pulse Start + * + Time Encoder Interface Initialization + * + Time Encoder Interface Start + * + Time Encoder Interface Start Interruption + * + Time Encoder Interface Start DMA + * + Commutation Event configuration with Interruption and DMA + * + Time OCRef clear configuration + * + Time External Clock configuration + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### TIMER Generic features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] The Timer features include: + (#) 16-bit up, down, up/down auto-reload counter. + (#) 16-bit programmable prescaler allowing dividing (also on the fly) the + counter clock frequency either by any factor between 1 and 65536. + (#) Up to 4 independent channels for: + (++) Input Capture + (++) Output Compare + (++) PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode) + (++) One-pulse mode output + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions + depending from feature used : + (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit() + (++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit() + (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit() + (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit() + (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit() + (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit() + + (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources : + (##) Enable the TIM interface clock using __HAL_RCC_TIMx_CLK_ENABLE(); + (##) TIM pins configuration + (+++) Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function: + __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(); + (+++) Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init(); + + (#) The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the + internal clock from the APBx), using the following function: + HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock configuration should be done before + any start function. + + (#) Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the + Initialization function of this driver: + (++) HAL_TIM_Base_Init: to use the Timer to generate a simple time base + (++) HAL_TIM_OC_Init and HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate an + Output Compare signal. + (++) HAL_TIM_PWM_Init and HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate a + PWM signal. + (++) HAL_TIM_IC_Init and HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to measure an + external signal. + (++) HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init and HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer + in One Pulse Mode. + (++) HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init: to use the Timer Encoder Interface. + + (#) Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions depending from the feature used: + (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_Start(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT() + (++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_Start(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT() + (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_Start(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT() + (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT() + (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(), HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT() + (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT(). + + (#) The DMA Burst is managed with the two following functions: + HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart() + HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart() + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM TIM + * @brief TIM HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Functions TIM Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); +static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); +static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); +static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TIM_ETR_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, + uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint32_t ExtTRGFilter); +static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t InputTriggerSource); +static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions TIM Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group1 Time Base functions + * @brief Time Base functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Time Base functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM base. + (+) De-initialize the TIM base. + (+) Start the Time Base. + (+) Stop the Time Base. + (+) Start the Time Base and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the Time Base and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the Time Base and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the Time Base and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Time base Unit according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param htim : TIM Base handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if(htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); + + if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(htim); + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Set the Time Base configuration */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Base peripheral + * @param htim : TIM Base handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(htim); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Base MSP. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM Base MSP. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Change the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Enable the TIM Update interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Disable the TIM Update interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param pData : The source Buffer address. + * @param Length : The length of data to be transferred from memory to peripheral. + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if((pData == 0U) && (Length > 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->ARR, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Update DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group2 Time Output Compare functions + * @brief Time Output Compare functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Time Output Compare functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Output Compare. + (+) De-initialize the TIM Output Compare. + (+) Start the Time Output Compare. + (+) Stop the Time Output Compare. + (+) Start the Time Output Compare and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the Time Output Compare and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the Time Output Compare and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the Time Output Compare and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim) +{ + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if(htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); + + if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(htim); + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Init the base time for the Output Compare */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral + * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(htim); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare MSP. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM Output Compare MSP. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation. + * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Enable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Disable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim : TIM OC handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @param pData : The source Buffer address. + * @param Length : The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if(((uint32_t)pData == 0U) && (Length > 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group3 Time PWM functions + * @brief Time PWM functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Time PWM functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM PWM. + (+) De-initialize the TIM PWM. + (+) Start the Time PWM. + (+) Stop the Time PWM. + (+) Start the Time PWM and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the Time PWM and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the Time PWM and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the Time PWM and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM Time Base according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if(htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); + + if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(htim); + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Init the base time for the PWM */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(htim); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM MSP. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM PWM MSP. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @param pData : The source Buffer address. + * @param Length : The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if(((uint32_t)pData == 0U) && (Length > 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Output Capture/Compare 3 request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group4 Time Input Capture functions + * @brief Time Input Capture functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Time Input Capture functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Input Capture. + (+) De-initialize the TIM Input Capture. + (+) Start the Time Input Capture. + (+) Stop the Time Input Capture. + (+) Start the Time Input Capture and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the Time Input Capture and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the Time Input Capture and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the Time Input Capture and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture Time base according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param htim : TIM Input Capture handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if(htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); + + if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(htim); + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Init the base time for the input capture */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral + * @param htim : TIM Input Capture handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(htim); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture MSP. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM Input Capture MSP. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement. + * @param htim : TIM Input Capture handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start (TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode. + * @param htim : TIM Input Capture handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode. + * @param htim : TIM Input Capture handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @param pData : The destination Buffer address. + * @param Length : The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory. + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if((pData == 0U) && (Length > 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, (uint32_t)pData, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, (uint32_t)pData, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode. + * @param htim : TIM Input Capture handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group5 Time One Pulse functions + * @brief Time One Pulse functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Time One Pulse functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM One Pulse. + (+) De-initialize the TIM One Pulse. + (+) Start the Time One Pulse. + (+) Stop the Time One Pulse. + (+) Start the Time One Pulse and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the Time One Pulse and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the Time One Pulse and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the Time One Pulse and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse Time Base according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param htim : TIM OnePulse handle + * @param OnePulseMode : Select the One pulse mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OPMODE_SINGLE: Only one pulse will be generated. + * @arg TIM_OPMODE_REPETITIVE: Repetitive pulses wil be generated. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OnePulseMode) +{ + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if(htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(OnePulseMode)); + + if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(htim); + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Configure the Time base in the One Pulse Mode */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Reset the OPM Bit */ + htim->Instance->CR1 &= ~TIM_CR1_OPM; + + /* Configure the OPM Mode */ + htim->Instance->CR1 |= OnePulseMode; + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM One Pulse + * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(htim); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse MSP. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM One Pulse MSP. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation. + * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(OutputChannel); + + /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels + (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output + in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together + + No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware + (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */ + + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation. + * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be disable + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(OutputChannel); + + /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels + (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output + in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */ + + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(OutputChannel); + + /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels + (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output + in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together + + No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware + (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */ + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(OutputChannel); + + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + + /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels + (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output + in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group6 Time Encoder functions + * @brief Time Encoder functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Time Encoder functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Encoder. + (+) De-initialize the TIM Encoder. + (+) Start the Time Encoder. + (+) Stop the Time Encoder. + (+) Start the Time Encoder and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the Time Encoder and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the Time Encoder and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the Time Encoder and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface and create the associated handle. + * @param htim : TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param sConfig : TIM Encoder Interface configuration structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef* sConfig) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if(htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(sConfig->EncoderMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC1Selection)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC2Selection)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->IC1Polarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->IC2Polarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC1Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC2Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC1Filter)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC2Filter)); + + if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(htim); + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Reset the SMS bits */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + + /* Configure the Time base in the Encoder Mode */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; + + /* Set the encoder Mode */ + tmpsmcr |= sConfig->EncoderMode; + + /* Select the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 as input */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_CC1S | TIM_CCMR1_CC2S); + tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Selection | (sConfig->IC2Selection << 8U)); + + /* Set the the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 prescalers and filters */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC | TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC); + tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F | TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); + tmpccmr1 |= sConfig->IC1Prescaler | (sConfig->IC2Prescaler << 8U); + tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Filter << 4U) | (sConfig->IC2Filter << 12U); + + /* Set the TI1 and the TI2 Polarities */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC2P); + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1NP | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); + tmpccer |= sConfig->IC1Polarity | (sConfig->IC2Polarity << 4U); + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer; + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Encoder interface + * @param htim : TIM Encoder handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(htim); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface MSP. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM Encoder Interface MSP. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface. + * @param htim : TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Enable the encoder interface channels */ + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + break; + } + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + break; + } + default : + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + break; + } + } + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface. + * @param htim : TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 + (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + break; + } + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + break; + } + default : + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + break; + } + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode. + * @param htim : TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Enable the encoder interface channels */ + /* Enable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and/or 2 */ + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + break; + } + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + break; + } + default : + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + break; + } + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode. + * @param htim : TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 + (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ + if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + else if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 2 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + else + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and 2 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode. + * @param htim : TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @param pData1 : The destination Buffer address for IC1. + * @param pData2 : The destination Buffer address for IC2. + * @param Length : The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory. + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData1, uint32_t *pData2, uint16_t Length) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if((((pData1 == 0U) || (pData2 == 0U) )) && (Length > 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t )pData1, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError; + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData1, Length); + + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, Length); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode. + * @param htim : TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 + (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ + if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + else if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 2 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + else + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 and 2 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group7 TIM IRQ handler management + * @brief IRQ handler management + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### IRQ handler management ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides Timer IRQ handler function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief This function handles TIM interrupts requests. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Capture compare 1 event */ + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC1) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC1) !=RESET) + { + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; + + /* Input capture event */ + if((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) != 0x00U) + { + HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); + } + /* Output compare event */ + else + { + HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); + HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); + } + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; + } + } + } + /* Capture compare 2 event */ + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC2) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC2) !=RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; + /* Input capture event */ + if((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC2S) != 0x00U) + { + HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); + } + /* Output compare event */ + else + { + HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); + HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); + } + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; + } + } + /* Capture compare 3 event */ + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC3) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC3) !=RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; + /* Input capture event */ + if((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC3S) != 0x00U) + { + HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); + } + /* Output compare event */ + else + { + HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); + HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); + } + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; + } + } + /* Capture compare 4 event */ + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC4) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC4) !=RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; + /* Input capture event */ + if((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC4S) != 0x00U) + { + HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); + } + /* Output compare event */ + else + { + HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); + HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); + } + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; + } + } + /* TIM Update event */ + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_UPDATE) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE) !=RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); + HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); + } + } + /* TIM Break input event */ + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_BREAK) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK) !=RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); + HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback(htim); + } + } + /* TIM Trigger detection event */ + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_TRIGGER) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER) !=RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); + HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim); + } + } + /* TIM commutation event */ + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_COM) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_COM) !=RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_FLAG_COM); + HAL_TIMEx_CommutationCallback(htim); + } + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group8 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure The Input Output channels for OC, PWM, IC or One Pulse mode. + (+) Configure External Clock source. + (+) Configure Complementary channels, break features and dead time. + (+) Configure Master and the Slave synchronization. + (+) Configure the DMA Burst Mode. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare Channels according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef. + * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle + * @param sConfig : TIM Output Compare configuration structure + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(sConfig->OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity)); + + /* Check input state */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Configure the TIM Channel 1 in Output Compare */ + TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Configure the TIM Channel 2 in Output Compare */ + TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Configure the TIM Channel 3 in Output Compare */ + TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Configure the TIM Channel 4 in Output Compare */ + TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture Channels according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_IC_InitTypeDef. + * @param htim : TIM IC handle + * @param sConfig : TIM Input Capture configuration structure + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_IC_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->ICPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->ICSelection)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->ICPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->ICFilter)); + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) + { + /* TI1 Configuration */ + TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, + sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; + + /* Set the IC1PSC value */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler; + } + else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) + { + /* TI2 Configuration */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, + sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC; + + /* Set the IC2PSC value */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8U); + } + else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_3) + { + /* TI3 Configuration */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_TI3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, + sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC3PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC; + + /* Set the IC3PSC value */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler; + } + else + { + /* TI4 Configuration */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_TI4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, + sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC4PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC; + + /* Set the IC4PSC value */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8U); + } + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM channels according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param sConfig : TIM PWM configuration structure + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_PWM_MODE(sConfig->OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_FAST_STATE(sConfig->OCFastMode)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Configure the Channel 1 in PWM mode */ + TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + + /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel1 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE; + + /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE; + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode; + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Configure the Channel 2 in PWM mode */ + TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + + /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel2 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE; + + /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE; + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8; + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Configure the Channel 3 in PWM mode */ + TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + + /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel3 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE; + + /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE; + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode; + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Configure the Channel 4 in PWM mode */ + TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + + /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel4 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE; + + /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE; + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8; + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse Channels according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef. + * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle + * @param sConfig : TIM One Pulse configuration structure + * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @param InputChannel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t OutputChannel, uint32_t InputChannel) +{ + TIM_OC_InitTypeDef temp1; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(OutputChannel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(InputChannel)); + + if(OutputChannel != InputChannel) + { + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Extract the Ouput compare configuration from sConfig structure */ + temp1.OCMode = sConfig->OCMode; + temp1.Pulse = sConfig->Pulse; + temp1.OCPolarity = sConfig->OCPolarity; + temp1.OCNPolarity = sConfig->OCNPolarity; + temp1.OCIdleState = sConfig->OCIdleState; + temp1.OCNIdleState = sConfig->OCNIdleState; + + switch (OutputChannel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1); + } + break; + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1); + } + break; + default: + break; + } + switch (InputChannel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; + + /* Select the Trigger source */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI1FP1; + + /* Select the Slave Mode */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER; + } + break; + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC; + + /* Select the Trigger source */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI2FP2; + + /* Select the Slave Mode */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER; + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the memory to the TIM peripheral + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param BurstBaseAddress : TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data write + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DCR + * @param BurstRequestSrc : TIM DMA Request sources + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source + * @param BurstBuffer : The Buffer address. + * @param BurstLength : DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value + * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, + uint32_t* BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if((BurstBuffer == 0U) && (BurstLength > 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + switch(BurstRequestSrc) + { + case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC1: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC2: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC3: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC4: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_COM: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); + } + break; + default: + break; + } + /* configure the DMA Burst Mode */ + htim->Instance->DCR = BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength; + + /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM DMA Burst mode + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param BurstRequestSrc : TIM DMA Request sources to disable + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); + + /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */ + switch(BurstRequestSrc) + { + case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC1: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC2: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC3: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC4: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_COM: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]); + } + break; + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the TIM peripheral to the memory + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param BurstBaseAddress : TIM Base address from where the DMA will starts the Data read + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DCR + * @param BurstRequestSrc : TIM DMA Request sources + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source + * @param BurstBuffer : The Buffer address. + * @param BurstLength : DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value + * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, + uint32_t *BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if((BurstBuffer == 0U) && (BurstLength > 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + switch(BurstRequestSrc) + { + case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC1: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC2: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC3: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC4: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_COM: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); + } + break; + default: + break; + } + + /* configure the DMA Burst Mode */ + htim->Instance->DCR = BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength; + + /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop the DMA burst reading + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param BurstRequestSrc : TIM DMA Request sources to disable. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); + + /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */ + switch(BurstRequestSrc) + { + case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC1: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC2: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC3: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC4: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_COM: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]); + } + break; + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Generate a software event + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param EventSource : specifies the event source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_UPDATE: Timer update Event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC1: Timer Capture Compare 1 Event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC2: Timer Capture Compare 2 Event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC3: Timer Capture Compare 3 Event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC4: Timer Capture Compare 4 Event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM: Timer COM event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_TRIGGER: Timer Trigger Event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK: Timer Break event source + * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can only generate an update event. + * @note TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM and TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK are used only with TIM1, TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17. + * @retval HAL status + */ + +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t EventSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(EventSource)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + /* Change the TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Set the event sources */ + htim->Instance->EGR = EventSource; + + /* Change the TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the OCRef clear feature + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param sClearInputConfig : pointer to a TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the OCREF clear feature and parameters for the TIM peripheral. + * @param Channel : specifies the TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigOCrefClear(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef * sClearInputConfig, uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_SOURCE(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_POLARITY(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_PRESCALER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_FILTER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + switch (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource) + { + case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_NONE: + { + + /* Clear the ETR Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP); + + /* Set TIMx_SMCR */ + htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + } + break; + + case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_ETR: + { + TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler, + sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity, + sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter); + + } + break; + default: + break; + } + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) + { + /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 1 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 1 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE; + } + } + break; + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) + { + /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 2 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 2 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE; + } + } + break; + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) + { + /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 3 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 3 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE; + } + } + break; + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) + { + /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 4 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 4 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE; + } + } + break; + default: + break; + } + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the clock source to be used + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param sClockSourceConfig : pointer to a TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the clock source information for the TIM peripheral. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef * sClockSourceConfig) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE(sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource)); + + /* Reset the SMS, TS, ECE, ETPS and ETRF bits */ + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; + tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_TS); + tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP); + htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + + switch (sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource) + { + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_INTERNAL: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Disable slave mode to clock the prescaler directly with the internal clock */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + } + break; + + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external trigger input mode 1 (ETRF)*/ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Check ETR input conditioning related parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); + + /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ + TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; + /* Reset the SMS and TS Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_TS); + /* Select the External clock mode1 and the ETRF trigger */ + tmpsmcr |= (TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1 | TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1); + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + } + break; + + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external trigger input mode 2 (ETRF)*/ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Check ETR input conditioning related parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); + + /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ + TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); + /* Enable the External clock mode2 */ + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_ECE; + } + break; + + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Check TI1 input conditioning related parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); + + TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1); + } + break; + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 (ETRF)*/ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Check TI2 input conditioning related parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); + + TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2); + } + break; + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Check TI1 input conditioning related parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); + + TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED); + } + break; + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR0: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR0); + } + break; + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR1: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR1); + } + break; + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR2: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR2); + } + break; + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR3: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR3); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the signal connected to the TI1 input: direct from CH1_input + * or a XOR combination between CH1_input, CH2_input & CH3_input + * @param htim : TIM handle. + * @param TI1_Selection : Indicate whether or not channel 1 is connected to the + * output of a XOR gate. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_CH1: The TIMx_CH1 pin is connected to TI1 input + * @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_XORCOMBINATION: The TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 + * pins are connected to the TI1 input (XOR combination) + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigTI1Input(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t TI1_Selection) +{ + uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TI1SELECTION(TI1_Selection)); + + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = htim->Instance->CR2; + + /* Reset the TI1 selection */ + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_TI1S; + + /* Set the the TI1 selection */ + tmpcr2 |= TI1_Selection; + + /* Write to TIMxCR2 */ + htim->Instance->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIM in Slave mode + * @param htim : TIM handle. + * @param sSlaveConfig : pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered + * timer input or external trigger input) and the ) and the Slave + * mode (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchronization(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger)); + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig); + + /* Disable Trigger Interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); + + /* Disable Trigger DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; + } + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIM in Slave mode in interrupt mode + * @param htim: TIM handle. + * @param sSlaveConfig: pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered + * timer input or external trigger input) and the ) and the Slave + * mode (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchronization_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger)); + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig); + + /* Enable Trigger Interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); + + /* Disable Trigger DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Read the captured value from Capture Compare unit + * @param htim : TIM handle. + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1 : TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2 : TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3 : TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4 : TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval Captured value + */ +uint32_t HAL_TIM_ReadCapturedValue(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Return the capture 1 value */ + tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR1; + + break; + } + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Return the capture 2 value */ + tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR2; + + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Return the capture 3 value */ + tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR3; + + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Return the capture 4 value */ + tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR4; + + break; + } + + default: + break; + } + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + return tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group9 TIM Callbacks functions + * @brief TIM Callbacks functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### TIM Callbacks functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides TIM callback functions: + (+) Timer Period elapsed callback + (+) Timer Output Compare callback + (+) Timer Input capture callback + (+) Timer Trigger callback + (+) Timer Error callback + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Period elapsed callback in non blocking mode + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the __HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ + +} +/** + * @brief Output Compare callback in non blocking mode + * @param htim : TIM OC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the __HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} +/** + * @brief Input Capture callback in non blocking mode + * @param htim : TIM IC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the __HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief PWM Pulse finished callback in non blocking mode + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the __HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Hall Trigger detection callback in non blocking mode + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Timer error callback in non blocking mode + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group10 Peripheral State functions + * @brief Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral + and the data flow. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM Base state + * @param htim : TIM Base handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM OC state + * @param htim : TIM Ouput Compare handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM PWM state + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM Input Capture state + * @param htim : TIM IC handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM One Pulse Mode state + * @param htim : TIM OPM handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM Encoder Mode state + * @param htim : TIM Encoder handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup TIM_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA error callback + * @param hdma : pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(htim); +} + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Delay Pulse complete callback. + * @param hdma : pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; + } + + HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); + + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; +} +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Capture complete callback. + * @param hdma : pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_DMACaptureCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; + } + + HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); + + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; +} + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Period Elapse complete callback. + * @param hdma : pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); +} + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Trigger callback. + * @param hdma : pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim); +} + +/** + * @brief Time Base configuration + * @param TIMx : TIM periheral + * @param Structure : TIM Base configuration structure + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_Base_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_Base_InitTypeDef *Structure) +{ + uint32_t tmpcr1 = 0U; + tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1; + + /* Set TIM Time Base Unit parameters ---------------------------------------*/ + if (IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE_SELECT_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + /* Select the Counter Mode */ + tmpcr1 &= ~(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS); + tmpcr1 |= Structure->CounterMode; + } + + if(IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + /* Set the clock division */ + tmpcr1 &= ~TIM_CR1_CKD; + tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)Structure->ClockDivision; + } + + /* Set the auto-reload preload */ + tmpcr1 &= ~TIM_CR1_ARPE; + tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)Structure->AutoReloadPreload; + + TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1; + + /* Set the Autoreload value */ + TIMx->ARR = (uint32_t)Structure->Period ; + + /* Set the Prescaler value */ + TIMx->PSC = (uint32_t)Structure->Prescaler; + + if (IS_TIM_REPETITION_COUNTER_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + /* Set the Repetition Counter value */ + TIMx->RCR = Structure->RepetitionCounter; + } + + /* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler + and the repetition counter(only for TIM1 and TIM8) value immediatly */ + TIMx->EGR = TIM_EGR_UG; +} + +/** + * @brief Time Ouput Compare 1 configuration + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param OC_Config : The ouput configuration structure + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0U; + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1M; + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S; + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode; + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCPolarity; + + if(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_1)) + { + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity)); + + /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1NP; + /* Set the Output N Polarity */ + tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCNPolarity; + /* Reset the Output N State */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1NE; + } + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState)); + + /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS1; + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS1N; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= OC_Config->OCIdleState; + /* Set the Output N Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= OC_Config->OCNIdleState; + } + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR1 = OC_Config->Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Time Ouput Compare 2 configuration + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param OC_Config : The ouput configuration structure + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0U; + + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2M; + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S; + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8U); + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 4U); + + if(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_2)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity)); + + /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2NP; + /* Set the Output N Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCNPolarity << 4U); + /* Reset the Output N State */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2NE; + + } + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState)); + + /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS2; + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS2N; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 2); + /* Set the Output N Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCNIdleState << 2); + } + + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR2 = OC_Config->Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Time Ouput Compare 3 configuration + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param OC_Config : The ouput configuration structure + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0U; + + /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3M; + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S; + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode; + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 8U); + + if(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_3)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity)); + + /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3NP; + /* Set the Output N Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCNPolarity << 8U); + /* Reset the Output N State */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3NE; + } + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState)); + + /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS3; + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS3N; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 4U); + /* Set the Output N Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCNIdleState << 4U); + } + + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR3 = OC_Config->Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Time Ouput Compare 4 configuration + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param OC_Config : The ouput configuration structure + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0U; + + /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4M; + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S; + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8U); + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 12U); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState)); + + /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS4; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 6); + } + + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR4 = OC_Config->Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + + +/** + * @brief Time Slave configuration + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param sSlaveConfig: The slave configuration structure + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; + + /* Reset the Trigger Selection Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + /* Set the Input Trigger source */ + tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger; + + /* Reset the slave mode Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + /* Set the slave mode */ + tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode; + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + + /* Configure the trigger prescaler, filter, and polarity */ + switch (sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger) + { + case TIM_TS_ETRF: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); + /* Configure the ETR Trigger source */ + TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); + } + break; + + case TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; + htim->Instance->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; + tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1; + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; + tmpccmr1 |= ((sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter) << 4U); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer; + + } + break; + + case TIM_TS_TI1FP1: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); + + /* Configure TI1 Filter and Polarity */ + TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); + } + break; + + case TIM_TS_TI2FP2: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); + + /* Configure TI2 Filter and Polarity */ + TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); + } + break; + + case TIM_TS_ITR0: + { + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + } + break; + + case TIM_TS_ITR1: + { + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + } + break; + + case TIM_TS_ITR2: + { + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + } + break; + + case TIM_TS_ITR3: + { + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI1 as Input. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING + * @param TIM_ICSelection : specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC1. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC2. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter : Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI2FP1 + * (on channel2 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be + * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. + */ +void TIM_TI1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Select the Input */ + if(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET) + { + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S; + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_ICSelection; + } + else + { + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0; + } + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; + tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4U) & TIM_CCMR1_IC1F); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP); + tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity & (TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP)); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI1. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING + * @param TIM_ICFilter : Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; + tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 4U); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP); + tmpccer |= TIM_ICPolarity; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI2 as Input. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING + * @param TIM_ICSelection : specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC2. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC1. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter : Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI1FP2 + * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be + * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. + */ +static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Select the Input */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S; + tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8U); + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F; + tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12U) & TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); + tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 4U) & (TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP)); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI2. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING + * @param TIM_ICFilter : Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F; + tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 12U); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); + tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity << 4U); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI3 as Input. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING + * @param TIM_ICSelection : specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC3. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC4. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter : Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI3FP4 + * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be + * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. + */ +static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + + /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E; + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Select the Input */ + tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S; + tmpccmr2 |= TIM_ICSelection; + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3F; + tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4U) & TIM_CCMR2_IC3F); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP); + tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 8U) & (TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP)); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI4 as Input. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING + * @param TIM_ICSelection : specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC4. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC3. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter : Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI4FP3 + * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be + * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + + /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E; + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Select the Input */ + tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S; + tmpccmr2 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8U); + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4F; + tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12U) & TIM_CCMR2_IC4F); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4P; + tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 12U) & TIM_CCER_CC4P); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer ; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the Input Trigger source + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param InputTriggerSource : The Input Trigger source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0 : Internal Trigger 0 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1 : Internal Trigger 1 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2 : Internal Trigger 2 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3 : Internal Trigger 3 + * @arg TIM_TS_TI1F_ED : TI1 Edge Detector + * @arg TIM_TS_TI1FP1 : Filtered Timer Input 1 + * @arg TIM_TS_TI2FP2 : Filtered Timer Input 2 + * @arg TIM_TS_ETRF : External Trigger input + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint16_t InputTriggerSource) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0U; + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + /* Reset the TS Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + /* Set the Input Trigger source and the slave mode*/ + tmpsmcr |= InputTriggerSource | TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1; + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; +} +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx External Trigger (ETR). + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler : The external Trigger Prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV1: ETRP Prescaler OFF. + * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2. + * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4. + * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity : The external Trigger Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ETRPOLARITY_INVERTED: active low or falling edge active. + * @arg TIM_ETRPOLARITY_NONINVERTED: active high or rising edge active. + * @param ExtTRGFilter : External Trigger Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_ETR_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, + uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint32_t ExtTRGFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0U; + + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + + /* Reset the ETR Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP); + + /* Set the Prescaler, the Filter value and the Polarity */ + tmpsmcr |= (uint32_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler | (TIM_ExtTRGPolarity | (ExtTRGFilter << 8U))); + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel x. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param Channel : specifies the TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 + * @param ChannelState : specifies the TIM Channel CCxE bit new state. + * This parameter can be: TIM_CCx_ENABLE or TIM_CCx_Disable. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_CCxChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelState) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); + + tmp = TIM_CCER_CC1E << Channel; + + /* Reset the CCxE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~tmp; + + /* Set or reset the CCxE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER |= (uint32_t)(ChannelState << Channel); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_tim_ex.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_tim_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..e9e51293c0da55c8e0eed57bada37ccfbb935c7b --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_tim_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,1861 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_tim_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief TIM HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Timer Extended peripheral: + * + Time Hall Sensor Interface Initialization + * + Time Hall Sensor Interface Start + * + Time Complementary signal bread and dead time configuration + * + Time Master and Slave synchronization configuration + * + Timer remapping capabilities configuration + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### TIMER Extended features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The Timer Extended features include: + (#) Complementary outputs with programmable dead-time for : + (++) Output Compare + (++) PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode) + (++) One-pulse mode output + (#) Synchronization circuit to control the timer with external signals and to + interconnect several timers together. + (#) Break input to put the timer output signals in reset state or in a known state. + (#) Supports incremental (quadrature) encoder and hall-sensor circuitry for + positioning purposes + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions + depending from feature used : + (++) Complementary Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit() + (++) Complementary PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit() + (++) Complementary One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit() + (++) Hall Sensor output : HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit() + + (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources : + (##) Enable the TIM interface clock using __HAL_RCC_TIMx_CLK_ENABLE(); + (##) TIM pins configuration + (+++) Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function: + __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(); + (+++) Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init(); + + (#) The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the + internal clock from the APBx), using the following function: + HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock configuration should be done before + any start function. + + (#) Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the + initialization function of this driver: + (++) HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Init and HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent: to use the + Timer Hall Sensor Interface and the commutation event with the corresponding + Interrupt and DMA request if needed (Note that One Timer is used to interface + with the Hall sensor Interface and another Timer should be used to use + the commutation event). + + (#) Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions: + (++) Complementary Output Compare : HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_IT() + (++) Complementary PWM generation : HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_IT() + (++) Complementary One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start_IT() + (++) Hall Sensor output : HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_IT(). + + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** +*/ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx TIMEx + * @brief TIM Extended HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ + +#if defined (STM32F100xB) || defined (STM32F100xE) || \ + defined (STM32F103x6) || defined (STM32F103xB) || defined (STM32F103xE) || defined (STM32F103xG) || \ + defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC) +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Private_Functions TIMEx Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static void TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelNState); +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* defined(STM32F100xB) || defined(STM32F100xE) || */ + /* defined(STM32F103x6) || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || */ + /* defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) */ + +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions TIMEx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Timer Hall Sensor functions + * @brief Timer Hall Sensor functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Timer Hall Sensor functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure TIM HAL Sensor. + (+) De-initialize TIM HAL Sensor. + (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface. + (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface. + (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface and enable interrupts. + (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface and disable interrupts. + (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface and enable DMA transfers. + (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface and disable DMA transfers. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Hall Sensor Interface and create the associated handle. + * @param htim : TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param sConfig : TIM Hall Sensor configuration structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_HallSensor_InitTypeDef* sConfig) +{ + TIM_OC_InitTypeDef OC_Config; + + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if(htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->IC1Polarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC1Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC1Filter)); + + if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit(htim); + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Configure the Time base in the Encoder Mode */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Configure the Channel 1 as Input Channel to interface with the three Outputs of the Hall sensor */ + TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->IC1Polarity, TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC, sConfig->IC1Filter); + + /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; + /* Set the IC1PSC value */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->IC1Prescaler; + + /* Enable the Hall sensor interface (XOR function of the three inputs) */ + htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_TI1S; + + /* Select the TIM_TS_TI1F_ED signal as Input trigger for the TIM */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI1F_ED; + + /* Use the TIM_TS_TI1F_ED signal to reset the TIM counter each edge detection */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_RESET; + + /* Program channel 2 in PWM 2 mode with the desired Commutation_Delay*/ + OC_Config.OCFastMode = TIM_OCFAST_DISABLE; + OC_Config.OCIdleState = TIM_OCIDLESTATE_RESET; + OC_Config.OCMode = TIM_OCMODE_PWM2; + OC_Config.OCNIdleState = TIM_OCNIDLESTATE_RESET; + OC_Config.OCNPolarity = TIM_OCNPOLARITY_HIGH; + OC_Config.OCPolarity = TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH; + OC_Config.Pulse = sConfig->Commutation_Delay; + + TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &OC_Config); + + /* Select OC2REF as trigger output on TRGO: write the MMS bits in the TIMx_CR2 + register to 101 */ + htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_MMS; + htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_TRGO_OC2REF; + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Hall Sensor interface + * @param htim : TIM Hall Sensor handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit(htim); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Hall Sensor MSP. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM Hall Sensor MSP. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface. + * @param htim : TIM Hall Sensor handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Enable the Input Capture channel 1 + (in the Hall Sensor Interface the 3 possible channels that are used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Hall sensor Interface. + * @param htim : TIM Hall Sensor handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channel 1 + (in the Hall Sensor Interface the 3 possible channels that are used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in interrupt mode. + * @param htim : TIM Hall Sensor handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Enable the capture compare Interrupts 1 event */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + + /* Enable the Input Capture channel 1 + (in the Hall Sensor Interface the 3 possible channels that are used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in interrupt mode. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channel 1 + (in the Hall Sensor Interface the 3 possible channels that are used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts event */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in DMA mode. + * @param htim : TIM Hall Sensor handle + * @param pData : The destination Buffer address. + * @param Length : The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if(((uint32_t)pData == 0U) && (Length > 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + /* Enable the Input Capture channel 1 + (in the Hall Sensor Interface the 3 possible channels that are used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Set the DMA Input Capture 1 Callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel for Capture 1*/ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData, Length); + + /* Enable the capture compare 1 Interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in DMA mode. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channel 1 + (in the Hall Sensor Interface the 3 possible channels that are used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + + /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 event */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if defined (STM32F100xB) || defined (STM32F100xE) || \ + defined (STM32F103x6) || defined (STM32F103xB) || defined (STM32F103xE) || defined (STM32F103xG) || \ + defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC) + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Timer Complementary Output Compare functions + * @brief Timer Complementary Output Compare functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Timer Complementary Output Compare functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM. + (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM. + (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and enable interrupts. + (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and disable interrupts. + (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and enable DMA transfers. + (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and disable DMA transfers. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation on the complementary + * output. + * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation on the complementary + * output. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode + * on the complementary output. + * @param htim : TIM OC handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the TIM Break interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode + * on the complementary output. + * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the TIM Break interrupt (only if no more channel is active) */ + tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; + if ((tmpccer & (TIM_CCER_CC1NE | TIM_CCER_CC2NE | TIM_CCER_CC3NE)) == RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); + } + + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode + * on the complementary output. + * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @param pData : The source Buffer address. + * @param Length : The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if(((uint32_t)pData == 0U) && (Length > 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: +{ + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode + * on the complementary output. + * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Timer Complementary PWM functions + * @brief Timer Complementary PWM functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Timer Complementary PWM functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Start the Complementary PWM. + (+) Stop the Complementary PWM. + (+) Start the Complementary PWM and enable interrupts. + (+) Stop the Complementary PWM and disable interrupts. + (+) Start the Complementary PWM and enable DMA transfers. + (+) Stop the Complementary PWM and disable DMA transfers. + (+) Start the Complementary Input Capture measurement. + (+) Stop the Complementary Input Capture. + (+) Start the Complementary Input Capture and enable interrupts. + (+) Stop the Complementary Input Capture and disable interrupts. + (+) Start the Complementary Input Capture and enable DMA transfers. + (+) Stop the Complementary Input Capture and disable DMA transfers. + (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse generation. + (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse. + (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse and enable interrupts. + (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse and disable interrupts. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation on the complementary output. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Enable the complementary PWM output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation on the complementary output. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Disable the complementary PWM output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode on the + * complementary output. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the TIM Break interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); + + /* Enable the complementary PWM output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode on the + * complementary output. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the complementary PWM output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the TIM Break interrupt (only if no more channel is active) */ + tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; + if ((tmpccer & (TIM_CCER_CC1NE | TIM_CCER_CC2NE | TIM_CCER_CC3NE)) == RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); + } + + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode on the + * complementary output + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @param pData : The source Buffer address. + * @param Length : The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if(((uint32_t)pData == 0U) && (Length > 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the complementary PWM output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode on the complementary + * output + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the complementary PWM output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group4 Timer Complementary One Pulse functions + * @brief Timer Complementary One Pulse functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Timer Complementary One Pulse functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse generation. + (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse. + (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse and enable interrupts. + (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse and disable interrupts. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation on the complemetary + * output. + * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel)); + + /* Enable the complementary One Pulse output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation on the complementary + * output. + * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel)); + + /* Disable the complementary One Pulse output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode on the + * complementary channel. + * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel)); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + + /* Enable the complementary One Pulse output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; + } + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode on the + * complementary channel. + * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel)); + + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + + /* Disable the complementary One Pulse output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* defined(STM32F100xB) || defined(STM32F100xE) || */ + /* defined(STM32F103x6) || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || */ + /* defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) */ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group5 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure the commutation event in case of use of the Hall sensor interface. + (+) Configure Complementary channels, break features and dead time. + (+) Configure Master synchronization. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +#if defined (STM32F100xB) || defined (STM32F100xE) || \ + defined (STM32F103x6) || defined (STM32F103xB) || defined (STM32F103xE) || defined (STM32F103xG) || \ + defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC) + +/** + * @brief Configure the TIM commutation event sequence. + * @note: this function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to + * update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer, + * the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer) + * configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the + * commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time + * the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param InputTrigger : the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed + * @param CommutationSource : the Commutation Event source + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer + * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE: Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger, uint32_t CommutationSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger)); + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) || + (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3)) + { + /* Select the Input trigger */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger; + } + + /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */ + htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC; + /* Select the Commutation event source */ + htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS; + htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TIM commutation event sequence with interrupt. + * @note: this function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to + * update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer, + * the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer) + * configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the + * commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time + * the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param InputTrigger : the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed + * @param CommutationSource : the Commutation Event source + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer + * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE: Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger, uint32_t CommutationSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger)); + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) || + (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3)) + { + /* Select the Input trigger */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger; + } + + /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */ + htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC; + /* Select the Commutation event source */ + htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS; + htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource; + + /* Enable the Commutation Interrupt Request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_COM); + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TIM commutation event sequence with DMA. + * @note: this function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to + * update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer, + * the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer) + * configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the + * commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time + * the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1. + * @note: The user should configure the DMA in his own software, in This function only the COMDE bit is set + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param InputTrigger : the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed + * @param CommutationSource : the Commutation Event source + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer + * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE: Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger, uint32_t CommutationSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger)); + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) || + (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3)) + { + /* Select the Input trigger */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger; + } + + /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */ + htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC; + /* Select the Commutation event source */ + htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS; + htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource; + + /* Enable the Commutation DMA Request */ + /* Set the DMA Commutation Callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt; + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError; + + /* Enable the Commutation DMA Request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_COM); + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Break feature, dead time, Lock level, OSSI/OSSR State + * and the AOE(automatic output enable). + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @param sBreakDeadTimeConfig : pointer to a TIM_ConfigBreakDeadConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the BDTR Register configuration information for the TIM peripheral. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigBreakDeadTime(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + TIM_BreakDeadTimeConfigTypeDef *sBreakDeadTimeConfig) +{ + uint32_t tmpbdtr = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSR_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateRunMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSI_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateIDLEMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->LockLevel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DEADTIME(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->DeadTime)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->AutomaticOutput)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + /* Set the Lock level, the Break enable Bit and the Polarity, the OSSR State, + the OSSI State, the dead time value and the Automatic Output Enable Bit */ + + /* Set the BDTR bits */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_DTG, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->DeadTime); + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_LOCK, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->LockLevel); + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_OSSI, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateIDLEMode); + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_OSSR, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateRunMode); + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_BKE, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakState); + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_BKP, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakPolarity); + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_AOE, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->AutomaticOutput); + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_MOE, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->AutomaticOutput); + + /* Set TIMx_BDTR */ + htim->Instance->BDTR = tmpbdtr; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +#endif /* defined(STM32F100xB) || defined(STM32F100xE) || */ + /* defined(STM32F103x6) || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || */ + /* defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIM in master mode. + * @param htim : TIM handle. + * @param sMasterConfig : pointer to a TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the selected trigger output (TRGO) and the Master/Slave + * mode. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_MasterConfigSynchronization(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef * sMasterConfig) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_MASTER_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(sMasterConfig->MasterSlaveMode)); + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Reset the MMS Bits */ + htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_MMS; + /* Select the TRGO source */ + htim->Instance->CR2 |= sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger; + + /* Reset the MSM Bit */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_MSM; + /* Set or Reset the MSM Bit */ + htim->Instance->SMCR |= sMasterConfig->MasterSlaveMode; + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group6 Extension Callbacks functions + * @brief Extension Callbacks functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Extension Callbacks functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides Extension TIM callback functions: + (+) Timer Commutation callback + (+) Timer Break callback + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Hall commutation changed callback in non blocking mode + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIMEx_CommutationCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIMEx_CommutationCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Hall Break detection callback in non blocking mode + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Commutation callback. + * @param hdma : pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +void TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + HAL_TIMEx_CommutationCallback(htim); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if defined (STM32F100xB) || defined (STM32F100xE) || \ + defined (STM32F103x6) || defined (STM32F103xB) || defined (STM32F103xE) || defined (STM32F103xG) || \ + defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC) + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group7 Extension Peripheral State functions + * @brief Extension Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Extension Peripheral State functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral + and the data flow. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM Hall Sensor interface state + * @param htim : TIM Hall Sensor handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* defined(STM32F100xB) || defined(STM32F100xE) || */ + /* defined(STM32F103x6) || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || */ + /* defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if defined (STM32F100xB) || defined (STM32F100xE) || \ + defined (STM32F103x6) || defined (STM32F103xB) || defined (STM32F103xE) || defined (STM32F103xG) || \ + defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC) + +/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel xN. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param Channel : specifies the TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @param ChannelNState : specifies the TIM Channel CCxNE bit new state. + * This parameter can be: TIM_CCxN_ENABLE or TIM_CCxN_Disable. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelNState) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0U; + + tmp = TIM_CCER_CC1NE << Channel; + + /* Reset the CCxNE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~tmp; + + /* Set or reset the CCxNE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER |= (uint32_t)(ChannelNState << Channel); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* defined(STM32F100xB) || defined(STM32F100xE) || */ + /* defined(STM32F103x6) || defined(STM32F103xB) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || */ + /* defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) */ + +#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_timebase_rtc_alarm_template.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_timebase_rtc_alarm_template.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..7649cac2bf2d4bd966c86d62a1f1e7eeeec9916d --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_timebase_rtc_alarm_template.c @@ -0,0 +1,307 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_timebase_rtc_alarm_template.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief HAL time base based on the hardware RTC_ALARM. + * + * This file override the native HAL time base functions (defined as weak) + * to use the RTC ALARM for time base generation: + * + Intializes the RTC peripheral to increment the seconds registers each 1ms + * + The alarm is configured to assert an interrupt when the RTC reaches 1ms + * + HAL_IncTick is called at each Alarm event and the time is reset to 00:00:00 + * + HSE (default), LSE or LSI can be selected as RTC clock source + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This file must be copied to the application folder and modified as follows: + (#) Rename it to 'stm32f1xx_hal_timebase_rtc_alarm.c' + (#) Add this file and the RTC HAL drivers to your project and uncomment + HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED define in stm32f1xx_hal_conf.h + + [..] + (@) HAL RTC alarm and HAL RTC wakeup drivers can’t be used with low power modes: + The wake up capability of the RTC may be intrusive in case of prior low power mode + configuration requiring different wake up sources. + Application/Example behavior is no more guaranteed + (@) The stm32f1xx_hal_timebase_tim use is recommended for the Applications/Examples + requiring low power modes + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup HAL_TimeBase_RTC_Alarm_Template HAL TimeBase RTC Alarm Template + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Uncomment the line below to select the appropriate RTC Clock source for your application: + + RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE: can be selected for applications requiring timing precision. + + RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE: can be selected for applications with low constraint on timing + precision. + + RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI: can be selected for applications with low constraint on timing + precision. + */ +#define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE +/* #define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE */ +/* #define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +RTC_HandleTypeDef hRTC_Handle; +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +void RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler(void); +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief This function configures the RTC_ALARMA as a time base source. + * The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated + * Tick interrupt priority. + * @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after + * reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(). + * @param TickPriority: Tick interrupt priority. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick (uint32_t TickPriority) +{ + __IO uint32_t counter = 0U; + + RCC_OscInitTypeDef RCC_OscInitStruct; + RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef PeriphClkInitStruct; + +#ifdef RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE + /* Configue LSE as RTC clock soucre */ + RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE; + RCC_OscInitStruct.LSEState = RCC_LSE_ON; + PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE; +#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI) + /* Configue LSI as RTC clock soucre */ + RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE; + RCC_OscInitStruct.LSIState = RCC_LSI_ON; + PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI; +#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE) + /* Configue HSE as RTC clock soucre */ + RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE; + RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE; + RCC_OscInitStruct.HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON; + PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV128; +#else +#error Please select the RTC Clock source +#endif /* RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE */ + + if(HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStruct) == HAL_OK) + { + PeriphClkInitStruct.PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC; + if(HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(&PeriphClkInitStruct) == HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable RTC Clock */ + __HAL_RCC_RTC_ENABLE(); + + hRTC_Handle.Instance = RTC; + /* Configure RTC time base to 10Khz */ + hRTC_Handle.Init.AsynchPrediv = (HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq(RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC) / 10000) - 1; + hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPut = RTC_OUTPUTSOURCE_NONE; + HAL_RTC_Init(&hRTC_Handle); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle); + + /* Clear flag alarm A */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF); + + counter = 0U; + /* Wait till RTC ALRAF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF) != RESET) + { + if(counter++ == SystemCoreClock /48U) /* Timeout = ~ 1s */ + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Set RTC COUNTER MSB word */ + hRTC_Handle.Instance->ALRH = 0x00U; + /* Set RTC COUNTER LSB word */ + hRTC_Handle.Instance->ALRL = 0x09U; + + /* RTC Alarm Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(); + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE(); + + /* Clear Second and overflow flags */ + CLEAR_BIT(hRTC_Handle.Instance->CRL, (RTC_FLAG_SEC | RTC_FLAG_OW)); + + /* Set RTC COUNTER MSB word */ + hRTC_Handle.Instance->CNTH = 0x00U; + /* Set RTC COUNTER LSB word */ + hRTC_Handle.Instance->CNTL = 0x00U; + + /* Configure the Alarm interrupt */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_ENABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_ALRA); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle); + + /* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */ + counter = 0U; + while((hRTC_Handle.Instance->CRL & RTC_CRL_RTOFF) == (uint32_t)RESET) + { + if(counter++ == SystemCoreClock /48U) /* Timeout = ~ 1s */ + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(RTC_Alarm_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U); + HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(RTC_Alarm_IRQn); + return HAL_OK; + } + } + return HAL_ERROR; +} + +/** + * @brief Suspend Tick increment. + * @note Disable the tick increment by disabling RTC ALARM interrupt. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SuspendTick(void) +{ + /* Disable RTC ALARM update Interrupt */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_ALRA); +} + +/** + * @brief Resume Tick increment. + * @note Enable the tick increment by Enabling RTC ALARM interrupt. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_ResumeTick(void) +{ + __IO uint32_t counter = 0U; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle); + + /* Set RTC COUNTER MSB word */ + hRTC_Handle.Instance->CNTH = 0x00U; + /* Set RTC COUNTER LSB word */ + hRTC_Handle.Instance->CNTL = 0x00U; + + /* Clear Second and overflow flags */ + CLEAR_BIT(hRTC_Handle.Instance->CRL, (RTC_FLAG_SEC | RTC_FLAG_OW | RTC_FLAG_ALRAF)); + + /* Enable RTC ALARM Update interrupt */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_ENABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_ALRA); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle); + + /* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */ + while((hRTC_Handle.Instance->CRL & RTC_CRL_RTOFF) == (uint32_t)RESET) + { + if(counter++ == SystemCoreClock /48U) /* Timeout = ~ 1s */ + { + break; + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief ALARM A Event Callback in non blocking mode + * @note This function is called when RTC_ALARM interrupt took place, inside + * RTC_ALARM_IRQHandler(). It makes a direct call to HAL_IncTick() to increment + * a global variable "uwTick" used as application time base. + * @param hrtc : RTC handle + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + __IO uint32_t counter = 0U; + + HAL_IncTick(); + + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Set RTC COUNTER MSB word */ + WRITE_REG(hrtc->Instance->CNTH, 0x00U); + /* Set RTC COUNTER LSB word */ + WRITE_REG(hrtc->Instance->CNTL, 0x00U); + + /* Clear Second and overflow flags */ + CLEAR_BIT(hrtc->Instance->CRL, (RTC_FLAG_SEC | RTC_FLAG_OW)); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */ + while((hrtc->Instance->CRL & RTC_CRL_RTOFF) == (uint32_t)RESET) + { + if(counter++ == SystemCoreClock /48U) /* Timeout = ~ 1s */ + { + break; + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles RTC ALARM interrupt request. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler(void) +{ + HAL_RTC_AlarmIRQHandler(&hRTC_Handle); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_timebase_tim_template.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_timebase_tim_template.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..9bc6227e161fe4406ec5858befe13ca872485687 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_timebase_tim_template.c @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_timebase_tim_template.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief HAL time base based on the hardware TIM Template. + * + * This file overrides the native HAL time base functions (defined as weak) + * the TIM time base: + * + Intializes the TIM peripheral generate a Period elapsed Event each 1ms + * + HAL_IncTick is called inside HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback ie each 1ms + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup HAL_TimeBase_TIM + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +TIM_HandleTypeDef TimHandle; +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +void TIM2_IRQHandler(void); +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** + * @brief This function configures the TIM2 as a time base source. + * The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated + * Tick interrupt priority. + * @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after + * reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(). + * @param TickPriority: Tick interrupt priority. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick (uint32_t TickPriority) +{ + RCC_ClkInitTypeDef clkconfig; + uint32_t uwTimclock, uwAPB1Prescaler = 0U; + uint32_t uwPrescalerValue = 0U; + uint32_t pFLatency; + + /*Configure the TIM2 IRQ priority */ + HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(TIM2_IRQn, TickPriority ,0U); + + /* Enable the TIM2 global Interrupt */ + HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(TIM2_IRQn); + + /* Enable TIM2 clock */ + __HAL_RCC_TIM2_CLK_ENABLE(); + + /* Get clock configuration */ + HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig(&clkconfig, &pFLatency); + + /* Get APB1 prescaler */ + uwAPB1Prescaler = clkconfig.APB1CLKDivider; + + /* Compute TIM2 clock */ + if (uwAPB1Prescaler == RCC_HCLK_DIV1) + { + uwTimclock = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(); + } + else + { + uwTimclock = 2*HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(); + } + + /* Compute the prescaler value to have TIM2 counter clock equal to 1MHz */ + uwPrescalerValue = (uint32_t) ((uwTimclock / 1000000U) - 1U); + + /* Initialize TIM2 */ + TimHandle.Instance = TIM2; + + /* Initialize TIMx peripheral as follow: + + Period = [(TIM2CLK/1000) - 1]. to have a (1/1000) s time base. + + Prescaler = (uwTimclock/1000000 - 1) to have a 1MHz counter clock. + + ClockDivision = 0 + + Counter direction = Up + */ + TimHandle.Init.Period = (1000000U / 1000U) - 1U; + TimHandle.Init.Prescaler = uwPrescalerValue; + TimHandle.Init.ClockDivision = 0U; + TimHandle.Init.CounterMode = TIM_COUNTERMODE_UP; + TimHandle.Init.AutoReloadPreload = TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD_DISABLE; + if(HAL_TIM_Base_Init(&TimHandle) == HAL_OK) + { + /* Start the TIM time Base generation in interrupt mode */ + return HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(&TimHandle); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_ERROR; +} + +/** + * @brief Suspend Tick increment. + * @note Disable the tick increment by disabling TIM2 update interrupt. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SuspendTick(void) +{ + /* Disable TIM2 update Interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(&TimHandle, TIM_IT_UPDATE); +} + +/** + * @brief Resume Tick increment. + * @note Enable the tick increment by Enabling TIM2 update interrupt. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_ResumeTick(void) +{ + /* Enable TIM2 Update interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(&TimHandle, TIM_IT_UPDATE); +} + +/** + * @brief Period elapsed callback in non blocking mode + * @note This function is called when TIM2 interrupt took place, inside + * HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(). It makes a direct call to HAL_IncTick() to increment + * a global variable "uwTick" used as application time base. + * @param htim : TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + HAL_IncTick(); +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles TIM interrupt request. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM2_IRQHandler(void) +{ + HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(&TimHandle); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_uart.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_uart.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..88829d5356ff447dd2c02fb69da574a354213941 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_uart.c @@ -0,0 +1,2558 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_uart.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief UART HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (UART) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State and Errors functions + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The UART HAL driver can be used as follows: + + (#) Declare a UART_HandleTypeDef handle structure. + (#) Initialize the UART low level resources by implementing the HAL_UART_MspInit() API: + (##) Enable the USARTx interface clock. + (##) UART pins configuration: + (+++) Enable the clock for the UART GPIOs. + (+++) Configure the UART pins (TX as alternate function pull-up, RX as alternate function Input). + (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_UART_Transmit_IT() + and HAL_UART_Receive_IT() APIs): + (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority. + (+++) Enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle. + (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA() + and HAL_UART_Receive_DMA() APIs): + (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx channel. + (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock. + (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required + Tx/Rx parameters. + (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx channel. + (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the UART DMA Tx/Rx handle. + (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete + interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx channel. + (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority and enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle + (used for last byte sending completion detection in DMA non circular mode) + + (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length, Stop Bit, Parity, Hardware + flow control and Mode(Receiver/Transmitter) in the huart Init structure. + + (#) For the UART asynchronous mode, initialize the UART registers by calling + the HAL_UART_Init() API. + + (#) For the UART Half duplex mode, initialize the UART registers by calling + the HAL_HalfDuplex_Init() API. + + (#) For the LIN mode, initialize the UART registers by calling the HAL_LIN_Init() API. + + (#) For the Multi-Processor mode, initialize the UART registers by calling + the HAL_MultiProcessor_Init() API. + + [..] + (@) The specific UART interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, + RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros + __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit + and receive process. + + [..] + (@) These APIs (HAL_UART_Init() and HAL_HalfDuplex_Init()) configure also the + low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) by calling the customized + HAL_UART_MspInit() API. + + [..] + Three operation modes are available within this driver: + + *** Polling mode IO operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_UART_Transmit() + (+) Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_UART_Receive() + + *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_UART_Transmit_IT() + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback + (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_UART_Receive_IT() + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_ErrorCallback + + *** DMA mode IO operation *** + ============================== + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA() + (+) At transmission end of half transfer HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback + (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_UART_Receive_DMA() + (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_ErrorCallback + (+) Pause the DMA Transfer using HAL_UART_DMAPause() + (+) Resume the DMA Transfer using HAL_UART_DMAResume() + (+) Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_UART_DMAStop() + + *** UART HAL driver macros list *** + ============================================= + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in UART HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_UART_ENABLE: Enable the UART peripheral + (+) __HAL_UART_DISABLE: Disable the UART peripheral + (+) __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG : Check whether the specified UART flag is set or not + (+) __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG : Clear the specified UART pending flag + (+) __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified UART interrupt + (+) __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified UART interrupt + (+) __HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified UART interrupt has occurred or not + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the UART HAL driver header file for more useful macros + @endverbatim + [..] + (@) Additionnal remark: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written + in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit. + Depending on the frame length defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits), + the possible UART frame formats are as listed in the following table: + +-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | M bit | PCE bit | UART frame | + |---------------------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8 bit data | STB | | + |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB | | + |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9 bit data | STB | | + |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB | | + +-------------------------------------------------------------+ + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup UART UART + * @brief HAL UART module driver + * @{ + */ +#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup UART_Private_Constants + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup UART_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +static void UART_EndTxTransfer(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +static void UART_EndRxTransfer(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +static void UART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Transmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_EndTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Tickstart, uint32_t Timeout); +static void UART_SetConfig (UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +/** + * @} + */ +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions UART Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx or the UARTy + in asynchronous mode. + (+) For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured: + (++) Baud Rate + (++) Word Length + (++) Stop Bit + (++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written + in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit. + Depending on the frame length defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits), + please refer to Reference manual for possible UART frame formats. + (++) Hardware flow control + (++) Receiver/transmitter modes + (++) Over Sampling Method + [..] + The HAL_UART_Init(), HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(), HAL_LIN_Init() and HAL_MultiProcessor_Init() APIs + follow respectively the UART asynchronous, UART Half duplex, LIN and Multi-Processor + configuration procedures (details for the procedures are available in reference manuals + (RM0008 for STM32F10Xxx MCUs and RM0041 for STM32F100xx MCUs)). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the UART mode according to the specified parameters in + * the UART_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if(huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + if(huart->Init.HwFlowCtl != UART_HWCONTROL_NONE) + { + /* The hardware flow control is available only for USART1, USART2, USART3 */ + assert_param(IS_UART_HWFLOW_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_UART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(huart->Init.HwFlowCtl)); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + } + assert_param(IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength)); +#if defined(USART_CR1_OVER8) + assert_param(IS_UART_OVERSAMPLING(huart->Init.OverSampling)); +#endif /* USART_CR1_OVER8 */ + + if(huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); + } + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ + UART_SetConfig(huart); + + /* In asynchronous mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + - SCEN, HDSEL and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN)); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN)); + + /* Enable the peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* Initialize the UART state */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->gState= HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxState= HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the half-duplex mode according to the specified + * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if(huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_HALFDUPLEX_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength)); +#if defined(USART_CR1_OVER8) + assert_param(IS_UART_OVERSAMPLING(huart->Init.OverSampling)); +#endif /* USART_CR1_OVER8 */ + if(huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + /* Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); + } + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ + UART_SetConfig(huart); + + /* In half-duplex mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + - SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN)); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_SCEN)); + + /* Enable the Half-Duplex mode by setting the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_HDSEL); + + /* Enable the peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* Initialize the UART state*/ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->gState= HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxState= HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the LIN mode according to the specified + * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @param BreakDetectLength: Specifies the LIN break detection length. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_10B: 10-bit break detection + * @arg UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_11B: 11-bit break detection + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t BreakDetectLength) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if(huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the LIN UART instance */ + assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + /* Check the Break detection length parameter */ + assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(BreakDetectLength)); + assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength)); +#if defined(USART_CR1_OVER8) + assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_OVERSAMPLING(huart->Init.OverSampling)); +#endif /* USART_CR1_OVER8 */ + + if(huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + /* Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); + } + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ + UART_SetConfig(huart); + + /* In LIN mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + - SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_CLKEN); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_SCEN)); + + /* Enable the LIN mode by setting the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_LINEN); + + /* Set the USART LIN Break detection length. */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_LBDL, BreakDetectLength); + + /* Enable the peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* Initialize the UART state*/ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->gState= HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxState= HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the Multi-Processor mode according to the specified + * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @param Address: USART address + * @param WakeUpMethod: specifies the USART wake-up method. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_IDLELINE: Wake-up by an idle line detection + * @arg UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_ADDRESSMARK: Wake-up by an address mark + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t Address, uint32_t WakeUpMethod) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if(huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check UART instance capabilities */ + assert_param(IS_UART_MULTIPROCESSOR_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + + /* Check the Address & wake up method parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUPMETHOD(WakeUpMethod)); + assert_param(IS_UART_ADDRESS(Address)); + assert_param(IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength)); +#if defined(USART_CR1_OVER8) + assert_param(IS_UART_OVERSAMPLING(huart->Init.OverSampling)); +#endif /* USART_CR1_OVER8 */ + + if(huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + /* Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); + } + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ + UART_SetConfig(huart); + + /* In Multi-Processor mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + - SCEN, HDSEL and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN)); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN)); + + /* Set the USART address node */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADD, Address); + + /* Set the wake up method by setting the WAKE bit in the CR1 register */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_WAKE, WakeUpMethod); + + /* Enable the peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* Initialize the UART state */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the UART peripheral. + * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DeInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if(huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + HAL_UART_MspDeInit(huart); + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_RESET; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_RESET; + + /* Process Unlock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief UART MSP Init. + * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_MspInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief UART MSP DeInit. + * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_MspDeInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief UART Transmit and Receive functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the UART asynchronous + and Half duplex data transfers. + + (#) There are two modes of transfer: + (++) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode. + The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function + after finishing transfer. + (++) Non blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts + or DMA, these APIs return the HAL status. + The end of the data processing will be indicated through the + dedicated UART IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when + using DMA mode. + The HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks + will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or receive process. + The HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() user callback will be executed when + a communication error is detected. + + (#) Blocking mode APIs are: + (++) HAL_UART_Transmit() + (++) HAL_UART_Receive() + + (#) Non Blocking mode APIs with Interrupt are: + (++) HAL_UART_Transmit_IT() + (++) HAL_UART_Receive_IT() + (++) HAL_UART_IRQHandler() + + (#) Non Blocking mode functions with DMA are: + (++) HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA() + (++) HAL_UART_Receive_DMA() + (++) HAL_UART_DMAPause() + (++) HAL_UART_DMAResume() + (++) HAL_UART_DMAStop() + + (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non blocking mode: + (++) HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() + + [..] + (@) In the Half duplex communication, it is forbidden to run the transmit + and receive process in parallel, the UART state HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX + can't be useful. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sends an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint16_t* tmp; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */ + if(huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout managment */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + huart->TxXferSize = Size; + huart->TxXferCount = Size; + while(huart->TxXferCount > 0U) + { + huart->TxXferCount--; + if(huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) + { + if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + tmp = (uint16_t*) pData; + huart->Instance->DR = (*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF); + if(huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE) + { + pData +=2U; + } + else + { + pData +=1U; + } + } + else + { + if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + huart->Instance->DR = (*pData++ & (uint8_t)0xFF); + } + } + + if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_TC, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* At end of Tx process, restore huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be received + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint16_t* tmp; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if(huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout managment */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + huart->RxXferSize = Size; + huart->RxXferCount = Size; + + /* Check the remain data to be received */ + while(huart->RxXferCount > 0U) + { + huart->RxXferCount--; + if(huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) + { + if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + tmp = (uint16_t*)pData; + if(huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE) + { + *tmp = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF); + pData +=2U; + } + else + { + *tmp = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x00FF); + pData +=1U; + } + + } + else + { + if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + if(huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE) + { + *pData++ = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x00FF); + } + else + { + *pData++ = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x007F); + } + + } + } + + /* At end of Rx process, restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sends an amount of data in non blocking mode. + * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */ + if(huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->pTxBuffPtr = pData; + huart->TxXferSize = Size; + huart->TxXferCount = Size; + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + /* Enable the UART Transmit data register empty Interrupt */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TXE); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receives an amount of data in non blocking mode. + * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be received + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if(huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->pRxBuffPtr = pData; + huart->RxXferSize = Size; + huart->RxXferCount = Size; + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + /* Enable the UART Parity Error Interrupt */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_PE); + + /* Enable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR); + + /* Enable the UART Data Register not empty Interrupt */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_RXNE); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sends an amount of data in non blocking mode. + * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t *tmp; + + /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */ + if(huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->pTxBuffPtr = pData; + huart->TxXferSize = Size; + huart->TxXferCount = Size; + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Set the UART DMA transfer complete callback */ + huart->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = UART_DMATransmitCplt; + + /* Set the UART DMA Half transfer complete callback */ + huart->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = UART_DMATxHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + huart->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = UART_DMAError; + + /* Set the DMA abort callback */ + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the UART transmit DMA channel */ + tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData; + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(huart->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&huart->Instance->DR, Size); + + /* Clear the TC flag in the SR register by writing 0 to it */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_FLAG_TC); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit + in the UART CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receives an amount of data in non blocking mode. + * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be received + * @note When the UART parity is enabled (PCE = 1) the data received contain the parity bit. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t *tmp; + + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if(huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->pRxBuffPtr = pData; + huart->RxXferSize = Size; + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + /* Set the UART DMA transfer complete callback */ + huart->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = UART_DMAReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the UART DMA Half transfer complete callback */ + huart->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = UART_DMARxHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + huart->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = UART_DMAError; + + /* Set the DMA abort callback */ + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData; + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(huart->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&huart->Instance->DR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, Size); + + /* Clear the Overrun flag just before enabling the DMA Rx request: can be mandatory for the second transfer */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_OREFLAG(huart); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + /* Enable the UART Parity Error Interrupt */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + + /* Enable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit + in the UART CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Pauses the DMA Transfer. + * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAPause(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint32_t dmarequest = 0x00U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + dmarequest = HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + if((huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) && dmarequest) + { + /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + } + + dmarequest = HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + if((huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) && dmarequest) + { + /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Resumes the DMA Transfer. + * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAResume(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + if(huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + /* Enable the UART DMA Tx request */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + } + + if(huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + /* Clear the Overrun flag before resuming the Rx transfer*/ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_OREFLAG(huart); + + /* Reenable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Enable the UART DMA Rx request */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the DMA Transfer. + * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAStop(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint32_t dmarequest = 0x00U; + /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application + to call the HAL UART API under callbacks HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(): + when calling HAL_DMA_Abort() API the DMA TX/RX Transfer complete interrupt is generated + and the correspond call back is executed HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() + */ + + /* Stop UART DMA Tx request if ongoing */ + dmarequest = HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + if((huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) && dmarequest) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel */ + if(huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmatx); + } + UART_EndTxTransfer(huart); + } + + /* Stop UART DMA Rx request if ongoing */ + dmarequest = HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + if((huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) && dmarequest) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel */ + if(huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmarx); + } + UART_EndRxTransfer(huart); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing transfers (blocking mode). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable PPP Interrupts + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed. + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Abort(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable TXEIE, TCIE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel: use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmatx); + } + } + + /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel: use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmarx); + } + } + + /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */ + huart->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + huart->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Reset ErrorCode */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Restore huart->RxState and huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Transmit transfer (blocking mode). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable PPP Interrupts + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed. + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortTransmit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + + /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmatx); + } + } + + /* Reset Tx transfer counter */ + huart->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Restore huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Receive transfer (blocking mode). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable PPP Interrupts + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed. + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortReceive(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmarx); + } + } + + /* Reset Rx transfer counter */ + huart->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing transfers (Interrupt mode). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable PPP Interrupts + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback + * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be + * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function). + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Abort_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint32_t AbortCplt = 0x01U; + + /* Disable TXEIE, TCIE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* If DMA Tx and/or DMA Rx Handles are associated to UART Handle, DMA Abort complete callbacks should be initialised + before any call to DMA Abort functions */ + /* DMA Tx Handle is valid */ + if(huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if UART DMA Tx request if enabled. + Otherwise, set it to NULL */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMATxAbortCallback; + } + else + { + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + } + /* DMA Rx Handle is valid */ + if(huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if UART DMA Rx request if enabled. + Otherwise, set it to NULL */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMARxAbortCallback; + } + else + { + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + } + + /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + /* Disable DMA Tx at UART level */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */ + if(huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* UART Tx DMA Abort callback has already been initialised : + will lead to call HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + + /* Abort DMA TX */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + else + { + AbortCplt = 0x00U; + } + } + } + + /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */ + if(huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* UART Rx DMA Abort callback has already been initialised : + will lead to call HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + AbortCplt = 0x01U; + } + else + { + AbortCplt = 0x00U; + } + } + } + + /* if no DMA abort complete callback execution is required => call user Abort Complete callback */ + if(AbortCplt == 0x01U) + { + /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */ + huart->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + huart->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Reset ErrorCode */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Restore huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback(huart); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Transmit transfer (Interrupt mode). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable PPP Interrupts + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback + * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be + * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function). + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + + /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback; + + /* Abort DMA TX */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(huart->hdmatx); + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Tx transfer counter */ + huart->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Restore huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart); + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Tx transfer counter */ + huart->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Restore huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Receive transfer (Interrupt mode). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable PPP Interrupts + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback + * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be + * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function). + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortReceive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback; + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(huart->hdmarx); + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Rx transfer counter */ + huart->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart); + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Rx transfer counter */ + huart->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles UART interrupt request. + * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_UART_IRQHandler(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint32_t isrflags = READ_REG(huart->Instance->SR); + uint32_t cr1its = READ_REG(huart->Instance->CR1); + uint32_t cr3its = READ_REG(huart->Instance->CR3); + uint32_t errorflags = 0x00U; + uint32_t dmarequest = 0x00U; + + /* If no error occurs */ + errorflags = (isrflags & (uint32_t)(USART_SR_PE | USART_SR_FE | USART_SR_ORE | USART_SR_NE)); + if(errorflags == RESET) + { + /* UART in mode Receiver -------------------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_SR_RXNE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != RESET)) + { + UART_Receive_IT(huart); + return; + } + } + + /* If some errors occur */ + if((errorflags != RESET) && (((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET) || ((cr1its & (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)) != RESET))) + { + /* UART parity error interrupt occurred ----------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_SR_PE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_PEIE) != RESET)) + { + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_PE; + } + + /* UART noise error interrupt occurred -----------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_SR_NE) != RESET) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET)) + { + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_NE; + } + + /* UART frame error interrupt occurred -----------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_SR_FE) != RESET) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET)) + { + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_FE; + } + + /* UART Over-Run interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_SR_ORE) != RESET) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET)) + { + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_ORE; + } + + /* Call UART Error Call back function if need be --------------------------*/ + if(huart->ErrorCode != HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* UART in mode Receiver -----------------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_SR_RXNE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != RESET)) + { + UART_Receive_IT(huart); + } + + /* If Overrun error occurs, or if any error occurs in DMA mode reception, + consider error as blocking */ + dmarequest = HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + if(((huart->ErrorCode & HAL_UART_ERROR_ORE) != RESET) || dmarequest) + { + /* Blocking error : transfer is aborted + Set the UART state ready to be able to start again the process, + Disable Rx Interrupts, and disable Rx DMA request, if ongoing */ + UART_EndRxTransfer(huart); + + /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel */ + if(huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMAAbortOnError; + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(huart->hdmarx); + } + } + else + { + /* Call user error callback */ + HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart); + } + } + else + { + /* Call user error callback */ + HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart); + } + } + else + { + /* Non Blocking error : transfer could go on. + Error is notified to user through user error callback */ + HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart); + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + } + } + return; + } /* End if some error occurs */ + + /* UART in mode Transmitter ------------------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_SR_TXE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_TXEIE) != RESET)) + { + UART_Transmit_IT(huart); + return; + } + + /* UART in mode Transmitter end --------------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_SR_TC) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_TCIE) != RESET)) + { + UART_EndTransmit_IT(huart); + return; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Transfer completed callbacks. + * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Half Transfer completed callbacks. + * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Transfer completed callbacks. + * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Half Transfer completed callbacks. + * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief UART error callbacks. + * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief UART Abort Complete callback. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback (UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} +/** + * @brief UART Abort Complete callback. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback (UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief UART Abort Receive Complete callback. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback (UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief UART control functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the UART: + (+) HAL_LIN_SendBreak() API can be helpful to transmit the break character. + (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode() API can be helpful to enter the UART in mute mode. + (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_ExitMuteMode() API can be helpful to exit the UART mute mode by software. + (+) HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter() API to enable the UART transmitter and disables the UART receiver in Half Duplex mode + (+) HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver() API to enable the UART receiver and disables the UART transmitter in Half Duplex mode + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Transmits break characters. + * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_SendBreak(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Send break characters */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_SBK); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enters the UART in mute mode. + * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Enable the USART mute mode by setting the RWU bit in the CR1 register */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RWU); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Exits the UART mute mode: wake up software. + * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_ExitMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the USART mute mode by clearing the RWU bit in the CR1 register */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RWU); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the UART transmitter and disables the UART receiver. + * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ + tmpreg = huart->Instance->CR1; + + /* Clear TE and RE bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE)); + + /* Enable the USART's transmit interface by setting the TE bit in the USART CR1 register */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_CR1_TE; + + /* Write to USART CR1 */ + WRITE_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, (uint32_t)tmpreg); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the UART receiver and disables the UART transmitter. + * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ + tmpreg = huart->Instance->CR1; + + /* Clear TE and RE bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE)); + + /* Enable the USART's receive interface by setting the RE bit in the USART CR1 register */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_CR1_RE; + + /* Write to USART CR1 */ + WRITE_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, (uint32_t)tmpreg); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State and Errors functions + * @brief UART State and Errors functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to return the State of + UART communication process, return Peripheral Errors occurred during communication + process + (+) HAL_UART_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the UART peripheral. + (+) HAL_UART_GetError() check in run-time errors that could be occurred during communication. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the UART state. + * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_UART_StateTypeDef HAL_UART_GetState(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint32_t temp1= 0x00U, temp2 = 0x00U; + temp1 = huart->gState; + temp2 = huart->RxState; + + return (HAL_UART_StateTypeDef)(temp1 | temp2); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the UART error code + * @param huart : pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART. + * @retval UART Error Code + */ +uint32_t HAL_UART_GetError(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + return huart->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @brief DMA UART transmit process complete callback. + * @param hdma: DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = ( UART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + /* DMA Normal mode*/ + if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0U) + { + huart->TxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit + in the UART CR3 register */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE); + + } + /* DMA Circular mode */ + else + { + HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(huart); + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART transmit process half complete callback + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; + + HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback(huart); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART receive process complete callback. + * @param hdma: DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = ( UART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + /* DMA Normal mode*/ + if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0U) + { + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit + in the UART CR3 register */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* At end of Rx process, restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + } + HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART receive process half complete callback + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; + HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback(huart); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART communication error callback. + * @param hdma: DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + uint32_t dmarequest = 0x00U; + UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = ( UART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + /* Stop UART DMA Tx request if ongoing */ + dmarequest = HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + if((huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) && dmarequest) + { + huart->TxXferCount = 0U; + UART_EndTxTransfer(huart); + } + + /* Stop UART DMA Rx request if ongoing */ + dmarequest = HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + if((huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) && dmarequest) + { + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + UART_EndRxTransfer(huart); + } + + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA; + HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart); +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles UART Communication Timeout. + * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @param Flag: specifies the UART flag to check. + * @param Status: The new Flag status (SET or RESET). + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Tickstart, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + /* Wait until flag is set */ + while((__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, Flag) ? SET : RESET) == Status) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U)||((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief End ongoing Tx transfer on UART peripheral (following error detection or Transmit completion). + * @param huart: UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_EndTxTransfer(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + + /* At end of Tx process, restore huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; +} + +/** + * @brief End ongoing Rx transfer on UART peripheral (following error detection or Reception completion). + * @param huart: UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_EndRxTransfer(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* At end of Rx process, restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART communication abort callback, when initiated by HAL services on Error + * (To be called at end of DMA Abort procedure following error occurrence). + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = ( UART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + huart->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + huart->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + + HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user + * (To be called at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request). + * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no + * Abort still ongoing for Rx DMA Handle. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = ( UART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */ + if(huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + if(huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback != NULL) + { + return; + } + } + + /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */ + huart->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + huart->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Reset ErrorCode */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Restore huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback(huart); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user + * (To be called at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request). + * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no + * Abort still ongoing for Tx DMA Handle. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = ( UART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */ + if(huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + if(huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback != NULL) + { + return; + } + } + + /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */ + huart->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + huart->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Reset ErrorCode */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Restore huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback(huart); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user by a call to + * HAL_UART_AbortTransmit_IT API (Abort only Tx transfer) + * (This callback is executed at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request, + * and leads to user Tx Abort Complete callback execution). + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = ( UART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + huart->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Restore huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user by a call to + * HAL_UART_AbortReceive_IT API (Abort only Rx transfer) + * (This callback is executed at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request, + * and leads to user Rx Abort Complete callback execution). + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = ( UART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + huart->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart); +} + +/** + * @brief Sends an amount of data in non blocking mode. + * @param huart: Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Transmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint16_t* tmp; + + /* Check that a Tx process is ongoing */ + if(huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + if(huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) + { + tmp = (uint16_t*) huart->pTxBuffPtr; + huart->Instance->DR = (uint16_t)(*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF); + if(huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE) + { + huart->pTxBuffPtr += 2U; + } + else + { + huart->pTxBuffPtr += 1U; + } + } + else + { + huart->Instance->DR = (uint8_t)(*huart->pTxBuffPtr++ & (uint8_t)0x00FF); + } + + if(--huart->TxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* Disable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TXE); + + /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TC); + } + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Wraps up transmission in non blocking mode. + * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_EndTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TC); + + /* Tx process is ended, restore huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Receives an amount of data in non blocking mode + * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint16_t* tmp; + + /* Check that a Rx process is ongoing */ + if(huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + if(huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) + { + tmp = (uint16_t*) huart->pRxBuffPtr; + if(huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE) + { + *tmp = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF); + huart->pRxBuffPtr += 2U; + } + else + { + *tmp = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x00FF); + huart->pRxBuffPtr += 1U; + } + } + else + { + if(huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE) + { + *huart->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x00FF); + } + else + { + *huart->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x007F); + } + } + + if(--huart->RxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* Disable the IRDA Data Register not empty Interrupt */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_RXNE); + + /* Disable the UART Parity Error Interrupt */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_PE); + /* Disable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR); + + /* Rx process is completed, restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart); + + return HAL_OK; + } + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the UART peripheral. + * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_SetConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_BAUDRATE(huart->Init.BaudRate)); + assert_param(IS_UART_STOPBITS(huart->Init.StopBits)); + assert_param(IS_UART_PARITY(huart->Init.Parity)); + assert_param(IS_UART_MODE(huart->Init.Mode)); + + /*------- UART-associated USART registers setting : CR2 Configuration ------*/ + /* Configure the UART Stop Bits: Set STOP[13:12] bits according + * to huart->Init.StopBits value */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_STOP, huart->Init.StopBits); + + /*------- UART-associated USART registers setting : CR1 Configuration ------*/ + /* Configure the UART Word Length, Parity and mode: + Set the M bits according to huart->Init.WordLength value + Set PCE and PS bits according to huart->Init.Parity value + Set TE and RE bits according to huart->Init.Mode value + Set OVER8 bit according to huart->Init.OverSampling value */ + +#if defined(USART_CR1_OVER8) + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)huart->Init.WordLength | huart->Init.Parity | huart->Init.Mode | huart->Init.OverSampling; + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, + (uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE | USART_CR1_OVER8), + tmpreg); +#else + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)huart->Init.WordLength | huart->Init.Parity | huart->Init.Mode; + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, + (uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE), + tmpreg); +#endif /* USART_CR1_OVER8 */ + + /*------- UART-associated USART registers setting : CR3 Configuration ------*/ + /* Configure the UART HFC: Set CTSE and RTSE bits according to huart->Init.HwFlowCtl value */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE), huart->Init.HwFlowCtl); + +#if defined(USART_CR1_OVER8) + /* Check the Over Sampling */ + if(huart->Init.OverSampling == UART_OVERSAMPLING_8) + { + /*-------------------------- USART BRR Configuration ---------------------*/ + if(huart->Instance == USART1) + { + huart->Instance->BRR = UART_BRR_SAMPLING8(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate); + } + else + { + huart->Instance->BRR = UART_BRR_SAMPLING8(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate); + } + } + else + { + /*-------------------------- USART BRR Configuration ---------------------*/ + if(huart->Instance == USART1) + { + huart->Instance->BRR = UART_BRR_SAMPLING16(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate); + } + else + { + huart->Instance->BRR = UART_BRR_SAMPLING16(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate); + } + } +#else + /*-------------------------- USART BRR Configuration ---------------------*/ + if(huart->Instance == USART1) + { + huart->Instance->BRR = UART_BRR_SAMPLING16(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate); + } + else + { + huart->Instance->BRR = UART_BRR_SAMPLING16(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate); + } +#endif /* USART_CR1_OVER8 */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_usart.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_usart.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..3ffa01d45ba3984d542685be438e91f57a6a3597 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_usart.c @@ -0,0 +1,2310 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_usart.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief USART HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (USART) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The USART HAL driver can be used as follows: + + (#) Declare a USART_HandleTypeDef handle structure. + (#) Initialize the USART low level resources by implementing the HAL_USART_MspInit () API: + (##) Enable the USARTx interface clock. + (##) USART pins configuration: + (+++) Enable the clock for the USART GPIOs. + (+++) Configure the USART pins (TX as alternate function pull-up, RX as alternate function Input). + (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_USART_Transmit_IT(), + HAL_USART_Receive_IT() and HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_IT() APIs): + (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority. + (+++) Enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle. + (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_USART_Transmit_DMA() + HAL_USART_Receive_DMA() and HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_DMA() APIs): + (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx channel. + (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock. + (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx parameters. + (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx channel. + (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the USART DMA Tx/Rx handle. + (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx channel. + (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete + interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx channel. + (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority and enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle + (used for last byte sending completion detection in DMA non circular mode) + + (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length, Stop Bit, Parity, Hardware + flow control and Mode(Receiver/Transmitter) in the husart Init structure. + + (#) Initialize the USART registers by calling the HAL_USART_Init() API: + (++) These APIs configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) + by calling the customized HAL_USART_MspInit(&husart) API. + + -@@- The specific USART interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, + RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros + __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and receive process. + + (#) Three operation modes are available within this driver : + + *** Polling mode IO operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_USART_Transmit() + (+) Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_USART_Receive() + + *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_USART_Transmit_IT() + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback + (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_USART_Receive_IT() + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_USART_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_USART_ErrorCallback + + *** DMA mode IO operation *** + ============================== + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_USART_Transmit_DMA() + (+) At transmission end of half transfer HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback + (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_USART_Receive_DMA() + (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_USART_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_USART_ErrorCallback + (+) Pause the DMA Transfer using HAL_USART_DMAPause() + (+) Resume the DMA Transfer using HAL_USART_DMAResume() + (+) Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_USART_DMAStop() + + *** USART HAL driver macros list *** + ============================================= + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in USART HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_USART_ENABLE: Enable the USART peripheral + (+) __HAL_USART_DISABLE: Disable the USART peripheral + (+) __HAL_USART_GET_FLAG : Check whether the specified USART flag is set or not + (+) __HAL_USART_CLEAR_FLAG : Clear the specified USART pending flag + (+) __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified USART interrupt + (+) __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified USART interrupt + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the USART HAL driver header file for more useful macros + + @endverbatim + [..] + (@) Additionnal remark: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written + in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit. + Depending on the frame length defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits), + the possible USART frame formats are as listed in the following table: + +-------------------------------------------------------------+ + | M bit | PCE bit | USART frame | + |---------------------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8 bit data | STB | | + |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB | | + |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9 bit data | STB | | + |---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB | | + +-------------------------------------------------------------+ + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup USART USART + * @brief HAL USART Synchronous module driver + * @{ + */ +#ifdef HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup USART_Private_Constants + * @{ + */ +#define DUMMY_DATA 0xFFFFU +#define USART_TIMEOUT_VALUE 22000U +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup USART_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +static void USART_EndTxTransfer(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart); +static void USART_EndRxTransfer(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_Transmit_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_EndTransmit_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_Receive_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_TransmitReceive_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart); +static void USART_SetConfig (USART_HandleTypeDef *husart); +static void USART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void USART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void USART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void USART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void USART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void USART_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void USART_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void USART_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); + +static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Tickstart, uint32_t Timeout); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Functions USART Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Functions_Group1 USART Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USART + in asynchronous and in synchronous modes. + (+) For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured: + (++) Baud Rate + (++) Word Length + (++) Stop Bit + (++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written + in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit. + Depending on the frame length defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits), + please refer to Reference manual for possible USART frame formats. + (++) USART polarity + (++) USART phase + (++) USART LastBit + (++) Receiver/transmitter modes + + [..] + The HAL_USART_Init() function follows the USART synchronous configuration + procedure (details for the procedure are available in reference manuals + (RM0008 for STM32F10Xxx MCUs and RM0041 for STM32F100xx MCUs)). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the USART mode according to the specified + * parameters in the USART_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Init(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + /* Check the USART handle allocation */ + if(husart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_INSTANCE(husart->Instance)); + + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + husart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_USART_MspInit(husart); + } + + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Set the USART Communication parameters */ + USART_SetConfig(husart); + + /* In USART mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN bit in the USART_CR2 register + - HDSEL, SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_LINEN); + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN)); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_USART_ENABLE(husart); + + /* Initialize the USART state */ + husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; + husart->State= HAL_USART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the USART peripheral. + * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_DeInit(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + /* Check the USART handle allocation */ + if(husart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_INSTANCE(husart->Instance)); + + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + HAL_USART_MspDeInit(husart); + + husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USART MSP Init. + * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_USART_MspInit(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(husart); + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_USART_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief USART MSP DeInit. + * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_USART_MspDeInit(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(husart); + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_USART_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief USART Transmit and Receive functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART synchronous + data transfers. + + [..] + The USART supports master mode only: it cannot receive or send data related to an input + clock (SCLK is always an output). + + (#) There are two modes of transfer: + (++) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode. + The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function + after finishing transfer. + (++) No-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts + or DMA, These API's return the HAL status. + The end of the data processing will be indicated through the + dedicated USART IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when + using DMA mode. + The HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback() and HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback() + user callbacks + will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process + The HAL_USART_ErrorCallback() user callback will be executed when a communication + error is detected + + (#) Blocking mode APIs are : + (++) HAL_USART_Transmit() in simplex mode + (++) HAL_USART_Receive() in full duplex receive only + (++) HAL_USART_TransmitReceive() in full duplex mode + + (#) Non Blocking mode APIs with Interrupt are : + (++) HAL_USART_Transmit_IT()in simplex mode + (++) HAL_USART_Receive_IT() in full duplex receive only + (++) HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_IT() in full duplex mode + (++) HAL_USART_IRQHandler() + + (#) Non Blocking mode functions with DMA are : + (++) HAL_USART_Transmit_DMA()in simplex mode + (++) HAL_USART_Receive_DMA() in full duplex receive only + (++) HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_DMA() in full duplex mode + (++) HAL_USART_DMAPause() + (++) HAL_USART_DMAResume() + (++) HAL_USART_DMAStop() + + (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode: + (++) HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_USART_ErrorCallback() + (++) HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback() + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Simplex Send an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART module. + * @param pTxData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Transmit(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint16_t* tmp; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY) + { + if((pTxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(husart); + + husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout managment */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + husart->TxXferSize = Size; + husart->TxXferCount = Size; + while(husart->TxXferCount > 0U) + { + husart->TxXferCount--; + if(husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) + { + /* Wait for TC flag in order to write data in DR */ + if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + tmp = (uint16_t*) pTxData; + WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->DR, (*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF)); + if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE) + { + pTxData += 2U; + } + else + { + pTxData += 1U; + } + } + else + { + if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->DR, (*pTxData++ & (uint8_t)0xFF)); + } + } + + if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_TC, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Full-Duplex Receive an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART module. + * @param pRxData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be received + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Receive(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint16_t* tmp; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY) + { + if((pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(husart); + + husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout managment */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + husart->RxXferSize = Size; + husart->RxXferCount = Size; + /* Check the remain data to be received */ + while(husart->RxXferCount > 0U) + { + husart->RxXferCount--; + if(husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) + { + /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send dummy byte in order to generate the clock for the slave to send data */ + if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + /* Send dummy byte in order to generate clock */ + WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->DR, (DUMMY_DATA & (uint16_t)0x01FF)); + + /* Wait for RXNE Flag */ + if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + tmp = (uint16_t*) pRxData ; + if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE) + { + *tmp = (uint16_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF); + pRxData +=2U; + } + else + { + *tmp = (uint16_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x00FF); + pRxData +=1U; + } + } + else + { + /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send dummy byte in order to generate the clock for the slave to send data */ + if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Send Dummy Byte in order to generate clock */ + WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->DR, (DUMMY_DATA & (uint16_t)0x00FF)); + + /* Wait until RXNE flag is set to receive the byte */ + if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE) + { + /* Receive data */ + *pRxData++ = (uint8_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x00FF); + } + else + { + /* Receive data */ + *pRxData++ = (uint8_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x007F); + } + + } + } + + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Full-Duplex Send receive an amount of data in full-duplex mode (blocking mode). + * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART module. + * @param pTxData: Pointer to data transmitted buffer + * @param pRxData: Pointer to data received buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_TransmitReceive(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint16_t* tmp; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY) + { + if((pTxData == NULL) || (pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(husart); + + husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout managment */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + husart->RxXferSize = Size; + husart->TxXferSize = Size; + husart->TxXferCount = Size; + husart->RxXferCount = Size; + + /* Check the remain data to be received */ + while(husart->TxXferCount > 0U) + { + husart->TxXferCount--; + husart->RxXferCount--; + if(husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) + { + /* Wait for TC flag in order to write data in DR */ + if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + tmp = (uint16_t*) pTxData; + WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->DR, (*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF)); + if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE) + { + pTxData += 2U; + } + else + { + pTxData += 1U; + } + + /* Wait for RXNE Flag */ + if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + tmp = (uint16_t*) pRxData ; + if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE) + { + *tmp = (uint16_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF); + pRxData += 2U; + } + else + { + *tmp = (uint16_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x00FF); + pRxData += 1U; + } + } + else + { + /* Wait for TC flag in order to write data in DR */ + if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->DR, (*pTxData++ & (uint8_t)0x00FF)); + + /* Wait for RXNE Flag */ + if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE) + { + /* Receive data */ + *pRxData++ = (uint8_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x00FF); + } + else + { + /* Receive data */ + *pRxData++ = (uint8_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x007F); + } + } + } + + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Simplex Send an amount of data in non-blocking mode. + * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART module. + * @param pTxData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + * @note The USART errors are not managed to avoid the overrun error. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Transmit_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */ + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY) + { + if((pTxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(husart); + + husart->pTxBuffPtr = pTxData; + husart->TxXferSize = Size; + husart->TxXferCount = Size; + + husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + /* The USART Error Interrupts: (Frame error, Noise error, Overrun error) + are not managed by the USART transmit process to avoid the overrun interrupt + when the USART mode is configured for transmit and receive "USART_MODE_TX_RX" + to benefit for the frame error and noise interrupts the USART mode should be + configured only for transmit "USART_MODE_TX" + The __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_ERR) can be used to enable the Frame error, + Noise error interrupt */ + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); + + /* Enable the USART Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */ + __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TXE); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Simplex Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode. + * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART module. + * @param pRxData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be received + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Receive_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size) +{ + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY) + { + if((pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(husart); + + husart->pRxBuffPtr = pRxData; + husart->RxXferSize = Size; + husart->RxXferCount = Size; + + husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); + + /* Enable the USART Data Register not empty Interrupt */ + __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_RXNE); + + /* Enable the USART Parity Error Interrupt */ + __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_PE); + + /* Enable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_ERR); + + /* Send dummy byte in order to generate the clock for the slave to send data */ + WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->DR, (DUMMY_DATA & (uint16_t)0x01FF)); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Full-Duplex Send receive an amount of data in full-duplex mode (non-blocking). + * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART module. + * @param pTxData: Pointer to data transmitted buffer + * @param pRxData: Pointer to data received buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be received + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size) +{ + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY) + { + if((pTxData == NULL) || (pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(husart); + + husart->pRxBuffPtr = pRxData; + husart->RxXferSize = Size; + husart->RxXferCount = Size; + husart->pTxBuffPtr = pTxData; + husart->TxXferSize = Size; + husart->TxXferCount = Size; + + husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); + + /* Enable the USART Data Register not empty Interrupt */ + __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_RXNE); + + /* Enable the USART Parity Error Interrupt */ + __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_PE); + + /* Enable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_ERR); + + /* Enable the USART Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */ + __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TXE); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Simplex Send an amount of data in non-blocking mode. + * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART module. + * @param pTxData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Transmit_DMA(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t *tmp; + + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY) + { + if((pTxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(husart); + + husart->pTxBuffPtr = pTxData; + husart->TxXferSize = Size; + husart->TxXferCount = Size; + + husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Set the USART DMA transfer complete callback */ + husart->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = USART_DMATransmitCplt; + + /* Set the USART DMA Half transfer complete callback */ + husart->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = USART_DMATxHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + husart->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = USART_DMAError; + + /* Set the DMA abort callback */ + husart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the USART transmit DMA channel */ + tmp = (uint32_t*)&pTxData; + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(husart->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&husart->Instance->DR, Size); + + /* Clear the TC flag in the SR register by writing 0 to it */ + __HAL_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(husart, USART_FLAG_TC); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); + + /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit + in the USART CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Full-Duplex Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode. + * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART module. + * @param pRxData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be received + * @retval HAL status + * @note The USART DMA transmit channel must be configured in order to generate the clock for the slave. + * @note When the USART parity is enabled (PCE = 1) the data received contain the parity bit. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Receive_DMA(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t *tmp; + + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY) + { + if((pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(husart); + + husart->pRxBuffPtr = pRxData; + husart->RxXferSize = Size; + husart->pTxBuffPtr = pRxData; + husart->TxXferSize = Size; + + husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + /* Set the USART DMA Rx transfer complete callback */ + husart->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = USART_DMAReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the USART DMA Half transfer complete callback */ + husart->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = USART_DMARxHalfCplt; + + /* Set the USART DMA Rx transfer error callback */ + husart->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = USART_DMAError; + + /* Set the DMA abort callback */ + husart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Set the USART Tx DMA transfer complete callback as NULL because the communication closing + is performed in DMA reception complete callback */ + husart->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + husart->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = NULL; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + husart->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = USART_DMAError; + + /* Set the DMA AbortCpltCallback */ + husart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the USART receive DMA channel */ + tmp = (uint32_t*)&pRxData; + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(husart->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&husart->Instance->DR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, Size); + + /* Enable the USART transmit DMA channel: the transmit channel is used in order + to generate in the non-blocking mode the clock to the slave device, + this mode isn't a simplex receive mode but a full-duplex receive one */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(husart->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&husart->Instance->DR, Size); + + /* Clear the Overrun flag just before enabling the DMA Rx request: mandatory for the second transfer */ + __HAL_USART_CLEAR_OREFLAG(husart); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); + + /* Enable the USART Parity Error Interrupt */ + SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + + /* Enable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit + in the USART CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit + in the USART CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Full-Duplex Transmit Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode. + * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART module. + * @param pTxData: Pointer to data transmitted buffer + * @param pRxData: Pointer to data received buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be received + * @note When the USART parity is enabled (PCE = 1) the data received contain the parity bit. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_DMA(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t *tmp; + + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY) + { + if((pTxData == NULL) || (pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(husart); + + husart->pRxBuffPtr = pRxData; + husart->RxXferSize = Size; + husart->pTxBuffPtr = pTxData; + husart->TxXferSize = Size; + + husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; + + /* Set the USART DMA Rx transfer complete callback */ + husart->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = USART_DMAReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the USART DMA Half transfer complete callback */ + husart->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = USART_DMARxHalfCplt; + + /* Set the USART DMA Tx transfer complete callback */ + husart->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = USART_DMATransmitCplt; + + /* Set the USART DMA Half transfer complete callback */ + husart->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = USART_DMATxHalfCplt; + + /* Set the USART DMA Tx transfer error callback */ + husart->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = USART_DMAError; + + /* Set the USART DMA Rx transfer error callback */ + husart->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = USART_DMAError; + + /* Set the DMA abort callback */ + husart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the USART receive DMA channel */ + tmp = (uint32_t*)&pRxData; + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(husart->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&husart->Instance->DR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, Size); + + /* Enable the USART transmit DMA channel */ + tmp = (uint32_t*)&pTxData; + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(husart->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&husart->Instance->DR, Size); + + /* Clear the TC flag in the SR register by writing 0 to it */ + __HAL_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(husart, USART_FLAG_TC); + + /* Clear the Overrun flag: mandatory for the second transfer in circular mode */ + __HAL_USART_CLEAR_OREFLAG(husart); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); + + /* Enable the USART Parity Error Interrupt */ + SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + + /* Enable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit + in the USART CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit + in the USART CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Pauses the DMA Transfer. + * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_DMAPause(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(husart); + + /* Disable the USART DMA Tx request */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Resumes the DMA Transfer. + * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_DMAResume(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(husart); + + /* Enable the USART DMA Tx request */ + SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the DMA Transfer. + * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_DMAStop(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + uint32_t dmarequest = 0x00U; + /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application + to call the HAL USART API under callbacks HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback(): + when calling HAL_DMA_Abort() API the DMA TX/RX Transfer complete interrupt is generated + and the correspond call back is executed HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback() + */ + + /* Stop USART DMA Tx request if ongoing */ + dmarequest = HAL_IS_BIT_SET(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + if((husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX) && dmarequest) + { + USART_EndTxTransfer(husart); + + /* Abort the USART DMA Tx channel */ + if(husart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(husart->hdmatx); + } + + /* Disable the USART Tx DMA request */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + } + + /* Stop USART DMA Rx request if ongoing */ + dmarequest = HAL_IS_BIT_SET(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + if((husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX) && dmarequest) + { + USART_EndRxTransfer(husart); + + /* Abort the USART DMA Rx channel */ + if(husart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(husart->hdmarx); + } + + /* Disable the USART Rx DMA request */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing transfer (blocking mode). + * @param husart USART handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer (either Tx or Rx, + * as described by TransferType parameter) started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable PPP Interrupts (depending of transfer direction) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed. + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Abort(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + /* Disable TXEIE, TCIE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the USART DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the USART DMA Tx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(husart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the USART DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + husart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + HAL_DMA_Abort(husart->hdmatx); + } + } + + /* Disable the USART DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the USART DMA Rx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(husart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the USART DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + husart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + HAL_DMA_Abort(husart->hdmarx); + } + } + + /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */ + husart->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + husart->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Restore husart->State to Ready */ + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY; + + /* Reset Handle ErrorCode to No Error */ + husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing transfer (Interrupt mode). + * @param husart USART handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer (either Tx or Rx, + * as described by TransferType parameter) started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable PPP Interrupts (depending of transfer direction) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback + * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be + * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function). + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Abort_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + uint32_t AbortCplt = 0x01U; + + /* Disable TXEIE, TCIE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* If DMA Tx and/or DMA Rx Handles are associated to USART Handle, DMA Abort complete callbacks should be initialised + before any call to DMA Abort functions */ + /* DMA Tx Handle is valid */ + if(husart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if USART DMA Tx request if enabled. + Otherwise, set it to NULL */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + husart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = USART_DMATxAbortCallback; + } + else + { + husart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + } + /* DMA Rx Handle is valid */ + if(husart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if USART DMA Rx request if enabled. + Otherwise, set it to NULL */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + husart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = USART_DMARxAbortCallback; + } + else + { + husart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + } + + /* Disable the USART DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + /* Disable DMA Tx at USART level */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the USART DMA Tx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */ + if(husart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* USART Tx DMA Abort callback has already been initialised : + will lead to call HAL_USART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + + /* Abort DMA TX */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(husart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + husart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + else + { + AbortCplt = 0x00U; + } + } + } + + /* Disable the USART DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the USART DMA Rx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */ + if(husart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* USART Rx DMA Abort callback has already been initialised : + will lead to call HAL_USART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(husart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + husart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + AbortCplt = 0x01U; + } + else + { + AbortCplt = 0x00U; + } + } + } + + /* if no DMA abort complete callback execution is required => call user Abort Complete callback */ + if(AbortCplt == 0x01U) + { + /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */ + husart->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + husart->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Reset errorCode */ + husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Restore husart->State to Ready */ + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_USART_AbortCpltCallback(husart); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles USART interrupt request. + * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART module. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_USART_IRQHandler(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + uint32_t isrflags = READ_REG(husart->Instance->SR); + uint32_t cr1its = READ_REG(husart->Instance->CR1); + uint32_t cr3its = READ_REG(husart->Instance->CR3); + uint32_t errorflags = 0x00U; + uint32_t dmarequest = 0x00U; + + /* If no error occurs */ + errorflags = (isrflags & (uint32_t)(USART_SR_PE | USART_SR_FE | USART_SR_ORE | USART_SR_NE)); + if(errorflags == RESET) + { + /* USART in mode Receiver -------------------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_SR_RXNE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != RESET)) + { + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + USART_Receive_IT(husart); + } + else + { + USART_TransmitReceive_IT(husart); + } + return; + } + } + /* If some errors occur */ + if((errorflags != RESET) && (((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET) || ((cr1its & (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)) != RESET))) + { + /* USART parity error interrupt occurred ----------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_SR_PE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_PEIE) != RESET)) + { + husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_PE; + } + + /* USART noise error interrupt occurred --------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_SR_NE) != RESET) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET)) + { + husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_NE; + } + + /* USART frame error interrupt occurred --------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_SR_FE) != RESET) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET)) + { + husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_FE; + } + + /* USART Over-Run interrupt occurred -----------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_SR_ORE) != RESET) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET)) + { + husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_ORE; + } + + if(husart->ErrorCode != HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* USART in mode Receiver -----------------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_SR_RXNE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != RESET)) + { + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + USART_Receive_IT(husart); + } + else + { + USART_TransmitReceive_IT(husart); + } + } + /* If Overrun error occurs, or if any error occurs in DMA mode reception, + consider error as blocking */ + dmarequest = HAL_IS_BIT_SET(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + if(((husart->ErrorCode & HAL_USART_ERROR_ORE) != RESET) || dmarequest) + { + /* Set the USART state ready to be able to start again the process, + Disable Rx Interrupts, and disable Rx DMA request, if ongoing */ + USART_EndRxTransfer(husart); + + /* Disable the USART DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the USART DMA Rx channel */ + if(husart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the USART DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_USART_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + husart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = USART_DMAAbortOnError; + + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(husart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + husart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(husart->hdmarx); + } + } + else + { + /* Call user error callback */ + HAL_USART_ErrorCallback(husart); + } + } + else + { + /* Call user error callback */ + HAL_USART_ErrorCallback(husart); + } + } + else + { + /* Call user error callback */ + HAL_USART_ErrorCallback(husart); + husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; + } + } + return; + } + + /* USART in mode Transmitter -----------------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_SR_TXE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_TXEIE) != RESET)) + { + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + USART_Transmit_IT(husart); + } + else + { + USART_TransmitReceive_IT(husart); + } + return; + } + + /* USART in mode Transmitter (transmission end) ----------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_SR_TC) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_TCIE) != RESET)) + { + USART_EndTransmit_IT(husart); + return; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Transfer completed callbacks. + * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(husart); + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Half Transfer completed callbacks. + * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(husart); + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Transfer completed callbacks. + * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(husart); + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Half Transfer completed callbacks. + * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(husart); + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Tx/Rx Transfers completed callback for the non-blocking process. + * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(husart); + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief USART error callbacks. + * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_USART_ErrorCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(husart); + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_USART_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief USART Abort Complete callback. + * @param husart USART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_USART_AbortCpltCallback (USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(husart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_USART_AbortCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions + * @brief USART State and Errors functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to return the State of + USART communication + process, return Peripheral Errors occurred during communication process + (+) HAL_USART_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state + of the USART peripheral. + (+) HAL_USART_GetError() check in run-time errors that could be occurred during + communication. +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the USART state. + * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART module. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_USART_StateTypeDef HAL_USART_GetState(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + return husart->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the USART error code + * @param husart : pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART. + * @retval USART Error Code + */ +uint32_t HAL_USART_GetError(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + return husart->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Private_Functions USART Private Functions + * @brief USART Private functions + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief DMA USART transmit process complete callback. + * @param hdma: DMA handle + * @param hdma: Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void USART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + USART_HandleTypeDef* husart = ( USART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + /* DMA Normal mode */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hdma->Instance->CCR, DMA_CCR_CIRC)) + { + husart->TxXferCount = 0U; + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by resetting the DMAT bit + in the USART CR3 register */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Enable the USART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TC); + } + } + /* DMA Circular mode */ + else + { + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback(husart); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA USART transmit process half complete callback + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void USART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + USART_HandleTypeDef* husart = (USART_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; + + HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback(husart); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA USART receive process complete callback. + * @param hdma: DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void USART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + USART_HandleTypeDef* husart = ( USART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + /* DMA Normal mode */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hdma->Instance->CCR, DMA_CCR_CIRC)) + { + husart->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + /* Disable the DMA transfer for the Transmit/Receiver requests by setting the DMAT/DMAR bit + in the USART CR3 register */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + husart->State= HAL_USART_STATE_READY; + HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback(husart); + } + /* The USART state is HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX */ + else + { + /* Disable the DMA transfer for the Transmit/receiver requests by setting the DMAT/DMAR bit + in the USART CR3 register */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_DMAT | USART_CR3_DMAR)); + + husart->State= HAL_USART_STATE_READY; + HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback(husart); + } + } + /* DMA circular mode */ + else + { + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback(husart); + } + /* The USART state is HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX */ + else + { + HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback(husart); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA USART receive process half complete callback + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void USART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + USART_HandleTypeDef* husart = (USART_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; + + HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback(husart); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA USART communication error callback. + * @param hdma: DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void USART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + uint32_t dmarequest = 0x00U; + USART_HandleTypeDef* husart = ( USART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + husart->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + husart->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Stop USART DMA Tx request if ongoing */ + dmarequest = HAL_IS_BIT_SET(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + if((husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX) && dmarequest) + { + USART_EndTxTransfer(husart); + } + + /* Stop USART DMA Rx request if ongoing */ + dmarequest = HAL_IS_BIT_SET(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + if((husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX) && dmarequest) + { + USART_EndRxTransfer(husart); + } + + husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_DMA; + husart->State= HAL_USART_STATE_READY; + + HAL_USART_ErrorCallback(husart); +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles USART Communication Timeout. + * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART module. + * @param Flag: specifies the USART flag to check. + * @param Status: The new Flag status (SET or RESET). + * @param Tickstart: Tick start value. + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Tickstart, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + /* Wait until flag is set */ + while((__HAL_USART_GET_FLAG(husart, Flag) ? SET : RESET) == Status) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U)||((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */ + __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TXE); + __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_RXNE); + __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_PE); + __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_ERR); + + husart->State= HAL_USART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief End ongoing Tx transfer on USART peripheral (following error detection or Transmit completion). + * @param husart: USART handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void USART_EndTxTransfer(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + + /* At end of Tx process, restore husart->State to Ready */ + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY; +} + +/** + * @brief End ongoing Rx transfer on USART peripheral (following error detection or Reception completion). + * @param husart: USART handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void USART_EndRxTransfer(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* At end of Rx process, restore husart->State to Ready */ + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY; +} + +/** + * @brief DMA USART communication abort callback, when initiated by HAL services on Error + * (To be called at end of DMA Abort procedure following error occurrence). + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void USART_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + USART_HandleTypeDef* husart = ( USART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + husart->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + husart->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + + HAL_USART_ErrorCallback(husart); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA USART Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user + * (To be called at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request). + * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no + * Abort still ongoing for Rx DMA Handle. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void USART_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + USART_HandleTypeDef* husart = ( USART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + husart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */ + if(husart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + if(husart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback != NULL) + { + return; + } + } + + /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */ + husart->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + husart->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Reset errorCode */ + husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Restore husart->State to Ready */ + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_USART_AbortCpltCallback(husart); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA USART Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user + * (To be called at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request). + * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no + * Abort still ongoing for Tx DMA Handle. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void USART_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + USART_HandleTypeDef* husart = ( USART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + husart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */ + if(husart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + if(husart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback != NULL) + { + return; + } + } + + /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */ + husart->TxXferCount = 0x00U; + husart->RxXferCount = 0x00U; + + /* Reset errorCode */ + husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Restore husart->State to Ready */ + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_USART_AbortCpltCallback(husart); +} + +/** + * @brief Simplex Send an amount of data in non-blocking mode. + * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART module. + * @retval HAL status + * @note The USART errors are not managed to avoid the overrun error. + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_Transmit_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + uint16_t* tmp; + + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + if(husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) + { + tmp = (uint16_t*) husart->pTxBuffPtr; + WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->DR, (uint16_t)(*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF)); + if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE) + { + husart->pTxBuffPtr += 2U; + } + else + { + husart->pTxBuffPtr += 1U; + } + } + else + { + WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->DR, (uint8_t)(*husart->pTxBuffPtr++ & (uint8_t)0x00FF)); + } + + if(--husart->TxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* Disable the USART Transmit data register empty Interrupt */ + __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TXE); + + /* Enable the USART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TC); + } + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Wraps up transmission in non blocking mode. + * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_EndTransmit_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + /* Disable the USART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TC); + + /* Disable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_ERR); + + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY; + + HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback(husart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Simplex Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode. + * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_Receive_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + uint16_t* tmp; + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + if(husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) + { + tmp = (uint16_t*) husart->pRxBuffPtr; + if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE) + { + *tmp = (uint16_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF); + husart->pRxBuffPtr += 2U; + } + else + { + *tmp = (uint16_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x00FF); + husart->pRxBuffPtr += 1U; + } + if(--husart->RxXferCount != 0x00U) + { + /* Send dummy byte in order to generate the clock for the slave to send the next data */ + WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->DR, (DUMMY_DATA & (uint16_t)0x01FF)); + } + } + else + { + if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE) + { + *husart->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x00FF); + } + else + { + *husart->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x007F); + } + + if(--husart->RxXferCount != 0x00U) + { + /* Send dummy byte in order to generate the clock for the slave to send the next data */ + WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->DR, (DUMMY_DATA & (uint16_t)0x00FF)); + } + } + + if(husart->RxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* Disable the USART RXNE Interrupt */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RXNEIE); + + /* Disable the USART Parity Error Interrupt */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + + /* Disable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY; + HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback(husart); + + return HAL_OK; + } + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Full-Duplex Send receive an amount of data in full-duplex mode (non-blocking). + * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_TransmitReceive_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + uint16_t* tmp; + + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) + { + if(husart->TxXferCount != 0x00U) + { + if(__HAL_USART_GET_FLAG(husart, USART_FLAG_TXE) != RESET) + { + if(husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) + { + tmp = (uint16_t*) husart->pTxBuffPtr; + WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->DR, (uint16_t)(*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF)); + if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE) + { + husart->pTxBuffPtr += 2U; + } + else + { + husart->pTxBuffPtr += 1U; + } + } + else + { + WRITE_REG(husart->Instance->DR, (uint8_t)(*husart->pTxBuffPtr++ & (uint8_t)0x00FF)); + } + husart->TxXferCount--; + + /* Check the latest data transmitted */ + if(husart->TxXferCount == 0U) + { + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE); + } + } + } + + if(husart->RxXferCount != 0x00U) + { + if(__HAL_USART_GET_FLAG(husart, USART_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) + { + if(husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) + { + tmp = (uint16_t*) husart->pRxBuffPtr; + if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE) + { + *tmp = (uint16_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF); + husart->pRxBuffPtr += 2U; + } + else + { + *tmp = (uint16_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint16_t)0x00FF); + husart->pRxBuffPtr += 1U; + } + } + else + { + if(husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE) + { + *husart->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x00FF); + } + else + { + *husart->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(husart->Instance->DR & (uint8_t)0x007F); + } + } + husart->RxXferCount--; + } + } + + /* Check the latest data received */ + if(husart->RxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* Disable the USART RXNE Interrupt */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RXNEIE); + + /* Disable the USART Parity Error Interrupt */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + + /* Disable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY; + + HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback(husart); + + return HAL_OK; + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the USART pferipheral. + * @param husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART module. + * @retval None + */ +static void USART_SetConfig(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_POLARITY(husart->Init.CLKPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_USART_PHASE(husart->Init.CLKPhase)); + assert_param(IS_USART_LASTBIT(husart->Init.CLKLastBit)); + assert_param(IS_USART_BAUDRATE(husart->Init.BaudRate)); + assert_param(IS_USART_WORD_LENGTH(husart->Init.WordLength)); + assert_param(IS_USART_STOPBITS(husart->Init.StopBits)); + assert_param(IS_USART_PARITY(husart->Init.Parity)); + assert_param(IS_USART_MODE(husart->Init.Mode)); + + /* The LBCL, CPOL and CPHA bits have to be selected when both the transmitter and the + receiver are disabled (TE=RE=0) to ensure that the clock pulses function correctly. */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, ((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE))); + + /*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration ---------------------*/ + /* Configure the USART Clock, CPOL, CPHA and LastBit -----------------------*/ + /* Set CPOL bit according to husart->Init.CLKPolarity value */ + /* Set CPHA bit according to husart->Init.CLKPhase value */ + /* Set LBCL bit according to husart->Init.CLKLastBit value */ + /* Set Stop Bits: Set STOP[13:12] bits according to husart->Init.StopBits value */ + /* Write to USART CR2 */ + MODIFY_REG(husart->Instance->CR2, + (uint32_t)(USART_CR2_CPHA | USART_CR2_CPOL | USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_CR2_LBCL | USART_CR2_STOP), + ((uint32_t)(USART_CLOCK_ENABLE| husart->Init.CLKPolarity | husart->Init.CLKPhase| husart->Init.CLKLastBit | husart->Init.StopBits))); + + /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Configure the USART Word Length, Parity and mode: + Set the M bits according to husart->Init.WordLength value + Set PCE and PS bits according to husart->Init.Parity value + Set TE and RE bits according to husart->Init.Mode value */ + MODIFY_REG(husart->Instance->CR1, + (uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE), + (uint32_t)husart->Init.WordLength | husart->Init.Parity | husart->Init.Mode); + + /*-------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Clear CTSE and RTSE bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, (uint32_t)(USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE)); + + /*-------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/ + if((husart->Instance == USART1)) + { + husart->Instance->BRR = USART_BRR(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(), husart->Init.BaudRate); + } + else + { + husart->Instance->BRR = USART_BRR(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(), husart->Init.BaudRate); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_wwdg.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_wwdg.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..6b8a04890fd001717d5cc70ab971900c1b08f50d --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_hal_wwdg.c @@ -0,0 +1,314 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_hal_wwdg.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief WWDG HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Window Watchdog (WWDG) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral State functions + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### WWDG specific features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + Once enabled the WWDG generates a system reset on expiry of a programmed + time period, unless the program refreshes the counter (downcounter) + before reaching 0x3F value (i.e. a reset is generated when the counter + value rolls over from 0x40 to 0x3F). + + (+) An MCU reset is also generated if the counter value is refreshed + before the counter has reached the refresh window value. This + implies that the counter must be refreshed in a limited window. + (+) Once enabled the WWDG cannot be disabled except by a system reset. + (+) WWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when a WWDG + reset occurs. + (+) The WWDG counter input clock is derived from the APB clock divided + by a programmable prescaler. + (+) WWDG clock (Hz) = PCLK1 / (4096 * Prescaler) + (+) WWDG timeout (mS) = 1000 * Counter / WWDG clock + (+) WWDG Counter refresh is allowed between the following limits : + (++) min time (mS) = 1000 * (Counter _ Window) / WWDG clock + (++) max time (mS) = 1000 * (Counter _ 0x40) / WWDG clock + + (+) Min-max timeout value at 36 MHz(PCLK1): 910 us / 58.25 ms + + (+) The Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) can be used if specific safety + operations or data logging must be performed before the actual reset is + generated. When the downcounter reaches the value 0x40, an EWI interrupt + is generated and the corresponding interrupt service routine (ISR) can + be used to trigger specific actions (such as communications or data + logging), before resetting the device. + In some applications, the EWI interrupt can be used to manage a software + system check and/or system recovery/graceful degradation, without + generating a WWDG reset. In this case, the corresponding interrupt + service routine (ISR) should reload the WWDG counter to avoid the WWDG + reset, then trigger the required actions. + Note:When the EWI interrupt cannot be served, e.g. due to a system lock + in a higher priority task, the WWDG reset will eventually be generated. + + (+) Debug mode : When the microcontroller enters debug mode (core halted), + the WWDG counter either continues to work normally or stops, depending + on DBG_WWDG_STOP configuration bit in DBG module, accessible through + __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_WWDG() and __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_WWDG() macros + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (+) Enable WWDG APB1 clock using __HAL_RCC_WWDG_CLK_ENABLE(). + + (+) Set the WWDG prescaler, refresh window, counter value and Early Wakeup + Interrupt mode using using HAL_WWDG_Init() function. + This enables WWDG peripheral and the downcounter starts downcounting + from given counter value. + Init function can be called again to modify all watchdog parameters, + however if EWI mode has been set once, it can't be clear until next + reset. + + (+) The application program must refresh the WWDG counter at regular + intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset using + HAL_WWDG_Refresh() function. This operation must occur only when + the counter is lower than the window value already programmed. + + (+) if Early Wakeup Interrupt mode is enable an interrupt is generated when + the counter reaches 0x40. User can add his own code in weak function + HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback(). + + *** WWDG HAL driver macros list *** + ================================== + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in WWDG HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_WWDG_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check the selected WWDG's interrupt source. + (+) __HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG: Get the selected WWDG's flag status. + (+) __HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the WWDG's pending flags. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED +/** @defgroup WWDG WWDG + * @brief WWDG HAL module driver. + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions WWDG Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions. + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and start the WWDG according to the specified parameters + in the WWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle. + (+) Initialize the WWDG MSP. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initialize the WWDG according to the specified. + * parameters in the WWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle. + * @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified WWDG module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Init(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg) +{ + /* Check the WWDG handle allocation */ + if(hwwdg == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_WWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hwwdg->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(hwwdg->Init.Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_WWDG_WINDOW(hwwdg->Init.Window)); + assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(hwwdg->Init.Counter)); + assert_param(IS_WWDG_EWI_MODE(hwwdg->Init.EWIMode)); + + /* Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_WWDG_MspInit(hwwdg); + + /* Set WWDG Counter */ + WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, (WWDG_CR_WDGA | hwwdg->Init.Counter)); + + /* Set WWDG Prescaler and Window */ + WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CFR, (hwwdg->Init.EWIMode | hwwdg->Init.Prescaler | hwwdg->Init.Window)); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize the WWDG MSP. + * @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified WWDG module. + * @note When rewriting this function in user file, mechanism may be added + * to avoid multiple initialize when HAL_WWDG_Init function is called + * again to change parameters. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_WWDG_MspInit(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hwwdg); + + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_WWDG_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief IO operation functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Refresh the WWDG. + (+) Handle WWDG interrupt request and associated function callback. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Refresh the WWDG. + * @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified WWDG module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Refresh(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg) +{ + /* Write to WWDG CR the WWDG Counter value to refresh with */ + WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, (hwwdg->Init.Counter)); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle WWDG interrupt request. + * @note The Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) can be used if specific safety operations + * or data logging must be performed before the actual reset is generated. + * The EWI interrupt is enabled by calling HAL_WWDG_Init function with + * EWIMode set to WWDG_EWI_ENABLE. + * When the downcounter reaches the value 0x40, and EWI interrupt is + * generated and the corresponding Interrupt Service Routine (ISR) can + * be used to trigger specific actions (such as communications or data + * logging), before resetting the device. + * @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified WWDG module. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_WWDG_IRQHandler(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg) +{ + /* Check if Early Wakeup Interrupt is enable */ + if(__HAL_WWDG_GET_IT_SOURCE(hwwdg, WWDG_IT_EWI) != RESET) + { + /* Check if WWDG Early Wakeup Interrupt occurred */ + if(__HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF) != RESET) + { + /* Clear the WWDG Early Wakeup flag */ + __HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF); + + /* Early Wakeup callback */ + HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback(hwwdg); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief WWDG Early Wakeup callback. + * @param hwwdg : pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified WWDG module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback(WWDG_HandleTypeDef* hwwdg) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hwwdg); + + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_adc.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_adc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..2912d5d1a534f205c5c29062806ea881f02bcb00 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_adc.c @@ -0,0 +1,903 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_ll_adc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief ADC LL module driver + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER) + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_ll_adc.h" +#include "stm32f1xx_ll_bus.h" + +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT + #include "stm32_assert.h" +#else + #define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U) +#endif + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#if defined (ADC1) || defined (ADC2) || defined (ADC3) + +/** @addtogroup ADC_LL ADC + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ + +/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */ +/* common to several ADC instances. */ +/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */ +/* ADC instance. */ +#define IS_LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(__DATA_ALIGN__) \ + ( ((__DATA_ALIGN__) == LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_RIGHT) \ + || ((__DATA_ALIGN__) == LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_LEFT) \ + ) + +#define IS_LL_ADC_SCAN_SELECTION(__SCAN_SELECTION__) \ + ( ((__SCAN_SELECTION__) == LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE) \ + || ((__SCAN_SELECTION__) == LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE) \ + ) + +#define IS_LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_MODE(__SEQ_SCAN_MODE__) \ + ( ((__SCAN_MODE__) == LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE) \ + || ((__SCAN_MODE__) == LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE) \ + ) + +/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */ +/* ADC group regular */ +#if defined(ADC3) +#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(__ADC_INSTANCE__, __REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) \ + ((((__ADC_INSTANCE__) == ADC1) || ((__ADC_INSTANCE__) == ADC2)) \ + ? ( ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \ + || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH3) \ + || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH1) \ + || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH2) \ + || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_CH2) \ + || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_TRGO) \ + || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_CH4) \ + || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE11) \ + || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_TRGO) \ + ) \ + : \ + ( ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \ + || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH3) \ + || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_CH1) \ + || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_CH3) \ + || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_CH1) \ + || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_TRGO_ADC3) \ + || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM5_CH1) \ + || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM5_CH3) \ + ) \ + ) +#else +#if defined (STM32F101xE) || defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC) +#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) \ + ( ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \ + || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH3) \ + || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH1) \ + || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH2) \ + || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_CH2) \ + || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_TRGO) \ + || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_CH4) \ + || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE11) \ + || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_TRGO) \ + ) +#else +#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) \ + ( ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \ + || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH3) \ + || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH1) \ + || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH2) \ + || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_CH2) \ + || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_TRGO) \ + || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_CH4) \ + || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE11) \ + ) +#endif +#endif +#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE(__REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE__) \ + ( ((__REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_CONV_SINGLE) \ + || ((__REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_CONV_CONTINUOUS) \ + ) + +#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER(__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) \ + ( ((__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_NONE) \ + || ((__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_UNLIMITED) \ + ) + +#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH(__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) \ + ( ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE) \ + || ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_2RANKS) \ + || ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_3RANKS) \ + || ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_4RANKS) \ + || ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_5RANKS) \ + || ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_6RANKS) \ + || ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_7RANKS) \ + || ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_8RANKS) \ + || ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_9RANKS) \ + || ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_10RANKS) \ + || ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_11RANKS) \ + || ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_12RANKS) \ + || ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_13RANKS) \ + || ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_14RANKS) \ + || ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_15RANKS) \ + || ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_16RANKS) \ + ) + +#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISCONT_MODE(__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) \ + ( ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE) \ + || ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_1RANK) \ + || ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_2RANKS) \ + || ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_3RANKS) \ + || ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_4RANKS) \ + || ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_5RANKS) \ + || ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_6RANKS) \ + || ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_7RANKS) \ + || ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_8RANKS) \ + ) + +/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */ +/* ADC group injected */ +#if defined(ADC3) +#define IS_LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOURCE(__ADC_INSTANCE__, __INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) \ + ((((__ADC_INSTANCE__) == ADC1) || ((__ADC_INSTANCE__) == ADC2)) \ + ? ( ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \ + || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO) \ + || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH4) \ + || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO) \ + || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_CH1) \ + || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_CH4) \ + || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_TRGO) \ + || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE15) \ + || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_CH4) \ + ) \ + : \ + ( ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \ + || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO) \ + || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH4) \ + || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_CH3) \ + || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_CH2) \ + || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_CH4_ADC3) \ + || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM5_TRGO) \ + || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM5_CH4) \ + ) \ + ) +#else +#if defined (STM32F101xE) || defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC) +#define IS_LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOURCE(__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) \ + ( ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \ + || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO) \ + || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH4) \ + || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO) \ + || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_CH1) \ + || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_CH4) \ + || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_TRGO) \ + || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE15) \ + || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_CH4) \ + ) +#else +#define IS_LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOURCE(__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) \ + ( ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \ + || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO) \ + || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH4) \ + || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO) \ + || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_CH1) \ + || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_CH4) \ + || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_TRGO) \ + || ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE15) \ + ) +#endif +#endif +#define IS_LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_AUTO(__INJ_TRIG_AUTO__) \ + ( ((__INJ_TRIG_AUTO__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_INDEPENDENT) \ + || ((__INJ_TRIG_AUTO__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_FROM_GRP_REGULAR) \ + ) + +#define IS_LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH(__INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) \ + ( ((__INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE) \ + || ((__INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_2RANKS) \ + || ((__INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_3RANKS) \ + || ((__INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_4RANKS) \ + ) + +#define IS_LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_DISCONT_MODE(__INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) \ + ( ((__INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE) \ + || ((__INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_1RANK) \ + ) + +#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT) +/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */ +/* multimode. */ +#define IS_LL_ADC_MULTI_MODE(__MULTI_MODE__) \ + ( ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT) \ + || ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_SIMULT) \ + || ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_INTERL_FAST) \ + || ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_INTERL_SLOW) \ + || ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_INJ_SIMULT) \ + || ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_INJ_ALTERN) \ + || ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_SIM_INJ_SIM) \ + || ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_SIM_INJ_ALT) \ + || ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_INTFAST_INJ_SIM) \ + || ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_INTSLOW_INJ_SIM) \ + ) + +#define IS_LL_ADC_MULTI_MASTER_SLAVE(__MULTI_MASTER_SLAVE__) \ + ( ((__MULTI_MASTER_SLAVE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_MASTER) \ + || ((__MULTI_MASTER_SLAVE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_SLAVE) \ + || ((__MULTI_MASTER_SLAVE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_MASTER_SLAVE) \ + ) + +#endif /* ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT */ +/** + * @} + */ + + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_EF_Init + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-initialize registers of all ADC instances belonging to + * the same ADC common instance to their default reset values. + * @param ADCxy_COMMON ADC common instance + * (can be set directly from CMSIS definition or by using helper macro @ref __LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE() ) + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: ADC common registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +ErrorStatus LL_ADC_CommonDeInit(ADC_Common_TypeDef *ADCxy_COMMON) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(ADCxy_COMMON)); + + /* Force reset of ADC clock (core clock) */ + LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_ADC1); + + /* Release reset of ADC clock (core clock) */ + LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_ADC1); + + return SUCCESS; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize some features of ADC common parameters + * (all ADC instances belonging to the same ADC common instance) + * and multimode (for devices with several ADC instances available). + * @note The setting of ADC common parameters is conditioned to + * ADC instances state: + * All ADC instances belonging to the same ADC common instance + * must be disabled. + * @param ADCxy_COMMON ADC common instance + * (can be set directly from CMSIS definition or by using helper macro @ref __LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE() ) + * @param ADC_CommonInitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef structure + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: ADC common registers are initialized + * - ERROR: ADC common registers are not initialized + */ +ErrorStatus LL_ADC_CommonInit(ADC_Common_TypeDef *ADCxy_COMMON, LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef *ADC_CommonInitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(ADCxy_COMMON)); +#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT) + assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_MULTI_MODE(ADC_CommonInitStruct->Multimode)); +#endif /* ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT */ + + /* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of functions */ + /* "LL_ADC_SetCommonXXX()" and "LL_ADC_SetMultiXXX()"): */ + /* On this STM32 serie, setting of these features is conditioned to */ + /* ADC state: */ + /* All ADC instances of the ADC common group must be disabled. */ + if(__LL_ADC_IS_ENABLED_ALL_COMMON_INSTANCE(ADCxy_COMMON) == 0U) + { + /* Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */ + /* - common to several ADC */ + /* (all ADC instances belonging to the same ADC common instance) */ + /* - multimode (if several ADC instances available on the */ + /* selected device) */ + /* - Set ADC multimode configuration */ + /* - Set ADC multimode DMA transfer */ + /* - Set ADC multimode: delay between 2 sampling phases */ +#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT) + if(ADC_CommonInitStruct->Multimode != LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT) + { + MODIFY_REG(ADCxy_COMMON->CR1, + ADC_CR1_DUALMOD, + ADC_CommonInitStruct->Multimode + ); + } + else + { + MODIFY_REG(ADCxy_COMMON->CR1, + ADC_CR1_DUALMOD, + LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT + ); + } +#endif + } + else + { + /* Initialization error: One or several ADC instances belonging to */ + /* the same ADC common instance are not disabled. */ + status = ERROR; + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Set each @ref LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef field to default value. + * @param ADC_CommonInitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef structure + * whose fields will be set to default values. + * @retval None + */ +void LL_ADC_CommonStructInit(LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef *ADC_CommonInitStruct) +{ + /* Set ADC_CommonInitStruct fields to default values */ + /* Set fields of ADC common */ + /* (all ADC instances belonging to the same ADC common instance) */ + +#if defined(ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT) + /* Set fields of ADC multimode */ + ADC_CommonInitStruct->Multimode = LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT; +#endif /* ADC_MULTIMODE_SUPPORT */ +} + +/** + * @brief De-initialize registers of the selected ADC instance + * to their default reset values. + * @note To reset all ADC instances quickly (perform a hard reset), + * use function @ref LL_ADC_CommonDeInit(). + * @param ADCx ADC instance + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: ADC registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: ADC registers are not de-initialized + */ +ErrorStatus LL_ADC_DeInit(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx) +{ + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx)); + + /* Disable ADC instance if not already disabled. */ + if(LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 1U) + { + /* Set ADC group regular trigger source to SW start to ensure to not */ + /* have an external trigger event occurring during the conversion stop */ + /* ADC disable process. */ + LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerSource(ADCx, LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE); + + /* Set ADC group injected trigger source to SW start to ensure to not */ + /* have an external trigger event occurring during the conversion stop */ + /* ADC disable process. */ + LL_ADC_INJ_SetTriggerSource(ADCx, LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOFTWARE); + + /* Disable the ADC instance */ + LL_ADC_Disable(ADCx); + } + + /* Check whether ADC state is compliant with expected state */ + /* (hardware requirements of bits state to reset registers below) */ + if(READ_BIT(ADCx->CR2, ADC_CR2_ADON) == 0U) + { + /* ========== Reset ADC registers ========== */ + /* Reset register SR */ + CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->SR, + ( LL_ADC_FLAG_STRT + | LL_ADC_FLAG_JSTRT + | LL_ADC_FLAG_EOS + | LL_ADC_FLAG_JEOS + | LL_ADC_FLAG_AWD1 ) + ); + + /* Reset register CR1 */ + #if defined (STM32F103x6) || defined (STM32F103xB) || defined (STM32F105xC) || defined (STM32F107xC) || defined (STM32F103xE) || defined (STM32F103xG) + + CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CR1, + ( ADC_CR1_AWDEN | ADC_CR1_JAWDEN | ADC_CR1_DUALMOD + | ADC_CR1_DISCNUM | ADC_CR1_JDISCEN | ADC_CR1_DISCEN + | ADC_CR1_JAUTO | ADC_CR1_AWDSGL | ADC_CR1_SCAN + | ADC_CR1_JEOCIE | ADC_CR1_AWDIE | ADC_CR1_EOCIE + | ADC_CR1_AWDCH ) + ); + #else + + CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CR1, + ( ADC_CR1_AWDEN | ADC_CR1_JAWDEN | ADC_CR1_DISCNUM + | ADC_CR1_JDISCEN | ADC_CR1_DISCEN | ADC_CR1_JAUTO + | ADC_CR1_AWDSGL | ADC_CR1_SCAN | ADC_CR1_JEOCIE + | ADC_CR1_AWDIE | ADC_CR1_EOCIE | ADC_CR1_AWDCH ) + ); + #endif + + /* Reset register CR2 */ + CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CR2, + ( ADC_CR2_TSVREFE + | ADC_CR2_SWSTART | ADC_CR2_EXTTRIG | ADC_CR2_EXTSEL + | ADC_CR2_JSWSTART | ADC_CR2_JEXTTRIG | ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL + | ADC_CR2_ALIGN | ADC_CR2_DMA + | ADC_CR2_RSTCAL | ADC_CR2_CAL + | ADC_CR2_CONT | ADC_CR2_ADON ) + ); + + /* Reset register SMPR1 */ + CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->SMPR1, + ( ADC_SMPR1_SMP17 | ADC_SMPR1_SMP16 + | ADC_SMPR1_SMP15 | ADC_SMPR1_SMP14 | ADC_SMPR1_SMP13 + | ADC_SMPR1_SMP12 | ADC_SMPR1_SMP11 | ADC_SMPR1_SMP10) + ); + + /* Reset register SMPR2 */ + CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->SMPR2, + ( ADC_SMPR2_SMP9 + | ADC_SMPR2_SMP8 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP7 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP6 + | ADC_SMPR2_SMP5 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP4 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP3 + | ADC_SMPR2_SMP2 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP1 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP0) + ); + + /* Reset register JOFR1 */ + CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->JOFR1, ADC_JOFR1_JOFFSET1); + /* Reset register JOFR2 */ + CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->JOFR2, ADC_JOFR2_JOFFSET2); + /* Reset register JOFR3 */ + CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->JOFR3, ADC_JOFR3_JOFFSET3); + /* Reset register JOFR4 */ + CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->JOFR4, ADC_JOFR4_JOFFSET4); + + /* Reset register HTR */ + SET_BIT(ADCx->HTR, ADC_HTR_HT); + /* Reset register LTR */ + CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->LTR, ADC_LTR_LT); + + /* Reset register SQR1 */ + CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->SQR1, + ( ADC_SQR1_L + | ADC_SQR1_SQ16 + | ADC_SQR1_SQ15 | ADC_SQR1_SQ14 | ADC_SQR1_SQ13) + ); + + /* Reset register SQR2 */ + CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->SQR2, + ( ADC_SQR2_SQ12 | ADC_SQR2_SQ11 | ADC_SQR2_SQ10 + | ADC_SQR2_SQ9 | ADC_SQR2_SQ8 | ADC_SQR2_SQ7) + ); + + + /* Reset register JSQR */ + CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->JSQR, + ( ADC_JSQR_JL + | ADC_JSQR_JSQ4 | ADC_JSQR_JSQ3 + | ADC_JSQR_JSQ2 | ADC_JSQR_JSQ1 ) + ); + + /* Reset register DR */ + /* bits in access mode read only, no direct reset applicable */ + + /* Reset registers JDR1, JDR2, JDR3, JDR4 */ + /* bits in access mode read only, no direct reset applicable */ + + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize some features of ADC instance. + * @note These parameters have an impact on ADC scope: ADC instance. + * Affects both group regular and group injected (availability + * of ADC group injected depends on STM32 families). + * Refer to corresponding unitary functions into + * @ref ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Instance . + * @note The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_ADC_Init() + * is conditioned to ADC state: + * ADC instance must be disabled. + * This condition is applied to all ADC features, for efficiency + * and compatibility over all STM32 families. However, the different + * features can be set under different ADC state conditions + * (setting possible with ADC enabled without conversion on going, + * ADC enabled with conversion on going, ...) + * Each feature can be updated afterwards with a unitary function + * and potentially with ADC in a different state than disabled, + * refer to description of each function for setting + * conditioned to ADC state. + * @note After using this function, some other features must be configured + * using LL unitary functions. + * The minimum configuration remaining to be done is: + * - Set ADC group regular or group injected sequencer: + * map channel on the selected sequencer rank. + * Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks(). + * - Set ADC channel sampling time + * Refer to function LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime(); + * @param ADCx ADC instance + * @param ADC_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: ADC registers are initialized + * - ERROR: ADC registers are not initialized + */ +ErrorStatus LL_ADC_Init(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, LL_ADC_InitTypeDef *ADC_InitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx)); + + assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(ADC_InitStruct->DataAlignment)); + assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_SCAN_SELECTION(ADC_InitStruct->SequencersScanMode)); + + /* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function): */ + /* ADC instance must be disabled. */ + if(LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 0U) + { + /* Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */ + /* - ADC instance */ + /* - Set ADC conversion data alignment */ + MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR1, + ADC_CR1_SCAN + , + ADC_InitStruct->SequencersScanMode + ); + + MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR2, + ADC_CR2_ALIGN + , + ADC_InitStruct->DataAlignment + ); + + } + else + { + /* Initialization error: ADC instance is not disabled. */ + status = ERROR; + } + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Set each @ref LL_ADC_InitTypeDef field to default value. + * @param ADC_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_InitTypeDef structure + * whose fields will be set to default values. + * @retval None + */ +void LL_ADC_StructInit(LL_ADC_InitTypeDef *ADC_InitStruct) +{ + /* Set ADC_InitStruct fields to default values */ + /* Set fields of ADC instance */ + ADC_InitStruct->DataAlignment = LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_RIGHT; + + /* Enable scan mode to have a generic behavior with ADC of other */ + /* STM32 families, without this setting available: */ + /* ADC group regular sequencer and ADC group injected sequencer depend */ + /* only of their own configuration. */ + ADC_InitStruct->SequencersScanMode = LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE; + +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize some features of ADC group regular. + * @note These parameters have an impact on ADC scope: ADC group regular. + * Refer to corresponding unitary functions into + * @ref ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Group_Regular + * (functions with prefix "REG"). + * @note The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_ADC_Init() + * is conditioned to ADC state: + * ADC instance must be disabled. + * This condition is applied to all ADC features, for efficiency + * and compatibility over all STM32 families. However, the different + * features can be set under different ADC state conditions + * (setting possible with ADC enabled without conversion on going, + * ADC enabled with conversion on going, ...) + * Each feature can be updated afterwards with a unitary function + * and potentially with ADC in a different state than disabled, + * refer to description of each function for setting + * conditioned to ADC state. + * @note After using this function, other features must be configured + * using LL unitary functions. + * The minimum configuration remaining to be done is: + * - Set ADC group regular or group injected sequencer: + * map channel on the selected sequencer rank. + * Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks(). + * - Set ADC channel sampling time + * Refer to function LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime(); + * @param ADCx ADC instance + * @param ADC_REG_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: ADC registers are initialized + * - ERROR: ADC registers are not initialized + */ +ErrorStatus LL_ADC_REG_Init(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef *ADC_REG_InitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx)); +#if defined(ADC3) + assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(ADCx, ADC_REG_InitStruct->TriggerSource)); +#else + assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(ADC_REG_InitStruct->TriggerSource)); +#endif + assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH(ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength)); + if(ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength != LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE) + { + assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISCONT_MODE(ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont)); + } + assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE(ADC_REG_InitStruct->ContinuousMode)); + assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER(ADC_REG_InitStruct->DMATransfer)); + + /* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function): */ + /* ADC instance must be disabled. */ + if(LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 0U) + { + /* Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */ + /* - ADC group regular */ + /* - Set ADC group regular trigger source */ + /* - Set ADC group regular sequencer length */ + /* - Set ADC group regular sequencer discontinuous mode */ + /* - Set ADC group regular continuous mode */ + /* - Set ADC group regular conversion data transfer: no transfer or */ + /* transfer by DMA, and DMA requests mode */ + /* Note: On this STM32 serie, ADC trigger edge is set when starting */ + /* ADC conversion. */ + /* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_StartConversionExtTrig(). */ + if(ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength != LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE) + { + MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR1, + ADC_CR1_DISCEN + | ADC_CR1_DISCNUM + , + ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength + | ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont + ); + } + else + { + MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR1, + ADC_CR1_DISCEN + | ADC_CR1_DISCNUM + , + ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength + | LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE + ); + } + + MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR2, + ADC_CR2_EXTSEL + | ADC_CR2_CONT + | ADC_CR2_DMA + , + ADC_REG_InitStruct->TriggerSource + | ADC_REG_InitStruct->ContinuousMode + | ADC_REG_InitStruct->DMATransfer + ); + + /* Set ADC group regular sequencer length and scan direction */ + /* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function): */ + /* Note: If ADC instance feature scan mode is disabled */ + /* (refer to ADC instance initialization structure */ + /* parameter @ref SequencersScanMode */ + /* or function @ref LL_ADC_SetSequencersScanMode() ), */ + /* this parameter is discarded. */ + LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength(ADCx, ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength); + } + else + { + /* Initialization error: ADC instance is not disabled. */ + status = ERROR; + } + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Set each @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef field to default value. + * @param ADC_REG_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure + * whose fields will be set to default values. + * @retval None + */ +void LL_ADC_REG_StructInit(LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef *ADC_REG_InitStruct) +{ + /* Set ADC_REG_InitStruct fields to default values */ + /* Set fields of ADC group regular */ + /* Note: On this STM32 serie, ADC trigger edge is set when starting */ + /* ADC conversion. */ + /* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_StartConversionExtTrig(). */ + ADC_REG_InitStruct->TriggerSource = LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE; + ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength = LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE; + ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont = LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE; + ADC_REG_InitStruct->ContinuousMode = LL_ADC_REG_CONV_SINGLE; + ADC_REG_InitStruct->DMATransfer = LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_NONE; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize some features of ADC group injected. + * @note These parameters have an impact on ADC scope: ADC group injected. + * Refer to corresponding unitary functions into + * @ref ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Group_Regular + * (functions with prefix "INJ"). + * @note The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_ADC_Init() + * is conditioned to ADC state: + * ADC instance must be disabled. + * This condition is applied to all ADC features, for efficiency + * and compatibility over all STM32 families. However, the different + * features can be set under different ADC state conditions + * (setting possible with ADC enabled without conversion on going, + * ADC enabled with conversion on going, ...) + * Each feature can be updated afterwards with a unitary function + * and potentially with ADC in a different state than disabled, + * refer to description of each function for setting + * conditioned to ADC state. + * @note After using this function, other features must be configured + * using LL unitary functions. + * The minimum configuration remaining to be done is: + * - Set ADC group injected sequencer: + * map channel on the selected sequencer rank. + * Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerRanks(). + * - Set ADC channel sampling time + * Refer to function LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime(); + * @param ADCx ADC instance + * @param ADC_INJ_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef structure + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: ADC registers are initialized + * - ERROR: ADC registers are not initialized + */ +ErrorStatus LL_ADC_INJ_Init(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef *ADC_INJ_InitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx)); +#if defined(ADC3) + assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOURCE(ADCx, ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TriggerSource)); +#else + assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOURCE(ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TriggerSource)); +#endif + assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH(ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerLength)); + if(ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerLength != LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE) + { + assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_DISCONT_MODE(ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont)); + } + assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_AUTO(ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TrigAuto)); + + /* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function): */ + /* ADC instance must be disabled. */ + if(LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 0U) + { + /* Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */ + /* - ADC group injected */ + /* - Set ADC group injected trigger source */ + /* - Set ADC group injected sequencer length */ + /* - Set ADC group injected sequencer discontinuous mode */ + /* - Set ADC group injected conversion trigger: independent or */ + /* from ADC group regular */ + /* Note: On this STM32 serie, ADC trigger edge is set when starting */ + /* ADC conversion. */ + /* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_INJ_StartConversionExtTrig(). */ + if(ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerLength != LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE) + { + MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR1, + ADC_CR1_JDISCEN + | ADC_CR1_JAUTO + , + ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont + | ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TrigAuto + ); + } + else + { + MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR1, + ADC_CR1_JDISCEN + | ADC_CR1_JAUTO + , + LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE + | ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TrigAuto + ); + } + + MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR2, + ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL + , + ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TriggerSource + ); + + /* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function): */ + /* Note: If ADC instance feature scan mode is disabled */ + /* (refer to ADC instance initialization structure */ + /* parameter @ref SequencersScanMode */ + /* or function @ref LL_ADC_SetSequencersScanMode() ), */ + /* this parameter is discarded. */ + LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerLength(ADCx, ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerLength); + } + else + { + /* Initialization error: ADC instance is not disabled. */ + status = ERROR; + } + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Set each @ref LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef field to default value. + * @param ADC_INJ_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef structure + * whose fields will be set to default values. + * @retval None + */ +void LL_ADC_INJ_StructInit(LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef *ADC_INJ_InitStruct) +{ + /* Set ADC_INJ_InitStruct fields to default values */ + /* Set fields of ADC group injected */ + ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TriggerSource = LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOFTWARE; + ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerLength = LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE; + ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont = LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE; + ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TrigAuto = LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_INDEPENDENT; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* ADC1 || ADC2 || ADC3 */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_crc.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_crc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..ad2c16d49e5fd6423af435662abc58128aa7482f --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_crc.c @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_ll_crc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief CRC LL module driver. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER) + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_ll_crc.h" +#include "stm32f1xx_ll_bus.h" + +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT +#include "stm32_assert.h" +#else +#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U) +#endif + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#if defined (CRC) + +/** @addtogroup CRC_LL + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup CRC_LL_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup CRC_LL_EF_Init + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-initialize CRC registers (Registers restored to their default values). + * @param CRCx CRC Instance + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: CRC registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: CRC registers are not de-initialized + */ +ErrorStatus LL_CRC_DeInit(CRC_TypeDef *CRCx) +{ + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(CRCx)); + + if (CRCx == CRC) + { + + /* Reset the CRC calculation unit */ + LL_CRC_ResetCRCCalculationUnit(CRCx); + + /* Reset IDR register */ + LL_CRC_Write_IDR(CRCx, 0x00U); + } + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + + return (status); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* defined (CRC) */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ + diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_dac.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_dac.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..eb6daac320113194ea06046793722c7302648e29 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_dac.c @@ -0,0 +1,274 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_ll_dac.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief DAC LL module driver + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER) + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_ll_dac.h" +#include "stm32f1xx_ll_bus.h" + +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT + #include "stm32_assert.h" +#else + #define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U) +#endif + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#if defined (DAC) + +/** @addtogroup DAC_LL DAC + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_LL_DAC_CHANNEL(__DACX__, __DAC_CHANNEL__) \ + ( \ + ((__DAC_CHANNEL__) == LL_DAC_CHANNEL_1) \ + || ((__DAC_CHANNEL__) == LL_DAC_CHANNEL_2) \ + ) + +#define IS_LL_DAC_TRIGGER_SOURCE(__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) \ + ( ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \ + || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_TRGO) \ + || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM15_TRGO) \ + || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO) \ + || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_TRGO) \ + || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM5_TRGO) \ + || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM6_TRGO) \ + || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM7_TRGO) \ + || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_TRGO) \ + || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE9) \ + ) +#define IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_MODE(__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) \ + ( ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NOISE) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_TRIANGLE) \ + ) + +#define IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_CONFIG(__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) \ + ( ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BIT0) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS1_0) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS2_0) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS3_0) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS4_0) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS5_0) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS6_0) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS7_0) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS8_0) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS9_0) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS10_0) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS11_0) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_1) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_3) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_7) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_15) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_31) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_63) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_127) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_255) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_511) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_1023) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_2047) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_4095) \ + ) + +#define IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER(__OUTPUT_BUFFER__) \ + ( ((__OUTPUT_BUFFER__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_ENABLE) \ + || ((__OUTPUT_BUFFER__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_DISABLE) \ + ) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_EF_Init + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-initialize registers of the selected DAC instance + * to their default reset values. + * @param DACx DAC instance + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: DAC registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +ErrorStatus LL_DAC_DeInit(DAC_TypeDef *DACx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(DACx)); + + /* Force reset of DAC1 clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DAC1); + + /* Release reset of DAC1 clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DAC1); + return SUCCESS; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize some features of DAC instance. + * @note The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_DAC_Init() + * is conditioned to DAC state: + * DAC instance must be disabled. + * @param DACx DAC instance + * @param DAC_Channel This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_DAC_CHANNEL_1 + * @arg @ref LL_DAC_CHANNEL_2 + * @param DAC_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef structure + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: DAC registers are initialized + * - ERROR: DAC registers are not initialized + */ +ErrorStatus LL_DAC_Init(DAC_TypeDef *DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel, LL_DAC_InitTypeDef *DAC_InitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(DACx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_CHANNEL(DACx, DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_TRIGGER_SOURCE(DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource)); + assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER(DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer)); + assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_MODE(DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration)); + if (DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration != LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE) + { + assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_CONFIG(DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig)); + } + + /* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function) */ + /* DAC instance must be disabled. */ + if(LL_DAC_IsEnabled(DACx, DAC_Channel) == 0U) + { + /* Configuration of DAC channel: */ + /* - TriggerSource */ + /* - WaveAutoGeneration */ + /* - OutputBuffer */ + if (DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration != LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE) + { + MODIFY_REG(DACx->CR, + ( DAC_CR_TSEL1 + | DAC_CR_WAVE1 + | DAC_CR_MAMP1 + | DAC_CR_BOFF1 + ) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK) + , + ( DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource + | DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration + | DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig + | DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer + ) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK) + ); + } + else + { + MODIFY_REG(DACx->CR, + ( DAC_CR_TSEL1 + | DAC_CR_WAVE1 + | DAC_CR_BOFF1 + ) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK) + , + ( DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource + | LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE + | DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer + ) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK) + ); + } + } + else + { + /* Initialization error: DAC instance is not disabled. */ + status = ERROR; + } + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Set each @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef field to default value. + * @param DAC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef structure + * whose fields will be set to default values. + * @retval None + */ +void LL_DAC_StructInit(LL_DAC_InitTypeDef *DAC_InitStruct) +{ + /* Set DAC_InitStruct fields to default values */ + DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource = LL_DAC_TRIG_SOFTWARE; + DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration = LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE; + /* Note: Parameter discarded if wave auto generation is disabled, */ + /* set anyway to its default value. */ + DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig = LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BIT0; + DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer = LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_ENABLE; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* DAC */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_dma.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_dma.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..4340a3aa5906f9af6b9b145647274dc05a03875d --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_dma.c @@ -0,0 +1,331 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_ll_dma.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief DMA LL module driver. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER) + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_ll_dma.h" +#include "stm32f1xx_ll_bus.h" +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT +#include "stm32_assert.h" +#else +#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U) +#endif + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#if defined (DMA1) || defined (DMA2) + +/** @defgroup DMA_LL DMA + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ +#define IS_LL_DMA_DIRECTION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY)) + +#define IS_LL_DMA_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MODE_NORMAL) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MODE_CIRCULAR)) + +#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHINCMODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PERIPH_INCREMENT) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PERIPH_NOINCREMENT)) + +#define IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYINCMODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MEMORY_INCREMENT) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MEMORY_NOINCREMENT)) + +#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHDATASIZE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_HALFWORD) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_WORD)) + +#define IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYDATASIZE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_WORD)) + +#define IS_LL_DMA_NBDATA(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x0000FFFFU) + +#define IS_LL_DMA_PRIORITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_LOW) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_HIGH) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_VERYHIGH)) + +#if defined (DMA2) +#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL) ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \ + (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7))) || \ + (((INSTANCE) == DMA2) && \ + (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5)))) +#else +#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL) ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \ + (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7)))) +#endif +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_EF_Init + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-initialize the DMA registers to their default reset values. + * @param DMAx DMAx Instance + * @param Channel This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1 + * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2 + * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3 + * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4 + * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5 + * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6 + * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7 + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: DMA registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: DMA registers are not de-initialized + */ +uint32_t LL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_TypeDef *DMAx, uint32_t Channel) +{ + DMA_Channel_TypeDef *tmp = (DMA_Channel_TypeDef *)DMA1_Channel1; + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + + /* Check the DMA Instance DMAx and Channel parameters*/ + assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel)); + + tmp = (DMA_Channel_TypeDef *)(__LL_DMA_GET_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel)); + + /* Disable the selected DMAx_Channely */ + CLEAR_BIT(tmp->CCR, DMA_CCR_EN); + + /* Reset DMAx_Channely control register */ + LL_DMA_WriteReg(tmp, CCR, 0U); + + /* Reset DMAx_Channely remaining bytes register */ + LL_DMA_WriteReg(tmp, CNDTR, 0U); + + /* Reset DMAx_Channely peripheral address register */ + LL_DMA_WriteReg(tmp, CPAR, 0U); + + /* Reset DMAx_Channely memory address register */ + LL_DMA_WriteReg(tmp, CMAR, 0U); + + if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel1 */ + LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI1(DMAx); + } + else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel2 */ + LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI2(DMAx); + } + else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel3 */ + LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI3(DMAx); + } + else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel4 */ + LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI4(DMAx); + } + else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel5 */ + LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI5(DMAx); + } + + else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel6 */ + LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI6(DMAx); + } + else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel7 */ + LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI7(DMAx); + } + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize the DMA registers according to the specified parameters in DMA_InitStruct. + * @note To convert DMAx_Channely Instance to DMAx Instance and Channely, use helper macros : + * @arg @ref __LL_DMA_GET_INSTANCE + * @arg @ref __LL_DMA_GET_CHANNEL + * @param DMAx DMAx Instance + * @param Channel This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1 + * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2 + * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3 + * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4 + * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5 + * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6 + * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7 + * @param DMA_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef structure. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: DMA registers are initialized + * - ERROR: Not applicable + */ +uint32_t LL_DMA_Init(DMA_TypeDef *DMAx, uint32_t Channel, LL_DMA_InitTypeDef *DMA_InitStruct) +{ + /* Check the DMA Instance DMAx and Channel parameters*/ + assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel)); + + /* Check the DMA parameters from DMA_InitStruct */ + assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_DIRECTION(DMA_InitStruct->Direction)); + assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MODE(DMA_InitStruct->Mode)); + assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHINCMODE(DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode)); + assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYINCMODE(DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode)); + assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHDATASIZE(DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize)); + assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYDATASIZE(DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize)); + assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_NBDATA(DMA_InitStruct->NbData)); + assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PRIORITY(DMA_InitStruct->Priority)); + + /*---------------------------- DMAx CCR Configuration ------------------------ + * Configure DMAx_Channely: data transfer direction, data transfer mode, + * peripheral and memory increment mode, + * data size alignment and priority level with parameters : + * - Direction: DMA_CCR_DIR and DMA_CCR_MEM2MEM bits + * - Mode: DMA_CCR_CIRC bit + * - PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode: DMA_CCR_PINC bit + * - MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode: DMA_CCR_MINC bit + * - PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize: DMA_CCR_PSIZE[1:0] bits + * - MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize: DMA_CCR_MSIZE[1:0] bits + * - Priority: DMA_CCR_PL[1:0] bits + */ + LL_DMA_ConfigTransfer(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->Direction | \ + DMA_InitStruct->Mode | \ + DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode | \ + DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode | \ + DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize | \ + DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize | \ + DMA_InitStruct->Priority); + + /*-------------------------- DMAx CMAR Configuration ------------------------- + * Configure the memory or destination base address with parameter : + * - MemoryOrM2MDstAddress: DMA_CMAR_MA[31:0] bits + */ + LL_DMA_SetMemoryAddress(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstAddress); + + /*-------------------------- DMAx CPAR Configuration ------------------------- + * Configure the peripheral or source base address with parameter : + * - PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress: DMA_CPAR_PA[31:0] bits + */ + LL_DMA_SetPeriphAddress(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress); + + /*--------------------------- DMAx CNDTR Configuration ----------------------- + * Configure the peripheral base address with parameter : + * - NbData: DMA_CNDTR_NDT[15:0] bits + */ + LL_DMA_SetDataLength(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->NbData); + + return SUCCESS; +} + +/** + * @brief Set each @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef field to default value. + * @param DMA_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef structure. + * @retval None + */ +void LL_DMA_StructInit(LL_DMA_InitTypeDef *DMA_InitStruct) +{ + /* Set DMA_InitStruct fields to default values */ + DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress = 0x00000000U; + DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstAddress = 0x00000000U; + DMA_InitStruct->Direction = LL_DMA_DIRECTION_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY; + DMA_InitStruct->Mode = LL_DMA_MODE_NORMAL; + DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode = LL_DMA_PERIPH_NOINCREMENT; + DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode = LL_DMA_MEMORY_NOINCREMENT; + DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize = LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE; + DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize = LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE; + DMA_InitStruct->NbData = 0x00000000U; + DMA_InitStruct->Priority = LL_DMA_PRIORITY_LOW; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* DMA1 || DMA2 */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_exti.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_exti.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..7bb627612ce10dab3c2fe29a7e843b723838677e --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_exti.c @@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_ll_exti.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief EXTI LL module driver. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER) + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_ll_exti.h" +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT +#include "stm32_assert.h" +#else +#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U) +#endif + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#if defined (EXTI) + +/** @defgroup EXTI_LL EXTI + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_0_31(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) & ~LL_EXTI_LINE_ALL_0_31) == 0x00000000U) + +#define IS_LL_EXTI_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_IT) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_EVENT) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_IT_EVENT)) + + +#define IS_LL_EXTI_TRIGGER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_EF_Init + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-initialize the EXTI registers to their default reset values. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: EXTI registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +uint32_t LL_EXTI_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Interrupt mask register set to default reset values */ + LL_EXTI_WriteReg(IMR, 0x00000000U); + /* Event mask register set to default reset values */ + LL_EXTI_WriteReg(EMR, 0x00000000U); + /* Rising Trigger selection register set to default reset values */ + LL_EXTI_WriteReg(RTSR, 0x00000000U); + /* Falling Trigger selection register set to default reset values */ + LL_EXTI_WriteReg(FTSR, 0x00000000U); + /* Software interrupt event register set to default reset values */ + LL_EXTI_WriteReg(SWIER, 0x00000000U); + /* Pending register clear */ + LL_EXTI_WriteReg(PR, 0x000FFFFFU); + + return SUCCESS; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize the EXTI registers according to the specified parameters in EXTI_InitStruct. + * @param EXTI_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef structure. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: EXTI registers are initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +uint32_t LL_EXTI_Init(LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef *EXTI_InitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand)); + assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_MODE(EXTI_InitStruct->Mode)); + + /* ENABLE LineCommand */ + if (EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand != DISABLE) + { + assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_TRIGGER(EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger)); + + /* Configure EXTI Lines in range from 0 to 31 */ + if (EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31 != LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE) + { + switch (EXTI_InitStruct->Mode) + { + case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT: + /* First Disable Event on provided Lines */ + LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31); + /* Then Enable IT on provided Lines */ + LL_EXTI_EnableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31); + break; + case LL_EXTI_MODE_EVENT: + /* First Disable IT on provided Lines */ + LL_EXTI_DisableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31); + /* Then Enable Event on provided Lines */ + LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31); + break; + case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT_EVENT: + /* Directly Enable IT & Event on provided Lines */ + LL_EXTI_EnableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31); + LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31); + break; + default: + status = ERROR; + break; + } + if (EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger != LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE) + { + switch (EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger) + { + case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING: + /* First Disable Falling Trigger on provided Lines */ + LL_EXTI_DisableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31); + /* Then Enable Rising Trigger on provided Lines */ + LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31); + break; + case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING: + /* First Disable Rising Trigger on provided Lines */ + LL_EXTI_DisableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31); + /* Then Enable Falling Trigger on provided Lines */ + LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31); + break; + case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING: + LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31); + LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31); + break; + default: + status = ERROR; + break; + } + } + } + } + /* DISABLE LineCommand */ + else + { + /* De-configure EXTI Lines in range from 0 to 31 */ + LL_EXTI_DisableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31); + LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31); + } + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Set each @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef field to default value. + * @param EXTI_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef structure. + * @retval None + */ +void LL_EXTI_StructInit(LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef *EXTI_InitStruct) +{ + EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31 = LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE; + EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand = DISABLE; + EXTI_InitStruct->Mode = LL_EXTI_MODE_IT; + EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger = LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* defined (EXTI) */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_fsmc.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_fsmc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..79fe0bc37efbf391b89f87d15e3b39a3cee1ce8d --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_fsmc.c @@ -0,0 +1,931 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_ll_fsmc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief FSMC Low Layer HAL module driver. + * + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Flexible Static Memory Controller (FSMC) peripheral memories: + * + Initialization/de-initialization functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================= + ##### FSMC peripheral features ##### + ============================================================================= + [..] The Flexible static memory controller (FSMC) includes following memory controllers: + (+) The NOR/PSRAM memory controller + (+) The PC Card memory controller + (+) The NAND memory controller + (PC Card and NAND controllers available only on STM32F101xE, STM32F103xE, STM32F101xG and STM32F103xG) + + [..] The FSMC functional block makes the interface with synchronous and asynchronous static + memories and 16-bit PC memory cards. Its main purposes are: + (+) to translate AHB transactions into the appropriate external device protocol. + (+) to meet the access time requirements of the external memory devices. + + [..] All external memories share the addresses, data and control signals with the controller. + Each external device is accessed by means of a unique Chip Select. The FSMC performs + only one access at a time to an external device. + The main features of the FSMC controller are the following: + (+) Interface with static-memory mapped devices including: + (++) Static random access memory (SRAM). + (++) NOR Flash memory. + (++) PSRAM (4 memory banks). + (++) 16-bit PC Card compatible devices. + (++) Two banks of NAND Flash memory with ECC hardware to check up to 8 Kbytes of + data. + (+) Independent Chip Select control for each memory bank. + (+) Independent configuration for each memory bank. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#if defined(FSMC_BANK1) + +#if defined(HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED) + +/** @defgroup FSMC_LL FSMC Low Layer + * @brief FSMC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_LL_Exported_Functions FSMC Low Layer Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_NORSRAM FSMC NORSRAM Controller functions + * @brief NORSRAM Controller functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use NORSRAM device driver ##### + ============================================================================== + + [..] + This driver contains a set of APIs to interface with the FSMC NORSRAM banks in order + to run the NORSRAM external devices. + + (+) FSMC NORSRAM bank reset using the function FSMC_NORSRAM_DeInit() + (+) FSMC NORSRAM bank control configuration using the function FSMC_NORSRAM_Init() + (+) FSMC NORSRAM bank timing configuration using the function FSMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init() + (+) FSMC NORSRAM bank extended timing configuration using the function + FSMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init() + (+) FSMC NORSRAM bank enable/disable write operation using the functions + FSMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Enable()/FSMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Disable() + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup FSMC_LL_NORSRAM_Private_Functions_Group1 + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de_initialization functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the FSMC NORSRAM interface + (+) De-initialize the FSMC NORSRAM interface + (+) Configure the FSMC clock and associated GPIOs + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initialize the FSMC_NORSRAM device according to the specified + * control parameters in the FSMC_NORSRAM_InitTypeDef + * @param Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance + * @param Init: Pointer to NORSRAM Initialization structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAM_Init(FSMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NORSRAM_InitTypeDef *Init) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Init->NSBank)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_MUX(Init->DataAddressMux)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_MEMORY(Init->MemoryType)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_MEMORY_WIDTH(Init->MemoryDataWidth)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_BURSTMODE(Init->BurstAccessMode)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_POLARITY(Init->WaitSignalPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRAP_MODE(Init->WrapMode)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_SIGNAL_ACTIVE(Init->WaitSignalActive)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRITE_OPERATION(Init->WriteOperation)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAITE_SIGNAL(Init->WaitSignal)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE(Init->ExtendedMode)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_ASYNWAIT(Init->AsynchronousWait)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRITE_BURST(Init->WriteBurst)); + + /* Disable NORSRAM Device */ + __FSMC_NORSRAM_DISABLE(Device, Init->NSBank); + + /* Set NORSRAM device control parameters */ + if (Init->MemoryType == FSMC_MEMORY_TYPE_NOR) + { + MODIFY_REG(Device->BTCR[Init->NSBank], BCR_CLEAR_MASK, (uint32_t)(FSMC_NORSRAM_FLASH_ACCESS_ENABLE + | Init->DataAddressMux + | Init->MemoryType + | Init->MemoryDataWidth + | Init->BurstAccessMode + | Init->WaitSignalPolarity + | Init->WrapMode + | Init->WaitSignalActive + | Init->WriteOperation + | Init->WaitSignal + | Init->ExtendedMode + | Init->AsynchronousWait + | Init->WriteBurst + ) + ); + } + else + { + MODIFY_REG(Device->BTCR[Init->NSBank], BCR_CLEAR_MASK, (uint32_t)(FSMC_NORSRAM_FLASH_ACCESS_DISABLE + | Init->DataAddressMux + | Init->MemoryType + | Init->MemoryDataWidth + | Init->BurstAccessMode + | Init->WaitSignalPolarity + | Init->WrapMode + | Init->WaitSignalActive + | Init->WriteOperation + | Init->WaitSignal + | Init->ExtendedMode + | Init->AsynchronousWait + | Init->WriteBurst + ) + ); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the FSMC_NORSRAM peripheral + * @param Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance + * @param ExDevice: Pointer to NORSRAM extended mode device instance + * @param Bank: NORSRAM bank number + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAM_DeInit(FSMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_TypeDef *ExDevice, uint32_t Bank) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_DEVICE(ExDevice)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank)); + + /* Disable the FSMC_NORSRAM device */ + __FSMC_NORSRAM_DISABLE(Device, Bank); + + /* De-initialize the FSMC_NORSRAM device */ + /* FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK1 */ + if(Bank == FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK1) + { + Device->BTCR[Bank] = 0x000030DBU; + } + /* FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK2, FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK3 or FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */ + else + { + Device->BTCR[Bank] = 0x000030D2U; + } + + Device->BTCR[Bank + 1U] = 0x0FFFFFFFU; + ExDevice->BWTR[Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFFU; + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief Initialize the FSMC_NORSRAM Timing according to the specified + * parameters in the FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef + * @param Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance + * @param Timing: Pointer to NORSRAM Timing structure + * @param Bank: NORSRAM bank number + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init(FSMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(Timing->AddressSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(Timing->AddressHoldTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATASETUP_TIME(Timing->DataSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_CLK_DIV(Timing->CLKDivision)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATA_LATENCY(Timing->DataLatency)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_ACCESS_MODE(Timing->AccessMode)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank)); + + /* Set FSMC_NORSRAM device timing parameters */ + MODIFY_REG(Device->BTCR[Bank + 1U], \ + BTR_CLEAR_MASK, \ + (uint32_t)(Timing->AddressSetupTime | \ + ((Timing->AddressHoldTime) << FSMC_BTRx_ADDHLD_Pos) | \ + ((Timing->DataSetupTime) << FSMC_BTRx_DATAST_Pos) | \ + ((Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration) << FSMC_BTRx_BUSTURN_Pos) | \ + (((Timing->CLKDivision) - 1U) << FSMC_BTRx_CLKDIV_Pos) | \ + (((Timing->DataLatency) - 2U) << FSMC_BTRx_DATLAT_Pos) | \ + (Timing->AccessMode))); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize the FSMC_NORSRAM Extended mode Timing according to the specified + * parameters in the FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef + * @param Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance + * @param Timing: Pointer to NORSRAM Timing structure + * @param Bank: NORSRAM bank number + * @param ExtendedMode FSMC Extended Mode + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE_DISABLE + * @arg FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE_ENABLE + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init(FSMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank, uint32_t ExtendedMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE(ExtendedMode)); + + /* Set NORSRAM device timing register for write configuration, if extended mode is used */ + if(ExtendedMode == FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE_ENABLE) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_DEVICE(Device)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(Timing->AddressSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(Timing->AddressHoldTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATASETUP_TIME(Timing->DataSetupTime)); +#if defined(STM32F101xE) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F101xG) || defined(STM32F103xG) + assert_param(IS_FSMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration)); +#else + assert_param(IS_FSMC_CLK_DIV(Timing->CLKDivision)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATA_LATENCY(Timing->DataLatency)); +#endif /* STM32F101xE || STM32F103xE || STM32F101xG || STM32F103xG */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_ACCESS_MODE(Timing->AccessMode)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank)); + + /* Set NORSRAM device timing register for write configuration, if extended mode is used */ +#if defined(STM32F101xE) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F101xG) || defined(STM32F103xG) + MODIFY_REG(Device->BWTR[Bank], \ + BWTR_CLEAR_MASK, \ + (uint32_t)(Timing->AddressSetupTime | \ + ((Timing->AddressHoldTime) << FSMC_BWTRx_ADDHLD_Pos) | \ + ((Timing->DataSetupTime) << FSMC_BWTRx_DATAST_Pos) | \ + Timing->AccessMode | \ + ((Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration) << FSMC_BWTRx_BUSTURN_Pos))); +#else + MODIFY_REG(Device->BWTR[Bank], \ + BWTR_CLEAR_MASK, \ + (uint32_t)(Timing->AddressSetupTime | \ + ((Timing->AddressHoldTime) << FSMC_BWTRx_ADDHLD_Pos) | \ + ((Timing->DataSetupTime) << FSMC_BWTRx_DATAST_Pos) | \ + Timing->AccessMode | \ + (((Timing->CLKDivision) - 1U) << FSMC_BTRx_CLKDIV_Pos) | \ + (((Timing->DataLatency) - 2U) << FSMC_BWTRx_DATLAT_Pos))); +#endif /* STM32F101xE || STM32F103xE || STM32F101xG || STM32F103xG */ + } + else + { + Device->BWTR[Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFFU; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_NORSRAM_Group2 Control functions + * @brief management functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### FSMC_NORSRAM Control functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically + the FSMC NORSRAM interface. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables dynamically FSMC_NORSRAM write operation. + * @param Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance + * @param Bank: NORSRAM bank number + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Enable(FSMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank)); + + /* Enable write operation */ + SET_BIT(Device->BTCR[Bank], FSMC_WRITE_OPERATION_ENABLE); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables dynamically FSMC_NORSRAM write operation. + * @param Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance + * @param Bank: NORSRAM bank number + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Disable(FSMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank)); + + /* Disable write operation */ + CLEAR_BIT(Device->BTCR[Bank], FSMC_WRITE_OPERATION_ENABLE); + + return HAL_OK; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if (defined (STM32F101xE) || defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F101xG) || defined(STM32F103xG)) +/** @defgroup FSMC_NAND FSMC NAND Controller functions + * @brief NAND Controller functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use NAND device driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This driver contains a set of APIs to interface with the FSMC NAND banks in order + to run the NAND external devices. + + (+) FSMC NAND bank reset using the function FSMC_NAND_DeInit() + (+) FSMC NAND bank control configuration using the function FSMC_NAND_Init() + (+) FSMC NAND bank common space timing configuration using the function + FSMC_NAND_CommonSpace_Timing_Init() + (+) FSMC NAND bank attribute space timing configuration using the function + FSMC_NAND_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init() + (+) FSMC NAND bank enable/disable ECC correction feature using the functions + FSMC_NAND_ECC_Enable()/FSMC_NAND_ECC_Disable() + (+) FSMC NAND bank get ECC correction code using the function FSMC_NAND_GetECC() + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_NAND_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de_initialization functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the FSMC NAND interface + (+) De-initialize the FSMC NAND interface + (+) Configure the FSMC clock and associated GPIOs + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the FSMC_NAND device according to the specified + * control parameters in the FSMC_NAND_HandleTypeDef + * @param Device: Pointer to NAND device instance + * @param Init: Pointer to NAND Initialization structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_Init(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_InitTypeDef *Init) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(Init->NandBank)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_FEATURE(Init->Waitfeature)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_MEMORY_WIDTH(Init->MemoryDataWidth)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_ECC_STATE(Init->EccComputation)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_ECCPAGE_SIZE(Init->ECCPageSize)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_TCLR_TIME(Init->TCLRSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_TAR_TIME(Init->TARSetupTime)); + + /* Set NAND device control parameters */ + if (Init->NandBank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2) + { + /* NAND bank 2 registers configuration */ + MODIFY_REG(Device->PCR2, PCR_CLEAR_MASK, (Init->Waitfeature | + FSMC_PCR_MEMORY_TYPE_NAND | + Init->MemoryDataWidth | + Init->EccComputation | + Init->ECCPageSize | + ((Init->TCLRSetupTime) << FSMC_PCRx_TCLR_Pos) | + ((Init->TARSetupTime) << FSMC_PCRx_TAR_Pos))); + } + else + { + /* NAND bank 3 registers configuration */ + MODIFY_REG(Device->PCR3, PCR_CLEAR_MASK, (Init->Waitfeature | + FSMC_PCR_MEMORY_TYPE_NAND | + Init->MemoryDataWidth | + Init->EccComputation | + Init->ECCPageSize | + ((Init->TCLRSetupTime) << FSMC_PCRx_TCLR_Pos) | + ((Init->TARSetupTime) << FSMC_PCRx_TAR_Pos))); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the FSMC_NAND Common space Timing according to the specified + * parameters in the FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef + * @param Device: Pointer to NAND device instance + * @param Timing: Pointer to NAND timing structure + * @param Bank: NAND bank number + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_CommonSpace_Timing_Init(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(Bank)); + + /* Set FMC_NAND device timing parameters */ + if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2) + { + /* NAND bank 2 registers configuration */ + MODIFY_REG(Device->PMEM2, PMEM_CLEAR_MASK, (Timing->SetupTime | \ + ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << FSMC_PMEMx_MEMWAITx_Pos) | \ + ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << FSMC_PMEMx_MEMHOLDx_Pos) | \ + ((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << FSMC_PMEMx_MEMHIZx_Pos))); + } + else + { + /* NAND bank 3 registers configuration */ + MODIFY_REG(Device->PMEM3, PMEM_CLEAR_MASK, (Timing->SetupTime | \ + ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << FSMC_PMEMx_MEMWAITx_Pos) | \ + ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << FSMC_PMEMx_MEMHOLDx_Pos) | \ + ((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << FSMC_PMEMx_MEMHIZx_Pos))); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the FSMC_NAND Attribute space Timing according to the specified + * parameters in the FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef + * @param Device: Pointer to NAND device instance + * @param Timing: Pointer to NAND timing structure + * @param Bank: NAND bank number + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(Bank)); + + /* Set FMC_NAND device timing parameters */ + if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2) + { + /* NAND bank 2 registers configuration */ + MODIFY_REG(Device->PATT2, PATT_CLEAR_MASK, (Timing->SetupTime | \ + ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << FSMC_PATTx_ATTWAITx_Pos) | \ + ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << FSMC_PATTx_ATTHOLDx_Pos) | \ + ((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << FSMC_PATTx_ATTHIZx_Pos))); + } + else + { + /* NAND bank 3 registers configuration */ + MODIFY_REG(Device->PATT3, PATT_CLEAR_MASK, (Timing->SetupTime | \ + ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << FSMC_PATTx_ATTWAITx_Pos) | \ + ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << FSMC_PATTx_ATTHOLDx_Pos) | \ + ((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << FSMC_PATTx_ATTHIZx_Pos))); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the FSMC_NAND device + * @param Device: Pointer to NAND device instance + * @param Bank: NAND bank number + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_DeInit(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(Bank)); + + /* Disable the NAND Bank */ + __FSMC_NAND_DISABLE(Device, Bank); + + /* De-initialize the NAND Bank */ + if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2) + { + /* Set the FSMC_NAND_BANK2 registers to their reset values */ + WRITE_REG(Device->PCR2, 0x00000018U); + WRITE_REG(Device->SR2, 0x00000040U); + WRITE_REG(Device->PMEM2, 0xFCFCFCFCU); + WRITE_REG(Device->PATT2, 0xFCFCFCFCU); + } + /* FSMC_Bank3_NAND */ + else + { + /* Set the FSMC_NAND_BANK3 registers to their reset values */ + WRITE_REG(Device->PCR3, 0x00000018U); + WRITE_REG(Device->SR3, 0x00000040U); + WRITE_REG(Device->PMEM3, 0xFCFCFCFCU); + WRITE_REG(Device->PATT3, 0xFCFCFCFCU); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup FSMC_NAND_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief management functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### FSMC_NAND Control functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically + the FSMC NAND interface. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables dynamically FSMC_NAND ECC feature. + * @param Device: Pointer to NAND device instance + * @param Bank: NAND bank number + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_ECC_Enable(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(Bank)); + + /* Enable ECC feature */ + if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2) + { + SET_BIT(Device->PCR2, FSMC_PCRx_ECCEN); + } + else + { + SET_BIT(Device->PCR3, FSMC_PCRx_ECCEN); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables dynamically FSMC_NAND ECC feature. + * @param Device: Pointer to NAND device instance + * @param Bank: NAND bank number + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_ECC_Disable(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(Bank)); + + /* Disable ECC feature */ + if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2) + { + CLEAR_BIT(Device->PCR2, FSMC_PCRx_ECCEN); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(Device->PCR3, FSMC_PCRx_ECCEN); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables dynamically FSMC_NAND ECC feature. + * @param Device: Pointer to NAND device instance + * @param ECCval: Pointer to ECC value + * @param Bank: NAND bank number + * @param Timeout: Timeout wait value + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_NAND_GetECC(FSMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t *ECCval, uint32_t Bank, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(Bank)); + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait until FIFO is empty */ + while(__FSMC_NAND_GET_FLAG(Device, Bank, FSMC_FLAG_FEMPT) == RESET) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + if(Bank == FSMC_NAND_BANK2) + { + /* Get the ECCR2 register value */ + *ECCval = (uint32_t)Device->ECCR2; + } + else + { + /* Get the ECCR3 register value */ + *ECCval = (uint32_t)Device->ECCR3; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_PCCARD FSMC PCCARD Controller functions + * @brief PCCARD Controller functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use PCCARD device driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This driver contains a set of APIs to interface with the FSMC PCCARD bank in order + to run the PCCARD/compact flash external devices. + + (+) FSMC PCCARD bank reset using the function FSMC_PCCARD_DeInit() + (+) FSMC PCCARD bank control configuration using the function FSMC_PCCARD_Init() + (+) FSMC PCCARD bank common space timing configuration using the function + FSMC_PCCARD_CommonSpace_Timing_Init() + (+) FSMC PCCARD bank attribute space timing configuration using the function + FSMC_PCCARD_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init() + (+) FSMC PCCARD bank IO space timing configuration using the function + FSMC_PCCARD_IOSpace_Timing_Init() + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_PCCARD_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de_initialization functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the FSMC PCCARD interface + (+) De-initialize the FSMC PCCARD interface + (+) Configure the FSMC clock and associated GPIOs + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the FSMC_PCCARD device according to the specified + * control parameters in the FSMC_PCCARD_HandleTypeDef + * @param Device: Pointer to PCCARD device instance + * @param Init: Pointer to PCCARD Initialization structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_PCCARD_Init(FSMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_PCCARD_InitTypeDef *Init) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_PCCARD_DEVICE(Device)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_FEATURE(Init->Waitfeature)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_TCLR_TIME(Init->TCLRSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_TAR_TIME(Init->TARSetupTime)); + + /* Set FSMC_PCCARD device control parameters */ + MODIFY_REG(Device->PCR4, + (FSMC_PCRx_PTYP | FSMC_PCRx_PWAITEN | FSMC_PCRx_PWID | + FSMC_PCRx_TCLR | FSMC_PCRx_TAR), + (FSMC_PCR_MEMORY_TYPE_PCCARD | + Init->Waitfeature | + FSMC_NAND_PCC_MEM_BUS_WIDTH_16 | + (Init->TCLRSetupTime << FSMC_PCRx_TCLR_Pos) | + (Init->TARSetupTime << FSMC_PCRx_TAR_Pos))); + + return HAL_OK; + +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the FSMC_PCCARD Common space Timing according to the specified + * parameters in the FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef + * @param Device: Pointer to PCCARD device instance + * @param Timing: Pointer to PCCARD timing structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_PCCARD_CommonSpace_Timing_Init(FSMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_PCCARD_DEVICE(Device)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime)); + + /* Set PCCARD timing parameters */ + MODIFY_REG(Device->PMEM4, PMEM_CLEAR_MASK, + (Timing->SetupTime | + ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << FSMC_PMEMx_MEMWAITx_Pos) | + ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << FSMC_PMEMx_MEMHOLDx_Pos) | + ((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << FSMC_PMEMx_MEMHIZx_Pos))); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the FSMC_PCCARD Attribute space Timing according to the specified + * parameters in the FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef + * @param Device: Pointer to PCCARD device instance + * @param Timing: Pointer to PCCARD timing structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_PCCARD_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init(FSMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_PCCARD_DEVICE(Device)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime)); + + /* Set PCCARD timing parameters */ + MODIFY_REG(Device->PATT4, PATT_CLEAR_MASK, \ + (Timing->SetupTime | \ + ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << FSMC_PATTx_ATTWAITx_Pos) | \ + ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << FSMC_PATTx_ATTHOLDx_Pos) | \ + ((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << FSMC_PATTx_ATTHIZx_Pos))); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the FSMC_PCCARD IO space Timing according to the specified + * parameters in the FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef + * @param Device: Pointer to PCCARD device instance + * @param Timing: Pointer to PCCARD timing structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_PCCARD_IOSpace_Timing_Init(FSMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device, FSMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_PCCARD_DEVICE(Device)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime)); + + /* Set FSMC_PCCARD device timing parameters */ + MODIFY_REG(Device->PIO4, PIO4_CLEAR_MASK, \ + (Timing->SetupTime | \ + (Timing->WaitSetupTime << FSMC_PIO4_IOWAIT4_Pos) | \ + (Timing->HoldSetupTime << FSMC_PIO4_IOHOLD4_Pos) | \ + (Timing->HiZSetupTime << FSMC_PIO4_IOHIZ4_Pos))); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the FSMC_PCCARD device + * @param Device: Pointer to PCCARD device instance + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef FSMC_PCCARD_DeInit(FSMC_PCCARD_TypeDef *Device) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_PCCARD_DEVICE(Device)); + + /* Disable the FSMC_PCCARD device */ + __FSMC_PCCARD_DISABLE(Device); + + /* De-initialize the FSMC_PCCARD device */ + WRITE_REG(Device->PCR4, 0x00000018U); + WRITE_REG(Device->SR4, 0x00000040U); + WRITE_REG(Device->PMEM4, 0xFCFCFCFCU); + WRITE_REG(Device->PATT4, 0xFCFCFCFCU); + WRITE_REG(Device->PIO4, 0xFCFCFCFCU); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* STM32F101xE || STM32F103xE || STM32F101xG || STM32F103xG */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED || HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED || HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED || HAL_PCCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +#endif /* FSMC_BANK1 */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_gpio.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_gpio.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..ff5710ed72a1b8d88dbe7b7a85cbf0eeaf56cc1a --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_gpio.c @@ -0,0 +1,265 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_ll_gpio.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief GPIO LL module driver. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER) + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_ll_gpio.h" +#include "stm32f1xx_ll_bus.h" +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT +#include "stm32_assert.h" +#else +#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U) +#endif + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#if defined (GPIOA) || defined (GPIOB) || defined (GPIOC) || defined (GPIOD) || defined (GPIOE) || defined (GPIOF) || defined (GPIOG) + +/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ +#define IS_LL_GPIO_PIN(__VALUE__) ((((uint32_t)0x00000000U) < (__VALUE__)) && ((__VALUE__) <= (LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL))) + +#define IS_LL_GPIO_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_ANALOG) ||\ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_FLOATING) ||\ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_INPUT) ||\ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT) ||\ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE)) + +#define IS_LL_GPIO_SPEED(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW) ||\ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_MEDIUM) ||\ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH)) + +#define IS_LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL) ||\ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_OPENDRAIN)) + +#define IS_LL_GPIO_PULL(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_PULL_DOWN) ||\ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_PULL_UP)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_EF_Init + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-initialize GPIO registers (Registers restored to their default values). + * @param GPIOx GPIO Port + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: GPIO registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: Wrong GPIO Port + */ +ErrorStatus LL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx) +{ + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx)); + + /* Force and Release reset on clock of GPIOx Port */ + if (GPIOx == GPIOA) + { + LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOA); + LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOA); + } + else if (GPIOx == GPIOB) + { + LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOB); + LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOB); + } + else if (GPIOx == GPIOC) + { + LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOC); + LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOC); + } + else if (GPIOx == GPIOD) + { + LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOD); + LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOD); + } +#if defined(GPIOE) + else if (GPIOx == GPIOE) + { + LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOE); + LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOE); + } +#endif +#if defined(GPIOF) + else if (GPIOx == GPIOF) + { + LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOF); + LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOF); + } +#endif +#if defined(GPIOG) + else if (GPIOx == GPIOG) + { + LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOG); + LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOG); + } +#endif + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + + return (status); +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize GPIO registers according to the specified parameters in GPIO_InitStruct. + * @param GPIOx GPIO Port + * @param GPIO_InitStruct: pointer to a @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: GPIO registers are initialized according to GPIO_InitStruct content + * - ERROR: Not applicable + */ +ErrorStatus LL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t pinpos = 0x00000000U; + uint32_t currentpin = 0x00000000U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_InitStruct->Pin)); + assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_InitStruct->Mode)); + assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_InitStruct->Pull)); + + /* ------------------------- Configure the port pins ---------------- */ + /* Initialize pinpos on first pin set */ + pinpos = POSITION_VAL(GPIO_InitStruct->Pin); + + /* Configure the port pins */ + while ((((GPIO_InitStruct->Pin) & 0x0000FFFFU) >> pinpos) != 0x00000000U) + { + /* Get current io position */ + if(pinpos <8 ) + { + currentpin = (GPIO_InitStruct->Pin) & (0x00000101U << pinpos); + } + else + { + currentpin = (GPIO_InitStruct->Pin) & ((0x00010001U << (pinpos-8)) | 0x04000000U); + } + + if (currentpin) + { + /* Pin Mode configuration */ + LL_GPIO_SetPinMode(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Mode); + + /* Pull-up Pull down resistor configuration*/ + LL_GPIO_SetPinPull(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Pull); + + if ((GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT) || (GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_FLOATING)) + { + /* Speed mode configuration */ + LL_GPIO_SetPinSpeed(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Speed); + } + } + pinpos++; + } + + if ((GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT) || (GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_FLOATING)) + { + /* Check Output mode parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE(GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType)); + + /* Output mode configuration*/ + LL_GPIO_SetPinOutputType(GPIOx, GPIO_InitStruct->Pin, GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType); + } + return (SUCCESS); +} + +/** + * @brief Set each @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef field to default value. + * @param GPIO_InitStruct: pointer to a @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef structure + * whose fields will be set to default values. + * @retval None + */ + +void LL_GPIO_StructInit(LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_InitStruct) +{ + /* Reset GPIO init structure parameters values */ + GPIO_InitStruct->Pin = LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL; + GPIO_InitStruct->Mode = LL_GPIO_MODE_FLOATING; + GPIO_InitStruct->Speed = 0x00000000U; + GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType = LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_OPENDRAIN; + GPIO_InitStruct->Pull = LL_GPIO_PULL_DOWN; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* defined (GPIOA) || defined (GPIOB) || defined (GPIOC) || defined (GPIOD) || defined (GPIOE) || defined (GPIOF) || defined (GPIOG) */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ + diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_i2c.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_i2c.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..00226848c1d19c7ff095486ce8ae94215c4c46d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_i2c.c @@ -0,0 +1,239 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_ll_i2c.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief I2C LL module driver. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER) + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_ll_i2c.h" +#include "stm32f1xx_ll_bus.h" +#include "stm32f1xx_ll_rcc.h" +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT +#include "stm32_assert.h" +#else +#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U) +#endif + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#if defined (I2C1) || defined (I2C2) + +/** @defgroup I2C_LL I2C + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_LL_I2C_PERIPHERAL_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_I2C) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_HOST) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE_ARP)) + +#define IS_I2C_CLOCK_SPEED(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) > 0U) && ((__VALUE__) <= LL_I2C_MAX_SPEED_FAST)) + +#define IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_DUTYCYCLE_2) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_DUTYCYCLE_16_9)) + +#define IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x000003FFU) + +#define IS_LL_I2C_TYPE_ACKNOWLEDGE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_ACK) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_NACK)) + +#define IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRSIZE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_7BIT) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_10BIT)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_EF_Init + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-initialize the I2C registers to their default reset values. + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: I2C registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: I2C registers are not de-initialized + */ +uint32_t LL_I2C_DeInit(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + + /* Check the I2C Instance I2Cx */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx)); + + if (I2Cx == I2C1) + { + /* Force reset of I2C clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C1); + + /* Release reset of I2C clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C1); + } +#if defined(I2C2) + else if (I2Cx == I2C2) + { + /* Force reset of I2C clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C2); + + /* Release reset of I2C clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C2); + + } +#endif /* I2C2 */ + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize the I2C registers according to the specified parameters in I2C_InitStruct. + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @param I2C_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef structure. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: I2C registers are initialized + * - ERROR: Not applicable + */ +uint32_t LL_I2C_Init(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, LL_I2C_InitTypeDef *I2C_InitStruct) +{ + LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef rcc_clocks; + + /* Check the I2C Instance I2Cx */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx)); + + /* Check the I2C parameters from I2C_InitStruct */ + assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_PERIPHERAL_MODE(I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_CLOCK_SPEED(I2C_InitStruct->ClockSpeed)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(I2C_InitStruct->DutyCycle)); + assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1)); + assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_TYPE_ACKNOWLEDGE(I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge)); + assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRSIZE(I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize)); + + /* Disable the selected I2Cx Peripheral */ + LL_I2C_Disable(I2Cx); + + /* Retrieve Clock frequencies */ + LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&rcc_clocks); + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx SCL Clock Speed Configuration ------------ + * Configure the SCL speed : + * - ClockSpeed: I2C_CR2_FREQ[5:0], I2C_TRISE_TRISE[5:0], I2C_CCR_FS, + * and I2C_CCR_CCR[11:0] bits + * - DutyCycle: I2C_CCR_DUTY[7:0] bits + */ + LL_I2C_ConfigSpeed(I2Cx, rcc_clocks.PCLK1_Frequency, I2C_InitStruct->ClockSpeed, I2C_InitStruct->DutyCycle); + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration ----------------------- + * Disable, Configure and Enable I2Cx device own address 1 with parameters : + * - OwnAddress1: I2C_OAR1_ADD[9:8], I2C_OAR1_ADD[7:1] and I2C_OAR1_ADD0 bits + * - OwnAddrSize: I2C_OAR1_ADDMODE bit + */ + LL_I2C_SetOwnAddress1(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1, I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize); + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx MODE Configuration ----------------------- + * Configure I2Cx peripheral mode with parameter : + * - PeripheralMode: I2C_CR1_SMBUS, I2C_CR1_SMBTYPE and I2C_CR1_ENARP bits + */ + LL_I2C_SetMode(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode); + + /* Enable the selected I2Cx Peripheral */ + LL_I2C_Enable(I2Cx); + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR2 Configuration ------------------------ + * Configure the ACKnowledge or Non ACKnowledge condition + * after the address receive match code or next received byte with parameter : + * - TypeAcknowledge: I2C_CR2_NACK bit + */ + LL_I2C_AcknowledgeNextData(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge); + + return SUCCESS; +} + +/** + * @brief Set each @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef field to default value. + * @param I2C_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef structure. + * @retval None + */ +void LL_I2C_StructInit(LL_I2C_InitTypeDef *I2C_InitStruct) +{ + /* Set I2C_InitStruct fields to default values */ + I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode = LL_I2C_MODE_I2C; + I2C_InitStruct->ClockSpeed = 5000U; + I2C_InitStruct->DutyCycle = LL_I2C_DUTYCYCLE_2; + I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1 = 0U; + I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge = LL_I2C_NACK; + I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize = LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_7BIT; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* I2C1 || I2C2 */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_pwr.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_pwr.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..778531cc80ca5b036c14726dc2d3e100698ae248 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_pwr.c @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_ll_pwr.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief PWR LL module driver. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER) + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_ll_pwr.h" +#include "stm32f1xx_ll_bus.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#if defined(PWR) + +/** @defgroup PWR_LL PWR + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup PWR_LL_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup PWR_LL_EF_Init + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-initialize the PWR registers to their default reset values. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: PWR registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +ErrorStatus LL_PWR_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Force reset of PWR clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_PWR); + + /* Release reset of PWR clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_PWR); + + return SUCCESS; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* defined(PWR) */ +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_rcc.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_rcc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..f0be237b3642cb78fdc1b81ca0508f98909569e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_rcc.c @@ -0,0 +1,507 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_ll_rcc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief RCC LL module driver. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER) + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_ll_rcc.h" +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT + #include "stm32_assert.h" +#else + #define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U) +#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */ +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#if defined(RCC) + +/** @defgroup RCC_LL RCC + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup RCC_LL_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ +#if defined(RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT) +#define IS_LL_RCC_I2S_CLKSOURCE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_I2S2_CLKSOURCE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_I2S3_CLKSOURCE)) +#endif /* RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT */ + +#if defined(USB) || defined(USB_OTG_FS) +#define IS_LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE)) +#endif /* USB */ + +#define IS_LL_RCC_ADC_CLKSOURCE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_ADC_CLKSOURCE)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup RCC_LL_Private_Functions RCC Private functions + * @{ + */ +uint32_t RCC_GetSystemClockFreq(void); +uint32_t RCC_GetHCLKClockFreq(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency); +uint32_t RCC_GetPCLK1ClockFreq(uint32_t HCLK_Frequency); +uint32_t RCC_GetPCLK2ClockFreq(uint32_t HCLK_Frequency); +uint32_t RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS(void); +#if defined(RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT) +uint32_t RCC_PLLI2S_GetFreqDomain_I2S(void); +#endif /* RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT */ +#if defined(RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT) +uint32_t RCC_PLL2_GetFreqClockFreq(void); +#endif /* RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup RCC_LL_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup RCC_LL_EF_Init + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Reset the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state. + * @note The default reset state of the clock configuration is given below: + * - HSI ON and used as system clock source + * - HSE PLL, PLL2, PLL3 OFF + * - AHB, APB1 and APB2 prescaler set to 1. + * - CSS, MCO OFF + * - All interrupts disabled + * @note This function doesn't modify the configuration of the + * - Peripheral clocks + * - LSI, LSE and RTC clocks + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RCC registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +ErrorStatus LL_RCC_DeInit(void) +{ + uint32_t vl_mask = 0U; + + /* Set HSION bit */ + LL_RCC_HSI_Enable(); + + /* Reset SW, HPRE, PPRE, MCOSEL, PLLXTPRE, PLLSRC and ADCPRE bits */ + vl_mask = 0xFFFFFFFFU; + CLEAR_BIT(vl_mask, (RCC_CFGR_SW | RCC_CFGR_HPRE | RCC_CFGR_PPRE1 | RCC_CFGR_PPRE2 | RCC_CFGR_MCOSEL |\ + RCC_CFGR_PLLXTPRE | RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC | RCC_CFGR_ADCPRE)); + +#if defined(USB) + /* Reset USBPRE bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(vl_mask, RCC_CFGR_USBPRE); +#elif defined(USB_OTG_FS) + /* Reset OTGFSPRE bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(vl_mask, RCC_CFGR_OTGFSPRE); +#endif /* USB */ + +#if defined(RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL2) + /* Set PLL multiplication factor to 2 */ + vl_mask |= RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL2; +#else + /* Set PLL multiplication factor to 4 */ + vl_mask |= RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL4; +#endif /* RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL2 */ + + LL_RCC_WriteReg(CFGR, vl_mask); + + /* Reset HSEON, HSEBYP, CSSON, PLLON bits */ + vl_mask = 0xFFFFFFFFU; + CLEAR_BIT(vl_mask, (RCC_CR_PLLON | RCC_CR_CSSON | RCC_CR_HSEON | RCC_CR_HSEBYP)); + +#if defined(RCC_CR_PLL2ON) + /* Reset PLL2ON bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(vl_mask, RCC_CR_PLL2ON); +#endif /* RCC_CR_PLL2ON */ + +#if defined(RCC_CR_PLL3ON) + /* Reset PLL3ON bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(vl_mask, RCC_CR_PLL3ON); +#endif /* RCC_CR_PLL3ON */ + + LL_RCC_WriteReg(CR, vl_mask); + + /* Set HSITRIM bits to the reset value */ + LL_RCC_HSI_SetCalibTrimming(0x10U); + +#if defined(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1) + /* Reset CFGR2 register */ + vl_mask = 0x00000000U; + +#if defined(RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT) + /* Set PLL2 multiplication factor to 8 */ + vl_mask |= RCC_CFGR2_PLL2MUL8; +#endif /* RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT */ + +#if defined(RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT) + /* Set PLL3 multiplication factor to 8 */ + vl_mask |= RCC_CFGR2_PLL3MUL8; +#endif /* RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT */ + + LL_RCC_WriteReg(CFGR2, vl_mask); +#endif /* RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1 */ + + /* Disable all interrupts */ + LL_RCC_WriteReg(CIR, 0x00000000U); + + return SUCCESS; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup RCC_LL_EF_Get_Freq + * @brief Return the frequencies of different on chip clocks; System, AHB, APB1 and APB2 buses clocks + * and different peripheral clocks available on the device. + * @note If SYSCLK source is HSI, function returns values based on HSI_VALUE(**) + * @note If SYSCLK source is HSE, function returns values based on HSE_VALUE(***) + * @note If SYSCLK source is PLL, function returns values based on + * HSI_VALUE(**) or HSE_VALUE(***) multiplied/divided by the PLL factors. + * @note (**) HSI_VALUE is a defined constant but the real value may vary + * depending on the variations in voltage and temperature. + * @note (***) HSE_VALUE is a defined constant, user has to ensure that + * HSE_VALUE is same as the real frequency of the crystal used. + * Otherwise, this function may have wrong result. + * @note The result of this function could be incorrect when using fractional + * value for HSE crystal. + * @note This function can be used by the user application to compute the + * baud-rate for the communication peripherals or configure other parameters. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the frequencies of different on chip clocks; System, AHB, APB1 and APB2 buses clocks + * @note Each time SYSCLK, HCLK, PCLK1 and/or PCLK2 clock changes, this function + * must be called to update structure fields. Otherwise, any + * configuration based on this function will be incorrect. + * @param RCC_Clocks pointer to a @ref LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef structure which will hold the clocks frequencies + * @retval None + */ +void LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef *RCC_Clocks) +{ + /* Get SYSCLK frequency */ + RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = RCC_GetSystemClockFreq(); + + /* HCLK clock frequency */ + RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency = RCC_GetHCLKClockFreq(RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency); + + /* PCLK1 clock frequency */ + RCC_Clocks->PCLK1_Frequency = RCC_GetPCLK1ClockFreq(RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency); + + /* PCLK2 clock frequency */ + RCC_Clocks->PCLK2_Frequency = RCC_GetPCLK2ClockFreq(RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency); +} + +#if defined(RCC_CFGR2_I2S2SRC) +/** + * @brief Return I2Sx clock frequency + * @param I2SxSource This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_RCC_I2S2_CLKSOURCE + * @arg @ref LL_RCC_I2S3_CLKSOURCE + * @retval I2S clock frequency (in Hz) + */ +uint32_t LL_RCC_GetI2SClockFreq(uint32_t I2SxSource) +{ + uint32_t i2s_frequency = LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO; + + /* Check parameter */ + assert_param(IS_LL_RCC_I2S_CLKSOURCE(I2SxSource)); + + /* I2S1CLK clock frequency */ + switch (LL_RCC_GetI2SClockSource(I2SxSource)) + { + case LL_RCC_I2S2_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: /*!< System clock selected as I2S clock source */ + case LL_RCC_I2S3_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: + i2s_frequency = RCC_GetSystemClockFreq(); + break; + + case LL_RCC_I2S2_CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S_VCO: /*!< PLLI2S oscillator clock selected as I2S clock source */ + case LL_RCC_I2S3_CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S_VCO: + default: + i2s_frequency = RCC_PLLI2S_GetFreqDomain_I2S() * 2U; + break; + } + + return i2s_frequency; +} +#endif /* RCC_CFGR2_I2S2SRC */ + +#if defined(USB) || defined(USB_OTG_FS) +/** + * @brief Return USBx clock frequency + * @param USBxSource This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE + * @retval USB clock frequency (in Hz) + * @arg @ref LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO indicates that oscillator (HSI), HSE or PLL is not ready + */ +uint32_t LL_RCC_GetUSBClockFreq(uint32_t USBxSource) +{ + uint32_t usb_frequency = LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO; + + /* Check parameter */ + assert_param(IS_LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE(USBxSource)); + + /* USBCLK clock frequency */ + switch (LL_RCC_GetUSBClockSource(USBxSource)) + { +#if defined(RCC_CFGR_USBPRE) + case LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE_PLL: /* PLL clock used as USB clock source */ + if (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady()) + { + usb_frequency = RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS(); + } + break; + + case LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE_PLL_DIV_1_5: /* PLL clock divided by 1.5 used as USB clock source */ + default: + if (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady()) + { + usb_frequency = (RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS() * 3U) / 2U; + } + break; +#endif /* RCC_CFGR_USBPRE */ +#if defined(RCC_CFGR_OTGFSPRE) + /* USBCLK = PLLVCO/2 + = (2 x PLLCLK) / 2 + = PLLCLK */ + case LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE_PLL_DIV_2: /* PLL clock used as USB clock source */ + if (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady()) + { + usb_frequency = RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS(); + } + break; + + /* USBCLK = PLLVCO/3 + = (2 x PLLCLK) / 3 */ + case LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE_PLL_DIV_3: /* PLL clock divided by 3 used as USB clock source */ + default: + if (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady()) + { + usb_frequency = (RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS() * 2U) / 3U; + } + break; +#endif /* RCC_CFGR_OTGFSPRE */ + } + + return usb_frequency; +} +#endif /* USB */ + +/** + * @brief Return ADCx clock frequency + * @param ADCxSource This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_RCC_ADC_CLKSOURCE + * @retval ADC clock frequency (in Hz) + */ +uint32_t LL_RCC_GetADCClockFreq(uint32_t ADCxSource) +{ + uint32_t adc_prescaler = 0U; + uint32_t adc_frequency = 0U; + + /* Check parameter */ + assert_param(IS_LL_RCC_ADC_CLKSOURCE(ADCxSource)); + + /* Get ADC prescaler */ + adc_prescaler = LL_RCC_GetADCClockSource(ADCxSource); + + /* ADC frequency = PCLK2 frequency / ADC prescaler (2, 4, 6 or 8) */ + adc_frequency = RCC_GetPCLK2ClockFreq(RCC_GetHCLKClockFreq(RCC_GetSystemClockFreq())) + / (((adc_prescaler >> POSITION_VAL(ADCxSource)) + 1U) * 2U); + + return adc_frequency; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup RCC_LL_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return SYSTEM clock frequency + * @retval SYSTEM clock frequency (in Hz) + */ +uint32_t RCC_GetSystemClockFreq(void) +{ + uint32_t frequency = 0U; + + /* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/ + switch (LL_RCC_GetSysClkSource()) + { + case LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI: /* HSI used as system clock source */ + frequency = HSI_VALUE; + break; + + case LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE: /* HSE used as system clock source */ + frequency = HSE_VALUE; + break; + + case LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLL: /* PLL used as system clock source */ + frequency = RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS(); + break; + + default: + frequency = HSI_VALUE; + break; + } + + return frequency; +} + +/** + * @brief Return HCLK clock frequency + * @param SYSCLK_Frequency SYSCLK clock frequency + * @retval HCLK clock frequency (in Hz) + */ +uint32_t RCC_GetHCLKClockFreq(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency) +{ + /* HCLK clock frequency */ + return __LL_RCC_CALC_HCLK_FREQ(SYSCLK_Frequency, LL_RCC_GetAHBPrescaler()); +} + +/** + * @brief Return PCLK1 clock frequency + * @param HCLK_Frequency HCLK clock frequency + * @retval PCLK1 clock frequency (in Hz) + */ +uint32_t RCC_GetPCLK1ClockFreq(uint32_t HCLK_Frequency) +{ + /* PCLK1 clock frequency */ + return __LL_RCC_CALC_PCLK1_FREQ(HCLK_Frequency, LL_RCC_GetAPB1Prescaler()); +} + +/** + * @brief Return PCLK2 clock frequency + * @param HCLK_Frequency HCLK clock frequency + * @retval PCLK2 clock frequency (in Hz) + */ +uint32_t RCC_GetPCLK2ClockFreq(uint32_t HCLK_Frequency) +{ + /* PCLK2 clock frequency */ + return __LL_RCC_CALC_PCLK2_FREQ(HCLK_Frequency, LL_RCC_GetAPB2Prescaler()); +} + +/** + * @brief Return PLL clock frequency used for system domain + * @retval PLL clock frequency (in Hz) + */ +uint32_t RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS(void) +{ + uint32_t pllinputfreq = 0U, pllsource = 0U; + + /* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE, HSI_VALUE or PLL2 / PLL Predivider) * PLL Multiplicator */ + + /* Get PLL source */ + pllsource = LL_RCC_PLL_GetMainSource(); + + switch (pllsource) + { + case LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI_DIV_2: /* HSI used as PLL clock source */ + pllinputfreq = HSI_VALUE / 2U; + break; + + case LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE: /* HSE used as PLL clock source */ + pllinputfreq = HSE_VALUE / (LL_RCC_PLL_GetPrediv() + 1U); + break; + +#if defined(RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT) + case LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_PLL2: /* PLL2 used as PLL clock source */ + pllinputfreq = RCC_PLL2_GetFreqClockFreq() / (LL_RCC_PLL_GetPrediv() + 1U); + break; +#endif /* RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT */ + + default: + pllinputfreq = HSI_VALUE / 2U; + break; + } + return __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLCLK_FREQ(pllinputfreq, LL_RCC_PLL_GetMultiplicator()); +} + +#if defined(RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT) +/** + * @brief Return PLL clock frequency used for system domain + * @retval PLL clock frequency (in Hz) + */ +uint32_t RCC_PLL2_GetFreqClockFreq(void) +{ + return __LL_RCC_CALC_PLL2CLK_FREQ(HSE_VALUE, LL_RCC_PLL2_GetMultiplicator(), LL_RCC_HSE_GetPrediv2()); +} +#endif /* RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT */ + +#if defined(RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT) +/** + * @brief Return PLL clock frequency used for system domain + * @retval PLL clock frequency (in Hz) + */ +uint32_t RCC_PLLI2S_GetFreqDomain_I2S(void) +{ + return __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLI2SCLK_FREQ(HSE_VALUE, LL_RCC_PLLI2S_GetMultiplicator(), LL_RCC_HSE_GetPrediv2()); +} +#endif /* RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* defined(RCC) */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_rtc.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_rtc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..cbe98610c106c988b9e66aa1768533ef14c0b59a --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_rtc.c @@ -0,0 +1,558 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_ll_rtc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief RTC LL module driver. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER) + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_ll_rtc.h" +#include "stm32f1xx_ll_cortex.h" +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT +#include "stm32_assert.h" +#else +#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U) +#endif + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#if defined(RTC) + +/** @addtogroup RTC_LL + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Private_Constants + * @{ + */ +/* Default values used for prescaler */ +#define RTC_ASYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT 0x00007FFFU + +/* Values used for timeout */ +#define RTC_INITMODE_TIMEOUT 1000U /* 1s when tick set to 1ms */ +#define RTC_SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT 1000U /* 1s when tick set to 1ms */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_LL_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0xFFFFFU) + +#define IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD)) + +#define IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__HOUR__) ((__HOUR__) <= 23U) +#define IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__MINUTES__) ((__MINUTES__) <= 59U) +#define IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__SECONDS__) ((__SECONDS__) <= 59U) +#define IS_LL_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT(__OUTPUT__) (((__OUTPUT__) == LL_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT_NONE) || \ + ((__OUTPUT__) == LL_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT_RTCCLOCK) || \ + ((__OUTPUT__) == LL_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT_ALARM) || \ + ((__OUTPUT__) == LL_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT_SECOND)) +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_EF_Init + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-Initializes the RTC registers to their default reset values. + * @note This function doesn't reset the RTC Clock source and RTC Backup Data + * registers. + * @param RTCx RTC Instance + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: RTC registers are not de-initialized + */ +ErrorStatus LL_RTC_DeInit(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx); + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR) + { + LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx,CNTL, 0x0000); + LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx,CNTH, 0x0000); + LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx,PRLH, 0x0000); + LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx,PRLL, 0x8000); + LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx,CRH, 0x0000); + LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx,CRL, 0x0020); + + /* Reset Tamper and alternate functions configuration register */ + LL_RTC_WriteReg(BKP,RTCCR, 0x00000000U); + LL_RTC_WriteReg(BKP,CR, 0x00000000U); + LL_RTC_WriteReg(BKP,CSR, 0x00000000U); + + /* Exit Initialization Mode */ + if(LL_RTC_ExitInitMode(RTCx) == ERROR) + { + return ERROR; + } + + /* Wait till the RTC RSF flag is set */ + status = LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTCx); + + /* Clear RSF Flag */ + LL_RTC_ClearFlag_RS(RTCx); + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the RTC registers according to the specified parameters + * in RTC_InitStruct. + * @param RTCx RTC Instance + * @param RTC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the RTC peripheral. + * @note The RTC Prescaler register is write protected and can be written in + * initialization mode only. + * @note the user should call LL_RTC_StructInit() or the structure of Prescaler + * need to be initialized before RTC init() + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are initialized + * - ERROR: RTC registers are not initialized + */ +ErrorStatus LL_RTC_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, LL_RTC_InitTypeDef *RTC_InitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT(RTC_InitStruct->OutPutSource)); + /* Waiting for synchro */ + if(LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTCx) != ERROR) + { + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR) + { + /* Clear Flag Bits */ + LL_RTC_ClearFlag_ALR(RTCx); + LL_RTC_ClearFlag_OW(RTCx); + LL_RTC_ClearFlag_SEC(RTCx); + + if(RTC_InitStruct->OutPutSource != LL_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT_NONE) + { + /* Disable the selected Tamper Pin */ + LL_RTC_TAMPER_Disable(BKP); + } + /* Set the signal which will be routed to RTC Tamper Pin */ + LL_RTC_SetOutputSource(BKP, RTC_InitStruct->OutPutSource); + + /* Configure Synchronous and Asynchronous prescaler factor */ + LL_RTC_SetAsynchPrescaler(RTCx, RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler); + + /* Exit Initialization Mode */ + LL_RTC_ExitInitMode(RTCx); + + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Set each @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef field to default value. + * @param RTC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void LL_RTC_StructInit(LL_RTC_InitTypeDef *RTC_InitStruct) +{ + /* Set RTC_InitStruct fields to default values */ + RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler = RTC_ASYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT; + RTC_InitStruct->OutPutSource = LL_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT_NONE; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the RTC current time. + * @param RTCx RTC Instance + * @param RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN + * @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD + * @param RTC_TimeStruct pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that contains + * the time configuration information for the RTC. + * @note The user should call LL_RTC_TIME_StructInit() or the structure + * of time need to be initialized before time init() + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC Time register is configured + * - ERROR: RTC Time register is not configured + */ +ErrorStatus LL_RTC_TIME_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef *RTC_TimeStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + uint32_t counter_time = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + + if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN) + { + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours)); + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes)); + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds)); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours))); + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes))); + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds))); + } + + /* Enter Initialization mode */ + if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR) + { + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN) + { + counter_time = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)RTC_TimeStruct->Hours * 3600U) + \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes * 60U) + \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds)); + LL_RTC_TIME_Set(RTCx, counter_time); + } + else + { + counter_time = (((uint32_t)(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours)) * 3600U) + \ + ((uint32_t)(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes)) * 60U) + \ + ((uint32_t)(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds)))); + LL_RTC_TIME_Set(RTCx, counter_time); + } + status = SUCCESS; + } + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + LL_RTC_ExitInitMode(RTCx); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Set each @ref LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef field to default value (Time = 00h:00min:00sec). + * @param RTC_TimeStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void LL_RTC_TIME_StructInit(LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef *RTC_TimeStruct) +{ + /* Time = 00h:00min:00sec */ + RTC_TimeStruct->Hours = 0U; + RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes = 0U; + RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds = 0U; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the RTC Alarm. + * @param RTCx RTC Instance + * @param RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN + * @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD + * @param RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that + * contains the alarm configuration parameters. + * @note the user should call LL_RTC_ALARM_StructInit() or the structure + * of Alarm need to be initialized before Alarm init() + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: ALARM registers are configured + * - ERROR: ALARM registers are not configured + */ +ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ALARM_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + uint32_t counter_alarm = 0U; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + + if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN) + { + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)); + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes)); + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds)); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours))); + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes))); + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds))); + } + + /* Enter Initialization mode */ + if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR) + { + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN) + { + counter_alarm = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours * 3600U) + \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes * 60U) + \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds)); + LL_RTC_ALARM_Set(RTCx, counter_alarm); + } + else + { + counter_alarm = (((uint32_t)(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)) * 3600U) + \ + ((uint32_t)(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes)) * 60U) + \ + ((uint32_t)(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds)))); + LL_RTC_ALARM_Set(RTCx, counter_alarm); + } + status = SUCCESS; + } + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + LL_RTC_ExitInitMode(RTCx); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Set each @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef of ALARM field to default value (Time = 00h:00mn:00sec / + * Day = 1st day of the month/Mask = all fields are masked). + * @param RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void LL_RTC_ALARM_StructInit(LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct) +{ + /* Alarm Time Settings : Time = 00h:00mn:00sec */ + RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours = 0U; + RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes = 0U; + RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds = 0U; +} + +/** + * @brief Enters the RTC Initialization mode. + * @param RTCx RTC Instance + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC is in Init mode + * - ERROR: RTC is not in Init mode + */ +ErrorStatus LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx) +{ + __IO uint32_t timeout = RTC_INITMODE_TIMEOUT; + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + uint32_t tmp = 0U; + + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx)); + + /* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */ + tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RTOF(RTCx); + while ((timeout != 0U) && (tmp != 1U)) + { + if (LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag() == 1U) + { + timeout --; + } + tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RTOF(RTCx); + if (timeout == 0U) + { + status = ERROR; + } + } + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Exit the RTC Initialization mode. + * @note When the initialization sequence is complete, the calendar restarts + * counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles. + * @param RTCx RTC Instance + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC exited from in Init mode + * - ERROR: Not applicable + */ +ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ExitInitMode(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx) +{ + __IO uint32_t timeout = RTC_INITMODE_TIMEOUT; + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + uint32_t tmp = 0U; + + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx)); + + /* Disable initialization mode */ + LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx); + + /* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */ + tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RTOF(RTCx); + while ((timeout != 0U) && (tmp != 1U)) + { + if (LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag() == 1U) + { + timeout --; + } + tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RTOF(RTCx); + if (timeout == 0U) + { + status = ERROR; + } + } + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Time Counter + * @param RTCx RTC Instance + * @param TimeCounter this value can be from 0 to 0xFFFFFFFF + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC Counter register configured + * - ERROR: Not applicable + */ +ErrorStatus LL_RTC_TIME_SetCounter(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t TimeCounter) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx)); + + /* Enter Initialization mode */ + if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR) + { + LL_RTC_TIME_Set(RTCx, TimeCounter); + status = SUCCESS; + } + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + LL_RTC_ExitInitMode(RTCx); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Set Alarm Counter. + * @param RTCx RTC Instance + * @param AlarmCounter this value can be from 0 to 0xFFFFFFFF + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC exited from in Init mode + * - ERROR: Not applicable + */ +ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ALARM_SetCounter(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t AlarmCounter) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx)); + + /* Enter Initialization mode */ + if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR) + { + LL_RTC_ALARM_Set(RTCx, AlarmCounter); + status = SUCCESS; + } + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + LL_RTC_ExitInitMode(RTCx); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Waits until the RTC registers are synchronized with RTC APB clock. + * @note The RTC Resynchronization mode is write protected, use the + * @ref LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection before calling this function. + * @param RTCx RTC Instance + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are synchronised + * - ERROR: RTC registers are not synchronised + */ +ErrorStatus LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx) +{ + __IO uint32_t timeout = RTC_SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT; + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + uint32_t tmp = 0U; + + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx)); + + /* Clear RSF flag */ + LL_RTC_ClearFlag_RS(RTCx); + + /* Wait the registers to be synchronised */ + tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx); + while ((timeout != 0U) && (tmp != 0U)) + { + if (LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag() == 1U) + { + timeout--; + } + tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx); + if (timeout == 0U) + { + status = ERROR; + } + } + + return (status); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* defined(RTC) */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_sdmmc.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_sdmmc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..4093d5cce40280ba01cf017c19e4078a3da4f8e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_sdmmc.c @@ -0,0 +1,1502 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_ll_sdmmc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief SDIO Low Layer HAL module driver. + * + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the SDIO peripheral: + * + Initialization/de-initialization functions + * + I/O operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### SDMMC peripheral features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] The SD/SDMMC MMC card host interface (SDMMC) provides an interface between the APB2 + peripheral bus and MultiMedia cards (MMCs), SD memory cards, SDMMC cards and CE-ATA + devices. + + [..] The SDMMC features include the following: + (+) Full compliance with MultiMedia Card System Specification Version 4.2. Card support + for three different databus modes: 1-bit (default), 4-bit and 8-bit + (+) Full compatibility with previous versions of MultiMedia Cards (forward compatibility) + (+) Full compliance with SD Memory Card Specifications Version 2.0 + (+) Full compliance with SD I/O Card Specification Version 2.0: card support for two + different data bus modes: 1-bit (default) and 4-bit + (+) Full support of the CE-ATA features (full compliance with CE-ATA digital protocol + Rev1.1) + (+) Data transfer up to 48 MHz for the 8 bit mode + (+) Data and command output enable signals to control external bidirectional drivers. + + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This driver is a considered as a driver of service for external devices drivers + that interfaces with the SDMMC peripheral. + According to the device used (SD card/ MMC card / SDMMC card ...), a set of APIs + is used in the device's driver to perform SDMMC operations and functionalities. + + This driver is almost transparent for the final user, it is only used to implement other + functionalities of the external device. + + [..] + (+) The SDIO peripheral uses two clock signals: + (++) SDIO adapter clock (SDIOCLK = HCLK) + (++) AHB bus clock (HCLK/2) + + -@@- PCLK2 and SDMMC_CK clock frequencies must respect the following condition: + Frequency(PCLK2) >= (3 / 8 x Frequency(SDMMC_CK)) + + (+) Enable/Disable peripheral clock using RCC peripheral macros related to SDMMC + peripheral. + + (+) Enable the Power ON State using the SDIO_PowerState_ON(SDIOx) + function and disable it using the function SDIO_PowerState_OFF(SDIOx). + + (+) Enable/Disable the clock using the __SDIO_ENABLE()/__SDIO_DISABLE() macros. + + (+) Enable/Disable the peripheral interrupts using the macros __SDIO_ENABLE_IT(hsdio, IT) + and __SDIO_DISABLE_IT(hsdio, IT) if you need to use interrupt mode. + + (+) When using the DMA mode + (++) Configure the DMA in the MSP layer of the external device + (++) Active the needed channel Request + (++) Enable the DMA using __SDIO_DMA_ENABLE() macro or Disable it using the macro + __SDIO_DMA_DISABLE(). + + (+) To control the CPSM (Command Path State Machine) and send + commands to the card use the SDIO_SendCommand(), + SDIO_GetCommandResponse() and SDIO_GetResponse() functions. First, user has + to fill the command structure (pointer to SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef) according + to the selected command to be sent. + The parameters that should be filled are: + (++) Command Argument + (++) Command Index + (++) Command Response type + (++) Command Wait + (++) CPSM Status (Enable or Disable). + + -@@- To check if the command is well received, read the SDIO_CMDRESP + register using the SDIO_GetCommandResponse(). + The SDMMC responses registers (SDIO_RESP1 to SDIO_RESP2), use the + SDIO_GetResponse() function. + + (+) To control the DPSM (Data Path State Machine) and send/receive + data to/from the card use the SDIO_ConfigData(), SDIO_GetDataCounter(), + SDIO_ReadFIFO(), SDIO_WriteFIFO() and SDIO_GetFIFOCount() functions. + + *** Read Operations *** + ======================= + [..] + (#) First, user has to fill the data structure (pointer to + SDIO_DataInitTypeDef) according to the selected data type to be received. + The parameters that should be filled are: + (++) Data TimeOut + (++) Data Length + (++) Data Block size + (++) Data Transfer direction: should be from card (To SDMMC) + (++) Data Transfer mode + (++) DPSM Status (Enable or Disable) + + (#) Configure the SDMMC resources to receive the data from the card + according to selected transfer mode (Refer to Step 8, 9 and 10). + + (#) Send the selected Read command (refer to step 11). + + (#) Use the SDIO flags/interrupts to check the transfer status. + + *** Write Operations *** + ======================== + [..] + (#) First, user has to fill the data structure (pointer to + SDIO_DataInitTypeDef) according to the selected data type to be received. + The parameters that should be filled are: + (++) Data TimeOut + (++) Data Length + (++) Data Block size + (++) Data Transfer direction: should be to card (To CARD) + (++) Data Transfer mode + (++) DPSM Status (Enable or Disable) + + (#) Configure the SDMMC resources to send the data to the card according to + selected transfer mode. + + (#) Send the selected Write command. + + (#) Use the SDIO flags/interrupts to check the transfer status. + + *** Command management operations *** + ===================================== + [..] + (#) The commands used for Read/Write//Erase operations are managed in + separate functions. + Each function allows to send the needed command with the related argument, + then check the response. + By the same approach, you could implement a command and check the response. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + + +#if defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SDMMC_LL SDMMC Low Layer + * @brief Low layer module for SD + * @{ + */ +#if defined (HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED) + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +static uint32_t SDMMC_GetCmdError(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx); +static uint32_t SDMMC_GetCmdResp1(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, uint8_t SD_CMD, uint32_t Timeout); +static uint32_t SDMMC_GetCmdResp2(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx); +static uint32_t SDMMC_GetCmdResp3(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx); +static uint32_t SDMMC_GetCmdResp7(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx); +static uint32_t SDMMC_GetCmdResp6(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, uint8_t SD_CMD, uint16_t *pRCA); + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SDMMC_LL_Exported_Functions SDMMC Low Layer Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup HAL_SDMMC_LL_Group1 Initialization de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization/de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the SDMMC according to the specified + * parameters in the SDMMC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDMMC register base + * @param Init: SDMMC initialization structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef SDIO_Init(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, SDIO_InitTypeDef Init) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDIO_ALL_INSTANCE(SDIOx)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_EDGE(Init.ClockEdge)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_BYPASS(Init.ClockBypass)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_POWER_SAVE(Init.ClockPowerSave)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_BUS_WIDE(Init.BusWide)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(Init.HardwareFlowControl)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLKDIV(Init.ClockDiv)); + + /* Set SDMMC configuration parameters */ + tmpreg |= (Init.ClockEdge |\ + Init.ClockBypass |\ + Init.ClockPowerSave |\ + Init.BusWide |\ + Init.HardwareFlowControl |\ + Init.ClockDiv + ); + + /* Write to SDMMC CLKCR */ + MODIFY_REG(SDIOx->CLKCR, CLKCR_CLEAR_MASK, tmpreg); + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup HAL_SDMMC_LL_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### I/O operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SDMMC data + transfers. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Read data (word) from Rx FIFO in blocking mode (polling) + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDMMC register base + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t SDIO_ReadFIFO(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx) +{ + /* Read data from Rx FIFO */ + return (SDIOx->FIFO); +} + +/** + * @brief Write data (word) to Tx FIFO in blocking mode (polling) + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDMMC register base + * @param pWriteData: pointer to data to write + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef SDIO_WriteFIFO(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, uint32_t *pWriteData) +{ + /* Write data to FIFO */ + SDIOx->FIFO = *pWriteData; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup HAL_SDMMC_LL_Group3 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the SDMMC data + transfers. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Set SDMMC Power state to ON. + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDMMC register base + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef SDIO_PowerState_ON(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx) +{ + /* Set power state to ON */ + SDIOx->POWER = SDIO_POWER_PWRCTRL; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Set SDMMC Power state to OFF. + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDMMC register base + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef SDIO_PowerState_OFF(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx) +{ + /* Set power state to OFF */ + SDIOx->POWER = 0x00000000U; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Get SDMMC Power state. + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDMMC register base + * @retval Power status of the controller. The returned value can be one of the + * following values: + * - 0x00: Power OFF + * - 0x02: Power UP + * - 0x03: Power ON + */ +uint32_t SDIO_GetPowerState(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx) +{ + return (SDIOx->POWER & SDIO_POWER_PWRCTRL); +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the SDMMC command path according to the specified parameters in + * SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef structure and send the command + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDMMC register base + * @param Command: pointer to a SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the SDMMC command + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef SDIO_SendCommand(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef *Command) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDIO_CMD_INDEX(Command->CmdIndex)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_RESPONSE(Command->Response)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_WAIT(Command->WaitForInterrupt)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_CPSM(Command->CPSM)); + + /* Set the SDMMC Argument value */ + SDIOx->ARG = Command->Argument; + + /* Set SDMMC command parameters */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(Command->CmdIndex |\ + Command->Response |\ + Command->WaitForInterrupt |\ + Command->CPSM); + + /* Write to SDMMC CMD register */ + MODIFY_REG(SDIOx->CMD, CMD_CLEAR_MASK, tmpreg); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the command index of last command for which response received + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDMMC register base + * @retval Command index of the last command response received + */ +uint8_t SDIO_GetCommandResponse(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx) +{ + return (uint8_t)(SDIOx->RESPCMD); +} + + +/** + * @brief Return the response received from the card for the last command + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDMMC register base + * @param Response: Specifies the SDMMC response register. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SDIO_RESP1: Response Register 1 + * @arg SDIO_RESP2: Response Register 2 + * @arg SDIO_RESP3: Response Register 3 + * @arg SDIO_RESP4: Response Register 4 + * @retval The Corresponding response register value + */ +uint32_t SDIO_GetResponse(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, uint32_t Response) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDIO_RESP(Response)); + + /* Get the response */ + tmp = (uint32_t)&(SDIOx->RESP1) + Response; + + return (*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp); +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the SDMMC data path according to the specified + * parameters in the SDIO_DataInitTypeDef. + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDMMC register base + * @param Data : pointer to a SDIO_DataInitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the SDMMC data. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef SDIO_ConfigData(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, SDIO_DataInitTypeDef* Data) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDIO_DATA_LENGTH(Data->DataLength)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_BLOCK_SIZE(Data->DataBlockSize)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR(Data->TransferDir)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE(Data->TransferMode)); + assert_param(IS_SDIO_DPSM(Data->DPSM)); + + /* Set the SDMMC Data TimeOut value */ + SDIOx->DTIMER = Data->DataTimeOut; + + /* Set the SDMMC DataLength value */ + SDIOx->DLEN = Data->DataLength; + + /* Set the SDMMC data configuration parameters */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(Data->DataBlockSize |\ + Data->TransferDir |\ + Data->TransferMode |\ + Data->DPSM); + + /* Write to SDMMC DCTRL */ + MODIFY_REG(SDIOx->DCTRL, DCTRL_CLEAR_MASK, tmpreg); + + return HAL_OK; + +} + +/** + * @brief Returns number of remaining data bytes to be transferred. + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDMMC register base + * @retval Number of remaining data bytes to be transferred + */ +uint32_t SDIO_GetDataCounter(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx) +{ + return (SDIOx->DCOUNT); +} + +/** + * @brief Get the FIFO data + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDMMC register base + * @retval Data received + */ +uint32_t SDIO_GetFIFOCount(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx) +{ + return (SDIOx->FIFO); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets one of the two options of inserting read wait interval. + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDMMC register base + * @param SDIO_ReadWaitMode: SDMMC Read Wait operation mode. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg SDIO_READ_WAIT_MODE_CLK: Read Wait control by stopping SDMMCCLK + * @arg SDIO_READ_WAIT_MODE_DATA2: Read Wait control using SDMMC_DATA2 + * @retval None + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef SDIO_SetSDMMCReadWaitMode(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, uint32_t SDIO_ReadWaitMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDIO_READWAIT_MODE(SDIO_ReadWaitMode)); + + /* Set SDMMC read wait mode */ + MODIFY_REG(SDIOx->DCTRL, SDIO_DCTRL_RWMOD, SDIO_ReadWaitMode); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup HAL_SDMMC_LL_Group4 Command management functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Commands management functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the needed commands. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Send the Data Block Lenght command and check the response + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDMMC register base + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t SDMMC_CmdBlockLength(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, uint32_t BlockSize) +{ + SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinit; + uint32_t errorstate = SDMMC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Set Block Size for Card */ + sdmmc_cmdinit.Argument = (uint32_t)BlockSize; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CmdIndex = SDMMC_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN; + sdmmc_cmdinit.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinit.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_SendCommand(SDIOx, &sdmmc_cmdinit); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SDMMC_GetCmdResp1(SDIOx, SDMMC_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN, SDIO_CMDTIMEOUT); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Send the Read Single Block command and check the response + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDMMC register base + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t SDMMC_CmdReadSingleBlock(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, uint32_t ReadAdd) +{ + SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinit; + uint32_t errorstate = SDMMC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Set Block Size for Card */ + sdmmc_cmdinit.Argument = (uint32_t)ReadAdd; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CmdIndex = SDMMC_CMD_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK; + sdmmc_cmdinit.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinit.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_SendCommand(SDIOx, &sdmmc_cmdinit); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SDMMC_GetCmdResp1(SDIOx, SDMMC_CMD_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK, SDIO_CMDTIMEOUT); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Send the Read Multi Block command and check the response + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t SDMMC_CmdReadMultiBlock(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, uint32_t ReadAdd) +{ + SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinit; + uint32_t errorstate = SDMMC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Set Block Size for Card */ + sdmmc_cmdinit.Argument = (uint32_t)ReadAdd; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CmdIndex = SDMMC_CMD_READ_MULT_BLOCK; + sdmmc_cmdinit.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinit.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_SendCommand(SDIOx, &sdmmc_cmdinit); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SDMMC_GetCmdResp1(SDIOx, SDMMC_CMD_READ_MULT_BLOCK, SDIO_CMDTIMEOUT); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Send the Write Single Block command and check the response + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t SDMMC_CmdWriteSingleBlock(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, uint32_t WriteAdd) +{ + SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinit; + uint32_t errorstate = SDMMC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Set Block Size for Card */ + sdmmc_cmdinit.Argument = (uint32_t)WriteAdd; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CmdIndex = SDMMC_CMD_WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK; + sdmmc_cmdinit.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinit.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_SendCommand(SDIOx, &sdmmc_cmdinit); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SDMMC_GetCmdResp1(SDIOx, SDMMC_CMD_WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK, SDIO_CMDTIMEOUT); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Send the Write Multi Block command and check the response + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t SDMMC_CmdWriteMultiBlock(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, uint32_t WriteAdd) +{ + SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinit; + uint32_t errorstate = SDMMC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Set Block Size for Card */ + sdmmc_cmdinit.Argument = (uint32_t)WriteAdd; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CmdIndex = SDMMC_CMD_WRITE_MULT_BLOCK; + sdmmc_cmdinit.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinit.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_SendCommand(SDIOx, &sdmmc_cmdinit); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SDMMC_GetCmdResp1(SDIOx, SDMMC_CMD_WRITE_MULT_BLOCK, SDIO_CMDTIMEOUT); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Send the Start Address Erase command for SD and check the response + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t SDMMC_CmdSDEraseStartAdd(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, uint32_t StartAdd) +{ + SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinit; + uint32_t errorstate = SDMMC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Set Block Size for Card */ + sdmmc_cmdinit.Argument = (uint32_t)StartAdd; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CmdIndex = SDMMC_CMD_SD_ERASE_GRP_START; + sdmmc_cmdinit.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinit.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_SendCommand(SDIOx, &sdmmc_cmdinit); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SDMMC_GetCmdResp1(SDIOx, SDMMC_CMD_SD_ERASE_GRP_START, SDIO_CMDTIMEOUT); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Send the End Address Erase command for SD and check the response + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t SDMMC_CmdSDEraseEndAdd(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, uint32_t EndAdd) +{ + SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinit; + uint32_t errorstate = SDMMC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Set Block Size for Card */ + sdmmc_cmdinit.Argument = (uint32_t)EndAdd; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CmdIndex = SDMMC_CMD_SD_ERASE_GRP_END; + sdmmc_cmdinit.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinit.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_SendCommand(SDIOx, &sdmmc_cmdinit); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SDMMC_GetCmdResp1(SDIOx, SDMMC_CMD_SD_ERASE_GRP_END, SDIO_CMDTIMEOUT); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Send the Start Address Erase command and check the response + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t SDMMC_CmdEraseStartAdd(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, uint32_t StartAdd) +{ + SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinit; + uint32_t errorstate = SDMMC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Set Block Size for Card */ + sdmmc_cmdinit.Argument = (uint32_t)StartAdd; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CmdIndex = SDMMC_CMD_ERASE_GRP_START; + sdmmc_cmdinit.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinit.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_SendCommand(SDIOx, &sdmmc_cmdinit); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SDMMC_GetCmdResp1(SDIOx, SDMMC_CMD_ERASE_GRP_START, SDIO_CMDTIMEOUT); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Send the End Address Erase command and check the response + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t SDMMC_CmdEraseEndAdd(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, uint32_t EndAdd) +{ + SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinit; + uint32_t errorstate = SDMMC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Set Block Size for Card */ + sdmmc_cmdinit.Argument = (uint32_t)EndAdd; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CmdIndex = SDMMC_CMD_ERASE_GRP_END; + sdmmc_cmdinit.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinit.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_SendCommand(SDIOx, &sdmmc_cmdinit); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SDMMC_GetCmdResp1(SDIOx, SDMMC_CMD_ERASE_GRP_END, SDIO_CMDTIMEOUT); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Send the Erase command and check the response + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t SDMMC_CmdErase(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx) +{ + SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinit; + uint32_t errorstate = SDMMC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Set Block Size for Card */ + sdmmc_cmdinit.Argument = 0U; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CmdIndex = SDMMC_CMD_ERASE; + sdmmc_cmdinit.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinit.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_SendCommand(SDIOx, &sdmmc_cmdinit); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SDMMC_GetCmdResp1(SDIOx, SDMMC_CMD_ERASE, SDIO_MAXERASETIMEOUT); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Send the Stop Transfer command and check the response. + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t SDMMC_CmdStopTransfer(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx) +{ + SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinit; + uint32_t errorstate = SDMMC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Send CMD12 STOP_TRANSMISSION */ + sdmmc_cmdinit.Argument = 0U; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CmdIndex = SDMMC_CMD_STOP_TRANSMISSION; + sdmmc_cmdinit.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinit.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_SendCommand(SDIOx, &sdmmc_cmdinit); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SDMMC_GetCmdResp1(SDIOx, SDMMC_CMD_STOP_TRANSMISSION, 100000000U); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Send the Select Deselect command and check the response. + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base + * @param addr: Address of the card to be selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t SDMMC_CmdSelDesel(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, uint64_t Addr) +{ + SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinit; + uint32_t errorstate = SDMMC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Send CMD7 SDMMC_SEL_DESEL_CARD */ + sdmmc_cmdinit.Argument = (uint32_t)Addr; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CmdIndex = SDMMC_CMD_SEL_DESEL_CARD; + sdmmc_cmdinit.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinit.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_SendCommand(SDIOx, &sdmmc_cmdinit); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SDMMC_GetCmdResp1(SDIOx, SDMMC_CMD_SEL_DESEL_CARD, SDIO_CMDTIMEOUT); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Send the Go Idle State command and check the response. + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t SDMMC_CmdGoIdleState(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx) +{ + SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinit; + uint32_t errorstate = SDMMC_ERROR_NONE; + + sdmmc_cmdinit.Argument = 0U; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CmdIndex = SDMMC_CMD_GO_IDLE_STATE; + sdmmc_cmdinit.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinit.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_SendCommand(SDIOx, &sdmmc_cmdinit); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SDMMC_GetCmdError(SDIOx); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Send the Operating Condition command and check the response. + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t SDMMC_CmdOperCond(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx) +{ + SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinit; + uint32_t errorstate = SDMMC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Send CMD8 to verify SD card interface operating condition */ + /* Argument: - [31:12]: Reserved (shall be set to '0') + - [11:8]: Supply Voltage (VHS) 0x1 (Range: 2.7-3.6 V) + - [7:0]: Check Pattern (recommended 0xAA) */ + /* CMD Response: R7 */ + sdmmc_cmdinit.Argument = SDMMC_CHECK_PATTERN; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CmdIndex = SDMMC_CMD_HS_SEND_EXT_CSD; + sdmmc_cmdinit.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinit.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_SendCommand(SDIOx, &sdmmc_cmdinit); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SDMMC_GetCmdResp7(SDIOx); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Send the Application command to verify that that the next command + * is an application specific com-mand rather than a standard command + * and check the response. + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t SDMMC_CmdAppCommand(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, uint32_t Argument) +{ + SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinit; + uint32_t errorstate = SDMMC_ERROR_NONE; + + sdmmc_cmdinit.Argument = (uint32_t)Argument; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CmdIndex = SDMMC_CMD_APP_CMD; + sdmmc_cmdinit.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinit.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_SendCommand(SDIOx, &sdmmc_cmdinit); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + /* If there is a HAL_ERROR, it is a MMC card, else + it is a SD card: SD card 2.0 (voltage range mismatch) + or SD card 1.x */ + errorstate = SDMMC_GetCmdResp1(SDIOx, SDMMC_CMD_APP_CMD, SDIO_CMDTIMEOUT); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Send the command asking the accessed card to send its operating + * condition register (OCR) + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t SDMMC_CmdAppOperCommand(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, uint32_t SdType) +{ + SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinit; + uint32_t errorstate = SDMMC_ERROR_NONE; + + sdmmc_cmdinit.Argument = SDMMC_VOLTAGE_WINDOW_SD | SdType; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CmdIndex = SDMMC_CMD_SD_APP_OP_COND; + sdmmc_cmdinit.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinit.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_SendCommand(SDIOx, &sdmmc_cmdinit); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SDMMC_GetCmdResp3(SDIOx); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Send the Bus Width command and check the response. + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t SDMMC_CmdBusWidth(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, uint32_t BusWidth) +{ + SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinit; + uint32_t errorstate = SDMMC_ERROR_NONE; + + sdmmc_cmdinit.Argument = (uint32_t)BusWidth; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CmdIndex = SDMMC_CMD_APP_SD_SET_BUSWIDTH; + sdmmc_cmdinit.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinit.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_SendCommand(SDIOx, &sdmmc_cmdinit); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SDMMC_GetCmdResp1(SDIOx, SDMMC_CMD_APP_SD_SET_BUSWIDTH, SDIO_CMDTIMEOUT); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Send the Send SCR command and check the response. + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDMMC register base + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t SDMMC_CmdSendSCR(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx) +{ + SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinit; + uint32_t errorstate = SDMMC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Send CMD51 SD_APP_SEND_SCR */ + sdmmc_cmdinit.Argument = 0U; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CmdIndex = SDMMC_CMD_SD_APP_SEND_SCR; + sdmmc_cmdinit.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinit.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_SendCommand(SDIOx, &sdmmc_cmdinit); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SDMMC_GetCmdResp1(SDIOx, SDMMC_CMD_SD_APP_SEND_SCR, SDIO_CMDTIMEOUT); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Send the Send CID command and check the response. + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t SDMMC_CmdSendCID(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx) +{ + SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinit; + uint32_t errorstate = SDMMC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Send CMD2 ALL_SEND_CID */ + sdmmc_cmdinit.Argument = 0U; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CmdIndex = SDMMC_CMD_ALL_SEND_CID; + sdmmc_cmdinit.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_LONG; + sdmmc_cmdinit.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_SendCommand(SDIOx, &sdmmc_cmdinit); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SDMMC_GetCmdResp2(SDIOx); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Send the Send CSD command and check the response. + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t SDMMC_CmdSendCSD(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, uint32_t Argument) +{ + SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinit; + uint32_t errorstate = SDMMC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Send CMD9 SEND_CSD */ + sdmmc_cmdinit.Argument = (uint32_t)Argument; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CmdIndex = SDMMC_CMD_SEND_CSD; + sdmmc_cmdinit.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_LONG; + sdmmc_cmdinit.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_SendCommand(SDIOx, &sdmmc_cmdinit); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SDMMC_GetCmdResp2(SDIOx); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Send the Send CSD command and check the response. + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t SDMMC_CmdSetRelAdd(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, uint16_t *pRCA) +{ + SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinit; + uint32_t errorstate = SDMMC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Send CMD3 SD_CMD_SET_REL_ADDR */ + sdmmc_cmdinit.Argument = 0U; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CmdIndex = SDMMC_CMD_SET_REL_ADDR; + sdmmc_cmdinit.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinit.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_SendCommand(SDIOx, &sdmmc_cmdinit); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SDMMC_GetCmdResp6(SDIOx, SDMMC_CMD_SET_REL_ADDR, pRCA); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Send the Status command and check the response. + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t SDMMC_CmdSendStatus(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, uint32_t Argument) +{ + SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinit; + uint32_t errorstate = SDMMC_ERROR_NONE; + + sdmmc_cmdinit.Argument = (uint32_t)Argument; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CmdIndex = SDMMC_CMD_SEND_STATUS; + sdmmc_cmdinit.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinit.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_SendCommand(SDIOx, &sdmmc_cmdinit); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SDMMC_GetCmdResp1(SDIOx, SDMMC_CMD_SEND_STATUS, SDIO_CMDTIMEOUT); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Send the Status register command and check the response. + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t SDMMC_CmdStatusRegister(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx) +{ + SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinit; + uint32_t errorstate = SDMMC_ERROR_NONE; + + sdmmc_cmdinit.Argument = 0U; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CmdIndex = SDMMC_CMD_SD_APP_STATUS; + sdmmc_cmdinit.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinit.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_SendCommand(SDIOx, &sdmmc_cmdinit); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SDMMC_GetCmdResp1(SDIOx, SDMMC_CMD_SD_APP_STATUS, SDIO_CMDTIMEOUT); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Sends host capacity support information and activates the card's + * initialization process. Send SDMMC_CMD_SEND_OP_COND command + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base + * @parame Argument: Argument used for the command + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t SDMMC_CmdOpCondition(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, uint32_t Argument) +{ + SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinit; + uint32_t errorstate = SDMMC_ERROR_NONE; + + sdmmc_cmdinit.Argument = Argument; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CmdIndex = SDMMC_CMD_SEND_OP_COND; + sdmmc_cmdinit.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinit.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_SendCommand(SDIOx, &sdmmc_cmdinit); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SDMMC_GetCmdResp3(SDIOx); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks switchable function and switch card function. SDMMC_CMD_HS_SWITCH comand + * @param SDIOx: Pointer to SDIO register base + * @parame Argument: Argument used for the command + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t SDMMC_CmdSwitch(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, uint32_t Argument) +{ + SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinit; + uint32_t errorstate = SDMMC_ERROR_NONE; + + sdmmc_cmdinit.Argument = Argument; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CmdIndex = SDMMC_CMD_HS_SWITCH; + sdmmc_cmdinit.Response = SDIO_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinit.WaitForInterrupt = SDIO_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinit.CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDIO_SendCommand(SDIOx, &sdmmc_cmdinit); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SDMMC_GetCmdResp1(SDIOx, SDMMC_CMD_HS_SWITCH, SDIO_CMDTIMEOUT); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function ----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup SD_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks for error conditions for CMD0. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @retval SD Card error state + */ +static uint32_t SDMMC_GetCmdError(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx) +{ + /* 8 is the number of required instructions cycles for the below loop statement. + The SDMMC_CMDTIMEOUT is expressed in ms */ + register uint32_t count = SDIO_CMDTIMEOUT * (SystemCoreClock / 8U /1000U); + + do + { + if (count-- == 0U) + { + return SDMMC_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + } + + }while(!__SDIO_GET_FLAG(SDIOx, SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT)); + + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(SDIOx, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + + return SDMMC_ERROR_NONE; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks for error conditions for R1 response. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @param SD_CMD: The sent command index + * @retval SD Card error state + */ +static uint32_t SDMMC_GetCmdResp1(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, uint8_t SD_CMD, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t response_r1; + + /* 8 is the number of required instructions cycles for the below loop statement. + The Timeout is expressed in ms */ + register uint32_t count = Timeout * (SystemCoreClock / 8U /1000U); + + do + { + if (count-- == 0U) + { + return SDMMC_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + } + + }while(!__SDIO_GET_FLAG(SDIOx, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND | SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT)); + + if(__SDIO_GET_FLAG(SDIOx, SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT)) + { + __SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(SDIOx, SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT); + + return SDMMC_ERROR_CMD_RSP_TIMEOUT; + } + else if(__SDIO_GET_FLAG(SDIOx, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL)) + { + __SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(SDIOx, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL); + + return SDMMC_ERROR_CMD_CRC_FAIL; + } + + /* Check response received is of desired command */ + if(SDIO_GetCommandResponse(SDIOx) != SD_CMD) + { + return SDMMC_ERROR_CMD_CRC_FAIL; + } + + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(SDIOx, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + + /* We have received response, retrieve it for analysis */ + response_r1 = SDIO_GetResponse(SDIOx, SDIO_RESP1); + + if((response_r1 & SDMMC_OCR_ERRORBITS) == SDMMC_ALLZERO) + { + return SDMMC_ERROR_NONE; + } + else if((response_r1 & SDMMC_OCR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE) == SDMMC_OCR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE) + { + return SDMMC_ERROR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE; + } + else if((response_r1 & SDMMC_OCR_ADDR_MISALIGNED) == SDMMC_OCR_ADDR_MISALIGNED) + { + return SDMMC_ERROR_ADDR_MISALIGNED; + } + else if((response_r1 & SDMMC_OCR_BLOCK_LEN_ERR) == SDMMC_OCR_BLOCK_LEN_ERR) + { + return SDMMC_ERROR_BLOCK_LEN_ERR; + } + else if((response_r1 & SDMMC_OCR_ERASE_SEQ_ERR) == SDMMC_OCR_ERASE_SEQ_ERR) + { + return SDMMC_ERROR_ERASE_SEQ_ERR; + } + else if((response_r1 & SDMMC_OCR_BAD_ERASE_PARAM) == SDMMC_OCR_BAD_ERASE_PARAM) + { + return SDMMC_ERROR_BAD_ERASE_PARAM; + } + else if((response_r1 & SDMMC_OCR_WRITE_PROT_VIOLATION) == SDMMC_OCR_WRITE_PROT_VIOLATION) + { + return SDMMC_ERROR_WRITE_PROT_VIOLATION; + } + else if((response_r1 & SDMMC_OCR_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED) == SDMMC_OCR_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED) + { + return SDMMC_ERROR_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED; + } + else if((response_r1 & SDMMC_OCR_COM_CRC_FAILED) == SDMMC_OCR_COM_CRC_FAILED) + { + return SDMMC_ERROR_COM_CRC_FAILED; + } + else if((response_r1 & SDMMC_OCR_ILLEGAL_CMD) == SDMMC_OCR_ILLEGAL_CMD) + { + return SDMMC_ERROR_ILLEGAL_CMD; + } + else if((response_r1 & SDMMC_OCR_CARD_ECC_FAILED) == SDMMC_OCR_CARD_ECC_FAILED) + { + return SDMMC_ERROR_CARD_ECC_FAILED; + } + else if((response_r1 & SDMMC_OCR_CC_ERROR) == SDMMC_OCR_CC_ERROR) + { + return SDMMC_ERROR_CC_ERR; + } + else if((response_r1 & SDMMC_OCR_STREAM_READ_UNDERRUN) == SDMMC_OCR_STREAM_READ_UNDERRUN) + { + return SDMMC_ERROR_STREAM_READ_UNDERRUN; + } + else if((response_r1 & SDMMC_OCR_STREAM_WRITE_OVERRUN) == SDMMC_OCR_STREAM_WRITE_OVERRUN) + { + return SDMMC_ERROR_STREAM_WRITE_OVERRUN; + } + else if((response_r1 & SDMMC_OCR_CID_CSD_OVERWRITE) == SDMMC_OCR_CID_CSD_OVERWRITE) + { + return SDMMC_ERROR_CID_CSD_OVERWRITE; + } + else if((response_r1 & SDMMC_OCR_WP_ERASE_SKIP) == SDMMC_OCR_WP_ERASE_SKIP) + { + return SDMMC_ERROR_WP_ERASE_SKIP; + } + else if((response_r1 & SDMMC_OCR_CARD_ECC_DISABLED) == SDMMC_OCR_CARD_ECC_DISABLED) + { + return SDMMC_ERROR_CARD_ECC_DISABLED; + } + else if((response_r1 & SDMMC_OCR_ERASE_RESET) == SDMMC_OCR_ERASE_RESET) + { + return SDMMC_ERROR_ERASE_RESET; + } + else if((response_r1 & SDMMC_OCR_AKE_SEQ_ERROR) == SDMMC_OCR_AKE_SEQ_ERROR) + { + return SDMMC_ERROR_AKE_SEQ_ERR; + } + else + { + return SDMMC_ERROR_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks for error conditions for R2 (CID or CSD) response. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @retval SD Card error state + */ +static uint32_t SDMMC_GetCmdResp2(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx) +{ + /* 8 is the number of required instructions cycles for the below loop statement. + The SDMMC_CMDTIMEOUT is expressed in ms */ + register uint32_t count = SDIO_CMDTIMEOUT * (SystemCoreClock / 8U /1000U); + + do + { + if (count-- == 0U) + { + return SDMMC_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + } + + }while(!__SDIO_GET_FLAG(SDIOx, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND | SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT)); + + if (__SDIO_GET_FLAG(SDIOx, SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT)) + { + __SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(SDIOx, SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT); + + return SDMMC_ERROR_CMD_RSP_TIMEOUT; + } + else if (__SDIO_GET_FLAG(SDIOx, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL)) + { + __SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(SDIOx, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL); + + return SDMMC_ERROR_CMD_CRC_FAIL; + } + else + { + /* No error flag set */ + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(SDIOx, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + } + + return SDMMC_ERROR_NONE; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks for error conditions for R3 (OCR) response. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @retval SD Card error state + */ +static uint32_t SDMMC_GetCmdResp3(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx) +{ + /* 8 is the number of required instructions cycles for the below loop statement. + The SDMMC_CMDTIMEOUT is expressed in ms */ + register uint32_t count = SDIO_CMDTIMEOUT * (SystemCoreClock / 8U /1000U); + + do + { + if (count-- == 0U) + { + return SDMMC_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + } + + }while(!__SDIO_GET_FLAG(SDIOx, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND | SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT)); + + if(__SDIO_GET_FLAG(SDIOx, SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT)) + { + __SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(SDIOx, SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT); + + return SDMMC_ERROR_CMD_RSP_TIMEOUT; + } + else + + { + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(SDIOx, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + } + + return SDMMC_ERROR_NONE; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks for error conditions for R6 (RCA) response. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @param SD_CMD: The sent command index + * @param pRCA: Pointer to the variable that will contain the SD card relative + * address RCA + * @retval SD Card error state + */ +static uint32_t SDMMC_GetCmdResp6(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx, uint8_t SD_CMD, uint16_t *pRCA) +{ + uint32_t response_r1; + + /* 8 is the number of required instructions cycles for the below loop statement. + The SDMMC_CMDTIMEOUT is expressed in ms */ + register uint32_t count = SDIO_CMDTIMEOUT * (SystemCoreClock / 8U /1000U); + + do + { + if (count-- == 0U) + { + return SDMMC_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + } + + }while(!__SDIO_GET_FLAG(SDIOx, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND | SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT)); + + if(__SDIO_GET_FLAG(SDIOx, SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT)) + { + __SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(SDIOx, SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT); + + return SDMMC_ERROR_CMD_RSP_TIMEOUT; + } + else if(__SDIO_GET_FLAG(SDIOx, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL)) + { + __SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(SDIOx, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL); + + return SDMMC_ERROR_CMD_CRC_FAIL; + } + + /* Check response received is of desired command */ + if(SDIO_GetCommandResponse(SDIOx) != SD_CMD) + { + return SDMMC_ERROR_CMD_CRC_FAIL; + } + + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(SDIOx, SDIO_STATIC_FLAGS); + + /* We have received response, retrieve it. */ + response_r1 = SDIO_GetResponse(SDIOx, SDIO_RESP1); + + if((response_r1 & (SDMMC_R6_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR | SDMMC_R6_ILLEGAL_CMD | SDMMC_R6_COM_CRC_FAILED)) == SDMMC_ALLZERO) + { + *pRCA = (uint16_t) (response_r1 >> 16); + + return SDMMC_ERROR_NONE; + } + else if((response_r1 & SDMMC_R6_ILLEGAL_CMD) == SDMMC_R6_ILLEGAL_CMD) + { + return SDMMC_ERROR_ILLEGAL_CMD; + } + else if((response_r1 & SDMMC_R6_COM_CRC_FAILED) == SDMMC_R6_COM_CRC_FAILED) + { + return SDMMC_ERROR_COM_CRC_FAILED; + } + else + { + return SDMMC_ERROR_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks for error conditions for R7 response. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @retval SD Card error state + */ +static uint32_t SDMMC_GetCmdResp7(SDIO_TypeDef *SDIOx) +{ + /* 8 is the number of required instructions cycles for the below loop statement. + The SDIO_CMDTIMEOUT is expressed in ms */ + register uint32_t count = SDIO_CMDTIMEOUT * (SystemCoreClock / 8U /1000U); + + do + { + if (count-- == 0U) + { + return SDMMC_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + } + + }while(!__SDIO_GET_FLAG(SDIOx, SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND | SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT)); + + if(__SDIO_GET_FLAG(SDIOx, SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT)) + { + /* Card is SD V2.0 compliant */ + __SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(SDIOx, SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND); + + return SDMMC_ERROR_CMD_RSP_TIMEOUT; + } + + if(__SDIO_GET_FLAG(SDIOx, SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND)) + { + /* Card is SD V2.0 compliant */ + __SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(SDIOx, SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND); + } + + return SDMMC_ERROR_NONE; + +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG */ + +#endif /* (HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED) || (HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED) */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_spi.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_spi.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..16da295c0dc6c579a6c2ee26d00aedefbfa9b1a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_spi.c @@ -0,0 +1,562 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_ll_spi.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief SPI LL module driver. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER) + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_ll_spi.h" +#include "stm32f1xx_ll_bus.h" +#include "stm32f1xx_ll_rcc.h" + +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT +#include "stm32_assert.h" +#else +#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U) +#endif + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#if defined (SPI1) || defined (SPI2) || defined (SPI3) + +/** @addtogroup SPI_LL + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup SPI_LL_Private_Constants SPI Private Constants + * @{ + */ +/* SPI registers Masks */ +#define SPI_CR1_CLEAR_MASK (SPI_CR1_CPHA | SPI_CR1_CPOL | SPI_CR1_MSTR | \ + SPI_CR1_BR | SPI_CR1_LSBFIRST | SPI_CR1_SSI | \ + SPI_CR1_SSM | SPI_CR1_RXONLY | SPI_CR1_DFF | \ + SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT | SPI_CR1_CRCEN | SPI_CR1_BIDIOE | \ + SPI_CR1_BIDIMODE) +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup SPI_LL_Private_Macros SPI Private Macros + * @{ + */ +#define IS_LL_SPI_TRANSFER_DIRECTION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_FULL_DUPLEX) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_SIMPLEX_RX) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_HALF_DUPLEX_RX) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_HALF_DUPLEX_TX)) + +#define IS_LL_SPI_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_MODE_MASTER) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_MODE_SLAVE)) + +#define IS_LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_8BIT) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_16BIT)) + +#define IS_LL_SPI_POLARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_POLARITY_LOW) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_POLARITY_HIGH)) + +#define IS_LL_SPI_PHASE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_PHASE_1EDGE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_PHASE_2EDGE)) + +#define IS_LL_SPI_NSS(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_NSS_SOFT) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_INPUT) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_OUTPUT)) + +#define IS_LL_SPI_BAUDRATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV2) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV4) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV8) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV16) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV32) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV64) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV128) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV256)) + +#define IS_LL_SPI_BITORDER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_LSB_FIRST) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_MSB_FIRST)) + +#define IS_LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE)) + +#define IS_LL_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) >= 0x1U) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup SPI_LL_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup SPI_LL_EF_Init + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-initialize the SPI registers to their default reset values. + * @param SPIx SPI Instance + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: SPI registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: SPI registers are not de-initialized + */ +ErrorStatus LL_SPI_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx)); + +#if defined(SPI1) + if (SPIx == SPI1) + { + /* Force reset of SPI clock */ + LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI1); + + /* Release reset of SPI clock */ + LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI1); + + status = SUCCESS; + } +#endif /* SPI1 */ +#if defined(SPI2) + if (SPIx == SPI2) + { + /* Force reset of SPI clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI2); + + /* Release reset of SPI clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI2); + + status = SUCCESS; + } +#endif /* SPI2 */ +#if defined(SPI3) + if (SPIx == SPI3) + { + /* Force reset of SPI clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI3); + + /* Release reset of SPI clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI3); + + status = SUCCESS; + } +#endif /* SPI3 */ + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize the SPI registers according to the specified parameters in SPI_InitStruct. + * @note As some bits in SPI configuration registers can only be written when the SPI is disabled (SPI_CR1_SPE bit =0), + * SPI IP should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned. + * @param SPIx SPI Instance + * @param SPI_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_SPI_InitTypeDef structure + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value. (Return always SUCCESS) + */ +ErrorStatus LL_SPI_Init(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, LL_SPI_InitTypeDef *SPI_InitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the SPI Instance SPIx*/ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx)); + + /* Check the SPI parameters from SPI_InitStruct*/ + assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_TRANSFER_DIRECTION(SPI_InitStruct->TransferDirection)); + assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_MODE(SPI_InitStruct->Mode)); + assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH(SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth)); + assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_POLARITY(SPI_InitStruct->ClockPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_PHASE(SPI_InitStruct->ClockPhase)); + assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_NSS(SPI_InitStruct->NSS)); + assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_BAUDRATE(SPI_InitStruct->BaudRate)); + assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_BITORDER(SPI_InitStruct->BitOrder)); + assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION(SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation)); + + if (LL_SPI_IsEnabled(SPIx) == 0x00000000U) + { + /*---------------------------- SPIx CR1 Configuration ------------------------ + * Configure SPIx CR1 with parameters: + * - TransferDirection: SPI_CR1_BIDIMODE, SPI_CR1_BIDIOE and SPI_CR1_RXONLY bits + * - Master/Slave Mode: SPI_CR1_MSTR bit + * - DataWidth: SPI_CR1_DFF bit + * - ClockPolarity: SPI_CR1_CPOL bit + * - ClockPhase: SPI_CR1_CPHA bit + * - NSS management: SPI_CR1_SSM bit + * - BaudRate prescaler: SPI_CR1_BR[2:0] bits + * - BitOrder: SPI_CR1_LSBFIRST bit + * - CRCCalculation: SPI_CR1_CRCEN bit + */ + MODIFY_REG(SPIx->CR1, + SPI_CR1_CLEAR_MASK, + SPI_InitStruct->TransferDirection | SPI_InitStruct->Mode | SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth | + SPI_InitStruct->ClockPolarity | SPI_InitStruct->ClockPhase | + SPI_InitStruct->NSS | SPI_InitStruct->BaudRate | + SPI_InitStruct->BitOrder | SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation); + + /*---------------------------- SPIx CR2 Configuration ------------------------ + * Configure SPIx CR2 with parameters: + * - NSS management: SSOE bit + */ + MODIFY_REG(SPIx->CR2, SPI_CR2_SSOE, (SPI_InitStruct->NSS >> 16U)); + + /*---------------------------- SPIx CRCPR Configuration ---------------------- + * Configure SPIx CRCPR with parameters: + * - CRCPoly: CRCPOLY[15:0] bits + */ + if (SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation == LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(SPI_InitStruct->CRCPoly)); + LL_SPI_SetCRCPolynomial(SPIx, SPI_InitStruct->CRCPoly); + } + status = SUCCESS; + } + +#if defined (SPI_I2S_SUPPORT) + /* Activate the SPI mode (Reset I2SMOD bit in I2SCFGR register) */ + CLEAR_BIT(SPIx->I2SCFGR, SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD); +#endif /* SPI_I2S_SUPPORT */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Set each @ref LL_SPI_InitTypeDef field to default value. + * @param SPI_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_SPI_InitTypeDef structure + * whose fields will be set to default values. + * @retval None + */ +void LL_SPI_StructInit(LL_SPI_InitTypeDef *SPI_InitStruct) +{ + /* Set SPI_InitStruct fields to default values */ + SPI_InitStruct->TransferDirection = LL_SPI_FULL_DUPLEX; + SPI_InitStruct->Mode = LL_SPI_MODE_SLAVE; + SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth = LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_8BIT; + SPI_InitStruct->ClockPolarity = LL_SPI_POLARITY_LOW; + SPI_InitStruct->ClockPhase = LL_SPI_PHASE_1EDGE; + SPI_InitStruct->NSS = LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_INPUT; + SPI_InitStruct->BaudRate = LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV2; + SPI_InitStruct->BitOrder = LL_SPI_MSB_FIRST; + SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation = LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE; + SPI_InitStruct->CRCPoly = 7U; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if defined(SPI_I2S_SUPPORT) +/** @addtogroup I2S_LL + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup I2S_LL_Private_Constants I2S Private Constants + * @{ + */ +/* I2S registers Masks */ +#define I2S_I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK (SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | \ + SPI_I2SCFGR_CKPOL | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SSTD | \ + SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD ) + +#define I2S_I2SPR_CLEAR_MASK 0x0002U +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup I2S_LL_Private_Macros I2S Private Macros + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B_EXTENDED) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B)) + +#define IS_LL_I2S_CPOL(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_POLARITY_LOW) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_POLARITY_HIGH)) + +#define IS_LL_I2S_STANDARD(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_PHILIPS) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_MSB) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_LSB) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_PCM_SHORT) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_PCM_LONG)) + +#define IS_LL_I2S_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX)) + +#define IS_LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_ENABLE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_DISABLE)) + +#define IS_LL_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(__VALUE__) ((((__VALUE__) >= LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_8K) \ + && ((__VALUE__) <= LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_192K)) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT)) + +#define IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_LINEAR(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) >= 0x2U) + +#define IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_EVEN) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_ODD)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup I2S_LL_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup I2S_LL_EF_Init + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-initialize the SPI/I2S registers to their default reset values. + * @param SPIx SPI Instance + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: SPI registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: SPI registers are not de-initialized + */ +ErrorStatus LL_I2S_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx) +{ + return LL_SPI_DeInit(SPIx); +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the SPI/I2S registers according to the specified parameters in I2S_InitStruct. + * @note As some bits in SPI configuration registers can only be written when the SPI is disabled (SPI_CR1_SPE bit =0), + * SPI IP should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned. + * @param SPIx SPI Instance + * @param I2S_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_I2S_InitTypeDef structure + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: SPI registers are Initialized + * - ERROR: SPI registers are not Initialized + */ +ErrorStatus LL_I2S_Init(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, LL_I2S_InitTypeDef *I2S_InitStruct) +{ + uint16_t i2sdiv = 2U, i2sodd = 0U, packetlength = 1U; + uint32_t tmp = 0U; + uint32_t sourceclock = 0U; +#if defined(I2S2_I2S3_CLOCK_FEATURE) +#else + LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef rcc_clocks; +#endif /* I2S2_I2S3_CLOCK_FEATURE */ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the I2S parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2S_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_MODE(I2S_InitStruct->Mode)); + assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_STANDARD(I2S_InitStruct->Standard)); + assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT(I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat)); + assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput)); + assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq)); + assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_CPOL(I2S_InitStruct->ClockPolarity)); + + if (LL_I2S_IsEnabled(SPIx) == 0x00000000U) + { + /*---------------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR Configuration -------------------- + * Configure SPIx I2SCFGR with parameters: + * - Mode: SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG[1:0] bit + * - Standard: SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SSTD[1:0] and SPI_I2SCFGR_PCMSYNC bits + * - DataFormat: SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN and SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN bits + * - ClockPolarity: SPI_I2SCFGR_CKPOL bit + */ + + /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */ + MODIFY_REG(SPIx->I2SCFGR, + I2S_I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK, + I2S_InitStruct->Mode | I2S_InitStruct->Standard | + I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat | I2S_InitStruct->ClockPolarity | + SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD); + + /*---------------------------- SPIx I2SPR Configuration ---------------------- + * Configure SPIx I2SPR with parameters: + * - MCLKOutput: SPI_I2SPR_MCKOE bit + * - AudioFreq: SPI_I2SPR_I2SDIV[7:0] and SPI_I2SPR_ODD bits + */ + + /* If the requested audio frequency is not the default, compute the prescaler (i2sodd, i2sdiv) + * else, default values are used: i2sodd = 0U, i2sdiv = 2U. + */ + if (I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq != LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT) + { + /* Check the frame length (For the Prescaler computing) + * Default value: LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B (packetlength = 1U). + */ + if (I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat != LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B) + { + /* Packet length is 32 bits */ + packetlength = 2U; + } +#if defined(I2S2_I2S3_CLOCK_FEATURE) + /* If an external I2S clock has to be used, the specific define should be set + in the project configuration or in the stm32f1xx_ll_rcc.h file */ + if(SPIx == SPI2) + { + /* Get the I2S source clock value */ + sourceclock = LL_RCC_GetI2SClockFreq(LL_RCC_I2S2_CLKSOURCE); + } + else /* SPI3 */ + { + /* Get the I2S source clock value */ + sourceclock = LL_RCC_GetI2SClockFreq(LL_RCC_I2S3_CLKSOURCE); + } +#else + /* I2S Clock source is System clock: Get System Clock frequency */ + LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&rcc_clocks); + + /* Get the source clock value: based on System Clock value */ + sourceclock = rcc_clocks.SYSCLK_Frequency; +#endif /* I2S2_I2S3_CLOCK_FEATURE */ + /* Compute the Real divider depending on the MCLK output state with a floating point */ + if (I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput == LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_ENABLE) + { + /* MCLK output is enabled */ + tmp = (uint16_t)(((((sourceclock / 256U) * 10U) / I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq)) + 5U); + } + else + { + /* MCLK output is disabled */ + tmp = (uint16_t)(((((sourceclock / (32U * packetlength)) * 10U) / I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq)) + 5U); + } + + /* Remove the floating point */ + tmp = tmp / 10U; + + /* Check the parity of the divider */ + i2sodd = (uint16_t)(tmp & (uint16_t)0x0001U); + + /* Compute the i2sdiv prescaler */ + i2sdiv = (uint16_t)((tmp - i2sodd) / 2U); + + /* Get the Mask for the Odd bit (SPI_I2SPR[8]) register */ + i2sodd = (uint16_t)(i2sodd << 8U); + } + + /* Test if the divider is 1 or 0 or greater than 0xFF */ + if ((i2sdiv < 2U) || (i2sdiv > 0xFFU)) + { + /* Set the default values */ + i2sdiv = 2U; + i2sodd = 0U; + } + + /* Write to SPIx I2SPR register the computed value */ + WRITE_REG(SPIx->I2SPR, i2sdiv | i2sodd | I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput); + + status = SUCCESS; + } + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Set each @ref LL_I2S_InitTypeDef field to default value. + * @param I2S_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_I2S_InitTypeDef structure + * whose fields will be set to default values. + * @retval None + */ +void LL_I2S_StructInit(LL_I2S_InitTypeDef *I2S_InitStruct) +{ + /*--------------- Reset I2S init structure parameters values -----------------*/ + I2S_InitStruct->Mode = LL_I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX; + I2S_InitStruct->Standard = LL_I2S_STANDARD_PHILIPS; + I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat = LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B; + I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput = LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_DISABLE; + I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq = LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT; + I2S_InitStruct->ClockPolarity = LL_I2S_POLARITY_LOW; +} + +/** + * @brief Set linear and parity prescaler. + * @note To calculate value of PrescalerLinear(I2SDIV[7:0] bits) and PrescalerParity(ODD bit)\n + * Check Audio frequency table and formulas inside Reference Manual (SPI/I2S). + * @param SPIx SPI Instance + * @param PrescalerLinear value: Min_Data=0x02 and Max_Data=0xFF. + * @param PrescalerParity This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_EVEN + * @arg @ref LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_ODD + * @retval None + */ +void LL_I2S_ConfigPrescaler(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, uint32_t PrescalerLinear, uint32_t PrescalerParity) +{ + /* Check the I2S parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2S_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_LINEAR(PrescalerLinear)); + assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY(PrescalerParity)); + + /* Write to SPIx I2SPR */ + MODIFY_REG(SPIx->I2SPR, SPI_I2SPR_I2SDIV | SPI_I2SPR_ODD, PrescalerLinear | (PrescalerParity << 8U)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* SPI_I2S_SUPPORT */ + +#endif /* defined (SPI1) || defined (SPI2) || defined (SPI3) */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_tim.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_tim.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..fb3cd875207444b2b33e9a52ce22658beb9a77d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_tim.c @@ -0,0 +1,1216 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_ll_tim.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief TIM LL module driver. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER) + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_ll_tim.h" +#include "stm32f1xx_ll_bus.h" + +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT +#include "stm32_assert.h" +#else +#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U) +#endif + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#if defined (TIM1) || defined (TIM2) || defined (TIM3) || defined (TIM4) || defined (TIM5) || defined (TIM6) || defined (TIM7) || defined (TIM8) || defined (TIM9) || defined (TIM10) || defined (TIM11) || defined (TIM12) || defined (TIM13) || defined (TIM14) || defined (TIM15) || defined (TIM16) || defined (TIM17) + +/** @addtogroup TIM_LL + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup TIM_LL_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ +#define IS_LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_UP) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_DOWN) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTER_UP) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTER_DOWN) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTER_UP_DOWN)) + +#define IS_LL_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV1) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV2) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV4)) + +#define IS_LL_TIM_OCMODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCMODE_FROZEN) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCMODE_ACTIVE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCMODE_INACTIVE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCMODE_TOGGLE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCMODE_FORCED_INACTIVE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCMODE_FORCED_ACTIVE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCMODE_PWM1) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCMODE_PWM2)) + +#define IS_LL_TIM_OCSTATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCSTATE_DISABLE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCSTATE_ENABLE)) + +#define IS_LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY_LOW)) + +#define IS_LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE_LOW) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE_HIGH)) + +#define IS_LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_DIRECTTI) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_INDIRECTTI) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_TRC)) + +#define IS_LL_TIM_ICPSC(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV1) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV2) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV4) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV8)) + +#define IS_LL_TIM_IC_FILTER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1_N2) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1_N4) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1_N8) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV2_N6) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV2_N8) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV4_N6) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV4_N8) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV8_N6) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV8_N8) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV16_N5) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV16_N6) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV16_N8) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV32_N5) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV32_N6) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV32_N8)) + +#define IS_LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_RISING) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_FALLING)) + +#define IS_LL_TIM_ENCODERMODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_ENCODERMODE_X2_TI1) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_ENCODERMODE_X2_TI2) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_ENCODERMODE_X4_TI12)) + +#define IS_LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_ENCODER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_RISING) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_FALLING)) + +#define IS_LL_TIM_OSSR_STATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OSSR_DISABLE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OSSR_ENABLE)) + +#define IS_LL_TIM_OSSI_STATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OSSI_DISABLE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OSSI_ENABLE)) + +#define IS_LL_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_LOCKLEVEL_OFF) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_LOCKLEVEL_1) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_LOCKLEVEL_2) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_LOCKLEVEL_3)) + +#define IS_LL_TIM_BREAK_STATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_BREAK_DISABLE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_BREAK_ENABLE)) + +#define IS_LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY_LOW) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY_HIGH)) + +#define IS_LL_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_AUTOMATICOUTPUT_DISABLE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_AUTOMATICOUTPUT_ENABLE)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup TIM_LL_Private_Functions TIM Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static ErrorStatus OC1Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *TIM_OCInitStruct); +static ErrorStatus OC2Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *TIM_OCInitStruct); +static ErrorStatus OC3Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *TIM_OCInitStruct); +static ErrorStatus OC4Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *TIM_OCInitStruct); +static ErrorStatus IC1Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *TIM_ICInitStruct); +static ErrorStatus IC2Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *TIM_ICInitStruct); +static ErrorStatus IC3Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *TIM_ICInitStruct); +static ErrorStatus IC4Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *TIM_ICInitStruct); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup TIM_LL_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup TIM_LL_EF_Init + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Set TIMx registers to their reset values. + * @param TIMx Timer instance + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: invalid TIMx instance + */ +ErrorStatus LL_TIM_DeInit(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx) +{ + ErrorStatus result = SUCCESS; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(TIMx)); + + if (TIMx == TIM2) + { + LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM2); + LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM2); + } +#if defined(TIM1) + else if (TIMx == TIM1) + { + LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM1); + LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM1); + } +#endif +#if defined(TIM3) + else if (TIMx == TIM3) + { + LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM3); + LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM3); + } +#endif +#if defined(TIM4) + else if (TIMx == TIM4) + { + LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM4); + LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM4); + } +#endif +#if defined(TIM5) + else if (TIMx == TIM5) + { + LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM5); + LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM5); + } +#endif +#if defined(TIM6) + else if (TIMx == TIM6) + { + LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM6); + LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM6); + } +#endif +#if defined (TIM7) + else if (TIMx == TIM7) + { + LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM7); + LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM7); + } +#endif +#if defined(TIM8) + else if (TIMx == TIM8) + { + LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM8); + LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM8); + } +#endif +#if defined(TIM9) + else if (TIMx == TIM9) + { + LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM9); + LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM9); + } +#endif +#if defined(TIM10) + else if (TIMx == TIM10) + { + LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM10); + LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM10); + } +#endif +#if defined(TIM11) + else if (TIMx == TIM11) + { + LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM11); + LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM11); + } +#endif +#if defined(TIM12) + else if (TIMx == TIM12) + { + LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM12); + LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM12); + } +#endif +#if defined(TIM13) + else if (TIMx == TIM13) + { + LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM13); + LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM13); + } +#endif +#if defined(TIM14) + else if (TIMx == TIM14) + { + LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM14); + LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM14); + } +#endif +#if defined(TIM15) + else if (TIMx == TIM15) + { + LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM15); + LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM15); + } +#endif +#if defined(TIM16) + else if (TIMx == TIM16) + { + LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM16); + LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM16); + } +#endif +#if defined(TIM17) + else if (TIMx == TIM17) + { + LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM17); + LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM17); + } +#endif + else + { + result = ERROR; + } + + return result; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the fields of the time base unit configuration data structure + * to their default values. + * @param TIM_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_InitTypeDef structure (time base unit configuration data structure) + * @retval None + */ +void LL_TIM_StructInit(LL_TIM_InitTypeDef *TIM_InitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + TIM_InitStruct->Prescaler = (uint16_t)0x0000; + TIM_InitStruct->CounterMode = LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_UP; + TIM_InitStruct->Autoreload = 0xFFFFFFFFU; + TIM_InitStruct->ClockDivision = LL_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV1; + TIM_InitStruct->RepetitionCounter = (uint8_t)0x00; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TIMx time base unit. + * @param TIMx Timer Instance + * @param TIM_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_InitTypeDef structure (TIMx time base unit configuration data structure) + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +ErrorStatus LL_TIM_Init(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_InitTypeDef *TIM_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpcr1 = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE(TIM_InitStruct->CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION(TIM_InitStruct->ClockDivision)); + + tmpcr1 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CR1); + + if (IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE_SELECT_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + /* Select the Counter Mode */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpcr1, (TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS), TIM_InitStruct->CounterMode); + } + + if (IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + /* Set the clock division */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpcr1, TIM_CR1_CKD, TIM_InitStruct->ClockDivision); + } + + /* Write to TIMx CR1 */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CR1, tmpcr1); + + /* Set the Autoreload value */ + LL_TIM_SetAutoReload(TIMx, TIM_InitStruct->Autoreload); + + /* Set the Prescaler value */ + LL_TIM_SetPrescaler(TIMx, TIM_InitStruct->Prescaler); + + if (IS_TIM_REPETITION_COUNTER_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + /* Set the Repetition Counter value */ + LL_TIM_SetRepetitionCounter(TIMx, TIM_InitStruct->RepetitionCounter); + } + + /* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler + and the repetition counter value (if applicable) immediately */ + LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_UPDATE(TIMx); + + return SUCCESS; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the fields of the TIMx output channel configuration data + * structure to their default values. + * @param TIM_OC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef structure (the output channel configuration data structure) + * @retval None + */ +void LL_TIM_OC_StructInit(LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *TIM_OC_InitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + TIM_OC_InitStruct->OCMode = LL_TIM_OCMODE_FROZEN; + TIM_OC_InitStruct->OCState = LL_TIM_OCSTATE_DISABLE; + TIM_OC_InitStruct->OCNState = LL_TIM_OCSTATE_DISABLE; + TIM_OC_InitStruct->CompareValue = 0x00000000U; + TIM_OC_InitStruct->OCPolarity = LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH; + TIM_OC_InitStruct->OCNPolarity = LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH; + TIM_OC_InitStruct->OCIdleState = LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE_LOW; + TIM_OC_InitStruct->OCNIdleState = LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE_LOW; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TIMx output channel. + * @param TIMx Timer Instance + * @param Channel This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH1 + * @arg @ref LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH2 + * @arg @ref LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH3 + * @arg @ref LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH4 + * @param TIM_OC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef structure (TIMx output channel configuration data structure) + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: TIMx output channel is initialized + * - ERROR: TIMx output channel is not initialized + */ +ErrorStatus LL_TIM_OC_Init(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t Channel, LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *TIM_OC_InitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus result = ERROR; + + switch (Channel) + { + case LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH1: + result = OC1Config(TIMx, TIM_OC_InitStruct); + break; + case LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH2: + result = OC2Config(TIMx, TIM_OC_InitStruct); + break; + case LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH3: + result = OC3Config(TIMx, TIM_OC_InitStruct); + break; + case LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH4: + result = OC4Config(TIMx, TIM_OC_InitStruct); + break; + default: + break; + } + + return result; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the fields of the TIMx input channel configuration data + * structure to their default values. + * @param TIM_ICInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef structure (the input channel configuration data structure) + * @retval None + */ +void LL_TIM_IC_StructInit(LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *TIM_ICInitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPolarity = LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_RISING; + TIM_ICInitStruct->ICActiveInput = LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_DIRECTTI; + TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPrescaler = LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV1; + TIM_ICInitStruct->ICFilter = LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TIMx input channel. + * @param TIMx Timer Instance + * @param Channel This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH1 + * @arg @ref LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH2 + * @arg @ref LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH3 + * @arg @ref LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH4 + * @param TIM_IC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef structure (TIMx input channel configuration data structure) + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: TIMx output channel is initialized + * - ERROR: TIMx output channel is not initialized + */ +ErrorStatus LL_TIM_IC_Init(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t Channel, LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *TIM_IC_InitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus result = ERROR; + + switch (Channel) + { + case LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH1: + result = IC1Config(TIMx, TIM_IC_InitStruct); + break; + case LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH2: + result = IC2Config(TIMx, TIM_IC_InitStruct); + break; + case LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH3: + result = IC3Config(TIMx, TIM_IC_InitStruct); + break; + case LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH4: + result = IC4Config(TIMx, TIM_IC_InitStruct); + break; + default: + break; + } + + return result; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each TIM_EncoderInitStruct field with its default value + * @param TIM_EncoderInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_ENCODER_InitTypeDef structure (encoder interface configuration data structure) + * @retval None + */ +void LL_TIM_ENCODER_StructInit(LL_TIM_ENCODER_InitTypeDef *TIM_EncoderInitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + TIM_EncoderInitStruct->EncoderMode = LL_TIM_ENCODERMODE_X2_TI1; + TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1Polarity = LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_RISING; + TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1ActiveInput = LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_DIRECTTI; + TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1Prescaler = LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV1; + TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1Filter = LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1; + TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2Polarity = LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_RISING; + TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2ActiveInput = LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_DIRECTTI; + TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2Prescaler = LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV1; + TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2Filter = LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the encoder interface of the timer instance. + * @param TIMx Timer Instance + * @param TIM_EncoderInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_ENCODER_InitTypeDef structure (TIMx encoder interface configuration data structure) + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +ErrorStatus LL_TIM_ENCODER_Init(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_ENCODER_InitTypeDef *TIM_EncoderInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ENCODERMODE(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->EncoderMode)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_ENCODER(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1Polarity)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1ActiveInput)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ICPSC(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_FILTER(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1Filter)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_ENCODER(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2Polarity)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2ActiveInput)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ICPSC(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_FILTER(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2Filter)); + + /* Disable the CC1 and CC2: Reset the CC1E and CC2E Bits */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC1E | TIM_CCER_CC2E); + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmr1 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCMR1); + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCER); + + /* Configure TI1 */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)~(TIM_CCMR1_CC1S | TIM_CCMR1_IC1F | TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1ActiveInput >> 16U); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1Filter >> 16U); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1Prescaler >> 16U); + + /* Configure TI2 */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)~(TIM_CCMR1_CC2S | TIM_CCMR1_IC2F | TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2ActiveInput >> 8U); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2Filter >> 8U); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2Prescaler >> 8U); + + /* Set TI1 and TI2 polarity and enable TI1 and TI2 */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP | TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1Polarity); + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2Polarity << 4U); + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)(TIM_CCER_CC1E | TIM_CCER_CC2E); + + /* Set encoder mode */ + LL_TIM_SetEncoderMode(TIMx, TIM_EncoderInitStruct->EncoderMode); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCMR1, tmpccmr1); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCER, tmpccer); + + return SUCCESS; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the fields of the TIMx Hall sensor interface configuration data + * structure to their default values. + * @param TIM_HallSensorInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_HALLSENSOR_InitTypeDef structure (HALL sensor interface configuration data structure) + * @retval None + */ +void LL_TIM_HALLSENSOR_StructInit(LL_TIM_HALLSENSOR_InitTypeDef *TIM_HallSensorInitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + TIM_HallSensorInitStruct->IC1Polarity = LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_RISING; + TIM_HallSensorInitStruct->IC1Prescaler = LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV1; + TIM_HallSensorInitStruct->IC1Filter = LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1; + TIM_HallSensorInitStruct->CommutationDelay = 0U; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the Hall sensor interface of the timer instance. + * @note TIMx CH1, CH2 and CH3 inputs connected through a XOR + * to the TI1 input channel + * @note TIMx slave mode controller is configured in reset mode. + Selected internal trigger is TI1F_ED. + * @note Channel 1 is configured as input, IC1 is mapped on TRC. + * @note Captured value stored in TIMx_CCR1 correspond to the time elapsed + * between 2 changes on the inputs. It gives information about motor speed. + * @note Channel 2 is configured in output PWM 2 mode. + * @note Compare value stored in TIMx_CCR2 corresponds to the commutation delay. + * @note OC2REF is selected as trigger output on TRGO. + * @param TIMx Timer Instance + * @param TIM_HallSensorInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_HALLSENSOR_InitTypeDef structure (TIMx HALL sensor interface configuration data structure) + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +ErrorStatus LL_TIM_HALLSENSOR_Init(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_HALLSENSOR_InitTypeDef *TIM_HallSensorInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_ENCODER(TIM_HallSensorInitStruct->IC1Polarity)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ICPSC(TIM_HallSensorInitStruct->IC1Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_FILTER(TIM_HallSensorInitStruct->IC1Filter)); + + /* Disable the CC1 and CC2: Reset the CC1E and CC2E Bits */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC1E | TIM_CCER_CC2E); + + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CR2); + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmr1 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCMR1); + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCER); + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, SMCR); + + /* Connect TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 pins to the TI1 input */ + tmpcr2 |= TIM_CR2_TI1S; + + /* OC2REF signal is used as trigger output (TRGO) */ + tmpcr2 |= LL_TIM_TRGO_OC2REF; + + /* Configure the slave mode controller */ + tmpsmcr &= (uint32_t)~(TIM_SMCR_TS | TIM_SMCR_SMS); + tmpsmcr |= LL_TIM_TS_TI1F_ED; + tmpsmcr |= LL_TIM_SLAVEMODE_RESET; + + /* Configure input channel 1 */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)~(TIM_CCMR1_CC1S | TIM_CCMR1_IC1F | TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_TRC >> 16U); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_HallSensorInitStruct->IC1Filter >> 16U); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_HallSensorInitStruct->IC1Prescaler >> 16U); + + /* Configure input channel 2 */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)~(TIM_CCMR1_OC2M | TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE | TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE | TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(LL_TIM_OCMODE_PWM2 << 8U); + + /* Set Channel 1 polarity and enable Channel 1 and Channel2 */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP | TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)(TIM_HallSensorInitStruct->IC1Polarity); + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)(TIM_CCER_CC1E | TIM_CCER_CC2E); + + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CR2, tmpcr2); + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, SMCR, tmpsmcr); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCMR1, tmpccmr1); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCER, tmpccer); + + /* Write to TIMx CCR2 */ + LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH2(TIMx, TIM_HallSensorInitStruct->CommutationDelay); + + return SUCCESS; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the fields of the Break and Dead Time configuration data structure + * to their default values. + * @param TIM_BDTRInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_BDTR_InitTypeDef structure (Break and Dead Time configuration data structure) + * @retval None + */ +void LL_TIM_BDTR_StructInit(LL_TIM_BDTR_InitTypeDef *TIM_BDTRInitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->OSSRState = LL_TIM_OSSR_DISABLE; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->OSSIState = LL_TIM_OSSI_DISABLE; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->LockLevel = LL_TIM_LOCKLEVEL_OFF; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->DeadTime = (uint8_t)0x00; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->BreakState = LL_TIM_BREAK_DISABLE; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->BreakPolarity = LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY_LOW; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->AutomaticOutput = LL_TIM_AUTOMATICOUTPUT_DISABLE; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the Break and Dead Time feature of the timer instance. + * @note As the bits AOE, BKP, BKE, OSSR, OSSI and DTG[7:0] can be write-locked + * depending on the LOCK configuration, it can be necessary to configure all of + * them during the first write access to the TIMx_BDTR register. + * @note Macro @ref IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not + * a timer instance provides a break input. + * @param TIMx Timer Instance + * @param TIM_BDTRInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_BDTR_InitTypeDef structure(Break and Dead Time configuration data structure) + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: Break and Dead Time is initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +ErrorStatus LL_TIM_BDTR_Init(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_BDTR_InitTypeDef *TIM_BDTRInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpbdtr = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OSSR_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->OSSRState)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OSSI_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->OSSIState)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->LockLevel)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_BREAK_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->BreakState)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->BreakPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->AutomaticOutput)); + + /* Set the Lock level, the Break enable Bit and the Polarity, the OSSR State, + the OSSI State, the dead time value and the Automatic Output Enable Bit */ + + /* Set the BDTR bits */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_DTG, TIM_BDTRInitStruct->DeadTime); + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_LOCK, TIM_BDTRInitStruct->LockLevel); + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_OSSI, TIM_BDTRInitStruct->OSSIState); + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_OSSR, TIM_BDTRInitStruct->OSSRState); + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_BKE, TIM_BDTRInitStruct->BreakState); + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_BKP, TIM_BDTRInitStruct->BreakPolarity); + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_AOE, TIM_BDTRInitStruct->AutomaticOutput); + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_MOE, TIM_BDTRInitStruct->AutomaticOutput); + + /* Set TIMx_BDTR */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, BDTR, tmpbdtr); + + return SUCCESS; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup TIM_LL_Private_Functions TIM Private Functions + * @brief Private functions + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Configure the TIMx output channel 1. + * @param TIMx Timer Instance + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct pointer to the the TIMx output channel 1 configuration data structure + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +static ErrorStatus OC1Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCMODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCSTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCState)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCSTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNState)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNPolarity)); + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(TIMx->CCER, TIM_CCER_CC1E); + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCER); + + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CR2); + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmr1 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCMR1); + + /* Reset Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(tmpccmr1, TIM_CCMR1_CC1S); + + /* Set the Output Compare Mode */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccmr1, TIM_CCMR1_OC1M, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCMode); + + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC1P, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCPolarity); + + /* Set the Output State */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC1E, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCState); + + if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCIdleState)); + + /* Set the complementary output Polarity */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC1NP, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNPolarity << 2U); + + /* Set the complementary output State */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC1NE, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNState << 2U); + + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpcr2, TIM_CR2_OIS1, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCIdleState); + + /* Set the complementary output Idle state */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpcr2, TIM_CR2_OIS1N, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNIdleState << 1U); + } + + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CR2, tmpcr2); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCMR1, tmpccmr1); + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH1(TIMx, TIM_OCInitStruct->CompareValue); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCER, tmpccer); + + return SUCCESS; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TIMx output channel 2. + * @param TIMx Timer Instance + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct pointer to the the TIMx output channel 2 configuration data structure + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +static ErrorStatus OC2Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCMODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCSTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCState)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCSTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNState)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNPolarity)); + + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(TIMx->CCER, TIM_CCER_CC2E); + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCER); + + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CR2); + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmr1 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCMR1); + + /* Reset Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(tmpccmr1, TIM_CCMR1_CC2S); + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccmr1, TIM_CCMR1_OC2M, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCMode << 8U); + + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC2P, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCPolarity << 4U); + + /* Set the Output State */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC2E, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCState << 4U); + + if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCIdleState)); + + /* Set the complementary output Polarity */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC2NP, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNPolarity << 6U); + + /* Set the complementary output State */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC2NE, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNState << 6U); + + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpcr2, TIM_CR2_OIS2, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCIdleState << 2U); + + /* Set the complementary output Idle state */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpcr2, TIM_CR2_OIS2N, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNIdleState << 3U); + } + + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CR2, tmpcr2); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCMR1, tmpccmr1); + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH2(TIMx, TIM_OCInitStruct->CompareValue); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCER, tmpccer); + + return SUCCESS; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TIMx output channel 3. + * @param TIMx Timer Instance + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct pointer to the the TIMx output channel 3 configuration data structure + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +static ErrorStatus OC3Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCMODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCSTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCState)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCSTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNState)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNPolarity)); + + /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(TIMx->CCER, TIM_CCER_CC3E); + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCER); + + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CR2); + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmr2 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCMR2); + + /* Reset Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(tmpccmr2, TIM_CCMR2_CC3S); + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccmr2, TIM_CCMR2_OC3M, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCMode); + + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC3P, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCPolarity << 8U); + + /* Set the Output State */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC3E, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCState << 8U); + + if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCIdleState)); + + /* Set the complementary output Polarity */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC3NP, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNPolarity << 10U); + + /* Set the complementary output State */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC3NE, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNState << 10U); + + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpcr2, TIM_CR2_OIS3, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCIdleState << 4U); + + /* Set the complementary output Idle state */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpcr2, TIM_CR2_OIS3N, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNIdleState << 5U); + } + + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CR2, tmpcr2); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCMR2, tmpccmr2); + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH3(TIMx, TIM_OCInitStruct->CompareValue); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCER, tmpccer); + + return SUCCESS; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TIMx output channel 4. + * @param TIMx Timer Instance + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct pointer to the the TIMx output channel 4 configuration data structure + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +static ErrorStatus OC4Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCMODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCSTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCState)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCSTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNState)); + + /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(TIMx->CCER, TIM_CCER_CC4E); + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCER); + + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CR2); + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmr2 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCMR2); + + /* Reset Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(tmpccmr2, TIM_CCMR2_CC4S); + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccmr2, TIM_CCMR2_OC4M, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCMode << 8U); + + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC4P, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCPolarity << 12U); + + /* Set the Output State */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC4E, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCState << 12U); + + if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCIdleState)); + + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpcr2, TIM_CR2_OIS4, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCIdleState << 6U); + } + + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CR2, tmpcr2); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCMR2, tmpccmr2); + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH4(TIMx, TIM_OCInitStruct->CompareValue); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCER, tmpccer); + + return SUCCESS; +} + + +/** + * @brief Configure the TIMx input channel 1. + * @param TIMx Timer Instance + * @param TIM_ICInitStruct pointer to the the TIMx input channel 1 configuration data structure + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +static ErrorStatus IC1Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *TIM_ICInitStruct) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICActiveInput)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ICPSC(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_FILTER(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICFilter)); + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1E; + + /* Select the Input and set the filter and the prescaler value */ + MODIFY_REG(TIMx->CCMR1, + (TIM_CCMR1_CC1S | TIM_CCMR1_IC1F | TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC), + (TIM_ICInitStruct->ICActiveInput | TIM_ICInitStruct->ICFilter | TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPrescaler) >> 16U); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ + MODIFY_REG(TIMx->CCER, + (TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP), + (TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPolarity | TIM_CCER_CC1E)); + + return SUCCESS; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TIMx input channel 2. + * @param TIMx Timer Instance + * @param TIM_ICInitStruct pointer to the the TIMx input channel 2 configuration data structure + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +static ErrorStatus IC2Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *TIM_ICInitStruct) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICActiveInput)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ICPSC(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_FILTER(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICFilter)); + + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2E; + + /* Select the Input and set the filter and the prescaler value */ + MODIFY_REG(TIMx->CCMR1, + (TIM_CCMR1_CC2S | TIM_CCMR1_IC2F | TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC), + (TIM_ICInitStruct->ICActiveInput | TIM_ICInitStruct->ICFilter | TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPrescaler) >> 8U); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ + MODIFY_REG(TIMx->CCER, + (TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP), + ((TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPolarity << 4U) | TIM_CCER_CC2E)); + + return SUCCESS; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TIMx input channel 3. + * @param TIMx Timer Instance + * @param TIM_ICInitStruct pointer to the the TIMx input channel 3 configuration data structure + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +static ErrorStatus IC3Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *TIM_ICInitStruct) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICActiveInput)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ICPSC(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_FILTER(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICFilter)); + + /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3E; + + /* Select the Input and set the filter and the prescaler value */ + MODIFY_REG(TIMx->CCMR2, + (TIM_CCMR2_CC3S | TIM_CCMR2_IC3F | TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC), + (TIM_ICInitStruct->ICActiveInput | TIM_ICInitStruct->ICFilter | TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPrescaler) >> 16U); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */ + MODIFY_REG(TIMx->CCER, + (TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP), + ((TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPolarity << 8U) | TIM_CCER_CC3E)); + + return SUCCESS; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TIMx input channel 4. + * @param TIMx Timer Instance + * @param TIM_ICInitStruct pointer to the the TIMx input channel 4 configuration data structure + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +static ErrorStatus IC4Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *TIM_ICInitStruct) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICActiveInput)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ICPSC(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_FILTER(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICFilter)); + + /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC4E; + + /* Select the Input and set the filter and the prescaler value */ + MODIFY_REG(TIMx->CCMR2, + (TIM_CCMR2_CC4S | TIM_CCMR2_IC4F | TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC), + (TIM_ICInitStruct->ICActiveInput | TIM_ICInitStruct->ICFilter | TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPrescaler) >> 8U); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */ + MODIFY_REG(TIMx->CCER, + TIM_CCER_CC4P, + ((TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPolarity << 12U) | TIM_CCER_CC4E)); + + return SUCCESS; +} + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* TIM1 || TIM2 || TIM3 || TIM4 || TIM5 || TIM6 || TIM7 || TIM8 || TIM9 || TIM10 || TIM11 || TIM12 || TIM13 || TIM14 || TIM15 || TIM16 || TIM17 */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_usart.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_usart.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..d4d73a31323c7d429bf4948fa717a44a54542223 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_usart.c @@ -0,0 +1,451 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_ll_usart.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief USART LL module driver. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER) + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_ll_usart.h" +#include "stm32f1xx_ll_rcc.h" +#include "stm32f1xx_ll_bus.h" +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT +#include "stm32_assert.h" +#else +#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U) +#endif + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#if defined (USART1) || defined (USART2) || defined (USART3) || defined (UART4) || defined (UART5) + +/** @addtogroup USART_LL + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup USART_LL_Private_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup USART_LL_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ + +/* __BAUDRATE__ The maximum Baud Rate is derived from the maximum clock available + * divided by the smallest oversampling used on the USART (i.e. 8) */ +#define IS_LL_USART_BAUDRATE(__BAUDRATE__) ((__BAUDRATE__) <= 10000000U) + +#define IS_LL_USART_DIRECTION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_NONE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_RX) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX_RX)) + +#define IS_LL_USART_PARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PARITY_NONE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PARITY_EVEN) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PARITY_ODD)) + +#define IS_LL_USART_DATAWIDTH(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_8B) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_9B)) + +#define IS_LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_16) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_8)) + +#define IS_LL_USART_LASTBITCLKOUTPUT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_NO_OUTPUT) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_OUTPUT)) + +#define IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPHASE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PHASE_1EDGE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PHASE_2EDGE)) + +#define IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPOLARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_POLARITY_LOW) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_POLARITY_HIGH)) + +#define IS_LL_USART_CLOCKOUTPUT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_CLOCK_ENABLE)) + +#define IS_LL_USART_STOPBITS(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_0_5) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_1) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_1_5) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_2)) + +#define IS_LL_USART_HWCONTROL(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_NONE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_RTS) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_CTS) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_RTS_CTS)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup USART_LL_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup USART_LL_EF_Init + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-initialize USART registers (Registers restored to their default values). + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: USART registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: USART registers are not de-initialized + */ +ErrorStatus LL_USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(USARTx)); + + if (USARTx == USART1) + { + /* Force reset of USART clock */ + LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_USART1); + + /* Release reset of USART clock */ + LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_USART1); + } + else if (USARTx == USART2) + { + /* Force reset of USART clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART2); + + /* Release reset of USART clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART2); + } +#if defined(USART3) + else if (USARTx == USART3) + { + /* Force reset of USART clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART3); + + /* Release reset of USART clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART3); + } +#endif /* USART3 */ +#if defined(UART4) + else if (USARTx == UART4) + { + /* Force reset of UART clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_UART4); + + /* Release reset of UART clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_UART4); + } +#endif /* UART4 */ +#if defined(UART5) + else if (USARTx == UART5) + { + /* Force reset of UART clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_UART5); + + /* Release reset of UART clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_UART5); + } +#endif /* UART5 */ + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + + return (status); +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize USART registers according to the specified + * parameters in USART_InitStruct. + * @note As some bits in USART configuration registers can only be written when the USART is disabled (USART_CR1_UE bit =0), + * USART IP should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned. + * @note Baud rate value stored in USART_InitStruct BaudRate field, should be valid (different from 0). + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @param USART_InitStruct: pointer to a LL_USART_InitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the specified USART peripheral. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: USART registers are initialized according to USART_InitStruct content + * - ERROR: Problem occurred during USART Registers initialization + */ +ErrorStatus LL_USART_Init(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, LL_USART_InitTypeDef *USART_InitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + uint32_t periphclk = LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO; + LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef rcc_clocks; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_USART_BAUDRATE(USART_InitStruct->BaudRate)); + assert_param(IS_LL_USART_DATAWIDTH(USART_InitStruct->DataWidth)); + assert_param(IS_LL_USART_STOPBITS(USART_InitStruct->StopBits)); + assert_param(IS_LL_USART_PARITY(USART_InitStruct->Parity)); + assert_param(IS_LL_USART_DIRECTION(USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection)); + assert_param(IS_LL_USART_HWCONTROL(USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl)); +#if defined(USART_CR1_OVER8) + assert_param(IS_LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING(USART_InitStruct->OverSampling)); +#endif /* USART_OverSampling_Feature */ + + /* USART needs to be in disabled state, in order to be able to configure some bits in + CRx registers */ + if (LL_USART_IsEnabled(USARTx) == 0U) + { + /*---------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration ----------------------- + * Configure USARTx CR1 (USART Word Length, Parity, Mode and Oversampling bits) with parameters: + * - DataWidth: USART_CR1_M bits according to USART_InitStruct->DataWidth value + * - Parity: USART_CR1_PCE, USART_CR1_PS bits according to USART_InitStruct->Parity value + * - TransferDirection: USART_CR1_TE, USART_CR1_RE bits according to USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection value + * - Oversampling: USART_CR1_OVER8 bit according to USART_InitStruct->OverSampling value. + */ +#if defined(USART_CR1_OVER8) + MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR1, + (USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | + USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE | USART_CR1_OVER8), + (USART_InitStruct->DataWidth | USART_InitStruct->Parity | + USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection | USART_InitStruct->OverSampling)); +#else + MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR1, + (USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | + USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE), + (USART_InitStruct->DataWidth | USART_InitStruct->Parity | + USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection)); +#endif /* USART_OverSampling_Feature */ + + /*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration ----------------------- + * Configure USARTx CR2 (Stop bits) with parameters: + * - Stop Bits: USART_CR2_STOP bits according to USART_InitStruct->StopBits value. + * - CLKEN, CPOL, CPHA and LBCL bits are to be configured using LL_USART_ClockInit(). + */ + LL_USART_SetStopBitsLength(USARTx, USART_InitStruct->StopBits); + + /*---------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration ----------------------- + * Configure USARTx CR3 (Hardware Flow Control) with parameters: + * - HardwareFlowControl: USART_CR3_RTSE, USART_CR3_CTSE bits according to USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl value. + */ + LL_USART_SetHWFlowCtrl(USARTx, USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl); + + /*---------------------------- USART BRR Configuration ----------------------- + * Retrieve Clock frequency used for USART Peripheral + */ + LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&rcc_clocks); + if (USARTx == USART1) + { + periphclk = rcc_clocks.PCLK2_Frequency; + } + else if (USARTx == USART2) + { + periphclk = rcc_clocks.PCLK1_Frequency; + } +#if defined(USART3) + else if (USARTx == USART3) + { + periphclk = rcc_clocks.PCLK1_Frequency; + } +#endif /* USART3 */ +#if defined(UART4) + else if (USARTx == UART4) + { + periphclk = rcc_clocks.PCLK1_Frequency; + } +#endif /* UART4 */ +#if defined(UART5) + else if (USARTx == UART5) + { + periphclk = rcc_clocks.PCLK1_Frequency; + } +#endif /* UART5 */ + else + { + /* Nothing to do, as error code is already assigned to ERROR value */ + } + + /* Configure the USART Baud Rate : + - valid baud rate value (different from 0) is required + - Peripheral clock as returned by RCC service, should be valid (different from 0). + */ + if ((periphclk != LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO) + && (USART_InitStruct->BaudRate != 0U)) + { + status = SUCCESS; +#if defined(USART_CR1_OVER8) + LL_USART_SetBaudRate(USARTx, + periphclk, + USART_InitStruct->OverSampling, + USART_InitStruct->BaudRate); +#else + LL_USART_SetBaudRate(USARTx, + periphclk, + USART_InitStruct->BaudRate); +#endif /* USART_OverSampling_Feature */ + } + } + /* Endif (=> USART not in Disabled state => return ERROR) */ + + return (status); +} + +/** + * @brief Set each @ref LL_USART_InitTypeDef field to default value. + * @param USART_InitStruct: pointer to a @ref LL_USART_InitTypeDef structure + * whose fields will be set to default values. + * @retval None + */ + +void LL_USART_StructInit(LL_USART_InitTypeDef *USART_InitStruct) +{ + /* Set USART_InitStruct fields to default values */ + USART_InitStruct->BaudRate = 9600U; + USART_InitStruct->DataWidth = LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_8B; + USART_InitStruct->StopBits = LL_USART_STOPBITS_1; + USART_InitStruct->Parity = LL_USART_PARITY_NONE ; + USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection = LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX_RX; + USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl = LL_USART_HWCONTROL_NONE; +#if defined(USART_CR1_OVER8) + USART_InitStruct->OverSampling = LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_16; +#endif /* USART_OverSampling_Feature */ +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize USART Clock related settings according to the + * specified parameters in the USART_ClockInitStruct. + * @note As some bits in USART configuration registers can only be written when the USART is disabled (USART_CR1_UE bit =0), + * USART IP should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned. + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @param USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a @ref LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef structure + * that contains the Clock configuration information for the specified USART peripheral. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: USART registers related to Clock settings are initialized according to USART_ClockInitStruct content + * - ERROR: Problem occurred during USART Registers initialization + */ +ErrorStatus LL_USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef *USART_ClockInitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + + /* Check USART Instance and Clock signal output parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_USART_CLOCKOUTPUT(USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockOutput)); + + /* USART needs to be in disabled state, in order to be able to configure some bits in + CRx registers */ + if (LL_USART_IsEnabled(USARTx) == 0U) + { + /*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* If Clock signal has to be output */ + if (USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockOutput == LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE) + { + /* Deactivate Clock signal delivery : + * - Disable Clock Output: USART_CR2_CLKEN cleared + */ + LL_USART_DisableSCLKOutput(USARTx); + } + else + { + /* Ensure USART instance is USART capable */ + assert_param(IS_USART_INSTANCE(USARTx)); + + /* Check clock related parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPOLARITY(USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPHASE(USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase)); + assert_param(IS_LL_USART_LASTBITCLKOUTPUT(USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse)); + + /*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration ----------------------- + * Configure USARTx CR2 (Clock signal related bits) with parameters: + * - Enable Clock Output: USART_CR2_CLKEN set + * - Clock Polarity: USART_CR2_CPOL bit according to USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity value + * - Clock Phase: USART_CR2_CPHA bit according to USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase value + * - Last Bit Clock Pulse Output: USART_CR2_LBCL bit according to USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse value. + */ + MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR2, + USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_CR2_CPHA | USART_CR2_CPOL | USART_CR2_LBCL, + USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity | + USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase | USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse); + } + } + /* Else (USART not in Disabled state => return ERROR */ + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + + return (status); +} + +/** + * @brief Set each field of a @ref LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef type structure to default value. + * @param USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a @ref LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef structure + * whose fields will be set to default values. + * @retval None + */ +void LL_USART_ClockStructInit(LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef *USART_ClockInitStruct) +{ + /* Set LL_USART_ClockInitStruct fields with default values */ + USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockOutput = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE; + USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity = LL_USART_POLARITY_LOW; /* Not relevant when ClockOutput = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE */ + USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase = LL_USART_PHASE_1EDGE; /* Not relevant when ClockOutput = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE */ + USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse = LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_NO_OUTPUT; /* Not relevant when ClockOutput = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* USART1 || USART2 || USART3 || UART4 || UART5 */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ + diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_usb.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_usb.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..f1115970fd27a60061b0f4403489086046a8d0c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_usb.c @@ -0,0 +1,2338 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_ll_usb.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief USB Low Layer HAL module driver. + * + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller: + * + Initialization/de-initialization functions + * + I/O operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Fill parameters of Init structure in USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure. + + (#) Call USB_CoreInit() API to initialize the USB Core peripheral. + + (#) The upper HAL HCD/PCD driver will call the right routines for its internal processes. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup USB_LL USB Low Layer + * @brief Low layer module for USB_FS and USB_OTG_FS drivers + * @{ + */ + +#if defined (HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined (HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED) + +#if defined(STM32F102x6) || defined(STM32F102xB) || \ + defined(STM32F103x6) || defined(STM32F103xB) || \ + defined(STM32F103xE) || defined(STM32F103xG) || \ + defined(STM32F105xC) || defined(STM32F107xC) + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if defined (USB_OTG_FS) +/** @defgroup USB_LL_Private_Functions USB Low Layer Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_CoreReset(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx); +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* USB_OTG_FS */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup USB_LL_Exported_Functions USB Low Layer Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup USB_LL_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the PCD data + transfers. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/*============================================================================== + USB OTG FS peripheral available on STM32F105xx and STM32F107xx devices +==============================================================================*/ +#if defined (USB_OTG_FS) + +/** + * @brief Initializes the USB Core + * @param USBx: USB Instance + * @param cfg : pointer to a USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_CoreInit(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef cfg) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(cfg); + + /* Select FS Embedded PHY */ + USBx->GUSBCFG |= USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_PHYSEL; + + /* Reset after a PHY select and set Host mode */ + USB_CoreReset(USBx); + + /* Deactivate the power down*/ + USBx->GCCFG = USB_OTG_GCCFG_PWRDWN; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_EnableGlobalInt + * Enables the controller's Global Int in the AHB Config reg + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EnableGlobalInt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + USBx->GAHBCFG |= USB_OTG_GAHBCFG_GINT; + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_DisableGlobalInt + * Disable the controller's Global Int in the AHB Config reg + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DisableGlobalInt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + USBx->GAHBCFG &= ~USB_OTG_GAHBCFG_GINT; + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_SetCurrentMode : Set functional mode + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param mode : current core mode + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * @arg USB_DEVICE_MODE: Peripheral mode mode + * @arg USB_HOST_MODE: Host mode + * @arg USB_DRD_MODE: Dual Role Device mode + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetCurrentMode(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , USB_ModeTypeDef mode) +{ + USBx->GUSBCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FHMOD | USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FDMOD); + + if ( mode == USB_HOST_MODE) + { + USBx->GUSBCFG |= USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FHMOD; + } + else if (mode == USB_DEVICE_MODE) + { + USBx->GUSBCFG |= USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FDMOD; + } + HAL_Delay(50); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_DevInit : Initializes the USB_OTG controller registers + * for device mode + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param cfg : pointer to a USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevInit (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef cfg) +{ + uint32_t index = 0; + + for (index = 0; index < 15 ; index++) + { + USBx->DIEPTXF[index] = 0; + } + + /*Activate VBUS Sensing B */ + USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_VBUSBSEN; + + /* Restart the Phy Clock */ + USBx_PCGCCTL = 0; + + /* Device mode configuration */ + USBx_DEVICE->DCFG |= DCFG_FRAME_INTERVAL_80; + + /* Set Full speed phy */ + USB_SetDevSpeed (USBx , USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL); + + /* Flush the FIFOs */ + USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx , 0x10); /* all Tx FIFOs */ + USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx); + + /* Clear all pending Device Interrupts */ + USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK = 0; + USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK = 0; + USBx_DEVICE->DAINT = 0xFFFFFFFF; + USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK = 0; + + for (index = 0; index < cfg.dev_endpoints; index++) + { + if ((USBx_INEP(index)->DIEPCTL & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA) == USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA) + { + USBx_INEP(index)->DIEPCTL = (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPDIS | USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SNAK); + } + else + { + USBx_INEP(index)->DIEPCTL = 0; + } + + USBx_INEP(index)->DIEPTSIZ = 0; + USBx_INEP(index)->DIEPINT = 0xFF; + } + + for (index = 0; index < cfg.dev_endpoints; index++) + { + if ((USBx_OUTEP(index)->DOEPCTL & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA) == USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA) + { + USBx_OUTEP(index)->DOEPCTL = (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPDIS | USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SNAK); + } + else + { + USBx_OUTEP(index)->DOEPCTL = 0; + } + + USBx_OUTEP(index)->DOEPTSIZ = 0; + USBx_OUTEP(index)->DOEPINT = 0xFF; + } + + USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_TXFURM); + + /* Disable all interrupts. */ + USBx->GINTMSK = 0; + + /* Clear any pending interrupts */ + USBx->GINTSTS = 0xBFFFFFFF; + + /* Enable the common interrupts */ + USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_RXFLVLM; + + /* Enable interrupts matching to the Device mode ONLY */ + USBx->GINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_GINTMSK_USBSUSPM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_USBRST |\ + USB_OTG_GINTMSK_ENUMDNEM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_IEPINT |\ + USB_OTG_GINTMSK_OEPINT | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_IISOIXFRM|\ + USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PXFRM_IISOOXFRM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_WUIM); + + if(cfg.Sof_enable) + { + USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_SOFM; + } + + if (cfg.vbus_sensing_enable == ENABLE) + { + USBx->GINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_GINTMSK_SRQIM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_OTGINT); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_OTG_FlushTxFifo : Flush a Tx FIFO + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param num : FIFO number + * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 + 15 means Flush all Tx FIFOs + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_FlushTxFifo (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint32_t num ) +{ + uint32_t count = 0; + + USBx->GRSTCTL = (USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_TXFFLSH |(uint32_t)(num << 6)); + + do + { + if (++count > 200000) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_TXFFLSH) == USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_TXFFLSH); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_FlushRxFifo : Flush Rx FIFO + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_FlushRxFifo(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + uint32_t count = 0; + + USBx->GRSTCTL = USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_RXFFLSH; + + do + { + if (++count > 200000) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_RXFFLSH) == USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_RXFFLSH); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_SetDevSpeed :Initializes the DevSpd field of DCFG register + * depending the PHY type and the enumeration speed of the device. + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param speed : device speed + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode + * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode + * @retval Hal status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetDevSpeed(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t speed) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + + USBx_DEVICE->DCFG |= speed; + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_GetDevSpeed :Return the Dev Speed + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval speed : device speed + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode + * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode + */ +uint8_t USB_GetDevSpeed(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + uint8_t speed = 0; + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + + if (((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_ENUMSPD) == DSTS_ENUMSPD_FS_PHY_30MHZ_OR_60MHZ)|| + ((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_ENUMSPD) == DSTS_ENUMSPD_FS_PHY_48MHZ)) + { + speed = USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL; + } + else if((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_ENUMSPD) == DSTS_ENUMSPD_LS_PHY_6MHZ) + { + speed = USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW; + } + + return speed; +} + +/** + * @brief Activate and configure an endpoint + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateEndpoint(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + + if (ep->is_in) + { + /* Assign a Tx FIFO */ + ep->tx_fifo_num = ep->num; + } + /* Set initial data PID. */ + if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_BULK ) + { + ep->data_pid_start = 0; + } + + if (ep->is_in == 1) + { + USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK |= USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & ((1 << (ep->num))); + + if (((USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP) == 0) + { + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= ((ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_MPSIZ ) | (ep->type << 18 ) |\ + ((ep->num) << 22 ) | (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM) | (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP)); + } + } + else + { + USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK |= USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)) << 16); + + if (((USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP) == 0) + { + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= ((ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_MPSIZ ) | (ep->type << 18 ) |\ + (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM)| (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP)); + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief De-activate and de-initialize an endpoint + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DeactivateEndpoint(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + + /* Read DEPCTLn register */ + if (ep->is_in == 1) + { + USBx_DEVICE->DEACHMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)))); + USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)))); + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL &= ~ USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP; + } + else + { + USBx_DEVICE->DEACHMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)) << 16)); + USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)) << 16)); + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP; + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_EPStartXfer : setup and starts a transfer over an EP + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPStartXfer(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep) +{ + uint16_t pktcnt = 0; + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + + /* IN endpoint */ + if (ep->is_in == 1) + { + /* Zero Length Packet? */ + if (ep->xfer_len == 0) + { + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT); + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)) ; + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ); + } + else + { + /* Program the transfer size and packet count + * as follows: xfersize = N * maxpacket + + * short_packet pktcnt = N + (short_packet + * exist ? 1 : 0) + */ + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ); + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT); + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (((ep->xfer_len + ep->maxpacket -1)/ ep->maxpacket) << 19)) ; + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & ep->xfer_len); + + if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_ISOC) + { + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_MULCNT); + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_MULCNT & (1 << 29)); + } + } + + if (ep->type != EP_TYPE_ISOC) + { + /* Enable the Tx FIFO Empty Interrupt for this EP */ + if (ep->xfer_len > 0) + { + USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK |= 1 << ep->num; + } + } + + if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_ISOC) + { + if ((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & ( 1 << 8 )) == 0) + { + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SODDFRM; + } + else + { + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM; + } + } + + /* EP enable, IN data in FIFO */ + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA); + + if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_ISOC) + { + USB_WritePacket(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, ep->num, ep->xfer_len); + } + } + else /* OUT endpoint */ + { + /* Program the transfer size and packet count as follows: + * pktcnt = N + * xfersize = N * maxpacket + */ + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ); + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT); + + if (ep->xfer_len == 0) + { + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & ep->maxpacket); + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)); + } + else + { + pktcnt = (ep->xfer_len + ep->maxpacket -1)/ ep->maxpacket; + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (pktcnt << 19)); + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & (ep->maxpacket * pktcnt)); + } + + if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_ISOC) + { + if ((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & ( 1 << 8 )) == 0) + { + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SODDFRM; + } + else + { + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM; + } + } + /* EP enable */ + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_EP0StartXfer : setup and starts a transfer over the EP 0 + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EP0StartXfer(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + + /* IN endpoint */ + if (ep->is_in == 1) + { + /* Zero Length Packet? */ + if (ep->xfer_len == 0) + { + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT); + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)); + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ); + } + else + { + /* Program the transfer size and packet count + * as follows: xfersize = N * maxpacket + + * short_packet pktcnt = N + (short_packet + * exist ? 1 : 0) + */ + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ); + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT); + + if(ep->xfer_len > ep->maxpacket) + { + ep->xfer_len = ep->maxpacket; + } + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)); + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & ep->xfer_len); + } + + /* Enable the Tx FIFO Empty Interrupt for this EP */ + if (ep->xfer_len > 0) + { + USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK |= 1 << (ep->num); + } + + /* EP enable, IN data in FIFO */ + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA); + } + else /* OUT endpoint */ + { + /* Program the transfer size and packet count as follows: + * pktcnt = N + * xfersize = N * maxpacket + */ + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ); + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT); + + if (ep->xfer_len > 0) + { + ep->xfer_len = ep->maxpacket; + } + + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)); + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & (ep->maxpacket)); + + /* EP enable */ + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_WritePacket : Writes a packet into the Tx FIFO associated + * with the EP/channel + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param src : pointer to source buffer + * @param ch_ep_num : endpoint or host channel number + * @param len : Number of bytes to write + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_WritePacket(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *src, uint8_t ch_ep_num, uint16_t len) +{ + uint32_t count32b = 0 , index = 0; + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + + count32b = (len + 3) / 4; + for (index = 0; index < count32b; index++, src += 4) + { + USBx_DFIFO(ch_ep_num) = *((__packed uint32_t *)src); + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_ReadPacket : read a packet from the Tx FIFO associated + * with the EP/channel + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param dest : destination pointer + * @param len : Number of bytes to read + * @retval pointer to destination buffer + */ +void *USB_ReadPacket(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *dest, uint16_t len) +{ + uint32_t index = 0; + uint32_t count32b = (len + 3) / 4; + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + + for ( index = 0; index < count32b; index++, dest += 4 ) + { + *(__packed uint32_t *)dest = USBx_DFIFO(0); + + } + return ((void *)dest); +} + +/** + * @brief USB_EPSetStall : set a stall condition over an EP + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPSetStall(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + + if (ep->is_in == 1) + { + if (((USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA) == 0) + { + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPDIS); + } + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_STALL; + } + else + { + if (((USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA) == 0) + { + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPDIS); + } + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_STALL; + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_EPClearStall : Clear a stall condition over an EP + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPClearStall(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + + if (ep->is_in == 1) + { + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_STALL; + if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_INTR || ep->type == EP_TYPE_BULK) + { + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM; /* DATA0 */ + } + } + else + { + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_STALL; + if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_INTR || ep->type == EP_TYPE_BULK) + { + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM; /* DATA0 */ + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_StopDevice : Stop the usb device mode + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_StopDevice(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + uint32_t index = 0; + + /* Clear Pending interrupt */ + for (index = 0; index < 15 ; index++) + { + USBx_INEP(index)->DIEPINT = 0xFF; + USBx_OUTEP(index)->DOEPINT = 0xFF; + } + USBx_DEVICE->DAINT = 0xFFFFFFFF; + + /* Clear interrupt masks */ + USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK = 0; + USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK = 0; + USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK = 0; + + /* Flush the FIFO */ + USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx); + USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx , 0x10 ); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_SetDevAddress : Stop the usb device mode + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param address : new device address to be assigned + * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 255 + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetDevAddress (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t address) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + UNUSED(address); + USBx_DEVICE->DCFG &= ~ (USB_OTG_DCFG_DAD); + USBx_DEVICE->DCFG |= (address << 4) & USB_OTG_DCFG_DAD; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_DevConnect : Connect the USB device by enabling the pull-up/pull-down + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevConnect (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + + USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DCTL_SDIS ; + HAL_Delay(3); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_DevDisconnect : Disconnect the USB device by disabling the pull-up/pull-down + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevDisconnect (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + + USBx_DEVICE->DCTL |= USB_OTG_DCTL_SDIS; + HAL_Delay(3); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_ReadInterrupts: return the global USB interrupt status + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t USB_ReadInterrupts (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + tmpreg = USBx->GINTSTS; + tmpreg &= USBx->GINTMSK; + return tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt: return the USB device OUT endpoints interrupt status + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + + tmpreg = USBx_DEVICE->DAINT; + tmpreg &= USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK; + return ((tmpreg & 0xffff0000) >> 16); +} + +/** + * @brief USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt: return the USB device IN endpoints interrupt status + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + + tmpreg = USBx_DEVICE->DAINT; + tmpreg &= USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK; + return ((tmpreg & 0xFFFF)); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns Device OUT EP Interrupt register + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param epnum : endpoint number + * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 15 + * @retval Device OUT EP Interrupt register + */ +uint32_t USB_ReadDevOutEPInterrupt (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t epnum) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + tmpreg = USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPINT; + tmpreg &= USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK; + return tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns Device IN EP Interrupt register + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param epnum : endpoint number + * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 15 + * @retval Device IN EP Interrupt register + */ +uint32_t USB_ReadDevInEPInterrupt (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t epnum) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0, msk = 0, emp = 0; + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + + msk = USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK; + emp = USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK; + msk |= ((emp >> epnum) & 0x1) << 7; + tmpreg = USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPINT & msk; + return tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_ClearInterrupts: clear a USB interrupt + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param interrupt : interrupt flag + * @retval None + */ +void USB_ClearInterrupts (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint32_t interrupt) +{ + USBx->GINTSTS |= interrupt; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns USB core mode + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval return core mode : Host or Device + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * 0 : Host + * 1 : Device + */ +uint32_t USB_GetMode(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + + return ((USBx->GINTSTS ) & 0x1); +} + +/** + * @brief Activate EP0 for Setup transactions + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateSetup (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + /* Set the MPS of the IN EP based on the enumeration speed */ + USBx_INEP(0)->DIEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_MPSIZ; + + if((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_ENUMSPD) == DSTS_ENUMSPD_LS_PHY_6MHZ) + { + USBx_INEP(0)->DIEPCTL |= 3; + } + USBx_DEVICE->DCTL |= USB_OTG_DCTL_CGINAK; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Prepare the EP0 to start the first control setup + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param psetup : pointer to setup packet + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EP0_OutStart(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *psetup) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + UNUSED(psetup); + USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPTSIZ = 0; + USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)); + USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPTSIZ |= (3 * 8); + USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPTSIZ |= USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_STUPCNT; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_HostInit : Initializes the USB OTG controller registers + * for Host mode + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param cfg : pointer to a USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HostInit (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef cfg) +{ + uint32_t index = 0; + + /* Restart the Phy Clock */ + USBx_PCGCCTL = 0; + + /* no VBUS sensing*/ + USBx->GCCFG &=~ (USB_OTG_GCCFG_VBUSASEN); + USBx->GCCFG &=~ (USB_OTG_GCCFG_VBUSBSEN); + + /* Disable the FS/LS support mode only */ + if((cfg.speed == USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL)&& + (USBx != USB_OTG_FS)) + { + USBx_HOST->HCFG |= USB_OTG_HCFG_FSLSS; + } + else + { + USBx_HOST->HCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_HCFG_FSLSS); + } + + /* Make sure the FIFOs are flushed. */ + USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx, 0x10 ); /* all Tx FIFOs */ + USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx); + + /* Clear all pending HC Interrupts */ + for (index = 0; index < cfg.Host_channels; index++) + { + USBx_HC(index)->HCINT = 0xFFFFFFFF; + USBx_HC(index)->HCINTMSK = 0; + } + + /* Enable VBUS driving */ + USB_DriveVbus(USBx, 1); + + HAL_Delay(200); + + /* Disable all interrupts. */ + USBx->GINTMSK = 0; + + /* Clear any pending interrupts */ + USBx->GINTSTS = 0xFFFFFFFF; + + if(USBx == USB_OTG_FS) + { + /* set Rx FIFO size */ + USBx->GRXFSIZ = (uint32_t )0x80; + USBx->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ = (uint32_t )(((0x60 << 16)& USB_OTG_NPTXFD) | 0x80); + USBx->HPTXFSIZ = (uint32_t )(((0x40 << 16)& USB_OTG_HPTXFSIZ_PTXFD) | 0xE0); + } + + /* Enable the common interrupts */ + USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_RXFLVLM; + + /* Enable interrupts matching to the Host mode ONLY */ + USBx->GINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PRTIM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_HCIM |\ + USB_OTG_GINTMSK_SOFM |USB_OTG_GINTSTS_DISCINT|\ + USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PXFRM_IISOOXFRM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_WUIM); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_InitFSLSPClkSel : Initializes the FSLSPClkSel field of the + * HCFG register on the PHY type and set the right frame interval + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param freq : clock frequency + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * HCFG_48_MHZ : Full Speed 48 MHz Clock + * HCFG_6_MHZ : Low Speed 6 MHz Clock + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_InitFSLSPClkSel(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t freq) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + + USBx_HOST->HCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_HCFG_FSLSPCS); + USBx_HOST->HCFG |= (freq & USB_OTG_HCFG_FSLSPCS); + + if (freq == HCFG_48_MHZ) + { + USBx_HOST->HFIR = (uint32_t)48000; + } + else if (freq == HCFG_6_MHZ) + { + USBx_HOST->HFIR = (uint32_t)6000; + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** +* @brief USB_OTG_ResetPort : Reset Host Port + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + * @note : (1)The application must wait at least 10 ms + * before clearing the reset bit. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ResetPort(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + __IO uint32_t hprt0 = 0; + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + + hprt0 = USBx_HPRT0; + + hprt0 &= ~(USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA | USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET |\ + USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG | USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG ); + + USBx_HPRT0 = (USB_OTG_HPRT_PRST | hprt0); + HAL_Delay (10); /* See Note #1 */ + USBx_HPRT0 = ((~USB_OTG_HPRT_PRST) & hprt0); + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_DriveVbus : activate or de-activate vbus + * @param state : VBUS state + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * 0 : VBUS Active + * 1 : VBUS Inactive + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DriveVbus (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t state) +{ + __IO uint32_t hprt0 = 0; + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + + hprt0 = USBx_HPRT0; + hprt0 &= ~(USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA | USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET |\ + USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG | USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG ); + + if (((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) == 0 ) && (state == 1 )) + { + USBx_HPRT0 = (USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR | hprt0); + } + if (((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) == USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) && (state == 0 )) + { + USBx_HPRT0 = ((~USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) & hprt0); + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Return Host Core speed + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval speed : Host speed + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode + * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode + */ +uint32_t USB_GetHostSpeed (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + __IO uint32_t hprt0 = 0; + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + + hprt0 = USBx_HPRT0; + return ((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PSPD) >> 17); +} + +/** + * @brief Return Host Current Frame number + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval current frame number +*/ +uint32_t USB_GetCurrentFrame (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + + return (USBx_HOST->HFNUM & USB_OTG_HFNUM_FRNUM); +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize a host channel + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param ch_num : Channel number + * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 + * @param epnum : Endpoint number + * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 + * @param dev_address : Current device address + * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 255 + * @param speed : Current device speed + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode + * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode + * @param ep_type : Endpoint Type + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * @arg EP_TYPE_CTRL: Control type + * @arg EP_TYPE_ISOC: Isochronous type + * @arg EP_TYPE_BULK: Bulk type + * @arg EP_TYPE_INTR: Interrupt type + * @param mps : Max Packet Size + * This parameter can be a value from 0 to32K + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HC_Init(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, + uint8_t ch_num, + uint8_t epnum, + uint8_t dev_address, + uint8_t speed, + uint8_t ep_type, + uint16_t mps) +{ + /* Clear old interrupt conditions for this host channel. */ + USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINT = 0xFFFFFFFF; + + /* Enable channel interrupts required for this transfer. */ + switch (ep_type) + { + case EP_TYPE_CTRL: + case EP_TYPE_BULK: + USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK = USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_XFRCM |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_STALLM |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_TXERRM |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_DTERRM |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_AHBERR |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_NAKM ; + + if (epnum & 0x80) + { + USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK |= USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_BBERRM; + } + break; + + case EP_TYPE_INTR: + USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK = USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_XFRCM |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_STALLM |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_TXERRM |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_DTERRM |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_NAKM |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_AHBERR |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_FRMORM ; + + if (epnum & 0x80) + { + USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK |= USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_BBERRM; + } + + break; + + case EP_TYPE_ISOC: + USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK = USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_XFRCM |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_ACKM |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_AHBERR |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_FRMORM ; + + if (epnum & 0x80) + { + USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_TXERRM | USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_BBERRM); + } + break; + } + + /* Enable the top level host channel interrupt. */ + USBx_HOST->HAINTMSK |= (1 << ch_num); + + /* Make sure host channel interrupts are enabled. */ + USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_HCIM; + + /* Program the HCCHAR register */ + USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR = (((dev_address << 22) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_DAD) |\ + (((epnum & 0x7F)<< 11) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPNUM)|\ + ((((epnum & 0x80) == 0x80)<< 15) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR)|\ + (((speed == HPRT0_PRTSPD_LOW_SPEED)<< 17) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_LSDEV)|\ + ((ep_type << 18) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPTYP)|\ + (mps & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_MPSIZ)); + + if (ep_type == EP_TYPE_INTR) + { + USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_ODDFRM ; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Start a transfer over a host channel + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param hc : pointer to host channel structure + * @retval HAL state + */ +#if defined (__CC_ARM) /*!< ARM Compiler */ +#pragma O0 +#elif defined (__GNUC__) /*!< GNU Compiler */ +#pragma GCC optimize ("O0") +#endif /* __CC_ARM */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HC_StartXfer(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_HCTypeDef *hc) +{ + uint8_t is_oddframe = 0; + uint16_t len_words = 0; + uint16_t num_packets = 0; + uint16_t max_hc_pkt_count = 256; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Compute the expected number of packets associated to the transfer */ + if (hc->xfer_len > 0) + { + num_packets = (hc->xfer_len + hc->max_packet - 1) / hc->max_packet; + + if (num_packets > max_hc_pkt_count) + { + num_packets = max_hc_pkt_count; + hc->xfer_len = num_packets * hc->max_packet; + } + } + else + { + num_packets = 1; + } + if (hc->ep_is_in) + { + hc->xfer_len = num_packets * hc->max_packet; + } + + /* Initialize the HCTSIZn register */ + USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCTSIZ = (((hc->xfer_len) & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_XFRSIZ)) |\ + ((num_packets << 19) & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_PKTCNT) |\ + (((hc->data_pid) << 29) & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_DPID); + + is_oddframe = (USBx_HOST->HFNUM & 0x01) ? 0 : 1; + USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_ODDFRM; + USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCCHAR |= (is_oddframe << 29); + + /* Set host channel enable */ + tmpreg = USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCCHAR; + tmpreg &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; + tmpreg |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; + USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCCHAR = tmpreg; + + if((hc->ep_is_in == 0) && (hc->xfer_len > 0)) + { + switch(hc->ep_type) + { + /* Non periodic transfer */ + case EP_TYPE_CTRL: + case EP_TYPE_BULK: + len_words = (hc->xfer_len + 3) / 4; + + /* check if there is enough space in FIFO space */ + if(len_words > (USBx->HNPTXSTS & 0xFFFF)) + { + /* need to process data in nptxfempty interrupt */ + USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_NPTXFEM; + } + break; + + /* Periodic transfer */ + case EP_TYPE_INTR: + case EP_TYPE_ISOC: + len_words = (hc->xfer_len + 3) / 4; + /* check if there is enough space in FIFO space */ + if(len_words > (USBx_HOST->HPTXSTS & 0xFFFF)) /* split the transfer */ + { + /* need to process data in ptxfempty interrupt */ + USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PTXFEM; + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Write packet into the Tx FIFO. */ + USB_WritePacket(USBx, hc->xfer_buff, hc->ch_num, hc->xfer_len); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Read all host channel interrupts status + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL state + */ +uint32_t USB_HC_ReadInterrupt (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + + return ((USBx_HOST->HAINT) & 0xFFFF); +} + +/** + * @brief Halt a host channel + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param hc_num : Host Channel number + * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HC_Halt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t hc_num) +{ + uint32_t count = 0; + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + + /* Check for space in the request queue to issue the halt. */ + if (((((USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPTYP) >> 18) == HCCHAR_CTRL) || + (((((USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPTYP) >> 18) == HCCHAR_BULK))) + { + USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; + + if ((USBx->HNPTXSTS & 0xFFFF) == 0) + { + USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; + USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; + USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR; + do + { + if (++count > 1000) + { + break; + } + } + while ((USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA) == USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA); + } + else + { + USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; + } + } + else + { + USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; + + if ((USBx_HOST->HPTXSTS & 0xFFFF) == 0) + { + USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; + USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; + USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR; + do + { + if (++count > 1000) + { + break; + } + } + while ((USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA) == USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA); + } + else + { + USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initiate Do Ping protocol + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param hc_num : Host Channel number + * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DoPing(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t ch_num) +{ + uint8_t num_packets = 1; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + + USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCTSIZ = ((num_packets << 19) & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_PKTCNT) |\ + USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_DOPING; + + /* Set host channel enable */ + tmpreg = USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR; + tmpreg &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; + tmpreg |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; + USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR = tmpreg; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop Host Core + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_StopHost(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + uint8_t index; + uint32_t count = 0; + uint32_t value = 0; + + USB_DisableGlobalInt(USBx); + + /* Flush FIFO */ + USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx, 0x10); + USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx); + + /* Flush out any leftover queued requests. */ + for (index = 0; index <= 15; index++) + { + value = USBx_HC(index)->HCCHAR; + value |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; + value &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; + value &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR; + USBx_HC(index)->HCCHAR = value; + } + + /* Halt all channels to put them into a known state. */ + for (index = 0; index <= 15; index++) + { + value = USBx_HC(index)->HCCHAR ; + value |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; + value |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; + value &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR; + USBx_HC(index)->HCCHAR = value; + + do + { + if (++count > 1000) + { + break; + } + } + while ((USBx_HC(index)->HCCHAR & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA) == USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA); + } + + /* Clear any pending Host interrupts */ + USBx_HOST->HAINT = 0xFFFFFFFF; + USBx->GINTSTS = 0xFFFFFFFF; + USB_EnableGlobalInt(USBx); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_ActivateRemoteWakeup : active remote wakeup signalling + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateRemoteWakeup(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + if((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS) == USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS) + { + /* active Remote wakeup signalling */ + USBx_DEVICE->DCTL |= USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG; + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_DeActivateRemoteWakeup : de-active remote wakeup signalling + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DeActivateRemoteWakeup(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + /* active Remote wakeup signalling */ + USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~(USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG); + return HAL_OK; +} + +#endif /* USB_OTG_FS */ + +/*============================================================================== + USB Device FS peripheral available on STM32F102xx and STM32F103xx devices +==============================================================================*/ +#if defined (USB) +/** + * @brief Initializes the USB Core + * @param USBx: USB Instance + * @param cfg : pointer to a USB_CfgTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_CoreInit(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_CfgTypeDef cfg) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + UNUSED(cfg); + /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used + only by USB OTG FS peripheral. + - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. + */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_EnableGlobalInt + * Enables the controller's Global Int in the AHB Config reg + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EnableGlobalInt(USB_TypeDef *USBx) +{ + uint32_t winterruptmask = 0; + + /* Set winterruptmask variable */ + winterruptmask = USB_CNTR_CTRM | USB_CNTR_WKUPM | USB_CNTR_SUSPM | USB_CNTR_ERRM \ + | USB_CNTR_SOFM | USB_CNTR_ESOFM | USB_CNTR_RESETM; + + /* Set interrupt mask */ + USBx->CNTR |= winterruptmask; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_DisableGlobalInt + * Disable the controller's Global Int in the AHB Config reg + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DisableGlobalInt(USB_TypeDef *USBx) +{ + uint32_t winterruptmask = 0; + + /* Set winterruptmask variable */ + winterruptmask = USB_CNTR_CTRM | USB_CNTR_WKUPM | USB_CNTR_SUSPM | USB_CNTR_ERRM \ + | USB_CNTR_ESOFM | USB_CNTR_RESETM; + + /* Clear interrupt mask */ + USBx->CNTR &= ~winterruptmask; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_SetCurrentMode : Set functional mode + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param mode : current core mode + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * @arg USB_DEVICE_MODE: Peripheral mode mode + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetCurrentMode(USB_TypeDef *USBx , USB_ModeTypeDef mode) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + UNUSED(mode); + /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used + only by USB OTG FS peripheral. + - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. + */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_DevInit : Initializes the USB controller registers + * for device mode + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param cfg : pointer to a USB_CfgTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevInit (USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_CfgTypeDef cfg) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(cfg); + + /* Init Device */ + /*CNTR_FRES = 1*/ + USBx->CNTR = USB_CNTR_FRES; + + /*CNTR_FRES = 0*/ + USBx->CNTR = 0; + + /*Clear pending interrupts*/ + USBx->ISTR = 0; + + /*Set Btable Address*/ + USBx->BTABLE = BTABLE_ADDRESS; + + /* Enable USB Device Interrupt mask */ + USB_EnableGlobalInt(USBx); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_FlushTxFifo : Flush a Tx FIFO + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param num : FIFO number + * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 + 15 means Flush all Tx FIFOs + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_FlushTxFifo (USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint32_t num) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + UNUSED(num); + /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used + only by USB OTG FS peripheral. + - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. + */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_FlushRxFifo : Flush Rx FIFO + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_FlushRxFifo(USB_TypeDef *USBx) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used + only by USB OTG FS peripheral. + - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. + */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Activate and configure an endpoint + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateEndpoint(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_EPTypeDef *ep) +{ + /* initialize Endpoint */ + switch (ep->type) + { + case EP_TYPE_CTRL: + PCD_SET_EPTYPE(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_CONTROL); + break; + case EP_TYPE_BULK: + PCD_SET_EPTYPE(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_BULK); + break; + case EP_TYPE_INTR: + PCD_SET_EPTYPE(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_INTERRUPT); + break; + case EP_TYPE_ISOC: + PCD_SET_EPTYPE(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_ISOCHRONOUS); + break; + default: + break; + } + + PCD_SET_EP_ADDRESS(USBx, ep->num, ep->num); + + if (ep->doublebuffer == 0) + { + if (ep->is_in) + { + /*Set the endpoint Transmit buffer address */ + PCD_SET_EP_TX_ADDRESS(USBx, ep->num, ep->pmaadress); + PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + /* Configure NAK status for the Endpoint*/ + PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_NAK); + } + else + { + /*Set the endpoint Receive buffer address */ + PCD_SET_EP_RX_ADDRESS(USBx, ep->num, ep->pmaadress); + /*Set the endpoint Receive buffer counter*/ + PCD_SET_EP_RX_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->maxpacket); + PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + /* Configure VALID status for the Endpoint*/ + PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_VALID); + } + } + /*Double Buffer*/ + else + { + /*Set the endpoint as double buffered*/ + PCD_SET_EP_DBUF(USBx, ep->num); + /*Set buffer address for double buffered mode*/ + PCD_SET_EP_DBUF_ADDR(USBx, ep->num,ep->pmaaddr0, ep->pmaaddr1); + + if (ep->is_in==0) + { + /* Clear the data toggle bits for the endpoint IN/OUT*/ + PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + + /* Reset value of the data toggle bits for the endpoint out*/ + PCD_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + + PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_VALID); + PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS); + } + else + { + /* Clear the data toggle bits for the endpoint IN/OUT*/ + PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + PCD_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + /* Configure DISABLE status for the Endpoint*/ + PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS); + PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_DIS); + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief De-activate and de-initialize an endpoint + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DeactivateEndpoint(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_EPTypeDef *ep) +{ + if (ep->doublebuffer == 0) + { + if (ep->is_in) + { + PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + /* Configure DISABLE status for the Endpoint*/ + PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS); + } + else + { + PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + /* Configure DISABLE status for the Endpoint*/ + PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_DIS); + } + } + /*Double Buffer*/ + else + { + if (ep->is_in==0) + { + /* Clear the data toggle bits for the endpoint IN/OUT*/ + PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + + /* Reset value of the data toggle bits for the endpoint out*/ + PCD_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + + PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_DIS); + PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS); + } + else + { + /* Clear the data toggle bits for the endpoint IN/OUT*/ + PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + PCD_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + /* Configure DISABLE status for the Endpoint*/ + PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS); + PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_DIS); + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_EPStartXfer : setup and starts a transfer over an EP + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPStartXfer(USB_TypeDef *USBx , USB_EPTypeDef *ep) +{ + uint16_t pmabuffer = 0; + uint32_t len = ep->xfer_len; + + /* IN endpoint */ + if (ep->is_in == 1) + { + /*Multi packet transfer*/ + if (ep->xfer_len > ep->maxpacket) + { + len=ep->maxpacket; + ep->xfer_len-=len; + } + else + { + len=ep->xfer_len; + ep->xfer_len =0; + } + + /* configure and validate Tx endpoint */ + if (ep->doublebuffer == 0) + { + USB_WritePMA(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaadress, len); + PCD_SET_EP_TX_CNT(USBx, ep->num, len); + } + else + { + /* Write the data to the USB endpoint */ + if (PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(USBx, ep->num)& USB_EP_DTOG_TX) + { + /* Set the Double buffer counter for pmabuffer1 */ + PCD_SET_EP_DBUF1_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in, len); + pmabuffer = ep->pmaaddr1; + } + else + { + /* Set the Double buffer counter for pmabuffer0 */ + PCD_SET_EP_DBUF0_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in, len); + pmabuffer = ep->pmaaddr0; + } + USB_WritePMA(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, pmabuffer, len); + PCD_FreeUserBuffer(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in); + } + + PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_VALID); + } + else /* OUT endpoint */ + { + /* Multi packet transfer*/ + if (ep->xfer_len > ep->maxpacket) + { + len=ep->maxpacket; + ep->xfer_len-=len; + } + else + { + len=ep->xfer_len; + ep->xfer_len =0; + } + + /* configure and validate Rx endpoint */ + if (ep->doublebuffer == 0) + { + /*Set RX buffer count*/ + PCD_SET_EP_RX_CNT(USBx, ep->num, len); + } + else + { + /*Set the Double buffer counter*/ + PCD_SET_EP_DBUF_CNT(USBx, ep->num, ep->is_in, len); + } + + PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_VALID); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_WritePacket : Writes a packet into the Tx FIFO associated + * with the EP/channel + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param src : pointer to source buffer + * @param ch_ep_num : endpoint or host channel number + * @param len : Number of bytes to write + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_WritePacket(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *src, uint8_t ch_ep_num, uint16_t len) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + UNUSED(src); + UNUSED(ch_ep_num); + UNUSED(len); + /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used + only by USB OTG FS peripheral. + - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. + */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_ReadPacket : read a packet from the Tx FIFO associated + * with the EP/channel + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param dest : destination pointer + * @param len : Number of bytes to read + * @retval pointer to destination buffer + */ +void *USB_ReadPacket(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *dest, uint16_t len) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + UNUSED(dest); + UNUSED(len); + /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used + only by USB OTG FS peripheral. + - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. + */ + return ((void *)NULL); +} + +/** + * @brief USB_EPSetStall : set a stall condition over an EP + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPSetStall(USB_TypeDef *USBx , USB_EPTypeDef *ep) +{ + if (ep->num == 0) + { + /* This macro sets STALL status for RX & TX*/ + PCD_SET_EP_TXRX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_STALL, USB_EP_TX_STALL); + } + else + { + if (ep->is_in) + { + PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num , USB_EP_TX_STALL); + } + else + { + PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num , USB_EP_RX_STALL); + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_EPClearStall : Clear a stall condition over an EP + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPClearStall(USB_TypeDef *USBx, USB_EPTypeDef *ep) +{ + if (ep->is_in) + { + PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_VALID); + } + else + { + PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(USBx, ep->num); + PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(USBx, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_VALID); + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_StopDevice : Stop the usb device mode + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_StopDevice(USB_TypeDef *USBx) +{ + /* disable all interrupts and force USB reset */ + USBx->CNTR = USB_CNTR_FRES; + + /* clear interrupt status register */ + USBx->ISTR = 0; + + /* switch-off device */ + USBx->CNTR = (USB_CNTR_FRES | USB_CNTR_PDWN); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_SetDevAddress : Stop the usb device mode + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param address : new device address to be assigned + * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 255 + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetDevAddress (USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t address) +{ + if(address == 0) + { + /* set device address and enable function */ + USBx->DADDR = USB_DADDR_EF; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_DevConnect : Connect the USB device by enabling the pull-up/pull-down + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevConnect (USB_TypeDef *USBx) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used + only by USB OTG FS peripheral. + - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. + */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_DevDisconnect : Disconnect the USB device by disabling the pull-up/pull-down + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevDisconnect (USB_TypeDef *USBx) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used + only by USB OTG FS peripheral. + - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. + */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_ReadInterrupts: return the global USB interrupt status + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t USB_ReadInterrupts (USB_TypeDef *USBx) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + tmpreg = USBx->ISTR; + return tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt: return the USB device OUT endpoints interrupt status + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt (USB_TypeDef *USBx) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used + only by USB OTG FS peripheral. + - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. + */ + return (0); +} + +/** + * @brief USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt: return the USB device IN endpoints interrupt status + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt (USB_TypeDef *USBx) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used + only by USB OTG FS peripheral. + - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. + */ + return (0); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns Device OUT EP Interrupt register + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param epnum : endpoint number + * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 15 + * @retval Device OUT EP Interrupt register + */ +uint32_t USB_ReadDevOutEPInterrupt (USB_TypeDef *USBx , uint8_t epnum) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + UNUSED(epnum); + /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used + only by USB OTG FS peripheral. + - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. + */ + return (0); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns Device IN EP Interrupt register + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param epnum : endpoint number + * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 15 + * @retval Device IN EP Interrupt register + */ +uint32_t USB_ReadDevInEPInterrupt (USB_TypeDef *USBx , uint8_t epnum) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + UNUSED(epnum); + /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used + only by USB OTG FS peripheral. + - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. + */ + return (0); +} + +/** + * @brief USB_ClearInterrupts: clear a USB interrupt + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param interrupt : interrupt flag + * @retval None + */ +void USB_ClearInterrupts (USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint32_t interrupt) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + UNUSED(interrupt); + /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used + only by USB OTG FS peripheral. + - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Prepare the EP0 to start the first control setup + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param psetup : pointer to setup packet + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EP0_OutStart(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *psetup) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(USBx); + UNUSED(psetup); + /* NOTE : - This function is not required by USB Device FS peripheral, it is used + only by USB OTG FS peripheral. + - This function is added to ensure compatibility across platforms. + */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_ActivateRemoteWakeup : active remote wakeup signalling + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateRemoteWakeup(USB_TypeDef *USBx) +{ + USBx->CNTR |= USB_CNTR_RESUME; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_DeActivateRemoteWakeup : de-active remote wakeup signalling + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DeActivateRemoteWakeup(USB_TypeDef *USBx) +{ + USBx->CNTR &= ~(USB_CNTR_RESUME); + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Copy a buffer from user memory area to packet memory area (PMA) + * @param USBx : pointer to USB register. + * @param pbUsrBuf : pointer to user memory area. + * @param wPMABufAddr : address into PMA. + * @param wNBytes : number of bytes to be copied. + * @retval None + */ +void USB_WritePMA(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *pbUsrBuf, uint16_t wPMABufAddr, uint16_t wNBytes) +{ + uint32_t nbytes = (wNBytes + 1) >> 1; /* nbytes = (wNBytes + 1) / 2 */ + uint32_t index = 0, temp1 = 0, temp2 = 0; + uint16_t *pdwVal = NULL; + + pdwVal = (uint16_t *)(wPMABufAddr * 2 + (uint32_t)USBx + 0x400); + for (index = nbytes; index != 0; index--) + { + temp1 = (uint16_t) * pbUsrBuf; + pbUsrBuf++; + temp2 = temp1 | (uint16_t) * pbUsrBuf << 8; + *pdwVal++ = temp2; + pdwVal++; + pbUsrBuf++; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Copy a buffer from user memory area to packet memory area (PMA) + * @param USBx : pointer to USB register. +* @param pbUsrBuf : pointer to user memory area. + * @param wPMABufAddr : address into PMA. + * @param wNBytes : number of bytes to be copied. + * @retval None + */ +void USB_ReadPMA(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *pbUsrBuf, uint16_t wPMABufAddr, uint16_t wNBytes) +{ + uint32_t nbytes = (wNBytes + 1) >> 1;/* /2*/ + uint32_t index = 0; + uint32_t *pdwVal = NULL; + + pdwVal = (uint32_t *)(wPMABufAddr * 2 + (uint32_t)USBx + 0x400); + for (index = nbytes; index != 0; index--) + { + *(uint16_t*)pbUsrBuf++ = *pdwVal++; + pbUsrBuf++; + } +} + +#endif /* USB */ + +/** + * @} + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +#if defined (USB_OTG_FS) +/** @addtogroup USB_LL_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Reset the USB Core (needed after USB clock settings change) + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_CoreReset(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + uint32_t count = 0; + + /* Wait for AHB master IDLE state. */ + do + { + if (++count > 200000) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_AHBIDL) == 0); + + /* Core Soft Reset */ + count = 0; + USBx->GRSTCTL |= USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_CSRST; + + do + { + if (++count > 200000) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_CSRST) == USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_CSRST); + + return HAL_OK; +} +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* USB_OTG_FS */ + +#endif /* STM32F102x6 || STM32F102xB || */ + /* STM32F103x6 || STM32F103xB || */ + /* STM32F103xE || STM32F103xG || */ + /* STM32F105xC || STM32F107xC */ + +#endif /* defined (HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined (HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED) */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_utils.c b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_utils.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..03741a94e1d9cb15663ccb83a32f788dbf8b7497 --- /dev/null +++ b/Software/hoverboard-firmware-hack_modified20190825/Drivers/STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f1xx_ll_utils.c @@ -0,0 +1,623 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f1xx_ll_utils.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.1.1 + * @date 12-May-2017 + * @brief UTILS LL module driver. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + *

© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics

+ * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f1xx_ll_rcc.h" +#include "stm32f1xx_ll_utils.h" +#include "stm32f1xx_ll_system.h" +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT +#include "stm32_assert.h" +#else +#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U) +#endif + +/** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_LL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Private_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/* Defines used for PLL range */ +#define UTILS_PLL_OUTPUT_MAX RCC_MAX_FREQUENCY /*!< Frequency max for PLL output, in Hz */ + +/* Defines used for HSE range */ +#define UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MIN RCC_HSE_MIN /*!< Frequency min for HSE frequency, in Hz */ +#define UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MAX RCC_HSE_MAX /*!< Frequency max for HSE frequency, in Hz */ + +/* Defines used for FLASH latency according to HCLK Frequency */ +#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY) +#define UTILS_LATENCY1_FREQ 24000000U /*!< SYSCLK frequency to set FLASH latency 1 */ +#define UTILS_LATENCY2_FREQ 48000000U /*!< SYSCLK frequency to set FLASH latency 2 */ +#else + /*!< No Latency Configuration in this device */ +#endif +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ +#define IS_LL_UTILS_SYSCLK_DIV(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_1) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_2) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_4) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_8) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_16) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_64) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_128) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_256) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_512)) + +#define IS_LL_UTILS_APB1_DIV(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_1) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_2) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_4) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_8) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_16)) + +#define IS_LL_UTILS_APB2_DIV(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_1) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_2) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_4) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_8) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_16)) + +#if defined(RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL6_5) +#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLLMUL_VALUE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_4) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_5) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_6) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_7) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_8) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_9) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_6_5)) +#else +#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLLMUL_VALUE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_2) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_3) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_4) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_5) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_6) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_7) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_8) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_9) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_10) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_11) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_12) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_13) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_14) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_15) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_16)) +#endif /* RCC_CFGR_PLLMULL6_5 */ + +#if defined(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1) +#define IS_LL_UTILS_PREDIV_VALUE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_1) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_2) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_3) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_4) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_5) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_6) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_7) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_8) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_9) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_10) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_11) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_12) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_13) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_14) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_15) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_16)) +#else +#define IS_LL_UTILS_PREDIV_VALUE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_1) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_2)) +#endif /*RCC_PREDIV1_DIV_2_16_SUPPORT*/ + +#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLL_FREQUENCY(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= UTILS_PLL_OUTPUT_MAX) + + +#define IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_BYPASS(__STATE__) (((__STATE__) == LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_ON) \ + || ((__STATE__) == LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_OFF)) + +#define IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY(__FREQUENCY__) (((__FREQUENCY__) >= UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MIN) && ((__FREQUENCY__) <= UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MAX)) +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup UTILS_LL_Private_Functions UTILS Private functions + * @{ + */ +static uint32_t UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(uint32_t PLL_InputFrequency, + LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct); +#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY) +static ErrorStatus UTILS_SetFlashLatency(uint32_t Frequency); +#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */ +static ErrorStatus UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency, LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct); +static ErrorStatus UTILS_PLL_IsBusy(void); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_EF_DELAY + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief This function configures the Cortex-M SysTick source to have 1ms time base. + * @note When a RTOS is used, it is recommended to avoid changing the Systick + * configuration by calling this function, for a delay use rather osDelay RTOS service. + * @param HCLKFrequency HCLK frequency in Hz + * @note HCLK frequency can be calculated thanks to RCC helper macro or function @ref LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq + * @retval None + */ +void LL_Init1msTick(uint32_t HCLKFrequency) +{ + /* Use frequency provided in argument */ + LL_InitTick(HCLKFrequency, 1000U); +} + +/** + * @brief This function provides accurate delay (in milliseconds) based + * on SysTick counter flag + * @note When a RTOS is used, it is recommended to avoid using blocking delay + * and use rather osDelay service. + * @note To respect 1ms timebase, user should call @ref LL_Init1msTick function which + * will configure Systick to 1ms + * @param Delay specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds. + * @retval None + */ +void LL_mDelay(uint32_t Delay) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = SysTick->CTRL; /* Clear the COUNTFLAG first */ + /* Add this code to indicate that local variable is not used */ + ((void)tmp); + + /* Add a period to guaranty minimum wait */ + if (Delay < LL_MAX_DELAY) + { + Delay++; + } + + while (Delay) + { + if ((SysTick->CTRL & SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Msk) != 0U) + { + Delay--; + } + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup UTILS_EF_SYSTEM + * @brief System Configuration functions + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### System Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + System, AHB and APB buses clocks configuration + + (+) The maximum frequency of the SYSCLK, HCLK, PCLK1 and PCLK2 is RCC_MAX_FREQUENCY Hz. + @endverbatim + @internal + Depending on the SYSCLK frequency, the flash latency should be adapted accordingly: + (++) +-----------------------------------------------+ + (++) | Latency | SYSCLK clock frequency (MHz) | + (++) |---------------|-------------------------------| + (++) |0WS(1CPU cycle)| 0 < SYSCLK <= 24 | + (++) |---------------|-------------------------------| + (++) |1WS(2CPU cycle)| 24 < SYSCLK <= 48 | + (++) |---------------|-------------------------------| + (++) |2WS(3CPU cycle)| 48 < SYSCLK <= 72 | + (++) +-----------------------------------------------+ + @endinternal + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief This function sets directly SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable. + * @note Variable can be calculated also through SystemCoreClockUpdate function. + * @param HCLKFrequency HCLK frequency in Hz (can be calculated thanks to RCC helper macro) + * @retval None + */ +void LL_SetSystemCoreClock(uint32_t HCLKFrequency) +{ + /* HCLK clock frequency */ + SystemCoreClock = HCLKFrequency; +} + +/** + * @brief This function configures system clock with HSI as clock source of the PLL + * @note The application need to ensure that PLL is disabled. + * @note Function is based on the following formula: + * - PLL output frequency = ((HSI frequency / PREDIV) * PLLMUL) + * - PREDIV: Set to 2 for few devices + * - PLLMUL: The application software must set correctly the PLL multiplication factor to + * not exceed 72MHz + * @note FLASH latency can be modified through this function. + * @param UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the PLL. + * @param UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the BUS prescalers. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: Max frequency configuration done + * - ERROR: Max frequency configuration not done + */ +ErrorStatus LL_PLL_ConfigSystemClock_HSI(LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct, + LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + uint32_t pllfreq = 0U; + + /* Check if one of the PLL is enabled */ + if (UTILS_PLL_IsBusy() == SUCCESS) + { +#if defined(RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT) + /* Check PREDIV value */ + assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PREDIV_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLDiv)); +#else + /* Force PREDIV value to 2 */ + UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv = LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_2; +#endif /*RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT*/ + /* Calculate the new PLL output frequency */ + pllfreq = UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(HSI_VALUE, UTILS_PLLInitStruct); + + /* Enable HSI if not enabled */ + if (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady() != 1U) + { + LL_RCC_HSI_Enable(); + while (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady() != 1U) + { + /* Wait for HSI ready */ + } + } + + /* Configure PLL */ + LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS(LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI_DIV_2, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul); + + /* Enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL */ + status = UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(pllfreq, UTILS_ClkInitStruct); + } + else + { + /* Current PLL configuration cannot be modified */ + status = ERROR; + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief This function configures system clock with HSE as clock source of the PLL + * @note The application need to ensure that PLL is disabled. + * @note Function is based on the following formula: + * - PLL output frequency = ((HSI frequency / PREDIV) * PLLMUL) + * - PREDIV: Set to 2 for few devices + * - PLLMUL: The application software must set correctly the PLL multiplication factor to + * not exceed @ref UTILS_PLL_OUTPUT_MAX + * @note FLASH latency can be modified through this function. + * @param HSEFrequency Value between Min_Data = RCC_HSE_MIN and Max_Data = RCC_HSE_MAX + * @param HSEBypass This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_ON + * @arg @ref LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_OFF + * @param UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the PLL. + * @param UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the BUS prescalers. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: Max frequency configuration done + * - ERROR: Max frequency configuration not done + */ +ErrorStatus LL_PLL_ConfigSystemClock_HSE(uint32_t HSEFrequency, uint32_t HSEBypass, + LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct, LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + uint32_t pllfreq = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY(HSEFrequency)); + assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_BYPASS(HSEBypass)); + + /* Check if one of the PLL is enabled */ + if (UTILS_PLL_IsBusy() == SUCCESS) + { + assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PREDIV_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv)); + + /* Calculate the new PLL output frequency */ + pllfreq = UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(HSEFrequency, UTILS_PLLInitStruct); + + /* Enable HSE if not enabled */ + if (LL_RCC_HSE_IsReady() != 1U) + { + /* Check if need to enable HSE bypass feature or not */ + if (HSEBypass == LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_ON) + { + LL_RCC_HSE_EnableBypass(); + } + else + { + LL_RCC_HSE_DisableBypass(); + } + + /* Enable HSE */ + LL_RCC_HSE_Enable(); + while (LL_RCC_HSE_IsReady() != 1U) + { + /* Wait for HSE ready */ + } + } + + /* Configure PLL */ + LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS((RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC | UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv), UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul); + + /* Enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL */ + status = UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(pllfreq, UTILS_ClkInitStruct); + } + else + { + /* Current PLL configuration cannot be modified */ + status = ERROR; + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Update number of Flash wait states in line with new frequency and current + voltage range. + * @param Frequency SYSCLK frequency + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: Latency has been modified + * - ERROR: Latency cannot be modified + */ +#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY) +static ErrorStatus UTILS_SetFlashLatency(uint32_t Frequency) +{ + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + + uint32_t latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_0; /* default value 0WS */ + + /* Frequency cannot be equal to 0 */ + if (Frequency == 0U) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + if (Frequency > UTILS_LATENCY2_FREQ) + { + /* 48 < SYSCLK <= 72 => 2WS (3 CPU cycles) */ + latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_2; + } + else + { + if (Frequency > UTILS_LATENCY1_FREQ) + { + /* 24 < SYSCLK <= 48 => 1WS (2 CPU cycles) */ + latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_1; + } + /* else SYSCLK < 24MHz default LL_FLASH_LATENCY_0 0WS */ + } + + LL_FLASH_SetLatency(latency); + + /* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash + memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */ + if (LL_FLASH_GetLatency() != latency) + { + status = ERROR; + } + } + return status; +} +#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */ + +/** + * @brief Function to check that PLL can be modified + * @param PLL_InputFrequency PLL input frequency (in Hz) + * @param UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the PLL. + * @retval PLL output frequency (in Hz) + */ +static uint32_t UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(uint32_t PLL_InputFrequency, LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t pllfreq = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PLLMUL_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul)); + + /* Check different PLL parameters according to RM */ +#if defined (RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1) + pllfreq = __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLCLK_FREQ(PLL_InputFrequency / (UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv + 1U), UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul); +#elif defined(RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC) + pllfreq = __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLCLK_FREQ(PLL_InputFrequency, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLDiv); +#else + pllfreq = __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLCLK_FREQ(PLL_InputFrequency / ((UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv >> RCC_CFGR_PLLXTPRE_Pos) + 1U), UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul); +#endif /*RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV1SRC*/ + assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PLL_FREQUENCY(pllfreq)); + + return pllfreq; +} + +/** + * @brief Function to check that PLL can be modified + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: PLL modification can be done + * - ERROR: PLL is busy + */ +static ErrorStatus UTILS_PLL_IsBusy(void) +{ + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + + /* Check if PLL is busy*/ + if (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady() != 0U) + { + /* PLL configuration cannot be modified */ + status = ERROR; + } +#if defined(RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT) + /* Check if PLL2 is busy*/ + if (LL_RCC_PLL2_IsReady() != 0U) + { + /* PLL2 configuration cannot be modified */ + status = ERROR; + } +#endif /* RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT */ + +#if defined(RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT) + /* Check if PLLI2S is busy*/ + if (LL_RCC_PLLI2S_IsReady() != 0U) + { + /* PLLI2S configuration cannot be modified */ + status = ERROR; + } +#endif /* RCC_PLLI2S_SUPPORT */ + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Function to enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL + * @param SYSCLK_Frequency SYSCLK frequency + * @param UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the BUS prescalers. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: No problem to switch system to PLL + * - ERROR: Problem to switch system to PLL + */ +static ErrorStatus UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency, LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; +#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY) + uint32_t sysclk_frequency_current = 0U; +#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */ + + assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_SYSCLK_DIV(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider)); + assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_APB1_DIV(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider)); + assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_APB2_DIV(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider)); + +#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY) + /* Calculate current SYSCLK frequency */ + sysclk_frequency_current = (SystemCoreClock << AHBPrescTable[LL_RCC_GetAHBPrescaler() >> RCC_CFGR_HPRE_Pos]); +#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */ + + /* Increasing the number of wait states because of higher CPU frequency */ +#if defined (FLASH_ACR_LATENCY) + if (sysclk_frequency_current < SYSCLK_Frequency) + { + /* Set FLASH latency to highest latency */ + status = UTILS_SetFlashLatency(SYSCLK_Frequency); + } +#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */ + + /* Update system clock configuration */ + if (status == SUCCESS) + { +#if defined(RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT) + /* Enable PLL2 */ + LL_RCC_PLL2_Enable(); + while (LL_RCC_PLL2_IsReady() != 1U) + { + /* Wait for PLL2 ready */ + } + +#endif /* RCC_PLL2_SUPPORT */ + /* Enable PLL */ + LL_RCC_PLL_Enable(); + while (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady() != 1U) + { + /* Wait for PLL ready */ + } + + /* Sysclk activation on the main PLL */ + LL_RCC_SetAHBPrescaler(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider); + LL_RCC_SetSysClkSource(LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_PLL); + while (LL_RCC_GetSysClkSource() != LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLL) + { + /* Wait for system clock switch to PLL */ + } + + /* Set APB1 & APB2 prescaler*/ + LL_RCC_SetAPB1Prescaler(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider); + LL_RCC_SetAPB2Prescaler(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider); + } + + /* Decreasing the number of wait states because of lower CPU frequency */ +#if defined (FLASH_ACR_LATENCY) + if (sysclk_frequency_current > SYSCLK_Frequency) + { + /* Set FLASH latency to lowest latency */ + status = UTILS_SetFlashLatency(SYSCLK_Frequency); + } +#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */ + + /* Update SystemCoreClock variable */ + if (status == SUCCESS) + { + LL_SetSystemCoreClock(__LL_RCC_CALC_HCLK_FREQ(SYSCLK_Frequency, UTILS_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider)); + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/